/I ft-

fb
A

SANSKRIT-ENGLISH DICTIONARY
 Amen House, London E.C-4
Oxford University Press,
GLASGOW NEW YORK TORONTO MELBOURNE WELLINGTON
KUALA LUMPUR
BOMBAY CALCUTTA MADRAS KARACHI
CAPE TOWN IBADAN NAIROBI ACCRA
 ADDENDA ET CORRIGENDA
ankola, m. N. of a tree.
dakshinaayana, n. add: com- properly ; in the original Btate, unchanged :
mencetnent of the sun's southward course -ka, a. (-) ill.; kn'pana, a. naturally feeble
ati-kopana, a. greatly incensed. summer solstice (in the month Ashdc\ha). in dixcriminatiiiy betwteit (Ic.) ; -j/a, a. in-
V43 adhiJldAa, pp. ( ,' uh) placed upon \ <* I <l <!t <, dosha- vastar, m.cc.illuminer of
nate -purusha, m. nature and spirit (du.);
;

minister -bhava, m. original or unmodified

;

(Ic.). slate -ma//ala, n. whole circle of subjects,

gloom (BV.). ;

jmgiif1 au-upa-skrita, pp.: add blame-

entire territory ; -mat, a. having or
being in
dhanna-vahika, /. vehicle of the original, natural, or usual condition or
less after disinterested. -
religious merit account-book of charitable form -saw; panna, pp. endowed with a noble
;

auu-praharam, ad. with a blow. gifts.

nature; -snbhaga, a. until rally beautiful;
Wf?T dhru-ti (V.),f. seduction [-/dlivrl. -stna, a. being in the natural state or con-
aiitar-nivish/a-pada, a. hav-
dition, natural, genuine, normal healthy ;
ing a footing gained within, having taken
;

ne-trf,/. (of netri) leader or guide of being in good circumstances.

possession of Aw heart (curse).
'

JTSTg pra-krtshfa, pp. (-v/krieh) extended,

f<4Yg a-yoddhrt, a. having no fighter = ne-shat, 3. sg. aor. subj. of v/ni. long (road) ; distinguished -tva, u. excel- :

unmatched, invincible. lence -keta, HI.(F.) perception, intelligence,

lOrMnfqsil** nyayaSropita-vikra- ;

J^lfTI ava-gati,/. understanding, appre- from whom understanding knower -kopa. in. raging ; ;
ina, a. powerful assistance might
hension -/(/.Aeda-ka, a. determining, dis- lie
(nfwar, disease); turbulence, tumult, insur-
; justly expected.
rection; anger, rage (ord. my.): -m -k>-t, be
tinguishing -dharana, n. restriction; em-
;

paksh, m. after partisans add: family, angry with (g.); -kopana (or na), a. (1)
phasis on preceding word. ce exciting, arousing (-") ; n. irritation; provok-
fqfn avauti and "3iqfl\ avanti : read -kopita, CK. i>p.
ing, exasperating (v^kup)
Uggeyinlfor Ujjayini. '^ pafika-pura, m. great quantity of
provoked, enraged; -koh<Aa, m. fore-arm
;

mud, deep mii'l.

(ord. mg.); space near the gate of a palace
R||^SH ii-vyakshepa, m. absence of dis-
;

court of a palace (Pr,).

traction, presence of mind. ^M^l paiiiia-padi/.nrfrf: -nadiyate, does
a-sakuna, n. inauspicious omen.
not accompany Mm even five steps. HD*1 pra-krama', m. stride (Br., X.) C.: ;

flHftl padma-nidhi, m. add treasure beginning (also S.); proportion, measure;

u-naman delete right sequence of words, grammatical con-
linviny the value of a Padma = 100,000,000
:

struction; -kramaua, striding forward;

ayush-ka; /or -ya, a read -ya. pieces (if money.
advancing towards (-") going forth ; -kra- ;

uttaraayana, n.for summer sol- para-kara-gata, pp. passed into ma-bhanga, m. violation of tjrammatical
stice read commencement of the stirix north-
:
the hands of other*. construution -kranta, pp. y'kram ; set- ; .

ward course = winter solstice (in the month add

'
ting out, departure : -tva, n. state of being
para-tva, n. after intentness or
meant i-kriya^/". procedure,method, manner;
Pausha). emphasis '.
ceremony ; formality privilege, prerogative, ;

udattaalamkara,m. the rhe- \lfl para-yat-f,/. pr. pt.(V'i) gone by, precedence, high position (ord. mg.) insignia ;

torical figure called ' sublime ', supermun- '

of high rank characterization ; chapter

departed (dawn :
BV.). ; ;

dane '.
-kri'/a, m. sport; playground; -krlcftn, a.
piinar :
after but aild nevertheless. playing, gambolling (Itf. ).
1
ul-lola, a. [ud + lola] violently agi-
tated, surging. pra-kirtana, n. proclaiming, an- ET5 PRAK-SH = PRAKH only
(r*4T-f^I ui dhva anguli correct semi- nouncing: A,/, mention; -klrti,/. celebra- -prtkshase with
:
tion, praise; -ku7,a. m. a measure of capacity
fc, greet (R V. 1 ).
colon to colon after upwards. ^nH!r
equal to about a handful -k/ita, pp. i/kri: ; pra-kshaparea, n. destruction ;

^ff^font -tva, n. state of being in question. -kshaya, m. id. ruin, end -ksharaua, n.
pp. rendered
;
kara-nivesita,
flowing -kshalaka, a. washing m. washer;
pra-kriti,/. ([jutting before, what is
; ;

tributary.
-ksnalaa, a performing/rejuejit ablutions;
presupposed), original or natural form or
^llnj>m1<tkanti-sudha-maya,a.(i)con- condition (opp. vi-kriti, derivative form); washing, - off, cleansing, purifying; water
sisting of the nectar of loveliness.
for washing means of purifying -kshi/ia,
; ;

nature, constitution, disposition, temper; fun-

damental form, pattern, standard, rule pp. v^kshi; -kshepa, m. cast, throw throw- ;

Hm^ftl kama-vritti, a. self-willed, inde- (sp.

in ritual); nature (opp. spirit: ph.): pi. ma- ing or scattering upon setting down (of the ;

pendent.
terial elements (rare); primary constituents
feet, pada-, pf. steps); interpolation; sum
deposited by each member of a commercial
"PRT^rf'nSW k8rya-viuiyama read -vini- of nature (from which all else is evolved:
there are eight: avyakta, mahat, ahatnkara,
company -kshepana, n. sprinkling or pour-
;

maya.
and the five elements: ph.); constituent ele- ing upon ; throwing into, - >y>on (- ) fixing ;

8> fa kmh-i for : 'id.' read agriculture.

menta of the state (in politics: there are (of a price, ) -ksuepln, throwing or ;

placing upon (-") ; -ksheptavya, pp. to be

kshub-dha, (pp.) m. churniug-stick. seren : Ttiny, minister, fortress; territory or
thrown into (Ic.) thrown or scattered on ;

subjects, treasure, army, and ally; kings to be put on (orna-

granthi-saniana, n. (bringing a (le.) ; -kshepya, pp.
primarily (of these time are four) and
(jarment to an end with a knot =) money
ment).
secondarily (of these there are eiyht) con-
knot. cerned in it war (each of these twelre having hard
pra-khiira, a. very ; -khala, .

rika./. commentary mid 'which ex- fice prakntis in the form of minister, terri- great rogue; -khya, a. [^/khya] visible;
tory, fortress, treasure, army); constituent clear, bright a, f. appearance only: a. :

plains only difficult passages '.

elements of a king's own state (ej-clusive of a, having the appearance of, resembling,
lfH^ tatparya, n. [see tat-para, a. 2.] add himself) ; ministers ; subjects, citizens By.;
like lustre, beauty
; only a. a, bright or :

chief usage. 1
-or beautiful as; -khyata, pp. (Vkhya) famous
root, ba'e^) .): in,by nature, originally ,
XII ADDENDA ET CORRIGENDA
etc.; -khyapana,
-khyati, /. perceptibility ; ing accumulation, collection, quantity,
;
mul-
jua-vftyyiJ : -vilapitva : MM -vl-
of titude; -/tayana, w. collecting -<-aya-vara,
(-) making known, announcement
;
. cs. lapita-tva.
1 m. accumulated tone ('. e. tone occurring in
(-"); -khyai, d. inf. .y/khya (R\'. ).
a series of syllables), tone of the unaccented BANDH : under vlfor unyoke read
pra-gama, m. first advance of
love in n
.... syllables following a Svarita ; -Parana, extend.
onwards stretcli out,
courtship -gardhin, n. hastening
; setting to work i,f. kind of supplementary
:

(JZr.) -galbha, i. den. A. be courageous or

; wooden ladle (rit.) ; -araniya,/>;. being in Sl BAKU : it would have been more con-
resolute be capable of (Ic.), be able to (inf.);
; actual use(Br.,S.); -iarltavya,/j>. n. imps. eiilait to ijive
thit root in the form of
i. a. bold, intrepid, resolute, confident ; one should set to work ; -fala, a. moving,
Bfl/H.
mature (age) -knlala, m. dexterous potter,
:
tremulous, shaking -/,-alana, n trembling,;

-til, f. boldnefs, confidence -gatha, m. ;

swaying; fleeing; -/.alayita, (den. pp.), hav-
kind of tkiee-verte stanza (combination of a - in a sitting bahish-pa/a: add -pra^na n.
nodding while asleep (ai-ina-.
ltr\hitti or Kkubh with Satobrihatl); A".
-A-alita, pp. set out, departed, etc.; ing external cognition.
posture) ;

of a RUAi -gna, n. right, (mud); correct m. walking about, ranging going in brahma-bhuvitna, world of
being in good order, efficient ;
;

excellent ;
-frara,
pursuit of ( ") showing oneself,
manifesta-
;

^f^| 11.

;
Brahman insert -bhftta, jip. before having
:
den. in order manifest,
I", put application, employment
;

gnnaya, ;
tion, appearance ;
become one with.
show pp. ita, put in order, properly ar-
:
currency conduct,behaviour; pasture-ground;
;

ranged -gnua-raX-ana, /. putting

;
in proper
exercising-ground ; -frarana, n. scattering ; bharata-vakya, n. actor's speech
order -gunln, a. kind towards (Ic.) ; -gunl- to be inserted before
; -A-ftrin, a. going about attaching oneself to ; epilogue of a play
render -.ardttla.
kri, put in proper order, arrange; (Ic.,-); acting, behaving; -/clta, pi>.(Vki),
amenable to (Ic.) ; -grihlta-pada, n. having pronounced with the PraAaya tone ; -fcura, of : occurs out its
the words pronounced separately (i. e. with- a. abundant, ample, much, many, frequent ;
vii^njijirthani
with -gahana, <i. aljihabelical order
in column * instead of
,,ut Sundhi); -grihya, fp. (to be) pro- , abounding in, replete
:

nounced separately, not liable to the rules of column 3, p. 238.

having abundance of impervious passage*,
Sand hi (vowel). -tva, n. abundance of ( ), -ratna-dhana_&- a. y
_ rupa-yauvana-vat,
ft pra-ge, ad. [in the foregoing time]
Ic. garaa, a having a large income of gems and and beautiful -siddhi, /. correctness of
;

n. matutinal. money -fcurl-bhft, grow in extent -A-n'tta- ;

grammatical form.
;

early in the morning -tana,

:

ikha, a. having loosened braids or flowing

m. holding forth, stretch-
pra-graha, hair; (a>A-eta, a. heedful, intelligent,
wise reka, m. man of low caste.
seizure of the svn (F.); m. (C.),ep. o/Varua; N.; -/.odana,
ing out ; grasping, seizing ;

or moon, beginning of an eclipse kindness; ; n. instigation, incitement; command; -todin, insert pntrau before yuvaiu :

should I be
obstinacy (rare) ; rein, bridle (ord. my.) ; a. driving before one ( ") jou two are '
my sons; why
leader, s;uide ; companion, satellite ; -grah- ashamed ?

- a. = led by) ; pra-A-*Aada, m. coverlet, bed-cover;

ana, m. leader, guide (only
commencement of an -K-Aanna, pp. (V*Aad), hidden, secreted,
VADH : delete 'dee. bibatsa [read
grasping, seizing;
.

con- rather to ^/badh)

bibhatsa] A.
'.

eclipse; -graham,
<i6. keeping the words disguised, etc.; -AAAadaka, a covering, (belonijs
them m. song, accompanied by the '

-marnta, down
separate (i. e. not combining according cealing ( ) ;
vd-ana : delete to
to the rulet of San<lhi Br.); -grlva, m. : lute, of a woman deserted by her husband,
breath '
(inclusive) : see vail-ana, n.
railing or fence enclosing a house. and containing a veiled reference to her for-
lorn state ; -tMadana, a. covering, con- vi-karsha, m.: for removal read dis-
outside
_4 pra-ghana, in. [\'lian] space cealing (-") ; n. concealment ; -fc/.-Aadya, fp.
the door of a house -gharsha, m. friction tance, interval.
JtWiaya, n
;
;
to be concealed ; (?) shady place, '

-ghatia, m. = -ghana -ghosha, m. sound, ;

shade ; -A/.-Afta, pp. v'**- jfa^ vi-kira: before n. scattering
noise. -klrana.
de- strewing' insert
m^4f pra-fcyavaua, n. withdi-awal,
;

pra-Aanrfa, a. violent or impetuous; loss of (rib.) -tynta, pp. (v'kyu) veda-ka for restoring to conscious
:

or parture ; ;

very powerful (heat) ; very fierce, furious, fallen, degraded, banished, etc.: -Ayuti,/
de- ness read rendering conscious.
terrific i. If. of a Ddnava -tarl-bhft, :
of (06.); abandon-
parture, withdrawal; loss
;

grow more furious -varman, m. N. of

a ^^T vUtUsta, pp. [-/as throw] crossed
; liing. ment of (-") Amya^avaBthAnit , loss of
:

in. ad. with equilibrium. (hands).

pra-Ait-a, [Vita*}
1
under (pra)-bhava, in- <W^,q sakya-rupa : for probably not t<
secrecy, secretly (RV. ).
pra-bhanga :

be read possible to be.

pra-Aaya, m. [v'*'] picking, gather- sert 'a.' before arising.
 A

SANSKRIT-ENGLISH DICTIONARY

ETYMOLOGICALLY AND PHILOLOGICALLY ARRANGED

WITH SPECIAL REFERENCE TO

COGNATE INDO-EUROPEAN LANGUAGES

BY

SIR MONIER MONIER-WILLIAMS, M.A., K.C.I.E.

BODEN PROFESSOR OF SANSKRIT
HON. D.C.L. OXON, HON. LL.D. CALCUTTA, HON. PH.D. GOTTINGEN
HON. FELLOW OF UNIVERSITY COLLEGE AND SOMETIME FELLOW OF BALLIOL COLLEGE, OXFORD

NEW EDITION, GREATLY ENLARGED AND IMPROVED

WITH THE COLLABORATION OF

PROFESSOR E. LEUMANN, PH.D. PROFESSOR C. CAPPELLER, PH.D.

OF THE UNIVERSITY OF STRASSBURG OF THE UNIVERSITY OF JENA

AND OTHER SCHOLARS

Ojforfc
AT THE CLARENDON PRESS
 PK
33

1002636

FIRST EDITION 1899

REPRINTED LITHOGRAPHICALLY IN GREAT BRITAIN
AT THE UNIVERSITY PRESS, OXFORD
FROM SHEETS OF THE FIRST EDITION
1956, 1960
 PREFACE TO THE NEW EDITION.

THE first edition of this

had the advantage of being published
Dictionary by
the Delegates of the Oxford
University Press, with the support of the Secretary
of State for India in Council. The
present greatly enlarged and improved work
enjoys the same privileges. The first edition appeared in the summer of 1872.
The extent of its indebtedness to the
great seven-volumed Sanskrit -German
Thesaurus compiled by the two eminent German Sanskritists, Otto
Bohtlingk
and Rudolf Roth, with the assistance of
many distinguished scholars, such as
Professor A.Weber of Berlin then only completed as far as the of the beginning
letter ^ v was
acknowledged by me in the Preface.
fully
Having regard, however, to the entire originality of the plan of my own work,
I did not venture to describe it as based on the
great Sanskrit-German Worterbuch.
For that plan I claimed to be alone responsible.
Every particle of its detail was
thought out in my own mind, and the whole work was brought to completion by
me, with the co-operation of five successive assistants whose names were duly
recorded in about twelve years from the date of
my election to the Boden
Professorship in the University of Oxford.
The words and the meanings of the words of a Dictionary can scarcely be
proved by its
compilers to belong exclusively to themselves. It is not the mere

aggregation of words and meanings, but the method of dealing with them and
arranging them, which gives a Dictionary the best right to be called an original
production.
In saying this I am
not claiming any superiority for my own method over
that of the two great German Sanskrit scholars which, of course, has advantages
of its own. Nor am I detracting one whit from the tribute of admiration which
I and other lexicographers are desirous of
rendering to the colossal
always
monument of industry and scholarship represented by their work. I am merely
repeating my claim to the production of a Sanskrit-English Dictionary on a wholly
unique plan a plan the utility of which has been now proved by experience.
It was not thought desirable to print off more than a thousand copies of the
first edition of my These
notwithstanding the necessarily high publishing
book.
price were sold off in a few years. It then became a question as to how the

continuous demand for the Dictionary was to be met, and the Delegates decided
to provide for it by a supplementary produced by a photo-
facsimile edition,

lithographic process. Copies printed by that process have been procurable ever
since. Of course I was well satisfied with the factual evidence thus afforded of the
vi PREFACE TO THE NEW EDITION.
practical utility of my Dictionary, and the more so as, along with many eulogistic
reviews and notices, it met with some adverse criticism, especially at the hands
of German Sanskritists.
Not that such criticisms discouraged me. On the contrary, as soon as I

became aware of the likelihood of my volume becoming out of print, I set about
with an
preparations for a new edition on the very same general plan, although
earnest determination to improve the original work by the light of such critical
animadversions as seemed to me to be pertinent. And I must at once acknowledge
that in these efforts received valuable suggestions from Professor Ernst Leumann
I

of the University of Strassburg, who was my first collaborator at an early stage

of the new undertaking (see p. xxxi). It ought, however, to be put on record

that, even before Professor Leumann's co-operation, had made the discovery that I

the great increase in the number of printed Sanskrit texts and works bearing on
Sanskrit scholarship, since the issue of my first edition, would entirely preclude
the idea of producing a mere 'rechauffe' of my former volume, with additions,
my
however numerous, introduced from my own interleaved copy and the contributions
of fellow-Sanskritists. It would necessitate the re- writing of the whole from be-

ginning to end a formidable task, tantamount to the production of an entirely new

Dictionary. This task I began to put in hand alone at least twenty years ago,
and it is only due to the authorities at the India Office, under whose auspices this
work was inaugurated, and with whose assistance it has been printed, that I should
explain the causes which have led to the unexpected delay in its publication.
In real truth I am bound to confess that I entered upon my third lexico-

graphical career with a little too magnificent audacity, and a little too airy hope-
fulness, at a time when my energies were severely tried, not only by my ordinary
duties of lecturing in Sanskrit, but by other collateral activities.

Amongst the latter it may be mentioned that I had devoted myself to

researches into Indian religions and philosophies, for a series of public lectures
before the University, which I felt bound to give in my capacity of Boden
Professor. And certainly could not have ventured to carry on these
I researches
if I had not
1
much less to have printed them in various books as trustworthy

gained a 'first-hand' knowledge of my subject by placing my own mind in

direct

touch with the mind of the learned natives of India in their own country.
It was for this and other cognate reasons
2
that with the consent and

approbation of two successive Vice-Chancellors, and at my own expense

I under-
took voyages to India on three several occasions (in 1875-6, 1876-7, 1883-4),
and extended my travels from Bombay to Calcutta and the confines of Tibet
from Cashmere to Madras and the extreme South, including the chief homes of
Buddhism in the island of Ceylon.
'

by Mr. Murray,
1
Some of these books are referred to in the present that on '
Buddhism (also published
' '

Dictionary ;
for example, that on Hinduism (pub- and ed., referred to as MWB.).
founding of an Indian
2
lished by the S. P.C. K., isth edition); that on One of these was the

promotion of Indian studies in my

'
'
Brahmanism &c. (also called Religious Thought '
Institute for the
and Life in India;' published by Mr. J. Murray, own University of Oxford. Another was to induce
Albemarle Street, 4th ed., referred to as RTL.) that ;
the Government of India to found six Government
to finish
on 'Indian Wisdom' (published by Messrs. Luzac scholarships for enabling deserving Indians
of Great Russell Street, 4th ed., referred to as IW.); their education at our University.
 PREFACE TO THE NEW EDITION. vii

On each occasion I was cordially assisted by the Governor-General and local

Governments of the day 1
On
each occasion, too, I found scattered throughout
.

vast areas old fellow-students and pupils of my own administering immense pro-
vinces, and eager to help me in my investigations and on each occasion I met to ;

my surprise with learned and thoughtful natives not only in the cities and towns,
but even in remote villages and willing to converse with me in Sanskrit, as
able
well as in their own vernaculars, and to explain difficult points in their languages,

literatures, religions, and philosophies.

It may well be believed that these Indian journeys were of great value
in extending the horizon of my own knowledge, and increasing my power of

improving the Dictionary, but it must be confessed that they interrupted its

continuous prosecution.
And, in very deed, the intermittent character of my latest lexicographical career
would have made its completion during my life-time almost hopeless, had I not
been ably aided by successive assistants and fellow-workers, whose co-operation is
acknowledged by me subsequently (p. xxxi) that of Professor C. Cappeller
gratefully ;

having extended over far the larger portion of the work.

And this is not all that I have to urge in extenuation of my apparent dilato-
riness. A still more unavoidable cause of delay has been the unlooked-for amount
of labour involved. explained in the Introduction (see p. xvi), but
This is fully
I
may briefly mention here that it has consisted in adding about 60,000 Sanskrit
words to about 1 20,000 the probable amount of the first edition in fitting the ;

new matter into the old according to the same etymological plan ;
in the veri-
fication of meanings, old and new; in their justification by the insertion of
references to the literature and to authorities ;
in the accentuation of nearly
every Sanskrit word to which accents are usually applied in the revision and ;

re-revision of printed proofs until at length, after the lapse

;
of more than a quarter
of a century since the publication of the original volume, a virtually new Dictionary
is. sent forth.

would, of course, be unreasonable to look for perfection in the result of

It

our combined efforts. The law of human liability to error is especially applicable
to the development of a new method of any kind. Nor are the imperfections of
this volume ever likely to become better known to the most keen-sighted critics
than they are to the compilers themselves.
It is said of the author of a well-known Dictionary that the number of
mistakes which his critics discovered in it, were to him a source of satisfaction
rather than annoyance. The larger a work, he affirmed, the more likely it was
to include errors and a hypercritical condemnation of these was often symptomatic
;

of a narrow-mindedness which could not take in the merit of any great per-
formance as a whole.
Without having recourse to this convenient way of discomfiting critics of the
Chidrdnveshin type, and without abating one iota of justifiable confidence in the

1
The Lord Northbrook, the
three Viceroys were and to Sir Richard Temple for receiving me at
late Lord Lytton, and Lord Ripon. I owe a deep Government House, Belvedere, during the Prince of
debt of gratitude to Lord Ripon for receiving me as Wales' visit in 1875-6; and to Sir James Fergusson for
his guest at Government House, Calcutta, in 1883-4 ; receiving me at Government House, Bombay, in 1884.
viii PREFACE TO THE NEW EDITION.
general trustworthiness of the present Dictionary, its compilers can yet be keenly
alive to its thoroughly human character.

Speaking myself I may say that blended with my thankfulness for the
for

longevity that has enabled me to see a protracted undertaking brought

to a com-

pletion, is a deep consciousness

that I am not young enough to consider myself
infallible. Indeed it is at once the joy and sorrow of every true scholar that the
older he grows the more he has to confess himself a learner rather than a teacher, and
the more morbidly conscious he becomes of his own liability to a learner's mistakes.
From all true scholars I do not fear, but court, criticism. Such critics

will understand how

sense of responsibility may increase with advancing age,
a
with his own performances, and filling him with
putting an author out of conceit
progressively intensified cravings
after an impossible perfection. They will make
due allowance for the difficulties besetting the production of so many densely
printed pages, often comprising column
after column of unbroken serried type, and
abounding with countless dots and diacritical marks. Nor will they be surprised at
occasional inequalities of execution in a work representing efforts spread over numerous
years. Nor will they need to be reminded that occasional distractions, trials of health
and weariness of spirit are unavoidably incident, not only to the responsible head of
a prolonged undertaking, but to his several assistants. Indeed it is no disparagement
to those who have contributed to the detail of this work to admit that a com-
which is the result of the collaboration of so many different personalities, must
pilation,
in some degree reflect the idiosyncrasies and infirmities peculiar to each.
Yet notwithstanding my desire that due weight should be given to such

considerations, I may be pardoned express my confident expectation that the

if I

volume now offered to students of both Sanskrit and comparative philology, will

supply them with complete and useful one-volumed Sanskrit-English

the most
Dictionary ever yet produced a Dictionary, too, which in its gradual progress

has, I trust, kept pace with the advancing knowledge and scholarship
of the day.

At all events I feel sure that I

may affirm for my collaborators, as well as for

myself, that we have earnestly striven to secure for this new volume, even
more than the old, the possession of four principal characteristics, namely:
for

i. Scholarly accuracy; 2. Practical utility; 3. Lucidity of arrangement, designed

to

set forth, as clearly as possible, the etymological structure of the language, and
of Europe; 4. Completeness and
its bearing on that of the cognate languages
attainable in the latest state of
comprehensiveness, at least to the fullest extent
Sanskrit research, and to the utmost limit compatible with compactness and

compression into a single volume.

And here it is my duty to notify, in justice as much to my assistants as to

myself, that must be held primarily responsible, not only for the plan, but for
I

the general character of the whole Dictionary. This will be understood when
I state that I have from the first exercised a strict superintendence over the
details of not only in carefully supervising the manuscript, but in
both editions
in subjoining explanations
adding new words, in modifying or amplifying meanings,
from my own literary notes made during my sojourning at the chief seats of
in examining and re-examining every proof-sheet.
learning in India
I to state, however, that during occasional attacks of illness I have been
ought
 PREFACE TO THE NEW EDITION. ix

compelled t(5 trust more to my collaborators than at other times and I must also make 1
;

an exception in regard to the Additions, the abundance of which is justifiable

by the circumstance that many of them are taken from texts and books published
quite recently. For although a manuscript list of all the words and meanings in the
supplementary pages was submitted for my approval, and although many words
in the list have been eliminated by me, while others have been added from
my
own notes, yet the necessity for passing the worst winter months in a Southern
climate impossible for me to have at hand every new book needed
has made it

for the verification of every addition which I have allowed to be retained.

With regard to a strictly personal criticism in which I have for many years
been content to acquiesce without comment, I may perhaps advantageously now
that I have nearly arrived at the end of my career make a brief explanation.
Some of my critics and a few candid friends have expressed surprise that I should
have devoted so much of long tenure of the Boden Professorship to the dry,
my
dreary and thankless drudgery of writing Dictionaries and Grammars, and to
practical researches carried on among the Pandits of India in their own country,
rather than to the duty of proving the profundity of my learning and my fitness
to occupy a high Professorial position by editing or translating obscure Sanskrit
texts which have never been edited or translated before 2 .

In explanation I must draw attention to the fact that I am only the second occupant
of the Boden Chair, and that its Founder, Colonel Boden, stated most explicitly in his
will(dated August 15, 1811) that the special object of his munificent bequest was to
'

promote the translation of the Scriptures into Sanskrit, so as to enable his countrymen
to proceed in the conversion of the natives of India to the Christian Religion V
It was on this account that, when distinguished predecessor and teacher,
my
Professor H. H. Wilson, was a candidate for the Chair in 1832, his lexicographical
labours were put forward as his principal claim to election.
the footsteps
Surely then it need not be thought surprising, if following in

of my venerated master, I have made it the chief aim of my professorial life to

4
provide facilities for the translation of our sacred Scriptures into Sanskrit ,
and for

1
I cannot allow myself to think that the Dictionary Nov. 21,1811. His daughter died Aug. 24, 1827, where-
has suffered much from this cause, except perhaps upon his bequest passed to the University of Oxford,
but the first election to the Chair, for some reason
during the collaboration of the late Dr. Schonberg, the
rapid impairment of whose powers did not at first strike
unknown to me,, did not take place till 1832.
*
me so as to make me aware of the necessity for increased In his address proposing himself for election to
the Boden Electors, Professor H. H.Wilson laid stress
vigilance on my part (see p. xxxi).
'
4
I believe it is held that for an Alpine climber to on what he had done for the rendering of Scripture

establish a reputation for mountaineering he must as- Terms into the Sanskrit language.' It was doubtless
cend some peak, however comparatively insignificant, on account that after he was elected he urged me
this

that has never been ascended before. But the appli- to compile an English-Sanskrit Dictionary a work

cation of such a principle as a sole proof of scholarship never before attempted. I laboured at this for about
in the present day, can no more hold good in Sanskrit seven years, and although the result (published in a
than in Greek and Latin. At all events let any one thick volume by the Directors of the East India Com-

who claims a reputation for superior scholarship on pany in 1851) cannot, I fear, be said to meet the needs

that sole ground associate with Indian Pandits in their of the present day, yet it should be borne in mind that
own it was pioneering work. Nor can it be said to have
country and he will find out that far severer proofs
useless, seeing that seven years after
been its
of his knowledge and acquirements will be required of publication

him there. the following testimony to its utility was voluntarily

3
Lieutenant-Colonel Boden, of the- Bombay Native tendered by the Rev. J. Wenger, translator of the Bible
into Sanskrit and Editor of Dr. Yates' Sanskrit Die-
Infantry, returned to England in 1 80 7 and
died at Lisbon,
x PREFACE TO THE NEW EDITION,
the promotion of a better knowledge of the
religions and customs of India, as the
best key to a knowledge of the religious needs of our
great Eastern Dependency.
My very public lecture delivered after my election in 1860 was on 'The Study
first

of Sanskrit in Relation to Missionary Work in India'

(published in 1861).
For the rest, I have already alluded to the advantage which this
Dictionary
has derived from the support of the Governments of and
India, I
ought here
to acknowledge with gratitude without
the subsidy granted by successive
that,
Secretaries of State in Council, the
present volume could not have been sold to
the public at the price at which it is now offered. In regard to the Oxford
University Press it will be sufficient to say that this volume adds to the countless
evidences of its efficiency and of the wealth of its resources. But I may be
permitted to congratulate Delegates and Controller on their good fortune in
its

possessing an unrivalled Oriental Press-reader in Mr. Pembrey. For more than

forty years he has read the final proofs of all my books and I can from my own ;

experience, and without exaggeration, affirm, that I doubt whether one can any
surpass him in the perfection to which he has brought the art of detecting errors
due to the inadvertence of both authors and printers.
Itonly necessary for me to add that having been alone responsible for
is

the singularity of the plan of the

original Dictionary, I thought it desirable to
prefix to the first edition several sections of introductory explanations. In the
same way my
supremacy in the production of the present new work necessitates my
undertaking the responsibility of writing a new series of explanations, in which I have
deemed it desirable to pursue the main lines of my previous method, and not to
discard any portion of the old matter which could be
advantageously retained.

INDIAN INSTITUTE, OXFORD, 1899. MONIER MONIER-WILLIAMS.

POSTSCRIPT.
This Dictionary, to which my father devoted so
many years of labour, was
completed by him a few days before his death, which took place at Cannes, in the
south of France, on April n, 1899. It had been his hope to see this work
published
shortly after his return to England. Although this desire was not granted, it was
a satisfaction to him to know that the last revise had received his final corrections,
and that the book would be issued from the
University Press within a few weeks
of his death.
,f M. F. MoNIER-WlLLIAMS.
May 4, 1899.

lionary :'
I received a
copy of Professor Monier and erudition which volume displays. The Rev. J.
his
Williams' English and Sanskrit who has been engaged for some
Dictionary at a time Parsons of Benares,
when I was about to commence a translation into years past in preparing a new Hindee version of the
Sanskrit of portions of the Old Testament. I have New Testament, has likewise derived material assistance
used it daily for the last seven
years, and the more from Professor M. W.'s work. Indian missionaries
I have consulted it the more excellent I have found it.
generally owe him a large debt of gratitude.'
I feel bound to say that he
appears to have succeeded, Let me add that Ihope the present Sanskrit-English
not only beyond my previous ideas of what was will furnish some young scholar with
likely, Dictionary
but also of what was feasible, to be
accomplished at the materials.for the compilation of a far more satisfactory
present time. The Pundits whom I employ have like- English-Sanskrit Dictionary than that which I began
wise expressed their unqualified admiration of the labour to compile more than half a century ago.
 INTRODUCTION.

SECTION I.

Statement of the circumstances which led to the peculiar System of Sanskrit Lexicography
introduced for the first time in the Monier- Williams Sanskrit- English Dictionary 0/1872.

To enable me to give a clear account of the gradual development of the plan of the present work,
I must go back to its earliest origin, and must reiterate
what I stated in the Preface to the first edition,
that predecessor in the Boden Chair, Professor
my H. H. Wilson, once intended to compile a Sanskrit
in which all the words in the language were to be scientifically arranged under about 3,000
Dictionary
roots,and that he made some progress in carrying out that project. Such a scientific arfangement
actually
of the language would, no doubt, have been appreciated to the full by the highest class of scholars.
Eventually, however, he found
himself debarred from its execution, and commended it to me as a fitting
of my spare time during the tenure of my office as Professor of Sanskrit at
object for the occupation
the old East India College, Haileybury. Furthermore, he generously made over to me both the beginnings
of his a large MS. volume, containing a copious selection of examples and quotations
new Lexicon and
his direction") with which he had intended to enrich his own volume.
(made by Pandits at Calcutta under
It was on this account that, as soon as I had completed the English-Sanskrit part of a Dictionary of
I readily addressed myself to the work thus committed to me, and actually
my own (published in 1851),
carried it on for some time between the intervals of other undertakings, until the abolition of the old

Haileybury College on January r, 1858.

One consideration which led my predecessor to pass on to me his project of a root-arranged Lexicon
was that, on being elected to the Boden Chair, he felt that the elaboration of such a work would be
for which the Boden Professorship was founded*.
incompatible with the practical objects
he and I think wisely preferred, to turn his attention to the expansion of the
Accordingly preferred,
second edition of his first Dictionary
s
a task the prosecution of which he eventually intrusted to a

well-known Sanskrit scholar, the Unhappily, that eminent Orientalist was singularly
late Professor Goldstflcker.
and instead of expanding Wilson's Dictionary, began to convert it into
unpractical in some of his ideas,
a vast cyclopedia of Sanskrit learning, including essays and controversial discussions of
all kinds. He
finished the of 480 pages of his own work, which only brought him to the word Arim-dama (p. 87
printing
when an untimely death cut short his lexicographical labours.
of the present volume),
As to my own course, the same consideration which actuated my predecessor operated
in my case,

when I was elected to fill the Boden Chair in his room in 1860.
I constrained to abandon the theoretically perfect ideal of a wholly root-arranged Dictionary
also felt

in favour of a more within reasonable limits and more especially as

practical performance, compressible
of BShtlingk and 'Roth was
I had long become aware that the great Sanskrit-German Worterbuch
would make it inaccessible to ordinary English students of Sanskrit.
expanding into dimensions which
Nevertheless I could
-not renounce an idea which my classical training at Oxford had forcibly
quite
that the primary object of a Sanskrit Dictionary should
be to exhibit,
impressed upon my mind-viz,
as most know, is not only
the structure of a language which, people
by a lucid etymological arrangement,
structure of as well as of every other member
the elder sister of Greek, but the best guide to the Greek,
in which is the key-stone of the science
or short, very
of the Aryan Indo-European family-a
language,
as
of comparative philology. This was in truth the chief factor in determining the plan which,
into execution.
proceed to show, I ultimately carried
me to the H. H.Wilson appended to my Reminiscence, of Old Haileybury
'
This will be found in the library pre5ented by
College (published by A. Constable
&
Indian Institute, Oxford. Co.^
a missionary one, as I have '
His first Dictionary was publ.shed in 18,9, and hit second ,n
The main object was really
he was a candidate for the Boden I'rofessor.h.p.
shown in the Preface to this volume ( P .
i*), and in my Lift of iSja, while
xii INTRODUCTION.
And it will conduce to the making of what I have to say in this connexion clearer, if I draw
attention at the very threshold to the fact that the Hindus are perhaps the only nation, except the Greeks,
who have investigated, independently and in a truly scientific manner, the general laws which govern the
evolution of language.
The synthetical process which comes into operation in the working of those laws may be well called
samskarana, putting together,' by which I mean that every single word in the highest type of language
'

out of a primary Dhalu

'

(called Samskrita ') is first evolved

a Sanskrit term usually translated by Root,'
but applicable to any primordial constituent substance, whether of words, or rocks, or living organisms
' '
and then, being so evolved, goes through a process of putting together by the combination of other
elementary constituents.
'
'
Furthermore, the process of putting together implies, of course, the possibility of a converse process
of yyakarana, by which I mean 'undoing' or 'decomposition;' that is to say, the resolution of every
root-evolved word into its component elements. So that in endeavouring to exhibit these processes of
synthesis and analysis, we appear to be engaged, like a chemist, in combining elementary substances
into solid forms, and again in resolving these forms into their constituent ingredients.
It seemed to me, therefore, that in deciding upon the system of lexicography best calculated to

elucidate the laws of root-evolution, with all the resulting processes of verbal synthesis and analysis, which
constitute so marked an idiosyncrasy of the Sanskrit language, it was important to keep prominently in
view the peculiar character of a Sanskrit root a peculiarity traceable through the whole family of so-called
Aryan languages connected with Sanskrit, and separating them by a sharp line of demarcation from the
other great speech-family usually called Semitic*.
And here, if I am asked a question as to what languages are to be included under the name Aryan
a question which ought certainly to be answered in limine, inasmuch as this Dictionary, when first
published in 1872, was the first work of the kind, put forth by any English scholar, which attempted
to introduce comparisons between the principal members of the Aryan family I reply that the Aryan
5
languages (of which Sanskrit is the eldest sister , and English one of the youngest) proceeded from
a common but nameless and unknown parent, whose very home somewhere in Central Asia cannot be
fixed with absolute certainty, though the locality may conjecturally be placed somewhere in the region of
4
Bactria (Balkh) and Sogdiana, or not far from Bokhara and the first course of the river Oxus . From
this centre radiated, as it were, eight principal lines of speech each taking its own course and expanding
in its own way namely the two Asiatic lines
(A) the Indian comprising Sanskrit, the various ancient
:

Prakrits, including the Pali of the Buddhist sacred Canon, the Ardha-
Prakrit of the Inscriptions, the

Magadhi of the Jains, and the modern Prakrits or vernacular languages of the Hindus, such as Hindi,
MarathT, Gujarat!, Bengali, Oriya &c. (B) the Iranian comprising the Avesta language commonly called
Zand or Zend', old Persian or Akhaemenian, Pahlavl, modern Persian, and, in connexion with these,
Armenian and Pushtu ; and then the six European lines :
(A) Keltic, (B) Hellenic, (C) Italic, (D) Teutonic,
(E) Slavonic, (F) Lithuanian, each branching into various sub-lines as exhibited in the present languages of
Europe. It is this Asiatic and European ramification of the Aryan languages which has led to their being
called Indo-European.
Now if I am asked a second question, as to what most striking feature distinguishes all these
languages from the Semitic, my answer is, that the main distinction lies in the character of their roots

1
Sanskrit is now too Anglicized a word to admit of its being and Aramaic ;
a.
'
South Semitic," comprising Arabic, Himyaritic,
written as ought to be written according to the system of trans-
it and Ethiopic.
*
literation adopted in the
present Dictionary Samskrit. the younger sisters sometimes preserve older forms.
Though
'
The name Semitic or Shemitic is applied to Assyrian,
4
According to some German Theorists the cradle-land of the
Hebrew, Aramaic (or Aramaean), Arabic, and Himyaritic, Aryans was in the steppes of Southern Russia. Others have
because in the tenth chapter of Genesis, Shem is
represented as fantastically placed it in Northern Europe.
Most scholars hold
father of the principal nations to the old idea of '
somewhere Central Asia,' and probably in
speaking these languages e.g. in
Assur (Assyria), Aram (Syria), and of the region of Bactria (Balkh) and Sogdiana, although there might
Arphaxad, grandfather
of Eber, from whom came the Hebrews or have been a second centre of migration. I myself firmly believe
Trans-Kuphratian
race, the name Hebrew coming home of
from^-e, and was once a
that Balkh chief ancient Aryan civilization.
really meaning
'
one who lives 'and
Joktan, the father of
beyond (a river) Its ruins are said to extend for twenty miles,
many of the tribes inhabiting South Arabia. It is usual, too, to See note 3, p. xxv, on Pali and on the Prakrit of the inscriptions,
reckon among Semitic races the * As Zend (more
people of Abyssinia, whose to the Avesta, commonly called correctly
sacred and literary language is the that ancient language of Eastern Iran in which are
Ethiopic or Ge'ez, while their Zand), this is

spoken dialects are Tigri for the north and north-east, and written the sacred books of the Zoroastrians, commonly called
Amharic for the centre and south, all
presenting affinities with Zend-Avesta books which constitute the bible and prayer-book
the ancient Himyaritic Arabic of South Arabia
(Yaman). Hence, of the Parsts those fugitives from Persia who are scattered
speaking generally, we may classify Semitic languages under the everywhere throughout India, and are now among the most
two heads of: i. 'North Semitic,' comprising Assyrian, Hebrew, energetic and loyal of our Indian fellow-subjects.
 INTRODUCTION. xiii

or radical sounds for although both Aryan and Semitic forms of '
;
speech are called inflective ',' it should
be well understood that the inflectiveness of the root in the two cases two different
implies very processes.
For example, an Arabic root is generally a kind of hard tri-consonantal framework
consisting of three
consonants which resemble three sliding but unchangeable upright limbs, moveable backwards and forwards
to admit on either side certain equally unchangeable ancillary letters used in
forming a long chain of
derivative words. These intervenient and subservient letters are of the utmost importance for the diverse
colouring of the radical idea, and the perfect precision of their operation is noteworthy, but their
presence within and without the rigid frame of the root is, so to speak, almost overpowered by the ever
prominent and changeless consonantal skeleton. In illustration of this we may take the Arabic tri-
consonantal root KTB, 'to write,' using capitals for the three radical consonants to indicate their

unchangeableness ;
the third pers. sing, past tense is XaTaBa, 'he wrote,' and from the same three
consonants, by means of certain servile a long line
letters, are evolved with fixed and rigid regularity
of derivative forms, of which the following are specimens: XaTB, and XiTaBat, the act of writing;
XuTiB, a writer; maXTuB, written; taKTTB, a teaching to write; muXaTaBat, and taXaTuB, the
act of writing to one another; mutaXaTiB, one
engaged in mutual correspondence; iXTaB, the act of
dictating ; maXTaB, the place of writing, a writing-school ; XiTaB, a book ; XiTBat, the act of transcribing.
In contradistinction to J
this, a Sanskrit root is generally a single monosyllable , consisting of one or
more consonants combined with a vowel, or sometimes of a single vowel only. This monosyllabic radical
has not the same cast-iron rigidity of character as the Arabic tri-consonantal root before described. True, it has

usually one fixed and unchangeable initial letter, but in its general character it may rather be compared to
a malleable substance, capable of being beaten out or moulded into countless ever-variable forms, and
often in such a way as to entail the loss of one or other of the original radical letters; new forms being,
as it were, beaten
out of the primitive monosyllabic ore, and these forms again expanded by affixes
and and these again by other affixes and suffixes', while every so expanded form may be again
suffixes,

augmented by prepositions and again by compositions with other words and again by compounds of
compounds till an almost interminable chain of derivatives is evolved. And this peculiar expansibility arises
partly is recognized as an independent constituent of every Sanskrit
from the circumstance that the vowel
radical, constituting a part of its very essence or even sometimes standing alone as itself the only root.
'
Take, for example, such a root as Bhu, 'to be or 'to exist.' From this is, so to speak, beaten out
an immense chain of derivatives of which the following are a few examples : Bhava or Bhavana, being ;

Bhava, existence; Bhavana, causing to be; Bhavin, existing; Bhuvana, the world; Bhu or Bhumi,
the earth; Bhn-dhara, earth-supporter, a mountain; Bhu-dhara-ja, mountain-born, a tree; Bhn-pa, an
earth-protector, king; Bhupa-pntra, a king's son, prince, &c. &c. ; Ud-bhn, to rise up; Fraty-a-bhu,
4
to be near at hand; Prodbhuta, come forth, &c.

Indo-European forms, exhibits these remarkable properties

Sanskrit, then, the faithful guardian of old
better than of speech, and the crucial question to be decided was,
any other member of the Aryan line

how to arrange the -plan of my Dictionary in such a way as to make them most easily apprehensible.
On the one hand I had to bear in mind that, supposing the whole Sanskrit language to be referable
to about 2,000 roots or parent-stems', the plan of taking root by root and writing, as it were, the

biographies of two thousand parents with sub-biographies of their numerous descendants in the order of
their growth and a beautiful philological dream
evolution, would be to give reality to a dream, however,

which could not receive practical shape without raising the Lexicon to a level of scientific perfection
unsuited to the needs of ordinary students.
On hand to the usual plan
the other I had to reflect that to compile a Sanskrit Dictionary according

roots and the number is thereby

As they are held to be distinct
1
distinguished from unchangeably 'monosyllabic' like the
Chinese, and 'agglutinative' like the Dravidian of Southern swelled to 3,490. It should be noted, too, that a great many of
of simpler
India, and like the Turkish and other members of an immense these Dhatus are modifications or developments
'
elements, and this Dictionary does
not always decide as tc
class oflanguages, in which there are no so-called inflections,'
but merely affixes or suffixes 'glued' as it were to the root or which of two, three or more roots is the simplest, although whei
roots are allied their connexion is indicated. Probably th
body of a word, and easily separable from it, and not blending
intimately with it, and so, as it were, inflecting it.
number of elementary radicals in Sanskrit might be reduced to a
as some think, to
'
Of course it is well understood that there are in Sanskrit comparatively small catalogue-even,
Sanskrit
not more than about lao primitive roots. Many
:

a certain number of dissyllabic roots, but I am here merely

Prakrit forms or vice versa, and both forms ar
have alternative
contrasting Semitic and Aryan roots gaurOfy.
The vitarana of a root may be called an '
affix,' and the allowed to co-exist, as than and bhan, dhan and nr* A*,
have passed
verbal termination Ac. a '
suffix.' ~ti others whose initials are aspirated consonants
th
For other illustrations of this see I. M, 300 I. **, into other aspirated consonants or have retamed only aspirate
p. ;
ASam ""* * *
p. 1.00; .. aki, p. 126, of this volume. as in
%*******<*"; '
T'and such
but a compound of a, and root <
The number of distinct Dhatus or radical forms given in is probably nothing
the same roots as jfeM, Hum*, stambh are plamly mere modif
some collections is 1,750, but as many form, having
each other.
sound have different meanings, and are conjugated differently,
xiv INTRODUCTION.
of treating each word as a separate and independent entity, requiring separate and independent explanation,
would certainly fail to give a satisfactory conception of the structure of such a language as Sanskrit, and
of its characteristic processes of synthesis and analysis, and of its importance in throwing light on the
structure of the whole Indo-European family of which the oldest surviving member.
it is

I therefore came to the conclusion that the best solution of the difficulty lay in some middle course
some compromise by which the two lexicographical methods might be, as it were, interwoven.
virtue of

It remains for me
explain the exact nature of this compromise, and I feel confident that the plan
to
of the present work will be easily understood by any one who, before using the Dictionary, prepares the

way by devoting a little time to a preliminary study of the explanations which I now proceed to give.

SECTION II.

Explanation of the Plan and Arrangement of the Work, and of the Improvements
introduced into the Present Edition.

Be it notified, at the very threshold, that there are four mutually correlated lines of Sanskrit words in
this Dictionary :
(i) a main line Nagari type, with equivalents
in in Indo-Italic type * ;
(2) a subordinate
1
line (under the Nagari) in thick Indo- Romanic type (3) a branch
line, also in thick Indo-Romanic type,
;

branching off from either the first or the second lines with the object of grouping compound words under
one head; (4) a branch line in Indo-Italic type, branching off from leading compounds with the object
of grouping together the compounds of those compounds. Of course all four lines follow the usual
Sanskrit Dictionary order of the alphabet (see p. xxxvi).
The first or main line, or, as it may be called, the Nagari line," constitutes the principal series of '

Sanskrit words to which the eye must first turn on consulting the Dictionary. It comprises all the roots

of the language, both genuine and artificial (the genuine being in large Nagari type), as well as many-
leading words. in small Nagari, and many isolated words (also in small Nagari), some of which have their
etymologies given in parentheses, while others have their derivation indicated by hyphens.
The second or subordinate line in thick Indo-Romanic type is used for two purposes: (a) for

sequence under every root the continuous series of derivative words

exhibiting clearly to the eye in regular
which grow out of each root; (6) for exhibiting those series of cognate words which, to promote facility
of reference, are placed under certain leading words (in small Nagari) rather than under the roots them-
selves.

The or branch line in thick Indo-Romanic type is used for grouping together under a leading
third

word words compounded with that leading word.

all the
The fourth or branch Indo-Italic line is used for grouping under a leading compound all the
words compounded with that compound.
The first requires no illustration; the second is illustrated by the series of words under
^ i. kri

(p. 300) beginning with i. Xrit, p. 301, col. 3, and under *HT i. hard (p. 253) beginning with i. Earaka
(p. 254, col. i); the third by the series of compounds under i. kara (p. 253, col.
i), and ^ Kara&a
(p. 254, coL i); the
fourth by the series of compounds under -vira (p. 253, col. 3).
And fourfold arrangement is not likely to be found embarrassing; because any one using the
this

Dictionary soon perceive that the four lines or series of Sanskrit words, although following their
will

own alphabetical order, are made to fit into each other without confusion by frequent backward and
forward cross-references. In fact, it will be seen at a glance that the ruling aim of the whole
arrangement
is to exhibit, in the clearest manner, first the evolution of words from roots, and then the interconnexion
of groups of words so evolved, as members of one family descended from a common source. Hence
all the genuine roots of the language are brought prominently before the eye by large
Nagari type;
while the evolution of words from these roots, as from parent-stocks, is indicated by their being printed
in thick Romanic type, and placed in regular succession either under the roots, or under some leading
word connected with the same family by the tie of a common origin. It be seen, too, that in the will

case of such leading words (which are always in Nagari type), their etymology given in a parenthesis

applies to the whole family of cognate words placed under them, until a new series of words is introduced
by a new root or new leading-word in Nagari type. In this way all repetition of etymologies is avoided,
and the Nagari type is made to serve a
very useful purpose.
It will also be seen that words which are different in meaning, but appear identical in form, are distinguished

1 ' ' ' '

I use the expression Indo-Romanic and Indo-Italic to and other Indian languages. The thick Indo-Romanic type
denote the expanded Roman and Italic alphabets adapted by the employed in this volume is a product of the Oxford Clarendon
use of diacritical points and marks to the Press, and therefore named Clarendon type.
expression of Sanskrit
 INTRODUCTION. xv

from each other by the figures i, 2, 3, &c., placed before the Indo- Romanic or Indo-Italic transliterated forms :

see, for example, ^t$ffa i. a-sita, ^qffa 2. astta (p. 113)'; i. A'pya, isim 2. apya, flnT 3- apya (pp. 142,

144); *|
I. brih,
^ 2. M2, ^ 3. brih (p. 735).

In regard to the roots of the language, it will be observed that they are treated of in the
present
work both in respect of the meanings and of the exhibition of tenses, participles, and verbal forms
evolved from them more thoroughly and exhaustively than has hitherto been attempted in a Dictionary*.
Furthermore, all the verbs formed from the roots with prepositions (as, for example, 1

rgw anu-Vkri,
p- 3', *nrfH*T r j|'
sam-abhi-vy-a-Vhri, p. 1156) are arranged according to the method followed in Greek
and Latin Lexicons; that is to say, such verbs are to be looked for in their own and
alphabetical order,
not under the roots kri and The
practical convenience resulting from this method, and the great advantage
hri.

of exhibiting the connexion of every verb and its meanings with its derivatives, constitute in my opinion
an invaluable gain, especially to the student who studies Sanskrit as he would Greek and Latin, and makes
it a guide to the study of the other members of the Indo-European family. At all events it forms one
of the unique features of the present work, stamping it with an individuality of its own, and differentiating
it from all other Sanskrit Dictionaries. The labour entailed in the process necessarily a wholly pioneering
process of thus rearranging the verbs in a language so rich in prepositions, can only be understood by
those who have undergone it.
As to the separation of meanings it must be noted that mere amplifications of preceding meanings
are separated by a comma, whereas those which do not clearly run into each other are divided by
semicolons. A comma, therefore, must always be taken as marking separate shades of meaning, except
it occurs in parenthetical observations.
Let be observed, however, that all the meanings of a word belonging to a group are not always
it

given full, if they may be manifestly gathered

in from the other members of the group. This applies
especially to participles and participial formations.
Observe too that all remarks upon meanings and all descriptive and explanatory statements are given
between remarks within remarks and comparisons with other languages between [ ].
( ),
all

I by a friendly critic, soon after the appearance of the first edition, that meanings and
was told

synonyms had been needlessly multiplied, but when the book had been fairly tested by repeated and
extended application to various branches of the literature, it was found that apparently superfluous
synonyms often gave the precise meanings required to suit particular passages. In the present edition
to save
space some synonyms which seemed mere surplusage have been rejected; and I fear I may
have occasionally gone too far in sanctioning some of these rejections. For experience proves that the
practical utility of a Dictionary is less impaired by a redundancy than by a paucity of meanings.
Again, a glance at the following pages will show that the arrangement of compound words under
a leading word, as introduced in the edition of 1872, and continued with modifications in the present
edition, is entirely novel.
It may perhaps be of these compounds; but once more it may be
objected that there are too many
urged that a Sanskrit Dictionary must not be by ordinary laws in this respect, for Sanskrit has
tried

developed more than Greek and German and any other Aryan language the faculty of forming compounds. The
love of composition is indeed one of its most characteristic features. To exclude compounds from a Sanskrit
'
Lexicon would be, so to speak, to unsanskritize it. Not only are there certain compounds quite
'

and the various

peculiar to Sanskrit, but, in the grammar, composition almost takes the place of Syntax,
kinds of compound words are and defined with greater subtlety and minuteness than in any
classified
other known language of the world. When a student is in doubt whether to translate compounds like
Indra-satru as Bahuvrihis or Tatpurushas, the Dictionary is surely bound to aid in clearing up his
perplexity. Even as it is, many useful compounds have, I fear, been sacrificed to the exigencies of space.
The meanings of these, however, can be easily inferred from the meaning of their component members.
Take, for example, such a word as samyulct&kslutra, 'a compound or conjunct letter.'
Another distinctive of this Dictionary consists in the articles on mythology, literature,
peculiarity
and philosophy, scattered its My own collection of notes from
religion, everywhere throughout pages.
books
journeys and
Indian in the
varioussources, especially those made during my three published
named in the Preface to this volume (see p. vi, with note), have enabled me to furnish students with

much useful information on many subjects not hitherto treated of in Sanskrit Dictionaries. It will, I feel

of my
must, however, here repeat the acknowledgment
1 *
In this first case the hyphen used in the transliterated form I
Westergaard's Radices;' nor must
'

is no doubt sufficient to distinguish the two forms from each other. original indebtedness to
I omit to mention Whitney's valuable Index of Roots,
Verb-
Hence, to economize space, the figures have occasionally towards
the end of the work been omitted (see samdnd, Sa-mdna, p. 1 160). forms and Primary Derivatives.
xvi INTRODUCTION.
sure, be admitted that the knowledge gained by me from personal contact with Indian Pandits and
educated men in their own Universities, and with all sorts and conditions of Hindus in their own
towns and has been a distinct advantage to this Dictionary. It has enabled me to much
villages, give
useful information not found in other works, and to avoid many mistakes made by Sanskritists who have
only a book-knowledge of India.
A further peculiar feature is the introduction of a large number of names of persons and places.
This may be objected to as a needless extension of the scope
and limits of a Dictionary. In extenuation
I contend that greater liberty ought to be allowed to a Sanskrit Dictionary in this respect thah to

Greek and Latin Lexicons, because Oriental alphabets have no capital letters enabling such names to be

distinguished from ordinary nouns.

Then again, in regard to the names of works, which are also multiplied to an unusual extent,
Sanskrit literature is so vast that, although as I hold very little worthy of attention remains to be
edited, yet it may often be of great importance to have attention drawn to unknown treatises, or to
commentaries on well-known works ascertained to exist in manuscript in the libraries of Europe or
India.
As to plants and trees, the adjective qualifying the name of a plant, as well as the name of the

plant itself, ought occasionally to be marked, according to the rules of botanical science, with an initial
But is often difficult for a non-botanist to decide as to the correct usage. It was therefore
capital letter. it

thought better to use capital letters for both substantive

and adjective, especially as in the new edition, to
save space, the word 'plant' is omitted. Hence the second capital letter, though often inappropriate,
serves as a symbol for denoting that the epithet is that of a plant.
I need scarcely draw attention to the comparisons from cognate languages which manifestly
constitute a special feature of this volume. Many doubtful comparisons have been eliminated from the

present edition. A
few questionable ones have, I fear, been retained or rashly inserted, but they will be

easily detected (e.g. under Ayasya, p. 85).

In regard to what may be thought a needless multiplication of indecent words and meanings, offensive
to notions of delicacy, I am sorry to say that they had to be inserted, because in very truth
European
Sanskrit, like all Oriental languages, abounds with words of that character, and to such an extent, that
to have omitted them, would have been to cut out a large percentage of the language. A story is told

of a prudish lady who complimented Dr. Johnson on having omitted all bad words from his English
Dictionary ; whereupon he replied Madam, it is true that I have done so, but I find that you have
:
'

been looking for them.' In point of fact students of Sanskrit literature cannot sometimes avoid looking
for such words. Nor have I, except in rare instances, veiled their meaning under a Latin translation

which only draws attention to what might otherwise escape notice.

In extenuation it may fairly be urged that in India the relationship between the sexes is regarded as
a sacred mystery, and is never held to be suggestive of improper or indecent ideas.

After the foregoing explanation of the general plan of the work it remains to describe some of the
more noteworthy changes and improvements introduced into the present edition.

And let me at once say that, as it was intended to give explanations of even more Sanskrit words
than are treated of in the great Wfirterbuch of Bohtlingk and Roth, and in the later Worterbuch of the
former, and, as it was decided that to prevent its expansion beyond the limits of one compact
volume, the number of pages in the new edition should not be augmented by much more than a hundred
and fifty, it became a difficult problem to devise a method of making room for the ever-increasing number
of words which, as the work grew under our hands, continually pressed more and more for admission into
its purview.
Let any critic, then, who may feel inclined to pass a severe judgment on the contrivances for
abbreviation in the present edition of the Dictionary, think for a moment of the difficulties in which its

compilers found themselves involved. It was only gradually that the actual fact revealed itself the very
startlingfact that we had to provide for the treatment of about one half more Sanskrit words, simple

and compound, than in the first edition. That is to say, calculating as I had done that the number of
Sanskrit words simple and compound in the first edition amounted to about 120,000, it became evident
to us, as the work proceeded, that the number be provided for in the new edition could not be
to
reckoned at less than 180,000. It was as if a builder employed in repairing one of his own buildings
had been told that he had to provide for the crowding of 1,800 human beings into a room, originally
constructed by him to hold only twelve hundred.
Or perhaps the difficulty may be better illustrated thus : A traveller, after having made a voyage
round the world, starts some time afterwards for a second similar journey. The rules of the ship in
 INTRODUCTION. xvii

which he embarks only permit of his taking a limited amount of

baggage into his cabin, and naturally
his first idea issame box which accompanied him on the first occasion. Into this he
to take the
begins
by packing his possessions, with perhaps a little more compression than before. He soon finds, however,
that the lapse of time has added to his acquisitions, and that no close packing will enable him to make
room for them. What then is he to do? He is permitted to make his one box a little longer and
deeper; but even then he has not room enough. His only resource is to make his one receptacle
hold more by filling up every crevice, and fitting one article into the other by various ingenious
devices.
This is an illustration of the difficulties encountered in the
process of compressing the immense mass
of new matter which had to be brought within the compass of the new edition. It has been
possible to
lengthen the pages of the new volume by about an inch, so that each column now contains about eight or
nine lines more than in the first edition, and the volume has been increased in thickness by more than
one hundred pages (and with the Addenda by 147 pages). These enlargements have given considerable
additional space, but not nearly as much as was needed. All sorts of contrivances for contracting,
abridging, and abbreviating had, be adopted, so as to secure the greatest economy of space
therefore, to
without impairing the completeness of the work considerations which will, I hope, be a valid excuse for
the occasional violations of uniformity which forced themselves upon us, as the need for greater com-

prehensiveness, within a limited circumference, became more and more imperative.

Perhaps the necessity for such measures will be better understood if I here enumerate some of the
sources whence the additional matter in the present volume has been derived.

Imprimis, all the latter portion of the great seven-volumed Worterbuch of the two great German
lexicographers beginning with the letter ^ v. Next, all the additions in Geheimrath von Bohtlingk's later

compilation, and especially his Nachtrage. Then all my own manuscript Addenda in the interleaved copy
1
of my first edition ; and lastly all the words from many important pure Sanskrit and Buddhistic Sanskrit
works printed and published in recent years, most of which will be named in the sequel.
Doubtless, therefore, in describing the improvements which mark this new Dictionary, the first place
should be given to the vast mass of new matter introduced into it. This I venture to assert, after a
somewhat rough calculation, amounts to very little short of 60,000 additional Sanskrit words with their

meanings.
And a still further increase has resulted from the introduction of references to authorities, and to
those portions of the literature in which the words and meanings recorded in the Dictionary occur. The
reason given by me for abstaining from more than a few such references in the first edition, was that
abundant quotations were to be found in the great seven-volumed Thesaurus so often named before
which all who used my Dictionary could easily find means of consulting. In real fact, however, not
a few words and meanings in the earlier portion of the first edition of my book were entered on the
authority of Professor H. H. Wilson, while many more in the middle and towards the end were inserted
from sources investigated independently by myself, and were not supported by any of the quotations given
in the Thesaurus. It followed as a matter of course that, very soon after the publication of my first

edition 1872, the almost entire absence of independent references of my own was animadverted upon
in

regretfully by even friendly critics.

Naturally, therefore, I determined to remedy an evident defect by introducing a large number of
references and quotations into the new edition. Nor is it
surprising that this determination grew and

strengthened in the course of execution, so much so, indeed, that after the printing of page 60 I decided,
with Professor Leumann's co-operation, to give no words and no series of meanings without quoting
some authority for their use, or referring to the particular book or portion of literature in which they
occur.
And further, it became a question whether we were not bound to indicate by a reference in every
case not merely the particular books, but the chapter and line in which each word was to be found, and
sometimes even to quote entire passages. This, in fact, as will be seen, has been occasionally done, but
it soon became evident, that the immense
copiousness of Sanskrit literature a copiousness far exceeding
that of Greek and Latin would preclude the carrying out of so desirable an object in full, or even to
a somewhat less extent than in the great St. Petersburg Thesaurus unless indeed my new Dictionary
was to be enlarged to a point beyond the limits of a single compact volume. Nay, it soon became clear
that the exigencies of space would make the mere enumeration of all the works in which a word occurs

impossible. In the end it was found that the use of the symbol &c., would answer all the purpose of
a full enumeration.

1
the sources whence they were taken, as I did not at
Unfortunately in noting down words for insertion I omitted to quote
the time contemplate improving my new edition by the addition of references.
b
 xviii INTRODUCTION.
Hence
must be understood that RV. 1 &c. &c. denotes that a word occurs in the whole literature
it

both Vedic and Post-Vedic beginning with the Rig-veda, while Mn. &c. signifies that the use of a word
is restricted to the later literature
beginning with Manu.
And again, when a word had not yet been met with in any published literary work, but only in
native lexicons, it was decided to denote this by the letter L.
As to the words and meanings given on my authority and marked MW., many of them have been
taken by me from commentaries or from the notes which I made after conversations with learned Pandits
in their own country. For it seems to me that Sanskrit Dictionaries ought sometimes to give important
modern words and meanings as used by modern educated Sanskrit scholars in India such, for example,
as the meaning of prdna-pralishtha "
(see Additions under Prdna, p. 1330).
Then a third improvement in the present edition, as every true scholar will admit, is the accentuation
of words occurring in accentuated although it will be found, I fear, that occasional accidental omissions
texts,
occur, and in cross-references the accent has often been designedly dropped. Many accents, too, which are
only known from Panini and the Phty-sutras have been intentionally omitted.
It is marked only in the oldest Vedic texts, and that in later times it
admitted that accentuation is

must have undergone great changes so far at least as the spoken accent was concerned. And this led me
to decide that in a which so diacritical
preparing practical Dictionary employed many complicated marks,
it would be better not to increase the
complication by adding the marks of accentuation. All accentuation
was, therefore, designedly omitted in the first edition. But the careful study of Panini's grammar, which
my higher lectures, during the period of my active occupancy of the Boden Chair (1860-1888), obliged
me to carry on, forced upon me the conviction that, inasmuch as at the time when the great Indian
Grammarian the chief authority for both Vedic and classical grammar elaborated his wonderful system,
every word in Sanskrit, as much in the ordinary language as in the Vedic, had its accent", a knowledge
of accents must be often indispensable to a right knowledge of the meaning of words in Sanskrit.
And in real truth the whole of Panini's grammar is interpenetrated throughout by the ruling idea of
the importance of accentuation to a correct knowledge of words and their meanings.
For example, we learn from Pan. vi, i, 201, that the word kshaya means 'abode,' but kshaya with
the accent on the last syllable means 'destruction.' And again, from Pan. vi, i, 205, that datta, 'given,'
which as a has the accent on the second syllable (dalta) is accentuated on the first syllable (i.e.
p. participle
ispronounced ddlla} when
it is used as a
proper name. On the other hand, by Pan. vi, i, 206, dhrfshta
has the accent on the first syllable, whether as a participle, or as a name (not dhrishta at p. 519).

Further, by Pan. vi, 223 and vi, 2, i all compounds have different meanings according to
i,
'
the position of the accent. Hence Indra-satrn means either an enemy of Indra or having Indra as an ' '

enemy,' according as the accent is on the last or first member of the compound (Indra-satrti or Indra-salru ; see
Additions, p. 1321). These examples may suffice to show the importance of accentuation in affecting meanings.
That this holds good in all languages is shown by the careful way in which accentuation is marked
in modern English Dictionaries. How, indeed, could it be otherwise when the transference of an accent
from one makes such important alteration in the sense as may be noted in the
syllable to another often
words 'gillant' and 'gallant,' and 'record,' 'present' and 'present,' 'august' and 'august,'
'record'
'desert' and 'deseVt.' The bearing, too, of Sanskrit accentuation on comparative philology will be evident
to any one who has noted the coincidences between the accentuation of Greek and Sanskrit words.

Manifestly then it would have been inexcusable had we omitted all accentuation in the present enlarged
and improved work 4 It must be admitted, however, that
. incidence of accent has not been treated
with exact uniformity in every page of this volume.
In Panini's system, as is well known, the position of the accent is generally denoted by some indicatory
fetter, attached to the technical names given by him to his affixes and suffixes, including the terminations

1
Rig- Veda has now become an Anglicized word, and the dot Krishna-varma (who was also a Government Delegate) to illustrate

under the R has been omitted in the Dictionary for simplicity. my paper on Vedic hymns by repeating them with the right accentu-
1
I am sorry to have to confess that imbued as I once was with ation. The Pandit's illustrations were not only much appreciated,
false notions as to the deadness of Sanskrit, I have sometimes but received with grateful acknowledgments at the time by the
omitted to give the meanings of important modern words like eminent Chairman, Prof. A. Weber, and other Sanskrit scholars
by one of my auditors the well-
pr&na-pratishtha in the body of the Dictionary. present, but were misconstrued
'
The absence of accent was only permitted in calling out to known and most Hon. Secretary of the Royal Asiatic
energetic
a person in the distance, Pan. i, a, 33. Society. That gentleman made the Pandit's illustrative additions
'
the subject of an extraordinary criticism in a paper on Oriental
4
The importance of correct accentuation and intonation in
Congresses,' written by him and published
a language, the very sound of which is held by the Hindus to be in the Calcutta Review,

divine, and the bearing of Sanskrit accentuation on (hat of No. CLXI (1885), and quite recently reprinted.
A
letter lately

Greek, had become so impressed on me, that when I was sent as received by me from Professor A. Weber, and printed last year in
a Delegate to the Berlin International Congress of Orientalists by the Asiatic Quarterly Review, expresses the astonishment which
the Government of India in 1881, I requested Pandit Syamajl we both felt at the statements in that paper.
 INTRODUCTION. xix

of verbs and of verbal derivatives

(called pralyayd). Thus, by Pan. vi, 1,163 the letter c added to a suffix
(as in ghurac, Pan. iii, 2, 161), indicates that the derivative bhangnra formed
by that suffix is accented on
the last syllable (e.g.
bhangnra).
In Vedic texts printed in
Nagari character the accents are denoted by certain short lines placed above
and below the letters, but in the present
Dictionary we have not thought it necessary to mark the accent of
words printed in Nagari, but only of their
equivalents in Romanic and Italic type, the common Udatta or
acute accent being marked
by ', and the rarer Svarita '.
by
And in this connexion should be mentioned that the ~
employment of the long prosodial mark ( )
it

to denote long vowels has

(e. g. a) manifestly one advantage. It enables the
position of an accent to be
indicated with greater clearness in cases where it falls on such vowels (e. g. a).
Next to the three
improvements thus explained ought certainly to be reckoned the increased
principal
mechanical aids provided for the eye, to facilitate the search for words in
pages overcrowded with
complicated and closely printed type. And most conspicuous among these aids is the employment of
thick 'Clarendon' type
(see p. xiv, note in of the Italics of thei) place both, for previous edition,
the under roots and under
derivatives
leading words and for the compounds under such words; thus
allowing the Italic type to be reserved for compounds of compounds.
Then another improvement of the same kind has been effected
by the distribution of the compounds
belonging to leading words under two, three, or even more separate heads, according to the euphonic
changes in the finals of these words. Thus in the first edition all the compounds belonging to the leading
word Bahis were arranged under the one word Bahis
(=Vahis); but in the present edition these
compounds are far more readily found by their segregation under the five heads of Bahis, Bahih, Bahir,
Bahis, and Bahish (see pp. 726, 727).
Furthermore, among must be reckoned the substitution of the short thick line (not
useful changes

necessarily expressive of a hyphen ') for the leading word in all groups of compounds whose first member
is formed with that leading word. Take, for example, such an article as that which has the leading
word Agni, at pp. 5, 6. It is easy to see that the constant
repetition of Agni in the compounds formed
with that word was unnecessary. Hence -kana, barman &c. are now substituted for Agni-kana, Agni-
karman &c. By referring to such an article as Maha, at pp. 794-802, an idea may be formed of the
space economized by this simple expedient.
And here I must admit that a few changes may possibly be held to be doubtful improvements,
the real fact being that
they have been forced upon us by the necessity for finding room for those
60,000 additional Sanskrit words with their meanings, the accession of which to the pages of the
Dictionary as already mentioned became a paramount duty.
For instance, towards the end of the work, the exigencies of space have compelled us to use Italics
with hyphens, not only in the case of
sub-compounds (as, for example, -mani-mqya under caiidra-kanta
at of compounds falling under
p. 386, col. 3, is for candrakanta-mani-maya), but also in the case
words combined with prepositions (as, for example, under such words as 2. Vi-hndha, Vi-hhaga, at p. 977).
The same exigencies of space compelled us to group together all words compounded with 3. vi

(see p. 949) and with 7. sa (see under sa-kankata, p. 1123 &c.).

The same considerations, too, have obliged us make
a new departure in extending the use of
to
the little circle to English words.
ordinary use, of is to denote that either the first or last
Its
course,
part of a Sanskrit word has to be supplied. For instance, such a word as kesa-v, coming after i. Vapaniya
at p. 919 stands for kesa-vapanlya, while da, data, dasva after codati, at p. 400, are for coda, codata,
codasva; and similarly dyotana under Fra-dyota at p. 680 is for Pra-dyotana.
The application of this expedient to English words has enabled us to effect a great saving. It must

be understood that this method of abbreviation is only applied to the leading meaning which runs
through a long article, or to English words in close juxtaposition. For example, the leading signification
of ratha under the article i. rdtha (p. 865) being 'chariot,' this is shortened to 'ch' in the remainder of
' '
'
the article ; and clarified butter in one line is shortened to
'
cl b in the next. By referring to such
an article as sahasra, at p. 1195, it will be seen what a gain in space has thus been effected.
In cases - c nsa under kala denotes that -'nsa is not a complete word without the
like (p. 261) the
prefixing of a, which not given because it has become blended with the final a of the leading word kala.
is

Much space, too, has been gained by the application of the symbols A A A A (adopted at Professor
Leumann's suggestion) to denote the blending of short and long vowels. Thus A denotes the blending
of two short vowels (as of a + a into d); A denotes the blending of a short with a long vowel (as of
a + a into <f) ; A denotes the blending of a long with a short (as of a + a into <f); A denotes the blending
of two long vowels (as of a + a into ),
and so with the other vowels, e.g. / for a+t, 6 for a + u, ff for a + u
&c. (see for example kritagni for krila + agni, kritodaka for krita + udaka, at p. 303).

supposed to be added to the whole word ought not have

1
Some compound words which are formed by Taddhita affixes strictly to
a hyphen.
b a
 xx INTRODUCTION.
A further economy has been effected by employing the symbol V for root.
In this new edition, too, the '
mfn.' placed after the crude stems of words, have been
letters
generally
substituted for the forms of the nominative cases of all adjectives, participles, and substantives
(at least
after the first 100 pages), such nominative forms being easily inferred from the gender. But it must be
borne in mind that nearly all feminine stems in a and i are also nominative forms. In cases where adjectives
make their feminines in i this has been generally indicated, as in the previous edition. Occasionally, too, the
neuter nominative form (am) is given as an aid to the eye in marking the change from one gender to another.
' '
Other contrivances for abbreviation scarcely need explanation ; for instance, N.' standing for name '

is
applicable to epithets as well as names, and when it applies to more than one person or object in
a series, is omitted in all
except the first; e.g. 'N. of an author, RV. ; of a king, MBh.' &c.
Also, the figures i, 2, 3 &c. have been in some cases dropped (see note i, p. xv), and the mention
of cl. 8 is often omitted after the common root kri.

Finally, I have thought it wise tp shorten some of the articles on mythology, and to omit some of the
more doubtful comparisons with the cognate languages of Europe.

SECTION III.

Extent of Sanskrit Literature comprehended in the Present Edition,

I stated in the Preface to the first edition of this work written in 1872 that I had sometimes
been asked by men learned in all the classical of Europe, whether Sanskrit had any literature.
lore

Happily, since then, a great advance in the prosecution of Indian studies and in the diffusion of a
knowledge of India has been effected. The efforts and researches of able Orientalists in almost every
country have contributed to this result, and I venture to claim for the Oxford Indian Institute and its

staff of Professors and Tutors a large share in bringing this about.

Nevertheless much ignorance still prevails, even among educated English -speakers, in respect of
the exact
position occupied by Sanskrit literature
relationship in
spokenIndia its to that of the
vernaculars of the country and the range in comparison with that of the literature of
immensity of its

Europe. I may be permitted therefore to recapitulate what I have already said in regard to the term
' '
Sanskrit,' before explaining what I conceive ought to be included under the term Sanskrit literature.'

By Sanskrit, then, is meant the learned language of India the language of its cultured inhabitants
the language of its religion, its literature, and science not by any means a dead language, but one
stillspoken and written by educated men in all parts of the country, from Cashmere to Cape Comorin,
from Bombay to Calcutta and Madras '. Sanskrit, in short, represents, I conceive, the learned form of
the language brought by the Indian branch of the great Aryan race into India. For, in point of fact, the
course of the development of language in India resembles the course of Aryan languages in other countries,
the circumstances of whose history have been similar.
The language
of the immigrant Aryan race has prevailed over that of the aborigines, but in doing so has
separated into two lines, the one taken by the educated and learned classes, the other by the unlearned
the latter again separating into various provincial sub-lines*. Doubtless in India, from the greater
exclusiveness of the educated few, and the desire of a proud priesthood to keep the key of knowledge
in theirown possession, the language of the learned classes became so highly elaborated that it
'
received the name Samskrita, or perfectly constructed speech (see p. xii), both to denote its superiority to
'

the common dialects (called in contradistinction Frakrita) and its more exclusive dedication to religious
and literary purposes. Not that the Indian vernaculars are exclusively spoken languages, without any
literature of their own ;
forsome of them (as, for example, Hind!, Hindustani, and Tamil, the last belonging
to the Dravidian and not Aryan family) have produced valuable literary works, although their subject-matter
is often borrowed from the Sanskrit.

Next, as to the various branches of Sanskrit literature which ought to be embraced by a Dictionary
aiming, like the present, at as much completeness as possible these are fully treated of in my book
'Indian Wisdom" (a recent edition of which has been published by Messrs. Luzac & Co.). It will be

1
A paper written by Pandit Syaraaji Krishna- varma on '
Sanskrit course the provincialized Prakrits though not, as I believe, derived
as a living language in India,' was read by him at the Berlin directly from the learned language,
but developed independently
Oriental Congress of i8Si, and excited much interest. He argues borrowed largely from the Sanskrit after it was thus elaborated,
very forcibly that
'
Sanskrit as settled in the Ash\&dhyayj of *
has been recently stated in print that Russian furnishes an
It

Panini was a spoken vernacular at the time when that great gram- bat Mr. Morfill
exception to the usual ramification into dialects,
marian flourished.' In the same paper he maintains that Sanskrit informs me that it has all the characteristics of Aryan languages,
into other
was the source of the Prakrits, and quotes Vararnci's Prakrita-pra- separating first into Great and Little Russian and then
kasa xii, i (Prakritih samskritam,' Sanskrit is the source'). Of dialects.
 INTRODUCTION. xxi

sufficient therefore to state here that Sanskrit literature

comprises two distinct periods, Vedic and
Post-Vedic, the former comprising works written in an ancient form of Sanskrit which is to the later
form what the language of Chaucer is to later English.
Vedic literature begins with the Rig-veda
(probably dating from about 1200 or 1300 B.C.), and
extending through the other three Vedas (viz. the Yajur, Sama, and Atharva-veda), with their Brahmanas,
Upanishads, and Sutras, is most valuable to philologists as presenting the nearest approach to the original
Aryan language. Post-Vedic literature begins with the Code of Manu (probably dating in its earliest
form
from about 500 with
of subsequent law-books, and
its train
B.C.), extending through the six systems of
philosophy, the vast grammatical literature, the immense Epics , the lyric, erotic, and didactic poems,
1

the Nlti-sastras with their moral tales and

apothegms, the dramas, the various treatises on mathematics,
rhetoric,prosody, music, medicine, &c., brings us at last to the eighteen Puranas with their succeeding
Upa-puranas, and the more recent Tantras, many of which are worthy of study as repositories of the
modern mythologies and popular creeds of India. No one person, indeed, with limited powers of mind
and body, can hope to master more than one or two departments of so vast a
range, in which scarcely
a subject can be named, with the single exception of
Historiography, not furnishing a greater number
of texts and commentaries or commentaries on commentaries, than other
any language of the ancient
world. To convince one's self of this one need only glance at the pages of the present Dictionary, and
note the numerous works named there, which, if the catalogue were complete, would probably amount
to a total number not far short of the 10,000 which the Pandits of India are said to be able to enumerate.
Nor is it their mere number that astonishes us. We are appalled by the length of some of
India's literary productions as compared with those of countries. For instance, Virgil's
European
.JSneid is said lines, Homer's Iliad of 12,000 lines,
to consist of 9,000 and the Odyssey of 15,000,
whereas the Sanskrit
Epic poem called Maha-bharata contains at least 200,000 lines, without reckoning
the supplement called Hari-vansa 2 In some subjects too, especially in poetical descriptions of nature
.

and domestic affection, Indian works do not suffer by a comparison with the best specimens of Greece
and Rome, while in the wisdom, depth, and shrewdness of their moral apothegms they are unrivalled.
More than this, the Hindus had made considerable advances in astronomy, algebra, arithmetic,
botany, and medicine, not to mention their superiority in grammar, long before some of these sciences
were cultivated by the most ancient nations of Europe. Hence it has happened that I have been painfully
reminded during the progress of this Dictionary that a Sanskrit lexicographer ought to aim at a kind of
quasi omniscience. Nor will any previous University education, such at least as was usual in my youth,
enable him to explain correctly the scientific expressions which although occasionally borrowed from the
Greeks require special explanation.
In answer then to the question : What extent of Sanskrit literature is
comprehended in this

Dictionary ? I reply that it aims at including every department, or at least such portions of each department
as have been edited up to the present date.
And here 1 must plainly record my conviction that, notwithstanding the enormous extent of Sanskrit
literature, nearly the most important portions of it
all Vedic or Post-Vedic worthy of being edited or
translated have been already printed and made accessible in the principal public libraries of the world '.
No
doubt the vast area of India's philosophical literature has not yet been exhaustively explored;
but its treatises have been published either in India or in Europe.
most important In England we may

appeal with satisfaction to the works of our celebrated scholar Colebrooke, of the late Dr. Ballantyne, and
more recently of such writers as E. B. Cowell, A. E. Gough, and Colonel Jacob, all of whom have
contributed to the elucidation of this most difficult, but most interesting branch of study, while among
Continental scholars the names of Deussen, Garbe, and Thibaut are most distinguished.

1 '
See the chapters on the Epic poems in Indian Wisdom," and neighbourhood. Much Jaina philosophical literature, too, is

Story of Nala,' published at the Clarendon unedited, although well worthy of attention, and although
'
my edition of the still
'

Press, and my work on ' Indian Epic Poetry (now scarce).

little only occasionally referred to in this Dictionary. It is written in
* Sanskrit as well as in Ardha-Magadhi Prakrit, for the elucidation
The late Professor Biihler has shown that the inscriptions of
about 500 A.D. quote the Maha-bharata and describe it as con- of which Professor Leumann has done such excellent work. In
form of Jaina philosophical literature (now being
fact, the Sanskrit
taining 100,000 verses.
ably expounded by Mr.Vircand Ghandhi at Chicago) still offers an
3
I do not mean this remark to apply to Buddhistic literature,

which is very extensive, and is partly in Sanskrit, and has much almost wholly unexplored field of investigation. Furthermore,
still unedited and untranslated. The Divy&vadana, edited by it must be admitted that in some cases better editions of pure

Professor E. B. Cowell and Mr. Neil, is an example. It is Sanskrit works are needed. For example, a better critical
written in Sanskrit or rather in a kind of Sanskritized Pali, edition of the Maha-bharata than those of Calcutta and Bombay it
or Pali disguised in Sanskrit garb. Other Buddhist Texts, written a desideratum. The Southern Recension of that immense work
in Sanskrit, are now being ably edited by the well-known Tibetan is I believe engaging the attention of Dr. Liiders, Librarian of

traveller, Rai Sarat Candra Das, Bahadur, C. I. E., to whom I was the Indian Institute,

greatly indebted for help in my researches at Darjceling and its

 xxii INTRODUCTION.
There is also much still to be done in what may be called Epigraphic or Inscription literature, in which
Dr. Fleet, Dr. E. Hultzsch, and Professor F. Kielhorn are labouring so effectively. And I am happy to say
that we have occasionally availed ourselves of their labours in the following pages.
The Tantras, too, present a of research almost wholly untrodden by European scholars, and these
field

books at one time attracted much curiosity as likely to present a hopeful mine for exploitation. I therefore,

during my Indian journeys, searched everywhere for good MSS. of the most popular Tantras, with
a view to making the best procurable example of them better known in Europe by a good printed edition
1
and translation. Everywhere I was told that the Rudra-yamala Tantra was held in most esteem But .

after a careful examination of its contents I decided that it was neither worth editing nor translating (see
my 'Brahmanism and Hinduism,' pp. 205-208).
'
As to translations, the long array of Sacred Books of '
might well be supposed to have
the East
exhausted the whole reservoir of Sanskrit works worthy of being translated; even admitting that the entire
range of Sanskrit literature is held to be more or less sacred. Yet the series is still incomplete*.
Assuming then my opinion on this point to be correct, I think I may fairly claim for the present
Dictionary as great an amount of comprehensiveness as existing circumstances make either possible or
desirable. Of course the earlier part of the work must perforce be less complete than the later. Nor can
it be said to deal with every branch of literature with equal thoroughness, but its defects are, I hope,
fairly remedied by the ample Additions at the end of the volume.

SECTION IV.

Reasons for applying the Roman expression of Sanskrit, with an account of

Alphabet to the

the Method of Transliteration employed in the Present Dictionary.

As I cherish the hope that this Dictionary may win its way to acceptance with the learned natives of

India, I must ask European scholars to pardon with some amplitude of detail my
my diffuseness if I state

reasons for having applied the Roman or Latin alphabet to the expression of Sanskrit more freely than

any other Sanskrit lexicographer.

For indeed I know full well that all who belong to the straitest sect of Hindu scholars will at once
flatly deny that can with any propriety be exhibited to the eye clothed in any other
their divine Sanskrit

alphabetical dress than their own Na hi putaiji sy&d go-ksturam sva-drilau dhfitam, let
'
divine Nagari.'
'

not cow's milk be polluted by being put into a dog's skin.' How can it possibly be, they will exclaim,
that the wonderful structure of our divine language and the subtle distinctions of its sacred sounds can be

properly represented by such a thoroughly human and wholly un-Oriental graphic system as a modern
European alphabet?
Let me, then, in the first place point out that our so-called European alphabet, as adopted by the Greeks,
Romans, and modern nations of Europe, is really Asiatic, and not European in its origin. And secondly,
let me try to show that it has certain features which connect it with the so-called divine Nagari alphabet

of the Brahmans. Nay more, that it is well suited to the expression of their venerated Sanskrit while its ;

numerous accessory appliances, its types of various kinds and sizes, its capital and small letters, hyphens,
brackets, stops &c., make it better suited than any other graphic system to meet the linguistic requirements
of the coming century a century which will witness such vast physical, moral, and intellectual changes,
that a new order of things, and almost a new world and a new race of beings, will come into existence.
In that new world some of the most inveterate prejudices and peculiarities now separating nation from nation
will be obliterated, and all nationalities brought into fraternal relationship will recognize their kinship
and solidarity.
Even during the present century the great gulf dividing the West from the East has been partially bridged
over. Steam and electricity have almost destroyed the meaning of differences
of latitude and longitude;
and nations which were once believed to be actually and figuratively the antipodes of each other have been
brought to feel that mere considerations of distance are no obstacles to the reciprocal interchange of personal
intercourse, and no bar to the adoption of all that is best in each other's customs and habits of thought
And a still more remarkable event has happened. Europe has learnt to perceive that in imparting
1
A section of it has been printed in Calcutta. version of all the hymns might have been given in one volume.
1
The use made of some of the series is thankfully acknowledged It is regrettable, too, that vol. xlii only gives about a third of the
at p. xxxii but it is surprising that the long line of 49 thick
; Atharva-veda hymns, and that the Bhagavata-purana, which is a
octavo volumes includes no complete translation of India's most bible ofmodern Hinduism, has no place in the list, while some
sacred book the Rig-veda. Only about 180 out of 1017 hymns volumesgivetranslationsoffarlessimportantworks.andsomeghre
are translated in vols. xxxii and xlvi, when a continuous English re-tranilation of works previously translated by good scholars.
 INTRODUCTION. xxiit

seme of the benefits of her modern civilization to Eastern races, she is only making a just return for the
lessons imparted to her by Asiatic wisdom in past
ages.
For did she not receive her Bible and her religion from an Eastern people? Did not her
system of
counting by twelves and sixties come to her from Babylonia, and her invaluable numerical symbols and
decimal notation from India through the Arabs ? Did not even her languages have their
origin in a common
Eastern parent? It cannot, therefore, be
thought surprising if her method of expressing these languages
by graphic symbols also came to her from an Eastern source.
We cannot, indeed, localize with absolute certainty the precise spot whence issued the springs of that
grand flow of speech which spread in successive waves commencing with the Sanskrit in Asia and the
Keltic in Europe over a large proportion of those two continents. Nor can we fix, beyond all liability to
question, the local source of thefirst known But we stand on sure ground
purely phonographic alphabet.
when we an alphabet is to be found inscribed on Phoenician monuments of a date quite
assert that such
as early as the cognate Moabite inscription on the stone of King Mesha, known to
belong to the middle
of the ninth century B.C.*
was of course a priori to be expected that Phoenicia one of the chief centres of trade, and
It

the channel of communication between the Eastern and Western worlds in ancient times
principal
should have been compelled to make use of graphic symbols of some kind to enable her to carry
on her commercial dealings with other nations; and it may fairly be conjectured that a mere system
of ideograms would have been quite unsuited to her needs. But this does not prove that the phonographic
signs on Phoenician inscriptions were invented all at once, without any link of connexion with previously
current ideographic prototypes. And it is certainly noteworthy that the discovery at Tel-el-Amarna in Egypt
2
of letters from an ancient king of
Jerusalem written on tablets in the early Babylonian cuneiform script
proves that a Babylonian form of ideographic writing existed in Palestine and the neighbourhood of Phoenicia
as early as the fifteenth century B.C.

Those, however, who have conjectured that the Phoenician phonograms were developed out of the
Babylonian cuneiform symbols, cannot be said to support their hypothesis by any satisfactory proof, literary
or epigraphic.
Nor does the theory which makes the South Semitic or Himyaritic scripts * the precursors and

prototypes of the Phoenician seem to rest on sufficiently clear evidence.

On the other hand it is certain that if we investigate the development of the Egyptian hieroglyphic
'

ideograms, we shall find that they passed into a so-called writing in which a certain number of
'
hieratic

phonograms were gradually introduced. And

highly probable that Phoenicia in her commercial inter-
it is

course with a country so close to her shores as Egypt, or perhaps through a colony actually established
there, became acquainted in very early times with this Egyptian hieratic script.
Furthermore, a careful comparison of the elaborate tables printed in the latest edition of the Encyclopaedia
'

giving the Egyptian and Phoenician

'
Britannica, and in the Oxford Helps to the Study of the Bible
symbols side by side tends no doubt to show a certain resemblance of form between five or six of the
Phoenician and corresponding Egyptian letters.

Nevertheless, the comparison by no means makes it clear that all the Phoenician letters were derived
from Egyptian models 4 nor does ,
it invalidate the fact that existing epigraphic evidence is in favour of regarding

Phoenicia as practically the inventor of that most important factor in the world's progress a purely phono-

graphic alphabet.
Here, however, I seem to hear some learned native of India remark It may be true that the Phoenician
:

are in date to those hitherto discovered in India; but do you really mean to imply that
inscriptions prior
India's admirably perfect Deva-nagari alphabet, which we hold to be a divine gift', was borrowed from
the imperfect alphabet of a nation of mere money-making traders, like the Phoenicians ? Is it not the case

that the earliest elements of civilization and enlightenment have always originated in the East, and spread
from the East to the West not from the West to the East ? And if, as is generally admitted, the symbols for

numbers, which were as essential to the world's progress as letters, originated in India and passed through

1
The Phoenician inscriptions have been deciphered by assnming French once was in Europe. Other tablets in Babylonian cunei-
that the Phoenician language must have been akin to Hebrew, form character have proved to be letters written by the king of
their age cannot be ascertained with abolute Jerusalem to the Egyptian monarch to
whose suzerainty he appears
Although certainty,
to believe that some of them are of to have been subject.
yet there is good reason
inscriptions, viz. Sabaean
'
greater antiquity than the cognate Moabite inscription of King
There are two kinds of Himyaritic
Mesha which was found at Dibon, a little N.E. of Jerusalem and and Minsean.
Notwithstanding the elaborate proofs given by the Abbe Van
*
south of Heshbon.
1
Some of these tablets show that diplomatic correspondence Drival in his ingenious and interesting treatise on Ttrigine de
In fact, Vicriture?
passed between Babylonia and Egypt through Palestine.
' '
was in those the of diplomacy, as Sec note 3, p. xxvi.
Babylonian days language
xxiv INTRODUCTION.
Semitic countries into Europe, why should not alphabets have had the same origin and the same course?
Did not the Hindus invent for themselves their own grammar, their own science of language, their own
systems of philosophy, logic, algebra, and music? Have they not an immense literature on these and other
subjects, much of which must have been written down at least 600 years B. c. ? And are there not references
in this literature to the existence of writing in India in very ancient times? for instance, in the Vasish^ha

Dharma-sutra of the later Vedic period, in the Laws of Manu in Panini, who lived about 400 B.C.', in
1
,

the Pali the Buddhists which refers to writing schools and writing materials '.
Canon of And again, do not
the actual inscriptions of King Asoka of the third century B. c. exhibit a remarkably perfect system of alpha-
and many varying forms in different districts of India, postulating several centuries of antecedent
betical signs,

development ? And if no Indian epigraphs of an earlier date than the reign of Asoka have yet been discovered,
4

is not that due to the circumstance that the art of incising letters on stone and metal only came into use

when great Hindfl kings arose, whose empire was sufficiently extensive to make it necessary to issue edicts
and grants to their subjects ? Bearing all this in mind, may it not be contended that if there has been any
have been from the Hindus rather than by them ?
plagiarism in the matter of alphabets, the borrowing may
Such questions as these have often been addressed to me by learned Pandits, and it must be confessed
that they are by no means to be brushed aside as unworthy of consideration. Quite the reverse. They
contain many statements to which no exception can be taken. But my present object is not to furnish
incontestable proof of the derivation of Indian alphabets from a Phoenician source. It is rather to point out

to Indian scholars that even admitting (with some eminent

authorities) that there is good ground for claiming
an indigenous origin for Hindfl
alphabets, many of the letters composing them offer points of contact and
affinity with those of Phoenicia, and therefore with those of Greece and Rome and modern Europe.
And at the outset it must be frankly acknowledged that the first phonographic alphabet brought to
lighton ancient Phoenician monuments constituted by no means a perfect alphabetic system. It had, no doubt,
advanced beyond the ideographic stage, and even to some extent beyond the syllabic, but its phonograms
were only twenty-two in number, and mainly represented consonants. It had not attained to the level of
an alphabet in which vowel symbols are promoted to an equality of representation with consonantal, and
treated as compeers, not as mere secondary appendages. And even to this day, the Semitic alphabets
connected with the Phoenician viz. the Hebrew, Aramaean, and Arabian are nearly as imperfect, and very
little better than, so to speak, consonantal skeletons, wanting the life-blood which vowels only can impart.

Indeed, the imperfection of the Phoanician script is well shown by the fact that the Greeks who, as
every one admits, were indebted to the Phoenicians for their rudimentary consonantal method of writing,
had no sooner received it (probably quite as early as 800 B.C.) than they began to remedy its defects, and
gradually developed out of it a true alphabetic method of their own, which was ultimately made to flow from
left to right in opposition to the Semitic method.
Similarly, too, the Romans when theyhad accepted the Phoenician graphic signs from the Greeks,
found it
necessary to improve upon them, and ultimately developed out of them an even more practical
alphabetic system.
But surely these two facts may be it not
improbable that if the Greeks and
appealed to as making
Romans, two highly from
intellectual races,
sprung the same Aryan stock as the Brahmans, condescended
to accept certain rudimentary phonograms from the Phoenicians, and to expand them into alphabets suited to
the expression of their own languages, the Brahmans also might have deigned, if not to accept a foreign alphabet,
at least to own graphic system by modifications introduced through contact with Semitic races.
improve their

Nor should be forgotten that in later times the Hindus did actually borrow a Semitic alphabet from
it
5
Arabia for the expression of their vernacular Hindi .

No doubt it must be admitted that, had any overmastering conviction of the necessity for the

use of written signs taken hold of the Hindu mind in early times, India would not have
general
consented to be beholden to other countries for even improvements in her own forms of writing.
But the most patriotic of India's patriots must acknowledge that the Hindus have always preferred
oral to written communications. Indeed, although a vast literature exists in Sanskrit, no word exists

exactly corresponding to our English word 'literature';' and even if such a word were available, true

1
In Book viii, 168 written legal documents are mentioned.
*
Hindi when so transliterated is called Hindustani or Urdu.
1
He gives the words lipi and libi in one of his rules (iii, 3, 21)-
*
Ultra,'* derived from lino, 'to smear,' just as San-
letter, 'is
1
The bark of the Bhoj (or Birch) tree and the leaf of the palm from lip. If a corresponding word were to be used in
skrit lipi

seem to have constituted the chief material used by the Hindus Sanskrit it would be lipi-iastra. The word akshara, which is
indelible,' and this
'
tillthe introduction of paper by the Muhammadans. No such the Sanskrit for a letter, properly means
times for
durable materials as Egyptian papyrus or European parchment meaning seems to point to the use of letters in early
the latter being prohibited on account of its impurity seem to on stones and metal. Similarly the first meaning of
inscriptions
'
have been employed. lekha is scratching with a sharp point.'
4
See note 3, p. xxv.
 INTRODUCTION. XXV

they consider 'that the things from books are not so advantageous as
things from
).),

the living and abiding voice.' Nor must we forget that the climate of India was unfavourable to the
preservation of such writing material as existed in ancient times.
And besides this may it not be conjectured that the invention and
general diffusion of alphabetic
writing was to Indian learned men, gifted with prodigious powers of memory, and
equipped with laboriously
acquired stores of knowledge, very much what the invention and general use of machinery was to European
handicraftsmen? It seemed to deprive them of
advantage and privilege of exercising their craft. It
the
had to be acquiesced in, and was no doubt prevalent for centuries before the Christian
era, but it was not
really much encouraged. And even to this day in India the man whose learning is treasured
up in his
own memory is more honoured than the man of far larger acquirements, whose
knowledge is either wholly
or partially derived from books, and dependent on their aid for its communication to others 1
.

It seems, therefore, not unreasonable to assume

that, when the idea of the for inventing necessity
alphabetic signs began to impress itself on the minds of Semitic races, it had not taken such deep root
among the inhabitants of India as to lead to the invention or general adoption of any one fixed system
of writing of their own. It seems, indeed, more probable that learned men in that
country viewed the art of
writing too apathetically to make a stand against the introduction of alphabetical ideas from foreign sources.
At all events there can be no antecedent improbability in the theory propounded
by German Sanskritists
thatan early passage of phonographic symbols took place from a Phosnician centre eastward towards
Mesopo-
tamia and India, at about the same period as their passage westward towards
Europe, namely, about 800 B. c.
It is not asserted that the exact channel
by which they were transmitted has been satisfactorily
demonstrated. Some think and, as it seems to me, with much plausibility that they may have been
introduced through contact with the Greeks'. Perhaps a more likely conjecture is that Hindu traders,
passing up the Persian Gulf, had commercial dealings with Aramaean traders in Mesopotamia, and, becoming
acquainted with their graphic methods, imported the knowledge and use of some of their phonetic signs
into India.
This view was first propounded in the writings of the learned Professor A. Weber of Berlin, and has
recently been ably argued in a work on 'Indische Palseographie,' by the late Professor Biihler of Vienna
(published in 1896). If Indian Pandits will consult that most interesting standard work, they will there find
a table exhibiting the most ancient of known Phoenician letters side by side with the kindred symbols used
in the Moabite inscriptions of King Mesha which, as before intimated, is known to be as old as about
850 B. c. while in parallel columns, and in a series of other excellent tables, are given the corresponding
phonographic symbols from the numerous inscriptions of King Asoka scattered everywhere throughout
3
Central and Northern India .

These inscription-alphabets are of two principal kinds :

The first kind is now form of writing, lipi being understood)*. This
called Kharoshthi (or 'Ass's lip'

belongs to the North-west corner of the Panjab and Eastern Afghanistan. It was used by King Asoka for

a few of his rock and stone inscriptions, and is a kind of writing the prototype of which was probably
introduced into Persia about 500 B.C., and brought by Persian rulers into Northern India in the fourth

1
Pandit Syamaji in his second paper, read at the Leyden furnish the first authentic records of Indian history. Yet the
Congress, said :
'
We in India believe even at the present day language of these inscriptions cannot be said to be exactly identical
that oral instruction is far superior to book-learning in maturing with so-called Magadhi Prakrit, nor with the Pali of the Buddhist
the mind and developing powers.' its sacred scriptures, although those forms of Prakrit may be loosely

Magadhi or Pali. Nor was the name Pali originally

1
Certainly, as I think, the change of direction in the writing called either

may have been due to Greek influence. Panini, who probably applied to the language of the Buddhist Canon, but rather to the
lived about 400 B.C., gives as an example of feminine nouns the line or series ofpassages constituting a text (cf. the use oilarttra).
word Vavandnt, which Katyayana interprets to mean the Greek '
According to Professor Oldenberg the Vinaya portion of the texts,
alphabet ;
'
and we know that Greek coins and imitations of Greek its present form as early as 400 B. C.
existed in The later Buddhist
coins, unearthed in North-western India, prove the existence of texts were written down not longafter, and commentaries have
that alphabet there before Alexander the Great's time. Hindu since been compiled and the languages of Ceylon, Siam,
in Pali

receptivity of Greek influences is illustrated by the number of and Burma ; the Pali of Ceylon being affected by intercourse with
astronomical words derived directly from the Greeks to be found Kalinga (Orissa).
*
scattered throughout the pages of the present Dictionary. See this Kharoshfhi fully described in Professor Btthler's book.
3
Asoka, who called himself Priya-darsin, and was the grand- The firstnames given to it were Ariano-Pali, Bactro-Pali,
son of Candra-gupta, did for Buddhism what Constantine did for Indo-Bactrian, North Asoka &c. Sir A. Cunningham called it
Christianity, by adopting it as his own creed. Buddhism then Gandharian. Pandit Gauri-Samkar, in his interesting work
became the whole kingdom of Magadha, and
religion of the Praclna-lipi-mala written in Hindi, calls it Gandhdra-lifi. Some
therefore of a great portion of India and Asoka's edicts, inscribed
;
think that Kharoshjhi is derived from the name of the in-
on rocks and pillars (about the middle of the third century B. C.)> ventor.
xxvi INTRODUCTION.
century B.C. At all events, it is well known that the Persian monarchs of the Akhsemenian period
employed Aramaean scribes, Kharoshthi writing, even if originally Indian (according to
and that the
Sir A. Cunningham and others), has assumed under their hands a manifestly Aramaic character, flowing
like all Semitic writing from right to left. Possibly, however, as it seems to me, Grecian influences (which

penetrated into India before the time of Alexander) may have partially operated in assimilating this early
It may be excluded from our present
North-western Indian script to a Phoenician type. inquiry, because
itnever became generally current in India, and never developed into a form suitable for printing.
The second kind of ancient Indian script is called Brahma (or Brahmi lipi). This is without doubt the
oldest of the two principal forms 1 Its claim to greater antiquity is proved by its name Brahma
.
given
to it by the Brahmans, because, as they assert, it was invented by their god Brahma* an assertion which
may be taken as indicating that, whatever its origin, it was moulded into its present form by the Brahmans.
And undeniably it is this Brahma writing (Brahmi lipi) which has the best right to be called the true
Indian Brahmanical script. It must have been the first kind of writing used when Sanskrit literature began
to be written down (perhaps six centuries B.C.), and it is the script of the Asoka inscriptions of Central
and Northern India and even of North-western India, where it is found concurrently with the Kharoshthi.
*
It was employed to express the Prakrit dialect of the Buddhist kings, and flowed, like its later development
called Nagari, from left to right. Its first appearance on actually existing inscriptions so far as at present
discovered cannot be placed earlier than the date of these kings in the third century B. c.
Butis important to note that the existence of the Brahmi lipi in India must be put back to
it

a period sufficiently early to allow for its having once flowed from right to left like the Kharoshthi, probably
as early as the sixth century B.C. This is made clear by the direction of the letters on an ancient coin
discovered by Sir A. Cunningham at Eran 4 a place in the central provinces remarkable for its monumental
remains. One can scarcely accept seriously the suggestion that the position of the short f in the present

Nagari is a survival of the original direction of the writing'.

If then any unprejudiced Hindu scholar will examine attentively the tables in Professor Btthler's book,
he will, I think, be constrained to admit that the Indian Brahma letters have certain features which connect
them with the ancient Phoenician script, and therefore with the Greek and Roman.
It should not, however, be forgotten that an interval of nearly seven centuries separates the Phoenician

from the Brahma inscription-letters, and that to make the affinity between the two alphabets clearer the
side-lightsafforded by collateral and intermediate Semitic scripts ought to be taken into account'. Nor
should be forgotten that when the Hindus, like the Greeks, changed the direction of their writing, some
it

of the symbols were turned round or their forms inverted, or closed up or opened out in various ways.
The development of the Brahma symbols into the modern Deva-nagari and its co-ordinate
further
7
scripts is It must, however, be borne in mind that the later Pandits tried to improve
easily traceable.
the ancient graphic signs by setting them up as upright as possible and by drawing a horizontal stroke
to serve as a line from which the letters might hang down, and so secure a system of straight writing
often conspicuously absent in Hindustani and Persian caligraphy*.

here append a table consisting of seven columns, in which I have so arranged the letters as to
I

illustrate the view that the Phoenician alphabet spread about 800 B.C. first westward towards Greece and

Italy, and secondly eastward towards India.

The column marked i gives ten Phoenician letters. That marked 2, to the left of i, gives the ten
corresponding Greek letters; marked 3 the corresponding Roman; and that marked 4 the corre-
that

sponding English column marked 2, to the right of i, gives the ten corresponding Brahma
letters. Then the
letters; that marked 3 shows the gradual developments of the Brahma symbols as exhibited on various

inscriptions; and that marked 4 gives the corresponding letters in modern Nagari*.
1
A variation of it called Bhaftiprolu is described by Btihler. of the notation, inasmuch as units are placed on the right, while
1
In the same way the great Arabian Teacher Muhammad tens and hundreds are on the left.

declared in the first Sura of the Knran (according to Rodwell, Professor Buhler's first table in his work on Indian Palseo-

p. a, and Sale, p. 450 with note) that God taught the use of the graphy would have been more convincing had he given examples
'

pen.' Even some Christians may not be indisposed to agree with of collateral and intermediate Semitic forms.
Hindus and Muhammadans in holding that the faculty of writing, *
Such as the Bengali, the Marathi, GujaratI &c., some of which
as an instrument for the expression of thought although dormant may be usefully studied as presenting forms more closely resem-
through all the early ages of the world's history is as much a bling the ancient Brahma letters.
divine gift as language. Muhammad's view, however, of the 8
A similar line is drawn in English copybooks and on
often
divine origin of writing consisted in
declaring that the Kuran writing paper as an aid to straight writing, but always below, not
descended ready written from heaven. above the letters.
'
For the language of the inscriptions, see p. xxv, note 3. Dr. Lu'ders, of the Indian Institute, has kindly assisted me in
4
letters are shown in Professor Buhler's tables.
These the right formation of some of the inscription letters. The
Our invaluable decimal notation certainly came from India, roughness of some is due to their being photographs from
and may be said to conform to Semitic methods in the direction original impressions.
 INTRODUCTION. xxvii

Let any one study this Table and he must, I think, admit that it indicates an original connexion or
family likeness between the Phoenician and earliest Indian or Brahma letters, whilst it also illustrates the

43212
fact that the plastic hand of the Brahmans has greatly modified and expanded the original germs, without,

however, obliterating the evident indications of their connexion with the Phoenician.

3 4
CORRESPONDS
ENGLISH
xxviii INTRODUCTION.
amount needed for the full Brahmi lipi, as used for the Sanskrit of that period, could not have been less
than fifty (if the symbols for at, au, ri, ri, Iri, Iri, and la be included).
Then, if we turn to the Brahma alphabet
development, called Nagari, we see at a glance
in its final

that it is based on the of 'one

scientific
phonetic principle sound one symbol' that is, every consonantal
sound is represented by one invariable symbol, and every shade of vowel-sound short, long, or prolated
has one unvarying sign (not as in English where the sound of e in be may be represented in sixteen
different ways). Hence, for the expression of the perfectly constructed Sanskrit language there are sixteen
vowel-signs (including atp and ah and excluding the prolated vowel forms), and thirty-five simple consonants,
as exhibited on p. xxxvi of this volume.
Of course a system of writing so highly elaborated was only perfected by degrees', and no doubt it
is admirably adapted to the purposes it is intended to serve. Yet it is remarkable that even in its latest
development, as employed in the present Dictionary, it has characteristics indicative of its probable original
connexion with Semitic methods of writing, which from their exclusively consonantal character are admittedly
imperfect.
For the Pandits, unlike the Greeks and Romans, cannot in my opinion be said to have adopted to
the fullthe true alphabetic theory which assigns a separate independent position to all vowel-signs. And
my reason for so thinking is that they make the commonest of all their vowels namely short a* inherent
in every isolated consonant, and give a subordinate position above or below consonants to some of their
vowel-signs. And this partially syllabic character of their consonantal symbols has compelled them to
construct an immense series of intricate conjunct consonants, some of them very complicated, the necessity
' '
for which may be exemplified by supposing that the letters of the English word strength were Nagari
letters, and written iKi'i<q. This would have to be pronounced satarenagatha, unless a conjunction
of consonantal signs were employed, to express sir and nglh, and unless the mark called Virama,
'

stop,'
were added to the last consonant. So that with only thirty-three simple consonants and an almost in-
definite number of complex conjunct consonants the number of distinct types necessary to equip a perfect

Sanskrit fount for printing purposes amounts to more than 500.

Surely, then, no one will maintain

days of every kind of appliance for increased facilities
that, in these
of inter-communication, shutting itself up behind such a complex array of
any language is justified in

graphic signs, however admirable when once acquired. At all events such a system ought not to have the
monopoly for the expression of a language belonging to the same family as our own and in a country
forming an integral part of the British Empire. The Sanskrit language, indeed, is a master-key to a know-
ledge of all the Hindu vernaculars, and should moreover be studied as a kind of linguistic bond of sympathy
and fellow-feeling between the inhabitants of the United Kingdom and their Indian fellow-subjects. But to
this end every facility ought to be afforded for its acquirement.
And if, as we have tried to show, the Brahmi lipi, the Nagari, and the Greek and Romanic alphabets
are all four related to each other at least, in so far as they are either derived from or connected with the
same rudimentary stock it surely cannot be opposed to the fitness of things, that both the Nagari and
Romanic alphabets should be equally applied to the expression of Sanskrit, and both of them made to

co-operate in facilitating its acquisition.

Nor be forgotten that in the present day the use of the English language is spreading everywhere
let it

throughout India, and that it already co-exists with Sanskrit as a kind of lingua franca or medium of com-
munication among educated persons, just as Latin once co-existed with Greek. So much so indeed, that,
contemporaneously with the diffusion of the English language, the Roman graphic system, adopted by all
the English-speaking inhabitants of the British Empire, has already forced itself on the acceptance of the

Pandits, whether they like it or not, as one vehicle for the expression of their languages ; just as centuries
ago the Arabic and Persian written characters were forced upon them by their Muhammadan conquerors
for the expression of Hindi.
It is on this account that I feel justified in designating the European method of transliteration employed
'
in this the term Indo-Romanic
Dictionary by alphabet.'
And be it understood that such an acceptance of the Romanic alphabet involves no unscientific

1
The oldest known inscription in Sanskrit is on a rock at *
This it is the a of our words 'vocal organ' (pronounced vocul
'
Juna-garh in Kathiawar. It is called the Rndra-daman inscrip- organ}. Sanskrit does not possess the sound of a in our man,"
tion, and dates from the second century A.D. It is not in Nagari, nor that of o in our ' on.' As a consonant cannot be pronounced
but in old inscription letters. The Bower MS. of about 400 A. D. without a vowel, the Brabmans chose the commonest of their
shows a great advance towards the Nagari, while Danti-durga's vowels for the important duty of enabling every consonant to be
inscription of about 750 A.D. exhibits a complete set of sym- pronounced. Hence every consonant is named by pronouncing
bols very similar to the Nagari now in use. It is it with a (e.g. ka, kha, ga &c.). It is, I suppose, for a similar
noteworthy,
however, that the first manuscript in really modern Nagari is not reason that we have used the. common vowel symbol c for naming
older than the eleventh century A. D. many of our English letters.
 INTRODUCTION. XXIX

adaptation of it to the expression of Sanskrit like our chaotic adaptation of it to the expression of English ;
or like the inaccurate use of it
by native writers themselves in transliterating their own Indian words'.
Quite the reverse. The Roman
alphabet adapts itself so readily to expansion by the employment of
diacritical points and marks,
may be regarded as a thoroughly scientific instrument for the accurate
that it

expression of every Indian sound, and probably of nearly every sound, in

every language of the world.
And it may, I think, be confidently predicted that before the twentieth
century has closed, man's vision,
overtasked by a constantly increasing
output of literary matter, will peremptorily demand that the reading
of the world's best books be facilitated
by the adoption of that graphic system which is most universally
applicable and most easily apprehensible. Whether, however, the Roman symbols will be ultimately chosen
in preference to other
competing systems as the best basis for the construction of a world's future universal
alphabet no one can, of course, foretell with the same confidence.
One thing, I contend, is certain. Any ordinary scholar who consults the present work will be ready
to admit that it derives much of its
typographical clearness from certain apparently trifling, but really
important, contrivances, possible in Romanic type, impossible in Nagari. One of these, of course, is the
power of leaving spaces between the
examples. words of the Sanskrit Surely such a sentence as
sadhu-miirany akusalad varayanti is clearer than sadhumitranyakuialadvarayanti. Again, who will deny the
gain in clearness resulting from the ability to make a distinction between such words as 'smith' and
'Smith,' 'brown' and 'Brown,' 'bath' and 'Bath?' not to speak of the
power of using italics and other
forms of European type. And, without doubt, the use of the
hyphen for separating long compounds in
a language where compounds prevail more than I can only
simple words', will be appreciated by all.
say that, without that most useful little mark, the present volume must have lost much in clearness, and
still more in
compactness; for, besides the obvious advantage of being able to indicate the difference
between such compounds as su-tapa and suta-pa which would have been
impossible in Nagari type, it is
manifest that even the simplest
compounds, like sad-asad-viveka, sv-alpa-kesin, would have required,
without its use, an extra line to explain their
analysis'.
however, demands that a few of the obvious defects of the Indo-Romanic system of
Fairness,
transliteration adopted in this volume should be acknowledged. In certain cases it confessedly offends
against scientific exactness; nor does it always consistently observe the rule that every simple vowel-sound
should be represented by a single symbol. For instance, the Sanskrit vowels ^ t
and ^ t
are not

represented in
Dictionary bythis the symbols r and f, according
practice to the of some German
scholars a practice adopted by the Geneva Transliteration Committee but
by ri and r'- And my reason
is that, inasmuch as in
English Grammar r is not regarded as a semi-vowel, r and f are unsuitable
representatives of vowel-sounds. Moreover, they are open to this objection, that when the dot under the r
is
accidentally dropped or broken off,as often happens in printing, especially in India, the result is worse
than if the r were followed by f. For example, Krshna is surely worse than Krishna.
So again ought not to be represented by a second
in the case of aspirated consonants, the aspiration

letter Indeed, in the case of ch employed by Sir W. Jones for the palatal ^, and chh
attached to them.
for ^f, the inconvenience has been so
great that in the present edition I have adopted (in common with
many other Sanskritists) the simple c for <q, the pronunciation being the same as c in the Italian dolce or
'
as ch in church," the latter of which would, if a Sanskrit word, be written '
cure.' Similarly ch has been
4
adopted for ^ .

As
to the transliteration of the palatal sibilant $r, I have preferred s to the i employed in the first

edition, and I much prefer it to the German and French method of using f. Experience proves that the
cedilla is often either broken off in printing or carelessly dropped, and as a consequence important words
such as Asoka are now often wrongly printed and pronounced Acoka.
So also I should have preferred the symbol s for the cerebral sibilant, but have felt it desirable to
retain sA in the present edition. There is the same objection to as to the r mentioned above. This
1
Take, for example, the following transliterated words in who speak forms of Aryan speech, all ofthem equally delighting
a recent pamphlet by a native : Devi, puja, Durga, Purana, in composition, may more frequently condescend to employ the
ashtami, Krshna, Savitri, Acoka, Civa &c. I have even seen hyphen for some of their own Sesqu'ipedalia Verba, thereby
crab written for the Hindustani kharab, 'bad.' imitating the practical Englishman in his Parliamentary com-
a Forster gives an example of one compound word consisting of pounds, such, for example, as Habtas-corpus-suspcnsion-act-con-
153 syllables. This might be matched by even longer specimens linuance-Ircland-bill.
*
from what is called Campu composition. In the paper on transliteration, which I read at the Berlin
*
We may, a hope that the hyphen will not
at least, entertain International Congress, I proposed a kind of mark of accentua-
be denied to Sanskrit for the better understanding of the more tion to represent aspirated consonants, as, for example, K, p'.

complex words, snch, for example, as vaidikamanv&dipranita- To say (as at p. xxxvi) that aspirated k or / is like kh in inkhorn
smrititvdt, karmaphalarupaiarlradharijivanirmitatvabhdvamd- or ph in uphill is to a certain extent misleading. It is simply

trena, taken at haphazard from Dr. Muir's Texts. may We k or p pronounced as in Ireland with a forcible emission of the
even express a hope that German scholars and other Europeans, breath.
XXX INTRODUCTION.
will be clear if we write the important word Ztishi in the way German scholars write it, namely Bsi, and
then omit the dots thus, Rsi.

regard to the nasals I have in the present edition adopted n for

In and n for T tj. In these

changes I am glad to find myself in accord with the Geneva Transliteration Committee.
As to the method of using italic k, kh for ^, ^
and italic g , gh for 5f, ^ adopted in the '
Sacred Books
of the East' the philological advantage thought to be gained by thus exhibiting the phonetic truth of the

interchange of gutturals and palatals, appears to me to be completely outweighed by the disadvantage

of representing by similar symbols sounds differing so greatly in actual pronunciation. For instance, to
represent such common
words as 'chinna' by 'Minna' and 'jaina' by '^aina' seems to me as objectionable
' ' '
' '
as to write 'Khma. for China and (Japan for Japan.'
'
The plan of using Italics is no safeguard, seeing
that in printing popular books and papers the practice of mixing up Roman and Italic letters in the same
word is never adhered to, so that it is now common to find the important Indian sect of Jains printed
and pronounced Gains V
'

Having felt obliged by the form in which this Dictionary is

printed to dwell at full kngth on
a matter of the utmost importance both in its bearing on the more general cultivation of Sanskrit and
on the diffusion of knowledge in our Eastern Empire, I must now repeat my sense of the great assistance
the cause of the transliteration of Indian languages into Romanized letters formerly received at the hands
of the late Sir Charles Trevelyan. He was the first (in his able minute, dated Calcutta, January, i834 ! )
to clear away the confusion of ideas with which the subject was perplexed. He also was the first to
awaken an interest the
throughout England about
in question forty-two years ago. His arguments
induced me movement, and our letters on the
to take part in the subject were published
'

by the Times,'
and supported by its advocacy. Since then, many Oriental books printed on a plan substantially agreeing
with Sir W. Jones' Indo-Romanic system, have been published
3
. Moreover, on more than one occasion
I directed the attentionof the Royal Asiatic Society 4 , and of the Church Missionary Society 8 , and Bible

Society, to this important subject, and at the Congress of Orientalists held at Berlin in September, 1881,
I read a paper, and submitted a proposal for concerted international action with a view to the fixing of
a common scheme of transliteration. The discussion that followed led to the appointment of the first
Commission for settling a common international system of transcription, and it may, I think, be fairly
assumed that the agitation thus set in motion, and carried on for so many years, was one of the principal
factors in bringing about the proposed international scheme issued by the Transliteration Committee of the
Geneva Oriental Congress in September, 1894.

SECTION V.

Acknowledgment of Assistance Received.

In the Preface to the first edition I made special mention of the name of an eminent scholar who was
a member of the Oxford University Press Delegacy when the publication of that edition was undertaken
Dr. Robert Scott, sometime Master of Balliol, afterwards Dean of Rochester, and co-author with Dr. Liddell
of the well-known Greek Lexicon. He had been one of my kindest friends, and wisest counsellors, ever
since the day I went to him for advice during my first undergraduate days at Balliol, on my receiving an

appointment in the Indian Civil Service, and I need scarcely repeat my sense of what this Dictionary, in
its inception, owed to his support and encouragement.
Nor need I repeat the expression of sense of obligation to my predecessor in the Boden Chair,
my
Professor H. H. Wilson, who first to the study of Sanskrit about sixty years ago (in 1839), and
led me
furnished me with my first materials for an entirely new system of Sanskrit lexicography (see p. xi). All the

words and meanings marked W. in the following pages in the present work rest on his authority.

1
Surely we ought to think of our Indian fellow-subjects who in of the Rig-veda itself, edited by Professor Aufrecht, was printed
their eagerness to learn the correct pronunciation of English would in the Roman character, and published in two of the volumes of
be greatly confused if told that such good old English words as Professor Weber's Indische Studien.
*
pinch, catch, chin, muck, jump, jest, ought to be written pio*. See especially my paper read before the R. VS., April ai,
ca, in, mu, gamp, gest. 1890.
1 5
This will be found at p. 3 of the 'Original Papers illustrating In 1858 I wrote strong letters to the Rev. Henry Venn,
the History of the Application of the Roman deprecating the system of transliteration then adopted by
the
Alphabet to the
Languages of India,' edited by me in 1859. C. M.S. It has been recently remodelled on the lines of the
*
Among other numberless publications a most accurate edition Geneva Congress report.
 INTRODUCTION. xxxi

Nevertheless, sincerity obliges me to confess that,

during my long literary career, my mind has had to
pass through a kind of painful discipline involving a gradual
weakening of faith in the trustworthiness of
my fellow men, not excepting that of my first venerated teacher. I began my studies, indeed, with much
confidence in the thought that one man existed on whom I could lean
as an almost infallible guide; but
as I grew a little wiser, and
my sensitiveness to error sharpened, I discovered to my surprise that I was
compelled to reject much of his teaching as doubtful. Nay, I am constrained to confess that as I advanced
further on the path of
knowledge, my trustfulness in others, besides my old master, experienced by degrees
a series of disagreeable and
unexpected shocks ; till now, that I have arrived at nearly the end of my journey,
I find myself left with
my faith in the accuracy of human beings generally and certainly not excepting
myself somewhat distressingly disturbed. Such painful feelings result, I fear, in
my own case from a gradual
and inevitable growth of the critical
faculty during a long lifetime, and are consistent with a sense
quite
of gratitude for the effective aid received from
my collaborators, without which, indeed, I could not have
brought this work to a conclusion.
In my original Preface I expressed thanks to each and who me
my all of the scholars aided in the
compilation of the first edition, and whose names in the chronological order of their services were as follow :

The late Rev.

Wenger, of the Baptist Mission, Calcutta Dr. Franz Kielhorn, afterwards Superintendent
J. ;

of Sanskrit Studies in Deccan College, Poona, and now Professor of Sanskrit in the
University of Gdttingen ;
Dr. Hermann Brunnhofer; Mr. A. E. Gough, M.A., of Lincoln College, Oxford, sometime Professor in the
Government Colleges of Benares, Allahabad, and Calcutta; and
lastly, Mr. E. L. Hogarth, M.A., of Brasenose
College, sometime Head Master of the Government Provincial School at Calicut.
It is now my
duty to express my grateful obligations to the able and painstaking Assistants who have
co-operated with me in producing the present
greatly enlarged and improved work.
No one but those who have taken part in similar labours can at all realize the amount of tedious toil
I might almost say dreary drudgery involved in the daily routine of small lexicographical details, such as
verifying references and meanings, making indices and lists of words, sorting and sifting an ever-increasing
store of materials, revising old work, arranging
and re-arranging new, writing and re-writing and interlineating
'
and re-correcting proofs printed, be it remembered, in five kinds of intricate type, bristling
copy,' correcting
with countless accents and diacritical points, and putting the eyesight, patience, and temper of author,
collaborators, compositors, and press-readers to severe trial. I mention these matters not to magnify my own
labours, but to show that I could not have prosecuted them without the able co-operation of others.
The names of my new Assistants in chronological order are as follow:

First, Dr. Ernst Leumann (a native of Switzerland), who worked with me in Oxford from October 3,
1882, until April 15, 1884, when he accepted a teachership in the Kantonschule of Frauenfeld in Switzerland.
I have already acknowledged my obligations to him.
He was succeeded by the late Dr. Schonberg (a pupil of the late Professor Blihler), who came to me
in a condition of great physical weakness, and whose assistance only extended from May 20, 1884, to July 19,
1885, when he left me to die. He was a good scholar, and a good worker, but impatient of supervision,
and, despite my vigilance, I found it impossible to guard against a few errors of omission and commission
due to the rapid impairment of his powers.
Thenfollowed an interval during which my sources of aid were too fitful to be recorded.
In September, 1886, Dr. Leumann, who had meanwhile been appointed Professor of Sanskrit in the
University of Strassburg, renewed his co-operation, but only in an intermittent manner, and while still resident
in Germany. Unhappily the pressure of other duties obliged him in September, 1890, to withdraw from
all work outside that of his Professorship. He laboured with me in a scholarly way as far as p. 474; but
his collaboration did not extend beyond 355 pages, because he took no part in pp. 137-256, which represent
the period of Dr. SchSnberg's collaboration.
It was not till December, 1890, that Dr. Carl Cappeller, Professor of Sanskrit in the University of Jena,

began his painstaking co-operation, which, starting from the word Dada (p. 474), he has prosecuted per-
severingly to the completion of the Dictionary.
And it should be put on record that, although his

collaboration had to be carried on contemporaneously with the discharge of his duties at Jena involving
the necessity for a constant interchange of communications by post yet it resulted in the production of

finished between March, 1891, and July, 1898. It should also be recorded that, from the beginning
834 pages
p, he had a careful assistant in Dr. Blau of Berlin, who also occasionally read
of the letter *l the proof-sheets

and contributed a certain number of words for the Addenda.

Furthermore, I must express my gratitude to Herr Geheimrath Franz Kielhorn, C. I. E., Ph.D., Professor
of Sanskrit in the University of Gottingen, who was my assistant soon after the inception of the first edition,
for his free and generous supervision of the grammatical portions of the present edition from about the
the experience which he gained during his labours
year 1886; and his readiness to place at my disposal
for many years as of Sanskrit Studies at the Government College, Poona.
Superintendent
xxxii INTRODUCTION.
I have finally to record my grateful appreciation of the value of the principal works used or consulted

by my collaborators and myselfcompiling in this Dictionary. Some

of these, and a few important grammatical
works such as the Maha-bhashya (in the excellent edition of Professor Kielhorn), the Siddhanta-kaumudi
&c. besides many other texts, such as that of Manu, the Brihat-samhita &c., did not exist in good
critical editions when the great Thesaurus of the two German Lexicographers was being
compiled.
Professor Ernst Leumannduring the period of his collaboration he was much aided
informs me that

by Grassmann's Rig-veda, Whitney's Index Verborum to the published text of the Atharva-veda ; Stenzler's
Indices to the Grihya-sutras of Asvalayana, of Paraskara, Sahkhayana, Gobhila, and the Dharma-sastra of
Gautama ;
the vocabularies to Aufrecht's edition of the Aitareya Brahmana ; BUhler's Apastamba Dharma-

sutra; Garbe's Vaitana-sutra ; Hillebrandt's Sankhayana Srauta-sutra &c. He states that in his portion of
the work his aim was rather to verify and revise the words and meanings given in the Petersburg
Dictionaries than to add new and unverifiable matter. In regard to quotations he refers the reader to
the Journal of the German Oriental Society, vol. xlii, pp. 161-198.
Professor C. Cappeller states that in addition to the books enumerated above he wishes to name in
the first place Bohtlingk's Upanishads, his Panini (and ed.) and Kavyadarsa as well as the valuable critical
remarks of that honoured Nestor of Sanskritists on numerous texts, published in various journals ; further

the JaiminTya Upanishad Brahmana edited by H. Oertel, and various Sutra works with their indices by
F. Knauer, M. Winternitz, J. Kirste, and W. Caland. For some additions contributed from the Drahyayana
(Srauta-sutra he is indebted to Dr. J. N. Reuter of Helsingfors. He also made use of the VaijayantI
of Yadava-prakasa by G. Oppert, London, 1893);
(edited
the Unadigana-sutra of Hemacandra (edited by
Kirste, Vienna, 1895); 1890), of A. A. Macdonell (London, 1893),
the Dictionaries of Apte (Poona, of
J.
C. Cappeller (Strassburg, 1891); Whitney's Roots, Verb-forms, and Primary Derivatives of the Sanskrit

Language (Leipzig, 1885); Lanman's Noun-inflection in the Veda (New Haven, 1880); Jacob Wackernagel's
Altindische Gramm itik (Gottingen, 1896); Delbrtlck's Altindische Syntax (Halle, 1888); Regnaud's Rhe"torique
Sanskrite (Paris, 1884); Le"vi's Theatre Indien (Paris, 1890); Macdonell's Vedic Mythology (Strassburg,
1897), &c.
For Vedic interpretation Roth and Grassmann have been the chief authorities, but it will be seen that
neither Sayana nor such modern interpreters as Pischel and Geldner in Vedische Studien (Stuttgart, 1889-
1897), and Bloomfield for the Atharva-veda (in S. B. E., vol. xlii) have been neglected.
The Buddhistic portion of the Dictionary has chiefly been enriched by the following: Asvaghosha's
Buddha-carita (edited and translated by Professor E. B. Cowell of Cambridge) Divyavadana (edited by Cowell ;

and Neil, Cambridge, 1886); Jataka-mala (edited by H. Kern, Boston, 1891); the two Sukhavatl-vyuhas

(S. B. E., vol. xlix)

and the Dharma-samgraha (Anecdota Oxoniensia, 1885). It is evident, that until new
and complete Pali and Prakrit Dictionaries are published, the idiomatic Sanskrit used by Buddhists and Jains
and the authors of certain inscriptions cannot be dealt with satisfactorily.
Of course many portions of the Indische Studien (edited by Professor A. Weber of Berlin) have been
aid has been received from some of the translations contained in the Sacred Books
'

consulted, and valuable

of the East,' as well as from many other works, the names of which will be found in the List of Works
and Authors at p. xxxiii.

As to by myself, many of them, of course, are identical with those named above. Others
the books used
are named edition, and need not be referred to again here.
in the first I ought, however, to repeat that some

of the words marked MW. in the present edition rest on the authority of the Sabda-kalpa-druma of Radha-
kanta-deva (published in eight volumes at Calcutta in the Bengali character). I am also, of course, responsible
'
for some words and meanings taken from my own books, such as ' Brahmanism and Hindflism,' Buddhism,'
'

(see note i to p. vi of Preface), my Sanskrit Grammar and Nal6p3khyanam (with vocabulary,

Wisdom
'
Indian

published by the Delegates of the Oxford University Press), text of the Sakuntala (with index and notes,
published by the same), as well as from the notes appended to my English translation of the Sakuntala
the world), &c.
(published by Messrs. Harmsworth among Sir John Lubbock's hundred best books of

MONIER MONIER-WILLIAMS.
INDIAN INSTITUTE, OXFORD.
 LIST OF WORKS AND AUTHORS.
[The order is that of the English Alphabet. The letters outside the parentheses represent the abbreviated forms
used in the referentes.]

Abhinav(a-gupta) .
Bh5m(int-vilasa). Ganit(adhySya). Kapishth(ala-Samhita). Mahldh(ara).
Acaranirn(aya). Bharat(aka-dvatriQiki). Garbh(a)Up(anishad). Karand(a-vyuha). Maitr(ayani)S(arnhitl) .
Adbh(uta)Br(ahmana). Bhar(ata's Nitya-Ustra). GarglS(amhitS). KSrand.' (metrical recension Maitr(y)Up(anishad).
Adi-p(arvan of the Maha- Bh(JratitIrtha's)paBcad(asI). GirudaP(urSna). of the text). Malamasat(attva).
bharata). Bhartr(ihari). Gar(uda)Up(anishad). Karmapr(adipa). Malatim(adhava).
Ag(astya)Samh(ita). BhashSp(ariccheda). Githasarpgr(aha). Kas(ika Vritti). Malar(ikagnimitra).
Ag(ni)P(nrana). BhSshik(a-sutra). Gauragan(3dde5a). KasiKh(anda, from the Mallapr(akisa).
Ait(areya)Ar(anyaka). Bhatt(i-kavya). Gaut(ama's Dharma-SSstra). SkandaP.). Mall(inatha).
Ait(areya) Br(ahmana) .
Bh(5va)pr(akaia). GaySMJh(Stmya). Kat(antra). Man(ava)Gr(ihya-sDtra).
Ait(areya)Up(anishad). Bhav(ishya)P(urSna;, ii Kh. Ghat(akarpara). Kath(aka). Man(ava)Sr(auta-sfltra).
Alamkarak(austubha). (Bhavishya- &
"yottaraP.). Git(a-govinda). Ksth(aka)Gr(ihya-sutra) .
Man(aviya)S(amhitS of the
Alarnkaras'(arvasva, by Ruy- Bhoj(a). Gobh(ila's)rSddh(a-kalpa). Katharn(ava). SauraP.).
yaka). Bhojapr(abandha). Gol(adhySya). Kathas(aritsagara). Mand(nkl)S(iksha).
Man-
Alamkaras'(arvasva, by Bijag(anita). Gop(atha)Br(ahmana). Kath(a)Up(anishad). Mand(Okya)Up(anishad), 12
khaka). B(ohtlingk &) R(oth's) Goraksh(a-sataka). Katy(ayanaY Mantras.
Alamkaras(ekhara, by Ke- D(ictionary). Ma nd(ukya)Up(anishad; Gau-
Grahay(ajBa-tattva). Katy(ayana)Sr(auta-satra).
iava-miira). Brahmab(indu)Up^anishad). Kaush(itaki)Ar(anyaka). d(apada's Karika).
G(rass)m(an)n.
AlamkSrat(ilaka). Br(ahmanas). Gr(ihya and) Sr(auta-Satra). Kaush(itaki)Up(anishd) .
MantraBr(ahmana).
AlamkSrav(imarsinT, by Jaya- BrahmandaP(urana}. Grihy5s(amgraha). KauS(ika-sutra). Mantram(ah8dadhi).
ratha). BiahmaP(urana). Gf(ihya)S(Otra). Kautukar(atnakara) .
M(a)n(u'j Law-book).
Amar(u-sataka). Brahtnas(iddhanta). HSl(a). Kautukas(arvasva). Mark(andeya)P(urana).
Amritab(indu)Up(anishad). Brahm(a) Up(anishad) .
HaQ$(a)Up(anishad) .
Kavik(alpa-lata). Mai(alca').
Anand(a-lahari). Brahmav(aivarta)P(urlna). Harav(ijaya). Kavikalpat(arn). Math(url)Mah(Jtmya).
Anangar(ariga). BrahmaT(idya)Up(anishad). Har(ita). Kavyac(andfika). MatsyaP(urana).
An(anta)Sam(hita). Brahmdtt(ara)Kh(aiida, from Hariv(arjia). KavyJd(arSa). Matsyas(dkta'), Sabdak.
Anarghar(aghava). the SkandaP.). H(arsha)car(ita). Kavyak(alpa-lata). Megh(adflta).
Anukr(amanikas). Bf (ihad) Ar(anyaka)Up(ani- Hasy(arnava). Kav^ya literature). Megh.*(i5 additional verses).
Anup(ada-sutra). shad). Hayan(a-ratna, by Balabha- K(avya)pr(aksa). M (onicr) W'Jlliains, 1st edition
Ap(astamba's Dhanna-sutra). Brih(ad-devatl). dra). Kayy(ata). of Dictionary , with mar-
Ap(astamba's)Sr(auU-sutra). Br(ihan)Nlr(adIya)P(nrina), Hemac(andra). Ked(ara's vritti-ratnakafa). notes).
Ap(astamba's) Y(ajna-pari- xxxviii Adhy. H(emacandra's)Paris(ishta- Ken(a)Up(anishad). nier)W(illiams) B(uddh-
?'nal
bhisha-sutra). B(uddha-)car(ita). parran). Khandapr(aSasti). ism).
A(pte's Die ionaiy). Buddh(ict literature). Hfemacandra's)Yog(a-jastra). Kir(atarjunlya). Mricch(akatika).
Arsh(eya)Br(ahmana). Campak(a-sreshthi-kathana- H(emadri's) cat(urvarga-cin- Koshthipr(adlpa). Mudr(JrJkshasa).
Arun(eya)Up(anishad). ka). tamani). Kramadlp(ika). Mukt(ika)Up(anishad).
Aryabh(ata). Cin(akya). Hir(anyakesin's) Gr(ihya-su- Krishis(arrigraha). Mund(aka)Up(anishad).
Aryav(idya-sudhakara). Can<J(i-kausika). tra). Krishnakani(amfita). Nadab(indu)Up(anishad).
Ashjang(a-hridaya). Car(ka). Hir(anyakeSin's)P(itrimedha- Kriyay(oga-sara in the Padrna Nadlpr(akaia), Sabdak.
Ashtav(akra)S(amhita). Cwan(a-vyuha). sOtra). Purina). Nag(ananda).
Aiv(alayana-grihya)P(arisi- Caunp(aBcasika). Hit(dpadeia). Kshem(ndra). Naigh, antuka, commented on
. *) Chindahs(utra). HorJs(astra). Kshit?s(a-vai)52vali-carita). by Yaska).
Aiv(alayana5Gr(ihya-sutra). Ch(andogya)Up(anishad). I(ndian)W(isdom, by Sir M. Kshur(ikS)Up(anishad). Naish(adha-carita).
Aiv(alayana-55kh6kta) Man- Chandom(aBjarl). Monier-Williams). Kulad(ipika). Nalac(ampu or Damayanti
_ traS(amhita). Col(ebrooke). Ii(a)Up(anishad). Kularn (ava-tantra) .
kathl).
Asv(aUyana)Sr(auta-sntra). Cul(ik)Up(anishad). Jabal(a)Up(anishad). Kull(0ka's commentary on Nalod(aya).
Atharvai(ikha)Up(anishad). Daiv(ata)Br(Shmana). Jaimflni). Manu). Nal:6p3khy5na).
A(tharva)V(eda). Damayanti-kathl, see Nalac. Jaim(ini)Bh(arata, asvame- Kum(ara-sambhava). NandiP(urana).
A(tharva)V(,eda). Paipp(all- Dai(akumlra-carita). dhika parvan). KurmaP(urJna). Nar(ada)S(arnhita).
da-sSkhS). Dasar(upa). Jaim(iniya)Br(ahmana) .
Ku{tanim(ata). Nar(ada's Law-book).
A(tharva)V(cda) .Paris(ishta). Dathadh(Stu-vaDsa). Jaim(inIya)Up(anishad). Kuval(ay<tnanda). Nar(adiya)P(urana).
A (tharva- Veda) Pr (Stiiikh- Dayabb(Sga). Jain(a literature). Laghuj(ataka, by Varaha-mi- Naras(ioha)P(urana).
ya). DSyat(attva). Jatakamfala). hira). N.1r(ay ana) Up(anishad ) .

A(tharva)V(eda).Pray(a5cit- Devatadhy Sya = DaivBr. Jyot(isha). Laghuk(aumudl). NatyaS(a'stra).

U). Devibh(agavata)P(urana). Kad(ambart). Lalit(a-ristara). N(ew) B;ohtlingk's) D(ic-
Atm(a)Up(anishad),iiiKh. Devlm(ahatmya). Kaiv(alya)Up(anishad). Lankavat(ara-sutra). tionary).
Atr(eya)Anukr(amanikS). Dhanamj (aya-vijaya). Kaiy(ata or Kaiyyata). Laty(ayana). Nid(ana by Madhava).
Kilacfakra). Lexicographers, esp. such as Nid(ana),Sch. (i.e.Vilcaspati's
Avadanas(ataka). Dhanr(antari).
Bsdar(iyana's Brahma-sQtra). Dharmas(aingraha). Kalakic (Srya-kathinaka; . Ainarasinha, Hal^yudha, Comm.).
Badar(ayana). Gov(indJnan- Dharmasarm(abhyudaya) .
Kilanirn(aya). Hemacandra, &c.). NidSnas(Otra).
da's gloss). Dharmav(iveka). Kilid(Ssa). Ul(avati of Bhaskara). N(ighan{u)pr(aka$a).
Badar(Syana).,Sch.(i.e.Sam- Dhstup(ajha). Kal(ikS)PCurana). LingaP(urSna). Nllak(a'ntha).
kara's KalkiP(urana). M(acdonel)l(*s Dictionary, Nil .
Comm.). Dhuitan(artaka). (amata)P(urana)
Balar(imayana). Dhurtas(amagama). Kalpas(utra). &c.). Nilar(udra)Up(anishad).
Baudh(ayana's Dharma-s5s- Dhyinab(indu)Up(anishad}. Kalpat(aru). Madanav(inoda). Nirnayas(indhu).
tra). Dip(ikS). Kalyanam(andira-stotra). Madhus(udana). Nir(ukta, by Yaska).
MaghaMah(atmya in the Nitis, see Kam(andak!ya-nlli
-

Bandh(ayana's)P(itrimedha- Divyav(adaaa). Kam(andakiya-nitisara) .

Kan(ada's Vaiseshika-sutra). Padma Purana). sara).
sDtra). Dr5hy(5yana).
Bhadrab(ahu-caritra). Durgar^ilasa). Kan{h(a8ruty)Up(anishad). M(aha)Bh(arata). Nris(ioha-tapanlya)Up(ani-
Kap(ila)Samh(ita, from the MahanSrayanaUp. (see N5r 'shad).
Bhag(avad-gita). Dfltang(ada).
Bh(Sgavata) P(uiSna). Gal(anos' Dictionary). SkandaP.). Up ). Nyayad|,arsana).
Bhagavatlg(I.i). Ganar(atna-mah3dadhi ) .
Kap(ila's) S(amkhya-pravaca- Mahan(.ataka). Nyayak(oSa).
Bhaktam(ara-stotra). Gan(?sa)P(urSna). na).
M (ahavira-)car(itra). Nyjyam(ali-vistara).
XXXIV
Padap(atha).
PadmaP(urana).
Padyas(amgraha) .
Paiicad(andacchattra-praban-
dha).
Pancad.' (metrical recension).
PancadaS, see Bh(5ratitirt ha's)
pancad(aii).
Paflcar(atra).
Pancat(antra).
Pan(ini).
Pari(in!ya^(iksha).
Papabuddhidharm(abuddhi-
kathanaka).
lVam(artha-s5ra).
Parli(ara-smriti).
Par(askara's)Gr(ihya-sutra).
Paraiur(ama-pnikaia).
Paribh(ashe'ndu-sekhara).
Pirivan (atha-caritra).
Parvat(I-parinaya).
Pat(anjali).
Phetk(arinl-tantra).
PhitS(Gtra).
Pind(a)Up(anishad).
Ping(ala)Sch(oliast,
LIST OF WORKS AND AUTHORS.
R5ghav(ap5ndavlya). Sarnkhyapr(avacana). Sraddhak(alpa-bhSshya). Vait(ana-sfltra).
Ragh(uvaQSa). S(amkshepa)Sarnkar(a-vija- Sr(auta)Sutra. V(ajasaneyi)S(amhitl).
Rajat(ararngini). ya). Srikan{h(a-carita). V(ajasaneyi-Sambita) Prat-
Ramag(tta). Samskarak(austubha). Srim(ala)Mah(atmya). (isakhya).
Rimapuj as arani) . Sankh(ayana)Br(ahmana). SringJr(a-tilaka). Vajracch(edika).
RSmat(apanIya)Up(anishad ). Sankh(ayana)G|-(ihya-sutra). Srutab(odha). Vajras(uci).
Vam(ana)P(urana).
RJm(a)Up(anishad). Sankh(Jyana)Sr(auta-sOtra). Subh(ashitlvali).
R(lmayana). Santik(alpa). Sukas(aptati). Vam(ana's Kavyalamkara-
Santi5(ataka). Sukh(avatl-vytiha). vritti).
Rasar(atnakara). Sirad(a-tilaka). Sulbas^fitra). V(ausa)Br(ahmana).
Rasat(aramginl). Sarasv(atT-kanjha'bharana, by Suparn(adhyaya). Var(aha-mihira's)Bf(ihajja-
Rascndrac(intamani). Bhoja). Suryad(eva-yajvan). taka).
8
Rasik(aramana). Sarasv. (by Kshemndra). Suryapr(ajRapti). Var(aha-mihira's)Br(ihat)
Ratir(ahasya). SSrng(adhara)P(addhati). SOryas(iddhanta). S(amhita).
-
Ratna(vali). Sarng(adhara)S(amhita). SuSr(uta). Var(aha-mihira's) Yogay
R(eligious) Thought and) Sarvad(ariana-samgraha). Suvarnapr(abh3sa). (ttrt).
L(ife in India, also called Sarv(a)Up(anishat-sara). Svapnac(intamani). Var(aha)P(urana).
'
Brahmanism and HindQ- S(atapatha)Br(ahmana). Svet(a5vatara)Up(anishad) .
Varahit(anrra).'
ism,' by Sir M. Monier- Satar(udriya)Up(anishad). T(aittiriya)Ar(anyaka). Vasantar(aja's Sakuna).
Williams). &atr(umjaya-mahltmya). T(aittirtya)Br(ahrnana). Vasant(ika).
RevlKh(anda). SauraP(urana). T(aittiriya) Prat(isSkhya). Vas(avadatta).
R(ig-)V(eda.
'
referred to as
Say(ana). T(aittiriya)S(amhita). Vas(ishtha).
RV.). Setub(andha). T(aittirtya)Up(anishad). Vastuv(idya).
Ritus(amhara). ShadguruS(ishya). Taj(aka). Vatsyay(ana).
Romakas(iddhanta) .
Shadv(iQia)Br(ahmana). TandyaBr(ahmana). VayuP(urana).
i.e. Hala- Rudray(amala). Siddh(&nta-kaumudi). Taritras(ara). Vedantap(aribhasha) .

yudha). R(V.)Anukr(amanik5). Siddhantas(iromain). T(aranatha Tarkavacaspati's Vedantas(ara).

Prab(odha-candrodaya). R(V.)Prit(isSkhya). Siksh(a). Dictionary). Vet(ala-pancaviD5atikS).
Pracand(a-pandava). Sabdak (alpa-d r uma) .
Sikshap(attri). Tarkas(amgraha). Viddh(aillabhafijika).
Pradyumn(a-vijaya). Saddh(arma)P(undarfka). SlKanka). Tartvas(amasa). V(ikramankadeva)car(ita, by
Prah(asana Nstaka). Sadukt(i-karnarnrita). SiDhas(ana-dvStrirj5ika or Vi- Tejob(indu)Up(anishad). Bilhana).
Prajap(ati's Dharma-sutra). Sah(itya-darpana). kramaditya-caritra, Jaina Tlrtha-yatra(see Smrititattva). Vikr(amorvag).
Prln(agmhotra)Up(anishad). Sahv(adri)Kh(anda, from the recension). TithySd(itya). Virac(arita).
3
Prasang(stbharana). SkandaP.). SirjhJs. (metrical recension of Todar(ananda). V(ishnu)P(urana).
Prasannar(aghava). Sakat(ayana). the Ind.Off.,E.I.H. 2897). Un(adi)k(alpa). Vishn(u's Institutes).
Prasn(a)Up(anishad). SaktJn(anda-taramgini). Sinh!s.' (recension of E. I. H. Un(adi),Sch.(i.e.Ujjvaladatta). Viivan(atha, astronomer).
Pratip(arudriya). Saktir(atnJkara). '5*3)- Un(idi-satra). Vop(adeva).
PratijfiaS(Otra). Sak(untala). SiraUp(anishad). Un(adi)vj(itti). Vrishabhan(uja-natika,byMa-
Prat(iakhya). S(Sma)V(eda). Sis(upala-vadha). Up(anishad). thura-dSsa).
Pravar(a texts). S(5ma)V(eda)Ar(anyaka). Sivag(it3, ascribed to the Upap(uTana). Vyavaharat(attva) .

PrayaSc(itta-tattva). Samav (idhana) Br(a'hmana). PadmaP.). UtkalaKh(anda). W(ilson).

Prayog(amrita). Sambh(alagrama)Mah(at- SivaP(urana). Uttamac(aritra-kathanaka, Yajn(avalkya).
Prayogar(atna). mya). SkandaP(iirana). prose version). Yajfi., Sch.
(i. e. MitaksharJ).

Priy(adarsika). Samgit (a-sarasamgraha). Smfitik(aumudi). Uttamac9 (aritra in about 700 Yogas(ikha)Up(anishad).

Pur(anas). Sarrjh(ita)Up(anishad-brah- Smritit(attva ; numbers
the verses). Yogas(utra).
P(urana)Sarv(asva;. mana). xxix & xxx mark the ad- Uttarar(ama-caritra). Yogat(attva)Up(anishad).
Purush&tt(ama-tattva). Sarnkar(a-vi}aya). ditional texts Graha-yajna Vagbh(atalamkara). Yogavas(ishjha-sara).
Pushpas(utra). Samkhyak(arika). & TIrtha-yatra). VahniP(urana).

SYMBOLS.
' ' ' '
= denotes equivalent to," equal,' the same as,' explained by,' &c.
( ) Between these parentheses stand all remarks upon meanings, and all descriptive and explanatory statements.
[ ] Between these brackets stand all remarks within remarks, and comparisons with other languages.
denotes that the leading word in a group of compounds is to be repeated. It is
generally, but not always, equivalent to a hyphen.
A shortened line
occurs in cases like 5d, followed by -uda and -sudana, which are for Havyn-sud, havya-s5da, havya-sudana.
denotes that the rest of a word is to be supplied, e. g. ri-in after karlndra is for kari-indra.

*/ denotes a root.
~ denotes that a vowel or syllable is
long.
" denotes that a vowel or syllable is to be specially noted as short.
v denotes that a vowel or syllable is either long or short.

+ is for pins.

&c. is for et cetera.

A denotes the blending of two short vowels (as of a + a into a) .

"
denotes the blending of a short with a long vowel (as of a + 1 into a).
* denotes the blending of a long with a short vowel (as of a + a into 4).
* denotes the blending of two long vowels (as of a + 1 into J).
 ABBREVIATIONS.
[/ the progress of a work extending over many years it has been found almost impossible to preserve absolute
uniformity in the use
of abbreviations and symbols, but it is
hoped that most of the inconsistencies are noticed in the following table.}

A. Atmane-pada. conipar.=comparative degree, id. = idem or '

the same mean- MS., MSS. =>
manuscript, pres.= present tense.
=
abl. =.ablative case. concl. conclusion. ing as that of a preceding manuscripts. priv. privative.
above ** a reference to some Cond. = Conditional, word.' myth. mythology. prob. = probably.
preceding word (not neces- conj.
= conjectural, i.e. = id est. N. = Name (also title or pron.
= pronoun.
cons. = consonant, ifc. = in fine compositi pronom. = pronominal.
'
sarily in the same page). or at epithet).
ace.= accusative case. dat. = dative case, the end of a compound.* n. =" neuter gender. propar. = proparoxytone.
accord, or ace. = according. defect. = defective. impers.
= impersonal or used neg.
= negative. Pruss. = Prussian.
add. = Additions. Desid. = Desiderative. impersonally. Nom. Nominal verb. q. v.
= quod vide.
Adi-p. " Adi-parvan of the dimin. = diminutive, impf. = imperfect tense. nom. = nominative case. redupl.
= reduplicated.
MahS-bhirata. dram. = dramatic language. Impv. = imperative. obs. = obsolete. Reflex. = Reflexive or used
adj.
= adjective (cf. mm.). du. = dual number, ind. = indeclinable. onomat. = onomatopoetic (i.e. reflexively.
adv. = adverb. ed. = edition. inf. = infinitive mood. formed from imitation of rhet. =
rhetoric.
e. g.
= exempli gratia,
'
for Inscr. = Inscriptions. sounds). rt., rts.
= root, roots.
= algebra. example.' instr. = instrumental case. opp. to opposed to. Russ. = Russian.
alg.
anat. anatomy. =
Eng. English. Intens. = Intensive. opt.
= optative. RV. = Rig-veda.
= Ep. or ep. = Epic, interpol.
= interpolation. =
originally. Sax. = Saxon.
Angl.Sax. Anglo-Saxon. orig.
anom. = anomalous. esp. especially, Introd. v Introduction. Osset-=Ossetic. sc. and scil. = scilicet.
Aor. or aor. = Aorist. etym. etymology. Ion. = Ionic. others = according to others. Sch. and Schol. - Scholiast or
Arab. = Arabic. f. = feminine, irr.
irregular. P. = Parasmai-pada. Commentator.
arithm. arithmetic. fig.
= figuratively, L. = lexicographers (i.
e. a p.
= page and participle (cf. Scot. = Scotch or Highland-
Arm. or Armor. = Armorican fr. = from. word or meaning which p. p.). Scotch.
in native = sequens.
or the language of Brittany. put. or fut. future, although given parox. =paroxytone. seq.
A mien. =s Armenian. fut. p. p. = future passive par- lexicons, has not yet been part. participle. sev. several.

astrol. = astrology. ticiple.

met with in any published partic. particular. sing. singular.
astron. = astronomy .
= gana. text). Pass. = Passive voice. Slav. = Slavonic or Slavonian.
g.
B. = Bombay edition. Gael. = Gaelic, Lat. = Latin. pair.
= patronymic. Subj. = subjunctive.
= genitive case, = perhaps. subst. = substantive.
Boh. or Bohem. = Bohemian. gen.
lat.= latitude. perh.
Br. = Brahmana. = Lett. = Lettish. Pers. = Persian. surf. = suffix.
gend. gender,
Bret. = Breton. geometry. lit. = literally. pers.
= person. superl.
= superlative degree.
geom. = surgery.
C. = Calcutta edition. Germ. = German. Lith. = Lithuanian. pf.
= perfect tense. surg.
c. case. Gk.== Greek. loc. = locative case. phil.
= philosophy. s. v. =sub voce, i.e. the word
= catalogue or catalogues. Goth. Gothic. number. in the Sanskrit order.
Cat. log. -logic. pi. plural
Caus. = Causal. Gr. = Grammar. long.
= longitude. poet. poetry or poetic. Virt. and Virtt. = Varttika.
Hib. = Hibernian or Irish.
= verb.
cf.= confer, compare. m. masculine gender. Pot. Potential. vb.

ch.= chapter. Hind. = Hindi. math. = mathematics. p. p.

= past participle. Ved.-Vedicor Veda.
cl. = class. ib. = ibidem or 'in the same m. c. = metri causa. Pr. = proper. v. 1. varia lectio.
medic. medicine. PrSk. or Prikr.-Prikrit. voc. vocative case.
place or book or text'
as
Class. ? Classical.
cols. =column, columns. the preceding. metron. = metronymic. Prec. = precative. vow. vowel,
col.,
Comm. = commentator or ibc. =in the beginning of a mm. = masculine, feminine, prec.
= preceding. wk. work.
and neuter or = adjective. prep, and prepos.
= preposi- w. r. = wrong reading.
commentary. compound.
Ice!. = Icelandic. Mod. modern. tion. Zd. = Zend.
comp. =compound.
 THE DICTIONARY ORDER OF THE NAGARI LETTERS
WITH THEIR INDO-ROMANIC EQUIVALENTS AND THEIR PRONUNCIATION EXEMPLIFIED BV
ENGLISH WORDS.

VOWELS. CONSONANTS.

Initial. Medial. Equivalent* and Pronunciation. Equivalents and Pronunciation. Equivalents and Pronunciation.

a in mica, rural. k in kill, seek. d in dice (more like th in this).

T a kh dh
tar, father (tar, father) initAorn. arfAere (but more dental).
f i
" n not, nut, iu.
fill, lily. g gun, get, dog.

I
police (police).
^ gh loffAut.
p put, sip.

U full, bush. n ph upAill.

sing, king, sink (siftk).

U rude (rude). C dolce (in music).

X b bear, rub.

bh a&Aor.
fi merrfly (merrfly).
,,
ch churcAAill (curcAill).

ri marine (marine).
m map, jam.
j jet, jump.
Iri
y yet, loyal.
VI revelry (reve/rt).
jh he<fyeAog (he;*og ).
r red, year.
hn the above prolonged.
fi
*\ singe (siaj).
1 lead.
lull,
* prey, there.
\ t true ({rue).
1
(sometimes foi Trf in Veda).
ai ,, aisle.
3. th anfAill (anfAill).
Ih (sometimes for ^rfA inVeda).
O go, stone.
^ 4 i. drum (drum),
v i> ivy (but like w after cons.).
au Haus (an in German).
,,

^ dh rei/*aired (repaired).
S sure (sure).

^5. 9 none ( no ? e ). sh shun, bush.

/either true Anusvara n
n or mjor the symbol of any
Inasal. V, t water (as in Ireland). 8 ,, saint, sin, hiss.

h symbol called Visarga. h

*^ th nufAook (more dental).
'.
hear, hit.

* Sometimes
printed in the form W, see p. 174, col. 3.
The conjunct consonants are too numerous to be exhibited above, but the most common will be found at the end of ' A Practical Sanskrit
Grammar by Monier -Williams,' published by the Delegates of the Clarendon Press, fourth edition.
For the correct pronunciation of the aspirated consonants, kit, cJi, th, tk, ph, &c., see p. xxix, note 4 of the foregoing Introduction.
Observe that n represents the true AnnsvSra in the body of a word before the sibilants and A, as in ania, unsn, an/tali : m as the
symbol of any nasal will often be found at the end of a word, as in danam ea; but may also represent AnuBvara, when final m is followed by
initial semivowels, sibilants and A, and in words formed with preposition .mm, like tam-veia, tam-iaya, tam-hata : the word Sanskrit is now
too Anglicized to be written Samskrit. Visarga, as a substitute for final *, is a distinctly audible aspirate, so that the A at the end of
such a word as rfecoA must be clearly heard.

THE DICTIONARY ORDER OF THE INDO-ROMANIC LETTERS

WITHOUT THEIR NAGARI EQUIVALENTS.

a, I; t, I; n, K; fi, ;I; Ijl, Iri; e, at; o, an; -

n or m, h ; k, kh; g, gh; i; c, ch; i, Jh; i; , th ; d, dh; n; t, th; d, dh;
i P. 1 ! bi bh ; m ;j, r, 1, 1, pi, T ; i, h, j h.
 A.

a. akartri-tva.
^T i . a, the first letter of the
alphabet ; the end of a thread, a minute
particle ; a point, end array, ; Anhura, mfn. straitened, distressed, RV. x, 5,6.
first short vowel inherent in consonants. kara, m. sunbeam cloth, L. N. of a Rishi, RV. viii, 5, 26;
; ;
Anhurana, mf(<j)n. distressing, R V. vi, 47, 20 ;
the letter or sound of an ancient Vedic teacher, son of a
ft.
Dhanamjaya, (dm), n. distress, RV.
105, 17 ; AV.
i,

^2 . a (pragrihya, q. v.), a vocative particle VBr. ; of a prince.

blaze of light.
Jala, n. a collection of rays, Anhoyti, mfn. troublesome, RV. v, 15, 3.
O Vishnu], T.; interjection of pity, Ah dhara, m. 'bearer of rays,' the sun,
[a Ananta, 1
L, 1- ' P- akati, to move tortu-
-dhana, N. of a village, R. -dharaya, >

W 3. a (before a vowel an, exc. a-rinin),

n.,
m. a lamp, Maitrllp. -nadi, f., N. of a river. x ously (like a snake), L. Cf. -Jag and
a prefix corresponding to Gk. d, av, Lat. in, Goth, patta, n. a kind of cloth. patl or -bhartri,
and Germ. , Eng. in or , and
having a nega-
m. 'lord of rays,' the sun, L. mat, mfn. fibrous, rich 1. aka, the suffix aka (akac).
tive or privative or contrary sense in filaments rich in Soma plants or Soma
(an-eka not one ; ;
juice ;

an-anla 2. d-ka, am, n. unhappiness, pain,

endless ; a-sat not good ; a*pasyat not radiant, luminous pointed (an), m. the sun, the
; ;

seeing) rarely prefixed to Inf. (a-svaptum not to

;
moon N. of various persons, especially of a prince
;
trouble, TS.; sin, L.

sleep, TandyaBr.) and even to forms of the finite of the solar race, son of A-samaHjas, grandson of ^t^ a-kaca, mfn. hairless, bald ; cf. lit-,
\eib(a-sprihayanti they do not desire, BhP. Sis.) Sagara ; (mdtt), f., N. of a river (Yamuna ?), RV.
;
urd/iva-,vi- ; (as), m., N. of Ketu, the dragon's tail
and to pronouns (a-sah not he, Sis. a-tad not that, viii, 96, 13-15 ;
Hedysarum Gangeticum, Susr. or descending node
(having a headless trunk), L.
;

BhP.) ; occasionally denoting comparison (a-brah- matphala, f. Musa Paradisiaca. mala ,

f. a gar-
manatikex Brahman, T.); sometimesdisparagement land of light, halo.
- malin, m. the sun. _ vana, WSi^i a-katuka, mfn. not acrid, not im-
(a-yajila a miserable sacrifice) ; sometimes diminu- m. 'having rays for arrows,' the sun. vimarda.m. petuous; unwearied, indefatigable.
tiveness (cf. d-karna,an-udarS); rarely an
expletive ray-obscuration. hasta, m. 'having rays for hands,' A-katn-phala, as, m. a kind of plant.
the sun, L. Ansudaka, n. water which has been
(cf. a-kupya, a-pupa). According to Pin. vi, 2, ^3i7t< a-kathora, mfn. not hard, weak.
16 1, the accent may be optionally either on the first exposed to the rays of the sun or the moon, Bhpr.
or last syllable in certain compounds formed with a Ansv-adi, a gana of Pan. (vi, 2, 193). ^^"3*1 akadama, am, n. a kind of Tantrik
(as d-tlkshna or a-ilkshnd, d-suci or a-sucl, dn- Ansnka, am, n. cloth ; fine or white cloth, muslin diagram. cakra, n. id.
anna or an-annd) ; the same applies to stems ending [see cinaQSvka], L. ; garment, upper garment ; tie
^^rtpr^i a-kantaka, mfn. thornless, free
in tri accentuated on the first
syllable before a is pre- (for binding a churning-stick). from troubles or difficulties or enemies.
fixed ; cf. also d'-turta and a turta, d-bhinna and Ansula, as, m. radiant, T. ; N. of the sage CS-
a-bhinnd, &c. nakya, L. ^TOTJS a-kantha, mfn. having no neck ;

^ 4. a, the base of some pronouns and ans ( cf- Vans), L. See

having no voice, hoarse.

pronom. forms, in asya, atra, &c. ^WTH a-katthana, mfn.unboastful.

A'nsa, as, m. the shoulder, shoulder-blade ; corner
TO 5. o, the augment prefixed to the root in of a quadrangle N. of a king ; (au), m. du. the
;
W^W5 akathaha, am, n a kind of diagram. .

the formation of the imperfect, aorist, and conditional

two shoulders or angles of an altar a share (for W^TSII a-kathya, mfn. unspeakable un- ;
tenses (in the Veda often wanting, as in Homer, the
;

an so) ; [cf. Goth, amsa ; Gk. Zftos, aai\\a ; Lat. utterable, unmentionable,
fact being that originally the
augment was only pre- humerus, ansa. ] kuta, m. the shoulder a bull's
fixed in principal sentences where it was accentuated,
;
TO=BTTO d-kanishtha, as, m. pi. of whom
whilst was dropped hump, the protuberance between an ox's shoulders. none the youngest (i. e. younger than the others),
it in subordinate sentences where is
tra(<fJ3-), n.armourtoprotect the shoulder, RV.; RV. a class of Buddhist deities.
the root-vowel took the accent). ; (fa, m. a Buddha,
a bow, Nir. ; dnsatra-koia, mfn. having a cask for
^J 6. a, as, m.,N. of Vishnu, L. = a Soma L. pa, m. a Buddhist king, T.
(especially its tunic (probably filter, Gmn.), RV. x,
as the first of the three sounds in the sacred
syl- 101, 7. -daghna, mf(a)n. up to the shoulder, a-kanyd, {. not a virgin, Mn.
lable om). SBr. dhri, f. a cooking vessel, A V. prishtha,
n. back of the shoulder.
akaplvat, an, m., N. of a Rishi.
phalaka, n. shoulder-
a-rinin, mfn. free from debt, L. bhara or anse-bhara, m. TOK**tR akampana, as, m., N. of a prince ;
blade, SBr. ; Susr.
10. P. ansayati, to divide,
ol. a burden on the shoulder, (gana bhastradi, q.v.) of a Rakshasa.
ays,
distribute, L. also occasionally A. ansa- -bharika, mf(f)n. or anse-bharika, mf (r)n'.
;
vicn(**iii a-kampita, mfn. unshaken, firm ;

yate, L. also a%sdpayati, L. bearing a burden on the shoulder, ib. mula, n.

(as), m., N. of one of the II chief pupils (gana-
;
the acromion, L.
dhara or gan&dhipd) of Mahavira (the last Tlr-
**$[ dnsa, as, m. (probably fr. \/i. as, Ansala, mfn. lusty, strong, SBr. &c.
tha-kara).
perf. dn-dnsa, and not from the above */ans fic- A'nsya(3), mfn. belonging to the shoulder, RV.
titiously formed to serve as rt.), a share, portion,
A-kampya, mfn. not to be shaken.
i, 19'. 7-
partition, inheritance a share of booty W^FX a-kara, mfn. handless, maimed ; ex-
part, party
earnest
;

stake (in betting), RV. v, 86, 5;

; ;

! oA(cf. Vangh), cl. i. A. anhate,

money;
to go, set out, commence, L. ; to approach,
empt from tax or duty, not acting privileged ; ; (a),
TandyaBr.; a lot (cf. l.prds); the denominator of f. Emblic Myrobalan, Phyllanthus Emblica.
a fraction ; a degree of lat. or long. ; a day, L.; N. of L.; cl. 10. P. anhayali, to send, Bhatt.; to speak,

an Aditya. kal- Bhatt. to shine, L. wqn,^ a-karana, am, n. absence of action.

karana, n. act of dividing. ;

Anhri, is, m. a foot, Hpar.; root of a tree, L. ; A-karani, is, f. non-accomplishment, failure, dis-
panS, f. or -prakalpana, f. or -pradana, n. allot-
ment of a portion. bhagin or -bhaj, mfn. one [cf. ahghri^\ pa, m. 'root-drinker,' a tree, L. appointment (used in imprecations, e. g. tasy&ka-
who has a share, an heir, co-heir. bhu, m. partner, skandha, m.or -siras. n. a part of the foot ranir evdstu bad luck to him !), L.
vat between the ancle and the heel, L. A-karanlya, mfn. not to be done.
associate, TS. bhutev, mfn. forming part of.
(for ansumatl), m. a species of Soma plant, Susr. press together, to
2. anh, to TOS^*!T a-karuna, mfn. merciless, relent-
savarnana, n. reduction of fractions. svara, Gk. 0^05,
strangle (conjecturable from tva, n. harshness,
less. cruelty.
m. key-note or chief note in music. hara or
lyyvs; Lat. angustus, anxius, &c.), L. a-karkasa, mfn. not hard, tender.
-harin, mfn. taking a share, a sharer. Ansansa, Anhati, is, f. anxiety, distress, trouble, RV. ill- ;

m. part of a portion (of a deity), secondary incarna-

ness, L. ;
[cf. Lat. ango] ; a gift (also anhati, f.), L. -karna,mi(a)n. having diminutive
tion. Ansansi, ind. share by share. Ansavata- RV. &c. ; L. ; TS. Br. ; without ears, deaf; without helm
Annas, n. anxiety, trouble, sin, [cf. ears, ;
rana, n. descent of part of a deity partial incarna-
aghd, dgas; Gk. dxfVfiai, axos, 0705.] pati or without Kama.
;
or rudder ;

tion title of sections 64-67 of the first book of the

;
annasas-pati [VS. J, m. lord of perplexity, i. e. an A-karnaka, mfn. without ears, TS., &c.
MBh. Ansi-y/ 1 *?*> to share. -

intercalary month; cf. ayhaspatya. patya, n. A-karnya, mfn. not fit for the ears, Pan. Sch.
1. Ansaka, mf (z&f)n. (ifc.) forming part.
2. Ansaka, or, m. a share; degree of lat. or long. ;
power over calamity, TS. ApSr. Anho-muc,mfn. ;
^Tofi'SvH a-karnadhdra, mfn. without a
delivering from distress, RV. x, 63, 9 VS. ;
a co-heir, L. ; (am}, n. a day, L. a gift, donation, L. See anhati. helmsman, destitute of a pilot.
Anhlti, is, f.
Ansala. See ansald next col.
Ansi-ta,
Anhn, mfn. (only in compar. ayfifyas) narrow, 'Stsdriri a-kartana, as, m. a dwarf, L.
Ansin, mfn. having a share, YajK. f.
AitBr., seepard'nhu; (if), n.(only in Abl. anh6s)
the state of a sharer or co-heir, heirship.
anxiety, distress, RV. ;
Gk. iyyvs ; Goth, ag-
[cf.
^nw a-kartri, ta, m. not an agent, N. ap-
'sfo ansu, us, m . a filament (especially of the gvus; Lat. angustus, ansius, &c.] bhldi, f. plied to the purusha (in Sankhya phi!.) ; not active
Soma plant) ;
a kind of Soma libation, SBr. ;
thread ; having a narrow slit (pudendum muliebre), VS. (in Gr.) tva n. state of non-agency.
B
 2 a-karman. a-kranta.

\
a-karmdn, mfn. not working ; not season; a useless birth. knsoma, n. a flower man, mfn. having an unformed mind not yet ;

performing good works, wicked, RV. x, 22, 8; in- blossoming out of season. Ja or -jata or akalot- identified with the supreme Spirit. Akritartha,
efficient; (in Gr.)
intransitive (a ), n. absence of work ; ;
panna, mfn. born at a
wrong time, unseasonable. min. having one's object unaccomplished, unsuccess-
observances; improper work, crime. Akarma- jaladodaya or -meghodaya, m. unseasonable ful. Akritastra, mfn. unpractised in arms, MBh.
bhoga, m. enjoyment of freedom from action. A- rising of clouds or mist. vela, f. wrong or unseason- A-kritln, mfn. unfit for work, not clever. Akri-

karmanvita, mfn. unoccupied ; disqualified.

able time. salia, mfn. unable to bide one's time. ti-tva, n. unfitness for work.
A-karmaka, mfn. (in Gr.) intransitive. hlnam, ind. without losing time, immediately. A-kritya, mi'n. not to be done, criminal; (am),
A-karmanya, mfn. improper to be done ;
unfit A-kalikam, ind. immediately, MBh. n. crime. karin, mfn. evil-doer, MBh.
for work ; inefficient. A-kalya, mfa. unseasonable.
mfn. uncut, unimpaired.
W^i^ n-kritta,
a-kala, mfn. not in parts, entire;
^T^iT?tR a-kdsdra, as, m., N. of a teacher, rue, mfn. possessing unimpaired splendour, RV.
not skilled in the arts (kalds).
BhP. x, 84, 4.
HiV ai a-kiRcana, mfn
**$ a-kalanka, mfn. without
N. of a Jaina.
stains or
5 j

utterly destitute ; disinterested

. without anything,
; (am), n. that which
a-kritrima, mf(5)n. inartificial.
spots ;
d-kritsna, mf(a)n. incomplete.
is worth tS, f. or -tva, n. voluntary
nothing.
1
?n*^i a-kalka, mfn. free from impurity; poverty (as practised by Jaina ascetics). a-kripa, mfn. merciless, unkind.
(<i), f.
moonlight, L." tS, f.
honesty, Yajfl. A-kincauiman, a, m. utter destitution, (gana

prithv-ddi, q. v.) a-kripana, mfn. not miserly.

^nS<3'T a-kalkana or a-kalkala, mfn. not
m. no gambler, VS. d-krisa,mfn. not emaciated, TS.
deceitful, honourable, (T.) Bhag. d-kitava, as, ;

unimpaired. lakshml, mfn. enjoying full pros-

WvHa-kalpd,m{(a)n. not subject to rules, a-kilvishd, mfn. sinless, SBr. perity. A-krisasva, mfn., N. of a king of Ayo-
uncontrolled not admitting (any comparison prati-
;
f.
dhyj, Hariv.
a-klrti, is, ill-fame, disgrace.
tnanam), RV. i, 102, 6; unable to (loc. or Inf.
or in comp.) kara, mfn. causing disgrace, disparaging, insulting. ^T^fTT^fH d-krishivala, mf(a)n. not agri-
cultural, RV. x, 146, 6.
A-kalpita, mfn. not manufactured, not artificial, $<! a-fcan/Aa,mfn.not blunted.not worn
not pretended out ever fresh, eternal. dM- ^I^fS d-krishta, mfn. unploughed, un-
; natural, genuine. ; vigorous, fixed ;

shnya, n. an eternal abode, heaven. tilled ; not drawn (am), n. unploughed land, SBr. ;
;

a-kalmasha, mf(o)n. spotless.

A-knntnlta, mfn. = a-kitntha. m. N. of a kind of Kishis, MBh. Hariv.
[

(as), plur., ;

paoya, mfn. ripening in unploughed land, grow-

'

a-kalmasha, as, m., N. of a son

icjn*^ a-kutas, ind. (usually in comp.), ing wild, AV. VS. TS. (said of the earth) giving
of the fourth Manu, Hariv. ; ; ;

not from any quarter or cause. Akntas-cala, m. fruits without having been ploughed, VP.
Wir^T a-kalya, mf(a)n. ill, sick true (?), L. ;
not movable from any cause ; N. of Siva. A-kuto-
bhaya or a-kutascid-bhaya< >r a-kutraca-blia- ^S^THin|J>l^ a-krishna-karman, mfn. free
A'-kalyana, mfn. not handsome, A V. inauspi- ;
ya, mfn. having no fear from any quarter, secure. from black deeds, guiltless, L.
cious ; (am), n. adversity.
A-kntra or ( Ved.) a-kntrS, ind. nowhere, astray,
a-ketana, mfn. houseless.
^T?i^a-iara,mfn. (fr. i,ku, q.v.),not con- RV. i, 120, 8.
temptible, not stingy, RV. a-ketu, mfn. shapeless, unrecognis-
a-kutsita,mfn. unreproached.
A'-lcavSri,mf(i)n. not selfish, not stingy, RV. iii, able, RV. i, 6, 3 ; ('unconscious,' Say.)
47, 5, &
vii, 96, 3 [Say. explains by a-kava-ari, 'not a-kudhryaftc, an, dhnci, ak (ku- mf (a, Pan.
dhrifakudha. to\kuha=kutra), 'going nowhere'
a-kesa, ; I, R.) n. hairless.
contemptible as an enemy, or to his enemies ; not
having weak enemies ']. (ak, 4), ind. objectless, aimless, RV. x, 22, 12. a-kota, as, m. 'without a bend,"
w*^ a-kavacd, mfn. having no coat of
or silver, Kir.
a,am,n. not base metal, gold
= Itupya,
the Areca or Betel-nut palm, L.

mail, AV. xi, 10, 32. ; any base metal ( see 3. a). *|<*V<4 a-kopa, as, m., N. of a minister of
Akupyaka, am, n. gold or silver, L.
king Dasaratha, R. &C.
'

d-kavi, mfn. unwise, RV. vii, 4, 4.

T^TK d-ktimdra, as, m. not a boy (said
a-kopana, mfn. not irascible.
^
a-kasmdt, ind. without a why or of Indra), RV. i, 155,6.
a wherefore, accidentally, suddenly.
a-kula, mfn. not of a-kovida, mfn. unwise, ignorant.
good family,
w*I*!J d-kdna, mf(a)n. not one-eyed, not low (as), m., N. of Siva, L. ; (a), N. of Parvati,
; f., a-kausala, am, n. unskilfulness,
monoculous, TS. & SBr. L. lowness of family.
tS, f.
Pan. ;
cf. akattiala.
Mn.
wms a-kdnda,mfn. without a trunk,T.; A-knllna, mfn. not of good family,
W^T akkd, f. (Voc. akka, Pan.) a mother
causeless, unexpected; (t),ind. causelessly, unex- *S^5tc5 a-kusala, mf(n)n. inauspicious, (used contemptuously ); N. of a woman ;
[supposed to
mfn. dying as soon as born. evil ; not clever ; (am), n. evil, an evil word, Mn.
pectedly, -p&ta-jata, be a term of foreign origin ; cf. Lat. Acca^\
sula, n. sudden, acute pain. a-kusida or akusida, mfn. taking 1. akta, mfn. (Vaj), driven.
'.

a-kdtara, mfn. not dejected. no interest or usury, without gain.

2. aktd, mfn. (Vanj), smeared over;
I
a-kdmd, mf(a)n. without desire or a-kuswna, mfn. flowerless. diffused bedaubed, tinged, characterized. Often
; ifc.
wish unintentional, reluctant ; (in Gr.) the Sandhi m. no (cf. rattdkta) ; (am), n. oil, ointment.
;
a-kuha, as, deceiver, L.
which causes the dropping of a final r before a
-knhaka, as, m. id., Susr. Akta, f.
night, RV. i, 62, 8.
succeeding r. kar sana (d-kdma-), mfn. not dis- Aktn, us, m. tinge, ray, light, RV. ;
dark tinge,
appointing desires, RV. i, 53, 2. tas, ind. unin- f(o)n.having no prominence darkness, night, RV. ; (As, libhis), ind. at night,
tentionally, unwillingly. tS, f. freedom from desire, on the forehead, TS. not deceitful, unerring (said
; RV.
&c. hata (d-kdma-), mfn. unaffected with desire, of arms), Yajfi. ;
not false (said of coins), Ysjn.
calm, SBr. xiv. a-knopana, mfn. not moistening,
= a-kdmd. -kupdra, mfn. unbounded, RV. v, drying, Nir.
A-kamin, mfn.
39, i Sex., 109, 1 (as), m. the sea, VS. &c. ; tor-
;

"*m a-kdyd, mfn. bodiless, incorporeal, toise, BhP. &c., the mythical tortoise that upholds 1. d-kra, mfn. (Vkri), inactive, RV.
VS. the world N. of a man, PBr. N. of an Aditya, L.
; ; ;
i, 120, 1.
(a), f., N. of an AngirasI, PBr. 2. akrd, as, m. a banner, RV. ; a
a-kdrana, mfn. causeless ; (am), A-kuvSra * a-kupara above.
n. absence of a cause;
wall, fence (prdbdra), according to Durga on Nir.
(am, ena, e, at), ind. cause-
lessly. A-kXrandtpanna, mfn. produced >S'^
^ a-kurca, as,
1
m. 'the guileless one,'
vi, 17.
spon-
taneously. a Buddha, L. a-kratu, mfn. destitute of energy or
A-k5rln ,mfn .
inactive, not performing, (gana gra- a-kricchra, at, am, m. n. absence of power ['of sacrifices," S5y.], RV. x, 83, 5 AV.; ;
fool-

JlAdi, q. T.) ish, RV. vii, 6, 3 ; free from desire, Up.

difficulty freedom from trouble.
;

^< A-kricchrin, mm. free from difficulty or trouble. a-krama, mfn. not happening suc-
a-kdrnaveshtakika, mf()n. m. want
cessively,happening at once, Yogas. (as),
not fit for ear-rings, not looking well with
"Wfrid-krita, mf(a)n. undone, not commit-
;
e?.r-rings, of order, confusion.
Pin. Sch. See karna-vcshtaka. ted;
not made, uncreated ; unprepared, incomplete ;
one who has done no works ; (am), n. an art never d-kravi-hasta, mfn. not having
W*l3 a-kdrya, mfn. not to be done, im- jefore committed, Ait Br. ; (a), f. a daughter who bloody hands ['not having niggardly hands, not
proper ; (am), n. a criminal action. k&rln, mfn. las not been made putrikd, or a sharer in the close-fisted,' Say.], RV. v, 62, 6.
an evil-doer ; neglecting duty.
jrivileges of a son, Pan. karam, ind. in a way
^ii"*W a-kdrshnya, am, lot done before, Pan. - jna, mfn. not acknowledging aiSTr^ a-kravydd, mfn. not consuming
n. absence of
bud-
flesh (N. of an Agni), AV. not carnivorous, Yajn. ;
blackness. Jna-ta, f. ingratitude.
benefits, ungrateful.
Ihl, mfn. having an unformed mind. buddhi- A-kravyada, mfn. not carnivorous, Mn.
*"*irt a-kdla, as, m. a wrong or bad time; ^Tailil a-kranta, mfn. unpassed, unsur-
tva, n. ignorance. vrana, m., N. of a commen-
(mfn.), unseasonable ; (e) or -tas, ind. unseasonably. tator on the Puranas, VP. ; of a
companion of not doubled, RV. Prlt. ; (a),
passed, unconquered ;

knhm!Epfln, m. a pumpkin produced out of Rama Jamadagnya, MBh. ; of a teacher. Akritit- {. the
Egg plant.
 a-kriya. akshan-vat.
a-kriya, mfn. without works; inac -part, ind. with exception of a sin E Ie
tive ;
abstaining from religious rites impious ; (a)
die, Pan 34, 4 &
i, 1 64, 4 2 ;
Achyranthes Aspera. - kara, m.
; -pata, m. throw or cast of dice, -patana n act a kind of
f.
inactivity neglect of duty.
; of
casting dice. _ prlya, mfn. fond of dice, or
religious meditation, Karand. - cancu or
(per- -cuncu or -cana or -cana, m. 'clever in
haps) favoured by dice. - bhfinU, L - cyutaka, writing,' a
^rSTTi^ d-kridat, mfn. not playing, RV. x -mada, m. passion for dice, -m&tra, gambling-place f.
scribe, n.
'supplying dropped (cyuta)
79- 6 - n any- kind of game, K5d. - chandas, n. metre
syllables, a
thing as big as dice the of an eye, a mo-
twinkling ;
regulated by the number and
aksha), L. - mala, f. a string or rosary quality of syllables.
^ranCo-fcn7ra,mfn.not cruel, gentle ; (as) ment (cf. 4.
of beads, -janani, f. 'letter producer,' a reed or
pen -JI-
m., N. of Krishna's paternal uncle, MBh. especially of Eleocarpus seeds ; N. of Arun- vaka or -jivika or
dhatl, wife of Vasishtha (from her -jivin, m. 'one who lives
a rosary)
"WlV a-krodha,as, m. suppression of an- Mn. ix, 23 ; N. of the mother of wearing by writing,' a scribe. -
tulika, f. a reed or
Vatsa - malin
pen. -ny&sa, m. array of syllables or
ger; (mfn.), free from anger, -maya, mfn. free mfn. wearing a
rosary of seeds; N. of Siva, MBh' letters;
the alphabet,
from anger, SBr. xiv. -raja, m. 'king of dice,' the die called Kali -pankti, mfn. containing five syl-
A-krodhana, mfn.
from anger, Mn.; free Vb. - vat, mfn. lables; (akshdra-pankti), f., N. of a metre of four
(as) having dice ; (/f), f. a game of dice, lines, each containing one
m., N. of a prince, son of AyutSyu, VP. L. -vSpa = dactyl and one spondee,
akshavdpd below, Kath
m. an unfair gambler,
-vama VS>.; also called pankti or hansa.
-vid, mfn. skilful in gam- bhSj.mfn. en-
a-klama, as, m. freedom fromfatigue. bling.
_ titled to a share in the
(of a prayer), AitBr.
syllables
yritta,mfn. anything that happens in gam- -mukha, m. having the mouth
full of
bling. -saunda,
mfn. fond of syllables, a
aklikd, f. the Indigo plant, L. gambling. -snkta student, scholar, L. - mnahtlka,
f. the art of com-
n.
d.ce-hymn N. of RV. x, 34. sritrf, n. a string 1 or
municating syllables ideas
a-klinna-vartman, a, n., N. of
or rosary of
Eleocarpus seeds. - stusha, m. Beleric the 64
by the fingers (one of
-
a of the eyes, Susr.
disease Myrobalan. - hridaya, n. innermost nature of dice Kalis), Vatsyay. vinyasa = -nyasa,-V\\a.
perfect skill in gambling. - hridaya-jSa, mfn. -sas, md. syllable by syllable, MaitrS.; AitBr.
A-kledya, mfn. not to be wetted. perl snnya, mfn.
fectly skilled in
inarticulate. samsthana n
gambling. AkshativSpa, m.= scripture, writing, L. - samamnSya, m.
wfpTCT a-klishta, mfn. untroubled undis- akih&vapd .below, MBh. alphabet,'
;
Akshavapana, n a Pat.; BhP.
Akb.arakBhara,m. a kind of religious
turbed; unwearied, -karman or dice-board, SBr. Akshavall, f. a
-karin, mfn - Aksha- rosary. meditation (samadhi), Karand.
unwearied in action. - vrata, mfn. Aksharanga, n.
keeping religious vows.
unwearied in -,...a^vaaLastvdpa)t\it
keeper orsuperintendent of a
part of a syllable (said of the
anusvara), RV. Prat:
= dyuta-pati, gambling-table [Comm. Akshare-sthS, mfn. consisting of syllables,
A-klesa, as, m. freedom from trouble, Mn. dyutddhyaksha, aksha-goptri}. TandyaBr.
3. Aksha, am, n. an
aksh (perhaps a kind of old Desid. organ of sense sensual per- ;
Aksharaka, am, n. a vowel.
^HJil ception.L.; (ar).m.thesoul,L.;
xof Vi.as), cl. I. 5. akthati, akshnoti knowledge, religious A-kshara, f.
knowledge, L.; a lawsuit, L.; a person born blind, L. (cf. a-kshdra, n. above), word,
Pan III, i, 75 fut. RV.
:
;
akshishyati or akshyati, 'L. ; M. oi
Garuda, L. ; of a son of Ravana ; of a son of speech,
aor. dkshit, 3. du. dkshishtdm or
dshtdm, L. ; perf. Nara, &c. -darsaka or -drii, m. a Aksharya, mf (o)n. corresponding to the number
anaksha [Pan. vii, 4, 60, judge, i.e. of syllables or
Comm.], but A. p. [with one who sees lawsuits,
-patala, n. court of law letters, RV. Prat.; (aksharyam
rcvat),
the Vedic weak stem dksh, cf.
perf. ds-uh 3. pi. &c .
epository of legal document, Rjjat. -pa^a, m. an
n., N. of a Saman, ArshBr.
fr. Vl.
as] dkshdnd), to reach, RV. \, 21, II
to pass through, penetrate,
rena, a wrestlingground, place
ofcontest, L. - pSta- a-Tcshanti, is, f.
pervade, embrace, L ; to ka or -patika, m. a impatience, jea-
accumulate (to form the cube ?), L. : Caus.
i. e.
judge, arrangerof a
akshayati, L. - vttta, L. = -pata. - vid, mfn. versed in
lawsuit, lousy, intolerance.
dnkshat, to cause to pervade, L. : Desid. acikshi- law, L.
shati or acikshati, L. 4.Aksha, aksha-carana, &c. See col. a-kshdra, mfn. free from alkali or
3.
I. A'ksha, m. an AkBhaka,<zj,m. Dalbergia Oujeinensis; (as,am) factitious - lavana, n. not factitious
salt.
as, axle, axis (in this sense also (i.e.
thC CO ""' bone' Su5r naturan salt (mfn.) not
am, n., L.) ; a wheel, car, cart; the beam of a
balance W. f; N. of a creeping-'' ;
composed of artificial salt,
"lant [Kulluka on] Mn. iii, 257
or string which holds the
pivot of the beam ; a snake v, 73 IO o; or, ; ; ,

L.; terrestrial latitude (cf. .karna, -bhd, according to Goldst. and NBD., better '(food) no?
-thdga); a-kshana, mfn. inopportune.
the collar-bone, SBr.; the containing acrid substances nor salt;' therefore also
temporal bone, YsjB N'
of a measure ( . akshdrAlavana in the same sense, cf. kshdra-la-
104 arigula) [cf. Lat. axis; Gk! _x a-kshanvat,mfn. (\/ks/um),aot - lavanitsin, mfn.
Old Germ, aksa; Mod. Germ.
;

AsvGr. vana.
afar ; injuring, eating akshdra-lavana.
Achse; Lith.
assis.] -karna, m. the hypotenuse,
the triangle formed with the
of especially v "fl a-kshata, mfn. not crushed ; un-
A-kihSra-madya-mansada,
acrid- substances nor
mfn. not eating
a dial and gnomon of (drinking) spirituous liquors nor
injured, unbroken, whole ; (as), m. eaung meat, VarYogay.
its shadow ;
(in astron.) argument of the latitude. Siva, L. ; (as,
- am), m. n. a eunuch, L. (a), f. a virgin,
ja, m. a diamond ; a thunderbolt ; N. of Vishnu.
drlk-karman, n. operation or calculation for
of a plant,
YajH N';

Karkatasririgi or KahkadasringI ; (am),

W% dkshi,n. (-/i.aJ,Un.)[instr. akshna,
n. and (as), m.
latitude. -
dvSra, n. the cavity in the axle of a car
pi. unhusked barley-corns ; of the N dat.akshnt, &c., fr. akshan, substituted for akshi
descendants of Surabhi, Hariv.
-yonl, f. a virgin, an m the weakest cases. Vedic forms
are : abl. gen
Say. on RV. v, 30. 1. -dhur, f. the pin at the end
unblemished maiden. loc. akshan
of an axle, pole attached to an axle.
dhurtila, _ akshnds;^ (once akshini!); dn. nom,
m. a draft-ox, L.
-pida, m. Chrysopogon Acicu- ifa a-kshatra, mfn. destitute of the
ace akshi,
AV. SBr.
RV., akshini, dkshyau, m&akshyau,
&
AitBr. ; instr.
(a), f., N. of a plant. - bhS, f. shadow akshfihydm; gen ak-
;
laris, Susr. ; Kshatriya caste, apart from the Kshatriya caste.
of latitude, -bhfiga, m. shyls, VS., akshySs and AV. nom.
degree of latitude, -bha- akshan.
aksh6s(\), ; phi
ra, m. a cart-load. sangam, ind. so that the axle
See akshi. ace. dkshlni, AV., akthani, ifc. aksha is sub-V. ;R
stituted, see 4. aksha}, the the number two;
is
caught or hooked by contact with some obstruc- 'a-kshama, mf(a)n. unable to endure, eye ;

it), n. du. the sun and

moon, RV. i, 72, 10 ; [cf. Gk
tion, MaitrS. Akshansa, m. a
degree of latitude. impatient ;
incompetent (with Loc., Inf. or ifc.), en- 5<r, oTaAAos Lat. oculos ; A. S.
Akshagra, n. end of an axle, or of the pole of a
-, acgh; Goth!
;
vious ; (a), f. or -ta, f.
impatience, envy incompe- augo; Germ.
an axle.. Akshaffra-kila or ;
Auge; Russ. oko ; Lith. aki-s.} -ktt-
-kilaka, m. a . tence, inability (with Inf.) or -kfitaka, n. the
linch-pin ; the pin fastening the yoke to the pole. Ja prominent part of the fore-
181
*fl a-kshaya, mf(o)n. exempt from de- head above the eye,
AkshS-nah (the vowel lengthened as in YajH. &c. -pata, mfn. pre-
upd-ndh, sented to the eye,
&c.), mfn.tied to the axle of a car, RV. x, 53, 7;
(horse,
cay, undecaying; (as), m., N. of the twentieth
year in visible, seen MBh ; hated, &c
the cycle of Jupiter ; N. of a -frola, m. the eyeball, -jsha, n. the root of the
Say.; trace attached to the horse's collar, Gmn.) mountain, Hariv. ; (a),
f. the seventh
day of a lunar month, if it fall on Sun- eye. tSrS, f. the pupil of the eye nikS&am
2. Aksha, as, m. (-/ 1. as, Un.) a die for gam- ind. with half-closed
'

bling; a cube; a seed of which rosaries are made day or Monday ; the fourth, if it fall on Wednesday, eyes, Pan. iii, 4, 54 Sch also
-gtma, mfn. possessing imperishable qualities; mkanam-akshi, id. -nlmegha, m. 'twinkling of
(cf. indrdksha,
rtidrdksha) ; the Eleocarpns Gani- an eye, a moment, Susr.
trus, producing that seed ; a (as), m. Siva, -ta, f. or -tva, n. imperishableness. -pakshman, n. the eye-
weight called karsha, lash, -patala, n. coat of the
equal to 16 mSshas ; Beleric Myrobalan (Terminalia -trltiya, f., N.of a festival (the third day of the eye, L. -pit, ind
as much as could fall into the
Belerica), the seed of which is used as a die ; a N. of bright half of Vaisakha, which is the first day of the eyes, a\\, little, RV.
the number 5 ; (am), n. sochal salt blue Satya-yuga, and secures permanency to actions then 16, 18& x, 119, 6. -pSka, m. inflammation of the
(from vitriol
eyes, Susr. -bhu, mfn. visible,
;
its cube-like
-kama performed), -nivi, f. a permanent perceptible, mani-
crystals), L. (akshd-), mfn. endowment, AV.
fond of dice, AV. -kitava, m. a Buddhist Inscr. puruhuta, m. Siva. matl, m.,
fest, xx, 136, 4; VS. -bheshaja, n. medi-
gambler, MBh. N. of a Buddhist. cament for the eyes, collyrium, &c.
-knsala, mfn. skilled in dice. loka, m. the undecaying world,' ; (as), m. a tree,
kshapana, m., heaven. Ked Lodh. -bhrnva, n. the and
N. of a gambler, Kathas. eyes eyebrows
m. -gflaha, gambling,' - mat, mfh.
playing at dice, MBh. -Ja, m. a thunderbolt ; N.
A-kshayin, mfn. undecaying ; (ini), {., N of together.
the eyelash.
possessing eyes, -loman n-
- vlkSnita,
of Vishnu, L. - tattva, Siva's wife (?), Rajat. n. a glance with the
n. science of dice eyel
; -vid, lids
partially closed, -samtarjana (probably n )
mfn. skilled in - diya,
m. handing over the dice
it.
A-kshayya, mfn. undecaying (am), ;
'
n. or ind.
N. of a mythic weapon, MBh.
in 'may thy prosperity be undecaying (a form of bless- Akshy-amayi
gambling, Naish. [moving a piece on a board, BR.]
I

m. disease of the eye, SBr.;

devana, ing addressed to a Vaisya), MBh. navami, f. the KatySr. Akshy-'
gambling, dice-playing, -devin or
n.
ninth day of the Smayin, mfn. having a disease of the eye, PBr.
-dyfi, m. a gambler, a dice-player. - dyuta, n. bright half of Asvina. Akshayyo-
gam- daka, n. inexhaustible water, YajH. &c. 4. Aksha, am, n. [only ifc. (f.
i) for akshi],
bling; cf. dkshadyutika. -'dyutadi, a gana of the eye. - carana or -pad or
Pan. (iv, 4, 19). -drngdha -pada, m.
(akshd-), mfn. hated ^^T. a-kshdra, mfn. imperishable; unal-
(probably)
'having his eyes fixed in abstraction on his feet,' N.
by (unlucky at) dice, or injuringwith dice (a sharper), terable (as), m. a sword, L.; Siva, L. ; Vishnu, L. ;
; of the philosopher
AV. dhara, mfn. holding dice (as), m. Gautama; cf.
dkshapdda.
Trophis ;
(a),{., see dkshard \K\OVI; (am), n. a syllable ; the
Aspera (see sakhata),
Akshan, n. substituted forakshi, 'the eye,' in the
dhnrta, m. 'dice-rogue,' syllable cm, Mn. ; a letter [(as), m., RSmatUp.] ; a weakest cases, Gram. 122 Goth, augan} ; a
gambler, L. -naipnna or -nalpnnya, n. skill in vowel ; a sound ; a word ; N. of Brahma ; final beati- [cf.
organ of sense, BhP. -2. -vat, mfn. having eyes,
gambling, -parajaya, m. defeat in
gambling, AV. tude; religious austerity, L.; water, RV.
sacrifice, i. RV.; (for I. see col. 3.)
Bi
 akshika. a-guru.
i or akshika, as, m. the tree Dalbergia dait), the twelfth day of the first half of the month accessible; unattainable; unintelligible; unsuitable.

Oujeinensis, L. ;
see aksliaka. Margaslrsha. ga, f. a woman who has illicit intercourse with a
A-khandana, am, a. not breaking, leaving entire, man, VarBr. rupa, mfn. of unsurpassed form.
^ffRprrt aisAmi, f. one of the eight condi- m. time, L. a woman with whom cohabitation
A-ffamya,
L. ; non-refutation, admission, L. ; (as), f.

tions or privileges attached to landed property, L. A-khandlta, mfn. unbroken, undivided, unim- is gamana, n. illicit intercourse with
forbidden.

mfn. imperishable, not lost, paired ; unrefuted. rtn (rilii}, mfn. 'not break- a woman. gamaniya, mfn. relating to it, Mn.
TrfTJTrT a-kshit,
ing the season,' bearing seasonable fruits. xi, 169. gamin, mfn. practising it, Gaut.
MaitrS.
mfn. not digging, RV. ^nTTt a-gari, f. a kind of grass (Deotar,
A'-kshita, mfn. undecayed, uninjured, nndecay- *!K<Hf^ d-khanat,
ing (aw), n. water, L. ; the number 100,000 mil-
; x, 101, II. Andropogon Serratus), L. ; [cf. gari.]
'
lions, PBr. A'kshita-vasn, m. possessed of unde-
caying wealth," N. of Indra, RV. viii, 49, 6. Akhl-
WH% d-kharva, mfn. not shortened or ^TT^ agaru, us, u, m. n. Agollochum, Amy-
ris cf.
mutilated, RV. vii, 32, 13; not small, important; Agallocha ; aguru.
totl, m. granting pennanent help," N. of Indra,
'

also a-kharvan, Heat. (a), f., N. of a plant, L.

RV. ^It ri fi^ d-garta-mit garta-m(t), mfn.
;
(cf.
A'-kshitl, is, (.
imperishablcness, AV. &c.; (mfn.), ^rafrT d-khata, mfn. unburied, AV.; (as, not buried in a hole, SBr.
imperishable, RV. am), m.n. a natural pond or lake, a pool before a A-?arta-skandya, mfn. 'not having holes to be
temple, L. lept over,' not offering hindrances, SankhBr.
akshiba, as, m., L. ; see akshiba.
a-khddya, mfn. uneatable. a-garca, mfn. free from pride.
d-kshiyat, mfn. not inhabiting,
destitute of a dwelling, unsettled ('not decreasing in d-Jthidra, mf(a)n. not weak, TS. &c. a-garhita, mfn. undespised, un-
riches,' Say.), RV. iv, 17,13. yaman (dkhidra-), mfn. unwearied in course, reproached, blameless.
RV. i, 38, II.
TTBJ^oS akshika, as, m., L. ;
see akshika. wiufri a-gavyut(, mfn. without good
^rf^ra a-khila, mf(o)n. without a gap, RV. vi, 47, 2O.
pasturage for cattle, barren,
V%j\ISId-kshina, mfn. not perishingor fail- complete, whole (ena), ind. completely.
; Akhi-
SBr. ; not dimi- latman, m. the universal Spirit, Brahma. Akhlli- ^Tlft<T agdsti, is, m. (according to Un. iv,
Ing, SBr. ; not waning (the moon),
nishing in weight, YljS.; N. of a son of VisvSmitra, V'.kri, -kritya, ind. p. not having annihilated 179 a-ga, a mountain, and asti, thrower, */i.
fir. 2.

MBh. or rendered powerless, SiS. ii, 34. as), N. of a Rishi (author of several Vedic hymns ;
said to have been the son of both Mitra and Varuna
VJK/1*) akshiba and akshiba, mfn. not in- ^IJijftoR akhetika or akhetika, as, m. a dog to have been born in a water-jar ; to
by UrvasI ;

toxicated, sober, L.; (as), m. Guilandina or Hype- trained to the chase. have been of short stature to have swallowed the ;

ranthera Moringa, L. ; (am), n. sea salt, L. ocean, and compelled the Vindhya mountains to pros-
'SWfi^ a-khedin, mfn. not wearisome, un- trate themselves before him ; to hve conquered and
WE[ dkshu, us, m. a kind of net, RV. 180, i, wearied. Akhedi-tva, n. continuous flow (of
civilized the South to have written on medicine,
5 ;AV. The N BD. suggests axle of a car,' making '
speech), one of the vdg-gunas of MahSvira, Jain.
;

dkshu = dksha. &c.); the star Canopus (of which Agastya is the
^I^Wrf akhkhala, ind. an exclamation of regent, said to be the
'
cleanser of water,' because of
wysnota-kshunna, Mslatlrn.
mfn. unbroken, uncur-
un-
joy, S.IY. on RV. vii, 103, 3. Akhkhali-krityS, turbid waters becoming clean at its rising, Ragh. xiii,
tailed ; trite, new, ; permanent ; Ved. ind. p. (V*- kri), uttering the exclamation 36) ; Agasti Grandiflora, Susr. [also -dru, f., L.] ;
conquered inexperienced, inexpert.
; ta, f. uncur- akhkhala, RV. vii, 103, 3. (ayas), m. pi. the descendants of Agastya ; (f), f. a
tailed condition ; inexperience. female descendant of Agastya, Pan. vi, 4, 149, Sch.
W4UJIH a-khycitu, mfn. not famous, un-
not low Agastiya, mfn. relating to Agasti, Pin. vi, 4,
WEfJ a-isAaoVa, mfn. not small; known.
149, Comm.
or vulgar, MBh. A-khyati, if, f. infamy, bad repute, disgrace. = agdsti ; N. of Siva, L.
Agastya (3, 4), as, m.
kara, mfn. causing infamy, disgraceful.
T8^{d-kshudh t f. satiety, VS. gitS, as, f. pi. Agastya's hymns, forming part of
A-kihudhya, mfn. not liable to hunger, AV. _MJ t ag, cl. i. P. agati, to move tor- the Adi-viriha-Purina. cara, m. the path of
A'-kshodhnka, mfn. not hungry, MaitrS. Stuously, wind, I/.: Caus. agayati, L.; Canopus. m&rga, m. the path of Agastya (Cano-
cf. Vang: pus), i. e. the South. samhitS, f., N. of an old
VI a) 3 d-kshetra, mfn. destitute of fields, I. aga, as, m. a snake [in this sense perhaps compendium of the Tantra literature. Agastyo-
uncultivated, SBr. ; (am), n. a bad field, Mn. x, 7 1 ; rather a-ga'], L.; the sun, L. ; a water-jar, L. daya, m. the rising of Canopus ; the seventh day of
a bad geometrical Jfia [Pan. 30] or
vii, 3, the second half of Bhadra.
figure. ^PI 2. a-ga, mfn. Vgam), unable to walk,
5 & x,
(
-via [<UksA, RV. v, 40, 32, 7], not finding
of
Pan. vi, 3, 77 Sch. ; (as), m. a mountain ;
a tree ; VI! a-^a, as, m.f. (Ved.) not going, Pan.
out the way ; destitute spiritual knowledge.
the number seven. Ja, mfn. produced on a moun- iii, a, 67 Sch.
A-kshetrin, mfn. having no fields, Mn. ix, 49 tain, or from a tree (a), f., N. of PSrvati, daughter
*5 i.
of Himalaya ; (am),
;

n. bitumen. Ag&tma-jS, f. ^TTrJ a-^atr,<5,m.abad singer.TandyaBr.

A-kihaitrajnya, am, n. spiritual ignorance, = aga-jd, Agravaha, m., N. of a son of
Kir. W'lul a-gudha, mf(a)n. not shallow, deep,
Pin. vii, 3, 30 ; see dksk. Vasudeva, and of others, Hariv. Agaukas, m. unfathomable; (of), m. a hole, chasm, L.; N.ofoneof
WBfte akshota, as, in. a walnut (Pistacio mountain-dweller,' a lion; 'tree-dweller,' a bird; the the five fires at the Svadhikira, Hariv. Jala, mfn.

nut?), Ragh. ; the tree Pilu; the tree Aleurites

Sarabha, q. v. having deep water (am),n. deep water.; rudMra,
Triloba. Also spelt akshoja (Susr.), akshodaka, A-gaccha, mfn. not going, L. ; (as), m. a tree, L. n. a vast quantity of blood, Das.

wifVun uncounted ; incon- A-gadhi-tva, am, n. depth, Comm. on Sis. 55.

a-ganita, mfn.
i,
akshota,, akshodaka, dkhota.

<HEf>T a-kshobha, mfn. unagitated, un- siderable, VP. pratiy ata, mfn. returned without WTTX opera (rarely as, m.), am, n. house,
(or because of not) having been noticed, SiS. lajja, apartment [cf. dgara"]. dahln, m. 'house-burner,*
moved (as), m. the post to which an elephant is
;
mfn. disregarding shame. an incendiary, Gaut.
tied, freedom from agitation, imperturbability.
VTil d-gata, mfn. not gone; (am), n. not Agarin, mfn. possessing a house ; (t), m. a house-
A-kshobhya, mm. immovable, imperturbable ;
holder, layman an-agdrin), Jain.
yet frequented, the dominion of death, AV.
(cf.
(as), m., N. of a Buddha ; of an author an im- ;

mense number, said by Buddhists to be 100 vivaras. A-gati, mfn. not going, halting ; without resource, SSflC a^ira, as, m. (Va<j), the sun, L. ;

helpless ; (if), f. stoppage, R. ; want of

resort or re-
fire, L.; a Rakshasa, L.
HBjtfis*!/! akshauhini, f. an army consist- not cohabiting with
source ; unsuccessrulness, Vikr. ;

Ing of ten anlkints, or 91,870 elephants, 21,870 a woman. ^lf'(Um d-giraitkas, mfn. (^Va, instr.
chariots, 65,610 horse, and 109,350 foot, (Since A-gatika, mf(o)n. without resort or resources, ofgir, and okas), not to be kept back by hymns, N. of
an anikinl consists of 2 7 vihinls, and 2 7 is the cube Kathas. gati, f. the resort of one who has no the Maruts, RV. i, 135, 9.
of 3, akshauhini may be a compound of 2. aksha
and vdhini; or it
may possibly be connected with
resort, a last resource, Yajii.
345.
A-gatlka, mf(a)n. not to be walked on (as an
i, W d-gu, mfn. (fr. go with a), destitute
'
of
cows, poor, RV. viii, 2, 1 4 ; (us), m. destitute of
I. aksha, axle, car.) evil path), MBh.
rays,' N. of Rihu the ascending node.
WH akshna, am, = a-khanda, n. Tin. Sch.
WT<J a-gadd, mfn. free from disease, A-go, f. not a cow, ParGr. tS (a-g6-), (. want
ySvan, mfn. going 35. across, RV. viii, 7, RV. Sec. free from affliction (as), m. free- of cows, RV.; AV.
healthy, ; ;

AkshnayS, instr. ind. transversely, SBr. (Sch. dom from Mn. a medicine, drug, (especi-
disease,
a-guna, mfn. destitute of qualities
;

circuitously, like a wheel I) ; wrongly, SBr. xiv ; Mn. Agadam-kara, m. a physician, WJtJ
ally) antidote, or attributes (said of the supreme Being, cf. nirguna);
diagonally, Sulbas.tofttA(aJtshnaya-),mln. done Naish. Agada-veda, m. medical science. Car. destitute of good
qualities (at), m. a fault. tS, f.
;

wrongly, SBr. deia, m. an intermediate region, A-gadya, Nom. P. agadyaii, to have good health, or -tva, n. absence of qualities or of good qualities.
SBr. drub, mfn. injuring wrongly or in a bad (gana kanijv-ddi, q. v.) to heal, ib.
;
vat, mm. destitute of qualities; without good
way, RV. i, 122, 9. rajju, f.
diagonal line, Sul-
bas.- stonily , f., N. of an MiUkii, TS. ; SBr.
wife; rr a-gadita, mfn. untold. qualities. vadin, mfn. fault-finding, censorious,
iila, mfn. of a worthless character.
m. Buchanania Latifolia. a-gandhd, mfn. without smell.
TO^g alchatta, mfn. unhidden, uncon-
a-gama, mfn. not going, unable to
WJH a-gupta,
akhatti, m. childish whim, L. cealed ; unprotected ; not keeping a secret.
go; (as), m. a mountain, L.; a tree [cf. t.a-ga],
a-khanda, mfn. not fragmentary, A-gamya, mfn. unfit to be walked in, or to be "WJ?} a-guru, mfn. not heavy, light; (in
entire, whole ; (ant), n. time, L. ; (a-khanda t/vd- approached; not to be approached (sexually); in- prosody) short as a short vowel alone or before a
 a-gudha. agni-shvalta.
single consonant ; (us, u), m.n. the fragrant Aloe Agni for
tongue,' consuming the sacrifice through deity, a BrShmana, a tonic medicine, L. ; Semicar-
wood and tree, Aquilaria Agallocha. Agni, RV. ; (a), f. tongue or flame of fire, AV. ; pus Anacardium Plumbago Zeylanica, L. N. of a
; ;

a-gudha, m!n. unconcealed, manifest.

MundUp. ; the plant Methonica Superba (Llrigall). bug, Paficat. (t), f. Semicarpus Anacardium
; Glo- ;

jvalita-tejana, mfn. having a point hardened riosa (or

Methonica) Superba. mudha
gandha, n. Asa Foetida. -bhava, mfn. having in fire, Mn. vii, (ngnt-),
a transparent disposition. 90. jvala, m., N. of Siva (a), (. ; mfn. made insane by Agni, RV. 103, additional
x,
flame of fire a plant with red
;
blossoms, used by dyers, verses; AV. ynta, m., N. of the author of the
mfn. notseized ortaken, Grislea Tomentosa tap, mfn. enjoy- 16 - yojana,
^PpflTTe'-f?) ihlnta, ;
Jalapippali. hymn x, 1 in the
Rig-veda. n. the act
unsubdued, RV. viii, 79, I; TBr. soda (dgri- ing the warmth of fire, RV. v, 61, 4. tapas, of stirring the sacrificial fire (to it blaze make
up).
' mfn. hot as fire, glowing, RV. x, 68, 6.
bkita-), mfn. having unsubdued splendour,' N. of -tapta, rakshaiia, n. maintenance of the sacred domestic
mfn. fire-heated,
Agni and the Maruts, RV. v, 54, 5 & 12 ; viii, 23, glowing, RV. vii, 104, 5. tS fire, raja or -rajas, m. a scarlet insect, L. ra-
I; ('having inconceivable splendour,' BR.) (agni-), f. the state of fire, SBr. - tejas (agni-), hasya, n. 'niystery of Agni,' title of the tenth
mfn. having the energy of fire or of book of the Satapatha-Brihmana.
Agni, AV. ; raj an, mfn.,
M'J? a-griha, mfn. houseless. -tS, f.
(as), m. one of the seven Rishis of the eleventh Man-
'
pi. having Agni as king,' N. of the Vasus, SSnkhSr.
houselessness, TSndyaBr. Hariv. -traya, or -treta rail, m.
vantara, n. [Mn. ;
a heap or mass of fire, a burning pile.
f. the three sacred
^I J1T^^ a-gocara, mfn. not within range, MBh.], fires, called respectively ruia, f. the plant MTuisarohinl. rfipa (/-),
Garhapatya, Ahavanlya, and Dakshina. trS, mfn., mfn. fire-shaped, RV.
unattainable, inaccessible (cf.dris/ity-agocara), im- x, 84, (agni-rtipa), n.
I ;
see dn-agnitrd. da, m. fire-giver,' incendiary,
'
a shape of fire, SBr.
perceptible by the senses ; (a/it), n. anything that is retasa, mfn. sprung from
Brahma the Mn.; Yajfi. stomachic. i.-dagdha (,{>/-), mfn. Agni's seed, SBr. -rohini, f. a hard inflamma-
beyond the cognizance of the senses
;
; ;
burnt with fire, RV. x,
not being seen, absence (ena), instr. ind. out of the
;
103, additional verses SBr. ; ;
tory swelling in the arm-pit, Susr. loka, m. the
cauterized, Susr. (am),n. a cautery. 2,-dagdha, world of Agni, KaushUp. vat, mfn. being near
sight of any one (gen.), behind one's back, Hit
;

mfn. burnt on a funeral pile, RV. x,

15, 14 TBr.; ; the fire, RV. vii, 104, 2 (*s-mAt, q.v.); 'joined to
^T*uTT d-gopa, mfn. without a cowherd, (as), m. pi. a class of Pitris who, when on earth, main- N. of
(another) fire,' Agni, TS. varcas, m., N.
not tended by one, RV. tained a sacred fire, Mn. iii, datta, m., N. of of a teacher of the Puranas, VP.
199. var na, mf(o)n.
a prince ; of a Brahman, Kathas.
damani, f. a having the colour of fire hot, fiery (said of liquors),
^nft^V d-go-rudha, mfn not driving away .
narcotic plant, Solanum Jacquini. dayaka, m. Mn. xi, 90 &
;

the cow, RV. = 91 ; (as), m., N. of a prince, son of

viii, 24, 20; ('not repelling or dis-
-da, q. v. daha, m. a particular disease ; a fiery Sudarsana. vardhaka or -vardhana, mfn. pro-
daining praise,' Sly.) glow (in the sky), Hariv. -dis, f. Agni's quarter, moting digestion, stomachic. - vallabba, m. the
the south-east. dipana, mf(f)n. stomachic, Susr. tree Shorea Robusta ; its resinous
^T*1T?I d-gohya (4), mfn. not to be con- juice. vffna, m.
dipta, mfn. blazing, glowing (a), ; f. the
plant Ma- a fiery arrow. - vfidin, m.'fire-asserter,' worshipper
cealed or covered, bright, RV.
hSjyotishmatl. -dipti, f. active state of
digestion, of fire. vartta,
gaining a livelihood by fire mm.
See 2. a-ya, Susr. duta (agni-), mfn. having Agni for a messen- [as a blacksmith &c.], vSsas (agn(-), VarBrS.
^irrfe|p^ agaukas.
ger, brought by Agni, RV. x, 1 4, 1 3 AV. - dushita, ; mfn. wearing a fiery or red garment, AV. vaha,
w*ll$ agdhSd, mfn. (fr. a + gdha, p.p.p. fr. mfn. 'fire-marked,' branded. deva, m. Agni ; (a), m. the vehicle of fire, i.e. smoke, L. vidha, f.
*/glias + ad), eating food which is not yet eaten,
(.-nakshalrd, devata manner or fashion of fire, SBr.
q.v., L. (agni-), mfn. vimocana, n. the
TS.; (Comm.=dagdh&d.) having Agni for deity, SBr. daivata, n. --na- act of lowering the sacrificial fire
(by spreading it
Wffl agna (hr agni inthefollowingcomp.) r/M'/>-rt,q.v.,VarBrS. -dh (agni-dh, dh for {dh; out). visarpa, m. spread of inflammation (in a
marntau, m. du. Agni and Marut, Pan. vi, 3,
cf. agnfdh), m. the priest who kindles the sacred fire, tumour). viharana, n. removing the sacrificial
RV. ii, i, 2 ; x, 41, 3; 91, 10. -dhana, n. fire from the
28, Sch. vishnu, voc. m. du. Agni and Vishnu, AV. recep- Agnldhra to the Sadas Mandapa.
165, 3; AV. -na-
tacle for the sacred fire, RV.
Affnayi, f. the wife of Agni, one of the deva-pat- x, virya, n. gold, L. vrlddhi, f. improvement
kshatra, n. the third lunar mansion, the Pleiades of digestion. - vetala, m., N. of a VelSla
nyah, R V. i, 2 2, 1 2 & v, 46, 8 the TretS-yuga, L. ;
(con-
(Krittika), SBr. nay ana n. the act of bringing , nected with the story of
kingVikramSditya). vela,
^TP'T agni, is, m. (Vag, Un.) fire; sacri- out the sacrificial fire. niryasa, m. = -jara. f. the time at which the fire is
kindled, afternoon,
ficial foe (of three kinds, Girhapatya, Ahavanlya, and nnnna (agni-~), mfn. struck by fire or lightning, AsvGr. vesa, m., N. of an ancient medical
Dakshina) the number three, Suryas. ; the god of
; SV. netra (agni-), mfn. having Agni for a guide, authority; also of other persons. vesman, m. the
fire ; the fire of the stomach,
digestive faculty, gastric
VS. pakva, mfn. cooked on the fire, Mn. pada, fourteenth day of the Karma-m5sa, Suryapr. ve-
fluid; bile, L.; gold, L.; N. of various plants, Semi- m. 'whose foot has stepped on the sacrificial fire- sya, m., N. of a teacher, MBh.; N. of the 22nd
carpus Anacardium, Susr., Plumbago Zeylanica and place,' N. of a horse, Laty. Vait. parikriy a, f. ; muhOrta, Suryapr. sarana or -sala [AV.], n. or
Rosea, Citrus Acida ; mystical substitute for the let- care of the sacred fire, Mn. ii, 67. paricchada, -sala, f. house or place for keeping the sacrificial
ter r; in the Kfitantra grammar N. of noun-stems m. the whole apparatus of a fire-sacrifice, Mn. vi, 4. fire, i-sarman, m., N. of a man. -sikha, mfn.

ending in i and a [cf. Cat. igni-s; Lith. ugni-s ; paridhana, n. enclosing the sacrificial fire with having a point like fire (an arrow), R. ; (as), m. an
Slav. ognj]. kana, m. a kind of screen, -pariksha, ordeal by fire.
'fire-particle,' a spark. f. arrow; a lamp; a safflower plant, L.; saffron, L.; N.
karman, n. 'fire-act,' piling up the wood &c., parvata, m. 'fire-mountain,' a volcano, R. of Varamci's father, Kathas. of a Vetala, Kathas. ; ;

SBr.; action of Agni, Nir. ; cauterization, Susr. pnccha, n. tail or extreme point of a sacrificial (am), n. saffron, L. gold, L.
sikha, f. a flame,
;

kalpa (agn{-), mfn. having the nature of fire, SBr. fire

(arranged in the shape of a bird), AsvSr. pnra, SBr. &c. ; the plants Gloriosa Superba and Meni-
-karikS [L.], f. and -kfirya [Mn. &c.], n. kin- f. the castle of Agni, SBr. pnrana, n., N. of a spermum Cordifolium. susrusha, f. attention to
dling or feeding the sacrificial fire with clarified butter Purana. pnxogama, mfn. having Agni for a the sacrificial fire, Mn. ii, 248. sekhara, n. saf-
&c. ; the prayers said while doing so, Kathas. ; cau- leader. pranayana, n. = -nayana, q.v. pra- fron. sesha, m. appendix
to the chapter on Agni
terization. kashtha, n. Agallochum, L. knk- nayaniya, mfn. referring to the -franayana. in the Taittiriya-Samhita. srf, m(nom. pi. -irl-
kuta, m. a wisp of straw, firebrand, L.
lighted pratishthS, f. consecration of fire, especially of the j>as)fn. having the brightness of Agni, RV. iii, 26, 5
knnda, n. a pan with
live coals, R. a hole or ; nuptial fire, prabha, f. a venomous insect, Susr. ['approachingthefire(oflightning),'Say.] Broni,
enclosed space for the consecrated fire, Kathas. pravesa, m. -pravesana, n. entering the fire leg of the sacrificial altar, KatySr. shtut m.
< :
; f.
,

kumara, m. a particular preparation of various self-immolation of a widow on her husband s funeral '

laudatory of Agni,' the first day of the Agnishtpma

drugs ; N. of a class of Bhavanavisin deities, Jain. pile. prastara, m. a fire-producing stone flint ; ; sacrifice, one day of the Sattra PaHcadasaratra, SBr.
krita, mfn. made by fire. ketn (agnl-\ mfn. L. -prayascitta, n. or -prayascitti [SBr.], f. &c. N. of a son of the sixth Manu, Cakshusha (by
;

having fire as an emblem or characteristic mark an expiatory act during the preparation of the
(Ushas), TS. ; (us), m., N. of a Rakshas, R. - kona, ficial fire. bahn, m. smoke
m. the south-east quarter, ruled over by Agni, L. of a son of the first Manu, Hariv. ; of a son of Pri-
krida, f.'fire-sport,' fire-works, illuminations, &c. yavrata and KSmyS, VP. -bija, n. gold, L.; N. of
khada, f. an infernal pan or stove, KSrand. the letters, RSmatUp. bha, n. 'shining like fire,'
garbha, mf(o)n. pregnant with fire, BrArUp. ; gold, L. bhn, n. 'fire-produced,' water, L. bhu,
(as), m. a gem supposed to contain and give out solar m. Skanda, L. ; N. of Vedic teacher, with the patron.
a
heat ( iitrya-kdntd), L. ; N. of a frothy substance KJsyapa, VBr. ; (in arithm.) six. bhntl, m., N.
on the sea, engendered by the submarine fire, L. ; N. of one of the eleven chief pupils (ganadharas) of the
of a man; (a), f. the plant Mahajyotishmatf. last TIrthakara. bhrajas (ngn(-), mfn. possessing
griha, n. house or place for keeping the sacred fiery splendour, RV. v, 54, n.
-mani. m. the
fire, MBh. a room fitted with hot-baths, Car.
; gr an - sun-stone ( = sfirya-kanta). mat, mfn. being near
tha, m., N. of a work. ghat a, in., N. of a the fire, AV. (RV. has -vat); having or maintain-
sacri- Nadvala), VP. ; Hariv. [v. 1. -shttibK]. -shtoma',
[cf. -vaha"], L. ; N. m. ' praise of Agni,' N. of a protracted ceremony or
sacrifice
(forming one of the chief modifications
[samsthas~\ of the Jyotishtoma offered by one who
is desirous of
obtaining heaven ; (he performer is a
Brahman who maintains the sacred fire, the offering
is the Soma, the deities to whom the
offering is made
are Indra &c., the number of priests required is 1 6,
the ceremonies continue for five days) ; a mantra or
kalpa connected with the Agnishtoma, L. ; (agni-
s!itoma)-yajin, mfn. one who has performed the A. ;
-sad, mfn. performing the A. ; -sadya, n. the per-
formance of A., SBr. -samd, m. and -samdn, n. the ;

hell, Karand. cay a [Sulb.], m. or -cayana, n. ing a sacrificial fire, Mn. &c. having a good diges-
; passage of the Slma-veda chanted at the A. ; -hotra,
or -citi, f. or -citya [SBr.], f. arranging or pre- tion, Susr. mantha, mfn. producing fire by fric- n. title of a Vedic text. shtha, mfn. placed in, or
paring the sacred or sacrificial fire-place agni-caya, ;
tion ; (as), m. Premna Spinosa, Susr. _ manthana, over, or near the fire ; (as), m. a pan, fire-pan, R.
a heap or mass of fire, R. cit, mfn. arranging the n. production of fire by friction, AsvSr. man- [c(.-sht!iita\; a vehicle carrying the fire, ApSr. ; (in
sacrificial fire, or one who has arranged it, SBr. &c. ; thaniy a, mfn .relating to such friction, ib. maya, the Asvamedha sacrifice) the eleventh Yupa or sacri-
an- (neg.), SBr. cit-vat , mfn. possessing house- mf(?)n. fiery, SBr.; AitBr. -mathara, m., N. of ficial post which (of the twenty-one) is nearest
all

holders that have prepared a sacred fire-place, Pan. an expounder of the Rig-veda, VP. mandy a, n. the fire, SBr. ; (a), f.comer of the sacrificial
that

viii, 2, 10, Sch. Ja, mfn. 'fire-born,' produced by slowness of digestion, dyspepsia. maruti, m., N. post which (of all the eight) is nearest the fire, SBr.
or in fire, AV. ; MaitrS. ; (as), m., N. of Vishnu, of Agastya, L. cf. agnimaruta.
; mitra, m., N. -shthika, f. a fire-pan [cf. -shtha'}. -shvattfc
Hariv. ; of a frothy substance on the sea (cf. -garbha), of a prince of the Suiiga dynasty, son of Pushyamitra, [in Epic and later texts -svaita~\, as, m. plur.

L.
'
janman, m. fire-bora,* Skanda, god of war. VP. m-indha (agnim-indhd), m. the priest who 'tasted by the funeral fire,' the Manes, RV. x, 15,

jara or -Jala, m.,N. of a frothy substance on the kindles the 162, 5.

fire, RV. i,
-mnkha (ani-\ 1 1 ; VS. ; SBr. ; in later texts N. of a class of

Jihva, mfn. having

'
mfn. having Agni for the mouth, SBr. m. a Manes (who on earth neglected the sacrificial
sea (cf. -garbha and -ja) L. t
; (as), fire),
6 agni-samskara. agha-marshana.
MBh. &c. samskara, m. the consecration of n. taking the sacred fire from its usual place (previous hara, m. royal donation of land to Brahmanj;
fire ; performance of any rite in which the application to a sacrifice). Agny-upasthana, n. worship of land or village thus given, lih. Agransa = tigra- M
of fire is essential, as the burning of a dead body,
Agni at the conclusion of the Agnihotra &c., SBr. thaga. Agransu, m. the end of a ray of light, the
Mn. ; Ragh. sakha, m. 'friend of fire,' the wind, Agny-edha, m. one who kindles the fire, VS. focal point. Agrakshan, n. a side-look, R. A-
L. samkasa (agni-), nifn. resplendent like fire, Agnika, as, m. a plant, probably Semecarpus graiignli, m. the finger-tip. Agradvan, mfn.
SBr. sajja, f. ? indigestion, Susr. samcaya, Anacardium ; a kind of serpent, Susr. an insect of ; having precedence in eating, RV. vi, 69, 6. Agra-
m. preparing the sacrificial fire-place ;
see -cayana. scarlet colour, Coccinella ; (am), n. the Acayou-nut, nika, n. the front of an army, vanguard, Mn. &c.
sambhava, mfn. produced from fire ; (as), rn. Susr. Agrayanlya, n. title of the second of the fourteen
wild safflower, L ;
= -jiira ; 'the result of digestion,' Agnisat, ind. to the state
(used in comp. of fire oldest ^but lost) Jaina books, called Purvas. Agra-
chyme or chyle, L. N. of a Tirtha,
- saras, n., with t/i.i-riund Jbhft, e.g. agnisdt kri, to reduce sana, mfn. eating before another (abl.), MsrkP.
VarP. sava, m. consecration of the fire, TS. ; to fire, to consume by fire), cf. bhasmasdt. Agrttsana, n. seat of honour. Agre-ga, &c.;
SBr. sahaya, m. 'friend of fire,' the wind; awild see dgre below. Agretvan, m((ari)n. going in
"W^P^ agman, a, n. conflict, battle, L.;
pigeon L. sakshika, mfn. taking Agni or the
; front, AV. Agrdpaharaniya, mfn. that which
domestic or nuptial fire for a witness, R. &c. sa- (connected with ajman, q. v.) has to be first or principally supplied, Susr.
kshika-maryada, mfn. one who taking Agni for WIT dgra, rafn. (fr. Vang, Un.), foremost, Agratas, incl. in front, before in the beginning, ;

a witness gives a solemn promise of first, RV. x, 90, 7 VS. (with gen.) before, in pre-
conjugal fidelity. anterior, prominent, projecting, chief, best, L.
first, ;
; ;

sada, m. weakness of digestion, Susr. sara, sence of. Agratah- v/ kri, to place in front or
supernumerary, L. (d), f. [scil. rekha] measure of
1 .
;

n. a medicine the a collyrium, L. sa- at the head, to consider most important. Agra-
for eyes, amplitude (i. e. the distance from the extremity of
varni, m., N. of a Manu, L. sinha, m., N. of the gnomon-shadow to the line of the equinoctial tah-sara, mf(f)n. going in front, taking the lead.
the father of the seventh black Vjsudeva, Jain. shadow), Suryas. ; (am), n. foremost point or part ;
Agrima, nifn. being in front, preceding, prior,

sutra, n. thread of fire ; a girdle of sacrificial furthest advanced

occurring further on or below (in
tip ; front ; uppermost part, top, summit, surface ;
;

grass put upon young Brahman at his investiture;

a
point and hence, figuratively, sharpness
; ; the near- a book, dgre) the foremost, RV. v, 44, 9 eldest,
cf. ; ;

I,. stambha, m.or-stambhana, n.the(magical) est end, the beginning the climax or best part goal,
; ; principal, L. (d), f. the fruit Annona Reticulata.
;

quenchingof fire. stoka, m. a particleof fire, spark. aim multitude, L. ; a weight, equal to a pala, L. ;
;
Agriya, mfn. foremost, principal, RV. ; oldest,
svatta, see -shvdttd. havana, n. a sacrificial a measure of food given as alms, L. (in astron.) the ; first-born, RV. i, 13, 10; (as), m. elder brother, L. ;

libation, Gaut. hut [VS.] or -Irata, mfn, sacrificed sun's amplitude ; (am), ind. in front, before, ahead (dm), n. the first-fruits, the best part, RV. iv, 37, 4
hotrl (agni-), m. having Agni for a and probably ix, 71, 4. - vat, mfn. f. vatl (scil.
by fire. of; (dgrena), ind. in front, before (without or ;

priest, RV. x, 66,

8. I. -hotra (agni-), mfn. with ace.), SBr.; (dgre), ind. in front, ahead of, ric}, N. of the hymn Rig-veda ix, 62, 25, quoted
sacrificing to Agni, AV. vi, 97,
I (), f. the cow ; in the beginning, first ; further on, subsequently, in LSty.

destined for the Agnihotra, SBr. ; AitBr. ; (agni- below (in a book) from up to (d), SBr.; before
;
Agriya, mfn. best, L. ; (as), m. elder brother, L.
hotri)-vatsd, m. her calf, SBr. 2. -hotra, n. AV.
(in time), AitUp. &c. [cf. Gk. aitpov]. -kara,
A'gre, ind. dgra. ga [RV. ix, 86, 45]
(loc.), see
&c. oblation to Agni (chiefly of milk, oil, and sour m. the fore part of the hand, finger first ray Sis. ; ;
or -gfa [TBr. &c.], mfn. going in front or before.

gruel ;
there are two kinds of Agnihotra, one is
kaya, m. the fore part of the body. ga, m. a gu, mfn. (said of the waters) moving forwards,
nitya, of constant obligation, the other .kdmya,
i. e. leader. ganya, mfn. to be counted or regarded as VS.; SBr. -ni, m. a leader, VS. -tana, mfn.
i. e. ; the sacred fire, Mn.
optional) Yijfi. &c. ; (ag- ; the foremost, principal. gamin, mfn. preceding, occurring further on, subsequently (in a book). da-
nihotra)-devata, f. the deity of the Agnihotra; taking the lead. grasika, f. the claim or right to dhus [MaitrS.] or -dadhlshu [KapS.] or -didhi-
-tvd, n. the state of the A., MaitrS. ; -sthdh, f. a the morsel, Pan. iii, 3, 1 1 1, Kas.
first ja (cf. -jd), Bhn [MBh. Gaut.], m. a man who at his first mar-
;

was married before (agre-di-

riage takes a wife that
pot used at the A., SBr. ; -kdvani, f. a spoon used mfn. bom
first or earlier ; (as), m. the first-born, an ;

at the A., SBr. ; AsvGr. ; -hiit, offering the A., elder brother, Mn. &c. ; a Brahman, VarBrS. &c.; (d), dhishu or -didhishu),f. a married woman whose elder
AV. ; -homa, m. a libation at the A., KstySr. ; f. an elder sister. jangha, f. the fore part of the unmarried.
sister is still pi [RV. iv, 34, 7 10] or &
agnihotrdyanin, mfn. one who offers only the A., leg,
the shin-bone, L. janman, m. the first-bom, -pu [VS. SBr.] mfn. having the precedence in drink-
; ,

KitySr. ; agnihotravrit, i. (see dvrit) the mere an elder brother ; a Brahman, Mn. ; Yajfi. &c. ; a ing. bhru(v^''O'),m. wandering in front, Pan.
A. without recitation of Vedic formulas, KstySr. ; member of one of the three highest castes, L. ; Brah- vi,4, 4O,Comm. vana,n. the border of a forest, (gana
agnihotrahutl [SBr., cf. dhuti] and agnihptreshti ma. Jit, mfn. first-born, RV. ix, 5, 9. jataka rdjadantadi, q.v.) vadha, m. hitting or killing
[KStySr., cf. ishti], f. a libation or offering at the or -jati, m. a Brahman, L. jihva, n. tip of the whatever is in front, VS. sara, mf (i) n. going in
A. agnihotrdcchishtd [SBr.] and agnihotrdcche- jya, f. sine of the amplitude, Suryas. front, preceding best, L. sarika, m. a leader, L.
tongue, VS.
; ;

shand [TS.], n. the remains of the A. hotrin, ni, mfn. taking the lead, foremost N.of an Agni, ;
Agrya, mf(o)n. foremost, topmost, principal, best ;

mfn. practising the Agnihotra, maintaining the sacri- -

MBh. niti (dgra-), f. the first offering, RV. ii, 1 1, proficient, well versed in (with loc.) ; intent, closely
ficial fire, SBr. &c. homa, m. oblation put into tirtha, m., N. of a attentive ; (as), m. an elder or eldest brother, L. ;
14. tas, ind.; see col. 3.
hvara, mfn. ? making a mistake = tri-phald, n. a roof, L. ta-
prince, MBh. q. v.
the fire, KstySr. datri, mfn. offering the best bits (a), f. ; (am),
in the fire-ceremonial, MaitrS. Agnidh, m. the
(to the gods), MBh. danin, m. a degraded Brah- pas, m., N. of a Muni, Kathas.
priest who kindles the fire, VS. SBr. AitBr. man who receives presents from SQdras,or takes things mfn.
=
; ;
[cf. ^HJ?l!I a-grabhand, (Vyrabh=V
agntdK\. Agnidhra, m. ( agni-bdhu), N. of previously offered to the dead, BrahmavP. didhi-
RV.
grab), having nothing which can be grasped,
two men. Agnindrati, m. du. Agni and India, VS. shii, m. = agre-didhishu, TBr. nakha, m. tip
i, 116, 5.
Agnlndhana.n. kindling or feeding the fire.Mn.&c. of a nail, R. ; cf. nakhdgra. nasika, f. tip of the A-graha, mfn. ^mukhya (Comm.), MBh. iii,
Agru-parjanyau, Voc. m. du. Agni and Parjanya, nose, R. cf. ndsikagra. nirupana, determin-
n.
14189; BR. propose to read agra-ha, destroying
;

RV. vi, 52, 1 6. Agni-varunau, m. du. Agni and ing beforehand, prophecy. parni, f.
cowage, Car- the best part (as), m. non-acceptance a houseless
; ;

Varuna, SBr. Agni-shoma or man, m. du. Agni popogon pa, mfn. drinking first, MBh.
Pruriens.
man, i. e. a Vanaprastha, a Brahman of the third
and Soma, RV. AV. VS. (agnishoma)-pranaya-
; ; ;
pani part of the hand
, in. fore the right hand, ;
class, L.
na, n. bringing out the fire and the Soma, a ceremony L. pada, m. fore part of the foot, Sis. puJS, not taking ; not holding (said of
mfn.
A-grahin, mfn.
in the Jyotishtoma sacrifice. Agnishonuya, f.
highest act of reverence, R. peya, n. preced- a leech and of tools), Susr.
related or sacred to Agni and (ag- Soma, AV. &c. ; ence in drinking, AitBr. pradayin, mm. offering A-grahya, mfn.not to be conceived or perceived
nishomiya)-nirvdpa, m. making libations with the first, MBh. prasirna, mfn. broken at the top, or obtained or admitted or trusted to be rejected. ;
cake sacred to Agni and Soma, a ceremony in the SBr. by a, mfn. (said of plants) propagated by
A-grShyaka, mfn. not to be perceived, impal-
Darsapiirnamasa sacrifice ; -pasu, m. a victim, gene- m. a viviparous bhaga (or
pable, MBh.
cuttings ; (as), plant.
rally a sheep or goat, sacred to Agni and Soma ; agrdnsa), m. fore part ; (in astron.) degree of am-
n. the rite connected with that WillW) a-gramya, mfn. not town-
plitude; L L
-pasv-anushthana, bhuj, mfn. having the precedence in rustic,
victim at the Jyotishtoma sacrifice -purtufdia, m. ;
eating, TAr. ; N. of the sun, MBh. bhB, mfn. made ; not tame, wild.
cake sacred to Agni and Soma (baked in eleven
being at the top, at the head of. bhumi, f. a goal,
^ffff agri, m. a word invented for the ex-
bowls) -ydga, m. one of the three sacrifices of
; L. ; the top-floor (of a house), Megh. mahishi,
the POrnamasa; agnishomiy&kadasa-kapdla, m. f.the principal queen, R.; Jain. manna, n. the planation of agni, SBr.
cake sacred to Agni and Soma, see above. Agny- heart, L.; morbid protuberance of the liver. yana,
^nj dgru, us, m. unmarried, RV. v, 44, 7 &
agara [SBr. &c.] or -agara, m. house or place for n. stepping in front to defy the enemy. yayin, a virgin, RV. ; AV. nom.
AV.
m. absence
vii, 96, 4 ; ; (u), f. ;

keeping the sacred fire. Agrny-abliava, mm. going before, taking the lead ; (f), m. a leader, pi. agriivas, poetical N. of the ten fingers, RV. ; and
or want of the sacred fire ; loss of appetite. Agny- SSk. ySvan, mfn. going before, RV. x, 70, 2. also of the seven rivers, RV. i, 191, 14 &
iv, 19,
arcis, f. or n. flame, SBr. Agny-Sg&ra, see yodhin, m. the foremost man or leader in a fight ;
7 ; cf. Zend aghru.
agny-agdrd. Agny-atmaka, mf(ikd)n. having a champion. lohltS, f. a kind of vegetable, similar
nature. Agny-adhana or vaktra, n., N. of a surgical in- agh, cl. 10. P. aghayati, to go
Agni's [KaushBr.] to the spinage. -U^i
-adh^ya [AV. ; Mn. &c.], n. placing the fire on strument, Susr. vat (dgra-), mfn. being at the \
wrong, sin, L.
the sacrificial fire-place ; the.ceremony of preparing
top, TS. saa, ind. from the beginning, AV. Agha, mfn. bad, dangerous, RV. sinful, impure, ;

the three sacred fires Ahavanlya &c.; (agnyddheya)-

saxndhani, f. the register of human actions (kept BhP. (as)j m., N. of an Asura, BhP. ; (dm), n.
;

devatd, f. the deity of the Agnyidheya ceremony, by Yama), L. sandhya, f. early down. sara, evil, mishap, RV.; AV.; sin, impurity, Mn. &c.;
ParGr. ; -rupd, n. form or shape of the A., SBr. ; mf (i) n. going in front, taking the lead. sanu, m. pain, suffering, L. ; (as), f. pi. the constellation
-iarkara, as, f. plur. (figuratively) bad performance the front part of a table-land, L. sara, f. a short usually called MaghS, RV. x, 85, 13. -krit, mfn.
of the A., SBr. ; -hauls, n. an oblation at the A., method ofcounting immense numbers. sucl.f. point doing evil or harm, an evil-doer, AV. ghna or
SBr. Agny-Uaya, m. = agny-agdrd. Agny- of a needle, Naish. sena, m., N. of Janamejaya's -nasaka, mfn. sin-destroying, expiatory; (as),
ahlta, m. one who has performed the AgnySdhSna, son. hasta, m. = -pani; the tip of an elephant's m. 'an expiator,' N. of Vishnu. deva, m., N. of
'
R. &c. Ajny-utpSta, m. a fiery portent, Car. ; trunk, Vikr. finger, R. hayana, m. 'commence-
;
a man, RSjat. -marshana, mfn. sin-effacingj'
a conflagration, ParGf. Agny-utsadin, mfn. one ment of the year,' N. of a Hindu month (Mdrga- N. of a particular Vedic hymn [RV. x, 190] still used
who leu the sacred fire go out. Agny-nddharana, iirsha, beginning about the 1 2th of November). by BrShmans as a daily prayer, Mn. YSjfi. Gaut. ; ; ;
 agha-mara. ahgdhgi-bhava.
(as), m., N. of the author of that prayer, son of Ma- side to decide a
battle, B.llar.; ahkakarT-i/i.kri, agree to, assent, promise, confess.
dhucchandas (plur.) his descendants, Hariv. AsvSr.
; ; to choose such a
krlta, mfn.
champion, Bilar.
tantra, n., agreed to, promised.
mara, mfn. fearfully destructive, AV. krltl, f. agreement, promise.
nid, N. of a book
treating of magical marks or figures.
mfn. 'howling fearfully,' N. of certain female demons, 2-
dharapa, f. manner of holding the body, figure, anga, am, n. ( \/am, Un.), a limb of
AV. vat, mfn. sinful [voc. aghavan or aghos, AsvSr. the body a limb, member the body a subordinate
;
parivartana, n. turning the body, turn- ; ; ;

q. v.] visha (agkd-), mf(a)n. fearfully venomous, ing on the other side. - pSda-vrata, n., N. of a division or department,
especially of a science, as the
AV. sansa (agAd-), mfn. wishing evil, wicked, chapter in the Bhavishyottara-Purana. -pall, f. six
Vedaiigas ; hence the number six ; N. of the chief
RV.; TBr. -sansa-han, m. slaying the wicked, or -palika, sacred texts of the Jainas ; a limb or subdivision of
f.
embracing, an embrace, I,. p51i, f.
RV. sansin, mfn. confessing sin, R. Das. ha- an embrace; a nurse, Mantra or counsel (said to be five, viz. I. karma-
L.; the plant (Firing) Medi-
;

rana, n. removal of guilt, L. hara, m. an out- cago Esculenta. pasa, m. a peculiar concatenation ndm drambkSpayah, means of commencing opera-
rageous robber, SV. AV. Agh&'sva, mfn having ; . of numerals or numbers. - tions 2.
purusha-dravya-sampad, providing men
pasa-vyavahara, m. ;

a bad or vicious horse, RV. i, 1 1 6, 6 ; (ds) the use of that concatenation. and materials
[accord- pasadhyaya, 3. desa-kdla-vibhaga, distribution
;

NBD. fr. agka + \/svas~], m., N. of a snake,

ing to m. the study of that concatenation. of place and time ;
4. vipatti-pratikdra, counter-
AV. Aghasura, m. Agha, Kapsa's general, BhP. bandha, m.
with a mark (that resembles a headless action of disaster 5. kdrya-siddhi, successful ac-
branding ;

Aghahan, n. inauspicious day, S.inkhSr. Aghaii- body), YjjH. -bhaj, mfn. (an infant) carried on complishment ; whence mantra is said to be paft-
gha-marshana, mfn. destroying a whole mass of the hip c&nga) any subdivision, a supplement ; (in Gr.) the
;

sins.
^(forced fruit) nearly ripe, early ripe, Kir.; base of a word, but in the
near one's side, in one's
possession, close at hand, strong cases only, Pan. i,
Aghala, mf(a)n. fearful, AV. SBr. SSnkhBr. ; ; easy of attainment, -mukha, n. introductory act 4. '3 X 11- 1 anything inferior or secondary, anything
Agliaya, Nom. P. aghdydti (part.>dV), to intend of a drama a clue to the whole plot. immaterial or unessential,
xtanga-td; (in rhetoric)
giving lodya,
to injure, to threaten, RV. AV. m. ginger, Cificoda or Cincotaka. an illustration ; (in the drama) the whole of the sub-
; vidyS, f. science
of numbers, arithmetic. ordinate characters ; an expedient a mental organ,
Aghayii, mfn. intending to injure, malicious, RV. Ankanka, n. water, VS. ;

AnkavatSra, m. the close of a dramatic act the mind, L. ; (as), m. or m. N. of

&c. (pre- sg. (as), pi.,
paring the ,-udience for the following one). Bengal proper or its inhabitants; (sg.), N. of a king
a-ghatamdna, mfn. incongruous, Ankati, is, m. wind, L. ; fire, L. ; Brahma, L. of Aiiga (mfn.), having members or divisions, L. ;
;
;
incoherent. a Brahman who maintains the sacred fire, L. N. contiguous, L. kartana, n. cutting off a limb.
;

a-ghana, mfn. not dense or solid. of a teacher of the Sama-veda. karman, n. or -kriya, f. a sacri- supplementary
Ankana, am, n. the act of marking, stamping, ficial act. kashaya, m. the essence of the
body
a-gharma, mfn. not hot, cool. dha-
branding, ciphering, writing ; (mfn.1, marking. (said of the semen virile), SBr. graha, m. 'limb-
, m. 'having cool splendour,' the moon. A'nkas, as, n. a curve or bend, RV. iv, 40, 4 ; cf. seizure,' spasm, Susr. ja, mfn. produced from or
Gk. on the body ornamental, L. produced
d-ghata, m. no injury, no damage, cfyfos. ;
by a supple- ;

TBr. Ankasa, am, n. the flanks or the trappings of a mentary ceremony; (as), m. a son, L.; hair of the
horse, RV. iv, 40, 3. head, L. the god of love, L.
;
intoxicating pas- ;
A-ghatln, mfn. not fatal, not injuriou's, harmless. L.
Ankita,mfh.marked,branded;nurnbered,counted, sion, ; drunkenness, L.
a disease, L.;
(a), f. a;
A'-ghatnka, mfn. not injurious, MaitrS.
calculated. daughter; (am), -janus, m. a son.
n. blood,
mfn. from or on
a-ghdr(n, mfn. not anointing, AV. Aikin, mfn. possessing a hook, RV. iii, 45, 4; jata, produced the body ; orna-
AV. &c. ; (f), m. a small drum, L. ; (int), f. a num- mental ; produced by a
supplementary ceremony.
f
a-ghdsaka, mfn. without food or ber of marks, (gana khaladi, q. mfn. causing fever, AV.
J vara, 15, f. or -tva,
v.)
provisions. Anki, f. a small drum, L. n. a state of subordination or dependance the
;

T&1&S a-ghriya, mfn. incompassionate. Anknta and ankudaka, as, m. a key, L. being of secondary importance, the being unessential.
Ankupa, am, n. water/VS. da, m., N. of a brother of Rama ; of a son of
A-ghrinln,mfn. not contemptuous, not disdainful.
Gada ; of an ape, son of Balin ; (a), f. the female
Ankara, as, m. a sprout, shoot, blade a swell-
wfk d-ghora, mfn. not terrific; (as), m. ing, a tumour, Susr. ;
a hair, L. ; blood, L. ;
;

water, L.
elephant of the south ; (am), n. a bracelet worn on
a euphemistic title of Siva ; a worshipper of Siva and the upper arm. dvipa, m. one of the six minor
Ankuxaka, as, m. a nest, L.
Durga ; (a), (. the fourteenth day of the dark half of Dvlpas. nySsa, m. ceremony of touching certain
Anknrlta, mfn. sprouted.
Bhadra, which is sacred to Siva. ghoratara, parts of the body. pall, f. an embrace, L. see
Anknsa, as, am, m. n. a hook, especially an ele- - prayascitta,
;

mfn. having a form both not and terrific, terrific ahka-pdli. expiation of bodily n.
phant-driver's hook ; (a) or (i), f. one of the twenty-
MaitrS. ghora-rnpa, m. 'having a form or nature impurity, especially that arising from death in a family.
four Jaina goddesses, L. [cf. Gk. dyKiarpoy ; Germ.
both not terrific and terrific,' N. of Siva, MBh. bb.5, m. son, Sis. bheda, mfn. causing rheuma-
Anger]. graha, m. an elephant-driver. dur- -mar
da or -mar dak a or -mardln,
cakshua (dghora-), mfn. not having an evil eye, tism, AV.
dhara, m. a restive elephant. m. a servant who shampoos his master's body ;
RV. x, 85, 44. -pathin or -marga, m. a par- ahga-
ticular sect of Saivas who eat loathsome food and are
Anknslta, mfn. urged on by the hook. marda also rheumatism, Car. marslia, m. pain in
addicted to disgusting practices. Ankusin, mm. having a hook, laying hold of with the limbs, rheumatism. marsha-praaamana,
pramana, n. a
terrific oath, L.
a hook, RV. x, 34, 7. n. alleviation of rheumatism. m-ejayatva (iiri-
Airkuyat, mfn. (fr. a Nom. aiitiiya, related to gam-ef"), n. the trembling of the body, Yogas.
wtfta a-ghosha, as, m. (in Gr.) 'non-so- ahka), moving tortuously (to escape), R V. vi, 1 5, 1 7. yashtl, f. a slender form, fairy-figure. yaga, m.
nance, absence of all sound or soft murmur,' hard AnkSra, as, m. a sprout, L. See aiitura. a subordinate sacrificial act. rakta, m. the plant
articulation or effort as applied to the hard conso- rakshani or -rakshim, f. 'body-
Anknsha, as, am, m. n. an ichneumon, Un. GundSrqcanl.
nants and Visarga; (mfn.), soundless, hard the Comm. cf. angusAa. protector,' a coat of mail, L. raga, m. application
(as ;

hard consonants). of unguents or cosmetics to the body (especially after

Ankya, mfn. fit or proper to be marked or counted ;

(as), m. a small drum [cf. ankf], L. bathing); scented cosmetic. rSj or -raja, m., N. -
w*TU^ aghos, ind.,voc. ofagha-vat,O sin-
of Karna, king of Anga. rajya, n. kingdom of
ner ! Pan. viii, 3, 1, Sch. see also Pan. viii, 3, 1 7 seqq. 'H^-K ankara, as, m. ? diminution in
;
Aiiga. rnna, mfn. 'growing on the body,' hair,
VHi^d-ghnat, mf (ati) n. ( Vhan), not kill- music, L. wool, down, &c. lipi.f. written character of Anga.
not injurious, RV. nnkota, ankotha, ahkola, ankolla, an- loka, m. the country Anga. lodya, m. a sort
ing, W|jte of grass; ginger, or its root. -
A'-ghnya (2, 3) or a-ghnya m. 'not to kolaka, as, m. the plant Alangium Hexapetalum.
vak-pani-mat,mfn.
(a, 3), mind (?),
be killed,' a bull, and a cow, RV.; AV.; Ankolla-sara, m. 'essence of Ankolla,' a poison possessing speech, and hands, -vikriti,
(a, a), f.
f.
change of bodily appearance, collapse ; fainting,
(aghnya), said of a cloud, RV. x, 46, 3. prepared from the plant Ankolla, &c.
apoplexy. vikshepa, m. gesticulation ; movement
WMM a-ghreya,mfn.(Vghrd), improper to VI f;) (pi* ankolikd, I f. (a corruption of ah- of the limbs and arms ; a kind of dance. - vidya,
be smelled at, Mn. ka-pdlika, q. v.), an embrace, L. f.
knowledge of lucky or unlucky marks on the
body, Chiromantia, Mn. vi, 50, &c. vaikrita,
a nk, cl. i. (connected with Vane) ind. p. (Vailj), having be-
V^>~rt anktvd, n. a wink, nod, sign. sas, ind. into parts, SBr.
J. A. ankate,anahke, ahki$hyate,ahkitum, smeared, PSn. vii, a, 62, Sch. - samskara, m. or -samskriya, f. embellisTiment
to move
in a curve, L. ; cl. lo.Y.ahkayati, to move 10. P. (p. ankhaydt), to stir
cl.
of person, bathing, perfuming and adorning the
body.
in a curve, L. ; to mark, stamp, brand. j ankh, sarnhati, f. compactness of limb, symmetry of
up, mix, SBr.
Aika, as, m. a hook, RV. i, 162, 13, &c. ; part body. - aamhltfi, f. the SamhitS or phonetic re-
of a chariot (used in the dual), TS. TBr. ; a curve ; ^Jri ofyi A.i. P. angati,ananga,angi- lation between consonants and vowels in the
body
;
* of a word, TS. Prat. '
the curve in the human, especially the female, figure *% turn, to go (cf. */ag) ; cl. 10. P. anga- sanga, m. bodily contact,"
above the hip (where infants sitting astride are
yati, to mark (cf. /an&), L. coition, L: skandha, m. a subdivision of a science.
^carried by mothers, hence often = 'breast' or 'lap'); ' sparsa, m. bodily contact, -hara [Kathas.] or
Angana, am, n. walking, L. ; place to walk in,'
the side or flank ; the body proximity, place the
; ;
see s. v.
-hSri [L.], m. gesticulation. hlna, mfn. limbless,
yard ;
bend in the arm ; any hook or crooked instrument ;
mutilated incorporeal
; (as), m. Kamadeva. An-
;

a curved line ; a numerical figure, cipher a figure ;

W^f i. ahgd, ind. a particle implying at- gaigl, ind. jointly or reciprocally, related as one
or mark branded on an animal, &c. ; any mark, line, tention, assent or desire, and sometimes impatience ; limb to another or to the body. Angangl-tS, f.
stroke, ornament, stigma ; a number ; the numbers
it may be rendered by well ; indeed, true ; please ; mutual relation or correlation as between the limbs,
one and nine ; a co-efficient ; an act of a drama ; a rather ; quick ; kirn anga, how much rather I or a limb and the body, or between subordinate and
drama ;
a military show or sham-fight a misdeed, ; Angi (for anga in comp. with ^l.kri and its the principal, or principal and accessory. Angangl-
a sin, L. [cf. Gk. a-jxas, d-vKoAij, a-jxiiv, Syncs, and derivatives), karana, n. act of taking the side of, bhava, m. correlation between the limbs of a body ;
Lat. uncus]. karana, n. the act of marking or assenting, agreeing, promising. kfira, m. agree- the mutual relation or correlation of the different

stamping. kfira, m. a champion chosen by each ment, promise. -/Lkrl, to take the side of; to limbs or members of anything, as in a simile or com-
8 angddhipa. a-cinta.

parison between the principal parts or features

of any Angiras, iis, m., N. of a Rishi, author of the Angha (not in use, but equivalent to aghd), evil,
object and those of the thing compared to it. An- hymns of RV. ix, of a code of laws, and of a sin, L. Anghari, m. 'an enemy to sin or evil,' N.
gadhlpa, in. Karna, the king of Aiiga. Anganu- treatise on astronomy (he is said by some to have of a celestial guard of the Soma, VS. [blazing, T.]
kula, mfn. agreeable to the body, Megh. Ahga- been born from Brahml's mouth, and to have been Ahghas, n. sin, Hariv.

nulepana, anointing the body.

n. Angapnrva, the husband of Smfiti, of Sraddhl, of two daughters Anghri, a foot ; foot of a scat ; the root
is, in.

n. cflect of a secondary sacrificial act, L. Angsvara, of Maitreya, of several daughters of Daksha, &c. he ;
of a tree anfirf].
[cf. namaka, m. or -naman,
m. the king of Anga. Ange-shthS, mfn. situated is considered as one of the seven Rishis of the first n, a synonym of ahghri, means always foot as well

in a member or in the body, AV. Angoncha, m. Manvantara, as a PrajJpati, as a teacher of the Brah- as root, pa, m. (drinking with the foot or root),
or angonchana, n. a towel, L. mavidyS, which he had learnt from SatyavSha, a de- a tree. parnj or -valli or -vallika, f. the plant

Angaka, am, n. a limb, member, body (**a), ;

scendant of Bharadvaja, &c. Among his sons, the Hedysarum Lagopodioides. pana, mfn. sucking
f. a bodice, a jacket, L. chief is Agni, others are Samvarta, Utathya, and the foot or toes (as an infant), L. ikandlia, m.
Ahgin, mfn. having limbs, corporeal, having sub- Brihaspati ; among his daughters are mentionnd Sini- the ancle.
ordinate parts, principal ; having expedients. vall, K nl in. Raka, Anumati, and AkupJrl ; but the i.ac (connected with Vatic, q.v.),
Ricas or Vedic hymns, the manes of Havishmat, and ipiu ^i
Angiya, mfn. relating to the Anga country, (gana Ncl. i. P. A. dfati, dacati, te, ananca,
mankind are styled his offspring. In astronomy
itself
gahadi, q. v.)
ce, to go, move, tend ;
to honour to make round or
Angya (3), mfn. belonging to the limbs, RV. i, he is the planet Jupiter, and a star in Ursa Major) ;
;

curved to request, ask, L. ;

to speak indistinctly,
N. of Agni, MBh. (asas), m. pi. descendants of
;

191,7. ;
L. See 3. atita, dcishtu.
See ahgcma. Angiras or of Agni (mostly personifications of lumi-
I
angana, am, n. nous objects) the hymns of the Atharva-veda, TS. 2. ac, a technical term for all the
; ; ^f\
angati, is, m. (Vag), fire, L. ;
a priests who by using the magical formulas of those vowels, Pin. Aj-anta. mfn. ending in a vowel.

BrJhman who maintains a sacred fire, L. ; BrahmS, hymns protect the sacrifice against the effects of in- 'W^'ili a-cakrd, mfn. having no wheels;
L. Vishnu, L. ahkaii. auspicious accidents. tama (dhgiras-), mfn. hav-
moving by itself, RV.
cf.
; ; not wanting wheels, i. e.
ing the luminous quality of the Angirasas in the
^Tg^ angana, am,n. v/a#,q.v.),the act highest degree, said of Agni and of Ushas,
RV. ^f^TSp^ a-cakskus, us, n. a bad eye, no
(

of walking, L. place to walk in, yard, court, area ;

ind. like Angiras,
;
vat, RV.; VS.; (dngiras-vat), eye ; (mfn.), blind. A-cakahur-vishaya, mfn. not
(d), f. 'a woman with well-rounded limbs/ any mfn. connected with or accompanied by the Angi- or no longer within reach of the eyes, invisible.
woman or female (in astron.) Virgo ;
the female
;
rasas, RV. ; VS. Acakshush-tva, .n. blindness.
a number
elephant of the north. Angana-gana, m. Anglrasa, as, m. an enemy of Vishnu in his in- A-cakshushka, mfn. destitute of eyes, SBr. xiv;
of women. Aigana-jana, m. a female person. carnation of Parasurima. blind.
Angana-priya, m. 'dear to women,' N. of the tree Angirasam-ayana, am, n. a Sattra sacrifice.
jonesia Asoca. ^T^?!J a-canda, mfn. not of a hot temper,
n. a yard, court, area. angt. See I. anga. tractable a tractable cow.
Angana, am, gentle, ; (i), (.

angabha, m. a kind of rice, L. anguri, is, or anguri [L.], f. (for ^T^rjt. a-catura,
mfn. destitute of four,
m. dried fruit, L. anguli, q. v.),
a finger, AV. ;
a toe ; (cf. an-ahgvrl, having less than four ; not cunning, not dexterous.
aitjava, as,
pancahguri, sv-ahgurl.) a-candra, mfn. moonless.
s, as, n. (Vahj, Un.), a bird, L. Angurlya or yaka, as, am, m. n. a finger-

a-capala,m(n. not oscillating, not

.
dngara, as, m., (rarely) am, n.(Vag ring.
wavering, not fickle unmovable, steady.
WJfc5 ahgula, as, m. ( Vag orang),& finger;
;
or ahg, Un., cf. agni), charcoal, either heated or not
A-capalya, am, n. freedom from unsteadiness.
heated ; (as}, m. the planet Mars ; N. of a prince of the thumb a finger's breadth, a measure equal to
the Maruts, Hariv. ; the plant Hitivali ; (as), m. pi.,
;

a vitasti
WMt a-cara or d-carat [RV.], mfn. im-
eight barley-corns, twelve angulas making
N. of a people and country, VP. [cf. Lith. angli-s ; or span, and twenty-four a hasta or cubit ; (in astron. ) movable.
Russ. iigolj ; also Germ. Kohle ; Old Germ, col and or twelfth part ; N. of the sage Cinakya, L.
a digit, ^T^I,H d-carama, mfn. not last, not least ;
cola; Eng. coat\. kSrin and -krit [Hpar.],m. measure or length of
n. the
pramana or -mana, RV. v, 58, 5.
said of the Maruts,
charcoal-burner. knshthaka, m. the plant Hit5- an angula ; (mfn.), having the length of an angula.
vall. dhani or -dnSnika, f. a portable fire-place.
Angulaka, ifc. = angula, i. e. so many angulas W^cR a-carmdka, mfn. having no skin,
paripacita, n. roasted food. parna, m., N. or fingers long. TS.
of Citraratha, chief of the Gandharvas, MBh. ; (i), (. a
Angull, is, (orangult), finger ; a toe ; the W*T55 a-cala, mf(a)n. not moving, immov-
f. Clerodendron Siphonanthus. patri, f. a port- thumb the the finger-like tip of an ele-
great toe ;
a mountain, rock ; a bolt or pin ; the
(as), m.
;
able
able fire-place. puhpa, m. the plant Ingudi phant's trunk; the measure angula. tor ana, n. ;

number seven N. of Siva and of the first of the

(Vulg. Ingua). manjarl or -manji, f. the shrub a sectarial mark on the forehead consisting of three
;
'
'

vallari or -valli, nine deified persons, called white Balas among the
Cesalpinia Banducella. f.
(va- or lines shaped like an arch or doorway (to- the earth ; one
Jainas ; of a Devarshi, VP. ; (a), f.
fingers
rious plants), Galedupa Arborea ; Ovieda Verticallata ;
drawn with sandal or the ashes of cow-dung.
of the ten degrees which are to be ascended by a
Gunji. - sakatl, f. a portable fire-place
riinii},
BhJrgt ;
tra,n. a finger-protector, a contrivance like a
Bodhisattva before becoming a Buddha. kila, f.
on wheels. setn, m., N. of a prince, father of thimble (used by archers to protect the thumb or
GandhSra. Angaravak shay ana, n. an instru- the earth. tvish, m. the Kokila or Indian cuckoo.
finger from being injured by the bowstring), R. &c. ; dnriti, f. a metre of four lines, of sixteen short
ment for extinguishing coals, SBr. xiv.
trana, n. = -tra, R.
-vat, mfn. provided with it. -pura, n., N.
called Gltyaryi.
Angaraka, m. charcoal heated charcoal the syllables each, also
as, ; ;
mukha or angull-mxikha, n. the tip of the of a town, Jain. bhratri, m., N. of a BrShman
planet Mars ; Tuesday N. of a prince of Sauvlra ; ;
mudra
or -mudrikS, f. a seal-ring.
finger, Sis. from Oude, who became one of the eleven heads of
of a Rudra ; of an Asura, KathSs. N. of two plants, ;
n. snapping or cracking the fingers.
motana, Ganas among the Jainas. matt, m., N. of a
Eclipta (or Verbesina) Prostrata, and white or yellow veshtaka, m. or -veshtana, n. a glove (?).
Amaranth ; (am), n. a medicated oil in which tur- MSraputra. sreshtha, m. chief of mountains.
shanga, m. contact of the fingers ; act of finger- Acaladhipa, m. 'king of mountains,' the Hima-
meric and other vegetable substances have been boiled.
ing ; (mm.), sticking to the fingers. samdeoa, m. Acala-saptami, f., N. of a book in the
dina, m. n. a festival of Mars on the fourteenth laya.
snapping or cracking the fingers as a sign. spho-
of the latter half of Caitra. man!, m. coral (am- tana, n. or the An* Bhavishyottara-PurSna.
snapping cracking fingers.
ber). vara, m. Tuesday.
gnll-pancaka, n. the five fingers. Anguli- a-cdru, mfn. not pretty, Pan.
Angarakita, mfn. charred, roasted, burnt, (gana
Anguli^sambhiita,
parvan, n. a fiager-joint.
a-etf, mfn. without understanding,
t&rakadi, q. v.) m. 'produced on the finger," a finger nail. Anguly-
Ahgari.iV, f. a portable fire-place,. L. RV. ; irreligious, bad,
RV. ; (the NBD. suggests to
agra, n. the tip of the finger, SBr. Angaly-adl take a-clt as a
'
;' Siy. sometimes
Angarika, f. the stalk of the sugar-cane ; the bud f. not-knowledge
(ahgult-), a gana of Pin. (v, 3, 108). '
of the Kinsuka or Butea Frondosa. explains by Vd, neglecting the Agnicayana, irre-
An guliy a or angnliy aka, am, n. a finger-ring ;
Ang&rlta, mfn. charred, roasted, (gana tJrakiidi, ligious;') a-cit,
f. not-spirit, matter, Sarvad.
' 1 also ahgulika, L. A-cikitvas, an, us In, not knowing, ignorant
q. v.) ; burnt, a kind of food not to be accepted by m. the thumb
the great toe ;
at,
Angiishtha,as, ;
RV.
Jaina ascetics, Jain. ; (a), (. a portable fire-place, a thumb's breadth, usually regarded as equal to an
of, i, 164, 6.
L. a bud, L. ; N. of a creeper, L. ; of a river, L. ;
;
A-citta, mm. unnoticed, unexpected ; not an ob-
angula. mfitra,mf(l)n. or-m&traka, mf(ikif)n. inconceivable, RV. ; destitute of
(am), n. the early blossom of the Kinsuka. ject of thought;
having the length or size of a thumb. -pajas and -manai
Aig&rin, mfn. heated by the sun, though no longer Angnshthika, f., N. of a shrub.
intellect or sense, (dcitta-),

exposed toits rays, VarBrS. [generally f.(pi)> sc '''^> m., N. of two Rishis, MaitrS.; KJth.
the region just left by the sun] ; N. of a creeper.
Angnshthya, as, m. belonging to the thumb (the A'-cittl, is, f. want of sense, infatuation, RV. ;
thumb nail). an infatuated wan, RV.
AngSriya, mfn. fit for making charcoal, Pin. v, AV. ; (figuratively said of)
I, 1 2, Sch.
<(
angiisha, as, m. (Vang or ag), 'mov- iv, 3, ii ;
VS.
AngaryS, f. a heap ofcharcoal, (gana/ai&ft, q.v.)
ing rapidly,' an ichneumon ;
an arrow. 1. d-cita, mfn. not heaped up.
'
See ahgaka.
angikd. ahgoshin, mfn. resonant (?), 2. acita, mfn. (Vac), gone, L.
angir, ir, m. (Vang, Un.), N. of a praiseworthy (?),' N. of the Soma, SV. Acisntu, mfn. moving, VS.
Rishi, who received the BrahmavidyS from Athar- dngya. See col. i. wfacf a-citrd, mfn. not variegated, un-
van, and imparted te SatyavSha, the teacher of
(dm), n. undistingjiishableness, dark-
it
atffh, cl. i . A. ahghate, anahghe, distinguishable ;

Angiras, MundUp. ness, RV. iv, 51, 3 & vi, 49, ii.
j;nglra,<jj, m. = dhgiras, RV. i, 83, 4&iv, 51,
to go, set out, set about, commence, L.;
f.
4; MBh. Y JjS. ; ; (cf. Gk. &fyt\os and dfyapos.) to hasten, L. ;
to speak hastily, blame, L. a-cintd, thoughtlessness.
 a-cintita. 9
ajana.
A-cintlta, mfn. not thought of, unexpected, di without break from first to last. kanda, n., N. '
or prince,
(gana hiru-SJi, q. v.) midha or
regarded. of a chapter of the Acchi-
Taittiriya-Brahmana. -nulha, m., N. of a son of Suhotra (author of some
A'-ointya, infn. inconceivable, surpassing though drdti, mfn. affording perfect protection, RV. i, 145,
MaitrS. &c. ; (as), m., N. of Siva.
Vedic hymns, RV. iv, 43
44) of a grandson of & ;
karman, mfi 3. A'cchidrddhui, f. (a cow) having a faultless Suhotra; of Yudhishjhira.
performing inconceivable actions. rupa, mfn. hav
mnkha, mfn. goat-
udder, RV. x, 133, 7. faced ; _(t), (., N. of a RSkshasi. -
ing an inconceivable form.
mern, N. of a
A'-cchidyamana, mfn. uncut, uncurtailed, AV. ; place, Ajmlr (?). moda, m. or -mods or -modi-
not fragile RV.
a-cira, mfn. not of long duration
; (a needle), ii, 32, 4. ka, f. 'goat's delight,' N. of various plants, common
brief; instantaneous, recent ; (am, at, ma), ind. no A'-cchinna, mfn. uncut, uncurtailed, uninjured ; Carroway, the species called Ajwaen (Ligusticum
undivided, inseparable. pattra (dcchinna-),
long, not for long ; not long ago ; soon, speedily Ajwaen), a species of Parsley, Apium Involucratum.
(a), f. the mother of the Jaina saint Santi. mf(/z)n. (said of goddesses, of a bird, of an altar shaped rshabha (risk}, m. a he-goat, SBr. lam-
dyut
or -prabha, f. lightning. prasuta, f. havin - ' like a bird),
having the wings uncurtailed, uninjured, bana, n. antimony. loman, m. or -loml, f.
'
RV. VS.; having uninjured leaves, VS.
recently brought forth, a cow that has recently cal ve< i, 23, II;
Cowage, Carpopogon Pruriens ; (d), n. goat's hair,
bhas, pariia, mfn. having uninjured leaves, AV. SBr. &c. vaati, m., N. of arribe,(gana^/-!j^Ay-aa'
f.
lightning, Sak. mrita, mfn. recentl
deceased. rocia, f. or aciransu, in. or acirabha A-cchedika, mfn. not fit or needing to be cut, and sub/iradi, q.v.); (ayas), m.
pi. the members
f.
Pin. vi, 2, 155, Sch. of that tribe, (gana yaskadi, - vaha, m.,
lightning. q. v.)
A-cchedya, mfn. improper or impossible to be N. of a district, -vlthi, f.
'
dcishtu. See 2. acita. 'goat's road,' N. of one
cut, indivisible. of the three divisions of the southern
path, or one of
the three paths in which the sun, moon, and
I
a-cetana,mfn. without conscious a-cchupta, f., N. of one of the six- planets
inanimate move, comprehending the asterisms mula, piirva-
ness, ; unconscious, insensible, senseless, teen VidySdevls of the Jamas.
&c. shajha, and uttarashatfha. irlngi, f. 'goat's
fainting,
horn,' the shrub Odina Wodier, used as a charm and
A-cetas, mfh. imprudent, RV. ; unconscious, in wa^lVqiT acchurika or accAurt, f. discus,
as for sore eyes, AV. (its fruit resembles a
sensible. wheel, BhP. a^remedy
A'-cetana, mfn. thoughtless, infatuated, goat's horn). stunda, n., N. of a town, Pan.
RV. vi vi,

4.7- TSjpT d-cyuta ora-cyufa'.mfn. not fallen;

* *S5- ha, f.
=a-ja4d, q.v. the plant Alkusi,
;

firm, solid imperishable, permanent ; not leaking

T. A.ia-kripamya, mfn. like the goat and shears
A-caitanya, am, n. unconsciousness ; insensi
;

or dripping in the fable, Pjn. v,

bility ; senselessness, want of spirituality; that whicl (as), m., N. of Vishnu ; of Krishna
;
; 3, 106, Sch. Aja-kshlra, n.
of a physician ; the plant Morinda Tinctoria N. of goat's milk, SBr. &c. cf. aja-kshtrd. Aja-g-ala,
is destitute of consciousness, matter. ;
;

a gift to Agni, SBr. -kshit, m. m. goat's neck. Ajagala-stana, m. nipple or

'having solid
W^H a-ceshta,mfn. effortless, motionless ground,' N. of Soma, VS. - cyut, mfn. shaking firm fleshy protuberance on the neck of goats, an emblem
of motion from fainting, &c. of of any useless or worthless object or
the Indra), RV.
ta, f. loss objects (said thunderer person. AjS-
(said ;
'
/ of a drum), AV. Ja, as, m. pi. a class of Jaina Jiva, m. who lives by goats,' a goat-herd. AjS-
'enrfan^a-co<fa'<,mfn.(v CM<i), not driving deities.jallakin, m., N. of a commentator of the tanlvali, m., N. of a Muni who lived on the milk
or impelling, RV. v, 44, 2. of goats (an example of
Amara-Kosha. danta or acjrutanta, m., N. of compounds in which the
A-codas, mfn. free from compulsion or externa middle term is left out, gana
the _ancestor of a warrior tribe called Acyutadanti Sakapdrthivadi,
stimulus, spontaneous, RV. ix, 79, i. or Acyutanti (though possibly these refer to two Ajada, m. 'goat-eater,' the ancestor of
q.v.)
Wa i.a-ccha, mfn. (fr. a + cha for chac distinct tribes). pajas and -manas (dcyula-), a warrior tribe, Pan. iv, I,
171. Aj&danl, f. a
or chdyd, -Jehad), 'not shaded,' 'not dark,' m., N. of two Maharshis, TAr. mSrti, m., N. of species of prickly night-shade. Ajadi, a of gana
pel-
Vishnu, rush, f. inveterate hatred. Pan. AJantrl, f. the pot-herb Convol-
lucid, transparent, clear ; (as), m. a crystal, L. Ac- vasa, m. (iv, I, 4).

choda, mfn. having clear water ; (a), f., N. of a the sacred fig-tree, Ficus acyulAvdsa, vulusArgenteus. AJa-payai, n. goat's milk. AjB-
Religiosa ;

river ; (am), n., N. of a lake in the id., T. sthala, n., N. of a place in the Panjab, palaka, mfn. tending goats (as), m. a goat-herd. ;
Himalaya
formed by the river AcchodS. MBh. Acjrutagraja, m. (Vishnu's elder brother),
L. Ajavi, m. pi. (ajdvdyas, SBr.) or ajavlka,
A-cchaya, mfh. without shadow, casting no sha- Balarama ; Indra. A'cyntopadhyaya, m. = n. sg. goats and sheep, small cattle.
AJasva, n.
dow, RV. x, 27, 14 ;
SBr. xiv. acyuta-jallakin, q.v. goats and horses, Yjja. (as), m. POshan or the Sun ;

(having goats for horses), RV. AJaikapad, m., N.

W3S 2. accha, as, m. (corruption of riksha), aj, cl. i. P. (defect., supplemented of Vishnu of one of the eleven Rudras cf. I
;
ajd. ; .

a bear, bhalla, m. a bear, Balar. (cf. lihalla). fr.

Vvi), djati, djit, ajitum, to drive, Ajaldaka, n. goats and rams, (gana gavasvadi,
wa 3. accha (so at the end of a pada), or propel, throw, cast
of driving Gk.
: Desid. ajijfshati, to be desirous
q.v.)
[cf. 070;; Lat. ago], Ajaka, as, m., N. of a descendant of Purflravas ;
usually dcchd, ind., Ved. to, towards (governing ace.
and rarely the locative). It is a kind of separable I. m. a drove, troop (of Marats), AV.
Aja, as, of a king of Magadha ; (akd or Ota), f. a
;
young
a driver, mover, instigator, leader N. of Indra, of she-goat ; a disease of the pupil of the eye (small
preposition or prefix to verbs and verbal derivatives,
;

as in the following. iudra, of one of the Maruts [ajd tka-pdd, RV., reddish tumours compared to kids,
protruding
and ajd Ika-pdda, AV.], of Agni, of the sun, of through the transparent cornea and discharging pus).
A'ccha- -/i or accha- t/gsan or accha-\/car,
to attain, go towards, RV. &c. 3rahmS, of Vishnu, of Siva, of Kama (cf. 2. a-ja); AjakS-jSta, n. the above disease.
/ the leader of a flock a he-goat, ram [cf. Gk. alf, Ajana, ajani, ajma, &c. See
A'ccha--v 2. dru, to run near, RV. iii, 14, 3.
; s. r.
alfis Lith. oys] the sign Aries the vehicle of
A'ccha- \/dhanv, to ran towards, RV. iii, 53, 4. ; ; ;
^9>f 2. a-jd, mfn. not born, existing from
Agni ; beam of the sun (PQshan) N. of a descendant
A'ccha- -y/naksh, to go towards, approach, RV. ;
all N. of the uncreated being,
of Visvamitra, and of Dasaratha's or DlrghabJhu's eternity; (ds), m., first
vi, 32, 5. RV. AV. Brahma, Vishnu, Siva, Kama
Accha- vi. nai, come ather; N. of a mineral substance; of a kind of rice; ; ; ; (a), f.,
to near, RV. N. of Prakriti, Mays or Illusion (see also I.
A'ccha- v'nl, to lead towards or to, RV.
of the moon ; (as), m. pi!, N. of a people, RV. vii,
"
ajd and
I.
A'ccha- V;. nu, to call out to, to cheer, RV. 19; of a class of Rishis, MBh. ; (a), f., N. of
1
ajana).

A'ccha-Vpat [SBr.] and Caus. P. -patayati 'rakriti, of MSya or Illusion, see a-jd (s. v. 2.a-jd~) ; Vm<*qajakava, at, m. Siva's bow, L.
a she-goat ; N. of a plant whose bulbs resemble the
RV. v, 45, q], to fly towards. mfh., N. of a sacrificial vessel dedicated
Ajakava,
udder of a goat, Susr. karna, m. a goat's ear ; to Mitra and Varuna and
Accha- \/bru, to invite to come near, PBr. (according to the Comm,)
he tree Terminalia Alata Tomentosa. karnaka, an ornament similar to the fleshy protuber-
A'ccha- Vya or accha- VySi to approach, RV. ; having
TS.
m. the Sal-tree, Shorea Robusta. HIS, f.,N. of ance called ajd-gala-stana, q.v., SBr. ; (ds or dm),
town of the Bodhis. kshira, n. goat's milk, m. or n. a species of venomous vermin, centipede or
A'ccha- (/vac, to invite, RV.
MaitrS.; cf. Pan. vi, 3, 63, Sch. -gandha or scorpion, RV. vii, 50, 1 ; (as, am), m. n.Siva's bow, L.
Accha- vaka, m. 'the inviter,' title of a particular
one of the sixteen required to per- gandhikS, f. 'smelling like a he-goat,' shrabby Ajag-ava, as, m. Siva's bow, L. ; the southern
priest or Ritvij,
asil, Ocymum Gratissimum. gandhim, f. a portion of the path of the sun, moon, and planets ;
form the great sacrifices with the Soma juice.
\*nt,=aja-srihgf, q.v. ffara, m. ('goat-swal- (as), m., N. of a snake priest, PBr.
Accha vaklya, mfn. referring to the acchavaka ;
ower '), a huge boa constrictor, AV. &c. ;
containing the word acchavaka, Pin. v, 2, 59, Sch. ;
serpent, AjagSva, m., N. of a snake demon, TlndyaBr. ;
. of an Asura (t), (., N. of a plant. - gallika, cf. n. Siva's bow, L. N. of the
(am), n. the state or work of the acchSvUka, Pan.
;
djagdva; (am), ;

'goat's cheek,' an infantile disease. jivana or sacrificial vessel also called

ajakava (q. v.), ApSr.
v, I, 135, Sch.
livika, m. who lives by goats,' a goat-herd.
'
ta,
Accha- Vvafic, Pass, -vacydfe, to extend itself
a multitude of goats the being a goat tva ^1M" a-jaghanya, mfn. not last; not
towards, to go towards, RV.
;
i, 142, 4. Pin. least.
RV. &c.
TS. ;
cf. vi, 3, 64, Sch.] or aja-tva, n. the
A'ccha-VVad, to salute, a plant, = brahmadandi.
)eing a goat. dandi, f.
A'echS-v'vrit (Opt. A. i. sg. -vavniiya), to d-jaghnivas, rai(d-jaglinushi)n,
cause to come near, RV. i, 1 86, IO.
devata, as, f.
pi. the 25th lunar mansion.
(/hari), not having killed, RV. viii, 56, 15.
namaka, m. named Aja '
or Vishnu,' a mineral
Aiecha-v'ari, to flow near, RV. ix, 92, 2.
A'ccha- Vsy and, Caus. to flow near (aor. -tisi-
ubstance. pa, m. a goat-herd. patha. m. iii a-jata, f. Flacourtia Cataphracta,
goat's road,' probably = aja-vithi, q.v. pada = ajaifd and ajjhatd.
shyadat), RV. ix, 81, 2: Intens.to cause to flow near
pSd, m., N. of the
nom. m. -sanishyadaf), RV. -pada, mfn. goat-footed.
(part. sg. ix, 1 1
o, 4.
Vinity called parsva, m. 'having
Aja ikapad.
^tff a-jada, mfn. not inanimate, not tor-
A'ccheta, mfn. approached, attained,_VS. ack N. of Svetakarna's son Ra-
sides like a goat, pid, not stupid (a), f. the plants AjatS and
;
Kapi-
Acchetya, mfn. to be approached, ApSr. kacchu (Carpopogon Prariens).
valocana. pala, m. a goat-herd, VS.; N. of dhi, mfn. of a
A'cchokti, is, (. invitation, RV. lasaratha's father. babhru (aja-}, n. said to be vigorous mind, energetic.
VMf\jA d-cchidra, mfn. free from clefts or le father or origin of a medical plant, AV. v, 5, 8.
f.
ajathya, yellow jasmin.
flaws,unbroken, uninterrupted, uninjured; (am), bhaksha, m. 'goat's food,' the plant Varvura.
n. unbroken or uninjured condition, an action free mayu (ajd-\ m. bleating like a goat (a frog), i. ajana, as, m. (\/<y') 'the insti-
from defect or flaw; (cna), ind. uninterruptedly, .V. vii, 103, 6 & 10. mara, m., N. of a tribe gator,' Brahma ; (am), n. act of
instigating or
10 ajana-yoni-ja. anca.

moving. yoni-ja, m.
'
bom from Ajana,' N. of
d-jdyamana, mfn. (i/jan), not A-J5ryat, mfn. not subject to old age, RV. iii,
Daksha.
being born, not subject to birth, VS. 46, i & v, 42, 6.
Ajani, is, f. a path, road, Nir.
f. See ajaka. ^STJTT d-jush{a, mfn. not enjoyed, unsatis-
ajika,
^TSTT 2.0-jand, mfn. destitute of men; factory, RV.
desert m. an a-jita, mfn. not conquered, unsub- A-jnshti,
; insignificant person.
(as), is, (.
non-enjoyment, feeling of dis-
A-janani, (generally used in cursing), non-
is, f. dued, unsurpassed, invincible, irresistible (as), m. ;
appointment, RV.
a particular antidote ; a kind of venomous rat ; N.
birth, cessation of existence ; ajananir astu tasya, 'WwH^T
of Vishnu ; Siva one of the Saptarshis of the four- a-jetavya, mfn. invincible.
'may he cease to exist !' Paiicat. ; cf. Pan. iii, 3, 1 1 2. ;

A -j any a, mfn. improper to be produced or bom ;

teenth Manvantara Maitreya or a future Buddha ;
;
A-jeya, mfn. invincible N. of a ; prince, MBh. ;

mankind the second of the Arhats or saints of the present (am), n., N. of a kind of antidote.
unfit for ; (am), n. any portent unfavour-
able to mankind, as an earthquake. (Jaina) Avasarpini, a descendant of Ikshvaku the
-josha, mf(a)n. not gratified, in-
;

attendant of Suvidhi (who is the ninth of those Arhats) ;

RV. i, 9, 4.
f
aj-anta, mfn. See 2. ac.
(as), m. pi. of deified beings in the first Man-
a class
satiable,

keaa-kambala, m., N. of one of the A-joshya (4), mfn. not h'ked, not welcome,
I.a-japa, as, m. (Vjap), one who
vantara.
six chief heretical teachers
RV. i, 38, 5-
does not repeat prayers ; a reciter of heterodox (mentioned in Buddhist
texts as contemporaries of Buddha). balS , f., N. W5J^iT ajjukd, f. (in the drama) a cour-
works, L. ; (a), i. the mantra or formula called
of a Jaina deity who acts under the direction of the tezan.
hansa (which consists only of a number of inhalations '
Arhat Ajita. vikrama, as, m. having invincible
and exhalations). f. the plant Flacourtia
power,' N. of king Candragupta the second.
ajjhata,
Aji-
'Hill 2.aja-pa, m. See i. ajd. Cataphracta = ajatd and aja4S).
tatman, mfn. having an unsubdued self or spirit.
(

m. Ajitapida, m. having an unsurpassed crown ; N. m. a burning coal.

"Jl*T a-jambha, as, 'toothless,' a frog. "fj*K<5 ajjhala, as,
of a king, Rsjat. Ajltendriya, mfn. having un-
<cniM a-jaya, as, m. non-victory defeat; ( subdued passions. ""S a-jfia, mfn. (v}'Ra), not knowing;
(mfn.), unconquered, unsurpassed, invincible ; (as), wfii ignorant, inexperienced; unconscious; unwise, stupid.
ajina, am, n. (probably at first the tS, f. or -tva, n. ignorance.
m., N. of Vishnu; of a lexicographer; of a river;
skin of a goat, ajd) ; the hairy skin of an antelope,
(a), (. hemp ; N. of a friend of Durgl ; MSyS or AjuakS or ajnikS, f. an ignorant woman, Pan.
Illusion. especially a black antelope (which serves the religious v .
student for a couch, seat, covering, &c.) ; the hairy 3.^47-
A-jayya, mfn. invincible ; improper to be won A'-jnSta, mfn. unknown ; unexpected ; unaware ;
skin of a tiger, &c. ; (as), m., N. of a descendant
at play. (am), ind. without the knowledge of, MBh. knla-
of Prithu, VP. pattrS or -pattri or -pattrikS, sila, mfn. whose lineage and character are unknown.
^T5Tt a-jdra, mfn. (Vjri), not subject to f. a bat.-phala, f., N. of a plant, (gana ajadi, keta (djtldta-), mfn. having unknown or secret
old age, undecaying, ever young ; (a), f. the plants q. v.) yoni, m. 'origin of skin,' an antelope, deer.
designs, RV. v, 3, u. bhnkta, mfn. eaten un-
Aloe Perfoliata and Jirnapanjhl the river Sarasvati. vasin, mfn. clad in a skin, SBr. sandha, m.
awares, Mn. yakshma, m. an unknown or hidden
;

Ajaramara, mfn. undecaying and immortal, MBh. one who prepares skins, a furrier, VS.
disease, RV. x, 161, I ; AV. vSsa, mfn. whose
A-jaraka, as, am, m.n. indigestion.
wPni-a/iro, mfn. (Vaj), agile, quick, rapid; dwelling is unknown. ilia, mfn. whose character
A-jarat, mfn. not decaying, VS. unknown.
(dm), ind. quickly; RV. ; AV. VS.; (as), m., is
A-jarayn, mfn. not subject to old age, RV. i,
;

N. of a Naga priest, PBr. (a), (., N. of DurgS ; ;

Ajnataka, mfn. unknown, (gp.ni yav&di, q.v.)
1 1 6, 20.
of a river (am), n. place to run or fight in, area, A-jnati, is, m. not a kinsman, not related, Mn.
A-jaras, another form for a-jara, used only in
;

court, R. &c. ; the body ; any object of sense, air, A-jnatva, ind. not having known or ascertained.
tome cases, L.
wind ; a frog; L. vati, f., N. of the river on
A-jarya, mfn. not subject to old age or decay, A-jnana, am, n. non-cognizance ignorance, (in ;
which the town Sravasti was situated, Pin. vi, 3, 1 19
SBr. not friable, not digestible (am), n. friendship. philosophy) spiritual ignorance (or a power which,
; ;
& vi, I, 22O, Sch. socia (ajird-), m. having consisting of the three Gunas sattva, rajas, and
lT=l^ a-javds, mfn. not quick, inactive, a quick light, glittering, N. of Agni, of Soma, RV.
tamos, and preventing the soul from realizing its
RV. u, 15, 6. Ajir&di, a gana of Pan. (vi, 3, 119). AJiradM- identity with Brahma, causes self to appear a distinct
'
raja, m. an agile emperor,' death, AV. personality, and matter to appear a reality) ; Prakriti,
^iiTfcrf d-jasra, mfn. (i/jas), not to be ob-
Aj ir ay a Nom. A. ajirayatc, to be
, agile or quick, MSy5, Illusion ; (mfn.), ignorant, unwise ; (at), ind.
RV. &c. (am [gana svar-adi, RV.
structed, perpetual, 14, 10.
;
viii,
unawares, ignorantly. krlta, mfn. done inadver-
&c.] or ena [RV. vi, 16, 45] ), ind. perpetually, for
Ajiriya, mfn. connected with a court &c., (gana tag, ind. unawares, inadvertently. ta,
tently.
ever, ever. utkaradi, q. v.) or -tva, n. ignorance. bond
f. bandiana, n. the
^tT?Tl a-jahat, mfn. (pr. p. Vs-ha), not 'wftra a-jihma,mtn not crooked, straight .
;
of ignorance.
dropping or losing (in comp.) svarthS, f. a rhe- honest, upright, Mn. &c. m. a frog (perhaps A-jnSnin, mfn. ignorant, unwise.
; (as),
torical figure (using a word which involves the mean- A'-jn5s, mfn. having no kindred, RV. x, 39, 6.
'
for a-jihva), L. ; a fish, L. ga, mfn. going straight ;
ing of another
word previously used, as white ones' m. an arrow. A-jneya, mfn. unknowable, unfit to be known.
(as), Ajikmagra, mfn. having a
for 'white horses,' 'lances' for 'men with lances'). TT3R djma, as, m. (Vaj), career, march,
straight point.
Ajahal-liiffa, m. (in Gr.) a noun which does not RV. [cf. Gk. o^/jos].
drop its
original gender,
when used as an adjective. wftigr a-jihva, mfn. tongueless ; (as), m.
a frog, L.
AJman, a, n. career, passage, battle, RV. ; AV.
I
ajd, f . a she-goat. See i .
ajd. [Lat.agmen\.
w*flii<f ajlkava, am, n. Siva's bow, L. AJra, as, m. a field, a plain, RV. [Lat. agtr;
a-jdgara, mfn. not awake, not See ajakava. Gk. dyp6s cf. ajira\. :

wakeful, L. ; (as), m. the plant Eclipta orVerbesina Ajrya (3), mfn. being in or connected with a
Prostrate. Waffrtn a-jigarla, as, m. 'that has nothing field or plain, RV. x, 69, 6.
to swallow,' N. of a Rishi, Sunahsepha's father. AJvin, mfn. (Vaf), used in a sacri-
w*flfl ajaji, is, or ajaji, f. Cuminum Cy- active, agile,

minum Ficus Oppositifolia Nigella Indica. WSfrrT d-jlta, mfn. (*/jya, usually jina), ficial formula, AsvSr.
; ;

WWm d-jdta, mfn. unborn, not yet born,

not faded, not
'
faint, AV. ; TS., &c. pnnarva- WTmPn d-jyani, is, f. the state of being
nya, n.asking the restitution of an object which uninjured, AV. (cf. d-jtti) ; (ajyanayas), nom. pi.,
not yet developed. kakud, m. a young bull whose has in fact not been lost,' N. of a twofold rite to be N. of certain offerings, TBr., ApSr.
hump is yet undeveloped, Pan. v, 4, 146, Sch. performed by Kshatriyas, AitBr.
pakaha, mfn. having undeveloped wings. Io- A-jyeya-tB, f. state of anything which is not to
A'-jiti, is, (. the state of being uninjured, RV. be hurt or overpowered, SBr.
nian, mf(mni)n. or -vyanjana, mm. whose
;

TS. &c. ; cf. d-jyani.

signs of puberty are not yet developed. Vyava- wtrMfa-jyeshthd, mfn. not the oldest or
hara, m. having no experience of business, a minor, ^nrtln a-flrna, mfn. (Vjri), not decom- best nom. pi. of which none is the eldest (the
; (as),
a youth under fifteen, satrn (djata-), mfn. posed unimpaired ; undigested ; (am), n. indigestion. &
;
Maruts), RV. v, 59, 6 60, 5 ; cf. d-kanishtha*
having no enemy ; having no adversary or equal A-jirnl, is, f. indigestion, L. vyitti, mfh. not behaving as the eldest brother
(Indra), RV. ; (us), m., N. of Siva, of Yudhishthira, A-jirnin, mfn. suffering from indigestion. [Mn. ix, 1 10], or (ajyeshtha-vritti) behaving like
of a king of Kssi, of a son of Samika, of a son of A-jirti, is, f.
indigestibleness. one who has no elder brother.
VidmisSra or Bimbisara (contemporary of Sakya-
^inft^ a-jiva, mfn.
muni). Ajatannsaya, mfn. having no regret.
lifeless.
of a
^UUS i . aftc (connected with Vac, q.v.),
Ajatari, m. having no enemy, Yudhishthira, Sis. A-jivat, mfn. not living, destitute liveli- cl. i . P. A. allcati, te, anaAca, ce, aftci-
hood, Mn. shyati, te, aftcitum, to bend, curve, incline, curl ;
mfn. VjRd), not
^MMt^ a-jdnat, (pr. p. A'-jivana, mfn. destitute of a livelihood, AV. to reverence (with inclined body), to honour ; to
knowing, unaware. A-jivani, is, f. non-existence, death ; ajivanis tend, move, go, wander about to request, L. cl. IO. ;
:

witlfi tasya bhuydt, 'may death befall him I" Pin. iii, 3, or Cans, aftcayati, to unfold, make clear, produce :
a-jani, is [AV.], or a-jdnika [L.], Desid. P. A. afUicishati, te, to be desirous of bend-
112, Sch.
as, m. having no wife.
A-jivita, am, n. non-existence, death. Pass, aftcyate or acyate, to be bent.
ing :

TIII(I d-jdmi, mfn. not of kin, not related, 2. Anc, only ifc., turned to, going or directed

RV. (in Gr.) not corresponding, Nir. (i), n. '(co- WJj'jftiiT a-jugupsita, mfn. not disliked.
; ;
towards ;
see akudhrydflc, dvdftc, udafic, deva-
habitation) not allowed between relations,' incest, ^jj^a-yur.mfn. (\/;'r),not subject to old dryaftc, &c.
RV. -ta (dj'dmi-) [SBr.], f. or -tv [TBr.], n. age or decay, RV. viii, i, i. Anca, 'curling* (of the hairs of the body, thrill of
not uniformity, variation. A-jurya (3 once 4, RV. vi, I?, 13), id., RV.
; rapture), only at the end of remdSca, q. v.
 ancati. andaka. 11
Aficati, m. or ancati, f.
wind, L. L. dhana, n. salutation with the
is, ; fire,
anjali raised to the athilld, f., N. of a Prakrit metre.
Ancaua, am, n. act of bending or curving. forehead. Anjali-krita, mfn. placed together to
Ancala, m. (perhaps also am}, n. the border
as, form the anjali salutation. i. ad, cl. i. P. adati, to endeavour, L.
or end of a garment, especially of a woman's gar-
Anjalika, as, am, m. n., N. of one of Arjuna's
ment, of a veil, shawl. (In Bengali, a strip of country, arrows, MBh.; f. a young mouse, L. adalcavati, N. of a fabulous palace
(a),
district.) on Meru also of a city.
Ancita, mfn. bent, curved, curled, arched, hand- TiWIi aiijika, as, m., N. of a son of Yadu.
;

some ; gone, walked in ; reverenced, honoured ; dis- See afljaka.

^u j arfd,c\.l.P.addati,anadda,addititm,
tinguished. pattra, m. a kind of lotus with curved X to join, L. ;
to infer, argue, L. ;
to meditate,
leaves. pattraksha, mfn. having lotus eyes. discern, L. ;
to attack, L.
desire of
bhru, f. a woman with arched or handsome eye- going, ["sham cakre (/!. krf}}, Bhatt.
Addana, am, n. a shield, L.
brows. lontfula, mfn. having a curved tail (as a aSji, {. a blessing(>), T.
monkey). 50^ ^^ sound, L.
"n, cl. I.

cl. 4. A. anyate, to breathe,

P. anati, ana, anitum, to
anjira, am, n. (a Persian word), a :

^4 id oHj, cl. 7. P. A. andkti, anktt, a- species of fig.-tree (Ficus Oppositifolia) ;

a fig. (In
V
(another form of 'an, q. v. ; in this sense regarded
N nafija, afljis/iyati or ahkshyati, dnjit, Bengali) a guava.
in the Dhatu-pitha as a distinct rt.), L.

anjitujn or ahktum, to apply an ointment or pig- Anaka, mfn. insignificant, small, contemptible,
ment, smear with, anoint ; to decorate, prepare to at, cl. I . P. A. atati,te, ata, atishyati,
; :gj (gana utkaradi, q. v.)
honour, celebrate to cause to appear, make clear,
;
\ atit, atitum, to roam, wander about (some- Anakiya, mm. connected with what is
insignifi-
RV. 1,92, 1 to be beautiful, L. to go, L. Caus.a/J- times with ace. frequently used of religious mendi-
; ; : ;
cant, &c., ib.
jayaii, ailjijat, to smear with ; to speak ; to shine ; cants) : Intens. atdtyate, to roam or wander about Anavya, am, n. a field of (anu) Panicum Milia-
to cause to go, L. [cf. Lat. ungo\. zealously or habitually, especially as a mendi- religious ceum, Pan. see anu.
v, 2, 4 ;
cant : Desid. atitishati, to be desirous of roaming.
Anjaka, as, m., N. of a son of Vipracitti, VP. Ani, is, m. or ani, f. the point of a needle or of
Anjana, as, m. a kind of domestic lizard, L. Ataka, mfn. roaming, L. a sharp stake, L.; linch-pin, L.; the pin or bolt at the
;

N. of a fabulous serpent of a ; tree, Paflcat. of a Atana, mfn. roaming about, VarBf. (am), n. ; end of the pole of a carriage, L. ; the corner or part
;
act or habit of wandering about. of a house, L. ; a boundary, L. Ani-mSndavya,
mountain of a king of Mithili
; ; of the elephant of
Atani, (.or atani, f. the notched extremity
m., N. of a BrJhman ascetic (said to have been im-
(<i), f., N. of Hanu-
the west or south-west quarter ;
is,
of a bow.
mat's mother; of Pravarasena's mother; (am), n. act paled on an ani or point of a stake), MBh.
of applying an ointment or pigment,embellishing,&c.; Atamana, as, m., N. of a prince, BhP. Anlman, a, m. anu,
'
(fr. q. v.), minuteness, fine-
black pigment or collyrium applied to the eyelashes Atavi, is, or usually atavi, f. place to roam in,' ness, thinness, SBr. &c.
meagreness atomic nature ; ; ;

or the inner coat of the eyelids a special kind of a forest. Atavi-sikhara, as, m. pi., N. of a people,
; the superhuman power of becoming as small as an
this pigment, as lamp-black, Antimony, extract of
MBh. atom (dniman), n. the smallest particle, SBi.
;

Ammonium, Xanthorrhiza, &c. ; paint, especially as Atavika, better Stavika, as, m. a woodman, Anishtha, mfn. (fr. anu, q. v.), most minute.
a cosmetic; magic ointment ; ink, L. ; night, L.; fire, forester.
Amyas, an, asi, as((i. anu, q.v.), or aniyaska
L. (In rhetoric) making clear the meaning of an Ata, f. the act or habit of roaming or wandering [AV.], mfn. more minute than usual.
about (especially as a religious mendicant).
equivocal expression, double entendre or pun, &c. Ann, mf (vf) n. fine, minute, atomic ; (us), m. an
kesa, mf(r)n. whose hair (or mane) is as black Atata, f. (habit of) roaming or wanderingabout, L. atom ofmatter ; 'an atom of time,' the 54,675, oooth
as pigment ; (i), (., N. of a vegetable perfume. Atatyamana, mfn. roaming excessively. part of a muhurta (of 48 minutes) ; Panicum Milia-
namika, f. a swelling of the eyelid, stye. vat, Atatya, f. (habit of) roaming, L. ceum,VS.; SBr. xiv; MundUp.; N. ofSiva ; (dnvt),
ind. like collyrium. Anjana-girl, m., N. of a At ay a, Nom. A. atayatc, to enter upon a roam- f.
'
the subtle one," N. of the fingers preparing the
mountain. Anjanadiika, f. a species of lizard, L. ing life, to become a religious mendicant, L. Soma juice, RV. ; (u), n. (in prosody) the fourth
Anjanambhas, n. eye-water. Aiijana- vat I , f. Atya, roaming about, one of the ten faults re-
f.
part of a matra ; (anu), ind. minutely, SBr. tara,
the female elephant of the north-east (or the west ?) sulting from an excessive fondness for pleasure, Mn. mfn. very fine or minute, gentle. taila, n., N. of
quarter. vii, 47. a medical oil. tva, n. or -ta, f. minuteness, atomic
Aiijanaka, as, m. portion of a text containing nature. madhya-bija, n.,N.of
bha.f.lightning.
'ani. See
the word afljana, (gana goshad-ddi, q. v.) ; (i), f., a hymn, matra, mfn. having the size of an atom.
N. of a medicinal plant. *i^it atarusha or atarusha or atarushaka, matrika, mm. having the size of an atom con- ;

Aujanika, f. a species of lizard, L. ;

a small mouse,
as, m. the shrub Justicia Adhatoda. taining the atomic elements (matra) of the body,
L. ;
cf. afljalikd. Mn. i, 56. renu, m. f. atomic dust (as seen in
f. a woman for the application of
^TJ<5 a-tala, mfn. not shaky, firm, L. renn-jala, n. an aggregate of such
Anjani, (fit sun-beams).
ointments, pigments, sandal, &c.), L.
medicinal plants.
; N. of two MJ att, cl. I. A. at fate, anatte, attitum,
atomic dust.
drum.
revati, f the plant Croton Polyan-
vadln, mfn. one who believes in and
.

to L.: d.lo.P.attayati,
*^ toexceed,L.; kill,
teaches atomism. vedanta, m. title of a book.
Anjala, anjalf. See s. v. below.
to contemn, L. to lessen, diminish, L.
Anjas, as, m ointment, a mixture, RV. i, 1 32, 1 vrata, ani, n. pi., N. of the twelve small duties
;
;

N. of a Saman, ArshBr. (as), ind. quickly, instantly, Atta, ind. high, lofty, L. ; loud, L. ; (as), m. a or vows of the laymen adhering to the Jaina faith.
;
watch-tower a market, a market-place (corruption vriM, m. a fine sort of rice, L. as, ind. into
RV. BhP. see dftjasd. Anjah-sava, m. rapid
; ;
;

of hatta) ; N. of a Yaksha, Rajat. ; over-measure, or in minute particles. Ann (with ^bhu, &c.), see
preparation (of Soma), SBr. AitBr. Anjas-pa, ;

mfn. drinking instantly, RV. x, 92, 2 & L.; (a), (. overbearing conduct(?), Pan. iii, I, 17, s.v. A'nv-anta, m. a hair-splitting question, SBr.
94, 13.
Anjasa, mfn. straight, straightforward, honest,
Comm. ; (a/),n.boilddrice, food, L. (mm.), dried, ;
minute, atomic ; clever, (gana
tTinVa., mfn. fine,
a heavenly river, RV. i, 104, 4.
N. of dry, L. -pati-bhaffakhya-griha-kritya, n.
L. ; (f), f., ydvadi, (am), n. an atom.
q. v.) ;
business of the house called the market-master's de-
A'Sjasa, ind. straight on, right, truly, justly ; Anu (for anu in comp. with */bhu and its deri-
quickly, soon, instantly. Anjasayana, mf(i)n. partment (an office in Kashmir), Rajat. Bthali,
bnava, m. the becoming an atom, Nir.
ha- vatives).
f. site of an atta (?), (gana dhiimadi, q. v.)
having a straight course, going straight on, TS. ; m. VbliB, to become minute or atomic.
sita, n. loud laughter, a horse-laugh, hasa,
AitBr. n. fine interstice or hole in the strainer
id. ; a name of Siva ; of a Yaksha, Kathas. ; of a
Anva, am,
Anjasina, mfn. going straight on, straightfor-
mountain. naaka,m. the shrub JasminumMul- used for the Soma juice, RV.
ward, RV. x, 32, 7.
tiflorum or Hirsutum. -hasin, m., N. of Siva, ^njffT anuha, as, m., N. of a son of Vi-
Aiiji, mfn. applying an ointment or pigment,
-hasya, n. loud laughter; a horse-laugh. At- MBh.
RV.; ointment, brilliancy, RV. ; unctuous, smooth, bhraja,
tatta-hasa, m. very loud laughter. MIIJ
sleek (membrum virile), VS. (is), m. a sender, com- ;
m. an apartment on the roof; tower.
'

anth or ath, cl. I. A. anthate, anan-

-. mat, mfn. coloured, Attaka, as,
mander, Un. bright, adorned, x the,
anthitum, to go, move, tend, L.
RV. saktha, mfn. having coloured Attatfa, very high, L. ; very loud, L.
ind.
v, 57, 5. Antnita, mfn.' pained (?), Susr.
Attana, am, n. a weapon shaped like a discus, L.
thighs (a victim), VS. ; cf. Pin. vi, 2, 199, Sch.
Anjy-eta, mfn. black and white coloured, TS.
AttSya (Nom. fr. atta), A. attdyate, to be over- <li anda, ant, n. (also as, m., L.) [Vam,
bearing (?), Pan. Comm.
Anjiva, nfn. slippery, smooth, AV.
iii, I, If,
Un.], an egg, a testicle ; the scrotum ; the musk
Anjishtha, as, or anjisnnu, us, m. 'highly ^TJlcSflf fa/o, as, or attdlaka, as,
m. a watch- bag semen virile, L. ; N. of Siva (from his being
;

identified with the Brahmanda or mundane egg).

brilliant,' the sun, L. tower ; (ikd), f. a palace, L. ; N. of a country, Rijat
a bricklayer (son of a kataha, m. the shell of the mundane egg, VP.
anjala only ifc. for aHjali, q. v. Attalika-kara, as, _m.
kotara-pnshpi, f. the plant Convolvulus Ar-
painter and
a lascivious Sudra woman), BrahmavP.
kosa or -kosha or -koihaka, m.
Js,m. ( Vanj), the open hands
/aft', Attalika-bandham, ind. (in the way that att5- genteus(?).
the scrotum ; the mundane egg. ja, mfn. egg-born ;
placed side by side and slightly hollowed (as
if by
likas are formed), Pin. iii, 4, 42, Sch.
(as), m. a bird, L. ; a fish, L. ; a snake, L. ; a lizard,
a beggar to receive food ; hence when raised to the
f., N. of a town, Rajat. L. (), f. musk. jdavara, m. 'king of birds,'
forehead, a mark of supplication), reverence, saluta- a((ilikd, ;

Garuda. dala, n. egg-shell, -dhara, m., N. of

a libation to the Manes (two hands
tion, benediction ;
atndrd, as, m. a king of Kosala, SBr. Siva. Tardhana, n. or -vriddni, f. swelling of
fullof water, udakaftjali),\f. &c. ; a measure of
See Vaf. the scrotum, hydrocele. sn, f.
oviparous. Anda-
corn, sufficient to fill both hands when placed side
f.
atya,
karshana, n. castration. Andakara, mfn. egg-
by side, equal to a kudava. karman, n. making to go, L. Anda-
ath, cl. i. P. A. athati, te, shaped, oval, elliptical ; (as), m. an ellipsis.
the above respectful salutation. karika, f. an
kriti, mfn. egg-shaped, oval, elliptical ; (is), f. an
earthen figure (with the hands joined for salutation) ;
m. N. of a people,
the plant Mimosa Natans. - pnta, m. n. cavity athida, as, pi., ellipsis.

salutation. ban- MBh. Andaka, as, m. the scrotum ; (am), n. an egg.

produced in making the anjali
12 andara. ati-rajan.
Andara, mf(T, gana gaurSJi, q.v.)n., N. of a on. Ato-nimittam, ind. on this ground, for this nent, TBr. -darpa, m. excessive conceit; N. of
tribe, (gana bhriiadi, q.v.) reason.Ato-'nya, mfn. differing from this. Ato- a snake; (mfn.), excessively conceited. darsin,
Andaraya, Nom. A. andarayatc, to behave like 'rtham, ind. for this object. mfn. very far-sighted, datri, m. a very or too
liberal man. munificence; excessive
n.
^Tnfl atasa, as, m.(v'aOi w ' n(l,air, L.; the
an Andara, (gana bhj'isAdi, q. v.) dfina,
'
Andaln, KJ, m. full of eggs,' a fish, L. munificence, dfiruna, mfn. very terrible, daha,
soul,L. ; a (missile) weapon, L. ; a garment made
AndikS, f., N. of a weight ( = 4 yava), Car. of the fibre of (atasi) flax, L.
m. great heat ; violent inflammation, TS. &c.
(dm), n. shrubs, ;
dnh-
Andira, as, m. a full male, a man, L. strong, L. ;
RV. ; (i), (. common flax, Linuni Usitatissimum ; irgha (dti-), mfn. very long, too long.
knita (or -dushkhita), mfn. greatly afflicted, very
ind. a prefix said to imply 'sur- Sana, Bengal sun used as hemp, Crotolaria Jimcca.
^Tf^i.af, sad. duhsaha, mfn. very hard to bear, quite un-
probably a contraction ofati, meaning 'extra-
prise,' ilftt a tii si, is, m. (Vat), a wandering bearable. durgata, mfn. very badly off. dnr-
ordinary/ (gana iiry-adi, q.v.) Ad-bnuta, mm. mendicant, RV. viii, 3, dharsha, mfn. very hard to approach, very haughty.
13.
extraordinary ;
see s. v. durlambha, mfn. very hard to attain. dush-
Atasayya (5), mfn. to be got by begging, RV.
P. A. & kara, mfn. very difficult. dura, mfn. very dis-
2- o<, cl. I. <fra<j (Naigh.; i, 63, 6 ii, 19, 4.
tant ; (am), n. a great distance. dosha, m. a
p. titat or dtamdna), to go constantly, w n **4 1 l d-tasthdna ( \/stha), mfn. not suit- great fault, diavala, infn. very white. dhenu,
walk, run, RV. ;
to obtain, L.
ing or mfn. distinguished for his cows, Pan. i, 4, 3, Comm.
A tana, as, m. a passer on, Nir. ; (am), n. act of fitting, SBr.
nidra, mfn. given to excessive sleep; (d), f. ex-
passing on, Nir. vat, m. one who wanders, Nir. nm d-tapasa, mfn. not an ascetic, Br. cessive sleep; (am), ind., see s.v. (p. 14, col. 1).
Atasi, atka. Sees.v.
WITf dti, ind. [probably neut. of an obsolete nipuna, mm. very skilful. nica, mfn. exces-
^TrTTsT a-taj-jna (for a-tad-jrta), mfn. not sively low. pathin (nom. -panthas), m. a better
adj. atin, passing, going,beyond ; see /at, and cf.
e. Brahma and the soul's identity. Old Germ, anti, unti, inti, unde, indi, &c. Eng. road than common, L. pada, mfn. (in prosody)
knowing that, i.
;
too long by one pada or foot. paroksba, mfn.
V At a-tata, mfn. having no beach or shore, and ; Germ, and ; Gk. irt, &vri ; Lat. ante ; Lith.
far out of sight, no longer discernible.
ant ; Arm. ti ; Zend aiti]. As a prefix to verbs and paroksha-
precipitous, Sak. (as), m. a precipice the third
; ;
their derivatives, expresses beyond, over, and, if not vritti, mfn. (in Gr.) having a nature that is no
hell cf. atala.
;

standing by itself, leaves the accent on the verb or longer discernible, i.e. obsolete. pataka, n. a
wflTeifaij. a-tattvO'Vid,
mfn. not knowing its derivative; as,ati-kram (^kram), to overstep, very heinous sin. pnrnsha or -purnsha (dti-)
the truth, i. e. the soul's identity with Brahma. Ved. Inf. ati-krdme, (fit) to be walked on, to be [SBr. j, m. a first-rate man, hero. puta, mfn. quite
A-tattvartha-vat, mfn. not conformable with passed, RV. i, 105, 1 6 ; ati-krdmana, n., see s.v. purified, over-refined. pesala, mfn. very dexter-
the nature of truth. When prefixed to nouns, not derived from verbs,
ous. prakSsa, mfn. very notorious. prage,ind.
itexpresses beyond, surpassing; as, ati-kaia, past the very early, Mn. pranaya, m. excessive kindness,
VrfVJ) d-tatha, mfn. not saying tatha (yes),
whip ; ati-manusha, superhuman, &c. ; see s. v. partiality. pranudya, ind. having pushed far for-
giving a negative answer, RV. i, 82, I. A-tatho- As a separable adverb or preposition (with ace.), ward. prabandha, m. complete continuity.
cita, mfn. not deserving of such (a fate) ; not used
Ved. beyond; (with gen.) over, at the top of, RV. ; AV. pravarana, n. excess in choosing. pravritti,
to this (with gen.)
Ati is often prefixed to nouns and adjectives, and f.
issuing abundantly. pravriddha mfn. enlarged ,

A-tathya, mfn. untrue, unreal, not really so. to excess, overbearing, Mn. prasna, m. an extra-
rarely to verbs, in the sense excessive, extraordinary,
VA^ a-tad, not that, BhP. o-sa). (cf. intense ; excessively, too ; exceedingly, very ; in such vagant question, a question regarding transcendental
arna, mm. not deserving un- that ; (am), ind. compounds the accent is generally on ati. ka- objects. prasnya mfn. to be asked such a ques-
,

deservedly, unjustly. (in rhetoric) the gnna, m. thora, mfn. very hard, too hard. katha, mfn. tion,BrArL'p. prasakti, f. or-prasanga, m. ex-
use of predicates not descriptive of the essential f. an tale see also s. v. cessive attachment ; unwarrantable stretch of a rule.
exaggerated (a), exaggerated
; ;

nature of the object. -karshana (for -karsanaf), n. excessive exer- prasiddha, mfn. very notorious. praudha,
tion. kalyam, ind. very early, too early. kanta, mfn. full-grown. praudha-yanvana, mfn. being
wnJ i .
a-tanu, mfn. not thin, not small, in the full enjoyment of youth.
mfn. excessively beloved. kaya, mfn. of extra- bala, mfn. very
a. A-tann, us, m. ^an-ahga, N. of Kama.
ordinary body or gigantic ; (as), m., N. of a
size, strong or powerful ; (as), m. an active soldier ; N.
writ* a-tantra, mfn. having no cords ; Rakshasa, R. - kirita (dti-) or -kirita [Comm.], of a king ; (d), f. a medicinal plant (Sidonia Cordi-
mm. having too small teeth, TBr. kutsita, mfn. folia and Rhombifolia, or Annona Squamosa) ; N.
having no (musical) strings ; unrestrained ; (am), n.
not the object of a rule or of the rule under con- kulva (dti-), mfn. too bald, VS. of a powerful charm ; of one of Daksha's daughters.
greatly despised.
sideration. kricchra, m. extraordinary pain or penance last- bahn (dti-), mfn. very much ; too much, MaitrS.
ing twelve days, Mn. ; Yajn. krita, mfn. over- balaka, m. an infant ; (mfn:), infantine. balm,
flrlt-J d-tandra, mfn. free from lassitude, done, exaggerated. krisa (dti-), mfn. very thin, m. '
having extraordinary arms,' N. of a Rishi of the
alert, unwearied, RV. ; AV. emaciated. krlslma (dti-), mfn. very or too dark, fourteenth Manvantara, Hariv. ; N. of a Gandharva,
A-tandrita or a-tandrin, mfn. id., Mn. &c. krnddha, mfn. MBh. bTbhatsa, mfn. excessively disagreeable.
very or too deep blue. exces-
wrTH a-tapa (Vtap), as, m. pi. a class of sively angry. krudh,
excessive anger, Kathas.f. brahmacarya, n. excessive abstinence or con-
deities among the Buddhists. krushta(<fr*-),n.extraordinary cry or wailing, VS. tinence. bhara, m. an excessive burden ;
excessive
khara, mm. very pungent or piercing. ganda, obscurity (of a sentence); N. of a king. bh&ra-
A-tapas or a-tapaska or a-tapasya, mm. one
who neglects tapas or the practice of ascetic austeri- mfn. having large cheeks or temples ; (as), m., N. ga, m. 'heavy-burden-bearer,' a mule. bhi, m.
'

ties ; an irreligious character.

of theyoga (or index), star of the 6th lunar mansion. very terrific,' lightning, L. bhisnana, mfn. very
gandha, mfn. having an overpowering smell ; terrific. bhrita, mfn. well filled. bhojana,
A-tapta, mfn. not heated, cool. tann. (dtafta-),
mfn. whose body or mass is not prepared in fire, raw, (as), m. sulphur ; lemon-grass ( Andropogon Schae-
n. eating too much; morbid voracity. bb.ru,
nunthes) ; the Champac flower(MicheliaChampaca); mfn. having extraordinary eyebrows. mangalya,
RV. ix, 83, i. -tapas, m. whose ascetic austerity
a kind of jasmin. gandhalu, m., N. of the creeper mfn. very auspicious (as), m, ./Egle or Crataeva
has not been (fully) endured. ;

Putradatri. (compar. ofati-gvru), a

gariyas, n. Marmelos. mat! (dti-), f. haughtiness, RV. i,
A-tapyamana, mfn. not suffering, RV. i, 185,4.
higher or too high price ; ati-gariyasd (instr.) *Jkri, 129, 5; (mm.), exceedingly wise, MBh. ma-
"dfii*^ a-tamds,
mfn. without darkness, to buy too dear, Das. gar vita, mih. very conceited. dnyandina, n. high noon. marsa, m. close
SBr. xiv. A-tamavishta (irregular contraction of gall ana, mfn. very deep ; very impenetrable. contact. mana, m. great haughtiness. nianin,
a-tama-dvishta), mlh. not enveloped in darkness, gadha, mfn. very important ; very intensive ; mfn. very haughty. mani-ta, f. great haughti-
MaitrUp. (am), ind. exceedingly ; excessively. gnna, mfn. ness. maruta, mfn. very windy ; (as), m. a hur-
A-tamisra, mfn. not dark, not benighted. having extraordinary qualities. gupta, mfn. closely ricane, Yajn. mirmira (dti-), mfn. twinkling
concealed, very mysterious. gnrn, mfn. very heavy. exceedingly, TBr. mukta, mfn. entirely liberated ;
d-tameru, mfn. not languid, VS.
go, f. an excellent cow, Pin. v, 4, 69, Sch. quite free from sensual or worldly desire ; seedless,
m. an illogical reasoner; canda, mfn. very violent. carana, n. exces- barren ; (as), m. the tree Dalbergia Oujeinensis ;
a-tarka, as,
bad sive practice. cSpalya, n. extraordinary mobility Gzrtnera Racemosa. muktaka, m. the pre-
logic.
A-tarkita, mfn.unconsidered, unthought of; un- or unsteadiness. eira, mfn. very long ; (am), iud. ceding ; mountain ebony ; the tree Harimantha.
ind. unexpectedly.
a very long time ; (asya), ind. for a very long time ; mukti (dti-), (. final liberation (from death),
expected ; (am), - mBrtl, '

A-tarkya, mfn. incomprehensible,

(at), ind. at last. cliattra or -chattraka, m. a TS. ; SBr. xiv.f.
highest shape,' N. of
surpassing
mushroom (a), f. Anise (Anisum or Anethum Sowa) ; a ceremony. memislia (<;V/-), mfn. (yi. misli),
thought or reasoning. lahaira-iakti, m. en- ;

dowed with a thousand incomprehensible powers. the plant Barleria Longifolia. jara or -jaras, opening the eyes too much, staring, TBr. mai-
mfn. very aged, Pan. vii, a, loj, Sch. jala, mfn. thuna, n. excess of sexual intercourse, moksha,
MlrlcS a-tala, am, n. bottomless; N. of a well watered. java.m. extraordinary speed; (mfn.), m. ;
seeati-^muc. mods, f. extraordinary fra-
hell beneath the earth (as), m., N. of Siva.
;
very fleet. jagara, mfn. very wakeful ; (as), m. grance ;
the tree Jasminum Arboreum. yava, m.
sparsa or -oprls, mm. whose bottom cannot be the black curlew. Jirna, mfn. very aged. jirna- a sort of barley. yasa [MBh.] or -yasas, mfn.
1
reached, bottomless. ta, extreme old age.
f. jiva, mfn. quite alive, very very illustrious. yftja, m. 'great sacrificer, very
lively, AV. dina, n. extraordinary flight (of birds), RV. 52, I. yuvan, mfn. very youth-
x)nM^ d-tavyas, an, osi, a*, not stronger,
M tapasvln, mfn. very ascetic. tikshna,
pious,
L.
vi,

yoga, m. excessive union, excess. ran-

not very strong, RV. v, 33, I & vii, loo, 5,
lib.
mfn. very sharp. - tivra, mfn. very sharp, pungent
ful,
nas, mfn. extremely rapid, Sak. rakta, mfn.
wn^ dtas, ind. (ablative of the pronom. or acid ; (d), (. dflb grass. trinna, mfn. seriously very red (d), f. one of Agni's seven tongues.
;

base a, equivalent to asmdt), from this, than this ; hurt. tripti, f. too great satiety. trisnna, ratha, m. a great warrior (fighting from a car),
hence ; henceforth, from that time ; from this or mfn. excessively thirsty, rapacious ; (a), f. excessive R. rabhasa, m. extraordinary speed. rasa, f.
that cause or reason. Ata-urdhvam, ind. hence- thirst. trasnn, mfn. over timid. dagdha, mfn. 'very succulent,' N. of various plants (Murva, RSsni,
forth, afterwards. Ata-eva, ind. for this very reason ; badly burnt (am), n., N. of a bad kind of burn.
; Klitanaka). rajan, m. an extraordinary king,
therefore. Atah-parani, ind. henceforth, further dantuxa (dti-), mfn. whose teeth are too promi- Pin. v, 4, 69, Sch. ; one who surpasses a king [cf.
 ati-rucira. ati-taram. 13
also s.v.] rncira, mfn. very lovely; (d), f.,N. Wangifera ; (d), a species of citron. Atyamla-
f. jy or over ;
to surpass, overcome
; neg- to escape ;

of two metres (a variety of the Atijagatl; another parni, f. 'having very acid leaves,' N. of a medicinal lect to pass away, die.
;

called Cu4ika or Citlika). rush, mfn. very >l:int. Aty-alpa, mfn. very little. Aty-asana, Ati-ffa, mfn. (ifc.) exceeding, overcoming, sur-
angry. rupa, mfn. very beautiful (am), n. extra- ; n. immoderate eating. Aty-asnat, mfn. eating too passing (cf. sokdtigd) transgressing, violating.
;

ordinary beauty. roffa, m. consumption, L. ro- much'. Aty-asama, mfn. very uneven, very rough. Ati-gata, mfn. having passed being past. ;

masa, mfn. very hairy, too hairy (as), m. a wild ; Aty-adara, m. excessive deference. Aty-adana,
a kind of monkey. laksrtml, mfn. very n. taking away too much. Aty-ananda, m. exces-
ati-Vgarj, to speak loudly or pro-
goat, MBh.
(is), (.
extraordinary prosperity. lan- sive wantonness, SBr. (mfn.), excessively wanton, vokingly or in a threatening voice,
prosperous ; ;

ghana, n. excessive fasting, Susr. lamba, mfn. Susr. A'ty-apti, f.

complete attainment, AV. ati-gava, mfn. (a bull) covering
very extensive. Inbdha or ati-lobha, mfn. very xi, 7, 22. Aty-arudhi, f. or -Sroba, in. mount- the cow, L.
greedy or covetous. lulita, mfn. closely attached ing too high, insolence, arrogance. Aty-asa, f.
ti-Vgiih} 'to emerge over,' to
or adhering. lobha, m. or -lobha-ta, f. exces- extravagant hope. Aty-asita, mfn. (\/2. as), too
sive greediness or covetousness. or -loma- loma satiate, MaitrS. Aty-asarin, mfn. excessively rise RV.
upon,
sa (dti-) [VS.], mfn. very hairy, too hairy. lo- flowing towards, TS. Aty-abfira, m. excess in
Ati-gadha, mfn. See p. 1 1, col. 2.
masa, f. Convolvulus Argenteus. lohlta, mfn. eating. Aty-abarin, mfn. eating immoderately,
laulya,
red. n. excessive eagerness or desire. ^rfiPfJC ati- Vgur, (Pot. utijuguryat'), to cry
very RV.
out, give a shriek, i, 173, a.
vaktri, mfn. very loquacious. vakra, mfn.
very crooked or curved ; (d), f. one of the eight
vartnla, mfn.
-, .
exaggeration ; hy-
mfn. very fierce very pun-
' ati-guha, f. the plant Hemionites
descriptions of planetary motion. perbole. Aty-ugra, ;
Cordifolia.
very round (as), m. a kind of grain or pot-herb. gent ; (am), n. Asa Fcetida.
; Aty-nccais, ind.

vata, m. high wind, a storm. vada, m. abusive very loudly. Atynccair-dhvani, m. a very loud ati-Vgrah, to take beyond or over
sound a very high note. Aty-utkata, mfn. very the usual measure, SBr. ; TBr.
language reproof; N. of a Vedic verse, AitBr.
; ; ; SankhSr. ;
to sur-
vadin, mfn. very talkative. valaka, see -bd- imposing or immense. Aty-utsaba, m. excessive pass, Pan. v, 4, 46, Sch.
laka above. vahana, n. excessive toiling. vi- vigour. Aty-udRra, mfn. very liberal Aty-nl- Ati-graha, as, m. act of taking over or beyond,
kata, mfn. very fierce ; (as), m. a vicious elephant. bana or -nlvana, mfn. very conspicuous, excessive. surpassing ; one who takes or seizes to an extraordi-
vipina, mfn. having many forests, very impene- Aty-nshna, mfn. very hot. Aty-udhni, f. hav- nary extent ; (in phil.) = atigrdha.
trable, Kir. v, 18.vllambin, mfn. very dila-
ing an exceedingly large udder,
Pan. Sch. Ati-graha, as, m. the object of a graha (q. v.)
visrabdha-navSdlia, f. a fond but pert or organ of apprehension (these are eight, and their
tory.
ati-katha, mfn. transgressing tra-
young wife. visha, mfn. exceedingly poisonous ; corresponding ati-grdhas or objects are apdna,
dition or law, deviating from the rules of caste
fragrant substance ;' ndman, name ;' rasa, fla-
' ' '
(see
counteracting poison ; (a), f. the plant Aconitum
;

Ferox. vriddhi, f. extraordinary growth. vri- also s. v. a/i.) vour ;'

'
rupa, form
'
sound ;' kdma, ' de-
;' sabda,
shti , f. vrishti-hata.inti injured
excessive rain. >.
ati-kandaka, as, m. the plant sire ;' karman, sparsa, 'touch '), SBr. xiv.
'action ;'

by heavy rain. vepatbu, m. excessive tremor ; Hastikanda.

Atl-jfrahya, as, m., N. of three successive liba-
or ativepathu-mat, mm. trembling ex- tions made (or cups filled) at the Jyotishjoma sacri-
(mfn.),
cessively. vaicakshanya, n. great proficiency. Hn dti-kalyana, mf(i)n. 'past or fice, TS.; SBr. &c.
vaisasa, mfn. very adverse or destructive. beyond beauty,' not beautiful, SBr.
^frm m. (v/Aon), 'very de-
ati-gha, as,
vyatriana, n. infliction of (or giving) excessive
excessive pain. ^Trl*?! ati-kasa, mfn. beyond the whip, structive,' a weapon, bludgeon ; wrath.
pain, Pan. v, 4, 61. vyatha, f.

unmanageable, Pan. vi, 2, 191, Sch. Ati-gb.ni, f. utter oblivion or profound sleep
vyaya, m. lavish expenditure. vySpta, mfn. and
- (obliterating all that is disagreeable in the past,
stretched too far (as a rule or principle). vyapti, to become very angry.
regarded as the highest condition of bliss), SBr. xiv.
f. unwarrantable stretch (of a rule or principle), Pan.
Ati-jfhnya / (4), mfn. one who is in the con-
vi, 3, 35, Sch. sakta or -sakti, mfn. very power- ati-^/kurd, to jump about. dition ati-ghni, AV.
ful ; (is), (. or alisakti-td, f.
great power or valour.
ati-kriti or better abhi-kriti, q. v.
saktt-bhaj , mfn. possessing great power. san- wfiT^^ ati-camu, mfn. (victorious) over
ka, f. excessive timidity. sarvara, n. the dead * ati- Vkris?t,io drag over or beyond. armies, L.
of night, AV. sasta, mfn. very excellent. su-
ati-kesara, us, m. the plant Trapa ^rfrT^T^aJi-v'ear, to pass by; to overtake,
kra (dti-), mfn. too bright. sukla, mfn. very to transgress, offend, be unfaithful to.
surpass ;

white, too white, -sobhana, mfn. very handsome. Bispinosa.

Ati-cara, mfn. f. the
transient, changeable ; (a),
sri, mfn. very prosperous, Pin. i, 2, 48, Sch. to step or go beyond
wfirai^ ati-\/kram, shrub Hibiscus Mutabilis.
slakshna (dti-}, mfn. too tender, TBr. sam- or over or across, (Ved. Inf. ati-krdme, to be walked Ati-carana. See p. 1 2, col. 2.
skrita, mfn. highly finished. sakti, f. excessive to pass time;
on, RV. i, 105, 1 6); to pass, cross; Ati-cara, as, m. passing by, overtaking, sur-
attachment. akti-mat,mfn.excessively attached. to surpass, excel, overcome ; to pass by, neglect ; to accelerated motion, especially of planets
sam- passing ; ;
samcaya, m. excessive accumulation.
overstep, transgress,
violate ; to pass on or away; to
transgression.
tapta, mfn. greatly afflicted. samdheya, mfn. lose Caus. -krdmayati or Ati-carin, mfn. surpassing, transgressing.
step out ; to part from,
:

easy to be settled or conciliated. samartha, mfn. to leave un-

-kramayati, to allow to pass (as time) ; AV.
very competent. samlpa, mfn. very near. saru- noticed. |TI
ati-Vcrit, to stick on, fasten,
parka, m. excessive (sexual) intercourse. sarva, Ati-krama, af, m. passing over, overstepping
mfn. too complete, AitBr. ; superior to all, see s. v.
;
ati- Vcesht, to make extraordinary
lapse (of time) ; overcoming, surpassing, conquering ;

sadhvasa, n. excessive fear. santapana, n. violation or excessive efforts.

; neglect ;
excess, imposition, transgression,
a kind of severe penance (inflicted especially for determined onset. ^ffrl a&.'^dti-cchandas, mfn. past worldly
eating unclean animal food). sSyam, ind. very Ati-kramana, am, n. the act of passing over, from them, SBr. xiv ; (as, as), (. n.,
desires, free
late in the evening. slddhl, f. great perfection.
SBr., surpassing, overstepping; excess; passing, N. of two large classes of metres ; (as), n., N. of a
sojana, mfn. very moral, very friendly. snn-
particular brick in the
sacrificial fire-place.
spending (time).
dara, mfn. very handsome ; (as, a), m. f. a metre Ati-kramaniya, mfn. to be passed beyond or
belonging to the class Ashti (also
called Citra or flfM'Irft ati-jagatl, f., N. of a class of
over; generally' negative an-atikramaniya, q..
sulabha, mfn. very easily obtain- metres (belonging to those called Aticchantlas, and
Cattcald). Ati-kramin, mfn. (ifc.) exceeding, violating, &c.
able. Buhita, mfn. excessively kind, over-kind. Ati-kramya, ind. having passed beyond or over. consisting of four lines, each containing thirteen
Brishti (dti-), f. an extraordinary or excellent Ati-kranta, mfn. having passed or transgressed ; syllables).
creation, SBr. xiv. seva, f. excessive addiction (to niibecUia, mfn.
a habit). saurablia, mm. very fragrant; (am),n.
exceeded, surpassed, overcome. wftjH ati-jana, mfn. 'beyond men,' un-
one who has neglected a prohibition.
- sanhltya, n. excessive inhabited.
extraordinary fragrance. Ati-kranti, is, (. transgression, Kir.
being spoiled, stuffed with food, &c.,
Mn. wflln7I mfn. superior to parent-
satiety, e.g. Atl-kramaka, mfn. exceeding, transgressing, L. ati-jata,
iv, 62. tnti, f. excessive praise, Nir. gthira,
or flow age.
mfn. very stable. -
stlmla (dfi-), mfn. excessively ^frlBj^ ati-Vkshar, to overflow
snlg- aor. dfsAdr dti, RV. ix,
^rfirfT ati-\/ji (aor. dty-ojaishit), to con-
big or clumsy, VS. &c. ; excessively stupid. through, RV. &c. (3. sg.
AV.
dha, mfn. very smooth, very nice, very affection- 43. 5)-
quer,

sparsa, m. too marked contact (of the tongue to surpass

^fitTil^ ati-Vjiv, to survive ;
ate.
'VfirfW{ati-\ kship, to throw beyond.
/
and palate) in pronunciation. trpMra, mm. very in the mode of living.
Ati-kshipta, mfn, thrown beyond (am), n.
tremulous. svapna, m. excessive sleep ; (am), n. ;

svastlia, mfn. or dislocation of a particular kind, wfifrTiI ati-tata, mfn. (*/tan), stretching
excessive tendency to dreaming. (in med.) sprain
n. or -hasa,
enjoying excellent health, -basita,
Susr. one's self big, conceited, SiS.
far, making
m. excessive laughter, -brasva (dti-), mfn. ex- ati-khatva, mfn. beyond the bed-
&c. Aty-agni, m. morbidly ^rfimj vfinf^ati-Vtap, to be very hot, AV. xviii,
cessively short, VS. do without a bedstead, Pan. Sch.
mfn. very thin, MaitrS. stead, able to 2, 36, &c.; to heat, AV. xiii, 2, 40 BhP.; to affect ;
rapid digestion. JKty-anu,
Caus. -tdpayati, to heat much.
wonderful (as), m., N. ati-Vkhya, to survey, overlook
:
mfn. ^rfrTjaft greatly
Aty-adbhuta, very ;

of the Indra in the ninth Manvantara, VP. ; (am), impf. dty-akhyaf),

AV. to neglect, pass ; ind. (compar. of dti),
(3. sg. ^rfiTrTrpR[ ati-taram,
n. a great wonder. Aty-adhvan, m. a long way over, abandon (2. sg. Conj. dti-khyas, 2. du. Conj. above in rank (with ace.), KenaUp. better, higher, ;

or journey, excessive travelling. Aty-amarsbana dti-khyatam}, RV. more (with abl.), SBr. &c. ; very much, exceedingly,
or -amarghin, mm. quite out of temper. Aty-
ati-^gam or ati-</i. ga, to pass excessively.
a, mfn. very acid ; (as), m.
the tree Spondias
14 ati-trid. ati-badh.

ati-Vtrid, to cleave, split, VS. ;

to ati- i/dhyai, to meditate deeply.VP. ati-pitri, ta, m. surpassing his
AV. own father, SBr. xiv.
pierce through, penetrate, ati-Vdhvans, to raise the dust in
Ati-pitamaha, as, m. surpassing his own pater-
W fid
ij K, ati-Vtrip, to be satiated. running through or over (3. pi. Conj . aor. ati-dhva-
nal grandfather, SBr. xiv.
sdn), RV. viii, 55, 5.
^rfrn at\-Vtfi, to pass through or by or / wfrP ati-Vpu, P. to clarify or purify
1

wfrT1^ ati- v nam, to bend aside, keep on

over, cross, overcome, escape : Desid. -titirshati, through (3. pi. aor. ati apdvishuh), RV. ix, 60, 2 :
one side.
to be desirous of crossing or overcoming, BhP. A. -pavate, to purify or purge by flowing through
Atl-tSrin, mm. crossing, Aitlir. wfrtllHH ati-ndman, a, m., N. of a (especially used of theSoma juice, which is considered
Ati-tarya, mf(a)n. to be crossed or passed over Saptarshi of the sixth Manvantara.
to be a purgative), SBr. &c.
or overcome, AV.
wfnHiJ} ati-nds/itrd, mfn. beyond danger, wfrT'J ati-</i.pri, to convey across, to
^rfrTW^ at\-tyad, surpassing that, Pan. vii, out of danger, SBr. help over, RV. ; to cross, pass over, RV. i, 1 74, 9 &
i, 102, Sch. vi, 20, 12; to keep (a promise) Caus. -parayati, :

wffTftr:^!^ ati-nih-</svas, to breathe or to lead or convey over, RV. &c.

wfrTr^ att-tvam, surpassing thee, Pan.
sigh violently.
vii, 2, 97, Sch. ; atitvdm, atitvdn, ace. sing, and wfinj ati-Vpri, cl. 4. P. -puryati, to be-
him that surpasses thee, them that surpass thee ati-nicrit (or wrongly written
pi. ;
VffrlftT^'?^ come full or overflowing, MBh.
(fictitious
forms coined by grammarians.) ati-nivrit), f., N. of a Vedic metre of three padas
(containing respectively seven, six and seven syl- (=-cikite, -cekite
ati- Vtvar, to hasten overmuch. Tjfinif%i^a<i-/jra-Vei/,
lables), RV. Prat. &c. BR. ;
= Intens. -cekilte, Gmn.), to be clearly dis-
a tit hi, is,m.(</at, or said to be from tinct or distinguishable, RV. i, 55, 3.
ind. beyond sleep-
'WfrTf^j^ ati-nidram,
a-tithi, 'one who has no fixed day for coming'), a
ing time, Pan. ii, i, 6, Sch. See also ati-mdra ^ffinnsj ati-pra-Vcyu, to pass by, TBr. :
entitled to hospitality ; N. of Agni ; of
guest, a person s. v. ati. Caus. -cydvayati, to cause to pass by, SBr.
an attendant on Soma N. of Suhotra (king of Ayo-
W
;

dhyJ, and grandson of Rama). kriyS,f. hospitality. frt fi ^ ati-nish-tan (\/tan), (perf. Pot. VfiriTtl ati-i/prach, to go on asking,
gva, m. 'to whom guests should go,' N. of Divodasa 3. pi. dti nhh-tatanyufi), to penetrate (with rays), SBr. &c.
and of another mythical hero, RV. tva, n. state RV. 141, 13.'
^fifrTHTK^ ati-pra- Vjval, to flame or blaze
i,

of a guest, hospitality. deva, mm. one to whom a

dvesha, m. hatred ^srfirfTFW ati-ni-hmitya, ind. p. (Vhnu), exceedingly, MBh.
guest is as a divinity, TUp.
of guests, inhospitality. dharma, m. rights of denying obstinately. wfrlUiil^l ati-pra-nas (Vi.nas), to be en-
hospitality, Mn. iii, III, &c. -dharmin,
mfn.
wfinft ati-Vni, to lead over or beyond, tirely deprived of (ace.), SBr.
entitled to hospitality, Mn. iii, 112. patl(<fft'M-), to help a person over anything, RV. &c. ; to allow
m. a host, entertainer of a guest, AV. pujana, 'WfrTHT'ft ati-pra-ni (VnT), to lead by or
to pass away : Intens. A. -neniydtc, to bring for-
n. or -pSJS, f.
showing honour to a guest. vat, beyond, Laty.; AsvSr.
ward, RV. vi, 47, 1 6.
ind. like a guest. latkara, m. honourable treat-
ment of a guest. ev5, f. attention to a guest. ati- \/3. ,
Caus. to turn away, TS. YTfinHJ^ ati-pra-nud (\/nurf), to press or
incite very strongly.
Atithin, mm. ( Vaf), travelling, RV. x, 68, 3 ;
AV.
ati-*/nud, to drive by,
N. of a king (also Suhotra and Atithi, q.v.)
(i), m., ^rfrTlTH^ ati-pra-Vpad, Caus. -pddayati,
ati- Vdagh, to go beyond, to pass ati-Vned, to stream or flow over, (Comm.), MBh.
to help to pass into the other world
'WfteJ^ foam TS. &c.
over, iv, 1717.
(3. sg. dti-dhak,
2. du. dti-dhaktanf), RV.
^rfirTra<i-na,mfn.disembarked,Pan.Sch. wfrlUHUll ati-pramdna, mfn. beyond mea-
^ffrT<; ati-datta, as,
<l m., N. of a brother
^rfifWT ati-paScd, f a girl who is past five. sure, immense.
of Datta and son of RajSdhideva, Hariv. .

wfrK? ati-Vdah, to burn or blaze across, i"rm"|T!f<J ati-patikshepa, v. 1. for a-pa- ^rfrlH^*^ ati-pra- Vy am, to give or hand
SBr. to burn or distress greatly. over,TS. ; TBr.
;
tlkshepa, as, m. omitting to remove or non-removal
wfinjT ati-</i.dd, to surpass in giving,
of the theatrical curtain. W CH U^ ^ ati-pra- Vyuj, to separate from
RV. viii, I, 38 to pass over in giving, KStySr.
;
'WfriM^ ati-Vpath, Pass, -pathyate, to be (with instr.), TS.
greatly proclaimed or celebrated, MBh.
ati-ddnta, as, m., N. of a prince. to extend or carry
^ffrTlH^ ati-pra- Vvah,
to fall or by or past
ati-'/das, to favour with a gift, wfinTr^aft'-v'z. pat, fly beyond.
RV. or beyond or over ;
to neglect, miss : Caus. -pdta-
wfrlH^I ati-pra-'/ 2. vd, cl. 4. P. -vayati,
present,
yati, to cause to fly by ; to drag away ; to make
effectless.
to blow violently, MBh.
to play higher, RV. x, 42, 9; to risk (in playing), Ati-patana, am, n. act of falling or flying be- wfrTJlftrS ati-pra-viddha, mfn. ( Vvyadh),
MBh. ii, 2041. yond, passing, missing, transgressing. frightened away, scared, R.
make Ati-patlta, mfn. passed beyond, transgressed,
^cfilfc^ati-Vdis, to over, transfer,
missed. ^rfrllT^ ati-pra- Vvrit,
to issue violently
assign : Pass, -disyate, (in Gr.) to
be overruled or to have an intense
Ati-pata, as, m. passing away, lapse ; neglect, (as blood from a wound), Susr. ;

attracted or assimilated.
transgression ; ill-usage, opposition, contrariety. effect (as venom), Susr.
Ati-dishta, mfn. overruled, attracted, influenced,
Ati-patita, mfn. completely displaced or broken
tlfrTlH ati-pra- Vve, to add in weaving,
;

inferred, substituted.
(am), n. (in med.) complete fracture of a bone.
Ati-desa, as, m. transfer, extended application, weave on an additional piece, SSnkhBr.
Atl-patin, mfn. overtaking, excelling in speed ;
inference, analogy, overruling influence, assimilation;
med.) running a rapid course, acute ^ifff M
a rule providing for more than the usual rule ; putting
(in ; neglecting.
^i^ ati-pra- Vsajis, to praise highly.
Ati-pStya, mfn. to be passed over, to be neglected.
one thing instead of another, substitution ; rup&ti-
m. the Teak tree
V frl H *} ati-pra- Vsru,c\.^. A. -rinre(Ved.
1

dtia, such a rule as affecting the form of a word ;

wfrripi ati-pattra, as, ;

3. sg.), to become known or famous more than others,

the tree Hastikanda.
(mfn.), overruling, previously stated. RV. x, II, 7.
'Wftf'Tui ati-dipya, as, m. 'very brilliant,' flfriM^ ati-Vpad, to go beyond (ace.),
jump over to neglect, transgress Caus. -pddayati, wfinm^ ati-pra-Vsad, P. -sidati, to be-
the plant Plumbago Rosea. ; :

to allow to pass by. come completely cheerful.

/
<fr*P> t De excessively con-
^rfir^ati-v Ati-patti, is, f.
going beyond, passing, lapse ;

^rfrTTHJ ati-pra-i/sri, Intens. -sarsrite, to

ceited. kriyatipatti, the passing by of an action unaccom- RV. 25, 1.
outstrip, surpass, ii,

m. a superior god plished, PSn. iii, 3, 139.

^rf?J^"7 ati-deva, as, ; Ati-pra-srita, mfn. issued violently.
Ati-panna, mfn. gone beyond, transgressed,
surpassing the gods. missed ^ffifJIWr ati-pra- i/stha, to have an ad-
; past.

wfrl^ ati-Vi dru,

to run by, pass hastily,
wftrm. ati-para, mfn. one who has over- vantage over, RV. i, 64, 13 & viii, 60, 1 6.

RV. AV. to pass over,

; ;
SBr.
come his enemies m. a great enemy. A. -jihile, to
; (as), wfrin^I ati-pra-Vz. hd, cl. 3.

wfAVrti^ati-dhanvan, a, m., N. of aVedic ati-pari (part- >/), to pass round, give or hand over, SBr.
^frtlO
teacher, a descendant of Sunaka, VBr.
ApSr. nam, ind. exceeding life.

flfrfUT ati-\/dhd, to put away. ^TfirTTl ati-\/pas, to look beyond, look Ati-pr5na-priya, mfn. dearer than life.

A'ti-hita, mm. put away or aside, AV.

through, RV. 94, 7 AV.
i, ;
ati- Vprv,to jump o ver.to escape.TS.
ati-Vi dhdv, to run or rush over.
. WfiTIT ati-i/i. pa, Caus. P. -pay ay ati, to
ati-preshita, am, n. the time
give to drink in great quantity, Kama's.
ati-dhriti, is, f., N. of a class of following the Praisha ceremony, KstySr.
metres (belonging to those called Aticchaftdas, and ati-pdda-nicrit, f., N. of a
wPrKllU^ ati-\/badh, to molest
Vedic metre of three padas (containing respectively or annoy
consisting of four lines, each containing nineteen
syllables) ; (in arithm.) nineteen. six, eight and seven syllables). exceedingly.
 NH frl ati-brih.
j^ ati-sva. 15
ati- Vl .
brih, to push out intense! the
concluding Vedic verse chanted on such occa-
i-vvrit, to pass beyond, surpass,
(scil. rttas; used only for the etym. olvrishabha sions, AV. &c. N. of a son of Cakshusha the sixth
;

Nir. Manu. - savaniya-pasu, m. the victim sacrificed

cross ; to get over, overcome ; to transgress, violate,
at the Atiratra. offend, especially by unfaithfulness ; to pass
away ;
(ati-brahman, d, m., N. of a king to delay.

ati-Vbru or alhi-Vbru, to insult ati-ri, ati-rai, q. v. neut. of Ati-vartana, am, n. a pardonable offence or
x
misdemeanour.
abuse, MBh. iii, 15640. * ati- v/ric, Pass,
-ricyate, to be left
with a surplus, to Ati-vartin, mfn. passing beyond, crossing, pass-
^TfiTHT ati-*/bhd,-bhati, to blaze or be surpass (in a good or bad sense
very- with abl. or ace.); to be ing by, surpassing ; guilty of a pardonable offence.
AV. x,z,i7; R. superior, predominate, pre-
bright, vail Ati-vritti, is, (. surpassing ; hyperbolical mean-
Caus. -recayati, to do superfluously, to do too
:

ing ; (in med.) excessive action.

fl<t'-'v/6Au (perf. -babhSva), to
'HnT>J much, SBr. &c.
-
origi-
nate or take rise in an excessive MBh. viii way, Ati-rikta, mfn. left with or as a surplus, left {ati-</vridh, to surpass in growing,
4541 ; P. (once A., TAr.), to excel,
surpass, PBr.
apart redundant, unequalled ; different from (with
; grow beyond, SBr.
MBh. &c. : Desid. to intend to surpass, AsvSr. abl.) ta, f. redundancy, &c. Atiriktanffa, Ati-vriddha, mfn. very large very old. ;

Ati-bnava, m. mfn. having a redundant limb or

finger or toe ; (am), " /
"l ^, a ' J v fmA, to
1
superiority, overcoming. rain violently.
n. a redundant limb or or toe.
finger
^rfifJIW ati-bhumi, is, f. extensive land Ati-reka
; or atl-reka [only once, SBr.], as, m. wTTOc? ati-tela, mfn. passing the proper
culmination, eminence, superiority ; excess. surplus, excess
redundancy difference.
; ;
boundary, excessive ; (am), ind. excessively.
^rfiT>JS ati-\/2. bhiish, to adorn one's sell Ati-rekin, mfn. surpassing.
before (another) to adorn richly. i.
^lfinn^ ati-Vvyadh (Ved. Inf. ati-vidhe,
;
^rtrT^^ art-vVac, to shine over or RV. v, 62, 9), to pierce through, RV. AV. ;
RV. &c.
^Tiinj ati-Vbhri, A. to pass or extend over along, to surpass in ;
shining. Ati-viddha, mfn. pierced through, wounded.
2. Ati- rue, m. a horse's fetlock or
(perf. 2. sg. -jabhrishe), RV. ix, 86, 29 & 100, 9. knee, VS. Ati-vyadhin, mfn. piercing through, wounding,
Ati-bhara, as, m. See s.v. ati. Wfn t\^ ati-\/ruh, to climb or ascend over, VS. ; SBr. xiv.

ati-Vman, -manyate (i. pl.-mand- RV. ix, 17, 5; to grow higher, RV. x, 90, 2.
Ati-vyadhya, mfn. vulnerable.
*ifr!**^
mahl 'tf), to disdain, despise, RV. &c. ; to value
^flfls(>^a/- -/vraj,
to pass by; to
fly over,
less than one's SBr. to pride one's
ati-rai, ds, ds, 'i,
exceeding one's in- RV. i, 1 1 6, 4 ; to pass or wander through.
self, ; self, SBr. come, extravagant, Pin. Sch.
Ati-manita, mfn. honoured highly; cf. ati-
mdnd s. v. ati. ati-Vlanyh, Caus. -langhayati, to ^jfif^l*^ ati-Vsans, to recite beyond mea-
sure, to continue reciting ; to omit in
transgress, Kathis. reciting, AitBr.
isifrli^iM^Cs ati-manushya-buddhi, mfn.
having a superhuman intellect. atilihd or athilld, f., N. of a ^lfrl$IS8lJ ati-sakkari or ati-sakvari, f. a
PrSkrit metre class of metres of four lines, each
(of four lines, each containing sixteen containing fifteen
'

ati-martya, mfn. superhuman. syllables. It has eighteen varieties.

Matras).
f ati-marydda, mfn. exceeding the w fit^'i ati- -/vac, to blame ; to speak too ati-sakra, mfn. superior to Indra.
proper limit ; (am), ind. beyond bounds. oudly either in blaming or praising. ati- /sank, to suspect
strongly,
^rfrTHin^ ati-marsam, ind. (Vmris), so as ^Tnr^ ati-Vvad, to speak louder or bet- L5ty. ;
to suspect falsely ;
to be concerned about.
to encroach, AitBr. :er ; to
surpass or overpower in disputing, TBr. &c.
to ask for too much, AV. ati-saya, &c. See i . ati- */i . si.
^rflTTfijT ati-matrd, mfn. exceeding the
proper measure, AV. &c. (dm), ind. or -sas, ind. T of aty-aham, ali-sastra, mfn. superior to
;
ati-vayam (nom. pi.
beyond measure. q. v.), surpassing me. weapons.

wffTHT'J^ aii-mdnusha, mfn. superhuman, ati-Vvah, to carry over or across

f Indian, atisakvara, mfn. written in or
;

divine, MBh. &c. connected with the Ati-sakvari metre.

o pass by'; to pass (time), Dai Caus. -vdhayati, :

1
Wfn tllt ati-mdm i (ace. of aty-aham, q. v.),
o let pass, get over or through, endure ; to let time ati-Vsi, cl. 3. A. -stiite, to sharpen
surpassing me, Pin. vii, 2, 97, Sch.
>ass, spend. up (a weapon) for
attacking, RV. i, 36, 16.
Atl-vahana, m, n. excessive toiling or enduring.
SHffltnfl ati-mdya, mfn. emancipated from ' ^sfHf$r^ ati/2. sish, to leave
Ati-vahika, mfn. swifter than the wind,' N. of remaining :
MayS or Illusion finally liberated. ; the linga-sarira (but see dtivdhika);
(as), m. an
Pass, -sishyatc, to remain.

^rfrWlX ati-mdra or ati-bhdra, as, m., N. nhabitant of the lower world. A'ti-sishta, mfn. remaining, TS. &c.
Ati-vahya, mfn. to be passed (as time, &c.); Atl-sesha, as, m. remainder, remnant (especially
of a prince.
of time), ChUp.
am), n. the passing of time.
^rfirftTrT i. ati-mita, mfn. over measured, Ati-yodhri, ifhd, m. one who carries over or
SBr.
i. ati- i. si, -sete, toV precede in
beyond measure, exceeding. cross,
lying down, MBh. ; to surpass, excel ; to act as an
2. a-timita, mfn. not moistened. wfiraTa<-\/2. a,cl. 2. P. -coM.toblowbe- incubus, annoy, L. : Pass, -sayyate, to be excelled
AV. cl. 4. V.-vdyati, to blow violently; (ati-
ond, : or surpassed.

wyaft'),pr.p.loc.ind.thewindblowingstrongly,MBh. Ati-saya, as, m. pre-eminence, eminence; supe-

escape, SBr. &c.
riority in quality or quantity or numbers ; advan-
Ati-mnkta or ati-mnktaka, m. ati-vdsa, as, m. a fast on the day
as, 'surpass- tageous result; one of the superhuman qualities attri-
ing pearls in whiteness,' N. of certain shrubs. before performing the SrSddha. buted to Jaina Arhats ; (mfn.), pre-eminent,
superior,
Ati-mukti, is, {. final liberation. See ati. A. -dhatte, to abundant, SaiikhBr. &c. (am or ena), ind. emi-
ati-vi-Vdhd, cl.
3.
;

Atl-mucya, ind. p. having dismissed or given up. distribute too much, SBr. nently, very. Atisayokti, f.
hyperbolical language ;
Ati-moksha, as, m. final liberation, SBr. xiv. extreme assertion ; verbosity.
Ati-mokshin, mfn. escaping, TS. ; Kith. w Pn Pq *.i
^ ati-vi- Vraj, to shine or be bril- Ati-sayana, mf(i)n. eminent, abundant ; (am),
mfn. overcoming death, liant exceedingly, MBh. &c. ind. excessively ; (f), f., N. of a metre of four
^tfrt*[fl ati-mrityu, lines,
also called Citralekha.
ChUp. TfrrfqpSlF ati-vi- i/langh, Caus. -langha-
Ati-sayita, mfn. surpassing, superior.
yati, to pass by without taking notice BhP.
^rfrt*!^ Sti-Vyqf, to neglect or pass in
of,
Ati-sayin, mfn. excelling, abounding.
TS.
offering a sacrifice, ati-vi- Vlud, Caus. -lodayati, to Ati-sayana, am, n. excelling excessiveness.
^filfV^ ;

wfirTT ati- vVa, to pass over or before ; to disturb, destroy, MBh. Ati-sayin, mfn. excelling, abounding; -excessive.
surpass, RV. &c. to pass by, RV. i, 135, 7; to
;
ati-vi- Vvrit, Caus. -vartayati, wfir?ft 2 ati- v/3- si, to
.
%
fall or drop beyond,
BhP. 'afnlq^r^ Ksth. to get out from
transgress, to separate too far, to make too great distinction be-
; (ace'.), leave, ChUp.
"Wfit^q*^ ati-yuyam (nom. of ati-tvam, tween, RV. Prit ati-sitam, ind. past or
pi. wfnsiTn^ beyond
q. v.), surpassing thee. the cold, after the winter.
^fTTri *i ^ ati-vi- Vsranibh, Caus. -sram-
wfrHISJ ati- Vraj, to shine over (aor. Subj .
bhayati, to make too familiar or too intimate, Car.
ali-silaya, Nom. P. yati, to
3. sg. dti rat}, RV. vi, 1 2, 5. Ati-vi-srabdha, mfn. entirely trusting or con- practise or use excessively.
Ati-rajan, a, m. a supreme king ; superior to a fiding in ; (am), ind. quite confidently.
' ati-Vsubh, to be brilliant; to
king, Pan. iv, I, 12, Sch. ; (-rdjZi), f. (a woman) 'iififfq ati-visva, as, m. superior to all
1
*!
Ati-rajakumari, mfn. please Caus. -sobhayati, to make adorn.
superior to a king, ib.
:
brilliant,
or to the universe,' N. of a Muni, Hariv.
superior to a princess, PSn. i, 2, 48, Sch. ati-sreshtha, mfn. superior to the
Atirajaya, Nom. P. atirdjayati, to surpass a
^rnf^**!*^ ati-vi- Vsvas, to confide or trust best, best of all. -tva, n. pre-eminence.
king, Pin. vii, 4, 2, Sch. too much (generally with na, neg.) Ati-sreyasi, is, m. a man superior to the most
^rfiTO^ ati-ratrd, mfn. prepared or per- ati- Vvl, to outstrip, RV. v, 44, 7. excellent woman.
formed over-night, RV. vii, 103, 7 ; (ds), m. an
tT mfn. , to fasten or tie over.
optional part of the Jyotishtoma sacrifice ;
com- ati-vritthita, (
mencement and conclusion of certain sacrificial acts ; strengthened, MBh. v, 499. ati-sva, mf(i)n, superior to, or worse
16 ati-shakta. atyanta-vasin.
than, a dog, Pin. v, 4, 96 ; (a), m., N. of a tribe (?),
ati-Vhan, Desid. -jighansati (for Atripnnvat, mfn. RV.
insatiable, iv, 19, 3.
(gana pakshadi, q. v.) A-tripta, mfn.
-jighdsati h. Vt. haf), to try to escape, AitBr. unsatisfied, insatiable, eager.
<sfiTT3i dti-shakta or (in later texts) ati- Ati-hata, mfn. firmly drii, mfn. looking with eagerness.
fixed, SBr. ; utterly de-
sakta, mfn. ( Vsaiif), connected with, AV. &c. stroyed, Car.
A-tripti, is, (. unsatisfied condition, insatiability.

TOfrTfTrT dti-shita, mfn. tied or bound Irjfarf d-trishita, mfn. not thirsty, not
,Nom.(fr. ati-hasta), RV.
round the flow of any liquid), RV. greedy, x, 94, n.
(so as to prevent P. atihastayati, to stretch out the hands
; (ft. ati-
A-trishnaJ, mfn. not thirsty, RV. x, 94, II.
*> 73, 9- hastin), to overtake on an elephant.
A-trlshya, mfn. beyond the reach of thirst, AV.
^lfrn^i'^
ati-shkand (Vskand), to cover ^Nrl^l ati-Vl. ha, to jump over, RV. &c.; A-trishyat, mfn. not thirsting after, not greedy,
RV. to pass
jumping from one place to another.
not eager, RV. 71, 3.
(said of a bull), 34 to leap or jump over,
i,
v, 52,
Ved. Inf. (dat.) aJi-shtdtie, RV. viii, 67, 19 ; Ved. a-tejas, as, n. absence of bright-
WrTf?*?H ati-himam, ind. after the frost ;
^rtT*{
Inf. (3i\A.)-slikddas,'R.V. x, 108, 2; to omit, dn-ati- ness or vigour ; dimness, shade, shadow
past the cld. ; feebleness,
skaniiaf, mfn. not omitting anything, uniform, TBr. dulness, insignificance; (a^tyas'), mm. [AV.] or
Ati-shkadvan, over, trans- to hold over; to reach
mf(ar;~)n. jumping 'wli'd ati-Vhri, a-tejaska [SBr. xiv] or a-ttjasvin, mfn. not bright,
gressing. over ;
to cause to jut over ; to add. dim, not vigorous. A-teJo-maya, mfn. not con-
sisting of light or brightness, SBr. xiv.
wfirfgN*^ ati-sht(gham (Vstigh), ind. so ati-Vhve (i. sg. A. -hvaye), to call
as to overwhelm, MaitrS. over to one's side, TBr. WrnmiftM a-toshaniya, mfn. not to be
^frT uti-shtu (Vstu), to go on too far in pleased or appeased.
ati (Vi), el. 3. P. aty-eti, -etum, to
reciting hymns of praise, PBr. ; Lsty. ^r3i dtka, as, (Vat), m. a traveller, L.; a
pass by, elapse, pass over, overflow ;
to pass on ; to
w fn 8 n d-tishthat, mfn. not standing, uii- get over (Ved. Inf. dty-etavat), to pass through,
;
limb or member, L. ; armour, mail, garment, RV. ;
RV. RV. v, 83, 10 ; to defer; to enter; to overcome, N. of an Asura, RV.
itable,
overtake, outdo ; to pass by, neglect ; to overstep, wrflrt atkila, as, m., N. of an ancient
violate ; to be redundant ; to die : lutcns.
aiiyate, Rishi (uttila, q.v.), AsvSr.
of, govern, RV. ;
AV. ; to jut over or out, TBr. to overcome.
2. A ti- slit hj, f.
precedence, superiority, ;
SBr. &c.
Atita, mfn. gone by, past, passed away, dead ; attali, is, m., N. of a man.
m. or ati-shthavan, m. or atishtha-vai
(as), f.
one who has gone through or got over or
[AV.], mfn. superior in standing, surpassing.
beyond, attavya, mfn. (Vad), fit or"
proper
one who has passed by or neglected ; negligent ; to be eaten, Mn.
wffRnn ati-sam-Vdhd, to overreach, de- passed, left behind ; excessive ; (as), m., N. of a
Attl, is, m. an eater, SBr. xiv.
particular Saiva sect ; (am), n. the past. kala,
ceive, Sak. ;
to wrong or injure, VarBrS. Attri, td, m. an eater, AV. &c. ; f. attri, TS.
ind. so as to violate an m. the past time or tense. nauka, mfn. passed
Ati-sandbam, agreement ^rai
or any fixed order, SBr. out of a ship, landed. attd, f.
(probably a colloquialism
Atitvarl, a female transgressor, bad borrowed from the Deccan, said to occur chiefly in
Ati-sain-dhana, am, n. overreaching, cheating. f.
woman, VS.
Ati-sandhita, mfn. overreached, cheated. Aty-aya, aty-Sya, see s. v. dramas), a mother, L.; mother's sister, L.; elder sister,
L.; (in Prakrit) a mother-in-law, L. See akkd.
Ati-sam-dheya, mfn. easy to be conciliated, d-tlkshna, mfn. not sharp, blunt ;
Attl, is; or attika, f. elder sister, L.
easy to be settled. not severe or rigid.
^frHTt ati-sarva, mfn. superior to all,
attra. See 3. & 4. atra, p. 17, col. 2.
m. the Supreme.
in1f5<4 alindriya, mfn. beyond the (cog-
Pin. Sch. ; (as), nizance of the) senses ; (as), m. (in SSnkhya
attri. See dtri, p. 17, col. 2.
phil.)
the soul ; (am), n., N. of Pradluna ; the mind.
ati-samvatsara, mfn. extend- atna, as, or atnu, us, m. (Vat), the
ing over more than a year, Mn. ati-rekd. See ati-Vric. sun, L.

TOfni*Hi f. the sweet juice of Atya (2, 3), as, m. a courser, steed, RV.
ati-samya, ativa, ind. exceedingly, very ; ex-
the Bengal Madder, Rubia Manjith.
cessively, too ; quite; surpassing (with ace.): Corn-
WJ^^ dty-anhas, mfn. beyond the reach
of evil or distress, VS.
^finjati-Vsri, Caus. to cause to pass par. atiifa-taram, ind. exceedingly, excessively, Sis.
Aty-auha, as; m., N. of a man, TBr.
through : be purged, Susr.
Pass, -s&ryate, to iv. 25.
Ati-sara, as, m. effort, exertion, AV.
^TrfiH a-tivra, mfn. not sharp, blunt ^BTQTT'laty-agni, is, m. too rapid digestion ;
not
Ati-sara or atl-sSra, as, m. purging, dysentery. ;
(mfn.), surpassing fire, -somarka, mfn. brighter
Ati-sarakin, or ati-sarakin or ati-sarin or pungent. than fire or the moon or the sun.
ati-sarin, mfn. afflicted with purging or dysentery. a/isA ( Visb),to pass by(acc.),MaitrS.
'amC'lBi*) aty-agnishtoma, as, m., N. of
'Sfrnjj^ ati-Vsrij, to glide over or along, afi-sara. See eti-Vsri. the second of the seven modifications of the Jyo-
RV. ; to send away, dismiss, abandon ; to leave as tishtoma sacrifice ; the Vedic verse chanted at the
a remnant ; to remit, forgive; to give away, present; *fijg-a-tu%a, mfn. not tall,short,d warfish. close of that ceremony.
to create in a higher degree, SBr. xiv.
a-tunda, mfn. not stout, thin. WrMU dty-agra, mfn. whose point is jutting
Ati-sarga, as, m. act of parting with, dismissal,
tura, mfn. not not rich, AV. over, TS.
giving away granting permission, leave ; atisargdm
; liberal,
y/i . da, to bid any one farewell, MaitrS.
a-tula, mfn. unequalled ; (as), m. 'H.rHS?! aty-ankusa, mfn. past or beyond
Ati-sarjana, am, n. the act of giving away, of weight), the Sesamum seed and plant. the (elephant-driver's) hook, unmanageable.
(destitute
granting ; liberality ; a gift ; sending out of the A-tulya, mfn.
world, killing.
unequalled.
VSrQ^S aty-angula, mfn. exceeding an
Ati-srijya, mfn. to be dismissed, SBr. a-tushd, mfn. without husks, SBr. angula (finger's breadth).
Ati-srishti, is, 1. a higher creation, SBr. xiv. <*t a-tushara-kara, as, m. 'having i
("*( aty-ati- Vkram, to approach for
^J fn ati- Vsrip, to glide or creep over, not cold rays," the sun. sexual intercourse, MBh.
j >^
get over, RV. &c.
a-tushti, is, f. displeasure.discontent. ^rmfrlfr^ aty-ati-Vric, Pass, -ricyate, to
ati-sena, as, m., N. of a prince. dhaman surpass exceedingly.
a-tuhina, not cold. or
4 ati-Vsev, to use or enjoy immode- -rasmi or -met, m. having
'
not cold light,'
the ^itfri^ aty-anila, mfn. surpassing the
ati-sevd sun, VarBrS. wind.
rately, to practise excessively ;
cf. s. v. aft.

^ifniH4U ati-sauparna, mfn. superior to

^TrrrtflT d-tiituji, mfn. not quick, slow, 'WiM^lJ aty-anu-Vsri, Caus. -sarayati, to
RV. pursue excessively, MBh.
(the powers of) Suparna or Garuda. vii, 28, 3.

^frittfl ati-stri, m!(is or i) n. surpassing ^Trfji d-turta [RV. viii, 99, 7] or a-turta ^TrT*TTa<y-ante,mfn. beyond the properend
or limit
; excessive, very great, very strong ; endless,
a woman, L. ;
see Gram. 1 23. /;.
[RV.], mfn. not outrun, not outdone, not obstructed,
unhurt ; (a-ttcrtam), n. il limited space, RV. x, 149, unbroken, perpetual absolute, perfect ; (am), ind.
;

^fruit^ ati-Vsrans, to drop or turn
from, to escape, RV.
wfnti ati-Vsru, to flow over or flow ex-
away I. daksha, in. 'having designs that cannot be excessively, exceedingly;
in perpetuity ; absolutely,
vi, 1 1, 6. completely; to the end ; (dyd), dat. ind. for ever,
obstructed,' N. of the Asvins, RV. viii, 26, 1 . pa-
tUn perpetually, Pat. quite, Pat. kopana, mfn. very
(dturta-}, m(nom. -fan/Ads){n. having a
;

passionate. ga, mfn. going very much or very fast,

cessively. path that cannot be obstructed, RV.
' Pan. iii, 2, 48. g-ata, mfn. completely pertinent ;
Ati-srSvita, mfn. caused to flow excessively l
d-trindda, as, m. not an eater of
orj|<uic; always applicable, Nir. ; gone forever, Ragh. gati,
(as a wound), Susi.
grass,' a newly-born calf, SBr. xiv. f. complete accomplishment ; (in Gr.) the sense of
Ati-srnta, mfn. that which has been flowing
over (N. of Soma), VS. A-trinyS, a small quantity or short supply of
f. 'completely.' gamin, mfn. = -ga above. (Ta-
grass, Pan. vi, 2, 156, Sch. llin, mfn. having extraordinary qualities. tiras-
wfnt^ ati- Vsvfi> to hold or sustain a note, '
krita-vacya-dhvani, f.
(in rhetoric) a meta-
^arjf^rt d-tridila,
mfn. having no inter-
PBr. ChUp.
; phoric or hyperbolical use of depreciatory language.
stices,' solid, RV. x, 94, II.
Ati-svarya, mfn. the last of the seven notes, pidana, n. act of giving excessive pain. vasin,
TS.Prtt. a-<ripd',mfn.not satisfied, RY. i v,5, 1 4. m. a student who perpetually resides with his teacher.
 atyanta-samyoga, w^fgpj a-dakshina. 17
gainyoga, m. (in Gr.) immediate proximity. aty-dla, as, m. Plumbago Rosea. f. freedom from haste.
a-tvara,
samparka, m. excessive sexual intercourse.
sukumara, mfn. very tender ; (as), m. a kind THt^ aty-dsramin, i, m.'su]ierior to dtha (or Ved. dthd), ind. (probably fr.
of grain, Panicum Italicuin. the (four) Asramas,' an ascetic of the an auspicious and inceptive particle
Atyaiitabhava, in. highest degree. pronom. base a),
absolute non-existence. (not easily expressed in English), now; then; more-
Aty-antika, mfn. too close ; (am), n. too great
^TrMl^ aty-d-Vsad, Caus. ind. p.-sddya,
over ; rather but else what ? how
; certainly ; ; ;
passing through.
nearness, SBr. else? &c. kim, ind. how else? what else? cer-
Aty-a-sarma, mfn. being too close.
Atyantina, mfn. going Pan. v, 2, II. tainly, assuredly, sure kimu, how

^TTlfUJtr aty-abhi-srita, mfn. ( Vsri), hav-

far,

TJ aty-a-\/sri,to run near, Kaus.

Aty-a-sarin, mfn. flowing near violently, TS.
much more
and likewise.
;
so much
enough.
the more.
tu, ind. but, on the contrary.
~ ca, ind. moreover,
ind.

va,
ing approached too much, having come too close,
MBh.
ind. or (when repeated) either or or rather or
; ; ;
i, 3854.
metres (of four perhaps what? is it not so? &c.
; vapi, ind. or,
lines, each containing two syllables).
^fTHI aty-aya, as, m. (fr. Vi with ati, see rather. Athatas, ind. now. Athanantaram,
ind. now. Athapi, ind. so much the more more-
all), passing, lapse, passage; passing away, perishing, -V2.uksh(perf.2.sg.-vavakshi- ;

death t/ia) to surpass, RV. over therefore thus.

; danger, risk, evil, suffering ; transgression, ; ;

vice ; getting at, attacking, Yajn. ii, 12 ; over-

guilt, Atbo, ind.( = atha. above), now; likewise next ; ;
r**^ aty-ut-Vkram, to surpass, excel. va, ind. = atha~vd, Mn. 202.
coming, mastering (mentally) a class, ChUp. ;
therefore. iii,

Atyayika. See dtyayika. ^_ aty-ud-dhd (V 2, hd), to surpass, WZlft: athari, is, or athart,f. (said to be fr.
Atyayin, mfn. passing, Pan. iii, 2, 157. SBr. xiv.
Jat, to go, or fr. an obsolete */ath), flame [Gmn. ;
W<*Rrfif aty-ardti, is, m., N. of a son of W^^nT aty-upadha, mfn. superior to any 'the point of an arrow oiof alance.'NBD. ; 'finger,*

Janantapa, AitBr. test, tried, trustworthy, L. Naigh.], RV. iv, 6, 8.

w M M ^ aty-upa- Vyaj, to continue

1.
[VS.] and atharyu [RV. vii, I, i],
Atharya
^(TH aty-artha, rafn. 'beyond the proper rj}
offer-
mfn. flickering, lambent.
worth,' exorbitant, excessive ind. excessively, ing SBr.
atharyati, to move tremu-
; (am), sacrifices, 2. Atharya, Nom. P.

exceedingly. See aty-Vi-Hh.

aty-Vuh. lously, flicker, Naigh.
to press hard, distress
'SW^ aty-Vard, aty-umasd,\nd, a particle of abuse wxfqr^ dtharvan, d, m. (said to be fr. an

greatly, Bhatt. (used in comp. with J\. as, bhii, l.kri; gana
obsolete word athar, fire), a priest who has to do
to excel in ury-adi, q.v.)
with fire and Soma ; N. of the priest who is said to
^TW^ aty-Varh (Subj. -arhat), have been the first to institute the worship of fire
worth, RV. ii, 23, 15. dty-urmi, mfn. overflowing, bub- and offer Soma and prayers (he is represented as a
t aty-ava- Vsrij, to let loose, let go. bling over, RV. ix, 1 7, 3. Prajapati, as Brahmi's eldest son, as the first learner
and earliest teacher of the Brahma-vidyi, as the
m. passing over or i. aty-Vi.uh, to convey across. Spelt
dty-avi, is, author of the Atharva-veda, as identical with
some forms, possibly belonging to
through the strainer (consisting of sheep's wool or a aty-uk in
Angiras, as the father of Agni, &c.); N. of Siva,
sheep's tail ; said of the Soma), RV. 2. aty-\/2.uh,-ohate, to contemn, RV. Vasishtha [Kir. x, I o], Soma, Prina (a, a), m. n. the
^raji ;

fourth or Atharva-veda (said to have been composed

^TV3[aty-\/2-as,to precede in eating, SBr.j viii, 69, 14.
MBh. ;
to eat too much, Bhag. Aty-uha, as, m. excessive deliberation ; a galli- by Atharvan, and consisting chiefly of formulas and
spells intended to counteract diseases and calamities) ;
Wlf? aty-ashti, is, f a metre (of four lines, nule, a peacock, Car. ; (a), f. the plant Jasminum
(dtharvanas), pi. m. descendants of Atharvan, often
.
Villosum or Nyctanthes Tristis.
each containing seventeen syllables) ; the number coupled with those of Angiras and Bhrigu ; the
1
seventeen. samagrl, f., N. of a work. ""i9'T aty-Vrij, to convey across (towards hymns of the Atharva-veda.
an object), admit AitBr. Athar va for bhuta
WW^ i.afy-\/i.as(Imper.-asftt)to excel, to, 1 .

m.
(in
'who have become
comp. alharvan)
Atharvans,' N. of the
. ,

surpass, RV. vii, I, 14 ;

AV. WT^s aty-Vesh (Subj. 2. sg. -eshas) to
as,
twelve Maharshis.
pi.
vat, ind. like Atharvan or his
2. a<y-\/2. as, to shoot beyond, glide over, AV. ix, 5, 9. RV. vid, m. one versed in the
xiw*^ descendants,
overwhelm, overpower (as with arrows). I. d-tra (or Ved. d-tra), ind. (fr. Atharva-veda (a qualification essential to the special
pro-
Aty-asta, mfn. one who has shot or cast beyond,
nominal base a; often used in sense of loc. case as- class of priests called Brahmans). veda, m., N. of
Pan. ii, I, 24. the fourth Veda (see above). - BikM, f., N. of an
mtit), in this matter, in this respect ; in this place,
Aty-asam, ind. of (e.g. dvya-
ifc. after the lapse
at this time ; there ; then. Upanishad. sir as, n. id. ; N. of a kind of brick,
here ; aaghna, mf(a)n.
hatyasam, after the lapse of two days), Pin. iii, 4, reaching so far up, having this (or that) stature, SBr.
TBr.; (as), m., N. of Mahapurusha. -hridaya,
57, Sch. n., N. of a Parisishta. Atharvangiras, m. a mem-
bhavat, mfn. his Honour, your Honour, &c.
ber of the sacerdotal rice or elass called Atliar-
>S A ^^aty-aham, surpassing me ; surpass- (used honorifkally in dramatic language). Atraiva,
ind.on this very spot. vdngirasas, m. pi., i. e. the descendants of Atharvan
ing self-consciousness, NrisUp.
cf. Pin. vii, 2,97, Sch.
;
and of Angiras ; the hymns of the Atharva-veda.
Atratya, mfn. connected with this place, pro-
flrtg aty-ahna, mfn. exceeding a day Atharvaiigirasa, mfn. cennected with the sacer-
in
duced or found here, L.
dotal class called Atharviiigiras ; (am), n. the work
duration, Pin. v. 4, 88, Sch.
^f r^T^BTt aty-d-kdra, as, m. con-
W3 2.a-tra, mfn. (Vtrai}, (only for the or office of the Atharvangiras ; (as), m. pi. the hymns
( -/I in), '
.

etym. of kshattrd), not enjoying or affording pro- of the Atharva-veda.

tempt, blame, Pin. v, I, 134. tection,' BrArUp. 2 .
of, m., N. of Brahmi's eldest son (to
Atharva,
whom he revealed the Brahma T vidyi), MundUp.
'Wr'lT'ai'^ aty-d-Vkram (ind. p. -krdmya) to W& 3. m. (for
atrd, as, at-tra, fr. Vad), a
Atharvana, us, m., N. of Siva.
walk past, TS. ; SBr.
devourer, demon, RV. AV. ; a Rikshasa.
Atharvani, is, better atharvani, m. a Brih-
;

m. performance of 4. A'tra, am, n. (for at-tra), food, RV. x, 79, 2.

'Snqr^TT aty-dcdra, as, man versed in the Athirva-veda, L.; a family
A'tri, m. (for at-tri, fr. Vad), a devourer,
works of supererogation T (mfn.), negligent of or - is,
priest, L.
customs. RV. ii, 8, 5 N. of a great Rishi, author of a number
departing from the established AtharvSna, am, n. the Atharva-veda or the ritual
;

of Vedic hymns; (in astron.) one of the seven stars of

of it, MBh. -vid, m. one versed in that ritual.
WWTf^rll aty-dditya, mfn. surpassing the the Great Bear (atrayas), pi. m. the
descendants
Atharvi, f. ['female priest,' Gmn. BR.] pierced
;
;
can. of Atri. caturaha, m. 'the four days of Atri,'
' by the point (of an arrow or of a lance), RV. i, 112,
TTT N. of a sacrifice. jata, m. produced by Atri,' the
aty-d-Vdri,'io take great care of, 10; cf. athar I.
moon. drig-ja or -netra-ja or -netra-pra-
be anxious about.
suta or -netra-prabhava or -netra-suta i .
ad, cl.2. P.dtti, dda, atsyati, attum,
^THUV^afy -a- i/dham,-dhamati, to breathe or -netra-bliS, m. produced by Atri's look,' the
'
to eat, consume, devour ;
Ved. lnf._dt/at>e,
moon (in arithm.) the number one. bharadvfi- RV. Caus. adayatid. le (once adayatt [ApSr.]),
violently, Susr.
:
;

with those fajaamj; Gk.

WrJIIVT aty-d-Vdhd, to place in a higher jika, f. marriage of descendants of Atri to feed [cf.
Lith. edmi; Slav. /aw/'
of Bharadvija. -vat, ind. like Atri, RV. -sam- ISa; Lat. cdo ; Goth. rt. AT, pres. ita; Germ.
rank, SBr. hdta or -smriti, f. the code ascribed to Atri. Ad-adl, mfn.
essen; Eng. to eat; Arm. uleni}.
Aty-a-dhana, am, n. act of imposing or placing
Atrin,/, m. a devourer, demon, RV. ; a Rakshasa. belonging to the second class of roots called ad, Sic.,
upon, Pin. ; imposition, deception, L. cf. Pan. ii, 4, 72.
Aty-S-hita, mm. Mbh. &c. (am), a-trapa. mfn. destitute of shame.
disagreeable, Attavya, atti, attri, 4. atra &c., see s. v.
;

n. disagreeableness, Sik. &c. (Prakrit accahida). mfn. not tinned,

a-trapii or a-trapus, 2. Ad, mfn., ifc.'eating,' as matsydd, eating fish.

^mrm aty-aya, as, m. (Vi), the act of MaitrS. ;

Kith. ; KapS. Ada or adaka, mfn., chtefly ifc., eating.
Pan. iii, I, 141 I. Adat, mfn. eating, RV. x, 4, 4, &c.
going beyond, transgression, excess, or
(am, 4), ind. going beyond, RV. viii, IOI, 14.
;

^3^ mm.
d-trasnu
fearless.
[SBr.; Ragh. xiv, 47] A'dana, am, n. act of eating ; food, RV. vi, 59, 3.
a-trdsa, Adaniya, mfn. to be eateii, what may be eaten.
A. to make extra- '

^TWTTfi^ aty-d-Vyat, ^T%ITrT a-tri-jdta, mfn. not born thrice' Adman, adya, advan, see s.v.

ordinary efforts for (loc.), Das. (but twice), a man belonging to one of
the first three
^nTBf a-daksha, mfn. not dexterous, un-
aty-d-Vyd, to pass by, RV.
classes see under atri.~]
; [for atri-jdta, skilful, awkward.
a-tvdk-ka [TS.] or a-tvdc [SBr.], A-dakshina, mfn. not dexterous, not handy;
atydyu, n., N. of a sacrificial vessel, Wr^
mfn. skinless.
not right, left ; inexperienced, simple-minded ;
not
PBr. C
 18 adakshina-tva. a-daiva.
giving or bringing in a dakshinJ or present to the Adayiya, mf(i)n. belonging to that or those destitute of a
strong hold or fort. vishay a, m. an
priest, RV. x, 61, 10, &c. tva, n. awkwardness Naish. unfortified country.
not bringing in a dakshina. Adacya, Nom. P. adasyaii, to become that.
Adakhiiuya,mfn.not entitled toadakshinS,SBr ti <; I IBJ*!^
W^R'H' d-durmakha, mfn. not reluctant,
AdakBhinya, mfn. not fit to be used as a da- a-ddkshinya, am, n. incivility. RV. viii, 75, 14.
unremitting, cheerful,
kshina, TS. ^i 1 1
a-ddtri, mfn. not giving ; not liberal
ij
not giving (a daughter) in
"5*1P5 d-durmahgala, mf(nom.iA)n. not
^T^V a-dagdha, mfn. not burnt. miserly ;
marriage ;
no inauspicious, RV. x, 85, 43.
paying, not liable to payment.
'<;|S a-danda, mfn. exempt from punish- "<3^TT a-durvritta, mfn. not of a bad cha-
ment n. impunity. ^ii;i1 d-ddna, am, n. ( \/i da), not giving .
racter or disposition.
; (am),
A-dandaniya, mfn. = a-dandyd.
act of withholding, AV. &c. ; (mfn.), not giving.
A-danya, mfn. not giving, miserly, AV. d-dusk-krit, mfn. not doing evil,
A-dandya, mhi. not deserving punishment, PBr.
A-daman, mfn. not liberal, miserly, RV. iii,3 3 , 13.
Mn. &c. exempt from it, SBr.; Mn. viii, 335.
;

A-dayin, mfn. not giving, Nir. a-dushta, mfn. not vitiated, not bad,
A'-dasu [RV. i, 174, 6] or a-dasnri [RV. viii, not guilty, Mn. viii, 388 ; innocent, tva, n. the
toothless. (For i.addt, see above.) 45, 15] or a-dasvaa [RV. Compar. dddsiishtara, ;
being not vitiated ; innocence.
RV. viii, 81, 7], mfn. not worshipping the deities,
W^TId-datta, mfn. not given; given un- mfn. dilatory, without zeal, not
impious. ^Iga-rfu,
justly ; not given in marriage ; one who has given A-diti, RV. vii, 4, 6.
I. is, f.
having nothing to give, desti- worshipping,
nothing, AV. (a), {. an unmarried girl ; (am), n.
; ;

tution, RV. ; for 2. aditi, 3. d-diti, see below.

donation which is null and void, Comm. on d-duna, mfn. (^/2. du), uninjured.
YajH.
A'-dattva, ind.not having given, AV. xii,4, 1 9,&c. a-danta, mfn. unsubdued.
a-dura, mfn. not distant, near; (am),
A-datraya, ind. not through a present, RV. v, d-ddbhya (3, 4), mfn. free from n. vicinity; (e), (at), (atas), ind. (with abl. or
gen.)
49.3- deceit, trusty ; not to be trifled with, RV. ; (as), m., not far, near ;
soon. bhava, mfn. situated at no
ak N. of a libation (graha) in the Jyotishfoma sacrifice. great distance.
H$&*^adadry-afa, an, lei, (fr. adas+
afic), inclining or going to that, L. WifniT^ a-ddyddd, mf (i, in later texts 6) n. wg^ftff a-dushita, mfn. unvitiated; un-
not entitled to be an heir ; destitute of heirs.
ddana, adanlya. See */ad. spotted,irreproachable. dii, mm. possessing an
A-daylka, mfn. unclaimed from want of persons uncorrupted mind.
I. a-dantu, mfn. toothless; (as), m. entitled to inherit ; not relating to inheritance.
a leech, L. mfn. not firm; not decided.
m. having no wife. 'W^Sa-dridha,
A-dantaka w^lt. a-ddra, as,
[TS.] or a-dantaka [SBr.], mfn. wrtUiri d-dripita, mfn. not infatuated, not
toothless. w t; i
<j r^ d-ddra-srit, mfn. not falling into vain,RV.
A-dantya, mfn. not suitable for the teeth ;
not a crack or rent, AV. ; N. of a Siman, PBr. A-drtpta, mfn. id., RV. -krata (ddripta-),
dental (am), n. toothlessness.
;

a-ddsa, as.m.'notaslave.'a freeman. mfn. sober-minded, RV.

wqii 2. ad-anta, mfn. (in Gr.) ending in Adripy at , mfn. not being infatuated, RV. {,151,8.
e. in the short inherent vowel a. d-dahukn, mfn. not consuming by
^f^^a-dris, mfn.
at,
(\fdjig), blind, L.
i.

fire, MaitrS.
*rf3 d-dabdka, mfn. ( Vdambh or dabh),
A-dahya, mfn. incombustible. A-drisya, mfn. invisible, latent ; not. fit to be
not deceived or tampered with, a-drtiya,} -frarana, n. act of rendering
unimpaired, un- seen; (cf.
broken, pure, RV. dhiti (ddatdha-), mfn. whose - ^rfirSS a-dikka, mfn. having no share in invisible ; N. of a part of a treatise on magic.
works are unimpaired, RV. vi, 51, 3. vrata- the horizon, banished from beneath the sky, SBr. A-drlsyat, mfn. invisible, L. ; (off), (., N. of
pramati (ddabdha-}, mfn. of unbroken observances 2. aditi, is, m. (Vad), devourer,
Vasishtha's daughter-in-law.
and superior mind (or 'of superior mind from A-drlshta or a-driahta [SBr.], mfn. unseen,
having
unbroken observances '), R V. ii, 9, 1 . Adabdh&yn,
i. e. death, BrArUp. unforeseen invisible ; not experienced unobserved,
; ;

m. having unimpaired vigour (or ' leaving uninjured .

d-diti, mfn. ( 1/4. dd or do, dyati; unknown unsanctioned ; (as), m., N. of a par-
;

the man who sacrifices '), VS. Adabdtaan, mfn. for I. d-diti, see above), not tied, free, RV. vii, 53, ticular venomous substance or of a species of vermin,

having a pure life, AV. v, I, I. i ; boundless ; unbroken, entire, unimpaired, happy, AV. ; (am), n. unforeseen danger or calamity ; that
A-dabha, mfn. not RV. v. RV. VS. ; (is),
f. freedom,
j
security, safety , bound-
which is beyond the reach of observation or con-
injuring, benevolent, ;

sciousness (especially the merit or demerit attaching

86, 5- lessness, immensity ; inexhaustible abundance ; unim-
to a man's conduct in one state of existence and the
A'-dabhra, mfn. not scanty, plentiful, RV. viii,
paired condition, perfection ; creative power; N. of
47, 6 strong. ;
one of the most ancient of the Indian goddesses ('In- corresponding reward or punishment with which he
finity' or the 'Eternal and Infinite Expanse,' often
is visited in another) ; destiny, fate :
luck, bad luck.
A-dambha, mfn. free from deceit, straightfor-
ward N. of feva ; absence of deceit ;
mentioned in RV., daughter of Daksha and wife of karman, mfn. one who has not seen practice.
; (at), m.,
Kasyapa, mother of the Adityas and of the gods) ; a kama, m. passionate attachment to an object
straightforwardness. that has never been seen.
cow, milk, RV. ; the earth, Naigh. ; speech, Naigh. ja, mfn. produced or
A-dambhl-tva, am, n. sincerity.
from -nara or -pnrnsha, m. a
(cf.RV.viii, 101, 15); (),du. heaven and earth, resulting fate,

"w^g-SJ^ adamudry-afa, an, ci, ak, going Naigh. ja, m. a son of Aditi, an Aditya, a divine treaty concluded by the parties personally (in which
to that, L. tva, n. the condition of Aditi, or of free- no third mediator is seen). para-samarthya,
being.
dom, unbrokenness, RV. vii, 51, I the state of the m. one who has not experienced the power of an
Adamny-aric adamuy-anc, id., L. or ;

= -ja, q.v.
goddess Aditi, BrArUp. nandana, m. enemy. purva, mfn. never seen before. phala,
*i^-< a-damya, mfn. untamable. mfn. having consequences that are not yet visible ;
d-ditsat [RV. vi, 53, 3, &c.] or <r- (am), n. a result or consequence which is not yet
Tnpl a-dayd, mfn. (Vday), merciless, un- ditsu, mfn. (Desid. Vi- da), not inclined to give.
fr. visible 01 hidden in the future. rnpa, mfn. hav-
kind, RV. x, 103, 7; (am), ind. ardently.
ing an invisible shape, vat, mm. connected with
A-dayaln, mm. unkind. vf^V>^filadi-prabhfiti=^ad-ddi. See*/ad. or arising from destiny ; lucky or unlucky ; fortu-

W^T a-dara, mfn. not little, much. W<0 (SJrt d- dikshita, mfn. one who has not nate. hall, m. destroyer of venomous vermin,
Adaraka, as, m., N. of a man. serformed the initiatory ceremony (dtkshd) con- RV. i, 19 1, 8 9. &
Adrishtartlia, mfn. having
nected with the Soma sacrifice ; one who is not an object not evident to the senses (as a science),
l .
a-dar$a(for n-rfarsrt),ns,m. a mirror. concerned in that ceremony ; one who has not re- transcendental. Adrishtasrntapurvatva, n. the
ceived Brihmanical consecration. state of never having been seen or heard before.
2. a-darsa, as, m. day of new moon.
A-drishtl, is, or a-djishtikS, f. a displeased
A-darsana, am, n. non-vision, not seeing ; dis- -dina, mfn. not depressed ;
noble-
or malicious look, an evil eye, L.
regard, neglect ; non-appearance, latent condition, minded (as), m.,N. of a prince (also called Ahina).
;

disappearance ; (mfn.), invisible, latent. patha, sattva, mm. possessing unimpaired goodness. a-deya, mfn. improper or unfit to be
beyond the reach of vision.
n. a path Adinatman, mfn. undepressed in spirit. given ; (am) or -dana, n. an illegal gift.
A-daranIya, mfn. invisible ; (am), n. invisible 7
condition. a-dlpita, mfn. unilluminated. d-deva, mfn. not divine, not of divine
origin,notreferringtoanydeity,RV.;godless, impious,
a-dala, mfn. leafless m. the d-dirghd, mfn. not long. -*itra,
(as), m, one who is not a god, SBr. xiv ; Mn.
?< ; (as), ?.V. ;
mfn. not tedious, prompt, L.
plant Eugenia (or Barringtonia) Acutangula ; (a), matrika, mfn. 'not having the gods or clouds as
{. Socotorine Aloe
(Perfoliata or Indica). a-duhkha, mfn. free from evil or mothers, not suckled by any deity,' not rained upon,
navami, f. the propitious ninth i-devaka, mf(o)n. not referring to or intended
fi^f^d-dasan, a, not ten, SBr. A'-dasa- rouble, propitious.
women "or deity, SBr.
lay in the'first fortnight of BhSdrapada( when
maaya, mm. not ten months old, SBr. any
A-devatS, f. one who is not a deity, Nir.
worship Devi to avert evil for the ensuing year).
W!J^ adds, nom. m. f. asau (voc. dsau, A'-devatra, mfn. not devoted to the gods, RV. v,
MaitrS.), n. ados, (opposed to iddm, q.v.), that; d-dugdha, mfn. not milked out, 61, 6.
a certain ; (ados), ind. thus, so ; there. Adah- vii, 33, 11 ;
not sucked out, Susr. A-devayat [RV. ii, 26, l] or adevayu [RV.],
kritya, having done that. Ado-bhavati, he be- mfn. indifferent to the gods, irreligious.
?3"T a-ducchund, mfn. free from evil,
comes that. Ado-maya, mfn. made of that, con- A-daiva, mfn. not referring to or connected with
>ropitious, RV. ix, 61, 17. he gods or with their action ; not predetermined by
taining that, SBr. xiv. Ado-mula, mfn. rooted in
that.
a-durya, mfn. not difficult of access; them of by fate.
 a-devri-ghni. 19
T^adharastat.
d-devri-ghnl, f. not killing he or from dawn to \
dark; (f), f. (in Gr.) the aorist A-dvaySvin [RV.] or
AV. tense (from its a-dvayn [RV. viii, 18,
brother-in-law, xiv, 2, 18. relating what has occurred on the
same day). - bliuta, m. the aorist. '5]> ml . free from double-dealing or
duplicity.
^T<,31 a-desa, as, m. a wrong place, an
Adyataniya, mfn. extending over or referring WjfT^ d-dvdr, f. not a
door, SBr.; MBh.
improper place, -kala, n. wrong place and time
to to-day ; current A'-dvSra, am, n. a place without a door ; an en-
ja, mfn. produced in a wrong place. stha now-a-days.
^?ST d-dyu, mfn. not trance which is not the
mfn. out of place, in the proper door, SBr. xiv, &c.
wrong place ; one absen burning or not sharp,
from his country, an absentee.
RV.vii, 34,! 2. 'SfgSra-rfpj/a.nifn.destituteofBrahmans,
A-desya, mfn. not on the spot, not present on th A-dynt, mfn. destitute of brightness, RV.vi, 39,3. Mn. viii, 22.
occasion referred to, Mn.
viii, 53 (v.l. a-desa); no
to be ordered or advised. ^^W a-dyutya. (4), am, n. unlucky gam- a-dmtiya, mfn. without a second,
bling, RV.
112, 24; (mfh.), not derived from
i, sole, unique ; matchless.
'S<;l*n; a-doma-ddoT a-doma-dhd, mfn. no
gambling, honestly obtained.
occasioning inconvenience, AV. a-dvishenyd (5), mfn. (Vdvish),
W ado-mdya, &c. See adds.
a-drava, mfn. not liquid. not malevolent,
A-dvesha, mfh.
RV.
not malevolent (nom. du. f.
V),
a-dravya, am, n. a nothing, a worth- RV. viii, 68, 10 &
a-doha, as, m. (\/duh), the season less
thing (mfn.), having no possessions.
x, 45, 12. -ragin, mfn. free
;
from malevolence and passionate
when milking is impracticable, KatySr. desire.

A-dogdhri, mfn. not milking; not exacting

Tfj ddri, is, m.( \/ad,Vn.),a. stone, a rock, Adveshas, ind. without malevolence, RV.
a mountain ; a stone for Adveshin, mfn. free from malevolence.
not caring for, BhP. pounding Soma with or grind-
ing it on ; a stone for a a thunderbolt ; a moun-sling,
Advesb.tr!, td, m. not an enemy, a friend.
'Wsf ddga, as, m. (yW), a sacrificial caki
tain-shaped mass of clouds ; a cloud (the mountains
(/ara/a^madeofrice, Un.; acane(?), AV.i, 27,3 are the clouds
*S d-dvaita, mfn. destitute of duality,
personified, and regarded as the ene-
mies of Indra) ; atree.L.; having no duplicate, SBr. xiv, &c. ; peerless sole,
^T?T ad-dhd, ind. (fr. ad or a, this), Ved N. of a mea- thesun,L.; ;

sure number seven N. of a grandson of Prithu.

the unique epithet of Vishnu ; (am), n.
;
; non-duality
in this way
manifestly certainly, truly.
; tama
;
; ;

identity of Brahma or of the Paramatman or supreme

karni, f. the plant Clitoria Ternatea Lin. kill,
mfn.quite manifest, AitAr.; (am), ind. most certainly, soul with the
Jivatman or human soul ; identity of
SBr.
f. the
earth, L. - krlta-sthali f., N. of an Apsaras.
pnrusha, m., see
an-addhdpurushd. bo-
,
spirit and matter ; the ultimate truth ; title of an
Ja, mfn. produced from or found among rocks or
dheya, as, m. pi. adherents of a particular Sakha or
mountains; (a), f. the plant Sainhali ; N.ofParvati
Upanishad; (ena), ind. solely. - vSdin, f, m. one
recension of the white Yajur-veda.
or Durga ; (am), n. red chalk. -
who asserts the doctrine of non-duality. Advai-
Addhati, m. a RV. ja, mfn. produced
is, sage, x, 85, 16; AV. from (the friction of) stones, RV. tananda, m. advayananda, q. v. Advalto-
N. iv, 40, 5;
of the soul, KathUp. panishad, f, N. of an Upanishad.
^siifjl^cn*!! addhya-loha-kdrna, mfn. -Jnta (ddri-), mfn. excited
A-dvaidha, mfn. not divided into two parts, not
having ears quite red, VS. ; cf. adhiriltfhd-kdrna. by (the friction of) stones, RV. iii, 58, 8. tana-
shared ; not disunited free from malice, straight-
ya, f. 'mountain-daughter,' N. of Parvan"; N. of ;

Wj^rT ddbhuta [once adbhutd, RV. i, 120, 4], a metre (of four lines, each forward.
containing twenty-three
mfn. (see I. at), supernatural,
wonderful, marvel- ^Vddha orddha,
syllables). dngdha (ddri-),m!n. not pressed out or ind.,Ved. (=dtha ; used
lous; (as), m. the marvellous (in style) ; surprise extracted with stones, RV. -
; dvish, rn. the enemy chiefly as an inceptive particle), now ; then, there-
N. of the Indra of the ninth Manvantara of mountains or clouds, i. e. Indra, L.
; (am), n. nandini, fore ; moreover, so much the more
; and, partly.
a marvel, a wonder, a r
prodigy. kariuan, mfn. ., N. of Parvati. pati, m. 'lord of mountains,' A'dha Adh-
adha, as well as,
partly partly.
performing wonderful works exhibiting wonderful the Himalaya. barhas (ddri-), mfn. fast as
;
priya, mfn. (you who are) now pleased (voc. du.
workmanship. kratu (ddbhuta-), mfn. possess- a rock, RV. x, 63, 3; TBr. -bndhna RV.
(ddri-), ya), viii, 8, 4.
ing wonderful intelligence, RV. gandha, mfh. mfn. rooted in or produced on a rock or mountain,
having a wonderful smell, tama, n. an extra- RV. x, 108, 7; VS. -bhid.-mfn. splitting moun- f: adhafi, &c. See
'

ordinary wonder. tva, n. wonderfulness. dar- RV. vi, 73, 1 (/), m., N. of Indra, L.
tains or clouds,
; a-dhana, mfn. destitute of wealth.
sana, mfn. having a wonderful aspect. dharma, bhu, mfn. mountain-bora, found or living among
m.'a system or seriesof marvels or
A-dhanya, mfn. not richly supplied with com
prodigies,'N. of one mountains; (us), f. the plant Salvinia Cucullata. or other produce not prosperous
of the nine angas of the Buddhists. ; ; unhappy.
brahjnana, mS&ii(ddri-), mfn. having a rock or mountain for
n., N of a portion of a Brahmai.ia belonging to the a mother, RV. ix, 86,
TV? adhamd, mfn.
(see ddhara), lowest,
3. -murdhan, m. the head
Sama-veda. bhima-karman, mfn. performing or summit of a mountain. vilest, worst
very low or vile or bad (often ifc., as
raj or -raja, m. 'king ;

wonderful and fearful works. in narddhama, the vilest or worst of

rasa, m. the mar- of mountains,' the Himalaya, vat (voc. vas), m. men) (as), m. ;

an unblushing paramour ;
vellous style (of poetry), -ramayana,
n., N. of armed with stones or thunderbolts, RV. vahni, (a), f. a low or bad mistress
a work ascribed to Valmiki. rupa, mfn. m. fire on or in a mountain or rock. [cf. Lat. in/mus']. -bhrlta or -bhrltaka, m. a
having a sayya, m.
wonderful shape. santi, m. or f., N. of the sixty- themountain servant of the lowest class, a rna (ri) or
having foracouch,'Siva, L. sringa, porter.
seventh Parisishta of the Atharva-veda. sam- n. a shuta (ddri-), mfn. pre- -rnlka (ri), m. one reduced to inferiority
mountain-peak. by debt, a
kasa, mfn. resembling a wonder. samhata (ddri-), mfn. debtor. - sakha (?>, N. of a region, (ganigahadi,
sara, m. 'won- pared with stones, RV.
derful resin'of the Khadira tree (Mimosa
Catechu) ; expressed with stones, RV. ix, 98, 6. sSnn, mfn. q.v.) Adhamanga, n. 'the lowest member,' the
N. of a book on the essence of prodigies. svana, ingering on the mountains, RV. vi, 65, 5. sara,
foot. AdhaniacSra, mfn. guilty of vile conduct.
m. 'having a wonderful voice,' N. of Siva. A'dbrm- m. 'essence of stones, iron, sara-maya, mfn.
1
Adhamardha, n. the lower half, the lower part.
tainas, mfh. one in whom no fault is visible, RV. made of iron. Adrindra or adrisa, m. lord of
' Adhamardhya, mfn. connected with or referring
to the lower part, Pan. iv,
Adbhutottarakanda, n., N. of a work, an ap- mountains,' the Himalaya. 3, 5.
pendix to or imitation of the Ramayana. Adbhn- Adrika, N. of an Apsaras. *nw$ adhama-TTfa, &c. See adhamd.
f.,

topama, mfn. resembling a wonder. a-druh (nom. a-dhrub), mfn. free

^S^ ^JVT ddhara, mfn. (connected with adhds),
^cfl^ ddman, a, n. (\/ad), eating, a meal, rom malice or treachery, RV.
RV. i, 58, 2. lower, inferior ; tending downwards ; low, vile ;
A-druhana [RV. v,7O, 2] or a-drnhvan [SV.], worsted, silenced ; (as), m. the lower
Adma (in comp. for adman), sad, m. seated mfn. id.
lip,the lip ;

(at), abl. ind., see s. v. below (asmdt), abl. ind.

(with others) at a meal, companion at table,
;
RV. from falsehood,
A-drogha, mfn. free true, RV. below, .L.; (a), the lower region, nadir; (.
(am),
sadya, n. commensality, RV. viii, 43, 19.
;
sad- n. the lower part ; a
van, mfn. companion at a meal, RV. vi, 4, 4. d-drogham), ind. without falsehood, RV. viii, 60, 4. reply ; Pudendum Muliebre,
vac (ddrogha-), mfn. free from malice or treachery L. [Lat. in/erus]. kantha, m. n. the lower
Admani, m. fire, Un.
is,
n speech, RV. AV. A'droghavita, mfn. loving neck, lower part of the throat, VS. -kaya, m.
Admara, mfn. gluttonous, Pan. iii, 2, 1 60. ;

reedom from malice or treachery, AV. the lower part of the

I .
Adya, mfn. fit or proper to be eaten ; (am), ifc.
body, -tas, ind. below,
A-droha, as, m. freedom from malice or treachery. p 3n- v, ;?, 35, Sch. -pana, n.
(cf. annddya, havir-adya), n. food. 'drinking the
vritti, f. conduct free from malice or treachery. lip,' kissing, -madhn, n. the moisture of the lips.
^t?T2. a-dyd (Ved. adyd), ind. (fr. pronom. free from malice or treachery. sapatna (ddkara-), mfn. whose enemies are
A-drohln, mfn.
base a, this, with dya for dyu, q. v., Lat. ho-die), worsted or silenced, MaitrS. svastika, n. the
dlna or -divasa, a, mfn. invisible, MundUp. nadir. hanu, f. the lower jaw-bone, AV. Adha-
to-day; now-a-days; now.
m. n. the present day. purvam, ind. before now. r&mrita, n the nectar of the lips. Adhararani,
advan, mfn. (\/ad),
.
ifc. (e.g. agrd- f. the lower of the two
prabhriti, ind. from and after to-day, sva, pieces of wood used in pro-
'van), eating.
mfn. comprising the present and the following day, ducing fire by friction, SBr. &c. Adharavalopa,
PBr. s vina, mfn. likely to happen to-day or (mas) a-dvaya, mfn. not two, without a m. biting the lip. Adharl-krita, mfn. worsted,
to-morrow, Pan. 3 ; (a), f. a female near
v, 2, 1 second, only, unique (as), m., N. of a Buddha
; ; eclipsed, excelled, Sak. (v. 1.) Adharl,bh5ta, mfn.

delivery, ib. sntya, f. preparation and consecration am), n. non -duality, unity identity (especially the ;
worsted (as in a process), YajR. ii, 1
7. Adhare-
of the Soma on the same day, SBr. &c. Adyapi, [entity of Brahma with the human soul or with the dyiis, ind. the day before Pan. v, 22. yesterday, 3,
ind. even now, just now to this day ; down to
;
niversc, or of spirit and matter); the ultimate truth. Adharottara, mfn. lower and higher ; worse and
the present time ; henceforth. Adyavadhi, mfn. vadin, m. one who teaches advaya or identity, better; question and answer; nearer and further;
from or till to-day. Buddha a Jaina (ctatlvaita-vadin. ) Advaya- soonerand later; upsidedown, topsy-turvy. Adhar'-
beginning or ending to-day ;
; ;

Adya-sva, n. the present and the following day, TS. anda, m., N. of an author, and of a founder of the oshtha or adharabshtba, m. the lower lip;
Adyaiva, ind. this very day. aishnava sect in Bengal (who lived at the close of (am), n. the lower and upper lip.

Adyatana, mf(J)n. extending over or referring to le fifteenth century). Adharaya, Nom. P. adharayati, to make in-
to-day ; now-a-days, modern
(as), m. the period ; A-dvayat [RV. iii, 29, 5] or a-dvayas [RV. i,
ferior, put under ; eclipse, excel.
of a current day, either from
midnight to midnight, 37, 3 & viii, 1 8, 6], mfn. free from duplicity. Adharastat, ind. below, L.
C 2
20 adharak. adhi-gama.
Adharak, ind. beneath, in the lower region, i.e. the lower world. Adho-bhnml, f. lower ground ; 241 : A. -kurute, to be or become entitled to (ace.),
in the south, VS. land at the foot of a hill. Adho-mar man , n. the MBh. iii, 1345 ;
to be or become superior to, over-
AdharScina [RV. ii, 1 7, ?] or adharacya[(5) ; anus. Adho-mnkha, mf (a [Sis.] or ; )n. having come, Pan. i, 3, 33.
AV.], mfn. or adhar&nc, ail, ad, ak,\e&. tending
the face downwards headlong upside down ; (as),
; ; Adhi-karana, am, n. the act of
placing at the
downwards, to the nadir or the lower region, tending m. Vishnu ; a division of hell, VP. (d), f. the plant ; head or of subordinating government, supremacy,
towards the south. Premna Ksculenta. Adho-yantra, n. the lov/er
magistracy, court of justice ; a receptacle, support ;
Adharat, ind. below, beneath, RV. & AV. in the ;
part of an apparatus ;
a still. Adho-rakta-pitta, a claim ; a topic, subject (in philosophy) a sub- ;

n. dischargeof blood from the anus and the urethra. stratum a subject (e. g. a/man is the adhi-karatta
south, AV. tit (adharat-), ind. below, beneath, ;

RV. x, 36, 14. Adho-rama, m. (a goat) having peculiar white or of knowledge); a category; a relation; (in Gr.)
black marks on the lower part (of the body), VS.; SBr.
Adharina, mfn. vilified, L. government location, the sense of the locative case ;
;

Adho-lamba, in. a plummet ;

the perpendicular.
relationship of words in a sentence (which agree to-
WVH d-dharma, as, m. unrighteousness, Adho-loka, m. the lower world. Adho-vadana, gether, either as adjective and substantive, or as sub-
wickedness demerit, guilt N.
injustice, in eligion, ; ;
mfn. ---aJho-mukna. Adhb-varcas, mfn. tumbling ject and predicate, or as two substantives in apposi-
of a Prajapati (son of Brahma, husband of Hinsi or downwards, AV. Adho-vasa, m. Puden-
v, 1 1, 6. tion); (in rhetoric) a topic; a paragraph or minor
Mrisha) N. of an attendant of the sun ; (d), f. un-
;
dum Muliebre. Adho-vayu, m. vital air passing section; (mfn.), having to superintend, bhojaka,
righteousness (personified and represented as the bride
downwards ; breaking wind. Adho-'veksliin, m. a judge. mandapa, m. n. the hall of justice.
of death). cSrin, mfn. practising wickedness. mfn. looking down. Adho-'svam, ind. under mala, f. a compendium of the topics of theVe-
tag, dandana,
ind. unrighteously, unjustly. the horse, KatySr. Adlio-'sra-pitta, n. adho- dJnta by Bharati-tirtha. siddhanta, m. a syllo-
punishment, Mn. viii, 127.
n. unjust maya, mfn. rakta-pitta, q. v. gism or conclusion which involves others, Nyayad.
made up of wickedness, SBr. xiv. Adharmatman, Adhastana, mfn. lower, being underneath pre- ;
&c. AdMkaranaitSvattva, n. fixed quantity of
mfn. having a wicked spirit or disposition. Adhar- ceding (in a book). a substratum.
mastikaya, m. the category (astikdya ) oiadharma Adhaatat , ind. = aJ/ias, q. v. Adhastad-dis, Adliikaranika or better Sdhikaranika, as,
(one of the of the Jaina ontology).
five categories f. the lower region, the nadir. Adhastal-laksh- m. a government official ;
a judge or
magistrate.
Adharmin, mfn. unrighteous, wicked, impious. xnan, mfn. having a mark at the lower part (of the Adhi-karanya, am, n. authority, power.
Adharmishtha, mfn. most wicked, impious. body), MaitrS. Adhi-karman, a, n. superintendence. Adhi-
Adharmya, mfn. unlawful, contrary to law or karmakara or -karmakrit, m. an overseer,
ddha, Ved. See ddha.
religion, wicked. superintendent. Adhi-karma-krita, m. person
W*raT a-dhara, f. one who has no husband, adhamargava, as, m. the plant appointed to superintend an establishment.
a widow Achyranthes Aspera.
Adhlkarmika, as, m. overseer of a market, L.
(usually vi-dhavd, q.v.), L.
Adhi-kara, as, m. authority ; government, rule,
ind. a-dharanaka, mfn. unable to
^WJ^ adhds, (see ddhara), below, administration, jurisdiction ; royalty, prerogative ;
down in the lower region ; beneath, under from support, unremunerative. title ; rank ; office ; claim, right,
especially to per-
; ;

under (with ace., gen., and abl.) also applied to the ^tVlftnS a-dhdrmika, mfn. un- form with benefit ; privilege ; ownership ;
sacrifices
;
unjust,
lower region and to the Pudendum Muliebre [cf. property reference, relation ; a topic, subject ; a
;

righteous, wicked.
Lat. infra]. Adha-upasana, n. sexual inter- paragraph or minor section ; (in Gr.) government ;
course, Comm. on Bf ArUp. Adhah-kara, m. the
WVH*i a-dharya, mfn. unfit or improper a governing-rule (the influence of which over any
lower part of the hand. Adhah-kaya, m. the lower to be held or carried or kept up. number of succeeding rules is called anu-vrittj, q. v.)
part of the body.
Adhah-krita, mfn. cast down. stha, mfn. established in an office. AdhikartU
^jftl i. adhi, is,m. (better adhi, q.v.),
Adhah-krlshnajinam, ind. under the black skin, dhya, mfn. invested with rights or privileges.
anxiety; (if), a woman in her courses (=*avi,
KatySr. Adhah-kriya, f. ( = apamdna), disgrace,
f.
Adhi-karin, mfn. possessing authority ; entitled
q.v.), L. to fit for (i), m. a superintendent, governor ;
humiliation.Adhah-khanana, n. undermining. ; ;

an a rightful claimant a man, L. Adhi-

Adhah-padma, n. (in architecture) a part of a wfv 2. ddhi, ind., as a prefix to verbs and official ; ;

kari-ta, or -tva, n. authority rightful claim ;

cupola. Adhah-pata, m. a downfall. Adhah- nouns, expresses above, over and above, besides.
f.
;

pnshpi, f. 'having flowers looking downwards,' As a separable adverb or preposition ; (with abl.) ownership, &c.
two plants, Pimpinella Anisum and Elephantopus Ved. over ; from above ; from ; from the presence Adhi-krita, mfn. placed at the head of; ap-
Adhah-pravSha, m. a pointed ; ruled, administered; claimed; (as), m. a
of; after, AitUp. ; for ; instead of, RV. i, 140, 1 1
Scaber (or Hieracium?). ;

downward current. Adhah-prastara, m. seat or superintendent (especially a comptroller of public

(with loc.) Ved. over ; on ; at ; in comparison with ;

bed of turf or grass (for persons in a state of impurity). accounts). tva, n. the being engaged in or occu-
(with ace.) over, upon, concerning. Adb.y-adb.1,
Adhah-pran-gSyin, mfn. sleeping on the ground ind. on high, just above, KatySr. pied with.
towards the east. Adhah-saya, ram. sleeping on Adhi-kriti, if, f. a right, privilege
Adhika, mm. additional; subsequent, later ; sur-
; possession.
the ground, SBr. Adhah-sayya, mfn. having number or quantity or quality), superior, Adhi-kritya, ind. p. having placed at the head,
passing (in
a peculiar couch on the ground ; (a), f. act of sleep- more numerous ;
abundant ; excellent ; supernume- having made the chief subject ; regarding ; concern-
with reference to.
ing on the ground and on a peculiar couch. Adhah- rary, redundant ; secondary, inferior ; intercalated ;
ing ;

siras, mfn. holding the head downward ; head fore- (am), n. surplus ; abundance ; redundancy ; hyper-
most (as), m., N. of a hell, VP. Adhah-stha, mfn. trftlW^ adhi-\/kram, to ascend, mount
;
bole; ind. exceedingly; too much; more. kshaya- up to.
placed low or below ; inferior. Adhah-sthita, karin, mm. causing excessive waste. ta,f. addition,
mfn. standing below situated below. Adhah- Adhi-krama, as, m. an invasion, attack, L.
;
excess, redundancy, preponderance. tithl, m. f. an
Adhi-kramana, am, n. act of invading, L.
vastika, n. the nadir. Adhai-cara, m. 'creep- intercalary lunar day. tva, n. = -ta, q. v. danta,
ing on the ground,' a thief. Adhas-taram, ind. m. a redundant tooth which grows over another, wfvls adhi-Vkrid, to play or dance
very far down, SBr. Adhas-tala, n. the room Susr. ; (cf. adhi-danta.) dina, n. a redundant, over (ace.), MaitrS. TBr. ;
below anything. Adhas-pada, mfn., Ved. placed i e. an intercalated
.
day (cf. adhi-dina. ) mansar- ;

under the under foot ; (drri), n. the place under

feet, man, n. flesh in the eye adhimdysa.)
Wftlftj adhi-Vi.kshi (3. du: -Ttshitdh;
proud ; (cf.
the feet ; (dm), ind. under foot. Adho-aksha, masa, m. an intercalated month. rddhi (rid), 3. pi.-kshiydnti) to be settled in or over, be ex-
mfn. being below (or not coming up to) the axle, mfn. abundantly prosperous. vakyokti, f. tended over or along (ace. or loc.), RV. ; MBh. i,
exag-
RV. iii, 33, Adho-'kBham [KltySr.]
>). or adho-
geration, hyperbole. Bhashtika, mfn. (containing 722 &
730 ; to rest upon, SBr.
'kBhcna [AsvSr.l, ind. under the axle. Adho- or costing) more than sixty. sanivatsara, m. an
wfwf^ adhi-ksMt, t, m. ( \/2. ksAi), a
'kiha-ja, m., N. of Vishnu or Krishna the sign ; intercalated month. saptatika, mfn. (containing
Sravana. Adho-gata, mfn. gone down, descended. or costing) more than seventy. lord, ruler, RV. x, 92; 14.
Adhikanga,
Adho-g-ati. f. or -gama, m. or -gamana, n. de- mf(i)n. having some redundant member or members, to throw to
downward movement, degradation. Adho- vfvf^^adhi-Vkship, upon ;
scent, Mn. iii, 8 (am\ n. belt worn over the coat of
; to insult, scold to superinduce (disease).
bespatter ; ;
gati and -gamin, mfn. going downwards, descend- Adhikadhika, mfn. outdoing one another.
mail, L.
the plant Achyranthes Adhikshipad-abja-netra, mfn. having eyes
ing. Adho-ghanta, f.
Adhikartha. mfn. exaggerated. Adhikartha- which eclipse the lotus.
Aspera. Adho-'nga, n. the anus Pudendum Mu- ;
vacana, n. exaggeration, hyperbole, Pan. ii, I, 33. Adhi-kshipta, mfn. insulted ;
scolded ; thrown
liebre. Adho-janu, ind. below the knee, SBr. down placed, fixed despatched.
Adho-jihvlka, f. the uvula. Adho-daru, n. the wft(*t^ adhi-kandharam, ind. upon or ; ;

under timber. as far as the neck, Sis. AdbJ.-ksb.epa, as, m. abuse, contempt ; dismissal.
Adho-diB, f. the lower region, the
nadir. Adho-driBhtl, f. a downcast look (mfn.), enumerate
m., N. of a snake ^rfUJTO^ adhi- Vgan, to to
;
adhi-karna, as, ;

having a downcast look. Adho-desa, m. the lower

demon, Hariv. value highly, BhP.
or lowest part (especially of the body). Adho-
dvara, n. the anus ; Pudendum Muliebre. Adho- ^sftTofWoirsc adM-karmakara, as, m. and 'BTftc 7 !^ adhi- Vgam, to go up to, approach,
nabham or -nabhi [MaitrS.], ind. below the navel. adhi-kartnakrit, t, m. See adki-*J \.kri below. overtake ; to approach for sexual intercourse ; to fall
Adho- nilaya, m. '
lower abode,' the lower regions, in with to meet, find, discover, obtain ; to accom-
;

hell. Adho-'para, n. the anus. AdhopahSsa wftl(fg(^ adhi-kaljti'n, i, m. a sharp to study, read Desid. P. adhi-jigamishati,
plish ; :

(dhds-up\ m. sexual intercourse, SBr. xiv. Adho- gambler, VS. to seek ;

A. adhi-jigdnsate, to be desirous of study-
bandhana, n. an under girth. Adho-bhakta, ^jfv<*m adhi-karma, am, N. of some ing or reading.
n.,
n. a dose of medicine to be taken after eating. Adhi-gata,mfn. found, obtained, acquired; gone
place unknown, Pan. vi, a, 91.
Adho-bhava, mfn. lower. Adho-bhSga, m. the over, studied, leamt.
lower or lowest part, especially of the body. Adho- Pvy adhi-\/i. kri, to place at the head, Adhi-gantavya, nifn. attainable, to be studied.
bhaga-doBha-hara, mfn. curing or strengthening appoint to aim at, regard
; to refer or allude to ; ; Adhi-g-antrl, / ;, m. one who attains or acquires.
the lower part of the body. Adho-buuvana, n. to superintend, be at the head of (loc.), MBh. iv, Adhi-gama, as, m. the act of attaining, acquisi-
 adhi-gamana. adhi-vacana. 21
tion ; acquirement, mastery, study, knowledge ; mer- adhi-Vdha (Pass. 3. sg. -dhdyi, trating influence of theSupreme Spirit the Supreme ;

cantile return, profit, &c. Spirit itself; nature; (dm), ind. on material objects
RV.) Ved. to place upon; to give, share between
AdM-ffamana, am, n. acquisition ; finding ;
ac-
(dat. or loc.), RV. A. ; (aor. -adhita; perf. -dadhe, (treated of in the Upanishads), SBr. xiv ; TUp.
quirement, reading, study marriage, copulation. ;
p. -dddhdna) to acquire additionally, RV. odAi- \/man, to esteem highly.
Adhi-gamaniya or -gamya, mfn. attainable ;

to be learnt. ^rfvT>|
adhi- Vdhri, Caus. P. -dhurayati, adhi-mantha or adhi-mantha, at,
practicable
Ved. to carry over or across. m. 'great irritation of the eyes,' severe ophthalmia.
^rfVTW ddhi-gartya (5), mfn. being on
RV. adhi-\/nam, Intens. A. -ndmnatc, Adbi-manthana, am, n. friction for producing
the driver's seat, v, 62, 7. "Wfv^ fire, RV. 29, iii, I
(mfn.), suitable for such friction
wfVH to incline over, RV. i, 140, 6. ;

adhi-gavd, mfn. being on or in a

5!
(as wood), SBr.
cow, derived from a cow, AV. ix, 6, 39. adhi-natha, as, m. a supreme Adhi-manthita, mfn. suffering from ophthalmia.
; N. of
lord, chieftain the author of the Kalayoga-
^(fijrn adhi-Vl.ga, P. to obtain; P. (aor. ^rfvi! adki-mansa or -mansaka, as, m.
sastra.
Subj. 2. pi. -gdta.
or -gdtana) to remember, notice, proud flesh or cancer (especially in the eyes or the
RV. & AV. ; P. or generally A. (-jage, -agishta,
adhi-ni- </dhd, Ved. to place back part of the gums). Adblmansarman, n.
to go over, learn, read, study; upon to impart, grant. ophthalmic disease produced by proud flesh or cancer.
-agishyata, Pan.) ;

to attempt, resolve Caus. P. -gdpayati, to cause to

:

^f
fvfVifiB'ij ddhi-nirnij,
mfn. covered over, ^U Vn I ^f adhi-matra, mfn. above measure,
go over or teach Desid. Caus. -jigdpayishati, to be
:

RV. excessive on the subject of prosody.

ind.
desirous of teaching, Pan. ii, 4, 51. veiled, viii, 41, 10. ; (am),
karunika, m. 'exceedingly
merciful,' N. of a
i\jfn^\f adhi-nir- ^/muc, Pass, -mucyate,
*8i
'^I'ftT'J'!! adhi-gnna, mfn. possessing su- Maha-brahmana, Buddh.
to escape from, PBr.
perior qualities, Megh. 'afNiift adhi-masa, as, m. an additional
adhi-nir- Vhan (perf. 2. sg. -ja-
adhi-gupta, mfn. protected. or intercalary month.

ghantha) to destroy, root out from, RV. 80, 4.

^ffvg^i adhi-mukta, mfn. (Vmuc), in-
i,
adhi-griham, ind. in the house,
in the houses, Sis. iii, 45. lhi-ni-V%.vas, to dwell in. clined, prepense, Buddh. ; confident, ib.
Adhi-mukti, z'j, f. propensity confidence. ;

wfv?jfa*^ adhi-grivam, ind. upon the adhi-ni-Vvyadh (Imper. 3. du. Adhi-mnktika, as,m.,ti. of Maha-kala, Buddh.
neck, up to the neck, -vidhyatam) to pierce through, AV. viii, 6, 24..
^rf>nj?I adhi-muhya, as, m., N. of Sakya-
^ffv^lfH adhi-cahkramd, mfn. (*/kram), ^ adhi-ni-shad( Vsad), (perf. 3. pi. muni in one of his thirty-four former births.
AV. xi, 9, 16. -shedtiK) to settle in a place, RV.
walking or creeping over, i, 164, 39.
m. the
wf\nnj adhi-yajna, as, chief or
^rfv^ adhi- V car, to walk or move on or ^rfVtrt adhi-Vni (aor. 2. pi. -nais/tta) to
lead away from (abl.), RV. viii, 30, 3 to raise above
principal sacrifice, Bhag. ; influence or agency affect-
over, RV. vii, 88, 3, &c. ;
to be superior to (ace.), ;
ing a sacrifice ; (mfn.), relating to a sacrifice, Mn.;
the ordinary measure, enhance, RV. x, 89, 6. on the
AitAr. (dm), ind. subject of sacrifice, SBr.; Nir.
Adhi-carana, am, n. the act of walking or mov-
^rftpTrT adhi-^nrit (Imper. -nrityatu) to fasten, to RV. i, 64,4 :
on or over. wfVnri^adAi-v/yat,
ing or being dance upon (ace.), AV. Caus. A. -ydtdyate, to reach, join, RV. vi, 6, 4.
hi- V i -ci, to pile upon.AV.; SBr.
adhi-ny-Vz-as, to throw upon,
wfv*t^ wftll*^ adhi-Vyam (Imper. 2. pi. -yaccha-
adhi- Vjan, to be born. KapS. td) to erect or stretch out over, RV. 85, 1 1 A. i, ;

Adhi-ja, mfn. born, superior by birth, Pan. wfvi adhi-pa, ns,m.s. (aor. 3. pi. -ayassata") to strive up to (loc.), RV.
iii,
ruler, commander,
2, 101, Sch.
x, 64, 3.
regent, king.
AdM-janana, am, n. birth, Mn. ii, 169. m. = adhi-pa; (in med.) a par-
A'dhi-pati, is, adhi-Vya, to escape, Bha$.
ticular part of the head (where a wound proves
adhi-janu, ind. on the knees, Sis.
instantly fatal). vati (Adhipati-), f. containing adhi-Vyuj, to put on, load.
adhi-Vji (Subj. 2. sg. -jayasi) to the lord in herself, MaitrUp.
ddhi-rajju, mfn. carrying a rope,
win in addition, RV. vi, 35, 1. Adhi-patni, f. a female sovereign or ruler.
fastening, fettering, AV.
Adhi-pa, as, m., Ved. a
^rfvf>T3f adhi-jihva, as, m. or -jihvika, f.
ruler, king, sovereign.

ind. over or across tjfvc*! ddhi-ratha, mfn. being upon or

a peculiar swelling of the tongue or epiglottis, Susr. 'wf^'W^adhi-pathdm,
a road, SBr.
over a car (as), m. a charioteer N. of a charioteer
; ;

"SftTrir ddhi-jya, mfn. having the bow- who was a prince of Anga and Kama's foster-father;
string (JyS) up
or stretched, strung, SBr. &c. f fVTf9W adhi-paysula or -pausula, mfn. (am), n. a cart-load, RV.
being dusty above dusty. Adhi-rathyam, ind. on the high road.
adhi-jyotisham, ind. on the
;

WVUltfrt^^ towards a
luminaries (treated of in the Upanishads), TUp. 'Wnnjxf'W adhi-purandhri, ind. ^rfVTW adhi-raj, m. a supreme king. t,

See adhi-shtha.
wife, Sis. vi, 38. Adhi-raja, as, or -rajan, a, m. an emperor.
^f fvf (f?f?f adhi-tishthati.
Adhi-rajya, am, n. supremacy, imperial dignity ;
flrfVJJ^ adhi-purusha or -purusha [VP.],
^TfVrWoFT adhityaka, f (fr. adhi-tya, a deri- . an empire ; N. of a country. -bhSJ, m. possessor of
as, m. the Supreme Spirit.
vation oiadhi; cf. Pan. v, 2, 34), land on the upper imperial dignity.
table land, Sis. Ragh. &c. i-puta-bhritam, ind. over Adhi-rashtra, am, i\. = adhi-rajya.
part of a mountain, ;

'
the (vessel) full of purified Soma, KatySr. ^ifvi^^il ddhi-rukma, mfn. wearing gold,
m.
^wfvi^TJTH'rJ adhi-danda-netri, ta, pre-
RV.
of Yama, BhP. adhi-ptshana, mfn. serving to 46, 33.
viii,
siding over punishment,' N.

m. a redundant pound or grind upon, SBr. wftn>? adhi-Vnth, cl. i. P. or poet. A.

^rTVtpiT adhi-danta, as,
tooth, Pan. vi, 2, 188, Sch.; SuSr. ^rfVHiP^ adhi-prajam, ind. on procrea- to rise above, ascend, mount : Caus. -ropayati,
tion as a means of preserving the world (treated of in to raise, place above.
arca,mfn.(fr.rfar), wooden. the Upanishads), TUp. Adhi-rudha, mfn. ascended, mounted. a-

an intercalated madhl-yo^a, mfn. engaged in profound meditation.

adhi-dina, am, n.
wftnWT^ adhi-pra- Vi dhav, to approach Adhirudha-karna, mfn. = addhya-loha-kdrna,
day. hastily from, TBr. q. v., MaitrS. ;
cf. adhiloha-kdrna.
A. AdM-zopana, am, n. the act of raising or caus-
^fftff^ adhi- Vdis (aor. Subj. 3. sg.
ddhi-prash( i-yuga, am, n. yoke
-didishta) to bestow, RV. x, 93, 15. fourth horse laid upon the prashti ing to mount.
for attaching a
Adhi-ropita, mfn. raised, placed above.
or foremost of three horses (used on sacrificial occa-
^jf*J^fvfrT adhi-didhiti, mfn. having ex- Adhi-roha, as, m. ascent, mounting, overtop-
cessive lustre, Sis. sions), SBr.
i, 24. ping (mfn.), riding, mounted, Sis'.
;

m. or -devata, f. a Wfvn^ adAi-pra-v/l.su, to send away Adhi-rohana, am, n. act of ascending or mount-
'Wfq^ adhi-deva, as,
ing or rising above ; (f), f. a ladder, flight
of steps, L.
Adhi-devam or -de- from, Kith.
presiding or tutelary deity. Adh.l-rob.in. mfn. rising above, ascending, &c. ;
vatam [SBr.], ind. concerning the gods or the deity. adhi-Vbddh, to vex, annoy. (ini), f. a ladder, flight of steps.
^rfv^H adhi-dfoana, am, n. a table or /bru,Ve&. to speak in favour adhi-lokdm, ind. on the uni-
board for
gambling, AV. ;
SBr. of (dat.) or favourably to (dat.), intercede for.
verse (treated of in the Upanishads), SBr. ; TUp.

>fffw|^ adhi-daiva or -daivata, am, n. a wfv>JT adhi-VZ- T>huj, to enjoy. Adhi-loka-nStha, m. lord of the universe.
presiding or tutelary deity ; the supreme deity ;
the A'dhi-bhojana, am, n. an additional gift, RV. vi,
divine agent operating in material objects ; (am),
SSfV^^orfAt- \/vac (aor. Tmper. 2 .sg.-coco,
47- J 3- a. du. -vocatam, i. pi. -vocata) to speak in favour
ind. on the subject of the deity or the divine agent.
vf^adhi-bhu, us, m. (Vbhii), a master, of, RV. VS.
advocate, ;

Adhi-daivika, mfn. spiritual.

Adbi-vaktri, td, m. an advocate, protector, com-
A superior, L.
/
^rfV5adAi-v 2.dra,tocover(said of ahull), Adhi-bhuta, am, n. the spiritual or fine sub- forter, RV. VS. ;

stratum of material or gross objects the all-pene- Adhi-vacana, am, n. an appellation, epithet.
SBr. : Caus. -drtwayati, to cause to cover, SBr. ;
22 adhi-vaka. "Y*^ adhuna.
Adhi-vaka, as, m. advocacy, protection, RV. adhi-Vvye, to envelop.
^rftrsfr adhi-hasti, ind. on an elephant,
5; AV.
viii, 1 6, Adhi-vita, mfn. wrapped up, enveloped in. Ragh.

wfilqjj adhi-Vvad, to speak, pronounce W fvj^l W adhi-sasta, mfn.( v/iajfs), (=a4W- adhi-Vhu (impf. 3. pi. -djuhvata) to
over orat, SBr. TBr. ; Jasta), notorious, MBh. xiii, 3139. make an oblation upon or over, RV. i, 51, 5.
Adhi-vada, as, m. offensive words, MaitrS.
tfvj(ft adhi- V si, to lie down upon, to lie adhi-Vhri, to procure, furnish.
^ffVcf^ adhi- V 3. vap, A. -vapate, to put upon, to sleep upon but generally ace.)
(loc.,
adht (Vi), adhy-Ai or ddhy-eti (ex-
on, fasten, RV. 92, 4 to scatter, TS.
i, ; Adhi-iaya, as, m. addition, anything added or
ceptionally adhfyati, RV. x, 3 2, 3), to turn the mind
adhi-V4. vas, A. -vaste, to put given extra, Laty.
towards, observe, understand, RV. & AV. chiefly
i.
wfvsj^ Adhi-sayana, mfn. lying on, sleeping on.- ;

on or over (as clothes, &c.), RV. x, 75, 8. Ved. (with gen. Pin.
72] or ace.) to myid,
Adhi-saylta, mfn. recumbent upon ; used for [cf. ii, 3,
A'dhi-vastra, mfn. clothed, RV. viii, 26, 13. remember, care for, long for, RV. &c. ; to know,
lying or sleeping upon.
1. Adhi-v&sa [SBr.] or adhi-vaaa [RV. SBr. ;
know by heart, TS. ; SBr. ; Up. &c. ; to go over,
an *R fv fiJI adhi-Vsri (Ved. Inf. ddhi-srayi- study, MBh. iii, 13689; to learn from (a teacher's
&c.], as, m. or I. adhi-vasaa [Vait], as, n.
upper garment, mantle. tavaf, SBr.) to put in the fire to spread over, AV. ; mouth, abl.), MBh. iii, 1071 3 to declare, teach, SBr. ;

Adhi-sraya, as, m. a receptacle. x ; Up. A. adhtti or (more rarely) adhtyate (Mn.

:

2. adhi-Vfr vas, to inhabit; to Pot. 3. pi. adhtylran, Kaus. ; Mn. x, i) to

TOftre^ Adhi-srayana, am, n. the act or ceremony of iv, 1 25 ;

settle or oven.
perch upon. putting on the fire ; (f), f. a fire-place, study, learn by her.rt, read, recite : Caus. adhy-dpa-
2. Adhi-v&sa, as, m. an inhabitant ; a neigh- Adhi-srayaniya, mfn. relating to or connected yati (aor. -dpipat, P5n. ii, 4, 51) to cause to read
bour one who dwells above ; a habitation, abode,
; with the Adhi-srayana. or study, teach, instruct : Caus. Desid. adhy-dpipa-
settlement, site ;
house with-
sitting before a person's Adhi-irita, mfn. put on the fire (as a pot); re-
yishati, to be desirous of teaching PSn. ii, 4, 51 :
out taking food he ceases to oppose or refuse a
till sided in, dwelt in ; occupied by. Desid. adhtshishati, to be desirous of studying, PSn.
demand (commonly called 'sitting in dharna') ; per- viii, 3, 61, Sch.
^rfVnj
adhi-shu (v/3_ su),to extract or pre-
tinacity. bhumi, a dwelling-place, settlement.
f. Adhita, mfn. attained studied, read well read, ; ;

Soma juice, RV. ix, 91, 2.

pare the
1. AdM-vasana, am, n. causing a divinity to learned. v4da, m. one who has studied the Vedas
Adhi-shavana, am, n. (generally used in the
dwell in an image sitting in dharna (see above).
; or whose studies are finished, SBr. xiv.
the
Adhi- vasin, mfn. inhabiting, settled in. Adhi- dual), hand-press for extracting and straining
is, f. perusal, study, TAr.
A'dhitl, desire, recol- ;

settled residence. Soma juice ; (mfn.), used for extracting and strain- RV. ii, 4, 8 AV.
Vasi-ta, f.
lection, ;

Adhy-ushita, see s. r. ing the Soma juice. Adnitin mfn. well read, proficient, (gana ishtadi,
,

Adhi-shavanya m. du. the two parts of

(6),
q.v.)&c. occupied with the study of the Vedas, Kum.
'WfV^li^^rtlw adhivdjya-kulddya,m., N.
;
the hand-press for extracting and straining the Soma
Adhitya, ind. p. having gone over, having studied.
of a country, MBh. juice, RV. 28, 2.
i,
Adhiyat, mfn. remembering, proficient.
^jfV^T^ adhi-Vvds, to scent, perfume. Adhiyana, mfn. reading, studying (as), m. a ;

RV. AV. student one who goes over the Veda either as a
m. perfume, fragrance appli- -shkdti) to cover in copulation, x, 61, 7 ;
3. Adhi-vSsa, as, ;
;

student or a teacher.
cation of perfumes or fragrant cosmetics. Adhi-shkanna, f.
(a cow) covered (by the bull),
2. Adhi- vaaana, am, n. application of perfumes, TS. Adhy-ayana, am, n. reading, studying, especially
the Vedas (one of the six duties of a Brahman).
&c. ; the ceremony of touching a vessel containing ^rfWT adhi-shthd ( t/stha), to stand upon,
have been presented to an idol); tapasi, n. du. study and penance. pimya, n.
fragrant objects (that depend upon to inhabit, abide ; to stand Over ; to
of an image.
;
religious merit acquired by studying.
preliminary purification across ; to over-
superintend, govern ; to step over or Adhy-ayaniya, mfn. fit to be read or studied.
Adhi-vasita, mfn. scented, perfumed. come ; to ascend, mount ; to attain, arrive at. Adhy-apaka, mfn. a teacher (especially of sacred
%<tV|qi^i adhi-vdhana, as, m., N. of a Adhi-shtliatri, mfn. superintending, presiding, knowledge). Adhyapakodita, m. styled a teacher.
man be a son of Anga). governing, tutelary ; (d), m. a ruler ; the Supreme Adhy-apana, am, n. instruction, lecturing.
(said to
Ruler (or Providence personified and identified with Adhy-apayitri, td, m. a teacher, RPrSt.
^rfvf^ranr<T adhi-vi-kdrtane, am, n. the act one or other of the Hindu gods) ; a chief; a protector. Adhy-apita, mfn. instructed, Mn. Kum. ; iii, 6.
RV. Adhi-sbtliana, am, n. standing by, being at
of cutting off or cutting asunder, x, 85, 35. Adhy-Spya, mfn. fit or proper to be instructed.
hand, approach ; standing or resting upon ; a basis, Adhy-aya, as, m. a lesson, lecture, chapter;
^rftf fa adhi-vi- Vkram, A .to come forth
<fc*^ base ; the standing-place of the warrior upon the car, for reading or for a lesson ;
reading ; proper time
on behalf of (dat.), KitySr. SamavBr. ; a site, residence, abode,
position,
seat a ;
ifc. a reader (see vedadhydya), P5n. iii, 2, I, Sch.

n. the high- settlement, standing over ; government, au-

town ; sata-patha, m. 'Index of One Hundred. Chap-
wfalVsjiH adhi-vijKdna, am, a precedent, rule ; a benediction,
thority, power ;
ters,' N. of a work.
est knowledge. deha or -sarira, n. the intermediate
Buddh. Adhy-ayln, mm. engaged in reading, a student,
^rfvif^! adhi- $ vid, V
cl. 6. P. -vindati, body which serves to clothe and support the departed
residences in the Pitri-loka or
Adhy-etavya or -eya, mfn. to be read.
to obtain to marry in addition to.
;
spirit during its several Adhy-etrl, td, m. a student, reader,

Adhi-vinna, f. a wife whose husband has mar- world of spirits (also called the Preta-sarira), Adhy-esiiyamana, mf\a)n. (fut. p.) intending
ried again a neglected or superseded wife.
;
Adhi-shthayaka, mfn. governing, superintend- to study, about to read, Mn.
Adhi-vettavya, f. a wife in addition to whom ing, guarding.
AdM-slxthita, mfn. settled inhabited ; super-
wftliK adhi-kara (= adhi-kdra), as, m.
proper to marry another.
;
it is
intended superintendence over Mn. xi, 63; authoriza-
Adhi-vettri, td, m. a husband who marries an ; appointed ; superintending.
regulated ; (loc.),

Adhi-shtlieya, mfn. to be superintended or tion, capability, MBh.

additional wife.
Adhi-vedana,tf/, n. marrying an additional wife. governed. 'Wvfhl adhiksh (Viksh), to expect.
Adhi-vedaniya or -vedyS, = -vettavyd.
f.
<d fill
M^ adhi-shvan ( */svan),to roar along
in the sense of P. adhi-
WVjfa a<ft>na,mfn.(fr. adit), ifc. resting on
wfVlfas*^ adhi-vidyam, ind. on the sub- or over (3. sg.
aor. Pass,
or in, situated; depending on, subject to, subservient
of in the Upanishads), TUp. shvarif), RV. ix, 66, 9.
ject of science (treated to. ta, f. or -tva, n. subjection, dependence.
'fliMf^VT adhi-vi- Vdha, to distribute or Vfwfa3(adhi-sam- </&.vas (3 pl.-vdsante)
to dwell or reside together, TS. (quoted in TBr.)
.

tuflH*"! adhi-mantha = adhi-mantha, q.v.

scatter over, SBr. &c.
sdm-avar- witt.d-dhtra, mfn. imprudent, RV. i, 179,
^ffilfaTi^
a<fti-ci- Vyat, Caus. -yatayati, wfvff^arfii-sai- Vvrit (impf. 4 AV. not fixed, movable confused deficient in
; ; ;

to subjoin, annex, Kath. RV. x, 129,

tat&dhi) to originate from, 4.
;

calm self-command excitable ; capricious querulous ;

; ;

wfvfarrw^ adhi-vi- Vraj* to surpass in wftuhn adhi-sam-Vdhd (perf. 3. pi. -da- weak-minded, foolish ; (a), f. lightning; a capricious
RV. dhtiK] to put or join together, RV. iii, 3, 3. or bellicose mistress. ta, f. want of confidence.
brightness,

iHfVffas^ adhi- Vvis, Caus. -vesayati, to

^ffvj^r^
adhi -
Vsfip, to glide along, ^TV/lrtVgli*U adhiloha-kdrna, mfn. = ad-
cause to sit down ;
to place upon. SankhSr. dhydloha-karna, q. v., TS.

'SUfNlfl adhl-vdsd=I. adhi-vasd, q.v.

'*lf\<*|^ adhi-Vvrij,
cl. 7. P. -vriydkti, to adhi-stri, ind. concerning a wo-
SBr. 2. Adhi-vasas, ind. over the garment, KStySr.
place near or over (the fire), man or a wife, Pan. ii, J, 6, Sch.

adhi- Vvrit (Pot. 3. Adhi-stri, f. a superior woman, Hariv. ^ftST adhisa, as, m. a lord or master over
5fffv^ pi. -vavrityuK)
to move or pass along or over (loc.), RV. x, 27, 6 : ^fvwfit adhi-Vspardh (3. pi. p. -spdr- (others).
Caus. id, TBr. dhante & for an aim, Adhisvara, as, m. a supreme lord or king, an
perf. -paspridhri) to compete
'

emperor an Arhat, Jain.

P. (Subj. -vardhat) strive at (loc.), RV. ;

SSfVj^V adhi-Vvridh, ^nft"? adhishta, mfn. (</3- ish), solicited,

to refresh, gladden, RV. vi, 38, 3 ; A. -vardhate, to ^1 adhi- Vspris, to touch lightly or
f*l^ 5^ asked for instruction (as a teacher), PSn. ; (as ? or
prosper through or by (loc.),
RV. 75, I. Caus. (Pot. -sfaridyef) to cause to
slightly, SBr.
ix, :

extend to, TS. am), m. n. instruction given by a teacher solicited

reach to, to
wfV^^ adhi-veddm, ind. concerning the for it, Pan. Sch.
Veda, SBr. xiv. At- v/sru.to trickle or drop off, SBr. Adhy-esbana, am, d, m. f. solicitation, asking
for instruction.
^Hf*l%?P^ adhi-velam, ind. on the shore, adhi-hari, ind. concerning Hari,
SiS. iii, 71.
Pin. ii, i, 6, Sch. adhuna, ind. at this time, now.
 adhunatana. adhvan. 23
Adhnnataua, mf( t)n. belonging to or extendin Adhy-ava-sana, am, n. attempt, effort, exer-
over the present time, SBr. tion
Adhy-aslta, mfn. seated down upon ; seated in
; energy, perseverance ;
determining ; (in rhe- a presidential chair;
and forcible settled, inhabited; (am), n.
!
a-dhura, mfn. not laden. toric) concise
language. sitting upon, Ragh. ii, 52.
Adhy-ava-saya, as, m. id. (in phil.) mental
a-dhumaka, mfn. smokeless.
;
Adhy-asin, mfn. sitting down or seated upon.
effort, apprehension, -ynkta, mfn. resolute.
Adhy-aslna, mfn. seated upon.
irita, mfn. not held, unrestrained Adhy-ava-sayita, mfn. attempted.
uncontrolled Adhy-ava-sayin, mfn. resolute. ^HflTH adhy-dsa, as, m. (1/2. as),
; unquiet, restless, TS. ;
(as), m., N. o impos-
Vishnu. Adhy-ava-sita, mfn. ascertained, determined, ing (as of a foot), Yajn.; (mfh\\.)=-adhy-dropa;
want of firmness or apprehended. an appendage, RPrit.
A'-dhriti, is, f. fortitude
laxity, absence of control or restraint incontinence Adhy-ava-siti, it, f. exertion, effort.
(mfn.), unsteady.
;
wwilW^ adhy-d-i/saftj (i. sg. -sajdmi) to
^Hflqf^ adhy-ava-Vhan, to thrash upon, hang up, suspend, AV. xiv, 2, 48.
TBr.
^HJf d-dhrishta, mfn.(Vdhrish), not bold WlHi^ adhy-d-Vsad, to sit
modest ; not overcome, invincible, irresistible.
Adhy-avahanana, mfn. serving as an imple- upon (ace.),
ment on which Kaus. : Caus. (i. to set
A-dhrishya, mfn. anything is
thrashed, SBr. sg. ddhy-a-sddaydmi) upon
unassailable, invincible ;
un TBr.
(loc.),
approachable ; proud ; (a), (., N. of a river. WTSTT adhy-asana, am, n .
eating too soon
after a meal (before the meal TUIT^tir adhy-d-harana, am, n. (Vhri),
T^J d-dhenu, mfn. yielding no milk, RV last is
digested). act of
i, 117, 20; AV. ;
not nourishing, RV. x, Ji, 5. ^ ****<, adhy-\/2. as, to throw or place over act of
supplying
inferring, inference.
(elliptical language) ; supplement ;

or upon (in phil.) to attribute or impute wrongly.

W*Hl a-dhairya, am, n. want of self-com-
;
Adhy-aharaniya or -ahartavya, mfn. to b
Adhy-asta, mfn. placed over disguised sup- supplied to be inferred.
mand excitement
;
; ;
;
excitability
; ; (mfn.), withou posed. Adhy-ahara, as, m. act of
self-command excitable. supplying (elliptical
;
Adhy-asa, as, m. See s. v. language), Pan. vi, 1, 139, &c.
TWT _adhy-aysa, mfn. being on the adhy-asthd, am, n. the upper part Adhy-ahrita, mfn. supplied, argued.
AsvGr.
shoulder, of a bone, TS. WWWT adhy-ut-thd (Vsthd), to turn away
W^i adhy-akta, mfn. (Vanj), equipped, Adhy-asthi, i, n. a bone growing over another,
from, PBr.
Susr.
prepared.
adhy-ud-dhi, f. See ddhy-udhnt.
^nfl^ ddhy-aksha, mf(a)n. <-Vah, perf. -aha, to speak on
perceptible to
the senses, observable ; exercising supervision
behalf of (dat.), AV. i, 16, 2. ^ adhy-ud-dhn(Vhn), (Imper. 2. sg.
; (as),
m. an eye-witness an inspector, superintendent ddhy-ild-dhara)\oi\vn (water) from, AV.xii,3,36.
the plant Mimusops Kauki
;
adhy-d-Vkram, to attack ; to
(Kshirikd). choose, Sak. adhy-ud-^bhri, to take or carry
(adhy-aksharam, ind. on the sub- away from, AV.
-d-Vgam, to meet with.
ject of syllables ;
above all syllables (as the mysticom).
^SMjfr^ adhy-agni, ind. over or by the -d-Vcar, to use, Mn. &c. loc. ind. at daybreak, MBh. 2. (^5. vas) inha-
nuptial fire
(property given to the bride). Adhy- ddhy-dndd, f. = adhy-andd, SBr. bited ; occupied.
;

agni-krita, n. property given to the wife at the

adhy-dtma, am, n. the Supreme ^TOJ? adhy-ushta, mfn. (invented as the
wedding. Adhyagny-npSgata, n. property re-
Spirit; (mfn.), own, belonging to Sanskrit representative of the Prakrit
ceived by a wife at the (dm), ind. self; addhuttha,
wedding. concerning self or individual personality, cetas,
which is derived from ardha-caturtha), three and
Wfl^ adhy-anc, an, id, dk, tending up- m. one who meditates on the Supreme Spirit. a half. valaya, m. forming a ring coiled up three
wards, eminent, superior, Pan. jnana, n. knowledge of the Supreme Spirit or and a half times (as a snake).
vi, 2, 53.
of dtman. dris, mfn. knowing the Supreme
^JynjJT adhy-andd, f. the plants Carpopo- ^*91T adhy-ushtra, as, m. a conveyance
Jpirit. rati, m. a man delighting in the contem-
drawn by camels.
gon Pruriens (cowage) and Flacourtia Cataphracta. jlation of the Supreme Spirit. ramayana, n. a
^rujnnSpT adhy-adhikshepa, as, m. exces- limSyana, in which Rama is identified with the WW? adhy-udha, mfn. (v'raA), raised,
universal spirit forms part of the Brahmanda- exalted affluent abundant
sive censure, Yajn. iii, 228 ; gross abuse.
(it ; ; ; (as), m. the son of a
Tid, mfn. = -dris. vidya.f = -jnana. woman
^uprta *urana). .

pregnant before marriage [cf. l.iaA&ffio];

adhy-adhina, mfn. completely sfistra, n., N. of a work. Adhyatmottara- Siva ; (a), f. a wife whose husband has married an
subject to or dependent on a slave), Mn. kanda, n. the last book of the AdhyJtma-ramayana.
(as additional wife. ja, m. the son of a woman preg-
Adhy-atmika or better adhyatmika, nant before marriage.
f
adhy-antfna, ind. close to, SBr. m((i)a.
elating to the soul or the Supreme Spirit.
[ adhy-apa-Vvic, -vindkti, to put WWjft ddhy-udhni, f. (fr. Hdhan) [MaitrS. ;
^IHTIVT adhy-d-Vdhd, to place upon.
in.to by singling out from, SBr. KstySr.] or adhy-ud-dhi, f. (Vdtd) [ApSr.], a
tubular vessel above the udder, or above the scrotum.
vitq*jr adhy-ayana, &c. See adht. adhy-dpaka, &c. See adht.

^TUIV ddhy-ardha, mf(a)n. 'having an ad- d--/bhri(irDpf.ddhy-6'bharat) W^^(adhy-ushivas, dn,ushi, at (perf. p.

o bring near from, VS. Vs. vas), one who has dwelt in, Pin. iii, 2, 1 08, Sen.
ditional half," one and a half. kansa, m. n. one
to lay on, overlay;
and a half kansa ; (mf(z)n.),
amounting to or worth 'SUiT^ adhy-d-Vruh, to ascend up on *^ adhy-Vl.ih,
to raise
to
one and a half kansa. kakinikc, mfn. place upon above.
amounting igh, mount : Caus. -ropayati, to cause to mount.
;

to or worth one and a half kskini. karshapana Adhy-nhana, am, n. putting on a layer (of ashes).
or
Adhy-arudha, mfn. mounted up, ascended;
-karshapanika, mfn. amounting to or worth
one and a half karshapana.
bove, superior to (instr.); below, inferior to (abl.) ridh, to expand, SBr. xiv.
kharlka, mfn. Adhy-aropa, m. VedSnta
as, (in phil.) wrong
amounting to or worth one and a half khiri. ttribution, erroneous transferring of a statement adhy-etavya, &c. See adht.
panya, mfn. amounting to or worth one and a rom one thing to another.
half pana. padya, mfn. amounting to one foot edh, to increase, prosper.
and a half.
Adhy-aropana, am, d, n. f. id.
pratika, mfn. amounting to one and Adhy-aropita, mm. Vedanta See adhtshta.
(in phil.) erro- adhy-eshana.
a half karshapana. mashya, mfn. amounting to eously transferred from one thing to another.
or worth one and a half masha. vinsatikina, d-dhri, mfn. (\/dhri), unrestrained,
mfn. amounting to or worth one and a half score or -d-V3.vap,-d-vapati,toBctit- irresistible, AV. v, 20, IO. go. (ddhri-), mfn.
thirty, sata or -satya, mfn. amounting to or
er upon, SBr. (m. pi. dvas), irresistible, RV. ; (us), m., N. of a
bought with one hundred and fifty. satamana or Adhy-a-vapa, as, m. the act of sowing or heavenly killer of victims, RV. N. of a formula ;

-satamana, mfn. amounting to or worth one and scattering upon, KitySr. concluding with an invocation of Agni, SBr. &c.
a half satamana. Sana or -sanya, mfn. amount- Ja (adhr(-), mfn. irresistible, RV. v, J, 10.
hy-d-V&- vas, to inhabit, dwell pnshpalikS, f. a species of the Pan plant, Piper
ing to or worth one and a half s5na. snrpa, mfn. n (ace. or loc.) Betel.
amounting to or worth one and a half surpa. saha-
sra or -sahasra, mfn. amounting to or worth one Wl*4l =i i MI * adhy-d-vdhanika, am, n. that
f- A-dhriyamana, mfn. (pr. Pass. p. 4/JAri), not
thousand five hundred. snvarna or -sanvarni- art of a wife's property which she receives when held not to be got hold of, not forthcoming, not sur-
;

or existing, dead, (gana cdrv-adi, q.v.)

ka,nifn.amountingtoorworthoneandahalfsuvarna. ed in procession from her father's to her husband's viving
Adhy-ardhaka, mm. amounting to or worth ouse.
^T>P d-dhruva, mf(o)n. not fixed, not per-
one and a half.
1T^ adhy-\/ds, to sit down or lie down manent ; uncertain, doubtful ; separable.
wm Jr; adhy-arbuda or -arvuda, am, n. a as one's seat or
pon, to settle upon ; to occupy ^nj^ adhrusha, as, m. (etymology doubt-
congenital tumour, goitre. abitation ; to get into, enter upon ; to be directed
ful), quinsy, sore throat, Susr.
3 or upon ; to affect, concern ; to preside over, in-
WUH^ adhy-ava-Vrnh, to
wards upon, TBr.
step down-
uence, rule ; to cohabit with : Caus. P. adhy-dsa- 'Wlep^ ddhvan, a, m. a road, way, orbit;
ati, to cause to sit Desid. (p. adhy-
down, Bhatt. : a journey, course distance; time, Buddh. ; Jain. ; &
iiqi\ adhy-ava-Vso, cl. 4. P. -syati, isishamdnd) to be about to rise up to (ace.), Bhatt. means, method, resource ; the zodiac (?), sky, air,
to undertake, attempt, accomplish; to determine, Adhy-asana, am, n. act of sitting down upon, L. ; a place ; a recension of theVedas and the school

consider, ascertain. . ; presiding over, L. ;

a seat, settlement, BhP. upholding it ;
assault (?) ; ifc. adhva, as.
24 adhva. an-anukta.

Adhva (in comp. ad/ivan). for ga, mf(ii)n. An-akshika, mfn. eyeless, TS. RV. viii, 90, 3. A'n-atlneda, m. not foaming
road-going, travelling ; (as), m. a traveller ; a camel, over, MaitrS. A'n-atirikta, mfn. not abundant,
^IH 8) l.an-akshara,mfn. unfit to be uttered; not abundance,
a mule (a), f. the river Ganges.
; gat, m. a traveller, SBr. An-atireca, n. MaitrS.
unable to articulate a syllable.
AV. xiii, I, gaty-anta or-gantavya, m.
36. An-ativritti, f.
congruity. An-ativyadhya,
measure of length applicable to roads. ga-bhogya, . ^ ..
^ dn-aksha-smgam [MaitrS.] or mfn. invulnerable, AV. ix,2, 1 6. An-atyanta-gati,
'
the sense of 'not exceedingly,' sense of diminutive
m. traveller's delight,' the tree Spondias dn-atsha-stambham [SBr.], ind. so as not to in-
f.
Mangitera.
gamana, n. act of travelling. -gamin, nit'n. terfere with the axle-tree. words. An-atyaya, m. the not going across, SBr. ;
Jl, f. the plant Svarnuli. pati, m. (mfn.), unperishable, unbroken. An-atyndya,
an-nyara, as, m. a
wayfaring. houseless,
lord of the roads VS. ratha, m. a travelling car. mm. ( = aty-an-udya~), quite unfit to be mentioned,
L. AV.
salya, m. the plant Achvranthes Aspera. Adhva- vagrant ascetic, far above any expression, x, 7, 28.
An-agarikS, f. the houseless life ofsuch an ascetic,
dhipa or adhv^sa m. an officer in charge of the not eating, not con-
Buddh. Wl^T^rfn-arfaf, mfn.
public roads, police-officer, Rajat. RV. iii, i, 6; AV. &c.
suming,
Adhvanina, as, m. a traveller, Pin. YSjB. i, ;
1 1 1 .
d-nagna, mf(a)n. not naked. tS
Aduvanya, m. id., Pin. v, 2, 16.
,:,-, f. the not being naked, SBr. *r|^f dn-addha or (with particle ) dn-
(a-nagnd-),
ind. not truly, not really, not definitely, not
^tW a-dhvard. rafn. (%/rfArri), not injur- .
an-agni (dn-agni, Nir.), is, m. non-
addho,
purnjjha, m. one who is not a true
clearly, SBr.
AV. TS. \ m. a sacrifice (especially the substance differing from fire ; absence of fire ;
ing, ; ; (<fa fire ;
man, one who is of no use either to gods or men or
Soma sacrifice) N. of a Vasu ; of the chief of a not main-
;
(mfri.), requiring no fire or fire-place ; the manes, SBr. ;
AitBr. ; KJtySr.
family (am}, n. sky or air, L.
; karman, n. per- taining a sacred
unmarried dis-
formance of the Adhvara or any act connected with
fire, irreligious ; ;

^t*fHrt1 an-adyatana, as, m . a tense (either

pensing with 'having no fire in the stomach;'
fire ;

it, SBr. kalpB, f., N. of an optional sacrifice dyspeptic, tra (dn-agni-), mfn. not maintaining past or future) not applicable to the current day, PSn.
(K.tmyeshti). kanda, n., N. of the book in the the sacred fire, RV. i, 1 89, 3. dagdha (dn-agni-), - ,
ind. not below, TBr.
Satapatha Brahmana which refers to Adhvaras.
-
mfn. not burnt with fire not burnt on the funeral ;

krit m. performing an Adhvara, VS. (fa, mfn. m. pi., N.

pile (but buried), RV. x, 15, 14; (as),
,

intended for an Adhvara. dikshaniya, f. conse- of a class of manes, Mn. iii, 199. shvatta, as, not to be enlarged or excelled ;
boundless ; perfect.
cration connected with the Adhvara. dhishnya, m. L. (see agni-dagdhd, agni-shvattd). m. absence of
pi. id., ^prfvRTr; an-adhikara, as,
m. a second altar at the Soma sacrifice, SBr. prS-
an-ogha, mf(o)n. sinless; faultless; authority or right or claim. carca, f. unjustifiable
yascitti, f. expiation connected with the Adhvara.
vat (adhvard-}, mfn. containing the word uninjured handsome, L. ; (as), m. white mustard,
;
interference, intermeddling, officiousness.

sri mfn. embellishing the Adhvara, L. ; N. of Siva and others. Anaghashtami, f., An-adhlkarin, mfn. not entitled to.
Adhvara, SBr. ,

An-adhlkrlta, mfn. not placed at the head

RV. - samishta-yajuH, n., N. of an aggregate N. of an eighth day (spoken of in the fifty-fifth of,
not appointed.
of nine libations connected with the Adhvara. stlia Adhylya of the Bhavishyottara-PurSna).
or adhvare-shtha [RV. x, 77, 7], mfn. standing an-ankusa, mfn. unrestrained. ^nrf>JTTrI an-adhigata, mfp. not obtained,
at or engaged in an Adhvara. manoratha, mfn. one
not acquired ; not studied.
Adhvarlya, Nom. P. (2. sg. rtydsi ; f.rtydf) an-angd, mf(o)n. bodiless, incorpo- who has not obtained his wish, disappointed. sSs-
to perform an Adhvara, RV. real N. of Kama (god of love, so called
(as), m.,
;
tra, mfn. unacquainted with the SSstras.
Adhvarya, Nom. P. (p.rydf) to be engaged in because he was made bodiless by a flash from the
An-adhlgamya or an-adhlganianlya, mfn.
an Adhvara, RV. i, 181, I.
eye of Siva, for having attempted
to disturb his life
unattainable.
Adhvaryu, us, m. onewho institutes an Adhvara ; of austerity by filling him with love for Parvat!) ;

that 'Wtrfv^t'T an-adhishthana,am,n. want of

any a priest of a particular class
officiating priest ; (am), n. the ether, air, sky, L. ; the mind, L. ;
(as distinguished from the Hotri, the Udgdtri,
and which is not the ahga. -krida, f. amorous play ; superintendence.
the Brahman classes. The Adhvaryu priests 'had N. of a metre (of two verses, the first containing six- An-adhlshthlta, mfn. not placed over, not ap-
to measure the ground, to build the altar, to prepare teen long syllables, the second thirty-two short ones). pointed ;
not present.
the sacrificial vessels, to fetch wood and water, to devi, f., N. of a queen of Kashmir. pala, m., an-adh'ma or an-adkinaka, mfn.
^T7l\ittT
to bring the animal and immolate it ;' N. of a king's chamberlain at Kashmir. m-ejaya
light the fire, 1 not subject to, independent ; (as), m. an independent
whilst engaged in these duties, they hai to repeat (an-ahgam-), mfn. not shaking the body (?), (gana who works on his own account (see kautn-
carpenter
the hymns of the Yajur-veda ; hence that Veda itself cdrv-adi, q.v.) ranga, m., N. of an erotic work.
taksha).
is also called Adhvaryu) ; (adhvaryavas), pi. the lekha, f. a love letter ; N. of a queen of Kashmir.
adherents of the Yajur-veda (us), f. the wife of an ; Bokhara, m., N. of a metre (of four verses, each 'HTrUTBJ an-adhyalcsha, mfn. not percep-
kanda, n., N. aenS, f., N. of a dramatic senses, not observable
without a super-
Adhvaryu priest, PSn.iv, 1, 66, Sch. containing fifteen iambi). tible by the ;

of a book of mantras or prayers intended for Adhvaryu personage. Anangapida, m., N. of a king of Kash- intendent.
kratn, m. sacrificial act performed by the in. 'Kama's enemy,' Siva.
priests.
veda, m. the Yajur-veda.
mir. Anangasuhrid,
m. the mind, L.
WHW4H an-udhyayana, am, n. not read-
Adhvaryu, Pin. ii, 4, 4. An-angaka, as,
intermission of study, Mn. &c.
ing or studying ;

a-dhvasmdn, mfn. unveiled, RV. Hfsft an-ahgur(, mfn. destitute of fin- An-adhyaya, as, m. id. a time when there is ;

AV. intermission of study, Mn. divasa, m. a vacation

a-dhvanta, am, n. (not positive gers,
- iatrava, m. day, holiday.
darknessj, twilight, gloom, shade. an-aceha, mfn. unclear, turbid.
'an enemy to shade,' the plant Cassia Fistula or a miser-
*1 an-anangamejaya, mfn. not
an-ajakd or an-ajika, f.
unshaken (?) cf. an-ahgamejaya.
Bignonia Indica. leaving the body ;
able little
goat, Pin. vii, 3, 47.
W^ i . an-, occasionally WT ana-, (before dn-anukhyati, is, f. not per-
a vowel) the substitute for 3. a, or a 'SHyH an-anjana, mfn. free from colly-
privative.
n. the sky, atmo- ceiving, MaitrS.
rium or pigment or paint (am),
^ni
;

2. an, cl. 2. P. dniti or dnnti, ana, a- mfn. not agreed to,

^
nishyati, <mi7[RV. x, 1 29, 2], to breathe,
sphere, L.

wj^j^ anad-uh, dvdn, m. (fr. dnas, a cart,

Hjsllrl an-anujfiata,
not permitted ;
denied.
respire, gasp to live, L. to move, go, L. [cf. Gk.
ave-
; ;

and Jvah, to drag), an ox, bull the sign Taurus. in,mtn.not miss-
Ctx&.anayati: Desid.aninisAali.
;
/jos; Lzt.animus] :
AitBr. not insidious,TBr.
m. breath, Anadnj-jihvS, the plant GojihvS, Elephantopus
f. ing, not missing anything, ;

Ana,as, respiration, SBr.; ChUp.

vat-tva, n. the state of being endowed with
Scaber. Anadud-da, as, m. donor of a bull or ox. ^FrffiVfT^ban-anubhavaka, mfn. unable to
Anadntka, mfn. ifc. for anatfuh, (gana ura-ddi
breath or life, Nir.
comprehend. tS, f. non-comprehension; unin-
and gana risyadi, q. v.)
Anana, am, n. breathing, living, Nir.
Anadnha, as, m. ifc. for anaduh / N. of the telligibility.

^nT$T an-ansa or an-ansin, mfn. portion- chief of a certain Gotra(?), (gana sarad-adi, q.v.) on-an6AosAona, am, n. not re-
less ;
not entitled to a share in an inheritance. Anaduhi [SBr.] or anadvShi [Pan.], f. a cow. peating (for the
sake of challenging) a proposition,"
tacit assent.
a, f. the plan- flH^", dn-anu, mfn. not minute or fine,
tain (= ansumat-phalo). coarse, SBr. ; (us), m. coarse grain, peas, &c. ^7)^^ an-anubhuta, mfn. not perceived,
"** a**3** anaka-dundubha, as, m., N. of An-amyas, mfn. not at all minute ; vast, mighty, not experienced, unknown.
Sis.
Krishna's grandfather. iii, 4.
^M^HrT an-anumata, mfn. not approved
Anaka-dundnbhi or better anakadnndubhl, W^rT a-nata, mfn. not bent, not bowed or honoured, not liked, disagreeable, unfit.
is, m., N. of Krishna's father (Vasudeva ; said to be down not changed into a lingual consonant, RPrSt.;
derived from the beating of drums at his birth). erect
;
WrHm>l an-anuyajd or an-anuyajd [TS.],
; stiff; haughty.
mfn. without a subsequent or final sacrifice.
n-akasmat, ind. not without a W?ffrT- an-ati-, not very-, not too-, not
an-anushangin, mfn. not at-
cause or an object ;
not accidentally, not suddenly. past-. (Words commencing with an-ati are so easily
that few need be tached to, indifferent to.
vr^JHHK an-akama-mara, mfn. not kill- analysed by referring to ati, &c.,
enumerated.) A'n-atikrama, m. not transgress- ^MHirra an-anushthana, am, n. non-ob-
ing undesiredly, AitAr. moderation, propriety. An-atikrama-
ing, SBr. ; servance, neglect ; impropriety.
^PfW an-dksk (nom. an-dK), mfn. Wind, niya, mfn. not to be avoided, not to be trans- dn-anukta or an-
RV. inviolable. An-atldrlsya, mfn. not trans- ^M^3i [SBr. xiv]
ii, 15, 7. gressed,
= aty-adrisya), quite anfikli [KatySr.], mfn. not recited or studied not
An-akha,mf(fl)n.id.,RV.ix,73, 6 & x, 27,11. parent, opaque, SBr.; (or
;

An-akshi, n. a bad eye, L. indiscernible. A'n-atidbhuta, mm. unsurpassed, responded to.

 an-anrita. 25
an-apnas.
1i *(f an-anrita, mfn. not false, true mfn. not blind, TBr. &c.
Sit. vi,
,
an-apadeia, as, m. an invalid ar-
39.
dn-anna, am, n. rice or food unde- gument.
^t^rer an-antd, mf(n)n. endless, bound
serving of its
name, SBr. xiv. ind. p. not hav-
less, eternal, infinite ; (as), m., N. of Vishnu o ;
WfqT|UJ an-apadhrishya,
Scsha (the snake-god) ; of Sesha's brother Vjsuki ^PTSJ an-anyd, mf(d)n. no other, not an- ing overpowered, AitBr.
of Krishna of his brother Baladeva of Siva other, not different, identical; self; not
;
; ; having a m-apanihitdm, ind. without
Rudra; of one of the Visva-devas of the 141 ;
second, unique ; not more than one, sole ;
having leaving out anything, SBr.
Arhat, &c. ; the plant Sinduvara, Vitex Trifolia no other (object), undistracted ;
not attached or de-
else, TS. - gtl, laiwFKan-apayati, ind. (loc.pr.p.\/ with
Talc; the 23rd lunar asterism, Sravana ; a silke voted to any one sole resort or f.

cord (tied round the right arm at a

particular festi
resource. _ gutd or -ffatika, mfn. having only one apa ?),
'
before the sun makes a start,' very early, L.
val); the letters/ a periodic decimal fraction? (d\ (or no other) resort or resource left, gamin, ^THTC an-apard, mfn. without another;
[.the earth ; the number one ; N. of PSrvati an
mfn. going to no other. guru, m. 'having no having no follower ; single, sole (as N. of Brahma),
of various females, the plant SarivS ; Periploca other as a Guru,' N. of Krishna, Sis.
i, 35. citta, SBr. xiv.
Indica or Asdepias Pseudosarsa or Asthmatica mf(a)n. or -cetas, mfn. giving one's undivided
(th
root of which supplies a valuable thought to (with loc.) -codita, mfn. self-impelled.
IIH,I- dn-aparaddha, mfn. one who has
medicine) (am] ;

n. the sky, -Ja, m., N. of Kama or Love. not injured anybody, MBh. faultless, SBr.
atmosphere; Talc, mfn. ren -kara, tS, f. or -tva, ; ; (dm),
n. drishti, mfn. ind. without injury, SBr. xiv.
dering endless, magnifying indefinitely, Pan. iii, t identity. gazing intently.
21; R. v, 20, 26. ga,, mfn. going or moving fo deva, mfn. having no other god. nishpadya, An-aparadha, m. innocence, innocuousness;
as,
ever or indefinitely, Pan. iii, 2,
48. sfuna, mfn mfn. to be accomplished by no other. pnrva, f. (mfn. ), innocent, faultless ; free from defects. tva,
boundless a female who never n. freedom from fault.
having excellencies. caturdasi, f. the belonged to another, a virgin,
fourteenth lunar day (or moon) of Bhadra, when
full Ragh. pratikriya, mfn. having no other means Anaparadhin, mfn. innocent.
Ananta is worshipped. carltra m., N. of a Bodhi ,
of resistance or redress. bhava, mfn. originating
sattva. jit, m., N. of the fourteenth Jaina Arhat o in or with no other, bhava, mfn. thinking of PJn. vi, 2, 1 60, Sch.
the present Avasarpini. ta (anantd-), {. the only one, i. e. of the Supreme manas
eternity Spirit.
infinity, SBr. xiv. tSna.mfn. extensive, -tirtha or -manaska or -manasa, mfn.
exercising un- -apavacand, mfn. impossible
m., N. of an author. tirtha-krit, m. = Anantajit divided attention, yoga, m. not suitable to any to be talked away or wished away,AV. viii, 8, 9.
tritiya, f. the third day of Bhadra (saidtobesacre( others ; (am), ind. not in consequence of
any other
to Vishnu). - tritiya- vrata, N. of the twenty- (word), RPrSt. vishaya, mfn. exclusively appli- an-apavrijyd, mfn. not to be
'
fourth Adhyaya of the Bhavishyottara - PurSna, cable. -vishayatman, mfn. finished (as a way ; free from objects that should be
having the mind
= fixed upon one (or the sole) shunned as impure,' Say.), RV. i, 146, 3.
tva, n. -id, q. v. drishti, m., N. of Siva, object. vrlttl, mfn.
deva, m., N. of various persons, especially of a closely attentive. sadharana, mfn.' not com- dn-apavyayat (apa-vy-ayat),
king of Kashmir. nemi, m., N. of a king o: mon to any one else, not belonging to any other.
mfn. unremitting, RV. vi, 75, 7.
Malava, a contemporary of Sakyamuni. para, hrita, mfn. not carried off by another, safe.
mfn. of boundless width. pala, m., N. of a war- Ananyanubhava, m., N. of the teacher of Pra- *1M*T1 an-apasara, mfn. 'having no hole
rior chief in Kashmir. bhatta, m., N. of a man. kasatman. Ananyartha, mfn. not subservient to to creep out of,' inexcusable, unjustifiable ; (as), m.
mati, m., N. of a Bodhisattva. mayin, mfn. another object ; principal. Ananyasrita, rrifn. not Mn. viii, 198.
a usurper,
endlessly illusory or delusive or deceitful. mala, laving resorted to another ; independent ; (am), n. An-apasarana, am, n. not leaving a place or
m. the medicinal plant Sariva. raina, m., N. ol [in law) unencumbered property. withdrawing from it, SBr.
a man. rasi, m. (in arithm.) an infinite quantity ; An-anyadrisa, mf (f) n. not like others, KathSs. mfn. not refusing,
a periodic decimal fraction (?). C1M**j3^ dn-apaspris,
rupa, mfn. having ^1*l<f an-anvaya, m. want of con-
innumerable forms or shapes,
as, not obstinate, AV.
vat, mfn. eternal, nexion
infinite ; (an), m. (in the Upanishads) one of Brah-
; (in rhetoric) comparison of an object with
ts own ideal, (as,
'
a lady-like lady.*) cufMtig^ dn-apasphur [RV. viii, 69, 10]
mi's four feet (earth, intermediate space, heaven, vi, 48, n], mf(a)n. or dn-
or dn-apasphura [RV.
and ocean). An-anvita, mfn. unconnected, inconsecutive,
varman, m., N. of a king. vata, apasphurat\RV. iv, 42,10; AV.J, mfn.' not with-
desultory, incoherent, irrelevant, irregular not at-
m. a disease of the head (like tetanus). vikra- ;
drawing,' not refusing to be nv ked (said of a cow).
?

ended with, destitute of.

min, m., N. of a Bodhisattva. vijaya, m., N.
\ dn-apahata-papman, mfn.
<

of Yudhishthira's conch-shell. virya, m., N. of dn-anvavacara [SBr.] or dn-

the twenty-third Jaina Arhat of a future age. (said of the Pitris to distinguish them from the
anvavdya [MaitrS.], us, m. or dn-anvavdyana Devas) not freed from evil, Br.
vrata, n. ceremony or festival in honour of SBr.], am, n. (i/car and Vi with ante and ava),
An-apalianana, am, n. not repelling from, PBr.
Ananta or Vishnu (on the day of the full moon in not followii-g or going after any one (in a
sneaking
Bhadra); N. of the IO2nd Adhyaya of the Bha- manner). ^rTfiriclitlff an-apdkarana, am. n. (in law)
vishyottara-Purana. sakti, mfn. omnipotent (is), ;
non-payment, non-delivery.
wi'^IHTIi dn-anvdbhakta, mfn. (\/hhaj),
m., N. of a king. sayana, n, Travancore. slr- An-apakarman, a, n. id.
N. of snake sush- ot receiving a share, not interested in (!oc.), SBr,
shS, f., the king Vasuki's wife.
ma mfn.
Wtimn an-apdya, mfn. without obstacles,
an-apa, mfn. destitute of water, L.
(ananfd-), possessing boundless strength
or endlessly roaring (?), RV. Anantdt- prosperous; (as), m. freedom from mischief; (in
i, 64, 10.
man, m. the infinite Anantftsrama, an-apakarana, am, n. (in law) phil.) the state of not being abridged or deprived of
spirit.
anantesvara, &c., names of persons unknown. non-payment, non-delivery. (abl.); N. of Siva.

Anantaka, mfn. endless, boundless, eternal, infi- An-apakarman,a, n. id., Mn. viii, 4. A'napa'yin, mfn. not going or passing away;
constant in the same state ; invariable.
nite ; (am), n. the infinite (i.e. infinite space). An-apakara, as, m. harmlessness.
Anautya, mfn. infinite, eternal ; (am), n. infi- An-apakarin, mfn. not harming, innocuous. Wrl m=jt^ dn-apavrit, ind. without turning
An-apakrita, mfn. unharmed (am), n. no of- &
nity, eternity.
away, unremittingly, RV. vi, 32, 5
;
x, 89, 3.
^ ence, MBh.
an-antard, mf(o)n. having no in-
ft t.
An-apakrlyS, f. = an-apakarana, Mn.
1
VI'imVSlHan-apdsraya,mtn.not dependent.
terior having no interstice or interval or pause
; ;

uninterrupted, unbroken continuous immediately ; ;

<SHM*h^ an-apakarska, as, m. (Vkrish), ^TJfiJWoli a-napunsaka, am, n. (in Gr.) not
adjoining, contiguous ; next of kin, &c. ; compact, .
non-degradation, superiority.
a neuter.
close ; (as), m. a neighbouring rival, a rival neigh-
WfyfTT an-apaplya or an-apiipya, mfn.
bour ; (am), n. contiguousness ; Brahma or the
not departing from unfit for cakes. See of ufa.
supreme soul (as being of one entire essence) ; (am), A'n-apakramin, mfn. ;
de-
ind. immediately after ; after ; afterwards. Ja, m. oted, attached to. TMtlHBj an-apeksha, mfn. regardless, care-
'
next-born,' the son of a Kshatriyi or Vaisya mother Au-apakrama, as, m. not retreating or with-
less; indifferent; impartial; irrespective of ; irrele-
by a father belonging to the caste immediately above rawing from, AitBr. vant (a), f.
disregard, carelessness
(dn-apeksham),
An-apakramuka, mf (a) n.
; ;
not running away,
the mother's, Mn. x, 41. jata, m. id., Mn. x, 6; ind. irrespectively, carelessly, SBr. tva, n. dis-
also the son of a Sfldra mother by a Vaisya father. daitrS. ;
PBr.
regard; irrelevance; irrespectiveness ; (at), ind. from
A'n-antaraya, as, m. non-interruption, SBr. & having no reference to, since (it) has no reference to.
Plir. antaraya.)
; (cf. if
(<z)n. not departing from (abl. or in comp.) An-apeksl>ita, mfn. disregarded ; unheeded ;
A'n-antarayam, ind. without a break, SBr. & unexpected.
mfn. not falling
AitBr. ^rrfljujrl dn-apacyuta, An-apekahin, mfn. regardless of; indifferent to.
A'n-autarita, mfn. not separated by any inter-
ff, holding
fast (a yoke), RV. x, 93, 12 never ; An-ap^kshya, ind. p. disregarding, irrespectiveof.
stice unbroken. for ever, RV.
;
ropping off, keeping to or faithful
A'n-antariti, is, f. not excluding or passing 'BHTTrT dn-apeta, mfn. not gone off, not
ind. (Vji), so
over, TS. ; AitBr. rnn^ an-apajayydm, past ;
not separated, faithful to, possessed of.
or belonging to iat its victorious character cannot be reversed, SBr.
Auantarlya, mfn. concerning
the next of kin, &c., (gana gahadi, q. v.)
l an-apoddharyd, mfn. of which
^t TTW an-apatyd, mf(d)n. childless ; (am),
nothing is to be taken off, SBr.
vtrCrtfifrT dn-antar-hita, mfn. ( v/rfAn^not . childlessness, RV. iii, 54, 18. -tS, f. childless-
not separated by a break. ess, Sik. &c. vat (dnapatya-}, mfn. childless, AV. n-apta,mtn not watery, RV. ix, 1 6,3.
.

concealed, manifest ;

Anapatyaka, mfn. childless.

-apnds, mfn. destitute of means,
^nVxJ a-nanda, mfn. joyless, cheerless;
m. N. of a purgatory, an-apatrapa, mfn. shameless. RV. ii, 23, 9, [cf. Lat. ittops.]
(as), pi., Up.
 26 an-apsaras. an-avara.

an-apsaras, as, f. unlike an Apsa- an-amitam-paca, mfn. 'no1 - *ada, m. dyspepsia. Analouanda, m., N. of a
ras, unworthy of an Apsaras. cooking what has not first been measured,' niggardly, VedJntic writer, author of the
Vedanta-kalpataru.
wiHiT anaphd, {. a particular configuration miserly (
= mitam-paca, q.v.)
aj} an-alamkarishnu, mfn. not
of the planets. [Gk. &vaip-qj} 'HtflH^ an-amitrd, mfn. having no ene- given to the nse of onuiucnts ; nnornamented.
mies, AV. ; (dm), n. the having no enemies, AV.
wlW|T an-abhijna, mfn. unacquainted VS. (as), m., N. of various persons, W*T3^ an-alam, ind. not enough; in-
Comm. on Mil. ii, 125. ;
particularly a
with, ignorant, sufficiently.
king of Ayodhya.
'
a 'l ^H an-alasa, mfn. not lazy, active.
if an-abhidruh, mfn. not malicious, ^HlWli an-amwd, mf(a)n.,Ved. free from
RV. ii, 41, 5. comfortable ; salubrious, salutary ; ( dm),
disease, well, m. the tree Sesbana
anali, is,
n. good health, happy state, RV. x,
v) i IH M n an-abhipreta, am, n. an occur- 14, II. Grandiflora.

rence different from what was intended. wig<. an-ambara, mfn. wearing no cloth an-alpa, mfn. not a little, much,
naked m. a Jaina mendicant numerous.
^ffiujjfT an-abhibhuta, mfn not overcome, (as), cf.
.
ing, ; ; dig- ffhosha, mfn. very clamorous, very
ambara. manyn, mfn. greatly enraged.
unsurpassed ;
not beset, unobstructed. noisy.

W|fWrf ^r^fT i .
a-naya, as, m. bad management no
an-abhimata, mfn. not to one's ''1<*<*l^t an-avakdsa, mf(a)n. having
;

bad conduct (gambling, &c.)

mind, disliked, Hit. opportunity or occasion ; uncalled for, inapplicable,
WIM 2. an-aya, as, m. evil course, ill luck Pan. i, 4, i, Sch.
dn-abhimanuka, mfn. not hav-
;

misfortune, adversity ; (cf. ay&naya s.v. aya.) Ana- *t1 cutil*l*^ an-avakrdmam, ind. not step-
ing evil intentions against (ace.), MaitrS. AitBr.
;
yam- gata, mfn. fallen into misfortune.

WTfiTjrnr an-abhi-mldta, mfn. unfaded. ping upon, ApSr.

wiMSM an-aranya, as, m., N. of a king of
varna (anabhimlata-), mfn. of unfaded colour ^TtTllV^r^an-avagahin, mfn. ( Vgdh), not
or brightness, RV. ii, 35, 13.
Ayodhya, said by some to have been Prithu's father.
dipping into, not studying.
An-abhimlana, as, m. ' non-fading,' N. of the 'wt^^an-orus, mfn. not sore or wounded, An-avatr&hya, mfn. unfathomable.
chief of a Gotra, (gana iivadi, q. v.) SBr.

^MTi*f*sM an-abhirupa, mfn. not corre-

^tH^JTTrT an-avagita, mfn. not made an
an-argala, mfn. without bars or
object of contemptuous song, uncensured.
sponding ;
not handsome, not pleasing; checks, free, licentious.
^11 =li4 5 an-avagraha, mfn. resistless; not
TfacSftspT an-abhilakshita, as, m.'desti- -aryAa, mfn. priceless, invaluable ;
to be intercepted.
tute of (right) marks or symbols,' an impostor. (as), m. wrong value. raglava, n., N. of a drama
(by Muriri, treating of Rama). WT=ijj \m[dn-avagldyat, mfn . not growing
^Tl*i H an-abhildsha, as, m. non-relish;
I

An-arghya, mfn. priceless, invaluable, Kuni. i, remiss, AV. ir, 4, 7.

want of appetite ; want of desire.
59, &c. ; not valuable, L. tva, n. pricelessness, Hit.
An-abhilashin, mfn. not desirous. wiif*** an-avacchinna, mfn. not inter-
winn an-arjuna, mfn. without Arjuna, ; not marked off, unbounded,
sected, uninterrupted
wffHitjj^ an-abhivadtika, mfn. not greet- MBh.
ing, GopBr. ; Vait.
immoderate; undiscriminated. hasa, m. conti-
nuous or immoderate laughter.
An-abkivadya, mfn. not to be greeted. an-artha, as, m. non-value ; a worth-
less or useless object ; ^PT=lrlN an-avatapta, as, m., N. of u ser-
disappointing occurrence,
i
an-abhivyakta, mfn. indistinct. reverse, evil; nonsense; (mfn.), worthless, useless,
pent king, Buddh. ;
of a lake ( = Ravana-hrada), ib.
dn-abhisasta [RV. ix, 88, 7] or bad ; unfortunate ; having no meaning ; having not
dn-abhisasti [VS.] or an-abhisastenya [VS.] or that (but another) meaning ; nonsensical. kara, anavat-tva. See Van.
dn-abhisastya [Naigh.], mm. blameless, faultless. mfn. doing what is useless or worthless ; unprofitable ;
in-avadyd, mf(a)n. irreproachable,
producing evil or misfortune. tva, n. uselessness,
WrfT'J^f an-abhishanga or an-abhishvah- &c.
faultlessunobjectionable ; (a), (., N. of an Apsaras.
;
darsln, mfn. minding useless or worthless
ga, as, m. absence of connection or attachment. ' ta, f. or -tva, n. faultlessness. rupa (arra-
things. nasin, m. Evil-destroyer,' Siva. bud-
vadyd-), mf(a)n. of faultless form or beauty, RV.
wtlUWVPT an-abhisandhdna, am, n. ab- dhi, mfn. having a worthless intellect. bhava,
x, 68, 3, &c. Anavadyaiga, mf(f)n. having
sence of design mfn. having a bad nature, malicious. lupta, mfn.
; disinterestedness. faultless body or limbs.
freed from all that is worthless. samsaya, m.
An-abhisandM, is, m. id. krita, mfn. done
non-risk of money or wealth. an-avadrdnd, mfn. (Vdrd), not
undesignedly.
An-artkaka, mm. useless, Tain, worthless ; going to AV. viii, I, 13.
sleep, not sleepy,
WTftfg*<l an-abhisambandha, mfn. un- meaningless, nonsensical.
connected m. no connection. an-avadharshya (6), mfn. not to
; (as), An-arthya, mfn. worthless, useless, SBr.
be defied, AV. viii, 3, 10.
"fllfM^fj an-abhisneha, mfn. without af- vii^i( dn-arpana, am, n. non-surrender-
fection, cold, unimpassioned, ing, not giving up, AV. xii, 4, 33.
-avadhdna, am, n. inattention,
Bhag.
^nTmT^TrT dn-abhihita, mfn. not named; anarmdn, mfn. = an-arvdn, q. v.,
inadvertence; (mfn.), inattentive, careless.
inadvertency.
ta, f.

not fastened, SBr. AV. vii, 7, I.

(as), m., N. of the chief of a
;
an-avadhi, mfn. unlimited.
Gotra, (gana upakctdi, q.v.) an-arvd, mf(o)n. or an-arvdn, mfn.
mfn. without bridles, not to be limited, not tobe obstructed, irresistible, RV. an-avadhrishyd, mfn. impossible
WJTVftsj an-abhtsu,
An-arvaua, mfn. id., RV. viii, 31,12; (as), m., to be put down or injured, SBr.
having no bridles, RV. N. of the god Pushan, RV. v, 5 1 1 1 &
x, 9 2, 1 4. ,
af (f, Sis.vi,37)n.'afford-
f.
wi*Hgsjl an-abhyanujnd, non-permis- dnar-vis, t, m. seated on the car ing no help or protection,' causing distress; (am), n.
sion.
(dnas), a driver, RV. i, 121, 7. non-protection, Pan. i, 3, 66.
xij*H=cmjq, dn-abhyavacaruka, mf(o)n. demon
dn-arsani, is, m., N. of a 'atn'4'nan-avandmita-vaijayan-
not attacking, MaitrS.
slain by Indra, RV. viii, 3 a, 2. ta, as, m. 'having victorious banners unlowered,*
'!i1*Ml!<S dn-abhyarudha, mfn. not as- '
ever a future universe, Buddh.
r dn-arsa-rdti, mfn. giving un- glorious,'
cended, not mounted, AV. ; not attained, SBr.
injurious things, one whose gifts do not hurt, RV. TQ dn-avaprigna, mfn. (Vpric), not
A'n-abhyaroha,, as, m. not ascending, SBr.
An-abhySrohya, mfn. not to be ascended, SBr. viii, 99, 4. closely united, but spreading all around, K.V. i,

an-arha, mf(o)n. or an-arhat, mfn. IS 2 . 4-

"ei1*Hi$I an-abhydsa or an-abhydsa, mfn.
not near, distant. An-abhyasam-itya, mfn. im- undeserving of punishment or of reward ; unworthy; -aeabudhyamdna, mfn de- .

proper to be approached, Pan. vi, 3, 70, Comm. inadequate, unsuitable. ranged, L.

Auarhya-ta, f. the not being properly estimated
WTuw an-abhydsa, as, m. want of prac- unworthiness ; inadequacy, unsuitableness.
;

an-avabravd, mfn. (Vbru), irre-

tice or skill. RV. x, 84, 5.
iroachable,
anala, as, m. (Van), fire ;
the god
WtfS an-abhra, mf(a)n. cloudless. -v?i- offire; digestive power, gastricjuice; bile,L.; wind, an-avabhrd-rddhas, mfn.
'
shti, f. cloudless rain,' any unexpected L. N. of Vasudeva ; of a Muni ; of one of the eight
acquisition ; , having or giving undiminished (or durable)
or advantage, Kir. Vasus ; of a monkey ; of various plants (Plumbago
iii, 5. wealth, RV.
An-abhraka, as, m. pi. 'cloudless,' N. of a class
Zeylanica and Rosea ; Semicarpus Anacardium) ;
of divinities, Buddh. the letter r; the number three ; (in astron.) the
w 'I =1*1 an-avama, mf(a)n. not low; exalted.
fiftieth year of Brihaspati's cycle ; the third lunar n-avamarsam, ind. without
Wffij an-abkrf, mfn. not dug out with a
AV.
mansion or Kfittika (?). da (fr. 3. da), mfn.
spade (said of rain-water), ouching, SBr.
quenching fire (said of water), Kir. v, 25. dipaua, mfn. not to be touched, SBr.
^TTT a-nama, as, m. 'one who makes no mfn. exciting the digestion, stomachic.
An-avamrisya, fit
prablia,
salutation to others," a Brahman, L. F.the plant Halicacabum Cardiospermum. prlya, ^H^t; an-avara, mfn. not inferior; ex-
A'-namasyu, mfn. not bowing, RV. x, 48, 6. F.
Agni's wife. vSJa, m., N. of ancient Pattana. cellent.
 an-avarata. anatha-sabha. 27
an-avarata, mfn. incessant (am), from vindictive motives) tS not arrived Tuture ; not attained, not learnt ; un-
; (mfh.), fasting. ; ;

ind. incessantly. (anajand-), f. not eating, SBr. known (am), n. the future.
; vat, mfn. connected
An-asanaya, mfn. not hungry, SBr. with or relating to the future. vidhatri, m. 'dis-
WI^r<I an-avaratha, as, m., N. of a son A'n-asita, am, n. condition of not having eaten, poser of the future/ provident ; N. of a fish, Pancat.
of Madhu and father of Kuravatsa, VP.
fasting. Anag-atabadha, m. future trouble. AnSgatar-
WHsttTU} an-avardrdhya, mfn. chief, prin- A'n-asnat, mfn. not eating, RV. i, 164, 20, &c. tava, f. a girl who
has not yet attained to puberty.

cipal, L.
An-aBuan-t-sangamana, m. the sacrificial fire in Anag ataveksJiana, n. act of looking at that which
the Sabhi (which isapproached before breakfast), SBr. is not yet come or the future.
'Wl^rt^f an-avalamba, mfn. having no An-aanana, mf(a)n. not eating. An-ag-ati, is, f. non-arrival ;
non-attainment ;

support, not propped up. WTO non-accession.

an-asru, mfn. tearless, RV. x, 18,
An-avalambana, am, n. independence. An-agrama, as, m. non-arrival non-attainment ;
;

7; VS.
An-avalambita, mfn. not supported or propped (mfh.), not come, not present ; (in law) not con-
up, not dependent WP8 an-asvd, mfn. having no horse or stituting an accession to previous property, but pos-
horses, RV. [cf. dmnrot] sessed from time immemorial, and therefore without
(as), m. something that
wrjcirtTj an-avalepa, mfn. free from ve- ;

is not a
horse, Pancat. -dB (an-asva-), mfn. one documentary proof. Anag-amopabhog-a, m. en-
neer, unvarnished, plain, unassuming. who does not give horses, RV. v, 54, 5. joyment of such property.
^TT^o5TWT an-avalobhana, am, n. (for An-agamishyat, mfn. one who will not ap-
'
^i1a\ an-asvan, a, m., N. of Parlkshit's AV.
proach,
lopana, cutting off,' Comm.), N. of a ceremony MBh.
observed by a pregnant woman to prevent miscarriage
father, i, 3793 seqq. An-aganaya, mfh. unapproachable, unattainable.
in an Upanishad), AsvGr. ^1>*. a-nasvara, mfn. An-agamin, mfn. not coming, not arriving ; not
(treated of imperishable.
A-nashta, mfn. undestroyed, unimpaired. future, not subject to returning ; (i), m., N. of the
^Hq pasu
an-avasd, mfn. (probably fr. Vso third among the four Buddhist orders
(dnaskta-), mfn. having one's cattle unimpaired,
with ova), not making to halt, not stopping, RV. vi, RV. x, 1 7, 3. vedas (dnashta-), mfn. having An-affamuka, mfh. not in the habit of coming,
66, 7. one's property unimpaired, RV. vi, 54, 8. not likely to come, Pin. vi, 3, 1 60, Sch.

<Mfi. an-avasara, mfn. having no inter- as, n. (Van, Un.), a RV. Tili*m dn-dgas, mfn. sinless, blameless,
WJT^dnas, cart,
val of leisure, busy coming when there is no such
;
&c. ; a mother, L. ; birth, L.
RV. &c. ; (an-dgdi), mfn. not injuring, RV. x, 1 65, a.
; offspring, living creature,
interval, inopportune ; (as), m. absence of leisure ; vat Anaffas-tva, n. sinlessness, RV. Anago-hatya,
L. ; boiled rice, L. (dnas-), mfn. yoked to a
unseasonableness.
RV. AV. f. murder of an innocent person, AV. x, I, 29.
cart, ;

WiJiis An-aga, mf(a)n. sinless, RV. ; (a), f.,N. of a river.

an-avasddya, ind. p. (Caus. of Anad-iin, anar-vis, ano-ratha, &c. See s.v.
ova- V'sad), not discouraging, not annoying. wii'^TSt^ dn-dgurtin, mfn. one who has
wrfi<i an-asuya, mfn. not spiteful, not
not recited the Agur, SBr.
wi^win an-avasdna, mfn. (Vso), having envious ; (a), f. freedom from spite ;
absence of ill-
no termination, free from death endless. ;
will or envy ; N. of a daughter of Daksha ;
of one TIII^I<U an-dcarana, am, n. non-perform-
An-avasita, mfn. not set, not terminated (a), ;
of Sakuntala's friends. ance of what is right or customary, improper be-
f., N. of a species
of the Trishtubh metre (consisting An-asuyaka or an-asnyn, mfh. not spiteful or haviour ; misconduct.
of four lines with eleven feet in each). envious. An-Scara, as, m. id. ; (mfn.), improper in beha-
A'n-avasyat, mm. unceasing, RV. iv, 13, 3. m. not unwise, in-
viour ; regardless of custom or propriety or law ;
witjfV. an-a-suri, is,
unprincipled ; uncommon, curious, Kaus.
vniitsn. an-avaskara, mfn. free from dirt, ChUp.
telligent, Anacarin, mfn. not acting properly.
clean, cleansed. L

*MWf*<H dn-astam-ita, mfn. not gone ^n^mfcftnfcr an-dcdrya-bhogina, mfn.

i1<i*l an-avastha, mfn. unsettled, un- down not subject to setting or declining. unfit or improper fora spiritual teacher to eat or enjoy.
;

stable (a), f. unsettled condition or character in-

; ;
OTTWan-asthd [RV. viii, i, 34 ; AV.] or 'HiiBflj dn-uchrinna, mfn. not poured
stability, unsteady or loose conduct ; (in phil.) non-
an-dsthaka [MaitrS.] man-astkdn [RV. i, 164, 4;
finality (of a proposition), endless series of statements. upon, TS.
An-avasthana, mfn. BhP. Mn.] or an-asthi [KstySr.] or anastUka [TS.]
dn-djdnat, mfn. (i/jRa), not
unstable, fickle, ;
or an-asthika [SBr. YajB.] or anasthi-mat, mfh.
(as), m. wind (am), n. instability ; unsteadiness
;
;
AV.
boneless. learning or perceiving,
or looseness of conduct
An-ajnapta, mm. not commanded. kXrln,
An-avasthayln, mfn. transient. 't?<*i, an-ahamkdra,as, m. non-egotism, mfn. doing what has not been commanded.
An-avasthita, mfn. unsettled, unsteady, loose in absence of self-conceit or of the tendency to regard
An-ajnata, mfn. unknown, surpassing all that
conduct. oitta, mfn. unsteady-minded. citta- self as something distinct from the Supreme Spirit ;
has ever been known ; (dn-djUdtam), ind. in an
tv, n. unsteadiness of mind. tva, n. unsteadiness, freedom from pride; (mfn.), free from self-conceit.
unknown, i. e.
inexplicable way or manner, TS.
instability. An-ahamkrita, mfn. free from self-conceit.
An-avastniti, is, {.
instability ;
unsteadiness ; An-ahamkriti, is, l. an-ahamkara; (mfh.),
YKilGl dn-ddhya, mfn. not wealthy, poor,
looseness of character. free from self-conceit or pride. SBr. &c. An-adhyam-bhavishnn, mfh. not

-ava-syat. See an-avasana. An-ahain-vadin, mfn. = an-ahamkrita. becoming wealthy, becoming poor (i), Pin. vi, a,
1 60, Sch.
SSH^ an-ahun, as, n. a non-day, no day,
an-avahita, mfn. heedless, in- wiinTT dn-atata, mfn. not stretched or
an evil or unlucky day, L.
attentive. VS.
strung,
^RT ana, ind. (fr. pronom. base a), hereby,
^i<4<^'^ dn-avahvara, mfn. not crooked, RV. VMIHH an-dlapa, as, m. freedom from the
thus, indeed,
straightforward, RV. ii, 41, 6. blaze of the sun ;
shade ; (mfh.), shady.
an-akdra, mfn. shapeless.
an-avac, mfn. not speechless. *(tjifj.
an-dturd [once dn-dtura, AV. xii,
not inclining
rl an-dkdrita, mfn. not claimed, a, mm. free from suffering or weariness, RV.
acaJJc, an, act, ok, 49],
not exacted. &c.; well.
downwards, looking up or straightforward.
?HI4il<4 dn-dkdla, as, m. unseasonable Hlr*H an-aYman, a, m. not self, another;
^H^Mrl dn-avdnat, mfn. ('/an), not
time, SBr. ; (in law-books') famine. bhrlta, m.
v

something different from spirit or soul ; (an-dtmdri),

taking breath, not respiring, SBr. a slave who became so voluntarily to avoid starvation mfh. not spiritual, corporeal ; destitute of spirit or
An-avanam, ind. without breathing between, in a time of scarcity (also spelt annakala-bhritcf).
mind, SBr.
in one breath, without interruption, uno tenore, An-atma (in conip. for an-afman). jna, mfn.
%HI<*I9I an-dkdsd, mfn. having no ether
*

AitBr. Anavana-ta, f. uninterruptedness, con- destitute of knowledge or true wisdom.

or transparent atmosphere, differing from ether, SBr, spiritual
tiguity. pratyavdkaha, f. reflection that there is no
xiv; opaque, dark; (am), n. non-ether.
^?r|c||H an-avdpta, mfn. not obtained. spirit or self, Buddh. vat, mm. not self-possessed;
not beset ; not
'BMI'9<4 an-dkula, mf(a)n. (vat), ind. unlike one's self.
An-avapti, is, (. non-attainment. confused ; unperplexed, calm, consistent, regular. An-atmaka, mfn. unreal, Buddh.
^{reni an-avdyd, mfn. uninterrupted, un- mfn. unreclaimed, un- An-atmanina, mfn. not adapted to self; dis-
RV. 2. V>HIJirl dn-dkrita, interested.
yielding, vii, 104, PBr.
reclaimable, RV. 141, 7; not taken care of, mfh. impersonal,
i,
An-Stmya, TUp. ; (am), n.
mriPMUiJ an-avithya, mfn. (fr. avi, q. v,), own
^Hlftlfl an-dkrdnta, mfn. unassailed, un- want of affection for one's family, BhP.
not suited to sheep.
the Prickly Nightshade (Solanum
assailable
an-dtyantika, mfn. not per-
(. '+
; (a),
>HrMj an-av&slia, mfn. regardless ; (am), Jacquini). petual, not final ; intermittent, recurrent,
ind. without regard to (a), t. or mfn. unre-
irrespectively ;
an-akshdrita,
*!HH!jir<rI having no master
;
WtTT'*! a-ndtha, mf(o)n.
an-avfikshana, n. regardlessness.
proached. or protector widowed fatherless helpless, poor ;
; ; ;

WHdri an-avrata, mfn. not destitute of dn-dkshit, mfn. not residing or (dm), n. want of a protector, helplessness, RV. x,
ascetic exercises (as), m. a Jaina
devotee of that pinda-da or -pindika, m. 'giver of
Id, II.
resting, SBr.
;

description. cakes or food to the poor,' N. of a merchant (in

-aga, mf(o)n. See dn-dgas.
whose garden Sikyamuni used to instruct his dis-
VH^M dn-asana, am, n. abstinence from
form of suicide adopted dn-dgata, mfn. ( Vgam), not come, ciples). sabha, f. a poor-house.
food, fasting (especially as a
28 a-nada. an-dvraska.

a-nada, as, m. absence of sound (in an-apluta, mfn. unbathed, un- an-aramf>ana',mfn. (for andlam-
washed. An-aplutanga, mfn. having an unwashed tatta), having no support, SBr. xiv ChUp.
pronouncing aspirated letters), RPrSt. ;

A-nadin, mfn. not sounding. body, MBh. ^nrrTWn an-arambhand, mfn. intangible,
anabayu, m., N. of a plant, AV. giving no support, RV.; SBr.; BrArUp.
! an-ddaddna, mfn. not accepting.
.
an-ddara, as, m. disrespect, con- an-dbddha, mfn. free from ob- ^l^T^T an-druhya, ind. p. not having sur-
stacles or troubles. mounted.
temptuous neglect ; (an-ddariS), mfn. indifferent,
SBr.; ChUp. vJHIjflM an-dbhayin, mfn. fearless (N. of 'JmTTfaTI an-drogya, am, n. sickness ;
An-adarana, am, n. disrespectful behaviour,
Indra), RV. viii, 3, I. (mfn.), unhealthy. kara, mfn. unwholesome, un-
neglect healthy, causing sickness.
An-adarin, mfn. disrespectful, irreverent. ^PTT>J,an-o6A, mfn. neglectful, disoblig-
An-adrita, mfn. not respected, disrespected. ing, RV. i, 51, 9;
MaitrS. ^T?IT1? an-drjava, am, n. crookedness,
An-adrltya, ind. p.without respecting, regardless. mfn. in- moral or physical ; disease, L.
WTT^pjfT5 an-dbhyudayika,
*JHlf<; an-adi, mfn. having no beginning, auspicious, ill-omened, unlucky. WIT^ dn-drta, mfn. not sick, well.
existing from eternity. tva, n. state of having no A'n-arti,
^HH^o-naman, mfn. nameless, SBr. xiv;
f.
is, painlessness.
beginning. nidhana, mfn. having neither begin- infamous m, the Anama-
; (a), ring-finger, Heat. an-drtava, mfn. unseasonable.
ning nor end, eternal. mat, mfn. having no be- tva, n. namelessness.
ginning. madhyanta, mm. having no beginning, A-namaka, mfn. nameless, infamous ; (as), m. an-drtvijina, mfn. unfit or
middle or end. Anady-ananta, mfn. without be- the intercalarymonth n. piles, haemorrhoids. unsuitable for a priest.
; (am),
ginning and without end, Up. An-adyanta, mfn. A'-namika, f. the ring-finger, SBr. xiv, &c. ^?H*' an-drya, mfn. not honourable or
without beginning and end ; (as), m., N. of Siva.
*HIHf andmand, as or am, m. or n., N. respectable, vulgar,inferior; destitute of Aryas ;
^Hifijg dtt-ddishia, mfn. not indicated ;
m. not an Arya. karmln, m. doing work
of a disease, AV. (as),
not commanded or instructed not allowed. ;
unbecoming an Arya or becoming only a non-Arya.
^TTT*ni an-dmayd, mf(o)n. not pernicious,
an-adlnava, mfn. faultless, Sis. ja, mfn. of vile or unworthy origin ; (am), n.
AV. free from disease, healthy, salubrious (as),
Agallochum, being a produce of the country of
; ;

an-adrita. See an-adara. m. Siva ; (am), n. health. Mlecchas or barbarians, jushta, mfn. practised,
' '
A'n-amayat, mfn. not causing pain (yaid), observed, or possessed by non-Aryas. ta, f. vile-
an-ddeya, mfn. unfit or improper instr. ind. in good health, VS. ness, unworthiness, Mn. x, 58. tikta. m. the medi-
to be received, unacceptable, inadmissible. An-amayitnu, mfn. salubrious, curative, RV. cinal plant Gentiana Cherayta. tva, n. = -id, q. v.
WTI^SIfT anddesa-kara, mfn. doing what
*, 137.7- An-aryaka, am, n. Agallochum or Aloe wood
is not commanded or not allowed, BhP. W1 1 1
1^ d-ndmin, mfn. unbending, RV. (Aquila Agallocha).

i.an-ddya, mfn. = an-adi, q.v. A-namya, mfn. impossible to be bent. ^Pini an-arska, mfn. not belonging to s
Rishi or to a Vedic
"Wirfat? an-dmisha, mfn. without flesh; hymn not belonging to the ;

I
2.an-adyd, mf(o)n. (=an-adya),not SamhitS text (e.g. the word iti, added for gram-
bootless, profitless.
eatable, AV.; SBr.; Mn. matical purposes in the Pada-p3tha to certain words,
WTfpn an-dmrind, mfn. having no enemy
dn-adhrish, mfn. (Vdhrish), not RPrit.) ; not applied to a Rishi, not added to his
?PTT^ that can injure, RV. i, 33, I. name (as an affix), l'3n. iv, I, 78.
checking, AV. ri, 21, 3.
^raifiT dn-amrita, mfn. not struck by An-arsheya , mfn. not connected with the Rishis,
An-adhrislita, mfn. unchecked, unimpaired, AV.
invincible, perfect, RV.; VS. death, TS.
An-adhrishtl, if, m. superior to any check,'
'

<H iI y I rt an-omndta,mtn. not handed down aicw^J an-dlamba, mfn. unsupported,

N. of a son of Sura of a son of Ugrasena (general
; in sacred texts.
without stay or support ; (as), m. want of support ;

of the YJdavas). despondency ; (i), (. Siva's lute.

An-adhrishya, mfn. invincible, not to be tHM=lf a-ndyaka, mf(a)n. having no An-alambana, mfn. unsupported ; desponding.
meddled with, RV. &c. leader or ruler, disorderly. An-alambuka [Ksth.] or better an-alam-
bhuka KapS.], f. intangible,' a woman
'

WfllliT dn-nnatn, mfn. unbent, not hum- *lT*lrt dn-dyata, mfn. not tied or fasten- [TBr. ;
RV. & un- during menstruation.
bled, RV. ; (aj), m., N. of a Rishi of the SV. ed, iv, 13, 5 14, 5 ; close, continuous,

separated unextended, having no length. viiirti'J an-dldpa, mfn. not talkative, re-
mfn. (anu foranu), ;

VM|tJ<Jii(| an-dnukrityd, served, taciturn m. reserve, taciturnity.

& TfU^fl'I dn-dyatana or an-dyatand, am, ; (as),
inimitable, unparalleled, RV. x, 68, 10 III, 5.
n. that which is not really a resting-place or an altar, an-dlocita, mfn. unseen, un-
^WJJWF f. no younger
an-anuja, (being) SBr. (an-dyalant), mm. having no resting-place
; beheld unweighed, unconsidered, rash, imprudent.
;

sister, TS. or altar, AV. vat, mfn. = the last, AitBr. An-alocya, ind. p. not having considered.
OHI^J<J an-anudd,
mfn. (v'l.rfa with anu VHmTI an-dyatta, mfn. independent, un- dn-dvayas, mfn. & d-
>Mliq^ (cf. dvayd
for anu), not giving way, obstinate, RV. controlled. vritti, mfn. having an independent pravlta), not having the power of causing concep-
livelihood. vritti-tS, f. independence. tion, AV. vii, 90, 3.
iligfqB dn-anudishta, mfn. (Vdis with
Wn4$ni4 an-dyasdgra, mfn. having no
'

anu for anu), unsolicited, RV. x, 1 60, 4. ar|iq<f<Nf^on-aparanin,'na*,m. pi. with-

iron point. out cover or clothes,' N. of a religious sect, (t = an-
TTH^'} an-dnupwreya, am, n. separation ^Prnrm an-dydsa, as, m. absence of ex- ambara, q.v.).
of the different parts of a compound word by the
intervention of others ; the not coming in regular
ertion, facility, ease, idleness, neglect ; (mm.), easy, ^THTr^T dn-dviddha, mfn. not wounded,
ready; (ena), ind. easily. krlta, mfn. done readily unhurt, RV. 75, I, &c.
order, tmesis, RPrJt. samhitS, f. the manner of vi,
or easily ; (am), n. (in med.) an infusion prepared
constructing a sentence with the above tmesis. SHlftM an-dvila, mfn. not turbid, clear,
' extemporaneously.
pure, not marshy.
^TT'J'jfrT dn-dnubkuti, is, f. inattention,
r|igI an-dyudhd, mfn. weaponless; hav-
neglect
'

(fayas), pL neglectful or irreligious people,

no implements (for sacrifice), RV. iv, 5, 14 & ^ili^fl dn-dvrit,
mfn. not returning, RV.
ing
RV. vi, 47, 17. x, 95. '4-
viii, 96, 9.
An-avritta, mfn. not turned about or round
<eMIM$ an-dpad, t, f. absence of misfor- f. or an-dyus, N. of
;

W'll^^T an-ayushd, f., not retreating not frequented or approached, AV. ;

tune or calamity,Mn. the mother of Bala and Vritra.
;

not chosen.
An-apanna, mfn. not realized, unattaincd not ;
An-aynshya, mfn. not imparting long life, fatal non-return to a body, final
fallen into distress.
An-avritti, is, f.

to long life.
emancipation.
wimin an-dpdna, at, m., N. of a prince *HRH an-drata, mfn. without interrup- mfn. uncovered, SBr.
WrlT^if dn-dvrita,
(son of Ariga).
tion, continual ; (am),
ind. continually.
xiv, undressed ; uninclosed, open.
^Hlft} un-dpi, mf (nom. ih)t\. having no
wiK*H an-drabhya, mfn. improper or
i .

an-dvrishti, is, (. want of rain,

virit^fl?
friends, RV. x, 39, 6; (Indra), RV. viii, 31, 13.
impracticable to be commenced or undertaken. drought.
tva, n. impossibility of being commenced.
wiljfTiT dn-apuyita, mfn. not stinking, ^n^nTir an-dvedita, mfn. not notified,
3. An-arabhya, ind. p. without commencing
SBr.
(used in comp. in the sense 'detached'). vSda, not made known.
VHIM dn-dpta, mfn. unattained, unob- m. a detached remark (upon AnS- ^PTPmV
&c.) an-dvyddhd, mfn. impossible to
sacrifices,
tained, RV. i, 100, 3, Sec. ; unsuccessful in the rabhyadhita, mfn. taught or studied or read as a
be broken or forced open, AV. xiv, I, 64.
effort to attain or obtain ; not apt, unfit, Mn. viii, detached subject (not as part of a regular or authori-
294 (as), m. a stranger.
; tative treatise). ^mra*?R dn-dvraska, as, m.(\/vrasc), not
An-apti, is, f. non-attainment. An-arambha, as, m. absence of beginning, non- falling or dropping off, TS. uninjured condition, ;

An-apya (4), mm. unattainable, RV. vii, 66, 1 1 ; commencement, not attempting or undertaking ;
KaushBr. ; (an-dvraskd}, mfn. not falling or drop-
AitBr. (mfn.), having no commencement. ping off, AV. xii, 4, 47.
 an-dsa. a-nirukta. 29
i. an-dsa, mfn. (fr. dsd), hopeless m. one who
dn-dhitdg-ni, is, an-indrd, mf(a)n. dispensing with
despairing. has not performed the
Agnyidhana. or disregarding India, RV.
^TT^r 2. a-ndsa, mfn. (\/2. nas), unde
T^IT^nf dn-dhuti, is, f.
non-sacrificing, Wmf^lf an-indriya, am, n. that which
stroyed, living. Rv - x > 37> 4 & 63, 12 a sacrifice
; unworthy of is not the senses, the soul, the reason, L.
A-nSsin, mfn. imperishable.
I.
its name, SBr.
A-nasya, mfn. indestructible. f MMemiri d-nipadyamana [a-nipddya-
^niT^rl an-dhUta, mfn. uncalled, unin- mana, AV.], mfn. not falling down (to sleep), un-
dn-dsaka, am, n. fasting, ab
i, 164, 31 & x, 177, 3.
vited. Aiialmtopajalpin, m. an uncalled-for RV.
staining from food even to death,
tiring,
nivritta, n boaster.
one who has abandoned the practice of Anahutdpavishta, mfn. seated as an
^TfallrT a-nipdta, as, m. (not a
fasting uninvited guest. fall), con-
Anasakayana, n. a course of fasting (as a
pen tinuance of life.
ance), ChUp. '"I'Sl^ an-dhldda, as, m. absence of joy;
2. An-asin, mfn. not eating. (mfn.), gloomy, not cheerful. ^ffatpn a-nipuno, mf(a)n. unskilled, not
A'n-asvas, van, usAt, vat, not having eaten clever or conversant.
An-alilSdita, mfn. not exhilarated.
fasting, TS. TBr. (without an the form would b
;
"f'TOS d-nibaddha, mfn. not tied down,
^Iii:5IW a-nif/sasta, mfn. blameless
dsivas, see Pan. iii, 2, 109). ' 1 not bound, RV. iv, 13, 5 ; unattached,
[Gmn. not repelled or refused, incoherent,
;
NBD.], RV. iv,
wii^Urt an-asastd, mfn. not praiset 34. II-
unconnected. pralapin, mfn. chattering inco-
'
not to be trusted,' NBD.], RV. i, herently, talking at random, Ysjii.
[Gmn. ;
29, i.
a-nikdmatas [BhP.] or a-ni-
^fa^T*J a-nibddha, mfn. unobstructed,
^Ili^l*^ an-asis, mfn. not desirable, no kamam [SBr.], ind. involuntarily, unintentionally.
unlimited (ds), m. liberty, RV.
agreeable, Rajat. An-asir-dS, mfn. not giving ;

RV. a-niketa ora-niketana,mfn. house- ^fftTHff a-nibfirita, mfn. not

x, 27, I.
blessing,
less.
private, not
An-asir-ka, mfn. not containing a prayer o reserved, immodest, bold, public.
blessing, TS. N.
a-nikshipta-dhiira, as, m.,
of a Bodhisattva or deified Buddhist saint. ^TrH|l? d-nibhrishta, mfn. unabated, un-
an-dsu, mfn. not quick, slow, RV.
'SrqiJfJ ' RV.x, 1 16, 6. -\a,Tri*bl(dnibhrish(a-),
defeated,
superl. an-asishta, mfn., AitBr. ; not having quick an-ikshu us, m. (see 3. a), not mfn. having unabated power, RV.
horses, RV. i, 135, 9 (Siy. derives the word in the (true) sugar-cane,' a sort of long grass or reed, Sac-
last sense from ^2. nas or y'l as : a-ndsu or an charum Spontaneum. an-ibhya, mfn. not wealthy.
dsu).
a-nigirna, mfn. not swallowed,
animan=animan, q.v., L.
an-dscarya, mfn. not wonderful not suppressed (as an
ellipsis), Sjh. a-nimantrita, mfn. uninvited,
an-dsramin, i, m. one who ^lfa?T? mfn. unrestrained bhojin, mfn. eating without being invited.
a-nigraha, ;

does not belong to or follow any of the four Asramas m. non-restraint a-nimund, mfn. unbounded,
(art, ; ;
not owning
non-refutation RV.
or religious orders to which BrShmans at different one's self refuted. gthana, n. (in phil.) occa-
periods of life are bound to attach themselves. sion of non-refutation. a-nimitta, mf(a)n. having no
An-asrama-vasa or an-asrame-vasa,,/-, adequate occasion, causeless, groundless ; (am), n.
one who does not belong to the Asramas ; non- a-nighdteshu, us, m. 'having absence of an adequate cause or occasion,
ground-
residence in a religious retreat. arrows that strike no one,' N. of a man. lessness. nir-
tas,ind.groundlesily,Mn.iv,l44.
Skrita, mfn. groundlessly rejected, Sak. -ling-a-
an-airaya, as, m. non-support, an-inga [APrat.] or an-ingya nasa, m. 'unaccountable loss of distinct vision," N.
absence of any person or thing to depend [RPrat.], mfn. not divisible (said of words). of an ophthalmic disease
upon ;
ending in total blindness
defencelessness, self-dependence, isolation; (mfn.), An-ingayat, mfn. not dividing, RPrSt.
(perhaps amaurosis).
defenceless unprotected ; isolated.
; Wl* an-iccha or an-icchaka or an-icchat, '

An-asrite,, mfn. not supported, detached ; dis- mfn. undesirous, averse, unwilling ; not ^ftf"^ a-nimish, m. without winking,'
intending. N. of a god, BhP. (dnimisham or dnimisha), ace.
engaged, independent non-inherent. ;
;
An-iccha, f. absence of wish or design, indif-
or instr. ind. without winking,
^S>1TJ? a-ndshtrd, mfn. free from dangers irence. i. e.
vigilantly or inces-
An-icchu, mfn. = an-iccha, Vishnus. santly, RV.
or dangerous opponents, SBr. ; (cf.
ati-ndshtrd.) A-nimisha, mfn. not winking, looking steadily,
mfn. having no mouth or ^tfa>iqi a-nijaka, mfn. not one's own, vigilant, RV. &c.
viriit^ an-ds, open (as eyes or flowers) (as),
; ;

face (N. of demons), RV. v, 29, 10. >elonging to another. m. not winking ;
a god, BhP. ; a fish, L. ; (dm), ind.
vigilantly, RV. 24, 6. Animishaksha, mf(i)n.
i,
'H'TW a-ndsa, mfn. noseless. an-ita, mfn. not gone to, not hav- one whose eyes are fixed. Animishacarya, m.,
A-nasika, mfn. noseless, TS. ng obtained, Ragh. ix, 37 ; destitute of; (am), n. N. of Brihaspati.
not deviating from (abl.), KaushBr. bha
^Trn^nr^'rT an-dsddita, mfn. not met with, (dn- A'-nlmishat, mfn. not winking, vigilant, RV.
'ta-), {., N. of a river, RV. v, 53, 9.
not found or obtained, not encountered or attacked ; A-nimesha, mfn. =animishd; (dnimesham),
a-nitya, mfn. not everlasting, tran- ind. vigilantly, RV. i, 31, 12 &
not occurred not having happened ; non-existent.
;
164, 21.
- vigfraha, mm. unused to war. occasional, incidental unusual
irregular,
a-niyata, mfn. not regulated,
;

unstable ; uncertain
;
un-
An-asadya, mfn. not attainable. (am), ind. occasionally.
; kar-
controlled, not fixed, uncertain, unrestricted, irregu-
man, n. or -kriya, f. an occasional act of
worship,
^ii**4i an-dsthd, f. unfixedness, want of lar, casual ; not unaccentuated, RPrtt. pnnski,
sacrifice for a special purpose. ta, f. or -tva, n.
confidence ; disrespect ;
want of consideration; want transient or limited existence. datta or -dat- 'having no fixed husband,' a woman unchaste in
f.

of faith or devotedness unconcern, indifference. taka or -datriraa, m. a son surrendered

conduct. vritti, mfn. having no fixed or regular
;
by his
An-asthaua, mfn. having or yielding no basis larents to another for temporary or employment or income. Aniyataika, m. (in
preliminary an indeterminate digit. A-niyatatman,
or fulcrum (as the sea), RV. i, 116, 5. arithm.)
adoption, -pratyaveksha, f. consciousness that
m. one whose self or spirit is not regulated or under
^tllWrat an-dsmdkd, mfn. not belonging all is
passing away, Buddh. bhava, m. transitori-
proper control.
to us, AV.
ness. sama, m. sophism, consisting in generaliz-
xix, 57, 5.
what A-niyama, as, m. absence of control or rule or
ng is
exceptional (as perishableness). ama- fixed order or obligation, unsettledness ; indecorous
'W'llHT^ an-dsrdvd, mfn.not causing pain, prakarana, n. a section in the NySya discussing or improper conduct
AV. oat sophism. samasa, m. a compound, the sense
; uncertainty, doubt ; (mfh.),
ii, 3, 2.
if which may be equally expressed by resolving having no rule, irregular.
it
Tilsi<; an-dsvdda, as, m. want of taste, A-niyamita, mfn. having no rule ; irregular.
nto its constituent parts.
insipidity ; (mfn.), without taste, insipid. *i II Xia-niyukta, mfn. not
^ appointed, not
An-asvadita, mfn. untasted. a-niddna, mfn. causeless, ground- authoritative (as), m. an assessor at a court who has
;
ess.
^MT^rT an-dhata, mfn. unbeaten, un- not been formally appointed and is not entitled to vote.
wounded, intact; new and unbleached (as cloth); a-nidra, mf(o)n. sleepless, awake; A-niyog-a, as, m. non-application, LSty. ; aa
produced otherwise than by beating ; not multiplied ; a), (.
sleeplessness. unfitting employment or commission.
(am}, n. the fourth of the mystical cakras or circles A-nidrita, mfn. not asleep, awake. A-niyogln, mfn. not attached or clinging to.
of the body. nftda, m. a sound produced other- iri< mfn. destitute of vigour,
wise than by beating ; the sound om.
^fri^K a-nidhrishta, mfn. unchecked, un- an-ird,
ubdued, L. RV. iv, 5, 14; (dn-ird), f. want of vigour, languor.
f
dn-dhavaniya, as, m. no Aha-
n-WiB>a, mfn. having or requiring
SBr.
vanlya fire, o fuel, RV. ii, 35, 4 & i, 30, 4. a-nirdkarishnu, mfn. not ob-
^TI^TT: an-ahara, as, m. not taking food, structive, not censorious, Pin. 60, Sch.
an-ind, mfn. strengthless, feeble, vi, 2, 1
abstinence ; non-seizure non-production (mfn.), A-nlrakrlta, mfn. unobstructed.
; ;
IV. i, 150, 2.
one who abstains from food.
^TM t; wfVlXTf?rI d-nirdhita, mfn. not to be kept
An-aharin, mfn. not taking (food) ; fasting. i
d-nindd,f. noreproach.AV. xi,8,22.
off from (abl.),
AV. xii, 2, 35.
An-attarya, mfn. not to be seized or taken, not A-nindaniya, mfn. unblamable, faultless.
producible, Mn. viii, 202 ; not to be bribed, Vishnus. ; A-nindita, mfn. irreproachable, virtuous. TftT^i d-nirukta, mfn. unuttered, not
not to be eaten. A-nindya (3, 4), mfn. RV.; SBr. &c. articulated not explained (because of
id., ;
being clear by
 30 vft^SOTTO anirukta-ffdna. anlsvara-vadin.
itself); unspeakable, TUp. fftna, n. indistinct Jain. tjhna, mfn. curing disorders arising from An-isht apadaua, n. not obtaining what is desired
singing ; humming (of hymns), a particular mode of wind. ghnaka, m. the large treeTerminalia Bele- or (fr. anishla and apadana) obtaining what is not

chanting the Sama-veda. rica. paryaya or-paryaya, in. pain and swelling desired. Au-ishtapti, ul. An-ishtasansin.nn n.
i.

of the eyelids and outer parts of theeye. prakriti, indicating or boding evil. Anightotprekgkana,
*ifi^ a-niruddha, mfn. unobstructed,
mfn.'having an airy or windy nature,' N. of the planet n. expectation of evil
ungovernable, self-willed (as), m. a spy, a secret ;
Saturn. vyadhi, m. derangement of the (internal)
emissary (?) the son of Pradyumna (a form of
;
wind. sakha or -5rathi [MBh.], m. 'the ^fT? 2. dn-ishta, mfn. (Vyaj), not offered
Kama, and husband! of Usha) ; Siva ; N. of an Arhat friend of wind,' N. of fire, ban or -hrit, mfn. = in sacrifice ;
not honoured with a sacrifice.
(contemporary of Sakyamuni) ; of a descendant of An-ishtin, m. one who does not sacrifice or
-ghna. Anilatmaja, m. the son of the wind, /",

Vrishni (am), n. the rope for fastening cattle, L.

;
Hanumat or Bhlma. Anilantaka, m. wind- ' has not sacrificed, KitySr.
patha, n. 'an unobstructed path,' the atmosphere,
ether, L. bhavlnl, f. Aniruddha's wife.
destroying,' the plant
=
IngudI or Aiigara-pushpa. trign d-nishtrita, mfn. unhurt, uncheck-
Anilapaha, mfn. anila-ghna. Anilamaya, ed, RV. viii, 33, 9 ; VS.
m. morbid affection of the wind, flatulence, rheuma-
'wfrujMa-mrupfa, mfn. ( Vi- rap), not dis- 'wiiai a-nishtha,
tism. Anilayana, n. way or course of the wind, f. unsteadfastness, un-
tributed, not shared.
Susr. Anilasin, mfn. 'feeding on the wind,' fast- steadiness.
("l^ftm a-nirvpita, mfn. not determined,
ing (i), m. a snake, L., cf. vdyu-bhaksha.
undefined.
;
a-nishthura, mfn. not harsh.
iMic'>t*nfl a-nilambha-samadhi,is,m. a-nishna or a-nishnata, mfn. un-
^i Ii 5 n d-nirghdta,
1 as, m. not wresting '
unsupported meditation,' N. of a peculiar kind of skilled.
or tearing from, TS. TBr.
;
meditation, Buddh.
1

mfn. unconquered. 'Mfl'MfW a-nishpatti, f. non-accom-

a-nirjita, ^>r1rt4 a-nilaya, mf(a)n. having no rest- is,
plishment, incompletion.
ing-place, restless, AitBr. AsVSr.
I a-nirnaya,as, m. uncertainty, want ;
A-nislipanna, mfn. imperfect, incomplete.
A-nilayana, am, n. no home or refuge, TUp.
of decision.
A-nirnlta, mfn. unascertained, undetermined. "Wiri^nrf a-nivartana, mfn. not turning ^rfJTOlIP^ a-nish-pattram, iud. so that the
arrow does not come out (on the other side), i. .
A-nirneya, mm. not to be decided. back or away, steadfast inlproper to be abandoned,
;
not with excessive force, KStySr.
f Me;^| a-nirrfoiaor a-nir-dasdha, mf(a)n. right.

within the ten days of impurity after childbirth or a A-nivartin, mfn. not turning back, brave, not wtittM a-nisarga, mfn. unnatural, un-
Mn. &c. ; (am), ind. id. (used adverbially). returning. Anlvartl-tva, n. not turning back, naturally affected.
death,
brave resistance.
^nrmi*J a-nistabdha, mfn. not rendered
*tfrir^* a-nirdishta, mfn. (Vdis), unex- A-nivritta, mfn. not turning back, brave.
immovable or stiff; not paralysed not fixed.
plained, undefined.
;
w(V<ifY.!f a-nivarita, mfn. unhindered,
A-nirdiiya, mfn. undefinable, inexplicable. ^ifcnsn'u a-nistirna, mfn. not crossed
A-nirdesa, as, m. absence of rule or direction. unimpeded, unopposed, unforbidden, unchecked.
A-nivarya, mfn. not to be warded off, inaver- over; not set aside; not rid of; unanswered, un-
A-nirdesya, mm. undefinable, inexplicable, refuted. Anistirnabhiyoga, m. (a defendant)
tible, unavoidable, irresistible.
incomparable. who has not yet (by refutation) got rid of a charge.
^STHVTtTiT a-nirdhdrita, mfn. undeter- 'SnTf^n'T'T a'-niptiamana, mf(a)n. not
RV. vii, 49, I. lft* dmka, as, am, m. n. (s/an), face;
retiring to rest, restless,
mined, unascertained, undefined.
appearance, splendour edge, point ; front, row,
;

A-nirdhSrya, mm. undeterminable, not to be xifi<jn d-nivrita,

mfn. (Vl. ri), un- march vat
array, ; army, forces ; war, combat.
agreed upon. checked, not impeded, RV. iii, 29, 6. (dnika-), mfn. having a face, or constituting the

^9TW^ a-nirbhara, mfn. not excessive, VNfiHtyri a-nivedita, mfn. untold, unmen- face, or occupying the front or foremost rank (N. of
tioned. mm. known without being told. Agni),VS. &c. vidarana, m. 'shattererof armies,'
little, slight, light vljnata,
N. of a man. sag, ind. in rows or marching
A-nivedya, ind. p. not having announced.
wfiriJfif a-nirbheda, as, m. not blurting columns, AV. stha, m. a warrior or combatant ;
out," not revealing. xifrfq^jti a-nivesand, mf(o)n. affording no an armed or royal guard, a sentinel, L. ; the trainer of
RV. an elephant, an elephant-driver, L. ; a mark, a sign,
^ifriArt a-nirmala, mfn. dirty, foul, turbid. place of rest, i, 32, 10.
' signal, L. ;
a military drum, L.
A-nirmalya, {. the plant Mendicago Esculenta. wfn^l a-nisa, mfn. nightless,' sleepless Aniklni, an army, a a certain
; f.
host, forces ;

uninterrupted, incessant (only in comp.); (am), force Camus or one-tenth of an Akshauhint

three
WMirtipqn a-nirlocita, mfn. not carefully ;

ind. incessantly, continually.

looked not considered. (or of a complete army 52187 elephants and as many
at,
A'-nisita, mfn. incessant, VS. ; SBr.; (am), ind. cars, 6561 horses, and 10935 foot) a lotus. ;

a-nirlodita, mfn. not examined incessantly, RV. ii, 38, 8 & ix, 06, 2. sartja (dni-
RV. x, ^Jfl!ju an-ikshana, am, n. not seeing or
thoroughly, Sis. ii, ]. iita-), mfn. having an incessant flow, 89, 4.
looking at.

'wfll'^lTTl a-nirvacanlya, mfn. unutter- 'wCif'siit a-niscita, mfn. unascertained,

able, indescribable ; not to be mentioned. not certain. WTfa a-nica, mf(a)n. not low, decent,
A-niscitya, ind. p. not respectable ; not pronounced with the Anudatta
Anirvacya, mm. id. having ascertained.
accent. A-nlca-
darsin, m., N. of z Buddha.
irl<n<iii a-nirvartyamana, mfn. not v Titans a-niscintya, mfn. not to be nuvartin, mfn. not keeping low company (f), ;

being brought to a close. thought of, inconceivable, incomprehensible. m. a faithful lover or husband.
A-mcais, low
mfn. unextinguished.
fi<ii<u a-nirvana,
xi fmjy a-nishahgd,m(n .
having no quiver,
ind. not in a voice, loudly.

unarmed, RV. i, 31, 13. xi^fls d-nida, mfn. having no nest, RV.
ill 11 g a-nirvaha, at, m. non-accom- *i 5S> 6; having no settled abode, i. e. incorporeal,
plishment, non-completion ; inconclusiveness insuf- an-ishavyd, mf(o)n. not to be
;
Up. ; (as), m., N. of Agni or fire, L.
ficiency of income.
wounded or killed with arrows, RV. x, 1 08, 6.

A-nirvahya, mfn. difficult to be managed. turi T.ii-ntti, is, f.

impropriety, im-
wTfifq^i a-nishiddha, mfn. unprohibited,
morality, injustice ; impolicy, foolish conduct, indis-
wlWlW a-nircinna, mfn. not downcast. unforbidden.
cretion. jna or -vid, mfn. clever in immoral
A-nirvid, mm. free from causes of depression, A-nisheddhra, mf(a)n. unimpeded, SBr. conduct or (fr. a and mtijrta) ignorant of morality
undesponding, unwearied. ^afH^ an-ishu, mfn. having no arrows, or policy, not politic or discreet.
A-nirveda, m. non-depression, self-reliance.
dhanva, mm. without arrows
as,
having bad arrows. wftfif 2. an-lti, w, f. freedom from a
and a bow, TAr.
wfr\in a-nirvrita, mfn. discontented; un- calamitous season.
happy discomposed.
;
w Pi *i f n a-nishkdsita or a-nishkasin,
wit mfn. unlike, dissimilar.
51 an-ldrisa,
A-nirvriti, is, f. discontent. mm. without remains of food, ApSr.
an-ipsita, mfn. undesired.
a-nirvritta, mfn. unaccomplished, wfn"yK d-nishkrita or dn-ishkrita, mfn.
fl^^t
unfulfilled. not done with, unfinished, not settled, RV. Anish- a-nlrasana (a-nir-rasana), mfn.
A-nirvrltti, is, f. incompleteness.
kritainas, mfn. having one's guilt not settled, i.e. not destitute of a waistband, having zones or girdles.
unexpiated, L. '
l

wfV<3i a-nirvesa (= akrita-nirvesa), mfn. antla-vdjin, mfn. white-

^TfHT? i an-ishta, mfn. (\/3- <sA), unwished,
.

not having expiated one's sins, BhP. horsed," Arjuna, Kir. xiv, 16.
undesirable, disadvantageous, unfavourable ; bad,
wfiw ant/a, as, m. (Van, cf. Irish anal),
wrong, evil, ominous ; (a), f. the plant Sida Alba ; rHt^I an-isa, mfn. one who has not a lord
air or wind
;
the god of wind ; one of the forty- (am), n. evil, disadvantage. graha, m. an evil or superior, paramount ; powerless, unable ; (as),
nine Anilas or winds ; one of the eight demi-gods, planet. dnshta-dhi, mfn. having an evil and m. Vishnu ; (a), f. powerlessness, helplessness, Up.
called Vasus ;
wind as one of the humors or rasas corrupt mind. prasanfra, m. connection with a tva, n. powerlessness.
of the body ; rheumatism, paralysis, orany affection wrong object or a wrong argument or a wrong rule. A'n-isvara, mf(a)n. without a superior, AV. ;
referred to disorder of the wind N. of a Rishi and
; phala , n. evil result. sanka, f. foreboding or unchecked, paramount ; without power, unable ;
other persons; the letter y; the number forty-nine. fear of evil or misfortune. sncaka, mfn. fore- not belonging to the Deity ; atheistical. ta, f. or
knxoSra,<u,m pi. 'wind-princes,'aclassof deities, boding evil, ominous. hetu, m. an evil omen. -tva, n. absence of a supreme ruler. vadin, in.
 an-iha.
anu-garjita. 31
'
one who denies a supreme ruler of the
universe,'
an atheist. anu-Vkuj, to follow in cooing or Anu-krama, as, m.
succession, arrangement,
inging or groaning. order, method an index
^fttf an-iha, mfn. listless, indifferent;
;
showing the successive
H 3 8. rt anu-kula,
'
<
contents of a book ; (am) or (ena) or
mf(a)n. following the (at), ind. in
(as), m., N. of a king of AyodhyJ ; (a), f. indiffer- due order.
bank (/a/a) or slope or
ence, apathy, disinclination. declivity according to the ;
Anu-kramana, am, n.
An-ihita, mfn. current, AV. ; favourable, agreeable conformable or in order
proceeding methodically
disagreeable, displeasing, un- ;
following. ;
wished n. disinclination, -
friendly,
* kind,
---,.._ ^^
well-disposed (as), m.
yy, a faith-
A 141111-
; (am), apathy. nil or kind and
j
; ill.
Anu-kramaiilka or ann-kramani, f. a table
obliging husband (d), f. Croton
*rcfto5 d-nlla [RV. x, 55, 6] = d-ntda, q. v. Polyandrum ; N. of a metre ; (am), n.
(in poetry)
; or chapter of
contents, index to a collection of Vedic
hymns (giving the first word of each hymn, the
^rg i. anu, mfn. = anu, q. v., L.
narrative of
calamity leading finally to happiness,
-ta, f. concord, good-will, favour,
number of verses, name and
family of poets, names
conformity, con- of deities and
'3J7J
2. anu, us, m. anon-Aryan man, RV.; sent
prosperity.
;
_
nayaka, m. a kind husband or
metres).
lover. - Anu-kranta, mfn. gone over, read, or done in
N. of a king (one of
Yayati's sons) of a non-Aryan vayn, m. a favourable wind. due ordei ; enumerated, mentioned in the
;
Annkulaya, Anu-
tribe, MBh. &c. Norn. P. anukulayati, to act in a
kramani.
friendly way towards, favour.
WJ
3-dnu, ind. (as a prefix to verbs and anu-krl, mfn. (Vkri), bought sub-
nouns, expresses) after, along, alongside, lengthwise, ^TJ? anu - ^*r, to do afterwards, to follow
near to, under, subordinate to, with. in to imitate, to equal ; to sequently (i.e. not early on the first day) PBr
doing ;
copy
requite ;
;
to adopt Caus. -kdrayati, to cause to imitate. Lsty. &c.; (cf. pari-kri, iata-kri.)
(When prefixed to nouns, especially in adverbial
:

compounds), according to, severally, each by each, Anu-kara, mfn. imitating, SBr.; (ds), m. an anu-^krid, to play, Pan. i, 3, ai.
orderly, methodically, one after another, repeatedly. assistant,AV. xii, 2, 2.
(As a separable preposition, with accusative) after, Anu-karana, am, n. the act of imitation or of anu-Vkrus, to shout at, RV. iv,
along, over, near to, through, to, towards, at, ac- following an example ; resemblance, similarity. 38, 5 : Caus. (ind. p. -krosya) to
join in lamenting
Anu-kartri, mfn. an imitator, imitating show sympathy MBh.
cording to, in order, agreeably to, in regard to, in- ; (to), for, xiii, 285.
ferior to, PJn. i, 4, 86. m. a mimic, actor, performer. Anu-krosa, m. tenderness, compassion.
as,
(As a separable adverb) after, afterwards, there- Anu-krman, a, n. imitation ;
a subsequent rite l

or ceremony
(d), m., N. of one of the VisvedevSs, *"j<S!<u*^ anu-kshanam, ind. momentarily,
npon, again, further, then, next. ;

A'nu-ka, mf(a)n. subordinate, dependent, TS. MBh. perpetually, every instant.

SBr.; 'being after,' lustful, Pin. v, i, 74,

;
Anu-kara, as, m. imitation, resemblance.
Anu-karln, mfn. imitating, acting, mimicking.
"3^ anu-kshattrt, ta, m. a door-
Anu-tamam, (superl.) ind. most, SBr. keeper's or charioteer's mate or attendant, VS.
Anu-karya, mfn. to be imitated or copied, to
^J^i^ anu-Vkath, to relate after (some be acted
(dramatically) ; (am), n. subsequent busi- ^tJOfH*^ anu-kskapam, ind. night after
one or something to repeat ness, R. night, Kir.
else) ; (what has been
heard). Anu-krita, mfn. imitated, made like.
Anxi-kathana, am, n. orderly narration, dis- Auu-kriti, if, imitation, a copy, compliance.
f.
TJ?R: anu- </kshar (3 .
pi. -kshdranti ; Im-
course, conversation. Anu-kritya, mfn. fit to be imitated, Pancat. per. 2. sg. -kshara) to flow into or upon, RV.
Anu-kathita, mfn. related after (somethingelse), Anu-kriya, f. imitation, doing anything in like ^f8f i anu- v/2
. .
kshi, -kshiyati (Imper. a.
Pin. vi, 2, 190, Sch.; repeated.
manner or subsequently ; a subsequent rite.
sg. -kshiya) to settle
along, AV.
Wfjcurfl*^ anu-kanlyas, an, asi, as, the ^^f\ anu -Vx. kjit (p. -krintat) to go on WTjftg 2. anu-</4. kshi, Pass. (p. -kshiya-
next youngest, Pin. destroying, MBh. 2906. xiii,
vi, 2, 189. mdna) to decay or vanish gradually, BhP.
" v}T 1 anu 'Skrip, -kripate, to mourn for,
-
anu-kapolam, iud. along the
1

Sis. v,
long for, RV. i, 113, i o ; Norn. A, -kripayate, to "^^* anu-kshetra, am, n. stipend given
to temple-servants in Orissa
cheek, 35.
compassionate, condole with, MBh. (in commutation pro-
bably of the proceeds of an
"J^ anu-Jkam, Caus. (impf. -akdma- "3$^. anu-Vkris, Caus. 'karsayati, to
endowment).
yata) to desire (with Inf.), AitBr.
emaciate. ^S^W anu-khanja, as, m., N. of a
Anu-kama, as, m. desire, VS.
(mm.), accord-
; country.
"3? 1, nu- Vkrish, to drag or draw
ing to one's desire, agreeable, RV.; (dm), ind. as after,
desired, at pleasure, RV. - kfit, mm. fulfilling one's attract Caus. -karshayati, to cause to
:
drag after,
^JWT anu-Vkhya (perf. 2. du. -cakhya-
desire, RV. ix, II, J. draw, attract ; to subject thuh) to descry, RV. vii, 70, 4, &c.
Anukamin, mfn. desirous, TS. Anu-karsha, as, m. attraction, drawing; in-
A'nu-khySti, if, {. act of descrying or
revealing,
1 S. AitBr.
Anukamlna, mfn. one who acts as he pleases,
voking, summoning by incantation ;
the bottom or j

Pan. v, 2, n. the axle-tree of a

carriage
; grammatical attraction Anu-khyStri, ta, m. a discoverer, revealer,
AitBr.
(including a subsequent in a preceding rule) ; lagging
161
'i
**
**l anu ~ ^kamp, to sympathize with, behind in a ceremony ; delayed performance of a ihd.
compassionate : Caus. P. (impf. ^T'S't, anu-gangam, alomj the
-akampayaf) id., duty.
Kum. Ganges, Pat.
Anu-karshana, am, n. = anu-karsha.
'
Anu-kampaka, or, m. sympathizer,' N. of a Anu-karshan d, m, the bottom of a carriage,
, L. WtJTTTir anu-\/gan, to count over.
king ; (mfn.), ifc.
sympathizing with, compassion- Anu-krishta, mfn. drawn after, attracted ; in- Ann-franita, mm. counted over.
ating. cluded or implied in a subsequent rule.
Anu-gfanitln, mfn. one who has counted over,
Anu-kampana, am, n. sympathy, compassion.
Ann-kampanlya, mm. pitiable. W5J^ anu- \/I . kri ( l sg. -kirami) to scatter
. (gana ishtadi, q.v.)

Ann-kampS, id. f.
A
along, V. ; to strew, fill with, crowd : Pass, -ktryate, ^pTC( anu- Vgam, cl. i P. -gacchati, -gan- .

to become crowded or filled.

Ann-kampSyin, mm. condoling. tum, to go after, follow, seek, approach, visit, ar-
Ann-kampita, mfn. compassionated. Anu- Anu-kirna, mm. crowded, crammed full. rive ; to practise, observe,
obey, imitate ; to enter
kampitatman mfn. having a compassionate spirit. into; to die out, be extinguished : Caus.
T^Jlfl. anu-Vklrip, to follow in order,
,
-gamayati,
Anu-kampin, mfn. sympathizing with. to imitate, cause to die out.
TS. : Caus. -kalpayati, to cause to follow or imitate
Ann-kampya, mfn. pitiable, worthy of sympathy; in order. i
Ann-ffa, mf(a)n. going after, following, cor-
(as), m. an ascetic, L. responding with, adapted to ; a companion ; a fol-
; expeditious (explained by Anu-kalpa, as, m. permission to adopt an alter-
tarasvin, perhaps for tapasvin), L. native or substitute (e. g. instead of Kusa lower, a servant ; (ifc.) followed by ; (a), (., N. of
grass you an Apsaras.
may use Durbi), Mn. &c.
\ anu-karsha. See anu-^/krish. Anu-gtita, mm. followed by
Anu-kalpita, mfn. followed by (instr.), MBh. ; having anything
See anu-\/klrip. (as a skin) hanging behind following a follower
\
anu-kalpa. Anu-klripti, is, f. (in Vaiseshika phil.) agree- ; ;
;

ment. acquired ; extinguished

(am), n. ;
tallying with ;

lu-vkahksh, to long for, desire. moderate time (in music).

Anugatartha, mfn.
Anu-kanksha, f. desire after. ^lJ3i an-ukta, mfn. (s/cae), unuttered, having a corresponding meaning.
unsaid, unheard of, extraordinary. ~nlmitta, n. Anu-g-ati, is, f. following, imitation, dying out.
Ann-kankshin, mfn. longing for.
a reason which is unuttered or unheard of or extra- Ann-g-atika, as, m. a follower, an imitator.
'airjqiirt anu-kala, mfn. opportune, occa- ordinary ; (mfn.), having such a reason. Ann-gantavya, mfn. to be followed (as a hus-
sional (am), ind. opportunely, occasionally. An-ukti, is, f. the not speaking, improper speech. band by a wife in death) ; worthy of
;
being imitated ;
An-uktha, mfn. hymnless, not singing hymns, to be looked for or discovered. Pin. Sch. vi, i, 7,
'SPJ^ftrT anu-Vkirt, to relate after or in RV. v, 2, 3 ; not followed by an uktha, AitBr. Ann-gama, as, m. or anu-gamana, am, n,
order ; to narrate. after in life or
death ; postcremation
following, going
'W^W *''! anu-krakaca, mfn. dentated like
1

Anu-klrtana, am, n. the act of narrating or of a widow ;

a saw, serrated. imitating, approaching.
proclaiming or publishing. Ann-gamya, mfn. to be followed or imitated.
anu-kuncita, mfn. bent, made wgait; anu-Vkrand (perf. A. -cakradt) Ann-gamin, mfn. following, a companion.
"~3$fe (ff to shout or cry after one, RV. viii, 3, io. Anu-gamuka, mfn. habitually or constantly
crooked.
following or attending.
VI^JB*^ anu-Vkram, to go on, go after,
^J^T anu-/kush, to drag along, Pan. follow ; to go through in order, enumerate,
supply WJJH^ anu-^/garj, to shout or roar after.
iii, i, 25, Sch. with an abstract or index. Anu-garjita, am, n. roaring after, echo, Kum.
32 anu-gavam. anu-trip.

anu-gavam, ind. so as to suit (or ^.

anu- -/car, to walk or move after or anu-jighrd. See anu-Vghra.
follow) the cows, Pan. v, 4, 83. along to follow, pursue, seek after ; to follow out,
;

adhere to, attend ; to behave Caus. -carayati, to :

anu-jtrna, mfn. grown old or de-
IJ<H"|T anu-gavina, as, m. a cowherd, after or in PSn. Sch.
let or cause to traverse : Intens. p. -carcurydmdna, cayed consequence of, iii, 4, 72,
Pan. v, i, 15. RV.
continuing following, x, 124, 9.
"^j>l i^ anu-\/jlv, to follow or imitate in
WJJTT anu- v/l gd, to go . after, follow ; to Anu-cara, ruf (i) n. following, attending ; (ds),
living to live for any one
; to live by or upon ;

act in conformity to, or according to the wishesof, RV. m. companion, follower, servant ; (t, rarely a), f. a
something to live submissively under, be dependent
;

female attendant. on
^HfjTif<;^ anu-gadin, mfn. repeating an-
: Caus. -jivayati, to restore to life, Das.
Anu-caraka, as, m. a follower, attendant, (gana
other's words, Pin. v, 4, 13. Anu-jivin, mfn. living by or upon ; dependent ;

mahishy-adi, q. v.); (ika), f. a female follower or

(f ), m. a dependent, follower ; N. of a crow, Pancat.

^H^nTT*! dnu-gay as,

mfn .( Vgai), followed attendant.
Annjivisat-krita, mfn. made wholly subservient,
by shouts or hymns, RV. viii, 5, 34 ; ('to be praised Anu-carin, mfn. following, attending. Kir.
in hymns,' Say.) or repeat- Ann-jivya, mfn. to be followed in living.
^^J'tf"^ arm-cam, mfn. reciting
anu- i/gali, to plunge after, be ing (in a chorus), AsvSr.
'dtj'ii^ 'W>J>J^ anu-Vl. jush, to seek, SankhGr.;
to devote one's self to,
immersed in. anu- */2. (Imper. A. -cikitam) to indulge in, BhP.
or immersed in.
wjpi ci
Anu-gradha, mfn. plunged remember, AV. vi, 53, I. ^ ^}
J*U.n
x an-ujjhat, mfn. not quitting.
WfjfnT^ anu-giram, ind. on the moun-
WJjfaiT i.anu-cita, mfn. (Vi.ci), set or An-ujjhita, mfn, uudiminished, unimpaired, not
tain, Ragh. left or lost
placed along or lengthwise or in rows, AitBr.
ind. behind the cows, Pan.
"^J anu-gu, Wjf^K an-ucita, mfn. improper, wrong,
2. WJpTT i. anu-\/jna,to permit.grant, allow,
v, 2,15. consent to excuse, forgive ; to authorize ; to allow
unusual, strange. Anncitartha, m. an unusual ;

one to depart, dismiss, bid farewell to ; to entreat ;

TJpJin anu-guna, mf(a)n. having similar meaning.
to behave kindly Caus. -jUdfayati, to request,
:

qualities, congenial to ; according

or suitable to
W"jfa!r anu- Vcint, to meditate, consider,
;
ask permission, ask for leave to depart, to take leave :

(am}, ind. according to one's merits, Kathas. ; (as),

recal to mind : Caus. to make to consider. Desid. -jijnasati or -te, to wish to allow or permit,
m. natural peculiarity.
P. -gwtayali, to favour,
Anu-cintana, am, n. or ann-cinta, f. thinking Pan. i, 3, 58.
Anu-g-unaya, Norn.
Kir.
of,meditating upon, recalling, recollecting anxiety. ; Anu-jnapti, is, f. authorization, permission.
Ann-cintlta, mfn. recollected, recalled, thought 2. Anu-jna, f. assent, assenting, permission ;
mfn. protected, shel- leave to depart allowance made for faults an order
^Srj'jH anu-yupta, of. ; ;

tered, concealed. or command. prarthani or anujnaiBhana, f.

^PJ^fan-weca, mfn. not high, low, humble;

= an-udatta), accentless, APrSt asking permission, taking leave.
WfJJJWanu- ,/gridh (pr. p. -gridhyafjio be (
Anu-jfiata, mfn. assented to, permitted, allowed ;
reedy after (loc.), MBh. xii, 372. An-uccais, iud. not aloud, in a low voice. ordered, directed, instructed ; ; accepted authorized,
amt-Vl- gf>, -ffnnati, to join in an-uccara, as, m. or an-uccarana, honoured ;
allowed to depart, dismissed.

praising, RV. 147, 2 toi, ; rejoin, answer, SSnkhSr. ; am, n. non-pronunciation, skipping words (in re- Anu-jnana, am, n. = 2. anu-jna.
to repeat, BhP. citing hymns). See uc-t/car. Anu-jnapaka, as, m. one who commands or
enjoins.
TPJH anu-Vgai, to sing after or to (a per- *lJisd.l? anu-cchddd, as,
TO. (-/chad), a Ann-jnapana, am, n. = an-jflafti.
son or tune) to celebrate in song
;
: Caus. -gapayati, garment which hangs down (probably that part of
to nuke one sing after or to. the lower garment which hangs down in front from W^HIS anu-jyeshtha, mfn. next eldest,
Anu-gita, 'an after-song,' N. of part of the
f. the waist to the feet), SBr. Pan. vi, 2, 189, Sch.; (dm), ind. after the eldest,

fourteenth book of the Mahabharata (chaps. 16-92). according to seniority, MaitrS. ; MBh.
wtjf's&fa an-uc-chitti, is, f. (Vchid), not
Ann-gitl, is, f., N. of a metre (of two verses, the "a anu- Vtaksh (impf. 2. pi. -dtaksha-
cutting non-extirpation, non-destruction, inde-
off, ^Jfl'81
first containing twenty-seven, the second thirty-two
structibility. dharman (dnucchitti-), mfn. pos- fa) to create or procure for the help of (dat.), RV. i,

matras). TS.
sessing the virtue (or faculty) of being indestructible, 86, 3 ;

anu-godam, ind. near the Goda- SBr. xiv. ind. along the shore,
WJ'fl<*^ etiJfJZ^ anu-talam,
vari. An-nc-chindat, mfn. not destroying.
1.
Megh.
An-nc-chinna, mfn. not cut off, unextirpated.
^ST?J dn-ugra, or an-ugrd, mf(o)n. not An-uc-cheda, as, m. = an-uc-chitti. to carry
RV. &c. jr|r^a!W-\/toi,toextend along,
harsh or violent, mild, gentle,
An-uc-chedya, mfn. indestructible, not sever- on, continue, develop.
'HH?|S anu-Vgrah, to follow in taking or able.
^rJfH^ anu-Vtap, to heat, Susr.; to vex,
plundering, MBh. iv, 996 ;
to support ; to uphold ;
to receive, welcome ; to treat with kindness, favour,
^T^r3^[ anu-cchid (Vchid), to cut along annoy, AV. xix, 49, 7 : Pass.
-tapyaU (rarely -tapyati
suffer afterwards, repent ; to
or lengthwise. [MBh. i, 5055]), to
oblige ; to foster. 2. Ann-cchindat, mfn. cutting lengthwise. desiderate, miss : Caus. -tdpayati, to distress.
Anu-grihlta, mfn. favoured, obliged.
Ann-tapta, mfn, heated ; filled with regret ;
Anu-gfraha, as, m. favour, kindness, showing 'Mnf'aae an-ttcchishta, mfn. (Vsish with
(a),f., N. of a river, VP.
favour, conferring benefits, promoting or furthering ud), without remains or leavings of food, pure; not Anu-tapa, as, m. repentance, heat.
a good object ; assistance facilitating by incanta- mere remains, Ragh.
;
Anu-tapana, mfn. occasioning remorse, repent-
tions ; rear-guard N. of the eighth or fifth creation,
*IJ^ anu-ccho cl. 4. P. ance or sorrow.
;
(Vcho), (Imper.
VP. katara, mfn. anxious to please or for favour. Anu-tapin, mfn.
2. sg. -chya) to cut open or cut up, AV. ix, 5, 4. penitent, regretting.
sarga, m. (in Sankhya phil.) creation of the
e elings or mental conditions. cl. 4. A. -jayate, to fol- anu-tara. See amt-Vtri below.
^TJ1T^ anu-Vjan,
Anu-ffrahana, am, n. = anu-graha. low in being born or produced or arising; to take anu-Vtark, to follow in thought,
Ami-granite, mfn. occupied, engaged, R. i, 7, after (one's parents), Ragh.
to regard as or take for.
15. Ann-ja, mm. born after, later, younger (as), ;

Ann-ffrahin, i, m. proficient in magic skill. m. a younger brother, a cadet the plant Traya- ;
^T^rl't anu-tarsha, as, m. thirst, wish,
Ann-ffrahaka m((fta) n. favouring,
, furthering, mana (am), n. the plant Prapaundarika ; (a), f. a
; desire, a drinking vessel (nsed for drinking
L. ;

facilitating ; favourable, kind, gracious. younger sister, TS. spirituous liquors), L.

Anu-efrahin, mfn. gracious, favourable. Anu-janman, a, m. a younger brother, younger. Anu-tarsnana, am, n. a vessel from which spi-
Ann-ffrUijra, mfn. to be favoured or furthered. Anu-jata, mfn. after-born, later, younger tak- ; drunk, L.; distributing liquor, L.
rituous liquor is

Ann-jiffhrikshS, f- desire to show favour or ing after (one's parents),

Pancat. ; born again, re- Anu-tarsbnla, mfn. causing desire, MBh.
generated by the sacred cord ; (as), m.
kindness intention to include, NySyam. a younger
ind. grain after grain
^J^frlc?^ anu-tilam,
;

brother ; (a), f. a younger sister.

ind. village after
MH'JIH*^ anu-gramam, (of Sesamum), by grains, very minutely, (garia/arj-
to
village, Pan. iv, 3, 61; into, a village, Lsty. WH^rl'*^ anu-janam, ind. according mukhadi, q. v.)

m. a mouthful people, popularly. See i.anu-

^STJUWel" anu-grasaka, as, ^jfrTETT'l anu-tishthamana.
(of boiled rice, &c.) ;
the equivalent of a mouthful. '%fflif^anu-\/jap, to follow or imitate in shtha.
muttering. mfn. (-Stud), depressed
^THOT anu-Vghatt, to stroke, rub length- ^Jij^f anu-tunna.
to follow in talking or repressed (in sound), muffled, PBr.
wise. ^T^i|<^ anu--/ja!p, ;

A. -jalpate,
to entertain by conversation.
anu-tulaya, Nom. P. -tulayati,
WrJ^onu- Vghush (Ved. ind. p. -ghushya) an at-
^T*J'r{c<T*t

to name aloud, RV. i, 162, 18. iJli'i anu-Vjdgri, to watch as to rub lengthwise (with a brush or cotton).
tendant. anu-Vtrid (Imper. 2.
'to smell kiss, ^TJiJjJ sg.-trindhi;
^TrJHT anu-Vghrd, at,'
Desid.
to subdue :
impf. 2. du. -atrintam perf. -talarda) to split
KathSs. ^tjfsf anu-Vji, -jigi- ;

AV. shate, to be desirous of subduing. open, RV.

Anu-jiglira, mfn. snuffling at, viii, 8, 8.

anu -jighrikshd. See anu- to take one's fill (or

TP^v anu-Vcaksh (perf. -cacdksha; ^'grfi^ anu-Vtrip,
A. -acashta) to look at or up to, RV. refreshment) after or later than another.
impf.
 T anu-tri. anu-nand. 33
f anu-t/tn (3. pi. -taranti) to follow i.da (Pass, -dayi) to pennit, An-nddhrita, mfn. non-removed, not taken
across or to the end, AV. vi, 1 2 J, a. restore, RV. to give way, yield, RV.; AV. to remit,
; ; away uninjured, undestroyed unoffered undi-
; ; ;

Aun-tara, am, n. fare, freight, L. AV. to pay one out (?), MBh. vii, 9499.
; unestablished, unproved. An-
vided, unpartitioned ;

Ann-da. See andnudd. uddhritabhyaatamajra, m. sunset (abhy-astam-

w^r* an-utka, mfn. free from regret, not
Anu-datta, mfn. granted, remitted, given back, aya) taking place whilst the Ahavaniya fire con-
regretting, self-complacent, not repenting of. Pan. vii, 4, 47, Conim. tinues unremoved from the Garhapatya, KJtySr.

an-utkarsha, as, m. non-elevation, Ann-d6ya, am, n. a present, RV. 20, 1 1

an-udbhata, mfn. not exalted, un-
wjr*i
(anu-dfyt), f. a bride's maid (Gmn.
vi,
& Say.), RV. x,
;
w^SS
inferiority. assuming.
85,6; l35-5&6;['gift,'NBD.]
131* d-nutta, mfn. not cast down, invin- ^njW an-udya, mfn. unutterable, Pan. iii,
'W^J'?!'!* an-udatta, mfn. not raised, not
cible, RV. manyn (d-nulta-), m. 'of invincible
elevated, not pronounced with the UdStta accent,
i, 101, Sch.
wrath,' Indra, RV. vii, 31,11; viii, 6, 35 & 96,19. An-ndyam&na, mfn. not being spoken, Br.
grave ; accentless, having the neutral general tone
a^tH an-uttama, jnf(a)n. unsurpassed, neither high nor low (i. e. both the
grave or non- 'W^Hfl an-udyata, mfn. (\/yam), inactive,
incomparably the best or chief, excellent excessive elevated accent explained
; ; by PJnini as sannatara, idle, destitute of perseverance.
not the best ; (in Gr.) not used in the uttama or q. v. which immediately precedes the UdStta, and
first person. An-uttamambhas, n. (in SSnkhya also the general accentless, neutral tone, neither
high ^PJIITT anu-dyuta, am, n. continuation of
and consequent abstinence from nor low, explained as eka-sruti) the play at dice, N. of the in the
phil.) indifference to ; having the one chapters 70-79
sensual An-uttamam- monotonous ordinary intonation which belongs to second book of the MBh.
enjoyment (as fatiguing).
n. indifference to and abstinence from the generality of syllables in a sentence ;
bhasika, (as), m.
sensual one of the three accents to be observed in an-udyoga, as, in. absence of ex-
enjoyment (as involving injury to external reading ertion or effort, inactivity, laziness.
'
objects).
the Vedas, the grave accent. tara, m. more than
still lower in sound than
An-udyogfln, mfn. inactive, lazy, indifferent.
Anudatta, Anudatta,' i. e.
wtj^n. an-uttara, mfn. chief, principal; the very AnudStta accent
(or a syllable having this ^TJJ'J an-udrd, mfn. waterless, RV. x,
best, excellent without a reply, unable to answer, accent which immediately precedes a syllable hav-
;
US, 6.
silent ; fixed, firm
low, inferior, base; south, south-
;
ing the UdStta or Svarita accent, and is therefore
^Jfanu-v/a. dru, to run after, follow; to
ern (am), n. a reply which is coherent or evasive
; more depressed than the ordinary Anuditta, PSn. i,
and therefore held to be no answer ; (as), m. pi. 2, 31, Sch.), Pin. i, 2, 40, Sch. AnudSttadi, n. accompany to pursue ; to run over in reciting, AitBr.
;

a class of gods among the Jainas. yoga-tantra, (in Gr.) a nominal base of which the first syllable is Anu-druta, mfn. followed, pursued ; having
n. title of the last of the four Bauddhatantras. An- AnudJtta. Anudfittit, m. a verbal root having for followed or pursued ; accompanied ; (am), n. a mea-
nttaropapStika, as, m. pi. a class of gods, Jain. its Anubandha the Anuditta accent to indicate that sure of time in music (half a Druta, or one-fourth of
Annttaropapatika-dasa, as, f. pi. title of the takes the a Matra or of the time taken to articulate a short
it
Atmane-pada terminations only ; also
ninth anga of the Jainas treating of those gods. anudattSpadeia. Anndattodaya, n. a syllable vowel).
immediately preceding the Anudatta accent. an-udvaha, as, m. non-marriage,
"WtjWM an-uttana, mfn. lying with the face ^gsi
towards the ground ;
not supine ; not flat, Susr.
i .
an-udara, mfn. niggardly, mean. celibacy.

2 amt-dara, mfn. adhered to or wgfs'1 an-udvigna, mfn. free from ap-

W*Jr*lTT an-utthana, am, n. (\/stha), the
-

not want of exertion or of energy, Rajat.

followed by a wife. prehension or perplexity, easy in mind, Mricch. &c.
rising,
Att-ndvega, mfn. free from anxiety ; (as), m.
An-nUMta, mfn. not risen, not grown up (as frafipv anu-digdha, mfn.( </dih), covered freedom from uneasiness. kara, mfn. not causing
grain). Car.
(ifc.), apprehension, not overawing.
wgrMffi an-utpatti, is, f. failure, non-pro- 2. dn-iidita, mfn. unsaid, unutter-
duction ; (mfn.), not (yet) produced, Buddh. sa- ed
iw*jr<;n
; unutterable, blamable (cf. a-vadyd), RV. x, 95,
VJ fs "^onu- i/dvish, to wreak one's anger
upon, BhP.
ma, as, a, m. f. (in NySya phil.) arguing against a AV. v, i, 2 (see l.dn-udita s. v. an-udayd).
thing by trying to show that nothing exists from
anu-dinam, ind. every day. wgi^ anu-</dhanv (perf. A. 3. Bg. -da-
which it could spring. dhanvt) to run near, RV. ii, 5, 3.
Anutpattika-dharma-kshanti, is, f.
acqui- anu-divasam, ind. id.
escence in the state which is still future, preparation
^PJV^ anu-^/dham (3. pi. dhdmanty dnu)
for a future state, Buddh. i, to point out for, assign. to sprinkle over, RV. viii, 7, 16.

An-utpanna, mfn. unborn, unproduced ;

un- Ann-disam, ind. in every quarter. ^rg^T antt-Vdha, to add in placing upon,
effected,unaccomplished. Ann-desa, as, m. a rule or injunction pointing
LSty. ; to stimulate to, RV. vi, 36, 2 ; to concede,
An-ntpada, as, m. non-production, not coming back to a previous rule ; reference to something
-d-fiayi) RV. vi, 20, 2.
prior. allow, (Pass. aor.
into existence not taking effect.
; kshanti f. ac- , Ann-desln, mfn. pointing back, referring back ;
being the object of an Anudesa; residing at the i.anu-\/i.dhav, to run after, run
quiescence in not having to undergo another birth.
An-utpadana, am, n. not producing, non-pro- same place, AsvGr. up to ; to follow ; to pursue.
Ann-dhSvana, am, run-
duction. " 3S"\ flnu - v'rfwA, to become demoralized
ning
1.

after close pursuit of

n. chasing, pursuing,

any object, going after

An-utpadya, mfn. not to be created, eternal.
as a result of, MBh.
;

v, 4543. a mistress.
dn-utsanna, mfn. not lost, SBr. vii. make into bundles Ann-dhBvita, mm. pursued, run after (literally
anu-i/dribh, to
or figuratively).
an-utsaha, as, m. non-exertion, or chains, KaushBr.
want of effort ; want of energy or determination ; ^HJVT^ 2. anv-i/3. dhav, to cleanse.
dris (ind. p. -drfsya, RV. x,
listlessness ; (mm.), deficient in determination. ta, 2. Ann-dhavana, am, n. cleansing, purification
f. want of determination, S;ih.
130, 7) to survey, behold ; to keep in view or in
mind, to foresee : Caus. P. -dariayati, to show, tell, ^rg>ft anu-^/dhl (p. A. -didhyana; impf.
"Hrjrtjqi an-vtsuka, mfn. not eager, calm, teach : Pass, -drisyate (also perf. A. -dadriie, RV. P. 3. pi. -dtdhiyujf) to think of, RV. iii, 4, 7 & x,
retiring ;
moderate. ta, f. moderateness, Vikr. viii, I, 34), to become or be visible. 40,10; AV.
Ann-darsana, am, n. consideration, regard.
an-utsutra, mfn. not anomalous. dnv-dhupita,iafn.( -v/tMup) .puffed
Ann-darsin, mfn. considering, foreseeing.
Anu-drishti, is, f., N. of the ancestress of Anu- up, proud, RV. ii, 30, IO.
i an-utseka, as, m. absence of arro-
drishtineya, (gana iubhradi and kalyany-adi.} Caus. -dhipayati,toca.use
gance or highmindedness. ,

Ann-draahtavya, mfn. to be observed, visible.

An-utsekln, mm. not arrogant or puffed up, Sfik. to suck, to put to the breast, SBr. xiv.
Pass, -diryate, to break
an-udakd, mf(o)n. waterless, RV. ^TrJiJ anu-i/dri,
^|fj<5<(i anu-*/dhyai, to consider attentively,
ind. without touching water, through after (another) ; to be scattered or confused
vii, 59, 4, &c. ; (am), think of, muse ; to miss, Kajh. to bear a grudge, TS.
;
in consequence of the confusion of others.
KltySr. without adding water, ib.
;
Ann-dhya, f. sorrow, AV. vii, 1 14, 2.
anu-deham, ind. behind the body, Anu-dhyana, am, n. meditation, religious con-
'w^lj an-urlagra, mfn. not lofty, low;
not projecting. Sis. ix, 73. templation, solicitude.
Ann-dhyayin, mfn. contemplating, meditating ;
anu-dandi, is, f. back-bone, MBh. anu-dairghya, mfn. longitudinal. missing, MaitrS.

an-udoya, as, m. non-rising, the an-udgirna, mfn. not vomited arm- ^/dhva^s, 5.. (perf. -dadhvasf)
not rising (of a luminary). forth, not disdained ;
not spurned. to fall or drop upon, TS.
I. An-ndlta, mfn. not risen, not appeared.
dn-uddhata, mfn .
( \/han), not lifted anu- Vnad, to sound towards (ace.):
3. a) thin, ; (as), m.
not make
^Jiji; an-udara, mf(o)n. (see up, humble ; unsurpassed ; unopposed Caus. P. -nadayati, to resonant or musical.
a high place, TBr. Ann-nada, as, m. sound, vibration, Sis. rever-
lank, Pat. ;

non- beration, echo.

W^iJ anu-\/dah, to bum up, RV. &c. ; t!\an-uddharana,am,n.
( v/Art),
Ann-nadlta, mfn. made to resound.
to take for removal not offering, not establishing or proving.
fire
(aor. Subj. 2. sg. -dakshi\\ dkakshi]), ;
Anu-nadln, mfn. resounding, echoing, resonant.
RV. ii, i, to ;
consumed by
to be fire subsequently An-uddhSra, as, m. non-partition, not taking a
after (ace.), MBh. xii, 8107. share; non-removal. anit-^/nand, to enjoy.
D
34 TP*^ anu-nam. anu-par.
too stout, prominent or protuberant, Buddh. An- an-upapatti, is, f. non-accom-
^M?T*Tana- v/nam, A. to incline to, RV. v,
nnnatanata, mfn, not raised nor lowered, level.
plishment; failure of proof ;
inconclusive argumen-
32, 10 Caus. P. -ndmayati, to cause to bow, BhP.
insufficiency of
:
tation irrelevancy, inapplicability
an-unmatta, mfn. not mad, sane,
; ;

[
anu-naya, &c. See anu-v/- means, adversity.
sober, not wild. mfn. not done, unaccomplished,
An-upapanna,
anu-ndsika, mfn. nasal, uttered
i An-unmadita, mfn. AV.vi, III, 1-4.
id.,
uneffected ; unproved ; irrelevant, inconclusive, in-
through the nose (as one
of the five nasal consonants, A'n-nnm&da, as, m. not being mad, soberness,
applicable ; impossible ; inadequately supported.
or a vowel, or the three semivowels^, v, I, under MaitrS. (mfn.) an-unmatta.
;
An-upapadaka, <;,f, m. pi. 'having no material
certain circumstances in the case of vowels and mfn. not assist- of Buddhas, called Dhyani-
;
N. of a class
is used to denote this nasal-
^ljqc|i|ftr^ an-upakdrin, parent,'
semivowels, the mark not a return for buddhas.
ing, disobliging, ungrateful, making
ization) the nasal mark * (am), n. a nasal twang;
; ;

fault in pronunciation).
benefits received ; unserviceable, useless. 4 an-upaplava, mfn. free from dis-
speaking through the nose (a An-upakrita, mfn. unassisted.
n. -lopa, m. dropping of a nasal aster or
overwhelming calamity.
tva, nasality,
sound or letter. AnunSiikadi, m. a compound ^MqfBJH dn-upakshita, mfn. uninjured, An-npapluta, mfn. not overwhelmed (with
letter commencing with a nasal. Annnfiikanta,
undecaying, RV. iii, 1 3, 7 & x, IOI, 5 ;
AV. vi, 78, 2. calamity).
m. a radical ending in a nasal. Annnasikopa- mf(o)n. unob-
an-upabadhd,
dna, mm. having a nasal penultimate ; succeeding dn-upagltam, ind. so that no
structed, SBr.
a syllable with a nasal sound. other person accompanies in singing, SBr.
an-upabhukta, mfu. unenjoyed,
an-upaghdtdrjita, mfn. ac-
^ftTHi^ anu-ni-Vkram, -tramari(Subj. unpossessed.
-krdmdt) to follow in the steps, TS. ; SBr. quired without detriment (to
the paternal estate). mfn. not being enjoyed.
An-npabhnjyamana,
AV. An-upagfhnat, mfn. not detrimental, Mn. not ;

anu-\/nisA, to pierce along,

touching, Laty.
*HMH an-vpama, mf(o)n. incomparable,
excellent, best the female ele-
pi. -atu- matchless (.
anu-ni-v/iud (impf. 3. -
\/pac, to make ripe by degrees,
; ; (a),

wound with a stab, goad, PBr. phant of the south-east or of the north-east. matt,
dan) to BhP. : Pass, to become ripe by degrees,MBh.xiv,497.
m., N. of a contemporary of Sakya-muni.
-
^PjfTT^ anu-ni v'parf, -padyate, to lie
An-npamita, mfn. uncompared, matchless.
an-upojivaniyd, mfn. yield-
down by the side of, SBr. Kaus. no live- '
An-upameya, mfn. incomparable.
ing no livelihood, (Compar. -tara, yielding
;

WJjfir^pT anu-ni-Vyvj,
to attach to, place lihood at all') SBr. vi ; having no livelihood, SBr. vi. WH 4H^'f l

an-upamardana, am, n. non-

under the authority AitBr. PBr. Ksth. read demolition or refutation of a charge.
of,
anu-Vpath, to
; ;

H*JT^ say after,

^rjfn f^^ M anu-m'r-^iAana,mfn.(pr.p. A. through, repeat, BhP. ; Suir. <QM<J^3i an-upayukta,
mfn. unsuited, un-
*/l. ftd^j, proceeding out of, BhP. Anu-pathita, mfn. read through (aloud), recited. suitable, improper ; useless, unserviceable.
Ann-patnitin, i, m. (one who has read through An-upayoga, as, m. unserviceableness, useless-
^Jtjfr(^^
anu-nir-\/dah (Imper. 2. sg. or recited), proficient, (gana ishtadi, q.v.)
ness.
-daha) to bum down in succession, AV. ix, 3, 9.
fl^JM ^anu-Vpat,
to pass by (ace.) flying, An-upayoffln, mm. unsuitable, useless.
m.
Wfjfti^I anu-nirdesa, as, description ASvGr. ; to fly after, run after, go after, follow Caus. :
mfn. uninterrupted,
'W^'Jtil dn-uparata,
or relation following a previous model. (Imper. 2. sg. -pdtayd) to fly along, AV.vi, 134, 3 ;
not stopped.
to take put to throw (a person) down together with oneself, R.
^jfrl^H, anu-nr-\/2.eap, Ann-patana, am, n. fallingon or upon ; fol- VH<HI4i^ anu-para- Vgam, to follow one
from for scattering or sharing subsequently, TS. ; SBr.
lowing ; (in mathem.) proportion. who is escaping, MaitrS.
&c.
Ann-patita, mfn. descended followed. or hasten
^rjm.lHrl anu-para-\/pat, to
fallen, ;
Ann-nirvapya, mfn. to be taken out and shared fly
Ann-pata. See s.v.
subsequently.TS.; (a),f.,N.of a ceremony, KaushBr. by the side of another, AitBr.
to become WTlfrf anu-pati, ind. after the husband,
Wrjfl%T ana-nir-V2.ua, -vdti, Y Wr}lK|J. anu-pard-T/bhu,
to spoil or de-
KatySr. TS.; AitBr.: Caus. -bhdvayati,
extinct, go out after.
stroy after another,
following mfn. the road, TS.
W*|fW3f anu-ni-i/vrij (impf. 3. *{? -Bfi- '?TJtl*! tinu-patha, id.,
RV. v, 52, 10; (as), m.
a road followed after an- SBr.
naK) to plunge into (loc.), RV. vii, 18, 12. onu-pard- Vmris, to seize,
other, BhP. a servant, BhP. ; (am), ind. along the
;

^^fnJ^ anu-ni-Jvrit, Caus. -vartayati, road. ami-pard- \Xsni, (said of a leaky

to bring back, AitBr. vessel) to flow
with water subsequently, Kath.
WHM<? i. anu-^/pad, to follow, attend, be
i. anu-ni-\/sam (ind. p. -samya) fond of; to enter; to enter upon; to notice, under- anu-pari- Ji. kf%, to scatter
VjftnfPJ ^TTjqftw
to hear, perceive, Bh?. to consider, MBh. 6680. stand ; to handle. Kaus.
alongside, to bestrew,
; xii,

2. Ann-pad, mfn. coming to pass, VS. xv, 8.

WfjfH3l*^ 2. anu-nisam, ind. every night,
Ann-pada, mfn. following closely, L. (as), m., ;
onu-pari-vkram, to walk
Kathas. &c. round in order, to make the circuit of, visit in a
N. of a man or tribe, (gana upakadi, q. v.) (am), ;

ind. at mid- n. a chorus, refrain,burden of a song or words sung regular round.

'"^jfajflll*^ anu-nisitham, n. walking round in
again after regular
intervals ; N. of an Upanga be- Ann-parlkramana, am,
night, Kir.
longing to the Sama-veda ; (am),
ind. step by step ; order, AitAr.
^pj^ft anu-v'ni (Subj.
2. sg.-nayas; aor. word for word ; on the heels of, close behind or Anu-parikramam, ind. while walking round in
Subj. 2.sg. -ntshi, 2 pi. -neshatha) to bring near, after. -sStra, a commentary explaining the
n. order, TS.; SBr. ; ParGr.
lead to, RV. ; to induce, win over, conciliate, pacify, text (of a Brihmana) word for word. make the
^njT (*.'!! anu-pari- <J i. gd, to
supplicate; Ann-padavi, f. a road followed after another, round of, traverse, MBh.
Ann-naya, as, m. conciliation, salutation, cour- BhP.
tesy, civility, showing respect or adoration to a guest Ann-padln, i, m. a searcher, an inquirer, one anv-parcdram, ind. = anu-
or a deity humble entreaty or supplication, reve- who follows or seeks for, P5n. v, 2, 90.
;
parikramam, KapS.
rential deportment ; regulation of conduct, discipline, Annpadina, a boot, buskin, Pan. v, 2, 9.
f.
to lead or
tuition ; (mfn.), conciliatory,
kind ; (am), ind. fitly, ^J^TfttflY anu-pari-rA (i/ni),
or an-upa-
becomingly. pratisjna-pranana,n. abandoning ^T^1<;W an-wparfa<a[Kaus.] carry about, KauS.
or dn-
the obstacles to conciliatory behaviour, Buddh. dasya [SankhSr.] or an-upadasyat [TS.] ^nrof^ftl anu-paridhi, ind. along or at the
Annnayamantrana, n. conciliatory address. upadasvat [AV.] or dn-upaddsuka [TS.],
mm. not
three Paridhis of the sacrificial fire, KatySr.
Anu-nayamana, mfn. conciliating, honouring. drying up, not decaying.
m.
Ann-nayin, mfn. courteous, supplicating. an-upadishta, mfn. untaught,
WrjqftmflJWT anu-paripdti-krama, as,
^TJJ'jffll?
Ann-nayaka, mf(jAJ)n. submissive, humble. regular order, VarBrS.
uninstructed.
Ann-naylka, f. a female character subordinate to m. one who does not teach. to pass through
* nayikd or leading female character in a drama
An-upadeshtri, td, ^J^TfTTT anu-pari- </y a,
'
in order, AsvGr.
Ann-nlnlinn, mfn. desirous of conciliating. ^tjmi an-upadha, as, m. having no pe-
not anu-pari- i/vrit, to return,
be
Ann-nita, mm. disciplined, taught ; obtained ; nultimate,' a letter or syllable (as a sibilant or A) ^J^trft^
respected ; pleased, pacified ; humbly entreated. preceded by another. repeated, SBr. xiv.
Ann-niti, it, f.conciliation,courtesy,supplication.
IJtTTfv^T^ an-upadhi-sesha, mfn. in whom ^nj'jfTfsn^ anu-parisrit,
ind. along or at
Ann-neya, mm. to be conciliated, Mricch.
there no longer a condition of the surrounding fence, KatySr.
is individuality,
Intens. (impf. 3 pi. -no-
'STJpJ anu-\/4. nv, Buddh.
ari-V*, to run after, BhP.
ttavur ; pr. p. nom. pi. m, -n6ntrvatas) to follow m. want of close
with acclamations of praise, RV. i, 80, 9 & viii, 92,33, <M<ji(HI an-upandha, as,
attachment or adherence (?), Buddh. anu-pari-hdram, ind. sur-
WJT7f ana- v/nrt'f ,
to dance after (ace.),
mfn. not laid rounding, TS.
MBh. ^.JM'^UrT an-upanyasta,
R. ; Kathas.; to dance before (ace.), down clearly, not established, YSjn.
to
an-unnata, mfn. not elevated, not An-npanyasa, as, m. failure of proof or deter- yanti, AV. xv, 1 7, 8, irreg. -paryanti, Kaus.),
'st'j^fl
follow in going round, to make the round of.
lifted up. g-Rtra, mfn. having limbs that are not mination, uncertainty, doubt.
 anu-pare. anu-pra-ruh. 35
ami-pare (-para- </i), (Imper. 2. sg. Aiiu-pana, am, n. a fluid vehicle in
drink taken with or after medicine
medicine; w ^H an-vpta, mfn. (-v/2. flop), unsown (as
-pdrehi ; impf. -pdra't) to follow in walking off ; drink after
seed). BaBjra,nifn.fallow,meadow(ground,&c.),L.
RV.x, 18, i;TS. eating drink to be had near at hand,
;
(Comm. on)
ChUp. i, 10, 3. An-nptrlma, mfn grown without being sown, L .
.

anu-pary-a-i/i.ga (aor. 3. pi. Anu-paniya, am, n. drink to be had near at xirjHli*M anu-pra- \>kamp, Caus. (Pot.
-agur) to revolve, return to, AitBr. hand, Comm. on ChUp. i, 10, 3; (mfn.), fit to be to follow in shaking or
-kampayet, '3. pi. yeyur)
drunk after
serving as a liquid vehicle of medicine.
'Wgi^TVT anu-pary-d-Vdhd (Pot. -dadh- ;
agitating, AitBr.; ApSr.
yat) to place round in order, AitBr. T-JUT 2.anu-^2.pa, Caus. P. A. -pala- ace. of the per-
^jct^t anu-vprach (with
yatifte, to preserve, keep, cherish ;to waitfor, expect.
^3<44I<;}TT anti-pory-a-\/vrit, to follow in son and thing), to ask, to
inquire after.
Anu-palana, am, n. preserving, keeping up. Annprasna. See s. v.
going off, to follow, TS.; SBr.; AitBr.
Q Anu-palayat, mfn. keeping, maintaining.
to sprinkle Anu-palin, mfn. preserving, keeping up. a u-pra- \sjan, to be born after ;

round, Gobh.; Gaut. Ann-pain, n., N. of a plant, wild Calladium (?). (with prajam) to propagate again and again, BhP.:
Caus. -janayali, to cause to be bom
an-updkrita, mfn. not rendered subsequently.
anu-pary-e (-d-^/i), -pary-ititi, to
^Pjm^iH
make the whole round SBr. &c.
fit for sacrificial
purposes, Mn.v, 7; YijR. -mansa, anu-pra- \- jila (pr. p. -jdndt) to
of,
n. flesh of an animal not prepared for sacrifice. track, trace, discover, RV. 26, 8, &c.
iii,

a, mfn. untraced, Anu-prajnana, am, n. tracking,

tracing.
^Tgm^ar an-upakhya, mfn. not clearly
unperceived, unmarked, indiscriminated.
An-upalakshya, mfn. not to be traced, imper- discernible, Pin. vi, 3, 80. ^^^^ anu-pra-nud (^/nud), to push
vartman, mfn. having ways that can- m. away from one's self; to
frighten away, put to flight.
ceptible. 'H'^UrT anu-pdta, as, falling subse-
not be traced. ind.
quently upon, alighting or descending upon in suc- anu-prati-kramam,
cession following going, proceeding in order, or TS.
an-upalabdfia, mfn. unohtained, v.
; ;
returning,
as a consequence ; a
unperceived, unascertained. degree of latitude opposite to
one given, the Antzci anu-prati-^/dha, to offer after
(?) ; proportion (in arithm.) ;
An-npalabdhi, is, {. non-perception, non-re-
arithmetical progression, rule of three.
another (ace.), AitBr. (Pass,
-dhlyate).
cognition. sama, as, d, m. f. trying to establish
Anu-pataka, am, n. a crime similar to a maha- v stha), to fol-
a fact (e.g. the reality and eternity of
sound) from ^pfrTVT anu-prati-shthd
low
(

the impossibility of perceiving the pdtaka, q.v. (falsehood, fraud, theft, adultery, &c.) in getting a firm
footing or in prospering, TS. ;
non-perception of Anu-patam, ind. in regular succession.
ChUp. Desid. -tishthdsati, to wish to
get a firm
:
it, sophistical argument, Nyayad.
Anu-patin, mfn. following as a consequence or footing after, Gobh.
An-npalabhyamSna, mfn. not being perceived, result.
Pan. vi, 3, 80, Sch.
An-upalambha, as, m. non-perception. anu-pdna. See i.mm-\fi.pa.
^J"^ anu-^/prath, A. -prathate, to ex-
tend or spread along (ace.), TS.; to
praise, (Comm.
An-upalambhana, am, n. want of apprehen- on) VS. viii, 30.
sion or knowledge. an-updnatka, mfn. shoeless,
A'n-upalabha, m. not TS. KatySr. ^JJU<TT anu-pra- v/'i. da, to surrender,
as, catching,
make over, Buddh.; to add.
WJJ175T3 anupaldla, as, m., N. of a demon ^'girftp^ an-updyin, mfn. not using Ann-pradSna, am, n. a gift, donation, Buddh.;
dangerous to children, AV. viii, 6, a.
means or expedients.
addition, increase, Pr5t.
m. one unin- ^'JJITOl anu-parsva, mfn. along or by the
tjM=nf7l^ an-upamtin, I,
wgnVT^ anu-pra- V 'i .
dhav, to rush after,
vested with the sacred thread. side ;
lateral. RV -
*. 145. 6, &c. : Caus. (perf. -dhdvaydm ca-
See a.anu-*/2.pa. kdra) to drive after, SBr.
w^RSI anu-^pas, P. A. -pasyati, te, to anu-i/pdl.
look at, perceive, notice, discover, RV. &c. to con- Ann-pradhavita, mfn. hurried, eager, Dal.
;
an-updvritta, as, m. pi., N. of a
sider, reflect upon (acc.^ MBh. &c. to look upon ;
people, MBh. TTJlPfi^ anu-pra- \fpat (aor. 3. pi. -pap-
as, take as, ib. (perf. A. p. -paspasdna} to show
;
tan) to fly towards, RV. vi, 63, 6.
(as the path), RV. x, 1 4, 1 A V. vi, 28, 3 (Nir. x, 20.) ''H'JJiraT an-vpasana, am, n. want of at-
; ;
Anu-prapatam, ind. going in succession, Pin.
Ann-pasya, mfn. perceiving, seeing, Yogas. tention to.
>v, 3, 56, Sch.
A'nn-apashta, mfn. noticed, RV. x, 160, 4. An-upasita, mfn. not attended to, neglected.
w 31511 m. any aggra- '"'^ini^ anu-pra-i/pad, to enter or ap
an-upasaya, as, ^T^^l anu-^/pis (perf. -pipesa) to fasten
proach or arrive after ;
to follow, act in conform
vating circumstance (in a disease). along, AV. ance to.
*s 1
w^M^rifT an-upasdnta, mfn. not calm ;
rf f3'>nu-\i'pish(md.p.-pishya) to strike Anu-prapauna, mfn. following after, con
N. of a Buddhist mendicant. formed to.
(or), m., against, to touch, KstySr.
Anu-prapadam, jnd. going in succession, Pin
is
^}IIWM an-upasarga,
not an Upasarga, q. v., or destitute of one ; that
as, m. a word that "^3^ anu-purusha, as, ra. the before-
"v, 3, 56, Sch.
mentioned man, PSn.vi, a, 190; a follower, ib. Sch.
which needs no additions (as a divine being).
ana- -/push, to go on prospering,
WjmT anu-pra- ,/ 1 .pa, P. (3. pi. -ptbanti]
wq^l to drink one after the other, AitBr. ; A. (3.
pi. -pi-
1tJTT^T an-upasecand, mfn. having no- VS.; to prosper after another (ace.), ShadvBr.
fate [sic] &
-pibate) to drink after another (ace.),
thing that moistens (e. g. no sauce), AV. xi, 3, 34. Ann-pushpa, as, m. a kind of reed (Saccharum
TS.;Klh.
Sara Roxb.)
"3 l'*<
?'rT an-upaskrita, mfn. unfinished, " WT anu-pra- v'i ha, to shine upon.TBr.
*J
unpolished ;
not cooked ; genuine ; blameless ;
un- "wy^anu-Vpu, A. (dnu-pavate) to purify
requited. in passing along, SBr. "JHJjrT anu-pra-bhiita, mfn. passing
f through, penetrating, (dnu prd-bhuta) RV. viii,
^ *4 1 1 an-vpasthana,am, n. not coming Wffl^ anu-purva,mf(d)u. regular, orderly,
J 58, a penetrated, ChUp.
;

near, Laty.; not hand, absence. at in successive order from the preceding ; (dm), ind.
being
in regular order, from the first, RV. &c. ; (ena), ind. ^^n^^anu-pra-Vbhiish (p. -bhushat) to
An-npasthapana, am, n. not placing near, not
producing, not offering not having ready or at hand.
;
in regular order or succession, from the first, from serve, attend, offer, RV. ix, 29, I.
An-npasthapayat, mfn. not presenting, not the beginning, from above downwards. kesa,
^T5jKilU anu-pramdna, mfu. having a
having at hand. -g&tra, -danshtra, -nabhi, -pani-lekha, iniii. suitable size or length.
An-upasthapita, mm. not placed near, not having regular hair, regularly shaped limbs, regular

ready, not at hand, not offered or produced. teeth, a regularly shaped navel, regular lines in the <3HJ^ anu-pra- ^/muc, to let loose or go
An-npasthayin, mfn. absent, distant. hands (all these are epithets given to Buddha, some successively, RV. iv, 22, 7.
An-upasthita, mfn. not come near, not present,
of them also to MahSvIra), Buddh. Jain. Ja, &
not at hand not complete, SBr.; (am), n. a word mfn. descended in a regular line, KstySr. vataS wgngS anu-pra- v mud, Caus. -modayati,
;

not upasthita, q. v. cow which calves regularly, AV.

f. a to consent, MSrkP.
(anupurvd-),
A'n-upasthiti, is, (. absence, not being at hand ;
ix, 5, 29. sag, m&. = anu-purvdm. anu-pra- Vy am, to offer, TS.
incompleteness, SBr. Anupurvya, mfn. regular, orderly, KStySr.
anu-pra x/y a, to follow after, TBr. ;

'W^JI^TT an-upahata, mfn. unimpaired, un- anu-prikta, mfn. mixed with, MBh. to start after, accompany.
vitiated not rendered impure. krnshta, mfn. anu-pfishthya, mf(5)n. (held or
;

*3 T1\ anu-pra- ^yuj, to employ after,

'*I 1
whose organs of hearing are unimpaired, Buddh. 3
extended) lengthwise, KJtySr. add after
(abl.), PSn.; to join, follow, AV. &c.
'M
^l? if
dn-upahiita, mfn. not called upon Caus. (Imper. -purayatu) Ann-praynjyamBna, mfn. being employed in
or invited, SBr.
not accompanied with invitations,ib.
;
f^H ann-i/pri, addition or after or afterwards.
to fill, Git.
An-upahuyamana, mfn. not being invited, Anu-prayoktavya, mfn. to be joined or em-
MaitrS.
wrjqrf dn-upeta [SBr.] or anupeta-purva ployed in addition or after.
Ann-prayoga, m. additional use.
"5*11 * a " M - v/I - /

P a to drink
< after or [AsvGr.], mfn. not yet entered at a teacher's (for as,

thereupon, follow in drinking, drink at : Caus. instruction).

'"'JHF?' anu-pra- i/ruh, to grow in ac-
(Pot. -pdydycf) to cause to drink afterwards, SBr. -upSshana, am, n. not fasting. cordance with, SBr.
D a
36 anu-praroha. '"J'TC
anu-ma.
or growing in Caus. P. -pr- to, RV. x, 147, I ; to notice, perceive, understand;
Ann-praroh, mfn. coming up
^lJUi^ anu-presh ( \/ish),
to experience, to attempt.
accordance with. shayati, to send forth after.
Ann-bhava, as, m. perception, apprehension, fru-
n. study Ann-prtCilia,j,m. a subsequent invitation, SBr.
^JlJtl^H anu-pra-vacana, am, ition ; understanding ; impression on the mind not
of the Veda with a teacher. Annpravacanadi, anu-pr3h ( Y/I. A),to insert, ApSr. derived from memory ; experience, knowledge de-
a gana of Pan. (v. I, III). rived from personal observation or experiment ;
anu- i/plu, to float (as clouds) after;
Annpravacanlya, mfn. belonging to, or neces- result,consequence. siddlia, mfn. established by
sary for anupravacana, AsvGr.; Gobh. to follqw.
experience or perception. AnubliavArudlia, mm.
<H U another's Ann-plava, as,m. acompanionorfollower,Ragh. subjected to trial or experiment.
J
<4
$ anu-pra- \/vad,to repeat
to speak of, Nir. : Caus. -va- flr|*fw anu- -/bandit, to attach, tie; to Anu-bhava,<j.t, m. sign or indication of a feeling
words, TS. AitBr. ;
(bhdva) by look or gesture, Kpr. &c. ; dignity,
;

dayati, to cause to resound, to play (an instrument), bind (by an obligation) ; to stick, adhere, follow,
authority, consequence ; firm opinion, ascertainment,
fenkhSr. endure to be followed by, BhP.
;

Anu-baddha, mm. bound to, obliged to, con- good resolution, belief.
VrjyH? anu-pra- \/vah, to drag (or carry) nected with, related to, belonging to ; followed by.
Ann-bhSvaka, mf (ika) n. causing to apprehend,
about to go or get forward, RV. x, 3, 3. making to understand. 15, f.
Kir. understanding.
;
Anu-badhnat, mfn. following, seeking, the act of indicating
Ann-bh3vana, am, n.
^njnftr$^anu-prn-v ci, to follow in en-
//
Anu-bandha,<w, m. binding, connection, attach-
ment ; encumbrance clog uninterrupted succession feelings by sign or gesture, Sah.
tering, enter to attack. ; ; ;
;
Ann-bh&vin, mfn. perceiving, knowing being ;

Ann-pravisya, ind. p. having entered into. sequence, consequence, result; intention, design; an eye-witness, Mn. viii, 69 Ap. showing signs ; ;

Anu-pravesa, as, m. or ann-praveiana motive, cause ; obstacle ; inseparable adjunct or sign

of feeling.
q. v.], am, n. entrance of anything, secondary or symptomatic affection
[gana anupravacanadi, Anu-bb.fi, mfn. perceiving, understanding (ifc.)
into imitation, L. (supervening on the principal disease) ; an indicatory Anu-bhnta, mm. perceived, understood, appre-
;

letter or syllable attached to roots, &c. (marking some

Anu-pravesaniya, mfh. connected with enter- hended ; resulted, followed as a consequence ; that
peculiarity in their inflection ; e.g.
an i attached to
ing, (gana anupravacanadi, q. v.) has experienced, tasted, tried or enjoyed.
roots, denotes the insertion of a nasal before
their
anu-pra- Vvrij, -prd-vrinakti, to Anu-blmti, is, f. perception knowledge from
W^H^i^ final consonant) ;
a child or pupil who imitates an ;

tend or throw SBr. any source but memory (in phil.) knowledge gained
example set by a parent or preceptor commence-
;
after, ;

by means of the four Pramanas (perception by the

ment, beginning ; anything small or little, a part, a
*(^U>l^anu-pra-</vrit (\mpt.-pravartata; of fractions senses, inference, comparison, and verbal authority) ;
small part (in arithm.) the junction
-vdvritf) to proceed along or after, RV. prakasa, m., N. of a me-
; ;

perf.
element of the Vedinta dignity, consequence.
(in phil.) an indispensable ;
Ann-pravritta, mfn. following after (ace. ), BhP. L. ; thirst, L.
trical paraphrase of the twelve principal Upanishads
(t), { hickup,
to follow into by Vidyaranya-muni. svarnpacarya, m., N. of
^rJHcTfl anv-pra-T/vraj, Anu-bandhaka, mf (>'&>) n. connected, allied;
the author of the grammar Sarasvatl-prakriyS.
exile, R. v, 36, 61. related.
Anu-bhnya, ind. having experienced.
Anu-bandhana, am, n. binding, connection,
WfJHSN anu-pra- \/J. sue, -socate, to re- Ann-bhuyamana, mfn. being under trial ; being
succession, unbroken series.
mourn deeply, MBh. experienced or enjoyed.
gret or Anu-bandhln, mfn. connected with, attached;
m. a subsequent having in its train or as a consequence, resulting ; con- ^TJJ anu-Vbliri, to support, Kath.; to
V^UVJ unu-jirasna, as,
tinuous, lasting, permanent. Annbandhi-tva, n. the insert, enter, RV. x, 61, 5 ; AV.
question (having reference to what has been pre-
state of being accompanied or attended or followed. Anu-bhartri,
mf(tri)n. supporting, strengthen-
viously said by the teacher),
Anu-bandhya, mfn. principal, primary, liable ing (Gmn.), penetrating (NBD.), RV. i, 88,
6.

^PJITCJ?^ anu-pra- -^aarlj,

to adhere to, to receive an adjunct (as a root, a disease) ; (cf. a- ,
to illuminate.
fasten, SBr. bdndhya.)
Anu-prasakta, mfn. strongly attached, Sis. n. rear-guard, an anu-bhrdtri, td, m. a younger
fl^J^Crf anu-bala, am,
Ann-prasakti, is, (. close connection with. brother.
auxiliary army following another.
to be content or to
'(H'JHW^ anu-pra- -/sad, Pass, (p -bddhyamd- wjti^ anu-\/mad, to rejoice over,
satisfied with (ace.) WtJTTW anu- i/bddh, gladden, to praise, RV. &c.
to be oppressed or tormented, Rajat. Kathas.
na) ;

V ^ 1MJH anu-prasiita, mfn.( v^4.),created Ann-madya (4, 5), mfn. to be praised in suc-
T^OTH anu- \/budh, to awake ;
to recol-
cession, to be granted with acclamation or praise,
afterwards, MBh. xiii, 7361. lect ; to learn (by information) Caus. -bodhayati, :
RV.; AV.
anu-pra- \/sri, Caus. (impf. 3. pi. to communicate ; to remind, Sak.
*ljmj ^>T*JRUnT anu-madhyama,
mfn. next oldest
Anu-bodha,a.r, m. recollection; an after-thought,
-pr&sarayanta) to extend over, RV. x, 56, 5 Intens. :
to the middle, Pan. vi, 2, 189, Sch.
reviving the scent of a
L. faded perfume, replacing
part, -sdrsrdna, moving along (ace.), RV. v, 44, 3. ;

perfumes. *i\ anu- </man, to approve, assent to,

IM
^1
V^m^anu-pra-\/srip, to creep towards Ann-bodhana, am, n. recollecting, reminding. Caus. P. -manayati, to ask for per-
permit, grant :

or after, TS. ; SBr. : Caus. (Opt_J. pi. -sarpaytyufr) Ann-bodhita, mfh. reminded; convinced by mission or leave, ask for (ace.), YajH.; to honour.
to cause to pass round (ace.), AsvSr. recollection. Anu-mata, mfn. approved, assented to, per-
n. a work mitted, allowed agreeable, pleasant ; loved, be-
^"JDTT anu-pra- i/stn, to scatter along or
>H^ellCH!I anu-brahmana, am,
;

loved ; concurred with, being of one opinion ; (am),

upon, Kaus. resembling a Brahmana, Pan. iv, a, 62
; (am), ind. n. consent, permission, approbation ; (e), loc. ind.
to start after an- according to the Brahmana, Lsty. with consent of. karma-karin, mfn. doing what
^TJJIfWt anu-pra- */stha, Anu-bralimanika [Cornm. on Laty.], as, or
oiher Caus. -sthapayati, to cause to follow, BhP. is allowed, acting according to an agreement.
:
anu-brttimanin [AsvSr. ; Vait.], i, m. a knower
Anu-prastha, mfn. latitudinal according to ;
of an anu-brahmana.
Anu-mati, is, f. assent, permission, approbation ;

width, following the breadth or latitude. personified as a goddess, RV.; AV. &c.; the fif-

cl. 2. P. -braviti, to pro- teenth day of the moon's age (on which it rises one
'Wg'|[anu-\/6rii,
Wfjuf^fl anu-pra-hita, mfn. (\/hi), sent
nounce, recite ; to utter ; to address, invite (with dat.), digit less than full, when
the gods or manes receive
after, Uttarar. SBr. &c. ; to repeat another's words, learn by heart oblations with favour) ; also personified as a goddess,

1HJH{J anu-pra- <Shri, to throw into the (by repeating another's words), R V. v, 44, 3 ; SBr. VP. ; oblation made to this goddess. pattra, n.
1

(in law) a deed expressing assent.

fire, TS.; SBr. &c. ,
to worship, BhP
Ann-manana, am, n. assenting, Nir.
Ann-praharana, am, n. throwing into the fire,
SBr. &c.
anu-i/bhd, to shine after another Anu-mantri, mm. consenting to, permitting,
(ace.), RV.
iii, 6, 7 ; Up.
TBr. &c.
cl. a. P. -prdniti, Anu-manyamana, mfn. minding, assenting.
xitjHKU anu-prdn ( t/an), to speak to, address
to breathe
1T%>*T^anu-\/bhdsh, ;
I. Anu-mana, as, m. 'permission, consent, TBr.;
after, TUp. to confess.
Kith.
rj
U i H_ anu-prap ( \/ap), to come or go up Anu-bhashana, am. See an-anubhdshana.
to accompany with
to, reach, attain ;
to arrive ;
to get ;
to get back ;
Anu-bhashitri, mfn. speaking to, saying, Ragh. ^Tgf?T anu-\/mantr,
to get by imitating. or consecrate by magic formulas to dismiss with a ;
anu-bhasa, as, m. a kind of crow.
Ann-prftpta, mm. arrived, returned ;
obtained ;
blessing.
anu-^/bhid, to split or break Ann-znantrana, am, n. consecration by hymns
having reached, having got
and prayers, mantra, m. a hymn used in con-
along, SBr.
^njl?m anu-prds (Vz.as), -prSsyati, to secrating.
Ann-bHittl, ind. along a mat, KstySr.
throw after, SBr., KstySr. Anu-mantrita, mfn. so consecrated.
3 the conse-
Ann-praga, as. m. alliteration, repetition of 'HJ^r ! anu-</bhuj, to suffer anu-marana. See anu-^/mri.
similar letters, syllables, and words, Kpr. &c. quence of one's actions ;
to enjoy successively, Kum. ;

to enjoy, participate to pass (an asterism), BhP.

; anu-maru, us, m. (used in the pi.)
anu-pre (\/) 2. P. -praiti, to
cl.
VJli Ann-bhoga, as, m. (in law) enjoyment, a grant a country next to a desert, R. iv, 43, 19.
follow, RV. &c. ; to follow in death, SBr. ; to seek of hereditary land in return foi service.
Intens. ami-
after, AV.; AitBr. ^TgHI i.anv-\/2.md, (impf.
WJiJ anu-Vbhii, to enclose, embrace,
med dnu) to roar or bleat towards, RV. 164, i, 28.
tl^WlSJ anu-prtksh ( v'tfoA), to follow with ChUp. ;
to be after, attain, equal, RV. &c. ; to be
the eyes. useful, to help ; SBr. ; SankliSr. ; to turn or incline
2. anu-v/3- md, to be behind in
 anu-ma. anu-ld. 37
measure, to be unable to equal, RV. to infer, con ;

elude, guess, conjecture Pass, -miyate, to be in:

anu-^/yat, A. -y at ate, to strive t Ann-rata, mfn. fond of, attached to.
ferred or supposed. attain to or to
reach, RV. ix, 92, 3.
Ann-rati, is, f. love, affection ; attachment
Ann-mil, inference, a conclusion from give
'
an u-i/l. answer to a cry or
3.
premises.
f.
TJ1^ anu-Vyam (3. pi. -yacchanti; Im el

to a sound.
3*.*l. ras, to
per. -yacchattt ; p. fern,
2. Ann-mSna, am, n. the act of -yacchamdnd) to direct
inferring o guide, give a direction to, RV. i, 113, 13; v 57, j
Ann-rasita, am, n. echo, Malatim. ; Uttarar.
a conclusion from ,
drawing given premises ; inference &v ', 75, 6 ; (perf. 3. pi. -yemuh, A. 3. du. -ytmdtt 1B
"^*.*f anu-rasa, as, m. (in poetry) a sub-
consideration, reflection
guess, conjecture one o to follow,
the means of obtaining true
; ;
RV. ordinate feeling or passion ;
a secondary flavour
knowledge (see pra (ai
A'nu-yata, mfn. followed (in hostile manner a little sweetness in a sour fruit, &c.), Susr. &c.
mono). khanda, n.or-cintamani, m.or-pra- RV -
v. 4'. 13-
kasa, m. works on anumdna. mani-dldhiti *<^*.5*i^ anu-rahcuam, ind. in secret,
f. a similar work written
by RaghunStha. Ann- i, ind. like barley, (gan apart, PJn. v, 4, 81.
mSnoktl, f. inferential argument, reasoning. parimukhadi, q.v.)
Ann-mapaka, mf(&i)n. causing an inference Tg^n^anu- -x/ra/, to be brilliant or shine in
I.
(as an effect). TrJUT anu-Vya, to go towards or after accordance with (said of
corresponding metres), RV.
follow to imitate, equal.
Anu-mita, mfh. inferred, conjectured. ;
<H
3.Ann-ya, mfn. following, VS. xv, 6. 3*J3*1, anu-ratram, ind. in the night,
Anu-miti, is, f. conclusion from given premises AitBr.
Ann-mlmSna, mm. p. A. concluding, inferring Anu-yata, mfn. following followed practised ; ;

Ann-mlyamana, mfh. Pass. p. being inferred. Ann-yatavya, mfn. to be followed. ^T^XTV anu- Jradh, to carry to an end ; to
Ann-meya, mfn. to be measured, AV. vi, 137, Ann-yatri, m. a follower, companion. finish with (gen.), TBr.
3 ; inferable, to be inferred, proved or conjectured. Ann-yatra, am, a, n. f. retinue, attendance tha ;
Anu-raddna, mfh. effected, accomplished ; ob-
which is
required for a journey. tained, BhP.
anu-madya. See anu-^mad. Ann-yatrika, mfh. Ann-radha, mm., see
following, attendant, Sak. anurddha; born under
Anu-yana, am, n.
going after, following. theasterism AnurSdha, Pan. iv, 3,
34 ; (as), m., N.
anu-mqsham., ind. h'ke a kidney
Ann-ySyin, mfn.going after; a follower, a of a Buddhist ;
(as), m. pi. and (a) [AV. &c.], f.
bean, (gana parimukhadi, q.v.)
dependant, attendant following, consequent upon. the seventeenth of ike
;
twenty-eight Nakshatras or
an -v/ 2. mid, -medyati, to become Anny5yi-tS, f. or -tva, n. succession. lunar mansions (a constellation described as a line
"3 *^<
of oblations).
fat after another, TBr. grfana, m. or -pnra, n. the ancient
anu-i/yuj, to join again, SBr.;
capital of Ceylon founded by the above-named Anu-
AitBr. to question, examine ; to order
'wgg^i anu-\/mud, to join in rejoicing, ;
;
to enjoin rSdha.
RV. Caus. -yojayati, to place
i, 14, &c. ; to sympathize with, to re-
viii, upon; to add, Kaus.
to allow with pleasure, express
Desid. -yuyukshati, to intend to
question, MBh. ,
onu-y'ric, Pass, -ricyate, to be
joice ;
approval, ap-
Ann-ynkta,mfn. ordered, enjoined ; asked, in- emptied after, TS.
plaud, permit : Caus. -modayati, to express approval,
quired ; examined, questioned be
permit. reprehended. ;
, 01.4. P. -rithyati, to
Ann-moda, as, m. a subsequent pleasure, the
Ann-yuktin, i, m. one who has enjoined, ex- injured after (ace.), ChUp.
feeling of pleasure from sympathy.
amined, (gana ishtadi, q.v.)
Ann-yngam, ind. anu-v/n", cl. 4. A. -riyate, to flow
Ann-modaka, mf(z&z)n. assenting, showing according to the Yugas or four
sympathetic joy. ages, Mn. i, 84. after, RV. i, 85, 3 ; (p. -nyamana) VS. x, 19.
Ann-modana, am, n. Ann-yoktri, td, m. an examiner, inquirer,teacher.
pleasing, causing pleasure, 1. anu-Vru, to imitate the cry or
applauding ; assent, acceptance ; sympathetic joy. Ann-yoga, as, m. a question, examination ;
cen- answer to the cry of (ace.)
Ann-modi ta, mfh. pleased, delighted, applauded ;
sure, reproof,NySyad. ; religious meditation, spiritual
Ann-rnta, mfn. resounding with, VarBrS.
union. krlt , m. an AcSrya or spiritual teacher.
agreeable, acceptable.
Ann-yogin, mfn. ifc. combining, uniting ; con- 2. an-uru, mt(us or r:)n. not great.
wgq^ anu-Vmuh, to feel distressed at, to nected with ;
questioning.
be troubled about or after another, MBh. anu-Vnie, Caus. P. -rocayati, to
i, 143. Ann-yojana, am, n. question, questioning.
choose, prefer, MBh.
Ann-yojya, mfn. to be examined or questioned,
^njJ anu-Vmri, to follow in death, TBr. to be enjoined or ordered
Sec.
In. ; ; censurable ;
a ser- anu-i/rwl, to lament, bewail.
vant, agent, delegate, Sak.
Ann-marana, am, death ; post- n. following in ' anu-\/rudh, to bar (as a way),
cremation or concremation of a widow; the -y,mfn.(\/ a. y),depending, de- VIBh. to surround, confine, overcome,
burning xiii, 1649 j^
of a widow with (her husband's
corpse or with part wndent, SBr. xi. 3hP. &c.; A. -rudhyati or ep. P. -rudhyati
cl. 4.
of his dress when his body it not on the
spot ; cf. 'a. sg.
-rudhyase, RV. viii, 43, 9, &c.), to adhere
saha-marana). "tJT^ onit-yiipam, ind. along the Yupa o, be fond of, love ; to coax, soothe, entreat.
>r sacrificial post,
Ann-marishyat, mfn. about to follow in death. (gana parimukhadi, q.v.) Ann-rnddAa, mfh. checked, opposed ; soothed,
Anu-niritS, the woman who burns with a part pacified ; (as), m., N. of a cousin of Sakyamuni.
xi
g<B^ ana- v/i raksh, to guard while fol-
f.
.

of her husband's dress. 2. Anu-rudh, mfn.

owing, SankhSr. ; to guard, take care of. adhering to, loving, VS. xxx,
I ; (cf.
anu-riidh.')
w^J'H anumrigya, mfh. (Vmrig), to be Ann-rakshana, am, n. the act of guarding.
Anu-rodha, as, m. obliging or fulfilling the
sought after, BhP. -dasu, mfn. granting all that '* r wishes (of any one);
3*-*3 anu-rajju, ind. along the rope, obligingness, compliance ; con-
is
sought. sideration, respect ; reference or bearing of a rule.
{JtySV.
f anti-vWi/, to rub lengthways for Ann-rddhana, am, n. obliging or fulfilling the
polishing or cleaning, AV. ; SBr. &c. Intens. part. : ^ anu-'/ranj, to become red in imi-
tation of ; to be attached or devoted
wishes of; means for
winning the affection of, AV.
Ann-rodhln, mfn. complying with, compliant,
Caus. P. -raH-
-mdrmrijdna, stretching (the arms) repeatedly to-
:

RV. ayati, to win, conciliate, ibliging, having respect or regard to. Anurodhi-
wards, x, 142, 5. gratify.
tS, f. the state of being so, Kathls.
Ann-rakta, mfn. fond of, attached, pleased be-
seize, RV.
;
13191. anu-yWt*, to grasp, oved. praja, mm. beloved by his subjects. lota, anu-v/ruA, P. to ascend, mount,
&c. to consider, think of, reflect : Caus. -marsa-
; a person to whom every one is attached.
i.
*V. x, 13, 3 : A. to grow, RV.
yati, to touch or take hold of for the sake of examin- Ann-rakti, is, f. affection, love, devotion. Ann-ruhS, f. a grass (Cyperas Pertenius).
ing, Kath.
Ann-ranjaka, mf(ika)n. attaching, conciliating. Ann-roha, as, m. mounting or growing up to,
Ann-mar sam, ind. so as to seize or take hold
Ann-ranjana, am, n. the act of attaching or MaitrS. ;PBr.
of, SBr. KatySr. onciliating affection, love
;
; pleasing.
T , mfn. following the form-,
'*^B ^ anit-Vmluc (only used for the Ann-ranjita, mfh. conciliated, delighted.
onformable, corresponding, like, fit, suitable;
etymol. of anu-ml6canK Ann-rSga, as, m. attachment, affection, love,
below), to rise from the dapted to, according to ; (as), m. the Antistrophe
assion ; red colour, Sis. ix, 8, &c.
resting-place (?), SBr. yat, mfh. af- which has the same metre as the Stotriya or
ectionate, attached, in love with; red, Sis.
ix,lo,&c. Strophe ;
Ann-ml6cantl [VS.] or ann-mlocS [Hariv.], he second of three verses recited
nnrgngita, n. gesture expressive of passion. together (am), ;

f., N. of an Apsaras. .
conformity, suitability ; (am, tna), ind. ifc. con-
Ann-rftgln, mfh. impassioned, attached caus- ;
ormably, according, -ceshta, mfh. endeavouring
'* l
g <i'J*J >
anu-yajus, ind. according to the ng love (MB), f. personification of a musical note.
;
o act becomingly. ta, ind. conformably.
Yajus-formula, KatySr. innragi-tS, f. the state of being in love with.
Ann-ySga, as, m. a subsequent or after-sacrifice, anu-reeati, f., N. of a plant.
Pan. ^TJJU0I anu-ranana, am, n. sounding eon-
vii, 3, 62, Sch.
rmably to, echoing, Sah. ,
ind.p.conformingto.
Ann-y5ja, as, m. a secondary or final sacrifice,
RV. x, 5 1, 8&9andl8a, t; SBr. &c. -pragava,
fl^t.'q anu-ratfia, as, m., N. of a son of w$(*'*lanu-lagna,mfn. attached to; fol-
m. permission perform an Anuyaja, KatySr.
to Curuvatsa and father of Puruhotra, VP. ; (am), md. owed ;
intent on,
pursuing after.
pr&Bha, as, m. pi. the formulas belonging to the >ehind the carriage, Pan. ii, i, 6, Sch. to grasp or take hold
Anuyaja, KatySr. vat (anuydjd-), mfn. having a path along the margin of a
wqrtlan- \/labh,
Ann-rathyS, f.
(from behind), SBr. ; Kstyr. Desid. -lipsate,
:
secondary sacrifices, MaitrS. AitBr. Annyajann- ;
oad, side road, R. ii, 6, 1 7. intend to grasp, ib.
mantrana, n. reciting those formulas, KatySr.
Anuyajartha, mm, belonging to or used at an arm- i/ram, P. -ramati, to cease to g<3T ana/o, f., N. of a female Arhat or
Anuyaja, KatySr. ;o or continue, stop, SankhSr. A, to be fond of : uddhist saint ;
also of a queen of Ceylon.
 38 anu-ldpa. anu-vi-shic.

nnu-lapa, as, m. ( v'/op), repetition Anukta, &c. See s.v., p. 42. anii-rt-v'i. kri, to shape after,
of what has been m. the fourth SBr.
said, tautology.
w^rtt*. anu-vatsard, as,
anu-lasa or -lasya, as, m. a pea- year in the Vedic cycle of five years, TBr. &c. a anu-vi-\/l. kri, to bestrew, SBr.;
i^Jrtl*f ;

cock. year, L. (am), ind. every year, yearly.

;
to scatter separately, ApSr.
Annvatsarf^a [TBr. &c.] or annvatsariya
VJjfW^ anu
~ P- t anoint, besmear A to step or walk
*/tip> ;
[MinSr.], mfn. referring to the anuvatsard. ^TJJrVai*^ anu-vi- \fkram, .

A. to anoint one's self after Caus. -lepa-

after, follow, AV. &c.
:
(bathing)
yaii, to cause to be anointed. "'JJ^? anu-^/vad, P. (with ace.) to repeat
Ann-lipta, mfn. smeared, anointed. Annlip- the words of; to imitate (in speaking) to resound ; ^Tjra^ anu-vi- </ car, to walk or pass
;

tanga, mfn. having the limbs anointed. to repeat, insist upon

(according to Pan. i, 3, 40, ; through, RV. vi, 28, 4 to walk up to, RV. viii,
;

Anu-lepa, as, m. unction, anointing, bedaubing. also A. if without object or followed by a Gen.) 3', 19-
Anu-lepaka, mfn. Pass, (andtfyate) to be expressed
anointing the body with un- correspondingly ;
nntiJita **3 fa^c! anu-vi- \/cal, to follow in chang-
guents, L. ; (gana mahishy-ddi, q. v.)
(ikd}, f. cf. s. v.

Anu-v&da, m. saying after or again, repeat- ing place, AV.

Ann-lepana, am, n. anointing the body ; un- as,

guent so used ; oily or emollient application. ing by way of explanation, explanatory repetition or WgfVfa'Sfr anu-p-v/ct)i/,torecal to mind,
reiteration with corroboration or illustration, explana- Bnddh. to meditate upon, ib.
anu-\/ti, to disappear after, BhP. ;

tory reference to anything already said ; translation ;

anu -VI"bh, Caus. -lobhayati, to a passage of the Brahmanas which explains or illus- 'w^fin^ anu-vi- V tan, to extend all
along
trates a rule (vidhi) previously propounded (such a or all over, SBr.
long for, desire, R.
passage is sometimes called anuvdiia-vacana) ; con-
^Tgf^[ i.a-v/i.rtd,cl.
'
3. P., Ved.-t>ei,
^I'JJrTW anu-loma, mf(a)n. with the hair firmation, Nir. ; slander, reviling, L.
know
or grain' (opposed \oprati-loma, q.v.), in a natural Anu-vadaka or anu-vadln, mfn. repeating to thoroughly, RV. &c.
direction, in order, regular, successive ; conformable ; with comment and explanation, corroborative, con- /
^Tgf^[ 2.ana- v 3. vid, cl. 6. P. A. -m'n-
(a), f. a woman of a lower caste than that of the current, conformable, in harmony with ; (the mascu- dati, te, to find, obtain, discover, RV. &c. to
man's with whom she is connected, Yajn. ; (as), m. line of the last is also the name of any one of the MBh. ; to deem, Git.
;

many,
'descendants of an anulomi,' mixed castes, (gana three notes of the gamut.)
Ann-vitta, mm. found, obtained, at hand, SBr.
upakadi, q.v.); (dm), ind. in regular order, SBr. Anu-vadita, mfn. translated. xiv, &c.
&c. -kalpa, m. the thirty-fourth of the Atharva- Anu-vadya, mfn. to be explained by an anuvada, A'un-vlttl, is, f.
finding, SBr.
parisishtas. krighta, mm. ploughed in the to be made the subject of one ; (am), n. the subject
Anu-vidvas, mm. AV.
perf. p. having found,
regular direction (with the grain). ja, mfn. off- of a predicate. tva, n. the state of requiring to be
spring of a mother inferior in caste to the father explained by an anuvada. ^T^frvrr anu-vi- ^dha, to assign to in
MQrdhSvasikta of a Brahman Anudita. See s. v. order to regulate, lay down a rule : Pass,
[Mn. ; Yajii.], (as the ; -dhtyate,
father and KshatriyJ mother, and so on with the to be trained to follow rules ; to yield or conform
ind. along side of a
Ambashtha NishJda or Parasava, Mshishya, Ugra, wtjql^ anu-vanam, to (gen.)
married in regular grada- wood, Kir.; Pan. 15.) Anu-vidhatavya, mfn. to be performed accord-
Karana.) -parinltS, f. (cf. ii, i,

tion. Anulomaya, mm. having fortune favour- ing to an order.

who ijq<, anu-\/2. nap, P. to scatter over, Ann-vidllana, am,
able. Annlomartha, mfn. one holds favour-
Nir. A. to scatter as dust, AV. : Pass, dnu
n. acting conformably to
able views on any question.
; ufydle, order, obedience.
to be scattered as dust, RV. 176, 2.
Anu-lomana, am, n. due regulation, sending or
i,
Anu-vidhayin, mm. conforming to, compliant ;

putting in the right direction, Susr.; carrying off to mention, describe, imitating, Sis. vi, 23.
^nj^^anu-vW-n,
by the right channels, purging, Susr. recount to praise.
dhav, to flow or run
Anu-lomaya, Nom. P. anu-lomayati, to stroke
;
^njNvt^ ana-Pt-v'l.
or rub with the hair, Pan. iii, 1,35, Sch. ; to send in -t)ar<ana, &c. See anu-\/vrit. along (ace. or loc.), Kath. ; KafhUp. ; to flow through,
RV. viii, 17, 5.
the right direction or so as to carry off by the
right anu-vasa, as, m. obedience to the
channels, Susr. will of; (mfn.), obedient to the will of.
w^fqie; anu-pi- \/arf, Caus. P. -ndda-
yati, to make resonant or musical.
w*j<^.'l an-ulband, mf(o)n. not excessive, a -"a*a?-*r (Vi.fcn), -karoti
not prominent, keeping the regular measure, RV. &c. "3 <|l*$ "jf' '*'l anu-vi- \/nard,
!
to answer with
(Pot. -kurydf} to make a secondary exclamation of Hariv.
roars,
wg^l anu-vansa, as, m. a genealogical vashat, SBr. ; AitBr. ; KaushBr. ; SsnkhSr.
list or table
; collateral branch of a family, Hariv. ;
Anu-vashatkara, as, m. or -vashatkrlta, ^I'jhi'l^ anu-ci-v/2. nas, to disappear,
(am), ind. according to race or family ; (mf(a)n.), with another (ace.), AV. &c.
perish, vanish after or
am, n. a secondary exclamation of vashat,
of a corresponding family, of equal birth. Anu-vi-nasa, as, m. perishing after.
Anuvansya, mm. relating to a genealogical list. ^J^^ i. anu-\/4. vas, to clothe, cover,
wtjNHiJ^ anu-vi-nih- -v/m.to go or come
RV. vi, 75, 18 ;AV. &c.
anu-vakra, mfn. somewhat crooked out in order, MarkP.
Ann-vasita, mfn. dressed up, wrapped.
or oblique. tja, mfn. having a somewhat oblique
an- wgr=t^ anu-vinda, as, m., N. of a king
course (as a planet, &c.), SuSr. ^Irj<^ 2.an-\/5. pas, to settle after
of Oujein.
other (ace.) ; to dwell near to ; to inhabit along with :
w 3 fWTJ(anu-vi- */pas, -v(-pasyati,to\oo\i
1

wq^ ^ anu-\/vac, to recite the formulas

Caus.-vdsa}>att,to leave(the calf)with(the cow),TBr.
inviting to the sacrificial ceremony ; to repeat, re- Ann-vasin, mm. residing, resident. at, view, SBr. ; PBr.
iterate, recite ; to communicate ; to study : Caus.
-vdcayaii, to cause to recite the inviting formulas, w^j^i|
ana- \/vah, to convey or carry along; ^T^fV>J antt-ei-v'iAu, to equal, correspond
i

to cause to invite for some sacrificial act,

KatySr. to take after, Comm. on Mn. iii, 7. to; SBr.
Anu-vaktavya, mfn. to be repeated, SBr. Anu-vaha, as, m. 'bearing after,' one of the M-ri-v/mris, to consider, Das.
Anu-vaktri, mfn. speaking after ; replying. seven tongues of fire.

Ann-vacana, am, n. speaking after, repetition, l an-p- i/raj, to be bright after

I. anu-i/va, el. 2. P. -vati, to blow
reciting, reading ; lecture ; a chapter, a section ;
or along, RV. v, 81, 2.
recitation of certain texts in upon, blow along or after, RV. &c.
conformity with injunc-
tions (pr&sha) spoken by other Ann-va, f. blowing after, TS. ; (cf. anva.)
2. ^njrirtl anu-vi- ^/U, to dissolve (as salt
priests.
Ann-vate, ind. with the wind blowing in the in water), SBr. xiv.
Ann-vacaniya, mfn. referring to the anuva-
same direction, to windward, Mn. ii, 203.
cana, (gana anupravacan&di, q.v.) WJ%3T anu-vi- V"d, to blow while passing
Anu-vaka, as, m. saying after, reciting, repeat- anu-vakd. See anu-\/vac. through, TBr.
ing, reading a chapter of the Vedas, a subdivision
;

or section. sankhyS,
f. the fourth of the
eigh-
anu-varam, ind. time after time. ^TrjfVfVsf anu-vi- -/vis, to settle along
TS.
separately,
teen Parisishtas of the Yajur-veda. AnnvSka- nif- -/pas, to roar in reply to (ace.),
nukramani, f. a work referring to the Rig-veda, 'Wjf'$r^ aa-tn- -</vnt, to run along, RV.
VarBrS.
attributed to Saunaka.
103, 2 Caus. A. -varlayate, to follow hastily,
viii, :

Aun-vakya, mm. to be recited,

TBr. ; to be re- W^J^TH anu-\/vas, to perfume. AV.
peated, reiterated, ; (a), Gobh.
the verse to be f. Ann-vSsa, as, m. perfuming (especially the
recited by the Hotri or MaitrSvaruna priest, in which clothes); an oily enema; administering oily enemata. jfV^anu- /'*, to enter after; to enter;
the god is invoked to partake of the Anu-vSsana, am, n. id. to follow.
offering in-
tended for him, SBr. Anuv&kya-vat Anu-vasita, mfn scented, perfumed, fumigated; Anu-vesa, as, m. or -vesana, am, n. entering
[SBr.] or
anuvSkya-vat [ASvSr.], mfh. furnished or accom- prepared or administered as an enema. after, following.
panied with an AnuvSkyl. Anu-vasya or -vSsaniya, mfn. to be scented anu-visva, as, m. N. of a
pi.,
Ann- vac, = anu-vdkyh, SBr. AitBr.
k, {. or fumigated ; requiring an enema.
;
people in the north-east, VarBfS.
Anu-vacana, am, n. the act of causing the Hotri anu-vi-i/kas, to blow, expand,
to recite the passages of the nnn-ri-shanna, mfn. ( Vsad),
Rig-veda in obedience as a flower.
to the injunction (f>rd\sha) of the fixed upon, ChUp.
Adhvaryu priest,
KstySr. praisha, m. an injunction to recite as TT5(an-tn'- \/kas, Tntens. -cakasiti, anu-vi-shic (^sic), to pour in
above, KitySr. to penetrate with one's vision, AV. addition to (ace.), AV.
 anu-vishtambha. anu-shanga. 39
inW anu-vishtambha, as, m. the being anu- vvyadh, cl. 4. P. -vidhyati, to Anu-sasana, am, n. instruction, direction, com-
impeded in consequence of, Nir. strike afterwards,
Mn.; to penetrate, pierce through, mand, precept, RV.x, 32, 7,&c. para, mfn. obe-
wound. dient.
^njfTBT anu-vi-sh{ha (Vstha), to extend Auu-viddlia, mfn. pierced, penetrated inter- ;
Anu-sasauiya or -cSsya, mfn. to be instructed.
over, RV. Sec.
mixed, full of, in set (as a Anu-s&sita, mfn. directed defined by rule.
abounding ; jewel). ;

Anu-vedha or m. piercing Anu-sasitri, mfn. governing, instructing, Bhag.

m-Bwintt, ind. after Vishnu. ann-vyadha, as, ;

obstructing ; blending, intermixture.

Anu-sasin, mfn. punishing, Vikr.
t! anu-vi-shyand (-/syand), to Anu-sishta, mfn. taught, revealed; adjudged,
flow over or along or upon, SBr.
"3^^ anu-vyam, ind. (\/vi), behind, done conformably to law.
after, inferior to, SBr. ;
PBr. Anu-sishti, is, f. instruction,
teaching, ordering.
anu-vi-^/sri, to extend or stream Anu-sishya, ind. part, having ruled or ordered.
TBr.
TIJ^r^nT anu-vy-ava-\/i.ga, 01.3. P. -ji-
over, See anu- \/sak.
gdti, to come between in succession to another, SBr. F anu-siksh, &c.
anu-vi- Vsrij, to shoot at or
*njf^JT anu-vy-ava-\/so, to perceive. anu-sikha, as, m., N. of a Naga
towards ;
to send along (ace.), RV. v, 53, 6. or snake priest, PBr.
anu-vy-avi (Vt), cl. 2. P. -avaiti,
mfn. (*/stri), 'ex-
^Hjf'SreTTT anu-vistrita, to follow in
intervening or coming between, SBr. anu-sivam, ind. after Siva.
tended, spread out,' large, roomy, R.
mfn. one who is
. ^J c
M?ia-cy-v'i.B, to overtake, reach,
dnu-sisM, us, {. followed by its
''H^r^HHrl anu-vismita, SBr.
a foal, &c.), SBr.
astonished after another, R. young (as by ; KatySr.

anu-vi- \/srans, Caus. -srasa- ^HJT?TT anu-vy-a-\/khya, to explain A. to sleep

^jfTO^ further, ShadvBr.
ChUp. ;
^^J$rt ana-v/i. si, cl. 2. -sete,

yati, to separate, loose,

SBr. with, along or close, adhere closely to.
lie
Ami-vyakhyana, am, n. that portion of a BrSh-
mana which Anu-saya, as, m. close connection as with a
to interrupt, de- explains or illustrates difficult Sutras,
'WJjfa^'^ anu-vi- t/han, texts or obscure consequence, close attachment to any object ; (in
MBh. statements occurring in another
range, phil.) the consequence or result of an act (which
portion, SBr. xiv.
clings to it and causes the soul after enjoying the
1

anu-vi (-v/t), cl. 2. P. -vyeti, to fol-

^frj^ 4
*^J Mi*<4T anu-vy-a-\/stha, Caus. -stha- temporary freedom from transmigration toenterother
low or join in going off or separating, VS. ; SBr. ;
payati, to send away in different directions, TBr. bodies) repentance, regret
; hatred ; ancient or in-
;
to extend along, TBr. tense enmity ; (f), f. a disease of the feet, a boil or
to ^ti^^i^ anu-vy-a-i/hri, to utter in order abscess on the upper part; a boil on the head.
WcJ^TS^ anu-viksh (v'lksh), survey, or repeatedly, MaitrUp. ; to curse, SBr. &c.
vat, mfn. = anu-sayin.
examine.
Anu-vyaharana, am, n. repeated utterance, R. Anu-sayana, mfn. repenting, regretting; (a),
tj,
to fan. Ann-vyahara, as, m. cursing, execration, KatySr. f. a heroine or female character who regrets the loss
Anu-vyanarin, mfn. execrating, cursing, SBr. of her lover (in dramas).
anu-\/vri, to cover, KaushBr. &c.;
to surround Caus. A. -vdrayate, to hinder, prevent. " TJ^"^- an -py-uc--v/ car, to follow in Anu-sayitavya, mfn. to be regretted.
Anu-sayin, mfn. having the consequence of an
:

going forth, SBr. connected as with a consequence

A. to go after; to fol- act,
^Tj<|i^anu- Vvrit, ; devotedly
low, pursue ; to follow from a previous rule, be sup- "J^J^ anu-vySi. uh, to move apart
attached to, faithful ; repentant, penitent, regretful,
sorry for
plied from a previous sentence to attend ;
to obey, PBr. to distribute, SBr. ; hating deeply.
; after, ;

respect, imitate ; to resemble ; to assent ; to expect : Anu-sayin, mfn. lying or extending along, Nir.
Caus. P. -vartayati, to roll after or forward to ^erg^lT anu-\/vraj, to go along, AsvSr. ;
;

to follow (especially a departing guest, as a mark of TJj^TTcST anu-silaya, Nom. P. -sitayati,

follow up, carry out ; to supply.
to obey, do homage.
to visit seriatim to practise in imitation of, BhP.
Ann-vartana, am, n. obliging, serving or grati- respect) ; ;

fying another ; compliance, obedience ; following, Ann-vrajana, am, n. following as above, Heat. Anu-silana, am, n. constant practice or study
attending ; concurring ; consequence, result ; con- Ami-vrajya, mfn. to be followed (as by the (of a science, &c.), repeated and devoted service.
tinuance supplying from a previous rule.
;
relatives of a dead person to the cemetery), Yajn. Anu-siUta, mfn. studied carefully, attended to.
Anu-vartaniya, mfn. to be followed ; to be iii, I. T to mourn over, re-
supplied from a previous rule, Anu-vrajya, f. = anu-vrajana, Mn. &c. "^J9J 1 anu-^/i. sue,
gret, bewail Caus. P. -iocayati, to mourn over.
Ann-vartin, mm. following, compliant, obe-
:

w^sjn dnu-vrata, mfn. devoted to, faith- Ann-soka, as, m. sorrow, repentance, regret, L.
Anuvarti-tva, n. the state of
dient, resembling. ful to, ardently attached to (with gen. or ace.) Ann-socaka, mfn. grieving, one who repents;
being so.
occasioning repentance.
A'nu-vartman, mfn. following attending, AV. Ttq^i*^ anu-Vsans, to recite or praise after
&c. walked by another, Anu-socana, am, n. sorrow, repentance.
; (a), n. a path previously another, TS.&c.; (Ved. Inf. (dat.) anu-sdse) to join
BhP.
Anu-socita, mfn. regretted, repented of.
in praising, RV. v, 50, 1. Anu-socin, mfn. regretful, sorrowful,
Anu-vrit, mfn. walking after, following, MaitrS. ;

^lj^T< anu-\/sak, to be able

to imitate an "-v sush, to dry up gradually,
PBr.
or come up with, RV. x, 43, 5 Desid. Caus. P.
^^J^,
Anu-vritta, mfn. following, obeying, comply- :
SBr. xiv, &c. ;
to become emaciated by gradual
ing; rounded off ; (am), n. obedience, conformity, -sikshayati, to teach, instruct. practice of religious austerity, Kaus. ;
to languish
compliance. Ann-slksnin, mfn. exercising one's self in, after another.
Anu-vrittl, practising, Das. &c.
f.
is, following, acting suitably to,
anu-sobhin, mfn. shining.
having regard or respect to, complying with, the act mfn. accompanied
of continuance ; (in Panini's Gr.) continued course ^nj^ffil^r anu-satika, cl. 6. P. -srinthati, to
with or bought for a hundred. Annsatikadi, a anu-i/srath,
or influence of a preceding rule on what follows;
TS. Caus. P. (aor. Subj. i.
gana of Pan. (vii, 3, 20) containing the compounds untie, -SisrathaK)
:
sg.
imitating, doing or acting
in like
reverting to ;
the derivatives of which have Vriddhi in both parts, to frighten [BR.; 'to abolish,' Say.], RV. iv, 33, 23 :
manner. A. -srathayate, to annihilate or soften the effect of,
as anusatika, &c.
A, t.o grow, increase RV. v, 59, I.
anu-*/sap, to curse, MBh.
to rain or along, WTJ-SJ anu-i/sru,
cl. 5. P. -srinoti, to hear
h, upon anu-sabdita, mfn verbally com-
It
repeatedly (especially what is handed down in the
.

AV. ;
TS.
municated ; spoken of. Veda) Desid. A. -susrushate, to obey.
:

ind. along the ground Ann-sabdya, ind. p. having communicated,

^PJ^fif anu-vedi, Anu-srava, as, m., Vedic tradition (acquired by
prepared for sacrifice, KatySr. Anu-vedy-antam, Hariv. repeated hearing), L.
ind. along the edge of the sacrificial ground, SBr. to become calm after Ann- sruta, mfn handed down by Vedic tradition.
'flJ5l*^ anu-^/sam,
.

; anu-Vven, to allure, entice, RV. or in consequence of, BhP. anu- \/svas, to breathe continually.

anu-velam, ind. now and then. anu-saya, &c. See onu-v/i.ii. inu-shac ( </sac), to adhere to, keep
[

! anu-sara, as, m. (v/m), N. of a at the" side of, RV. &c.

anu-vellita, am, n. ( VWW),
Rakshasa.
WJWl^ anu-shanj cl. I. A. or
bandaging, securing with bandages (in surgery)
a ;
(-/safij),
Pass, -shajjate, -shajyate, to cling to, adhere, be at-
kind of bandage applied to the extremities, Susr. ;
bent under.
"^51^ anu-sastra, am, n.used
any subsidiary
tached to.
(mfn.), bent in conformity with, weapon or instrument, anything in of a
place
a finger-nail), Suir. Anu-shak or ann-shat, ind. in continuous
regular surgical instrument (as
W^N^ anu-\/vesht, to be fixed to, cling one
order, after the other, (gana svar-ddi, q. v.) ; cf.
anu- v/sos, to rule, govern to
to, Kath. : Caus. P. -veshtayati, to wind round, 'SnjSIT^ ;
dnushdk.
order ; to teach, direct, advise, address to punish,
Ann-shakta, mfn.
cover. ;
closely connected with, sup-
chastise, correct. plied from something preceding.
I
anuvaineya, N. of a country. Ann-sasaka, mm. one who governs, instructs, Ann-shang-a, as, m. close adherence, connec-
directs or punishes.
anu-vyanjana, am, n. a secon- tion, association, conjunction, coalition, commixture;

or token, Buddh. Ann-asat,mfn. showing (the way),P V. 1 connection of word with word, or effect with cause ;
dary mark i, 39,4.
 40 anu-shaAgika. anu-samprdpta.
necessary conseqnence, the connection of a subse- accomplished ;
to be observed ;
to be proved or es- anu-sam- ^/car, to walk along
quent with a previous act (in the DhStupatha) the ; tablished.
side, to follow, jointo visit ; to pursue, seek after ;
;
nasals connected with certain roots ending in con- Ann-shthya. See anu-shthi. to penetrate, traverse, cross ; to become assimilated :
sonants (as in trimpK) ; tenderness, compassion, L Caus. P. -carayati, to join, become identified or as-
Ann-Bhangika, mfn. consequent, following as f<*JU!l an-ushtia, mf(d)n. not hot, cold;
similated with.
a necessary result connected with, adhering to, in- apathetic ; lazy, L. ; (am), n. the blue lotus, Nym-
;

phtea Caerulea ; (a), f., N. of a river. gTi, m. 'hav- Auu-Mun-cara, mfn. following or accompany-
herent, concomitant.
ing cold rays,' the moon.
vallika, f. the plant Nila- ing (with ace.), TBr.
Ann-ihanffln, mfn. addicted or attached to, con-
AnnahnaBita, mfn. neither hot nor cold. wg
nected with, or 'common, prevailing," Mn. vii, 53.
Ann-Bhanjana, am, n. connection with whai
diirb.'i.

An-nBhnaka, mfn. not hot, cold ; chilly, &c.

fa ^ anu-sam- Vct'it, to meditate.
follows, concord grammatical relation. (\/syand), Ved. Inf. ^qtJia^. anu-sam- \fjvar, to feel distressed
;
^^J*TT anu-shyand after (another),
Anu-BhanJaniya, mm. to be connected, supplied -shyade [RV. 13, 2] and Caus. -syandayddhyai
ii,
BfArUp. (anu-sam-car, SBr. xiv) ;
to be troubled, become envious.
as or am, m. or N [RV. iv, 22, 7], to run along: -syandatt -shyan- &
TI*J^S anusHanda, n.,
date with a differentiation in meaning like that in n an "-sam-\/tan, to overspread,
of a place or country, (gana kacchadi, q. v.)
"T}*' *\
abhi-shyand, q. v., Pin. viii, 3, 72. diffuse, extend everywhere to join on, continue.
;

Tl-jifM anu-shatyd, mfn. being

conform- Anu-shyanda, as, m. a hind-wheel, SBr. Ann-BttJn-tati, is, f. continuation, MaitrS.
able to truth (satya), RV. iii, 26, I.
WJKV^ anu-sHvadhdm (fr. sva-dhii), ind. T^TTT anu-sam- \/tri, to carry to the end,

i^fa^ anu-shic (</sic), Ved. to pour according to one*s will, voluntary, RV. go on (in spinning), AV. vi, 123, I ; AsvSr.
upon or into to drip upon.
WJ=IIM*^ anu-shvapam, ind.
"3*^^ anu-sam- y'doA, to burn
;

Anu-chikta, mfn. dripped upon, TS. up along

continuing to sleep, RV. viii, 97, 3.
Anu-Bheka, as, m. or -ahecaua, am, n. re-
the whole length, AV.
watering or sprinkling over again, L. Wjppu anu-sam-\/yd, to go up and down '"y f<;^ anu-sam- -J'dis, to assign, to
(as guards) ;
to go to or towards. make over.
V^f^^anu-shidh ( ,/sidh), Intens. (p. -sf-
anu-samrakta, mfn. attached or
thidhaf) to bring back along the path, RV. i, 73, 15.
3*l<,!fli
devoted to.
" ^J** ?*^ anu-sam- \/rfrs (ind. p. -rfrtsyo)
mfn. to consider successively, MBh.
TrJ?at anu-shtabdha, ( Vstambh),
^enpJTHanu-sar/j-v'raSA,
A. to catch hold xii, 12024.
(used for an etymology) raised, KaushBr. RV. x, 103, 6 to catch hold of mutually, AV. ^njlTVT anu-sam-Vdhd, to explore, ascer-
of, ;

to calm, compose, set

t^J5 anu-shtu ( Vstu), to praise, RV. anu-samvatsaram, ind. year
tain, inspect, plan, arrange ;

in order ; to aim at.

Ann-Bhtnti, is, (. praise, RV. after year.
Ann-Mundh&tavya, mm. to be explored, to be
T^^H. i. anu-shtubh (\/siubh), to praise
iHrj^iqi
anu-sam- */vah, to draw or run investigated, to be looked after, &c.
Ann-samdhana, am, n. investigation, inquiry,
after, to follow in praising, Nir. by the side of, AV. ; to convey along, TBr.
Ann-shtubh,/ (nom. "shttik, TS.), f. follow-
a. searching into, close inspection, setting in order, ai-
to blow towards
ing in praise or invocation ; a kind of metre con- wrjtjqi anu-sam-i/2. vd, ranging, planning ; aiming at ; plan, scheme, con-
in order, TBr. gruous or suitable connection ; (in the Vaiseshika
sisting of four Pldas or quarter-verses of eight
syllables each (according to the DaivBr., quoted in visit suc- phil.) the fourth step in a syllogism (i. e. the appli-
WrjH f<4<!^. anu-Sam-vi-\/car, to cation).
Nir. vii, I], so called because it anushtobhati, i.e. make the round of, MBh.
cessively,
follows with its praise the Giyatri, which consists of Anu-sanidhinin, mm. investigating, searching,
three Pidas), RV. x, 1 30, 4, &c. ; (in later metrical w^tff^[ anu-sam-^/i.md, to know to- skilful at concerting or carrying out schemes.
systems, the Anushtubh constitutes a whole class of gether with, or in consequence of (something else), Anu-samdhayin, mm. id.

metres, consisting of four times eight syllables) ;

AV. x, 7, 17 & 26. Anu-sanidheya,mfn. to be investigated, worthy
hence the number eight ; speech, Sarasvati, L. of inquiry or scrutiny, &c.
tl to retire for sleep
Jt| fmS!(anu-sam->/vis,
;

(mm.), praising, RV. x, 1 24, 9. Anmhtup-kar- after, AV. ;

TBr. &c. 'W^IIr'flJ^ anu-sandhyam, ind. evening
mina, mfn. being performed with an anushtubh after evening, every twilight.
^T^ff^tn anu-sam-vita, mfn. \/vye),
verse, SBr. Annshtup-cnandai, mfn. having (
See anu-sam- \/i.
anushtubh for metre, MaitrS. Anushtnp-iiras wrapped up, covered, MBh. anu-samaya.
or -sirshan [AitBr.], mfn. having an anushtubh anu-sam- v/ 1. to overtake,
verse at the head. Annshtub-garblia, f. a metre W^T9"S^ ana-saw- -Jura.}, to go after, fol- as,

low, AsvSr. &c. reach, SBr.

(like that in RV. i, 187, i) of the class Ushnih,
RPrSt.
wqj anu-sam-i/sri, Caus. P. -sarayati, 3*m anu-sam- 1/3. as, -sdm-asyati, to
add further, SBr.
Ann-shtobhana, am, n. praising after, DaivBr. on
to cause to follow, to pass or MBh. go before,

wqg an-ush(ra, as,

bad camel.
m. no camel, i.e. a w jtj *i\anu-sam~ Vsrip, to creep or crawl
accomplish,
^ anu-sam-d-\/car, to carry out,
BhP.
after, SBr. ; TBr.
Ann-sam-Barpam, qtf1lin anu-sam-d- \/dhd, to calm, com-
ind. creeping after, KJtySr.
"3i anu-sh(kd (\/sthd), to stand near or
by ; to follow out ; to carry out, attend to ; to per-
(^*j? anu-sam-$fishta, mfn. joined to pose.

TjfjMl^ anu-sam- Vdp, Caus. P. to com-

form, do, practise ; to govern, rule, superintend ; to BhP.
(instr.X
appoint Pass, -shthlyate, to be done ; to be fol-
:
plete or accomplish further or subsequently, KitySr.
lowed out Desid. -tishthasati, to be desirous of
:
anu-sam-i/stka, P. to follow (a
road), BhP. A. to become finished after, SBr. ; Ann-samSpana, am, n. regular completion,
doing, &c.
:

AitBr. Caus. P. -ithapayati, to encourage, R. KitySr.

Anu-tiahthamfina, mfn. following out, carry-
:

ing out, performing, attending to.

Ann-sam-Bthita, mfn. following; dead or de- T anu-sam-d- \/rabh, A. to place
ceased after (another), Ragh. one's self in order after, cling to (ace.), TS. j TBr. :
Anu-ahtha, mfn. standing after, i.e. in suc-
cession, RV. i, 54, 10. anu-sam- \/spris, Caus to cause Caus. A. (impf. -Srambhayata~) to cause to cling
Ann-shtkStavya, mfn. to be accomplished. to touch Br.
to oqe's self (loc.), TS.
after,
Arm-shthStri, ta, m. the undertaker of any anu-sam-d- i/ruh, to rise after,
work, AV. &c. w^jtli anu-sam- i/smri, to remember, to TBr.
Ann-Bhth&na, atx, n. carrying out, undertak- long for (the dead or absent).
ing ; doing, performance ; religious practice ; acting
T^J'T +*(<: anit-sam-t/syand, Intens. (p.
w^*ii^ anu-sam-d- Vhri, to join or bring
in conformity to ; (), f. performance, action, Kaus. n order again, ChUp.
nom. m. dnu sam-sanishyadaf) to run after, VS. ix,
krama, m. the order of performing religious
ceremonies. iarlra, n. (in Sinkhya phil.) the 14; (f. Pan. vii, 4, 65.) ^Hprftl anu-sam-\/i, el. 3. P. -eh', to visit
body which is intermediate between the lihga- or w cj^if^rl^ anu-samhltam, ind. according conjointly or successively to join in following or
;

sukshma- and the sthula-iartra (generally called :o the Samhiti text, RPrJt. jeing guided by ; to join, become assimilated with.
the adhishthana-sartra, q. v.) nuaraka, Ann-Camay*, as, m. regular connection (as of
anu-sam- i/hri, to drag (the foot),
tai(ika)n. reminding of religious ceremonies. w-jtl^ words), NySyad. &c.
CauJ. to compress, reduce a subject, Lsty.
Ann-BhthSpaka, mf(//fei)n. causing to perform. ;
anu-sam- Viksh, to keep in view,
Anu-ghthapana, am, n. the causing to perform (jW^r'5 anu-sam- v/z. kal, to drive or lave in view, SBr.
an act.
convey along or after, AsvGr.
Ann-shthjyln, mfn. doing, performing an act. anu-samudram, ind. along the
Anu-shthi, is, (. 'being near, present, at hand,' js3<*^ anu-sam- */kram, to walk or go sea, Pan. iv, 3, lo.
only anu-shthya, ind. immediately, SBr. &c.
inst. up to, to reach, AV.
anu-sam-pra- , to go to-
Ann-Bhthita, mfn. done, practised ; effected,
^JHJWI anu-sam- \/khy a, Cans. P.-khya- wards, AV. xi, i, 36.
executed, accomplished ; followed, observed ; done
payati, to cause to observe, show, SBr.
conformably.
*
3*M \\anu-sam-prap (\/dp), to arrive,
Ann-Bb.thuor-Bhtlmya,present]y,immediately. 31[^ anu-sam- \/grah,to oblige, favour ;
each, get.
Anu-htlieya, mfn. to be effected, done or o salute by laying hold of the feet. Anu-samprilpta, mfn. arrived, come.
 anu-sambaddha. anuna-guru. 41
f anu-sambaddha, tnfn. ( i/bandh), anu-stotra, am, n.' praising after,' I . Anuoya, am, n. elbow-piece of a seat, AV. &c.
connected with, accompanied by. N. of a Sama-veda.
treatise relating to the
an&cyate, Pass. of anu-Vt>ac,q.v.,
to bring into
W^HfWjj anu-sam-v bhid, onu-sneham, ind. after (adding) p. 38, col. I.
occur-
contact, combine, K5{h. oil, Susr. Anukta, mfn. spoken after, recited after ;

ring in the (sacred) text studied (am), n. study.

"^"8. aw "- sal?l -v/ 6Au, to be produced See anu-</pas.
; ;

dttu-spashta. Annkti, is, f.

mentioning after, repeated men-
proceed after, SBr.
after,
anu-Vspris, to touch, extend to, tion, repetition by way of explanation study of the ;

to Veda. tva, n. state of requiring repetition or ex-

Orjflujr^ aiiu~sam-\/man, approve, RV. ,4, .

MBh. planation.
anu-Jsphur, to whizz towards, Anncana, mfn. one so well versed in the Vedas
au-saeadro, ind. at
wq^i*^ very RV. vi, 67, ii. and VedaAgas as to be able to repeat them one ;

sacrifice, TBr. &c. ; constantly, BhP. Ann-sphnra, mfn. whizzing (as an arrow), AV. who ; devoted to
repeats his lesson after his master

ind. according to learning; well-behaved (</uc).

'Jt'JHId*^ anu-saforo, "3**J anu-v/smrt', to remember, recollect :
i. Anncya, mm. to be repeated or learnt ; (cf.
delight.
Caus. P. -smdrayati or -smarayati, to remind
aranye-*nu'cya.)
a (with ace.), Kir. v, 14.
*igfi*J anu-sanu, ind. along table-land Anu-smarana, am, n. remembering, repeated flijj~ii( andj-ji (anu-ud-^ji), (aor. Subj.
I.
or summit, from ridge to ridge. to be victorious after, VS. ii, 15 ;
recollection. sg.dttuj-jcsham)
w*jli anu-sama, mfn. at every Saman- Ann-smrlta, mfn. remembered. KatySr.
verse(?), Pan. v, 4, 75.
Ann-smriti, is, f. cherished recollection, recall-
not borne,
^PJjf an-udha, mfn. (i/vah),
ing some idea to the exclusion of all others.
not carried(a), f. an unmarried woman. mftna,
>BtjiM*^ anu-sayam, ind. evening after
;

wjtjfl anu-syuta, mfn. (Vsie), sewed mm. bashful. Anndha-gamana, n. going after
'

evening, every evening, (gpn* parimukhadi, q.v.)

an unmarried woman,' fornication. Anfidna-bnra-
consecutively, strung together or connected regularly
w^tlH. anu-sara, anu-sarin, &c. See and uninterruptedly. tri, m. the brother of an unmarried woman ; the
under anu-Vsri below. brother of the concubine of a king.
x tjt*
M w\dn-usra-ydman, a, m. not going
nnu-<i/sic. See anu-Vshic. out during daylight, RV. iv, 33, 24. dn-uti, is, f. no help, RV. vi, 29, 6.

anv-iiddha, mfn. (\/3- sidh), wgsil anu-svdna, as, m. sounding con- """
I- ^kram, to go up or out after,
BhP. SBr.
gradually effected or realized, formably, Sah.
w 3*1! n^anu-sitdm, ind. alongthe furrow, TIJSU, anu-svura, as, m. (Vspri), after- OJ_fVn andtthi (-Stthd), anuttishthati, to
rise after, VS. &c.
TS.; (gun parimukhadi, q.v.) sound, the nasal sound which is marked by a dot
above the line, and which always belongs to a pre- to fly after another
w 3"K*^flni(-sjra>n, ind. alongthe plough, *lJ_rM l(andt-<Spat, up
ceding vowel, vat, mfn. having the Anusvara. self into the air, jump
(gana parimukhadi, q.v.) (ace.), raise one's up afterwards.
vyavaya, m. separation between two sounds
wj<j_ anu-sii, us, m., N. of a work, Pan. caused by an Anusvara. Anusvaragama, m. an wt^wi I. anut-\/i.pd, -pibati, to drink
Comm. augment consisting in the addition of an Anusvara. up or empty by drinking after another, SBr.

*tJU^* anu-sucaka, mf(j/sa)n. (s/suc), J5 anuhn, as, m., N. of a son of en^rMi a.anZf-\/5. pd (3. pi. -pipafe) to
indicative of, pointing out. Vibhratra and father of Brahma-datta, VS. rise
along, TBr.; (cf. ut-^$.pd.)
Ann-sueana, am, n. pointing out, indication. anu-haud. See anu-</hve. " >k'*"*-*V an dt-sdram, ind. while leaving a
ind. in every con- anu-^/2. ha, cl. 3. A. -jihile, to run place or retiring successively, AitBr.
"3*3^*1 anu-supam,
"Ifi'V an dt-V*TV>
diment. * dismiss towards,
after.'catch, AV. &c. ; to follow, join, RV.

anu-Vsri, to go after: Caus. P. -sa- TS.

^PpJ " 3ST anv -hum- Vkri, to roar in imitation
rayati, to pursue. of. ^l^; anud(\/vd), (impf. 3. pi. anv-aundan)
Ann-sara, mf(i)n. to wet along, Ksth.
following, a companion. down
13?^ anu--/hurch, to fall after
Ann-sarana, am, n. following, going after;
n. (metri causa for
another, Kajh.
*(tj^4 an-udaka, am,
tracking, conformity to, consequence of; custom,
an-udaka), want of water, aridity, R. i, 30, 16.
habit, usage. anu-Vhri, to imitate to resemble
Ann-sara, as, m. going after, following custom, ;
^3g ;
:

"J^^ anud-\/2.as, -asyati, to toss up

A. -karate, to take after (one's parents).
Usage ; nature, natural state or condition of any- behind or SBr.
Ann-harana, am, n. or -Kara, as, m. imita- after,
thing ; prevalence, currency ; received or established
authority, especially of codes of law ; accordance,
tion ;
resemblance.
ijp anud-\/i, to go up or out after
Ann-harat, mm. imitating ; (an), m., N. of a AV. &c.
conformity to usage ; consequence, result ; (ena), (another),
or -tas, ind. conformably to. man, (gana anusatikadi, q. v.) 1

Ann-naramana, mfn. imitating. Wjfi?'if anudita, mfn. (*/vad), spoken

Ann-saraka or ann-sarln, mfn. following, to. See also anu-i/vad.
attendant on, according or conformable to ; pene-
Ann-n&raka, ml(ika)n. imitating. after, spoken according
Ann-harya, mfn. to be imitated; (as), m.= I. Anndya, mm. to be spoken to afterwards.
trating, scrutinizing, investigating.
anv-d-hdrya, L. 3. Anndya, ind. having said afterwards or in
Ann-saryaka, am, n. a fragrant substance.
reply.
Ann-srita, mm. followed, conformed to. ^nj?TJ anu-hnda, as, m. a cart(r), (gana Anndyamana, mm .
spoken in reply to or accord-
Ann-sriti, is, f. going after, following, conform- anusatikadi, q. v.) ing to.
ing to; N. of a woman, (gana kalydny-ddi, q.v.)
wggie; anu-hrada or -hldda, at, m., N. of andd-e (-d-</i), cl. 3. P. andd-aiti,
w *jj >^ anu-i/srij, to dismiss, let go, RV. a son of Hiranya-ka&pu, Hariv.
^Tijjl'
come up after, SBr. &c.
to rise or
x, 66, 8, &c. : P. A. -srijati, te, to create suc-
to call again, call after,
cessively, SBr. &c. : Pass, to be created in succession VtJ^ anu-Vhve, T(J^J;^
anud "/drink (Pot. 3. pi. antid-
to, TS. call RV.; AV.: Intern, -johaviti, to call
back,
drinheyuh') to
'
fix or fasten during,' keep waiting
Ann-srishta, mfn. created in succession, VS. repeatedly, AV. until (a), SBr.
Ann-nava, as, m. inviting, stirring up, AV.
f(
^H, anu-Vsrip, to glide after or to- ft
f^(5 ^i anuddtsa, as, m. ( \/dis), describing,
^tfiqi dnuka, as, am, m. n. ( \/anc with anti),
wards, to approach. mentioning according to or conformably with, Sah.
Ann-sarpa, m. a AV. the backbone, spine ; the back part of the altar ; a
as, serpent-like being,
former state of existence ; (am), n. race, family, L. ; lli andd-^i. dru, to run after (ace.),
to practise, observe. Kath.
^jifa anu-V'sep, peculiarity of race, disposition, character,
VarBrS.
Ann-savin, mfn. practising, observing, habitu- &c. ; (a), f., N. of an Apsaras, Hariv.
mfn. belonging to the backbone,
Vf^CI andd-dhd (Vi- ha), to set off or
ally addicted to. Annkya (3, 4), start after, TBr.
SBr. backbone, RV. x, 163, 3 ;
AV.
watt's anu-sainya, am, n. the rear of an ;
anud-dhri (</hri), to take out from
m. ( Vkds), reflection 'WJI
army, L. "*J*'?I anu-kdsd, as, TS.
subsequently,
(of light), clearness, VS. TS. &c. regard, refer-
w gtili^anu-soroam, ind. according to the ; ;

anud-^2. co, -vati, to disperse or

ence, AitBr. 1J8I
(practice with the) Soma, as with the Soma, KatySr. wind vdyum), SBr.
anuksh (<\A- uksh), (p. A. ami . . .
dissipate by following (the
^lJT!^
u-skandam, ind. having gone ukshdmdna; perf. dnu vavdksha) to sprinkle,
. . .
THJ^^ nn-udhds, as, f. udderless, RV. x,
into in succession, Pan. iii, 4, 56, Sch. bedew, RV. iii, 7, 6 & vi, 66, 4.
*i^w*.u ami-starana, as, m. (i/stri), an WH ^O"^ anucind, mfn. (fr. anv-anc), com- ^<j1 dn-una, mf(n)n. or an-naia [L.],
animal which is fit to be chosen as a secondary victim ; ing after, successive,
RV. iv, 54, 3 ; Sulb. ffjr- mfn. not not inferior to (abl.), Ragh. ; whole,
less,

anu-stdrani, f. the cow sacrificed at the funeral bha, mm. born in successive order, SBr. Ann- entire ; having full power ; (a), f., N. of an

ceremony, TS. &c. cin&ham, ind. on successive days, SBr. Apsaras, Hariv. gnrn, mfn. of undiminlshed
42 anuna-varcas. anta-lopa.
weight, very heavy. varcas (liniina-), mfn. not true, false An-enasya, am, n. freedom from fault, sin, SBr.
^TJiIan-ri<a,mf(a)n. ; (am),
RV. x, 140, 2.
having full splendour, n. falsehood, lying, cheating; agriculture, L. dva d-neman, mfn. = prasasya (to be
(dnrita-), m. one whose gods are not true, RV. vii,
Wt^fl anun- \/ ni, P. -nayati, to take
cl. I .
praised), Naigh.
out and fill after another, TBr. SBr. ;
104, 14. dvish, mfn. persecuting untruth, RV.
vii, 66, 13. maya, mfn. full of untruth, false. va- dn-eva, ind. otherwise, AV. xvi, 7, 4.
^nWanupd, mfn.(fr. q.v.,with an), 2. op,
dana, n. speaking falsehood, lying, vac [AV.&c.],
an-elidi, mfn. (vA), without a
situated near the water, watery, L. (ds), m. a ;
-vadin, mfn. speaking untruth. vrata.mm. false
watery country, Mn. &c. pond, RV. bank of a ; ; to vows or engagements. Anritakuyana, n .
rival, incomparable, unattainable unmenaced, un- ;

telling
river a buffalo (cf. anupa), L. N. of a Rishi, obstructed ; RV.; (a), m. time, Bilar. BhP.
; ; a falsehood. AnritabMsandha, mfn. id., ChUp. ;

teacher of the S3ma-veda. ja, n. growing near the Anritin, mfn. W^^TT'fT an-aikanta, mfn.
telling untruths, lying, a liar. (fr. ekdnta),
water, VarBrS. ; ginger. desa, m. a marshy
m. unfit season variable, unsteady (in logic) occasional, as a cause
(u), ind.
;
us,
country. praya, mfn. marshy. vilSsa, m., T*|3 an-ritu, ;
not invariably attended by the same effects.
N. of a work. unseasonably, MaitrS. kanya, f. a girl before men- An-aikantika, mfn. unsteady, variable, having
Anupya (4), mfn. being in ponds or bogs (as struation .
pa (<f-r*Vw-),mfn. not drinking in time, many objects or purposes (am), n. (in Vaiseshika ;

water), AV. RV. iii, 53, 8.

phil.) the fallacy of undistributed middle, tva, n.
^Tfjrn^ anupa- \/das, to fail (or become w a-nmonsa,mf(a)n. not cruel, mild. unsteadiness, uncertainty, NyJlyad.
|3l
extinct) after (ace.), PBr.
An-alkya, am, n. (eka), want of oneness, plu-
tS, f. mildness, kindness.
rality, the existence of many ; want of union, anarchy.
TPTtrVT andpa-s/dka (generally P.), to ^^ati an-eka, mfn. not one, many, much;
place upon, pile up after or in addition to, TS. ;
Br.
separated. kama (dneka-), mfn. having many a-napuna or a-naipunya, am, n.
unskilfulness, Pan. vii, 3, 30 ; (see dnaipuna.)
Caus. -dhdrayati, to wishes, SBr. kalam, ind. a long time, for a long
fif^M>| anupa- i/dhri,
time. kalavadhi, ind. long since. krit, m. an-aisvarya, am, n. non-power,'
hold towards in addition to, Li}y.
'doing much,' N. of Siva. gotra, m. having weakness, Pan. vii, 3, 30 (see dnaisvarya.)
to sit down in
^njJTfaSJ anupa- V'vis,
;

more families than one, i. e. two, belonging to two

AsvSr. to lie down or incline the families (or to one as an adopted son). cara, ano, ind. no, not, L.
order, Lity. ; ;

body (said of
a parturient animal), SBr. mm. gregarious, citta- mantra, m. one whose
counsels are many-minded. ja, mfn. born more
ind. at every Upa- ing in a house (as a beggar), L.
^nj'Ufij'T anupasadam, than once ; (as), m. a bird, L. ta, f. or -tva, n. '
home
An-oka-ha, as, m. not quitting his or his
sad (q. v.), KStySr.
muchness, manifold condition. tra, ind. in many
place,* a tree, Ragh. &c.
^(JMtVJT aimpa-</sthd,
A. to approach in places. dharma-katha, f. different exposition -

of the law. dha, ind. in various ways, often. an-om-krita, mfn. not accompa-
order, SBr.; AitBr.
dha-prayoffa, m. using repeatedly, pa, mfn. nied by the holy syllable cm, Mn. ii, 74.
^ftJ^rUl anu-bdndhya.
mfn. to be fastened
(as a sacrificial animal)
for slaughtering, SBr. &c.
'

drinking oftener than once,' an elephant (because

he drinks with his trunk and with his mouth),
WOW ano-ratha, as, m. pi. waggon (anas)
and chariot, AitBr.
q. v., TS. Ragh. bh&rya, mfn. having more wives than
anu-yajd=.anu-yajd, Ano-vaha, mfn. driving a waggon or carriage,
one. mukha, mm. having several faces, having TS. SBr.
anu-rddhd, mfn. causing welfare, different ways. ynddha-vijayin, m. victorious
;

Ano-vahya, mfn. to be driven on a carriage,

happiness, AV.; (as}, m. f. plur.
= anu-rddhds, in many battles. randhra, mfn. having many TS. ; (am), ind. in waggon-loads, KatySr.
holes or weaknesses or troubles.
q.v., TS.; TBr.; Kith. rnpa, mf(a)n.
multiform ; of various kinds or sorts fickle, of ( i i ri w an-aucitya, am, n. unntness, Sah.
an-vru, mfn. thighless ; (us), m. the
;

^TJ55 variable mind. locana, m. 'having several (three)

charioteer of the sun, the dawn, Rsjat. &c. ara- ^Tlii**< an-aujasya, am, n. want of
eyes,' N. of Siva. vacana, n. the plural number.
thi, m. whose charioteer is Anuru, i.e. the sun, Sis. varna, (in algebra compounded with various vigour, SJh.

mfn.=anH-rdA, words to denote) many unknown quantities (colours 'WliSN

WJT5V anu-nidh, q.v., an-nuddhatya, am, n. freedom
RV.iii.55. 5- representing x, y, z, &c., e.g. aneka-varna-gu- from haughtiness, S5h. not standing high of
; (said
nana, multiplication of many unknown quantities). the water of a river), Kir.
^jf^rf an-urjita, mfn. not strong, weak ; varam, ind. many times, repeatedly. vldha,
not proud. mm. of many kinds, in different ways, various. an-aupamya, mfn. unparalleled.
sapha, mfn. cloven-hoofed, Pan i, 2, 73, Conim.
^nju} an-urdhva, mfn. not high,
low. .

m. not one's own

an-aurasa, ag,
sabda, mfn. expressed by several words, synony-
bhas (dn-urdhva-), mm. one whose splendour mous. son, adopted.
sag, ind. in great numbers, several times,
who lights no sacred fires, RV. v, 77, 4.
does not rise,
An-urdhvam-bhSvnka, n. not rising upwards, repeatedly. AnekakSra, mfn. multiform. Ane- -MJ ant, cl. i.P.afoti,tobind,L.; (cf.

not reaching the her.ven, TS.

kakshara, mfn. polysyllabic, having more than one ^\ '/and, int.)
syllable. Anekajpra, mfn. engaged in various pur-
'
^Pif an<a, as, m. end, limit, boundary,
suits. Anekac, mm. having more than one vowel or
WfjfH dn-urmi, mfn. not waving
or fluc-
term end of a texture
end, conclusion ; end of
syllable (ac in Gr. being the technical term for vowel).
; ;

tuating,' inviolable,
RV. viii, 34, It.
life, death, destruction (in these latter senses some-
Anekartlia, mfn. having more than one meaning
l anula, f., N. of a river in Kasmira. times neut.) ; a final syllable, termination last word
(as a word).
;
Anekirtha-dhvani-mafijarl, f.
of a compound ; pause, settlement, definite ascer-
m. f. a part and auekartha-sarngraha, m., N. of two works
-rrO'.only du. -vrtjau, tainment, certainty whole amount border, out-
on words. Anekal, mfn. consisting of more than ; ;

of the body near the ribs, AV. ix, 4, 12. skirt (e.g. grdmdnte, in the outskirts of the village) ;
one letter (a! being the technical term for letter).
WiK an-ushara, mf(a)n. not salted, not Auekd'sraya or anekasrlta, mfn. (in Vaikshika nearness, proximity, presence ; inner part, inside ;

AsvGr. Heat. more than one. condition, nature ; (e), loc. c. in the end, at last ;
saline, ; phil.) dwelling "or abiding in
in the inside ; (am), ind. as fer as (ifc., e.g. uda-
mfn. ( -v/5- vas with anu), A'n-ekakin, mth. not alone, accompanied by, SBr.
'fltjJVd an&shita, An-ekanta, mfn. not alone and excluding every k&ntam, as far as the water); (mfn.), near, hand-

living near another,

Pin. iii, 4, 72, Sch. some, agreeable, L. [cf.Goth. andeis, Theme andja;
other, uncertain, tva, n. uncertainty. vada,
Germ. Ende ; Eng. end : with anta are also com-
fl^mm. an-ushma-para, mfn. (in Gr.) m. scepticism, vadin, m. a sceptic; a Jaina, an
Arhat of the Jainas. pared the Gk. avra, avri ; Lat. ante ; the Goth.
not followed by a sibilant. atlda in anda-vaurd, &c. ; and the Germ, ent,
Aneki-karana, am, n. making manifold.
Wrp? an-uha, mfn. thoughtless, careless. Aneki-bhavat, mfn. being manifold, i. e. di- e.g. in enlsagen]. kara, -karana, -karin,
An-uhya, mfn. inconceivable, MaitrUp. mfh. causing death, mortal, destructive. kala, m.
vided in two.
time of death, death. krit, mfn. making an end ;
an-rik-ka. See an-nc below. Anekiya, mfh. having several, (gana utkaradi,
(t), m.
death, -krid-dasa, as, f. pi., N. of the
q.v.)
an-rikshard, mfn. thornless (as a eighth of the twelve sacred Anga texts of the Jainas
path or a couch), RV. w}^
immovable.
an-ejat, mfn. (Vy)> not moving, (containing ten chapters). (ra, mfn. going to the
end, thoroughly conversant with. gata (dnta-),
Tf^ an-ric [RV. x, 105, 8, &c.] or an- mfn. gone to the end beingat the end of; ;

rica [Mn.}, mfn. not containing a verse from the ^nte an-eda, as, m. (an being an expletive thoroughly penetrating, TS. ffati (dnta-) [SBr.]
Rig-veda, hymnless, not conversant with the Rig- or denoting comparison), stupid, foolish, L. or -gamin, mfn. going to the end, perishing.
veda ; (an-ricdm), ind. not in conformity with the An-eda-muka, mm. deaf and dumb, L.; blind, jfamana, n. the act of going to the end, finish-
Ric, MaitiS. L. wicked, fraudulent, L.
;
ing going to the end of life, dying.
; cara,
An-rik-ka (or an-ric-ka mfn. containing no mfh. going to the frontiers, walking about the fron-
tJi
,

d-nedya (4), mfn. (Vnid), not to be

Ric, Pin. v, 4, 74, Kas. tiers, R. Ja, mfn. last born. jati, see antya-
blamed, RV. tas, ind. from the end, from the term;
mfn. not jati.
HJJ dn-riju,RV. straight, crooked,
&c. I. an-end, mfn. without stags, RV. lastly, finally ;
in the lowest way ;
in part ;
within.
perverse, wicked, iv, 3, 13,
dipaka, n. a figure in rhetoric. pala, m. a
vi, 66, 7; (cf. eni.)
^tT1I an-rind, mf(o)n. free from debt. frontier-guard. bhava, mfn. being at the end,

ta, f. or -tva, n. freedom from debt. an-ends, mfn. blameless, sinless, last. bhaj, mfn. standing at the end (of a word),
An-rinin, mfn. unindebted, free from debt. not liable to error, RV. &c.; N. of various per- RPrSt. rata, mfn. delighting in destruction.
An-rinya-ta, f. freedom from debt, R. sonages. Una, mfn. hidden, concealed. lopa, m. (in
 rf^ anta-vat. antara-purusha. 43
Or.) the dropping of the final of a word, vat extraneous body sticking inside, SBr. Bila, f. > (cf. antar-^dhd.} dais, f.
(in astrol.) inter-
(an/a-), mm. having an end or term, limited, antra-sila. ilesha [MaitrS. ; VS.], m. or -il- mediate period. dasaha, n. an interval of ten
perishable, AV. &c. containing a word which has
; shana [SBr. ; AitBr.], n. internal support. sam- days; (at\ ind. before the end of ten days, Mn.
the meaning of anta, AitBr. ; (-vat), ind. like the jna, mfn. internally conscious, Mn. i, 49, &c. dava, m. the middle of a fire, AV. daha, m.
end; like the final of a word, Pat. vahni, m. sattva, f. a pregnant woman the marking nut ;
internal heat, or fever, dig, f. -deid below,
the fire of the end (bv which the world is to be (Semecarpus Anacardium). sadaaam, ind. in the ManGr. duhkha, mfn. afflicted in mind, sad.
burnt). Anta-vasin = /f'-zV7j-;',q.v.,L. Auta- middle of the assembly, SBr. sara, mfn. having dnshta, mfn. internally bad, wicked, vile.
velS, f. hour of death, ChUp. -sayya, f. a bed internal essence ; (as), m. internal treasure, inner drishti, mfn. looking into one's own soul.
or mat on the ground death ; the place for burial
; store or contents. auk ha, mfn.internally happy. desa, m. an intermediate region of the compass,
or burning ; bier ; L. satkrlya, f. the funeral senam, ind. into the midst of the armies. stha AV. dvara, n. a private or secret door within
ceremonies, RSjat. sod, m. a pupil (who dwells (generally written antasthd), mfn. being in the the house, L. dna, &c., see s.v. antar-*Sdhd,
near his teacher). stha, mfn. standing at the end ;
midst or between, SBr. &c. ; (as, a), m. f. a term p. 44. dhyana, n. profound inward meditation.
see also antaft-sthd. svarlta, m. the Svarita applied to the semivowels, as standing between the nagara, n. the palace of a king, R. nlviht,
accent on the last syllable of a word ; (am), n. a consonants and vowels, Prat. &c. ; (a), f. interim, mfn. gone within, being within. niihtha, mm.
word thus accentuated. Antadi, t, du. m. end meantime,PBr. Btha-mndgara, in. (in anatomy) engaged in internal reflection. b&ahpa, m. sup-
and beginning, (gana rdjadantadi, q. v.) An- the malleus of the ear. stna-chandas, n., N. of pressed tears ; (mm.), containing tears. bhavana,
tavasayin (or antavasayin m. a barber, L. ; a class of metres. - sveda, m. '
n. the interior of a house. bhava, &c., see
.

sweating internally,'
a CSndSla, MarkP. &c., cf. ante-vasdyin ; N. of a an elephant, L. anttir-\fl>hu, p. 44, col. 2. bhSvanB, f. inward
Muni, L. Ante-'vasayin, m. a man living at Antah- VkhyS, to deprive of, conceal from, RV. meditation or anxiety (in arithm.) rectification of
;

the end of a town or village, a man belonging to Antah- v'paB, to look between, look into, RV. numbers by the differences of the products. bhflmi,
the lowest caste, MBh. &c. Ante-vasa, m. a Antah- Vstha, to stand in the way of, stop, RV. f.the inner part of the earth. bhanma, mfn.
neighbour, companion, AitBr. Ante- vasin, mfn. ^ITII dntama and antamd. See s.v. dnta. being in the interior of the earth, subterranean, R.
dwelling near the boundaries, dwelling close by, L. ; manas, mfn. sad, perplexed, L. nmkha, mfn.
(t), m. a pupil who dwells near or in the house of ^ antdr, ind. within, between, amongst, going into the mouth ; (am), n. a kind of scissors
his teacher, SBr.&c. = ante-vasdyin, q.v.,L.; (i), in the middle or interior. used in surgery, Susr. mndra, m. 'sealed inside,'
ind. in statu pupillari, (gana dvidantfy-ddi, q. v.)
(As a prep, with loc.) in the middle, between,
in,
N. of a form of devotion. mrita, mfn. still-born,
Antodatta, m. the acute accent on the last syllable ;
into (with ace.) between ;
; (with gen.) in, in the
Susr. yama, m. a Soma libation performed with
(mfn.), having the acute accent on the last syllable. middle. suppression of the breath and voice, VS. ; SBr. &c.
Antaka, as, m. border, boundary, SBr.
1. (Ifc.) in, into, in the middle of, between, out of yama-graha, m. id. yamm, m. 'checking
or regulating the internal feelings,' the soul, SBr.
Antaka, mm. making an end, causing death
2. ;
the midst of [cf. Zend antarS ; Lat. inter / Goth.

(as}, m. death Yama, king or lord of death, AV.

; undar], xir; MundUp. yoga, m. deep thought, abstrac-
&c. N. of a man favoured by the Asvins, RV. i,
;
Antar is sometimes compounded with a following tion. lamba, mfn. acute-angular ; (as), m. a tri-
112, 6; N. of a king, droll, Nom. -dhrtik, !. word like an adjective, meaning interior, internal, angle in which the perpendicular falls within, an
demon of death, RV. x, 132, 4. intermediate. agni, m. the interior fire, digestive acute-angled triangle, lina, infn. inherent. lo-
1. A'ntama [once antamd, RV. i, 165, 5], mfn. force, Susr. ; (mm.), being in the fire, Kaus. anga, ma (antdr-), mfn. (said of anything) the hairy side
of which turned inwards, MaitrS. covered with
next, nearest, RV. intimate (as a friend), RV. mfn. is
; proximate, related, being essential to,
interior, ;
-
TS. SBr. &c. or having reference to the essential part of the aiiga hair on the inner side.
antah-pura. vansa, m.
2. Anf""*-, mfn. the last, ;

Antaya, Nom. P. antayati, to make an end of,L. or base of a word ; (am}, n. any interior part of vansika, m. superintendent of the women's apart-
ArtlX"-, antima, antya, &c. See antika, the body, VarBrS. anga-tva, n. the state or con- ments. vana, mfn. situated in a forest, Pin.;
dition of an Antaraiiga. avayava, m. an inner (am), ind. within a forest, Pan. Sch. vat (antdr-),
P-45-
limb or part. akasa, m. intermediate place, mf(r/o/f[RV.]orzv/i)n. pregnant, RV.&c. -va-
^WrTt an tdh ( for antdr, see col 2 ) . . kar ana, KaushBr. ; the sacred ether or Brahma in the interior mi, m. flatulence, indigestion. varta,m.the actof
n. the internal organ, the seat of thought and feel- part or soul of man. n. hidden intention.
akuta, filling up gaps with grass, TS. vartln or -vacat ,
ing, the mind, the thinking faculty,
the heart, the Sgama, m. (in Gr.) an additional augment be- mfn. internal, included, dwelling in. vmu, m.,
conscience, the soul. kalpa, m. a certain number tween two letters. agara, m. the interior of a N. of a Soma sacrifice, KatySr. VMtra, n. an
of years, Buddh . kntila, mfn. internally crooked ; house, Yajn. atmaka, mf()n. interior, MaitrUp. under garment, Kathas. vani, mm. skilled in
fraudulent ; (as), m. a couch, L. krlini, m. a atman, m. the soul ;
the internal feelings, the heart sacred sciences. vavat, ind. inwardly, RV. Tl>
disease caused by worms in the body. kotara- or mind, MaitrS. &c. atmeshtakam, ind. in sai, n. an inner or under garment, Kathas. vl-
pusnpi -an4a-kotara-pushpt, q.v., Car. kona, the space between one's self and the (sacrificial) gahana, n. entering within, L. vidYM, mfn.
m. the inner corner. kopa, m. inward wrath. bricks, KatySr. adhana (antdr-}, mfti. ' having a (perf. p. i/\. vid), knowing exactly, RV. i, 72, 7.
kosa, n. the interior of a store-room, AV. pata, bit inside,' bridled, Tlir. apana, m. a market in- vega, m. internal uneasiness or anxiety ; inward
m. n. a cloth held between two persons who are to side (a town), R. 5ya, see antar-^i. arama, fever. vedi, ind. within the sacrificial ground,
be united (as bride and bridegroom, or pupil and mfn. rejoicing in one's self (not in the exteriorworld), SBr. &c. ; (i), (. the Doab or district between the
teacher) until the right moment of union is arrived. Bhag. Sla -alaka
[L.], n. intermediate space ;
or Gaiigl and Yamuna rivers ; (ayas}, m. pi., N. of
padam or -pade, ind. in the middle of an in- (), loc. ind. in the midst, in midway (Sla is pro- the people living there, R. vesrnan, n. the inner
flected word, PrSt. -paridhana, n. the innermost bably for dlaya). Indriya, n. (in Vedinta phil.) apartments, the interior of a building. Timika,
garment. parldhl, ind. in the inside of the pieces an internal organ (of which there are four, viz. mantis, m. superintendent of the women's apartments. ha-
of wood forming the paridhi, KatySr. parsa- buddhi, ahamkdra,i.n& cittd). ipa, n.(fr. t.ap\ nana, n. abolishing, Pin. viii, 4, 24, Sch. ba-
vya, n. flesh between the ribs, VS. - pavitra, the an island, Pan, vi, 3, 97. -ushya, m. (V^.vas), nana, m., N. of a village, Pan. viii, 4, 24, Sch.
Soma when in the straining- vessel, SBr. pain, an intermediate resting-place, KaushBr. ; cf. daidn- hastarn, ind. in the hand, within reach of the
ind.from evening till morning (while the cattle are taruskyd. -ganga, f. the under-ground Ganges hand, AV. hastlna, mfn. being in the hand or
in the stables), KatySr. -pati [SBr.] or -patya (as supposed to communicate under-ground with within reach, AitBr. hSsa, m. laughing inwardly ;
[KatySr.], as, m. a post fixed in the
middle of the a sacred spring in Mysore). gadn, mfn. 'hav- suppressed laughter ; (am), ind. with suppressed
of a letter, ing worms within,' unprofitable,
useless. gata, hita, &c., see antar-*i/dhd, p. 44. hrl-
place of sacrifice ; (in Gr.) insertion laugh.
RPrat. -pStita or -patin, mfn. inserted, included &c., see garbha, mm. inclosing
antar-^gam. daya, mfn. turned inwards in mind, MaitrUp.
in. n. the interior of a vessel, AV.
pStra, pa- young, pregnant, KatySr. girl, m. 'situated
^(rn. dntnra, mf(o)n being in the interior, .

dam, within the Pida of a verse, RPrit.

ind. ; among the mountains,' N. of a country, MBh. interior near, proximate, related, intimate ; lying
gnda-vaiaya, m. (in anat. ) the sphincter muscle.
;
Pan. -parsvya, n. flesh between or at both sides,
adjacent to ; distant ; different from ; exterior ; -(am),
VS. p&la, m. one who watches the inner apart- gudha-viBha, mfn. having hidden poison with- n. the interior ; a hole, opening ; the interior part
ments of a palace, R. pnra, n. the king's palace, in. grlha or -geha, n. interior of the house, of a thing, the contents soul, heart, supreme soul ;
the female apartments, gynseceum ; those who live inner apartment ; (am}, ind. in the interior of a ;

interval, intermediate space or time ; period ; term ;

,inthe female apartments ; a queen. pnra-cara, house. goahtna (antdr-), mfn. being inside of absence
the stable, MaitrS. ; (as), m. inside of a stable, opportunity, occasion ; place ; distance, ;
m. guardian of the women's apartments. pura- remainder weak-
ManGr. -ghana or -ghana or -ghSta, m. a difference, ; property, peculiarity ;

jana, m. the women of the palace. purft-pra-

ness, weak side representation surety, guaranty
place between the entrance-door
and the house ; N. ; ; ;
cara, m. Jie gossip of the women's apartments. respect, different, other, another,
or of a Pan. iii, 3, 78, Sch. -Ja, mfn. bred in regard ; (ifc.),
-pnra-rakshaka or -pura-vartin -pnra- village,
the interior (of the body, as a worm). Jathara, e.g. deidntaram, another country ; (am), or -tds,
dhyaksha, m. superintendent of the women's apart- ind. in the interior, within [cf. Goth, anthar,
n. the stomach, L. -janman, n. inward birth.
ments, chamberlain. pura-sahaya, as, m. be- Theme anthara ; Lith. antra-s, ' the second ;
*

jambha, m. the inner part of the jaws, SBr.

longing to the women's apartments (as
a eunuch,
mfn. going in the water. -jSta,
Lat. alter] cakra, n the whole of the thirty-two
. .

&c.) purika, m. superintendent of the gynae- -jala-cara, intermediate regions of the compass, VarBrS. ; a
ceum or harem ; f. a woman in the harem, mfn. inborn, inbred, innate. Jann, ind. between
(a), technical term in augury. Jna, mm. knowing the
holding the hands between
the knees the knees,
-pfiya, mfn. ulcerous. -p6ya, n. supping up, ;
interior,prudent, provident, foreseeing. tama,
RV. Heat. (mfn.), holding the hands between the knees.
drinking, x, 107, 9. -prakrltt, f. the heart, ;
mfn. nearest ; immediate, intimate, internal ; like,
the soul, the internal nature or constitution of a man. JnSna.n. inward knowledge. )yatlB(arttdr-),
mfn. having the soul enlightened, illuminated, SBr. analogous ; (as), m. a congenial letter, one of the
prajna,mfn. internally wise, knowing one's self. same class. tara mm. nearer; very
(tintara-),
pratishthSna, n. residence in the interior. xiv ; Bhag. Jvalana, n. internal heat, inflam-
TS.; SBr. -da, mm. (Vz-da), cutting
pratihtnlta, mm. residing inside. Bar*, mation. dagdha, mm.
burnt inwardly. da- intimate,
or hurting the interior or heart. diia [VS.], f. an
m. interior reed or cane, TS. ; an internal arrow or dhana, n. the distillation of spirituous liquor (or a
substance used to cause fermentation), L. dadhS- intermediate region or quarter of the compass ; (cf.
disease. iarira, n. the internal and spiritual part
a pin or na, mfn. vanishing, disappearing, hiding
one's self; anlara-dii and antar-desd.} pnrusha, m. the
of man. ialya (antdh-}, mfn. having
44 antara-prabhava. andha-t&masa.
internal man, the soul, Mn. viii, 85. prabhava, into, being in, included in ; being in the interior, vicinity, contiguity. Antlkiiraya, m. comiguoui
mfn. of mixed origin or caste, Mn. i, 2. prasna, internal, hidden, secret ; disappeared, perished ; support (as that given by a tree to a creeper), L.
m. an inner question ; a question which is contained slipped out of the memory, forgotten. manas, I. Antima, mm. ifc. immediately following (e.g.
in and arises from what has been previously stated. mfn. whose mind is turned inwards, engaged in deep daSdntima, 'the eleventh'); very near, L.
-stha, -sthSyin, -gthita, mfn. interposed, in- thought, sad, perplexed. Antarg&topama, f. a i. anti, f. an elder sister
is, (in
ternal, situated inside, inward ; separate, apart. An- concealed simile (the particle of comparison being
theatrical language), L. For I. dnti, see col. 2.
tarapatyS, f. a pregnant woman, L. Antarft- omitted).
bhara, see antara. Antika, f. an elder sister (in theatrical language ;
^fl'li antar- v/i ga, to go between, . RV. ; perhaps a corruption of attika), L. ; a fire-place,
Antara, ind.in the middle, inside, within, among,
to separate, exclude from (with abl.), SBr. L. ; the plant Echites SchoUris.
between ;
on the way, by the way ; near, nearly,
Anti, f. an oven, L.
almost meantime, now and then ; for some
;
in the ^JtTVT i. antar ^dha, A. -dhatte, to place
time (with ace. and loc.) between, during, without. 2. antika, mfn.
;
within, deposit ; to receive within ; to hide, conceal, (fr. anta), only ifc.
Antaransa, m. the part of the body between the obscure; to hide one's self: Pass, -dhiyate, to be reaching to the end of, reaching to (e. g. nds&ntika,
shoulders, the breast, SBr. AntarS-dli, f. an/ar- received within, to be absorbed ; to be rendered in- reaching to the nose), lasting till, until.
diia, q.v. Antarfi-bhara, mfn. bringing close to, visible ; to disappear, vanish to cease : Caus. -dhd- 2. Antima, mm. final, ultimate, last. Anti-
;

procuring, RV. viii, 33, II. Antara-bhava- mafika, m. the nine.

payati, to render invisible, to cause to disappear. last unit,
deha, m. or -bhava-sattva, n. the soul in its
Antya, mfn. last in place, in time, or in order
2. Antar-dhS, f. concealment, covering, Pin. ;
middle existence between death and regeneration.
Sch. ifc.immediately following, e. g. ashtamdntya, the
Antara-vedi, f. a veranda resting on columns, Antar-dnana, am, n. disappearance, invisibility; ninth ; lowest in place or condition, undermost,
L. Antara-sriiigam, ind. between the horns, antardhdnam */i or \^gam, to disappear (as), ; inferior, belonging to the lowest caste ; (as), m. the
KltySr. m., N. of a son of Prithu. gata, mfn. disappeared. plant Cyperus Hexastachyus Communis ; (am), n.
Antarlya, am, n. an under or lower garment, L. cara, mfn. going the number looo billions; the twelfth sign of the
invisibly.
Antare, ind. amidst, among, between ; with Antar-dhapita, mfn. rendered invisible. zodiac ; the last member of a mathematical series.
regard to, for the sake of, on account of. Antar-dh&yaka, mf(ia)n. rendering invisible. karman, n. or -krlya, f. funeral rites. ja,
A'ntarena, ind. amidst, between; (with ace.) mfn. of the lowest caste ; (as), m. a Sudra ; a man
Antar-dhi, is, m. concealment, covering, AV. ;
within, between, amidst, during ; except, without, of one of seven inferior tribes (a washerman, currier,
disappearance ; interim, meantime, ShadvBr.
with regard to, with reference to, on account of. mimic, Varuda, fisherman, Meda or attendant on
Antar-hita, mfn. placed between, separated ;
Antarya, mfn. interior, (gana dig-ddi, q. r.) women, and mountaineer or forester). ja-gamana,
covered, concealed, hidden, made invisible, vanished,
wtuJH antar Janj, to assume, take up invisible ; hidden from (with abl.) Antarhitat- n. intercourse (between a woman of the higher caste)

into one's VS.

'
m. of concealed mind,' N. of Siva. with a man of the lowest caste. janman or -jati
self, .,
or -jStiya, mfn. of the lowest caste. ja-gamana,
r-aya, &c. See antar- </i. antdr-'/bha, to be (contained or n. intercourse (between a man of the higher caste)
inherent or implied) in, RV. vii, 86, J, &c. with a woman of the lowest caste. * Ti*., n last
r-a-Vdha, A. -dhatte, to re- .

ceive into one's RV. Antar-bhava, mm. being within, inward, in- member of an arithmetical series. pada or -mnla,
self, contain, ix, 73, 8; SBr.
ternal, generated internally. n. (in arithm.) the last or greatest root (in the
WIKIM antaraya. See antar-*/i. Antar-bhavana. See s. v. antdr. square). bha, n. the last Nakshatra (Rerati) ; the
>HtlOc4 antar-dla. See s. v. antar.
Antar-bhava, as, m. the being included by last sign of the zodiac, the sign Pisces, yoga, m.
(loc.),
internal or inherent nature or disposition. the last or Kali age. yoni, f. the lowest origin,
'vnij^antar- -/as, to sit down into (ace.), Antar-bhavana. See s. v. antdr. Mn. viii, 68 ; (mm.), of the lowest origin. varna,
RV. ix, 78, 3. Antar-bhavita, mfn. included, involved. as, a, m. f. a man or woman of the last tribe, a
Antar-bhnta, mm. being within, internal, inner. Sudra. vipnla, f., N. of a metre. Antyava-
Tin(V. antar- \/i, -ayati, to come between, man woman
tva, n. ;
see antar-bhatia. sayln, f, im, m. f. a or of low caste
Mricch. (perf. -aydm cakdra) to conceal, cause to Antar-bhumi. antdr.
See v.
(the son of a Candlla a NishidI, especially a
; s.
by
disappear, Sis. iii, 24 ; -tti, to stand in any one's Cindila, Svapaca, Kshattri, Suta, Vaidehaka, Mi-
way, separate ; to exclude from (abl., rarely gen.) ;
wti "!*(antdT- \fyam (Imper. 2 .
sg.-yaccha) Mn. &c.
gadha, and Ayogava), Antyihntl, f.
to pass over, omit ; to disappear : Intern, -tyate, to to hinder, stop, RV. x, IO2,_3 ; VS.; TS.; (Imper. funeral oblation or sacrifice.
Antyfahtl, f. funeral
walk to and fro between (as a mediator), RV. -yaechatu) to keep inside, AsvGr. sacrifice. AntyAshti-kriyS, f. funeral ceremonies.
_ I Antar-aya, as, m. impediment, hindrance, Antyaka, as, m. a man of the lowest tribe, L.
wn5^ antar- \A;. vas, to dwell inside,
.

ApSr. ; dn-antaraya.)
(cf.
abide in the interior, Sis. to stop in the midst of, See
i. Antar-aya, Nom. P. -ayati, see antar- ^/i. ;
'WflMife't. ante-vdsfn. p. 43, col. i.
MBh. ; (cf. antar-ushya s. v. antdr.)
Antar-ayana, am, n. going under, disappearing,
Gk.
antra, am, n. (contr. of antara;
Pin. viii, 4, 45. 'W*nf!\ antar-Vhan, forms the ind. p. ivTfpov), entrail, intestine dntrd) ; (t), (. the (cf.
Antar-ayana, as, m., N. of a country, Pin.
-hatya, Pin. i, 4, 65, Sch., and the Pass, -hanyate, plant Convolvolus Argenteus or Ipomcea Pes Caprz
viii, 4, 25. Pin. viii, 4, 24, Sch.
m.
Roth. knja, m. or -kujana, n. or -vikujana, n.
Antar-aya, as, intervention, obstacle.
m-dhami (antram-), (.
Antar-ita, mm. w 11 <5)^. antds-Vcar, to move between, to rumbling of the bowels.
gone within, interior, hidden,
shielded move RV. &c. indigestion, inflation of the bowels from wind.
concealed, screened, ; departed, retired, within,
pjlcaka, m. the plant /Eschynomene Grandiflora.
withdrawn, disappeared, perished; separated, ex-
cluded ; impeded ; (am), n. (?) remainder (in arith- w^nT^S antd$--/chid, to cut off, inter- maya, mm. consisting of entrails. vardhman,
n. or -vriddhi, f.
inguinal hernia, rupture. ilia,
metic) ; a technical term in architecture. cept, SBr.
f., N. of a river. sraj, f. a kind of
garland worn by
Antar- iti, f.
exclusion, MaitrS.
Tim*^ antns for antdr, see p. 43, col. 2.
is,
Nara-sinha. Antrada, m. worms in the intes-
wfl(V.q antdriksha, am, n. the inter- tapta, mm. internally heated or harassed. tapa, tines.
mediate space between heaven and earth ; (in the m. inward heat, Sak.; Milatlm. tushara, mm.
having dew in the interior. toya, mfn. containing cl. I. P. andati, to bind, L.
Veda) the middle of the three spheres or regions of ^^an<f,
life the atmosphere or sky ; the air talc. kshit, water inside, Megh. patha (dntas-), mfn. being
; ;

on the way, RV. v, 52, 10.

Anda, us, us, f. the chain for an
or andn,
mfn. dwelling in the atmosphere, ChUp. (fa or
elephant's feet ; a ring or chain worn on the ancle.
-cara, mm. passing through the atmosphere ; (as), Antagtya, am, n. intestines, AitBr. Ananka or andSka, as, m. id., L.
m. a bird. pr,
mfn. ( f/ 1 .prf), travelling through
^("rt i. dnti, ind. before, in the presence
the atmosphere, RV. prut, mm. (*Jpru\ float- RV. ^rf'^Tt andika, f.
(for antika, q.v.), fire-
of, near, AV. ; (with gen.) within the proxi-
ing over the atmosphere, RV. i, 116, 3.
;
yam, to Gk. place.
mity of, [cf. Lat. ante; d*rf]. griha
f., N. of a brick, TS. loka, m. the intermediate
(dnti-), m. neighbour, RV. x, 95, 4. tama, andolaya, Nom. P. andolayati,
region or sky as a peculiar world, SBr. lamilta
mfn. very near, Pin. Comm. ta (dn/i-), ind. to agitate, to swing.
(antdriksha-), mfn. sharpened in the atmosphere, from near, RV. deva (dnti-), mfn. being in the Andolana, am, n. swinging, oscillating.
AV. sad, mm. dwelling in the atmosphere, RV.
& presence of the gods, near the gods, RV. i, 180, 7. Andollta, mfn. agitated, swung.
iv, 40, 5, c- " residence in the atmo- *yt mitra (dnti-), mm. having friends near one's
sphere, SBr. AntarlkihAyatana, mfn. having its
VS. vama (dnti-), m((d)n. at hand with andraka=drdraka, q.v.
self,
abode in the atmosphere, SBr. Antarikshodara,
mfn. having an interior at comprehensive as the
wealth or loveliness, RV. vii, 77, 4. shad, mfn. ninlh, cl. 10. P. andhayati, to make
sitting near, Pat. dunna (dnti-), mm. at hand N blind, Sis.
atmosphere.
mm. RV.
with kindness, AV. A'nty-nti (4), mm. at hand AnJha, mf(o)n. blind dark (am), n. darkness ;
Antarikshya (5), atmospheric,
with help, RV. i, 138, I.
; ;

turbid water, water ; (as), m. pi., N. of a people.

Antarikiha, am, n. antdriksha.
i. Antlka, mfn. (with gen. or abl.) near, prox- - kara, m. n. darkness. kara-maya, mm. dark.
wnffiU^ anf<fr-\/3. ish (3. pi. -icchanti) to imate, L. (compar. nedlyas, superl. nedishtha) ; kara-samoaya, m. intensity of darkness.
wish, long for, RV. viii, 72, 3. (am), n. vicinity, proximity, near, e.g. antika- karita, mfn. made dark, dark, Kid.; (cf. gana
stha, remaining near ; (dm), ind. (with gen. or ifc.) tdrakadi.) knpa, m. a well of which the mouth
flft^Mlirt antar-updti (i/i), -updtyeti, to
enter over a threshold or boundary, Kaus. until, near to, into the presence of; (at), ind. from is hidden ; a well
over-grown with plants, &c. ; a
the proximity ; near, close by ; within the presence particular hell. m-karana (andham-), mf(i)n.
wti'l^ antar- i/gam, to go between (so as of; (/), ind. (with gen. or ifc.) near, close by, in ^^""'it'1 . n. great, thick, or intense
making blind.
to exclude from [abl.]), SBr. the proximity or presence of; (ena), ind. (with gen.) darkness, Pin. v, 4, 79 ; Ragh. tl, f. or -tva,
Antar-gata or -gamin, mfn. gone between or near, -gati, f.
going near. tl, f. nearness, n. blindness. t&mava, n. -tamasa, L. tl-
 andha-dhl. anye-dyus. 45
miira, m. complete darkness of the soul ;
(;}, n. mf(,f)n. made from food, composed of food or of another, adulterous intercourse. &dhCrana, mfn.
the second or eighteenth of the twenty-one hells, boiled rice. maya-koia, m. the gross material common to others. BtrS-ffa, m. going to another's
Mn. &c. doctrine of annihilation after death.
;'
body (which is sustained by (ooA^sthula-sarira). wife, an adulterer, Mn. Anyft-drikiha [L.] or
dhi, mm. mentally blind. pntanS, f. a female mala, n. excrement spirituous liquor,
; cf. Mn. anya-drii [VS. &c.], mfn. or anya-dria,mf(i>.
demon causing diseases in children, Susr. muaha, xi, 9.;. rakshi, caution in eating food.
f. rasa, of another kind, like another. Anyadhina, mfn.
f. a small covered crucible with a hole in the side. m. essence of meat and drink, nutri- subject to others, dependent.
food, chyle ; Any&irayana, n.
mnshika, the Serrata. taste in
going to another (as an inheritance). Anyiirlta,
f.
grass Lepeocercis ment, distinguishing food. lipsa, f. desire
m-bha vishnu (aKO%<ZOT-), mm. becoming blind, for food, appetite. vat (dnna-), mfh.Ved. possessed mfn. gone to another. Anyftsakta, mfn. intent
Pan. iii, 2,57. m-bhavnka(fl<//W;OT-), mfn.id., of food, RV. &c.
x, 1 17, 1, - vaitra, n. food and on something else. Any&sadhSraaa, mm. not
ib. ; Kaus. - ratri, f. dark night (?), AV. Andha- clothing, the necessaries of life. vahi-srotas, n. common to another, peculiar. AnyddhS, f. mar-
laji, f. a blind" boil, one that does not suppurate, Susr. the oesophagus, gullet. vikara, m. transformation ried to another, another's wife, Sah. Anyotpanna,
Andhahi (or andh&hika), m. a 'blind,' i.e. not poi- of food ; disorder of the stomach from
indigestion ;
mfn. begotten by another. Anyodarya, mfn. bora
sonous snake ; (is, is), m. f. the fish called kucika. the seminal secretion. vid, mfh. (</2- vid), ac- from another womb, RV. vii, 4, 8 ; (as), m. a step-
Andhi- \/ 1 kri, to make blind, to blind. Andhl-
.
quiring food, AV. vi, 116, I ; (i/l.vid~), knowing mother's son, Yajn.
krita, mfn. made blind. Andhikrita'tman, mfn. food. sesha, m. leavings, offal. samskara, m. Anyaka, mfn. another, other, RV.
blinded in mind. Andhl-trn, us, m., N. of a Rishi, consecrating of food. hartri, mm. taking away Anya-tama, mfn. any one of many, either, any.
PBr. Andhi- V^nn, to become blind. Andhi- food. homa, m. a sacrifice connected with the Asva- Anya-tara, as, a, at, either of two, other, dif-
bhuta, mfn. become blind. medha,SBr. Ann akala, see anakala. Annaccha- ferent anyatara anyatara, the one, the other
; ;

Andhaka, mfn. blind (as), m., N. of an Asura; dana, n. food and clothing. Annattri or annildin anyatarasydm, loc. f. either way, Pan ta (anya- .

(son of Kasyapa and D iti ) of a descendant of Yadu ;

[Mn. ii, 188], mfh. eating food. Annada, mS(t,d)n. tard-), ind. on one of two sides, SBr. KatySr. ; ;

and ancestor of Krishna and his descendants ; N. of eating food Superl. of the fern, ann&dl-lama, 'eat-
; either way ( = anyatarasydm), VPrit. Anyata-
a Muni. ffhatin or -ripn, m.' the slayer or enemy ing the most,' N. of the fore-finger, SBr. Anna- rato-danta, mf(o)n. having teeth' on one side
of the Asura Andhaka,' N. of Siva. varta, m., N. dana, n. eating of food. Annadya, n. food in (only), SBr. Anyatare-dyui, ind. on either of
of a mountain, Pin. iv, 3, 91, Sch. vrishni, general, proper food. Annadya-kama, mfn. de- two days, Pan. v, 3, tt.
ayas, m. pi. descendants of Andhaka and Vrishni. sirous of food. Annftyn, m. (coined for the ety- Anya-taa, ind. from another
from another ;

Andhakari or andhakaanhrid, m.'enemy of the '

mology of vdyu), living by food, desirous of food,' motive ;
on one
(anyatah anyatah, on the
side
Asura Andhaka,' N. of Siva. AitUp. Annarthin, mfh. asking for food. An- one, on the other side) elsewhere on the other
; ;

I. A'nfl'i'Mf. as, n. darkness, obscurity, RV. na- vridh (final a lengthened), mm. prospering by side, on the contrary, in one direction towards some ;

AndhikS f.
night, L. ;
,
a kind of game (blindman's food, RV. x, 1, 4. Annaharln, mm. eating food. other place. Anyata-eta, m((-eni)n. variegated
buff), L. ; a woman of a particular character (one of A'nnlyat, mm. being desirous of food, RV. iv, 2, 7. on one side, VS. xxx, 19. Anyatah-kshnnt, mm.
the classes of women), L. a disease of the eye, L. ; sharp on one side, SBr. Anyatah-plaksliS, f., N.
another disease, L. ; = sarshapi, L.
;

T^Wg annambhatta, as, m., N. of the of a lotus pond in Kurukshetra, SBr. Anyato-
author of the Tarka-samgraha, q. v.
ghatin, mfn. striking in one direction, SBr. An-
W^f^ 2. dndhas, as, n. (Gk. &>6os),* herb ;
W3f yato-dat, mfn.anyaiardto-danta, q.v., TS.
the Soma plant Soma juice, ;
RV. VS. juice, SBr.;
; ;
i. any a (3), am, n. inexhaustibleness
MBh. milk of cows), AV. xii, I, 4 ; (cf. dnyd.\ Anyato-'ranya, n. a land which is woody only
grassy ground, RV.vii,96,
2 ; food, 111,13244; (as of the
on one side, VS. xxx, 19. Anyato-vSta, m. a
fchP.
^T 2. anyd, as, a, at, other, different ; other disease of the eye, Susr.
andhu, us, m. a well, Rajat. than, different from, opposed to (abl. or in comp.); Anyatastya, as, m. 'opponent, adversary,' in
another ; another person ; one of a number ; any a comp. with -jay in, mfn. overwhelming adversaries,
andhula, as, m. the tree Acacia
SBr. xiv.
anya or eka anya, the one, the other ; anyac ca,
Sirissa.
and another, besides, moreover [cf. Zend anya; Anyat-karaka, mfh. making mistakes, Pin. vi,
VH andhra, as, m., N. of a people (pro- Armen. ail ; Lat. alius ; Goth, aljis, Theme alja;
Gk. aXXoi for aA/'o-s ; cf. also Ivioi]
3, 99
when
(the neut. form appears to be used in comp.
error of any kind is implied ; other examples
bably modern Telingana) ; of a dynasty ; a man of
kama, mfn. .

a low caste (the offspring of a Vaideha father and loving another. kSraka, f. a worm bred in excre- besides the following are given). Anyat-^i. kri,

Karavara mother, who lives by killing game), Mn. ment, L. krita (anyd-), mfn. done by another, to make a mistake, Pat. Anyad-asa or -tell,
RV. kshetra, n. another territory or sphere, a bad desire or Pan.
Jatiya, mm. hope
f.
x, 36. j&ti, f. the Andhra tribe. (?), vi, 3, 99.
belonging to the Andhra tribe. -bhrttya, as, m. AV. ffa or -gamin, mm. going to another, adul- Anya-tra, ind. ( anyasmin, loc. of 2 anyd),
.

terous. gotra, mfn. of a different family. cltta, elsewhere, in another place (with abl.) ; on another
pi. a dynasty of the Andhras.
occasion ; (ifc.) at another time than ; otherwise,
mf(a)n. whose mind is fixed on some one or some-
V^ anna, mfn. (i/ad), eaten, L.; (dnnam),
thing else. oodlta, mm. moved by another. in another manner ; to another place ; except, with;
n. food or victuals, especially boiled rice ; bread corn ; manai
Ja or -jSta (anyd-} [RV.], mfh. bom of another out,MinGr.; Jain. [cf. Goth, aljathrf],
food in a mystical sense (or the lowest form in which Jan man, n. (anydtra-), mm. having the jnind directed to some-
(family, &c.), of a different origin.
the supreme soul is manifested, the coarsest envelope another birth, being bora again, tag, see s. v. thing else, inattentive, SBr. xiv.
of the Supreme Spirit) ; water, Naigh. ; Vishnu ; tS, f. difference. dnrvaha, mfh. difficult to be Anyathaya, P. anyathayati, to alter, Sah.
earth, L. kSma (dnna-), mm. desirous of food, borne by another. devata or -devatya [MaitrS. ; Anya-tnS, ind. otherwise, in a different manner
RV. x, 1 17, 3. kala, m. meal-time, proper hour (with atas, itas, or iotas
= a manner different m
SBr.] or -daivata, mfh. having another divinity,
for eating; time at which a convalescent patient i.e. addressed to another divinity. dhanna, m. from this ; anyatAd anyatha, in one way, in another
begins to take food, Bhpr. koshthaka, m. cup- different characteristic ; characteristic of another ; way) ; inaccurately, untruly, falsely, erroneously ;

board, granary ; Vishnu, the sun, L. gati, f. the dhi, mfn. from another motive in the contrary case, other-
(mfh.), having different characteristics, ;

oesophagus, gullet. gandhi, m. dysentery, diar- one whose mind is alienated, L. nabhi (anyd-), wise [cf. kara, m. doing other-
Lat. aliuta\.
rhoea. Ja or -jKta, mfn. springing from or occa- mfn. of another family, AV. i, 29, 1. para, mfn. wise, changing (am), ind. otherwise, in a different
;

sioned by food as the primitive substance. Jala, n. devoted to something else, zealous in something else. manner, Pan. iii, 4, 37. Vi. krl, to act otherwise,
food and water, bare subsistence, jit, mfn. ob- -pushta, as, m. or a, (. [Kum. i, 46] 'reared by alter, violate (a law), destroy (a hope), &c. krita,
taining food by conquest (explanation
of vdja-jit), mfh. changed, -khyati, f. (in Sankhya phil.) the
another," the kokila or Indian cuckoo (supposed to be
SBr. Jivana (dnna-), mm. living by food, SBr. rearedby the crow). pnrva, f. a woman previously assertion that something is not really what it appears

tejas (dnna-), mm. having the vigour of food, betrothed to one and married to another. bija-ja to be according to sensual perception ; N. of a philo-
AV. da or -dStri, mm. giving food N. of Siva ; or -bija-samndbhava or -bijotpanna,'
'
bora m .
sophical work. tva, n. an opposite state of the
and DurgS, L. dana, n. the giving of food. da- from the seed of another,' an adopted son. bhrlt, case, difference. bhftva, m. alteration, difference.
yin, mfn. = -da above, -devata, f. the divinity m. ' nourishing another,' a crow (supposed to sit upon bhnta, mfn. changed. vidin (otanya-vadin),
supposed to preside over articles of food. dosha, the eggsof the kokila). bhrita,ar,m.or(f,f.[Ragh. mfn. speaking differently ; (;), m. speaking incon-
m. a committed by eating prohibited food, Mn.
fault
viii, 58]
= -pushtd above. mainn or -managka, sistently ; (in law) prevaricating or a prevaricator.
V, 4. dvesha, as, m. want of appetite, dislike of mm. whose mind is fixed on something else, absent, vritti, mfh. altered, disturbed by strong emo-
food. patl (dnna-), m. the lord of food, N. of versatile ; having another mind in one's self, pos-
tion. siddha, mfh. wrongly defined, wrongly
Savitri, Agni, Siva, patni, f. a goddess presiding sessedby a demon. matri-ja, m. a half-brother proved or established ; effected otherwise, unessen-

over food, AitBr. ; AsvSr. -patya (dnna-), n. (who has the same father but another mother), Yajn.
tial. ciddha-tva, n. or -siddni, f. wrong argu-
the lordship over food, MaitrS. pn, mm. (expla- -raj an, mm. having another for king, subject to ing, wrong demonstration that demonstration in ;

nation of keta-pii), purifying food, SBr. pnrna, another,ChUp. -rashtrfya, mm. from another which arguments are referred to untrue causes.
mfn. filled with or possessed of food ; (a), f., N. of belonging to another kingdom, SBr. Btotra, n. irony, Yajn. ii, 204.
kingdom,
ind. at another time ; sometimes one
a goddess, a form of Durga. peya, n. explains the rupa, n. another form ;(ena), in another form, Anya-dft, ;

word vdja-pfya, q.v., SBr. prada, mm. -da = disguised; (anyd-rufa), mf(o)n. having another day, once ; in another case [cf. Old Slav, inogda,
form, changed, altered, RV. &c. -rnpin, mfn. intida] .

above.SBr. pralaya.mfn. being resolved into food

or the primitive substance after death, L. prasa, having another shape. llnga or -lingaka, mm. Anyad-SiS, -Kila, &c. See anyat-karaka.
m. or -prasana, n. putting rice into a child's mouth having the gender of another (word,
viz. of the sub- Anyadiya, mfn. (PSn. vi, 3, 99) belonging to
for the first time (one of the Samskaras see sam- ; stantive), an adjective. varna (anyd-), mf(o)n. another, Dai.
- bnbhukhu, mfn. vfipa, m. 'sowing for Anyarhi, ind. at another time, L.
skd ra^, Mn. ii, 34;Ysjfi.i, 1 2. having another colour.
desirous of eating food, Brahma as brahman, n. others,' i. e.
'
leaving his eggs in the
nests of other Anyedynka [Car.] or anyedynihka [Susr.],
or Indian cuckoo, VS. vrata mfh. occurring on another day ; (as), m. a chronic
bhaksha.'m. or-bhaksha- birds,' the kokila
represented by food.
to others, infidel, RV. ; VS. fever.
oia, n. earing of food. -bhEga, m.
a share of (anyd-), m. devoted
mfn. eating food; saknaka, m. a Brahman who has left his school, Anye-dyns, ind. on the other day, on the fol-
food, AV. iii, 30, 6. -bhnj,
intercourse with lowing day, AV. &c.; the other day, once, Panctt.
(k), m. a N. of Siva, MBh. xii, 10382. -maya, L.;napostate,L.-amgama,m.
46 anyonya. anv-d-da.

Anyonya anyo-'nya (said to be tV. anyas,

or following, succession ; connection, association, being anv-ava- Shan, to throw down
nom. sing, m., and anya ; cf. paraspara ; in most linked to or concerned with ; the natural order or
by striking, SBr.
cases the first anya may be regarded as the subject connection of words in a sentence, syntax, constru-
of the sentence, while the latter assumes the ace., ing logical connection of words ; logical connection
; T'^f^' anv-ava- \/hri, to lower (the
inst., gen., or loc. cases as required by the verb ;
of cause and effect, or proposition and conclusion ; houlder), SJnkhGr.
but there are many instances in which the first anya, drift, tenor, purport ; descendants, race, lineage,
'Wr^qTSt anv-avdrj (\/arj), to cause to go
originally a nominative, is equivalent to an oblique family. jna, m. a genealogist, vat, mfn. hav-
after or in a particular direction,
case) ; one another, mutual ; (am\ or -tas, ind. ing a connection (as a consequence), following, SBr. ;
to afflict with
mutually. kalaha, m. mutual quarrel. >ffhata, agreeing with belonging to race or family (vat),
; ; (instr.), AitUp.
m. mutual conflict, killing one another. paksha- ind. in connection with, in the sight of, Mn. viii,
anv-avds (\/2. as), to place upon
nayana, n. transposing (of numbers) from one side 332. agreement and contrariety;
vyatireka, n.
to another. m. mutual or enmity a positive and negative proposition ; species and (dat.), TS.
bheda, division .

mithuna, n. mutual union; ,;/, m. united difference ; rule and exception ; logical connection anv-avg (\/i), cl. 2. P. -aruiti, to
mutually. vibhaga, m. mutual partition (of an and disconnection. vyatirekin, mfn. (in phil.) follow, walk up to or get into.
inheritance). vritti, m. mutual effect of one upon affirmative and negative. vySpti, f. an affirma- Anv-avaya, as, m. race, MBh.
lineage,
another. vyatikara, m. reciprocal action, rela- tive argument. Anv-avayana, am, n. See dn-anvavayana.
tion or influence. samiraya, m. reciprocal re- Anvayin, mfn. connected (as a consequence) ;

lation (of cause and effect).sapeksha, nil'ii. belonging to the same family, Rajat. Anvayl-tva, W?T^^ anv-avttksh (\/iksh), to look at,
mutually relating. harabhihata, mfn. (two n. the state of being a necessary consequence. inspect.
quantities) mutually multiplied by their denomina- Anv-avekh5, f.
regard, consideration.
tors. Anyonyapahrita, mfn. taken or secreted
^T^W ont -v^arc, to honour with shouts
-

or songs of jubilee, RV. 'W^^ anv-Vl. as, cl. 5. P.. A. -asnoti,

from one another, taken secretly. AnyonyabhSva, v, 29, 2.
m. mutual -nute, to reach, come up to, equal, RV. AV.
non-existence, mutual negation, relative ;

V^T^anv-\/arj, to let go, SBr.

difference. Anyonyasraja, m. mutual or reci- w-qKqii anv-ashtakd, f. the ninth day in
procal support or connection or dependance
; mutually w <*
r^
anvart (according to NBD.) short- the latter half of the three (or four) months following
depending. Anyonyasrita, mfn. mutually sup- ened for anu-vart (Vvrit), to go after, demand the full moon in AgrahSyana, Pausha,
Magha (&
ported or depending. Anyonyokti, f. conversation. (a girl in marriage), AV. xiv, I, 56. For the abbre- Mn. iv, 150.
PhSlguna),
'

'W^jf a-nyanga, mfn. spotless,' in comp. viation, cf. anva, apva, a-bhva. Anvashtakya, am, n. a Sraddha or funeral
with -sveta, mfn. white and without spot (as a Auvartitri for ann-vartltrf, id, m. a wooer, ceremony performed on the Anvashtakas.
RV. x, 109, 2.
sacrificial animal), AitBr.
^Jr^if anv-artha, mf(a)n. conformable to
W^^ anv-Vi.as, to be near, Laty. ;
to
(<( &c. See s.v.
n^ anyd-tas, 2. anya. be at hand, RV. AitBr. to reach, RV.
; ;

the meaning, agreeing with the true meaning, Ragh.

Anya-tha, anya-da, &c. See ib. ^T'^^T dnv-asta, mfn. (Vz.as), shot along,
iv, 12; having the meaning obvious, intelligible,
^T^IT anya (3), f. inexhaustible (as the milk n. the literal acceptation of the shot interwoven (as in chequered, SBr.
clear. grahana, ; silk),
of a cow), RV. I, 10 & 27, 1 1 SV.
vui, ;
meaning of a word (as opposed to the conventional). ^T'^|T anv- \/ ah, petf. -a ACT, to pronounce
^Ml<* a-nydya, as, m. unjust or unlawful samjiia, f. a term whose meaning is
intelligible
(especially a ceremonial formula, SBr.
in itself (opposed to such technical terms as bha,
&c.)
action ; impropriety, indecorum irregularity, dis- ;

order. vartin or -vritta, mfn. acting unjustly ; ghu, &c.) ^t?^ anv-ahdm, ind. day after day,
following evil courses.
W"**^ anv-Vav, to encourage, RV. viii,
every day.
A-nyayin or a-nyayya, mfn. unjust, improper, 7. '4- W7I anvd (for 2.n-pa, q. v.), blowing
indecorous, unbecoming.
TandyaBr. GopBr.
^irq^^i anv-ava- \/i. to despise, re- after, ;
kj-i,
^f*tfl d-nyuna, mf(5)n. not defective, not any one
fuse, MaitrS. ^T^qTJji anv-d-i/i. kri, to give to
less than (with abl.) ; entire, complete. A'-nyu- to take with him, to give a portion to a daughter,
natirikta [SBr.] or a-nyunadhika, mfn. not too w-=l^e* anc-apa-s/i. krt, to scatter or
SankhBr.
little and not too much ; neither deficient nor ex- strew about (with instr.), Y5jn.
cessive.
Anv-a-kxiti, is, (.
shaping after, imitation,
Anv-avakirana, am, n. scattering about succes-
SJnkhGr.
sively, L.
d-ny-okag, mfn. not remaining in
^T^TTBi^ anv-d-i/kram, A. to ascend to-
one's habitation (okas}, AV. WfiJIstrH anv-ava-\/kram, to descend or wards or TS. P. to visit in succession, BhP.
to, :
enter in succession, SBr. xiv.
W^JSf anv-aksha, mfn. (fr. 4. aksha), fol-
lowing, L. ; (am), ind. afterwards, immediately after, ^P^HT ae-opa-,-v/i. ffa, to go and join anv-d-ksdyam, ind. (ksd for
R. &c., cf. gana sarad-adi. another, SBr. khya], reciting successively, MaitrS.

^l-IBK^fal anv-akshara-sandhi, is, tn. ^ T=J ^^J anv-ava- </car, to insinuate one's ^^IWT anv-u- s/tAya,toenumerate,Laty.
a kind of Sandhi in the Vedas, RPrtt. self into, enter stealthily, TS. &c. Anv-akhyana, am, n. an explanation keeping
m. See dn-anvavacdra. close to the text, SBr. a minute account or state-
ind. after
Anv-avaoSra, as, ;

i*^U'^ anv-angdm, every ment, Pat.

member or part, SBr. W^tTT anv-ava-Vdha, to place into suc-
Apr. '1=|T'T*J anv-a-Vgam, to follow, come
TT^^ anvdnc, an, uei and uci, ak (*/anc), cessively,
after,VS. SBr. &c. Desid. -jigdnsati, to wish or
; :

following the direction of another, going after, fol- w*qii( anv-ava-i/i. pa, Ved. Inf. -patoh, intend to follow,. SBr.
lowing ; lying lengthwise ; (anuci), loc. ind. in the to drink after others, SlnkhBr.
rear, behind (alt), ind. afterwards ; behind (with
;
OT3TTT anv-d-^/ 1 .
gd, to follow, RV. i,

ace.) Anvag-bhavam, ind. afterwards, L. ;

^^^5 anv-ava- Vplu, -plavate, to dive
126, 3.
after, TBr.
friendly disposed, Pan. Anvag-bhuya,
iii, 4, 64. ^^T^3 anv-d-ycaksh, to name after,
ind. becoming friendly disposed, ib. 'Wf<*{^( anv-ava-\/mris, to touch or
SBr.
anv- Vaflj, to anoint, SBr.; Kaus. come in contact with or along, Gobh.
*U'*I^ anv-d-\/cam, to follow in rinsing
anv-ava- /ruh, to
t
<

'^
anv-ati- </sic, to pour out over W'^^^ ascend or the mouth, AsvGr.
or along, TBr. enter upon after another, MBh.
as, m. (v/ct), laying
anv-dcaya,
'W^iit anv-ati (\/f), cl. 2. P. -atyeti, to wi-qqcj^ anv-ava- Vlup, Pass, -lupyate, down of secondary importance (after that
a rule

pass over to, follow, SBr.

to drop off after another, PBr. which is pradhdna or primary) connecting of a ;

secondary action with the main action (e.g. the con-

W^ftr^ anv-adhi-</ruh, to ascend after w*i<i<jiv anv-ava- Vsrii, to let go along junction fa is sometimes used anvacaye). sisli-
another, Lfity. or towards, TS. TBr. ; ta, mfn. propounded as a rule or matter of secon-
throw upon Anv-avaiarga, as, m. letting down, slackening, dary importance.
'W'qwi^ anv-adhy-^2. a>, to TPrSt. ; Pat.; permission to do as one likes, Pan. Anv-acita, mfn. secondary, inferior.
after another, MSnSr.
i, 4, 96.
^qT^ane-a-\/car, to follow or imitate
wrqUnT^ anv-adhydyam, ind. according
anp-aca-v/so, -syati, to adhere to, in doing, BhP.
to the chapters (of the Veda), according to the
cling to, TBr. &c.; to long for, desire, SBr. &c.
sacred texts, Nir.
Anv-ava-sSyin, mfn. adhering W'^l'H anvdje (\/aj?), only used in con-
to, depending
V^TH^ anv-apa-\/kram, to run away on (gen.), TS. ; SBr. nection with ^ \.kri, e.g. anvaje kri, to support,
after another, TBr. Anv-ava-sita, mfn. seized by, SSiikhBr. aid, assist, Pan. i, 4, 73.

^rafafa^ anv-abhi-shic (i/sic), A. -siit- *T q (T anv-ava- </stha, to descend after ^T^7H^ anv-d-Vtan, to extend, spread,
cate, to have one's self anointed by another (with another, SBr. RV. viii, 48, 13, &c. ;
to overspread, extend over,
ace.), MBh. xii, 2803 (both editions). VS.
.
-sravayati, to
f
anv-aya,ns, m. (/{, see anv-\ i), cause to flow down upon or along, TS.; TBr.; SBr. anv-d-^i. da, A. to resume, SBr.
 anv-a-dis. apa-kdma. 47
anp-a- Vdis, to name or mentio anv-a- \/2. vap, to scatter in ad-
'

Comm. on NySyad.
mining, inquiry, ; meditation,
afresh, Pan. BhP.
dition," to add, Kaus.
Anv-adisttta, mfn. mentioned again, referrin Anv-ikshitavya, mfn. to be kept in view or in
to a previous Pan.
rule, vi, 2, 190. 'W'^i^^ anv-d-vvah, to convey to or in mind, SBr.
Anv-adesa, m. mentioning after, a repeati
as, the proximity of, RV. x, 29, 3.
mention, referring what has been stated pre
to anv-ita = anv-ita,q.v., Balar. ; Kir.
viously, re-employment of the same word in a sub
*( ifTSfT anp-a- \/vis, to enter,
occupy,
sequent part of a sentence, the employment again o possess to follow, act anv-ipdm, ind. (fr. 2. ap), along
;
according to, ChUp. &c. the water, along the river, MaitrS.
the same thing to perform a subsequent cf. Pan. vi, ,
T*^I^i^an0-a- v vrit, to roll near or along,
;
operation.
Anv-adesaka, mfn. referring to a previou 98, Sch.
RV. v, 62, 2 to revolve or move after, follow, VS.
statement, TPrat. ;
anv-
v/rt (01.3. P. -iyarti), aor. A. -aria,
&c. Intens. -varlvartti (impf. 3 pi. dnv avartvuA
:
.
tT*|
T
anv-a--/dha, to add in placin
*)! to follow in V. R 5 2, 6.
along, RV
for vrituh), to drive or move after or rising, v,-

upon, place upon A. & P. to add fuel (to the fire'

:
x, 51, 6; TS.
AitBr. &c. ; to deliver over to a third "^"i*! anv-ricdm, ind. verse after verse,
person (i SBr.
law).
w^T^IT anp-a- \/si, to lie along, be ex-
Anv-adhana, am, n. adding or tended over, AV. dnv-riju, mfn. moving straightfor-
putting fuel (o
the three sacred fires) ; depositing. w-flfW anv-d-srita, mfn. (</sri), one
wards or in the right way (N. of Indra), MaitrS.
I. Anv-adi.1, is, m. a bail or deposit t
given who has gone along placed or situated along.
any one for being delivered to a third person, Gaut
;
*pspr anv-\/ridh, cl. 6. P. -ridhdti, to
Anv-adheya or -adheyaka, am, n. proper! T'^R^ anv-Vds, to take a seat subse- RV. vii, 87, 7.
carry out, accomplish,
presented after marriage to the wife by her husband' quently ;
to be seated at or near or round
(with ace.) ; ^n=^ anv-e (a-\/),
Mn. &c. to live in the
cl. 2. P. -aiti, to coma
family, proximity of (with gen.), Heat. ; to follow as an adherent or
after, to attendant, RV.
Anv-Shita, mfn. deposited with a person to b be engaged in (especially in a
religious act).
i,
1 6 1, 3, &c.
delivered ultimately to the right owner. down
Anv-asana, am, n. sitting after (another);

<mt>-a- \/i .dhdv,to run after, Rath

service ; regret, affliction, L. ; a place where work dnv-etave, &c. See anv-^i.
done, manufactory, house of industry, L.
is
;
an
anv-a-\/dhi, to recollect, remem unctuous or cooling enema, L. p, n. (gen. npds), work (according
her, think AV. TAr.
of, ;
Anv-asina, mfn. sitting down after, seated to NBD.), RV. i, 151,4.
3. Anv-adhl, is, m. repentance, remorse, L. alongside of.
Anv-asyamSna, mfn. being accompanied by, WH, 2. dp (in Ved. used in sing, and plur.,
Anv-adhya, as, m. pi. a kind of divinity, SBr. but in the classical language only in plur.,
attended by. apas), f.
water air, the intermediate region,
anv-d-Vni, to lead to or along. ;
; the Naigh.
anv-d-vsthd, to go towards, to star 8 Virginis ; the Waters considered as divinities.
anv-a-Vnu, Intens. -ndnaviti, to meet, attain, VS. &c. Ifc. ap may become apa or ipa, iipa after i- and u-
sound through, RV. x, 68, 12. stems respectively.
Tl anv-d-hita. See anv-d-\/dhd. [Cf. Lat. aqua; Goth. ahva,'t.
river ;' Old Germ, aha, and affa at the end of com-
^TJ^T^ai dnv-antrya, mfn. being in the
anv-d-i/hri, to make up, supply, pounds Lith. upp&,
'
a river ;' perhaps Lat. amnis,
entrails, AV.
;
'
SBr. &c. a river," for apnis ; cf. also u</>/im .
| Apa- vat,
^TJTC^anp-v'ap, to attain, reach, AitBr. : Anv-a-harana, am, n. making up, supplying, mfn. watery, AV. 24. Apah-samvarta,
xviii, 4,
Desid. anv-lpsati, to harmonize in opinion, agree, Comm. on Laty. m. destruction (of the world) by water, Buddh.
VP. Anv-a-hara, as, m. id., Laty. Apam-vatsa, m. 'calf of the waters," N. of a star.
P. and A. to cause Auv-aharya, as, m. a gift, consisting offood Apam-napSt [RV. VS.] or apam-naptri [Pan. ;

w-qiu^ anv-d-</bhaj, prepared with rice, presented to the Ritvij priest at iv, 2, 27] or apam-garbha [VS.] or apo-naptri
to take a share after or with another, SBr. &c. :he Darsapurnamasa ceremonies, TS. &c. ; (am or
[Pan. iv, 2, 27], m. 'grandson of the
waters," N.
Anv-a-bhakta, mfn. entitled to take a share akam), n. the monthly Sraddha (q.v.) held on the of Agni or fire as sprung from water.
after or with another.
Apam-
day of new moon (according to Mn. iii, 123 it should naptriya [Pan. iv, 2, 27] or apam-naptriya J
1
>e of meat eaten after the presentation of a Pinda or
!P'TltJ. anv-d-\/bhu, to imitate, equal, [Kath.] or apo-naptriya [l Br.]orapo-naptriya
TS. &c. mil of rice). pacana, m. the southern sacrificial [MaitrS. ; TS. ; AitBr. &c.], mfn. relating to Agni.
ire, used in the AnvSharya sacrifice, SBr. &c. ApSm-natha, m. the ocean, L. ApSm-nidhi,
'WU4r^ anv-d-Vyat, Caus. -ydtayati, to m. the ocean, L. ; N. of a SSman. Apam-pati or
anv-d- V hve, to call to one's side
dispose or add in regular sequence, bring into con- ap-pati [Mn.], m. the ocean ; N. of Varuna.
nection with (loc. or abl.), SBr. &c. n order or after another, Kaus. or
Apam-pitta ap-pitta, n. fire a plant L. ; ;

Anv-a- yatta, mfn.

(with toe. or ace.) connected anv-Vi, to go after or alongside, to Ap-kritsna, deep meditation performed by
n.

with, being in accordance with, being entitled to, bllow to seek ; to be guided by ; to fall to one's
means of water, Buddh. Ap-cara, m. an aquatic
;

TS. &c. animal, Mn. Ap-saras, see s. v.

share, RV. iv, 4, 1 1 Ved. Inf. dnv-etave, to reach
;
vii, 72.
Anv-ayatya, mfn. to be brought in connection or join [BR.], to imitate [Gmn.], RV. vii, 33, 8 ; Aptya (3\ mfn. watery, RV. i, 124, 5.
with, to be added, to be supplied, AsvSr. anv-etavat, to go along (with ace.), RV. i, 24, 8 ; Apya (2, 3), mf(dpyd; once dpi, RV. vi, 67, 9)n.
W^nfiTT anv-dyatana, mfn. latitudinal. i. 44. 5- being in water, coming from water, connected with
Anv-aya. See p. 46, col. I. water, RV. (cf. $.apya).
w <i Mi anv-a- /rabh, to catch or seize or
i
Apsava, apsavya, apsa. See s. v.
Anv-ita, mfn. gone along with ; joined, attended,
touch from behind to place one's self behind or at the Apia, for words beginning thus, see s.
;
accompanied by, connected with, linked to ; having v. apsu.
side of, keep at the side of, AV. &c. : Caus. -rambha- s an essential or inherent part, endowed with, pos- Al>-, forwards beginning thus, see s.v. ab-indhana,
yati, to place behind another (with loc.), TS. sessed of, possessing ; acquired reached by the mind, ; ab-ja, Sec.
Anv-arabhya, mfn. to be touched from behind, inderstood following ; connected as in grammar or
;
^T1
apa, ind. (as a prefix to nouns and
SBr. onstruction. Anvltartha, mm. having a clear
m. touching from away, off, back (opposed to >ipa,
verbs, expresses)
Anv-arambha, as, behind, meaning understood from the context, perspicuous.
TBr. dnu, sam, pro] ; down (opposed to ud). taram,
; KatySr. A'nv-iti, is, ft following after, VS. ind. farther off, MaitrS.
Anv-arambhana, am, n. id., KatySr. Anv-iyamana, mfn. being followed.
an initiatory ceremony,
When prefixed to nouns, it may sometimes = the
Anv-arambhaniyS, f. or may ex-
^(f^^anv-Vidh or anv-Vindh, to
e. g. apa-bhi, fearless
kindle, neg. particle a, ;
KatySr. &c.
VV. press deterioration, inferiority, apa-pdlha). (cf.

4n^
ascending ;
anv-a- */ruh, to follow or join
to ascend : Caus. -rohayati, to place
by
fi*JU anp-v/3. ish, cl. I. P. -icchati, to
v
(As a separable particle or adverb in Ved., with
abl.) away from, on the outside of, without, with the
esire, seek, seek after, search, aim at, AV. &c. : exception of [cf. Gk. dird; Lat. ab ; Goth, of;
upon.
Anv-aroha, as, m. pi.,
N. of certain Japas ut- 1.
4. P. -ishyati, id., R. &c., Caus. -eshayati, id., Eng. of}.
tered at the Soma-libations, TS. ilricch. &c.
Anv-ishta or anv-ishyamana, mfn. sought, apa-karuna, mfn. cruel.
Anv-arohana, am, n. (_a widow's) ascending the
funeral pile after or with the body of a husband, equired. apa-kalanka, as, m. a deep stain
Anv-eaha, as, m. [Sak.] or anv-eshana, am, mark of disgrace, L.
(gana anupravacanadi, q. v.) or
n.
Anv-arohaniya, mfn. belonging to the Anv- ,
f. seeking for, searching, investigating.

arohana, or rite of cremation, ibid. Anv-eshaka, mf(ta)n. or anv-eshin or anv- apa-kulmasha, mf(a)n. stainless,
ih$ri [Pan. v, 2, 90, &C.], mm. searching, in-
sinless.
VlMlc3>T anv-a-\/labh, to lay hold of,
uiring. apa-->/kash, to scrape off, AV.
or with the hand,
grasp, handle, take in the hand Anv-eshtavya or anv-eshya, mfn. to be
RV. x, 130, 7, &c. arched, to be investigated. apa-kashdya, mfn. sinless,
Anv-alabhana or anv-alambhana, am, n. MarkP.
a handle (?), MBh.
W "ll^ anv-Vtksh, to follow with one's
17156.
apa-kdmd, as, m. aversion, abhor-
iii,
ks, to keep looking or gazing, AV. &c. ; to keep
^WT7yNr anv-a- Vloc, Caus. -locayatt, to view, SBr. rence, RV. vi,'75, 2 AV. abominableness, AV. ;
; ;

consider attentively. Anv-ikthana, am, n. or anv-Iksha, f. exa- (dm), ind. against one's liking, unwillingly, AV.
 48 apa-klrti. a-panci-krita.
apa-kirti, it, f. infamy, disgrace. W l
JJS^ apa- v/fcrus, to revile. apa-cdy, to fear, TBr. ; to respect,
apa-kukshi, is, m. a bad or ill- Apa-kroia, as, m. reviling, abusing, L. honour, SBr. TBr. ;

shaped belly (?), Pin. vi, 2, 187; (also used as a ^TT^ a-pakshd, mfn. without wings, AV. Apa-caylta, mfn. honoured, respected, PSn.vii,
i.hu-vrihi and Avyayi-bhdva.) &c. without followers or partisans, MBh. ; not on 2, 30, Sch.
;

the same side or party ; adverse, opposed to. Apa-cftyln, mfn. not rendering due respect,
WH^W apa-kuftja, as, m., N. of a younger
f.
opposition, hostility.
ta,
pata, m. impartiality.
showing want of respect, MBh.; vriddh&pacayi-
brother of the serpent-king Sesha, Hariv. tva, n. the not rendering due respect to old men,
pnccha, mfn. without wings and SBr. &c.
Wf apa- \/i hi, to carry away, remove,.

drag away ; (with gen. or ace.) to hurt, wrong, in-

^nift? apa- ^4. kshi, Pass, -kshiyule, to
tail,
MBh.
Wjf"f
xiii, 6705.
i .
apa- \/2 ci 3. sg. -cikihi)
decline, wane (as the moon), TS. SBr.
.
(Imper.
jure Caus. -kdrayati, to hurt, wrong.
;
:

Apa-kshaya, as, m. decline, decay, wane, VP.

to pay attention to, to respect, AV. i, 10, 4.
Apa-karana, am, n. acting improperly ; doing I. Apa-oita, mfn. (Pin.
Apa-kshita, mfn. waned, BhP. 30) honoured, vii, 2,
wrong, L. ; ill-treating, offending, injuring, L. respected, SBr.&c.; respectfully invited, BhP.; (am),
Apa-kartri, mfn. injurious, offensive. Apa-kshina, mfn. declined, decayed, L.
n. honouring,
esteeming.
Apa-karman, a, n. discharge (of a debt), Mn. ITlfEn^ apa-i/kship, to throw away or 1. Apa-clti, f.
is, honouring, reverence, Sis'.
evil doing, L. any impure or
viii, 4 ; ; violence, L.; down, take away, remove. mat (dpacili-), mfn. honoured, TS.; SBr.;
degrading act, L. Apa-khlpta, mfn. thrown down or away. KatySr.
Apa-Ura, as, m. wrong, offence, injury, hurt; Apa-khepana, am, n. throwing down, &c.
despise, disdain. glr [L.], f. or -iabda [Han. viii,
Wlfa 2.apa-</i.ci, -cinoti, to gather,
I, 8, Sch.], m. an offending or ^TH'l*^ apa- V'gam, to go away, depart; collect: Pass, -clyate, to be injured in health or
menacing speech. to give way, vanish.
-tS, f.
wrong, offence. Apakararthin, mm. prosperity; to grow less; to wane ; (with abl.) to
malicious, malevolent. Apa-gra, mf(a)n. going away, turning away from lose anything, MBh.
Apa-k&raka or apa-karin, mm. acting wrong, (abl.), AV. i, 34, 5 ; (cf. dn-apaga); (a), i.^dpa- Apa-caya, as, m. diminution, decay, decrease,
ill to (with gen.); offending, ga, L. decline;
N
of several planetary mansions.
.

doing injuring.
Apa-krlta, mm. done wrongly or maliciously, Apa-gata, mfh. gone, departed, remote, gone 2 Apa-cita, mfh. diminished,
.
expended, wasted ;
off; dead, diseased. vyadhi, mfn. one who has emaciated, thin, S3k. &c.
offensively or wickedly committed ; practised as a
recovered from a disease. 2. Apa-citl, is, {. loss, L. ; expense, L. ; N. of a
degrading or impure act (e. g. menial work, funeral
Apa-gama, at, m. going away giving way daughter of Marici.VP.; (for 3.<fyVj-V!',seebelow.)
rites, &c.) ; (am), n. injury, offence. ; ;

Apa-kriti, is, f.
oppression, wrong, injury. departure, death. Apa-ci, f. a disease consisting in an enlargement
Apa-sramana, am, n. id. of the glands of the neck, Susr.
Apa-kritya, am, n. damage, hurt, Pancat.
"WtJTT apa-gara, as, m. (V/I.$T), reviler Apa-cetri, ta, m. a spendthrift, L.
Apa-kriya, f. wrong or improper act delivery,
a ;

clearing off (debts), Yijfl. iii, 234; offence.

(special function of a priest at a sacrifice), PBr. ;
WTfl^i^T apa-cikirshd, f.
(</i. k?i
Vdf cl. 6. P. -kjintati, to Lity. &c. ; (cf. abhigara.) Desid.), desire of hurting any one.
l^opa-v/a. iftf,
cut off, Kaus. VPlfSlf apa-garjita, mfn. thunderless WlN^ i.apa-Vcit, Caus. A. (Subj. -c-
cl. I. P. -karshati, to (as a cloud), Kathis. tdyatai) to abandon, turn off from (abl.), VS. ii, 1 7 :
*f*&^apa-</krish,
draw off or aside, drag down, carry away, take away, ^f <4*l <*T apa-galbhd, mfn. wanting in bold- Desid. -cikitsati, to wish to leave or to abandon any
remove to omit, diminish to put away to antici-
; ; ; ness, embarrassed, perplexed, VS. ; TS. one (abl.), AV. xiii, 2, 15.
pate a word &c. which occurs later (in a sentence) Apa-cit, t, f. a noxious flying insect, AV.
2.
to bend (a bow) to detract, debase, dishonour
;
;

:
WPTT apa-Ji.ga, to go away, vanish, Apa-cetas, mfn. not favourable to (with abl.),
Caus. -karshayati, to remove, diminish, detract.
retire (with abl.), VS. &c. TBr.
Apa-karha, as, m. drawing or dragging off or apa-Vgur, to
*iM'j$. reject, disapprove, OTTfafk s.dpa-citi, is, f. (= anorurts,
down, detraction, diminution, decay ; lowering, de-
threaten, RV. v, 32, 6, &c. ; to inveigh against any VS- cf), compensation, either recompense [TS. &c.j
pression ; decline, inferiority, infamy ; anticipation, one : Intens. part, apa-jdrgurdna or retaliation, revenge, punishing, RV. iv, 28,
(see s. v. apa- 4, &c.
NySyam. ; (in poetry) anticipation of a word occur- </3.grf}-
ring later. ama, as, a, m. f. a sophism in the Apa-garam or apa-goram, ind. disapproving, xtH'asej apa-cchad (i/chad), Caus. -ccha-
Nyiya 'sound has not the quality of shape as
(e. g.
threatening (?), Pin. vi, I, 53. dayati, to take off a cover, ApSr.
a jar has, therefore sound and a jar have no qualities
Apa-gorana, am, n. threatening, Comm. on TS. Apa-cchattra, mfh. not having a parasol,
in common '). KathSs.
2. sg. P. -guhas,
Apa-karchaka, mf(&j)n. drawing down, de- WH'J^ apa-\/guh (Subj.
tracting (with gen.), Ssh. A. -guhathds; impf. 3. pi. dp&guhan; aor. -aghu- apa-cchaya, mfn. shadowless,
Apa-kanhana, mm. taking away, forcing zway, kshat) to conceal, hide, RV.; AV. having no shadow (as a deity or celestial being) ;
removing, diminishing ; (am), n. taking away, de- A'pa-gudna, mfh. hidden, concealed, RV. having a bad or unlucky shadow ; (d), f. an unlucky
priving of; drawing down; abolishing, denying; Apa-gnhamana, mfh. hiding, AV. xix, 56, 2 shadow, a phantom, apparition.
;
anticipation, Nyayam. (dpa guh) RV. 104, 17. vii,
WMI\$ i.
apa-cchid (\/ckid),to cut off or
Apa-krihta, mm. drawn away, taken away, Apa-goha, <w,m. hiding place, secret,RV.ii, 1 5,7.
away, SBr. &c.
removed, lost ; dragged down, brought down, de-
pressed ; low, vile, inferior ; (as), m. a crow, L. WH^apa- \/2.gri, Intens. part, -jdrgurdna, 2. Apa-cchid, t, f. a cutting, shred, chip, SBr. ;

cetana, mfh. mentally debased. jSti, mfn. of mfh. (Gmn. & NBD.) devouring, RV. v, 29, 4. PBr.
a low tribe, til, f. or -tva, n. inferiority, vileness. Apa-cclieda, as, am, m. n. cuttting off or away;
WHM~l;j< apa-gopura, mfn. without gates separation.
ws apa-Vl.kri, A. apa-s-kirate (Pan. (as a town). Apa-ccbedana, am, n. id.
fi, I, 142) to scrape with the feet, Uttarar. ; (cf. VJn apa- </gai, to break off singing, cease Wrgapa-\/cyu(aor. A. 2. sg. -ryoshthah)
ava-*/s-kri): P. apa-kirati, to spout out, spurt, to sing, Vait.
GopBr. ; to fall off, go RV. x, 1 73, 2 Caus. (aor.
off, desert,
scatter, Pin. i, 3, n, Conmi.; to throw down, L.
:

"Wnif apa-i/grah, to take away, disjoin, -cucyavat) to expel, RV. ii, 41, 10.
w^Tui a-pakti, is, f. (v/pae), immaturity; tear off. Apa-cyava, as, m. pushing away, RV. 28, 3. i,

indigestion. WI'ifnT apa-jdta, m. a bad son who

A-pakva, mf(ii)n. unripe, immature; undigested. ^rn^ apa-\/gha(, Caus. -ghdtayati, to as,
shut up. has turned out ill, Pancat.
ta, f.
immaturity; incompleteness. bnddhi,
mfh. of immature understanding. Apakvasln, WMII i.apa-ghana, as, m. (\/han), (Pan.
Wqfl apa-i/ji, to ward off, keep off or
mfn. eating raw, uncooked food. 8 1 ) a limb or member (as a hand or foot), Naish. out, SBr. ; Kith. ; PBr.
iii, 3,
m. Apa-Jaya, as, m. defeat, discomfiture, L.
w*H^ apa-Vkram, to go away, retreat,
SBr.
Apa-ghata,
Pin.
as, striking off, warding off,
Apa-jayya, mfn. See an-apajayydm.
retire from, RV. x, 164, 1, Sec. to glide away to ; ;
; (cf. iii, 3, 81, Sch.)
measure off by steps, Kaus. : Caus. -kramayati, to Apa-ghataka, mf('/ia)n. (ifc.) warding off.
Tf^fjim^ apa -j ighdnsu, mfn. (\/han
cause to run away, PBr. : Desid. -cikramishati, Apa-ghatln, mfn. Id. See apa-^han. Desid.), desirous of keeping off, wishing to avert,
to intend to run away or escape (with abl.), Br. AitBr.
2. apa-ijhana, mfn. cloudless.
Apa-krama, as, m. going away, SBr. &c. ; 1

flight, retreat, L. ; (mfh.), not being in the regular a-paca, mfn. not able to cook, a bad wf*l%\ ^apa-jihirshu,mfa.(</)iri Desid.),
order (a fault in poetry). cook, Pin. vi, 2, 157 seq, Sch. wishing to carry off or take away, Rijat.
Apa-kramana, am, n. or apa-krama, as, m.
apa-Vjrta, -janite, to dissemble,
passing off or away, retiring.
WH^^. apa - -Scar, to depart ;
to act
conceal, Pin. i, 3, 44.
Apa-kramin, mm. going away, retiring. wrongly.
Apa-carlta, mfn. gone away, Apa-jn&na, am, n. denying, concealing, L.
Apa-kronta, mm. gone away; (am), n. (-=att- departed, dead ;

tam) that which is past, Balar. (am), n. fault, offence,

Apa-cara, as, m. want, absence ; defect ; fault,
Sik.
wmq apa-jya, mfn. without a bowstring,
A'pa-krantl, is, f.-=apa-krdmana, MaitrS. MBh.
Apa-kramnka, mm. = apa-kramin, TS. ;
PBr. improper conduct, offence; unwholesome or im-
proper regimen. l^if a-panci-krita, am, n. (inVedanta
^nnft
apa-</kri, to buy, AV.; SBr. Apa-carin, mfn. departing from,
(see disbelieving phil.) 'not compounded of the five gross elements,"
ova-^krt). in, infidel, Mn.; doing wrong, wicked. the five subtle elements.
 a-patdntara. 49
wni^ a-panna-dat.
a-patdntara, mfn.' not separated
.
a-pdd or u-pad [only SBr. xiv], mfn. Apa-dhySna, am, n. envy, jealousy, MBh. &c. ;

by a curtain,' adjoining (v. 1. a-pad&ntara, q. v.), L. nom. m. a-pdd, f. a-pdd\RV. i,

152, 3 & vi, 59, 6]
meditation upon things which are not to be thought
or
WM^l apatl, f. a screen or wall of cloth a-pddt[RV.x, 22, 14], footless,RV.; AV.; SBr. of, Jain.

(especially surrounding a tent), L. kghepa, m. A'-pada, am, n. no place, no abode, AV. the
or time, KathSs. &c. ;
; WIt4^ apa- \/dhvans, -dhvaasati, to scold ,

'tossing aside the curtain ;' (ena), ind. with a toss of wrong place (mfn.), footless, revile, [Comm. on] MBh. 5596 ('to drive or turn
the curtain, precipitate entrance on the stage (indi- Paiicat. - ruhS
or -rohlm, f. the
i,

parasitical plant away,' NBL>.) ;

to fall
away, be degraded (NBD.),
cating huiry and agitation) ; (cf. pa(ikshepa.) Epidendron Tesselloides. atha, mfn. not being in Hariv. 720.
itsplace; out of office. A-padantara,mfh. 'not se- Apa-dhvansa, as, m. concealment, A V. ;' falling
WIJ a-patu, mfn. not clever, awkward, parated by a foot,' adjoining, contiguous (v. 1. a-pa- away, degradation," in comp. with -ja, mfn. born
'

uncouth ineloquent ; sick, diseased, L.

; tS, f. or tdntara, q.v.), L.; (am), ind. without delay, imme- from it,' a child of a mixed or
impure caste (whose
-tva, n. awkwardness. diately, MBh. father belongs to a lower
[Mn. x, 41, 46] or higher
WI7 a-patha, as, m. unable to read, Pan. *i M<; [MBh. xiii, 2617] caste than its mother's).
Fmvi^apa-dakshinam, in d. away from Apa-dhvansln, mfn. causing to fall, destroying,
vi, 2, I57seq., Sch. the right, to the left side,
KatySr. abolishing.
frsfflsn a-pandita, mfn. unlearned, il-
Apa-dlxvaita, mfn. degraded reviled aban-
xtm^ii apa-dama, mfn. without self-re- ; ;

literate. doned, destroyed ; (as),m. a vile wretch lost to all

straint ;
of Wavering fortune.
sense of
a-panya, mfn. unfit for sale right, L.
; (am), M<;<T apa-dava, mfn. free from forest-fire.
n. an unsaleable article, Gaut.
Apa-dav&pad, mfn. free from the calamity of fire.
WWItl apa-dhvanta, mfn. (Vdkvan),
.
pi. -takshnuvanti & WIT5I apa-dasa, mfn.
sounding wrong, ChUp.
(fr. dasan), (any
impf. apdtakshan) to chip off, AV. x, 7, 20; SBr. number) off or ten, L. *nTH*J apa-Vnam, (with abl.) bend away
beyond ; (ft. daia), without
a fringe (as a MBh. from, giveway to [NBD.], to bow down before
^TMil apa-tantra, as, m. spasmodic con- garment),
[Gmn.], RV. vi, 17,9.
traction (of the body or stomach), emprosthotonos, ^nj^apa-v/ds(3. pi. -dasyanti) to fail, A'pa-nata, mfn. bent ouiwards, bulging out,
Heat. become
i. e.
dry, RV. i, 135, 8. Br. ; KaushBr.
Apa-tantraka, as, m. id., Susr. m.
to burn up, to burn Apa-n&ma, as, curve, flexion, Sulb.
Apa-tanaka, as, m. id., Susr. H<;^ apa-Vdah,
Apa-tanakin, mfn. affected with spasmodic con- out so as to drive out, RV. vii, I, 7, &c. WM1^opa--/2.nas,'to disappear,' Imper.
traction, Susr.
iH<;if apa-dana, am, n. (*/dai!), a -naiya, be off, KaushBr.
great
WlfiT d-pati, is, m. not a husband or mas- or noble work, R. Sak. (v. L) ; (in Pali
ii, 65, 4 ; ^fHH? apa-nasa, mfn. without a nose, L.
for ava-ddna, q.
ter, AV.viii, 6, l6;(j),f. 'without ahusband or master,' v.) a legend treating of former and
future births of men and , to bind back, AV.; (ind.
either an unmarried person or a widow. f^nni exhibiting the consequences
of their good and evil actions. -nahya) to loosen, MBh.
(d-pati-), f. not killing a husband, RV. x, 85, 44 ;
p. iii, 13309.
AV. 15, f. state of being without a husband.
a-paddrtha, as, m. nonentity. WITTM dpa-nabhi, mfn. 'without a navel,'
putra, f. without a husband and children . vra- without a focal centre (as the Vedi), TS.
an unfaithful or unchaste wife. - v/rfis
ti, f. (ind. p. -disya) to assign,
Nir. WMII*<\, apa-ndman, a, n. a bad name,
i, f., KatySr. ; to point out, indicate ; to betray, pretend,
hold out as a pretext or disguise,
Pin. vi, 2, 187 ; (mfn.), having a bad name, ib.
m. n. a had or Ragh. &c.
apa-tirtha, as, am,
Apa- (H Bam, ind. in an intermediate region (of i.apa-nidra, mfn. sleepless.
improper Tirtha, q. v. the compass), half a point, L.
Apa-dishta, mm. assigned as a reason or pretext.
2.
apa-ni-dra, mfn. ( Vdrd), open-
WHIJPJ dpa-tula, mf(a)n. without a tuft,
without a panicle, TS. Apa-desa, as, m. assigning, pointing out, ing (as a flower), Sis. ;
Kir

KatySr. pretence, feint, pretext, disguise, contriv-

;
Apa-nl-drat, mm. id., Naish.
WMrjH, apa--/tfip, Cans, -tarpayati, to ance ; the second step in a syllogism (i. e. statement ^TTftfVT apa-ni- i/dha, to place aside, hide,
starve, cause to fast, Car. ; Susr. of the reason) ; a butt or mark, L. ; place, quarter, L.
conceal, TBr. &c. ; to take off, AV.
Apa-tarpana, am, n. fasting (in sickness), Susr.
Apa-desin, mfn. assuming the appearance or
semblance of tTTfs^nit apa-nirvana, mfn. not yet ex-
"Wtljl a-pattra, mfn. leafless ; (a), f., N. pretending, feigning, Dai.
;

tinct, SSk.
of a plant. Apa-desya, mfn. to be indicated, to be stated,
Mn. 54 Das. WlPtiwl apa-ni- v/K, A. (Imper. 3. pi. -la-
viii, ;

TTMfllc* a-patnika, mfn not having a wife, . '

dpa-dushpad, not a failing step,' yantam) to hide one's self, disappear, RV. x, 84, 7
AitBr. KatySr. ; where the wife is not present,
;
wigwi^ SBr.
;

a firm or safe step, RV. x, 99, 3.

KatySr.
wsm ^T<J* apa-\/dr%, Intens. p. apa-ddrdrat, " lf aP a - n *- </hntt, to deny, conceal,
dpatya, am, n. (fr. dpa), offspring,
descendant a patronymical affix, Sah. kft- mfn. tearing open, RV. vi, 17, 5. ChUp. &c.
child, ;

ma, mfn. jiva, m., N. of a

desirous of offspring.
apa-devata, f. an evil demon. apa-\/nt, to lead away or off; to
plant. 15, f. state of childhood, Mn. iii, 16. da, rob, steal, take or drag away ; to remove, frighten
mfn. giving offspring ; (d), f., N. of various plants. apa-dosha, mfn. faultless. away ; to put off or away (as garments, ornaments,
'
patha, m. path of offspring,' the vulva, Susr. or fetters) to extract, take from to deny, Comm.
apa-dravya, am, n. a bad thing. ; ;

pratyaya, m. a patronymical affix, Sah. vat on Mn. viii, 53. 59 ; to except, exclude from a rule,
(dpatya-), mfn. possessed of offspring, AV. xii, 4, 1. -i/dra (Imper. 3. pi. -drantu, 3. Comm. on RPrit. Desid -ninishati, to wish to
:

vikrayin, m. 'seller of his offspring,' a father who sg. -drahi) to run away, RV. x, 85, 32 ; AV. remove, Comm. on Mn. i, 27.
receives a gratuity from his son-in-law. satrn, m. Apa- nay a, as, m. leading away, taking away
'
apa-</2. dm, id., SBr. &c. ;

having his descendants for enemies,' a crab (said to bad policy, bad or wicked conduct.
perish in producing young). sac, m (ace. sg. -sa- a-dvara, am, n. a side-entrance Apa-nayana, am, n. taking away, withdrawing ;
cam)fn. accompanied with offspring, RV. Apa- (not the regular door), Susr. destroying, healing ; acquittance of a debt.
tyartria-sabda, m. a patronymic. Apa-nlta, mfn. led away from taken away, re-
VTcTR.apa- \/trap, to he ashamed or bash-
VWJ apa-Vd/iam 2. sg.
(3. pi. -dhamanti, irapf.
to blow away or off,
moved paid, discharged contradictory badly exe-
;
;
;

dpddhamat, -adhamas) cuted, spoiled (am), n. imprudent or bad behaviour.

;
ful, away the face.
turn RV. Apa-ntti, u,f. taking away from (abl.).Nyayam.
Apa-trapana, am, n. or -traps, f. bashfulness ;

embarrassment. VIVT i.apa-^/dha (Imper. -dadhatu; aor. Apa-netri, ta, m. a remover, taking away.

Apa-trapishnn, mfn. bashful, Pan. iii, 2, 136.

Pass, -dhayi) to take off, place aside, RV. iv, 28, 2 ;
opa-v/3. nu, to put aside, SaiikhGj-.
vi, 20, 5&x,l64, 3.
Wlef ^ apa- </tras (impf. 3. pi. ~atrasan) 2. Apa-dhi, f. hiding, RV. ii, 1 2, 3. apa-\/nud, to remove, RV. &c.
shutting up,
to flee from in terror, RV. x, 95, 8, MBh. Apa-nutti, is, f. removing, taking or sending
Apa- traita, mfn. (ifc. or withabl.)afraid of, flee- WTVT^ apa-\/dhav, to run away, AV. ;
away expiation, Mn. & Yajn.
;

ing or retiring from in terror, Pan. ii, 1, 38. Br. ;

to depart (from a previous statement), pre- Apa-nnda, mfn. (ifc. e.g. iokdpanuda, q.v.)

Tiyvj d-patha, am, n. not a way, absence varicate, Mn. viii, 54. removing, driving away.
Apa-rranntsn, mfn. desirous of removing, ex-
of a road, pathless state, AV. &c. ; wrong way, de- ^*^J^ apa-dhurdm, away from the yoke, piating (with ace.), Mn. xi, 101.
viation heresy, heterodoxy, L. ; (mf(a)n.), path- TBr.
;
Apa-noda, as, m. afu-nutti.
less, roadless, Pin. ii, 4, 30, Sch. ; (a), f., N. of
VT^apa-\/dhu (i.8g.-dhunomi)to shake Apa-nodana, mm. removing, driving away,
various plants, -gamin, mm. going by a wrong
SinkhGr. Mn. (am), n. removing, driving away, KauS. ; Mn.
;

road, pursuing bad practices, heretical.

off,
prapanna, Apa-nodya, mm. to be removed.
Apa-dhuma, mfn. free from smoke, Ragh.
mfn. out of place, in the wrong place, misapplied.
A-pathin,Ma J, m absence of road, Pan noli, to over- "WMq'jf: d-panna-griha, mfn. whose house
v, 4, 7 2.
Hir>|^ apa-Vdhrish, -dhris
. .

A-pathya, mfn. unfit unsuitable inconsistent ;

has not fallen in, VS. vi, 24.
; ;
come, subdue, KaushBr.; (cf. an-afadhriskya.)
(in med.) unwholesome as food or drink in particu- A-panna-da, m(n.*=d-panna-dat, q.v., Gaut.
lar complaints. nimitta, mfn. caused by unfit food Vl^ apa-^dhyai, to have a bad opinion A-panna-dat, mt(ati)i\. whose teeth have not
or drink. bhnj, mfn. eating what is forbidden. of, curse mentally, MBh. &c. fallen out, TS. ;
TBr.
E
50 apa-pad. aparas-para.
m. down, a fall, TS. &c. a corrupted form 2.
:-\/pad, to escape, run away. falling dpara, mf(o)n. (fr. dpa), posterior,
;

of a word, corruption ungrammatical language ; ;

ater, latter (opposed to puna; often in comp.);
apa-pare(\/i), sg. dpapd- (perf. I. the most corrupt of the Prakrit dialects.
"ollowing; western; inferior, lower (opposed lopdra}',
reto asmi; dpa asmi may also be taken by itself as Apa-bhrashta, mfn. corrupted (as a Prakrit other, another (opposed to rvd ) ; different (with
fr. I. apds) to go off, RV. x, 83, 5. dialect), Kathas.' abl .); being in the west of distant, opposite. Some- ;

times apara is used as a conjunction to connect

^rvfofip(^apa-pary-d-</vrit,
to turn (the apamd, mfn. (fr. dpa), the most dis- words or sentences, e.g. aparam-ta, moreover ;
Gobh. the last, RV. x, 39, 3 AV. x, 4, 1 (as), m. (in
face) away from, tant, ; ;

[as), m.
the hind foot of an elephant, Sis. (a), (. ;
astron.) the declination of a planet. kshetra, see
V 17 apa-pdtha, as,
(414 m. a mistake iu
kranti-kshctra. -Jya, f. the sine of the declina-
the west, L. ; the hind quarter of an elephant, L. ;

reading, Pin. iv, 4, 64, Sch.; a wrong reading (in

a the womb, L. ; (/), f. (used in the pi.) or (dm) [RV.
tion. mandala (or apa-mandala) or -vritta,
text),VPrit. v '> 33> i]> n tne ruture, RV. ; SBr. ; (dparam
-
n. the ecliptic.
[AV.] or [RV.]), ind. in future, for the
aparam
WTTfi5fapa-pa/ra,mfn. not allowed to use apa-manyu, mfn. free from grief. future ind. again, moreover, PirGf. ;
; (aparam),
vessels (for food),' people of low caste, Mn.x,5l; Ap. Paficat. in the west of (abl.), KitySr. ; (ena), ind.
Apa-patrita, mfn. id. apa-marda, as, m. (\/mrid), what ;

(with ace.) behind, west, to the west of, KatySr. [cf.

dirt.
^M1l<Jef apa-pddatra, mfn. having no
is swept away, Goth, and Old Germ, afar; and the Mod. Germ.
protection for the feet, shoeless, Rijat. ?I apa-marsa, as, m. (Vmris), touch- aber, in such words as Abcr-mal, Alier-witz],
kanyakubja, m., N. of a village in the western
WJHM apa-pdna, am, n. a bad or im- ing, grazing, Sik. (v. 1. for abhi-marSa).
part of Kanyakubja, Pin. vii, 3, 14, Sch. kaya,
proper drink. o/>a-\/3.roa(ind.p.-maya; cf.Pan. m. the hind part of the body. kila, m. a later
^fTjUirq apa-pitvd, am, n. (probably for vi, 4, 69) to measure off, measure, AV. xix, 57, 6. trodana, n. (in Buddhist cosmo-
period, KatySr.

-pittvd fr. </2.pat; cl.abhi-pitvd, a-pitvd, pra-

apa-mdna, as, m. (or am, n.), gony) a country west of the Mahi-meru. ja, mfn.
born later, VS. jana, sg.or pi. m. inhabitants of the
pitvd; but cf. also api-tvd, s. v. dpi), turning away, , disrespect, contempt, disgrace.
RV. west, GopBr. KitySr. ta,f. distance; posteriority
separation, iii, 53, 24. Apa-manita, mfn. dishonoured, disgraced, ;

SSnkhGr. &c. (in place or time) opposition, contrariety, relative-

;
^ln faqi^d-papivas, m(gen.d-pupushas)fn. ness ; nearness, tra, ind. in another place ; (eka-
Apa-manin, mfn. dishonouring, despising.
(perf. p.), who has not drunk, AV. vi, 39, 4.
1
tra, aparalra, in one place, in the other place, Pin.
Apa-manya, mfn. disreputable, dishonourable. =
tTa,n. -ra, q.v. -dakshi-
WM^rl apa-puta, au, m. du. badly formed m. a by-way,
1,194, Sch.)
buttocks, Pin. vi, 2, 187; (mfn.), having badly
'flljmrt i.apa-mdrga, as, nam, ind. south-west, (gana tishthadgv-ddi, q.v.)

formed buttocks, ib. PaBcat. nidagha, m. the latter part of the summer.
- pakuha, m. the latter half of the month, SBr. ;
See apa-Vme.
WfJ apa-Vl pri (aor. Subj. sg.parshi) 2. apa-m(tya. the other or opposing side, the defendant. pa-
to drive or scare away from (abl.), RV. i, 129, 5. apa-mukha, mfn. having the face kshiya, mfn. belonging to the latter half of the
VJIHTT apa-pra-i/i. gd (aor. -pragdt) to verted, Pin. vi, 2, 1 86 ; having an ill-formed face month, (gana gahadi, q. v.) paic&la, m. pi. the
western PancSlas, Pin. vi, 2, 103, Sch. para,
go away from, yield to, RV. i, 113, 16. or mouth, ib. ; (am), ind. except the face, &c., ib.
or e)fn. pi. one and the other, various, Pin.
m(of
v4H*tini apa-prajata, f. a female that apa-murdhan, mfn. headless. vi, 1, 144, Sch. pnrusha, m. a descendant, SBr.
has had a miscarriage, Susr. x. prancya, mfn. easily led by others, tractable.
' apa--/mry, cl. 2. P. A. -marshti bhava, m. after-existence, succession, continua-
apa-praddna, am, n. a bribe. (I. pi.-mrijmahe; Imper. 2. du. -mfijcth&m) to tion, Nir. ratza, m. the latter half of the night,

_>ru, dpa-pravate, Ved.to leap wipe off, remove, AV. SBr. &c. ; the end of the night, the last watch, -loka, m. an-
2. Apa-mSrga, as, m. wiping off, cleansing, Sis. vaktrS, f. a kind of metre
or jump down, SBr. &c. other world, paradise.
Apa-marjana, am, n. cleansing; a cleansing of four lines (having every two lines the same),
Vl|I|V| apa-Vpruth (Imper. 2. sg.-pro/Aa ; remedy, detergent, Susr. (mfn.) wiping off, mov- varsha, as, (. pi. the
; vat, see I. a-para.
blow off, RV. vi, 47, 30 & ix, 98, 1 1
p. -prtihat) to .

ing away, destroying, BhP. latter part of the rains.

iazad, f. the latter part
A'pa-mrishta, mfn. wiped off, cleansed, VS. &c. of the autumn. svag, ind. the day after to-morrow,
yanti; Opt. -prfydt) to go away, withdraw, RV. x. m. sudden or ac- Gobh. - saktha, n. the hind thigh, SBr. - sad,
SSI
141^ apa-mrityu, us,
mfn. being seated behind, PBr. 2. -s-para,
cidental death a great danger or illness (from which
;
mfn. pi. one after the other, Pin. vi, 1, 144. sva-
TO apa-proshita, am, n. (vg. vas), a person recovers).
n. the western point in the horizon. he-
stika,
the having departed, a wrong departure or evil caused a manta, m. n. the latter part of winter. nai-
^V^fMri apa-mrishita, unintelligible (as
thereby, (neg. dn-) SBr. mana, mfn. belonging to the latter half of the winter
speech), Pin. i, 2, 20, Sch.
WM* apa-v/plu, to spring down, MBh. : season, Pln.vii,3,n,Sch. Aparaffni, f.m.du.the
^WIH apa-Vme, cl. r. A. -mayate (ind. p. southern and the western
Caus. -plavayati, to wash off, TS. &c.
fire (of a sacrifice), KitySr.
in debt to, owe, Pin.
-mitya or -mayo) to be iii, 4, Aparanta, mfn. living at the western border; (as),
^fHTr^^ dpa-barhis, mfn. not having the 19, Sch. m. the western extremity, the country or the inhabi-
portion constituting the Barhis, SBr. ; KitySr. Apa-mitya, am, n. debt, AV. vi, 1 1 7, 1 ; AsvSr. tants of the western border ; the extreme end or

h (Imper. 2. sg. -mya- term; 'the latter end,' death. Aparantaka,

HHm^apa-Vbddh, A. to drive away, re-
RV. &c.Caus. P. id., AV. xii, I, 49 : RV. mf(i&d)n. living at the western border, VarBrS. Sec.;
pel, remove, :
ksha) to keep off from (abl.), ii, 28, 6.
Desid. A. -bibhatsate, to abhor from (abl.), AitBr. (tia), (. a metre consisting of four times sixteen
mfn. (Vmluc), retired, mitris ; (am), n., N. of a song, Yijn. Aparanta-
m. a bad arm, WQg&dpa-mlukta,
w4iij<i apa-bdhuka, as,
hidden, RV. x, 52, 4. jnana, n. prescience of one's latter end. Apara-
stiffness in the arm, L. para,m(r or e)fn.p\. another and another, various,
vnrs^opa- Vyo; ( i .
pi. -yajdmasi) to drive L. Apararka, m. the oldest known commentator
'WS^apa-i/brii (impf. -brdvat) to speak Kaui.
some mysterious or evil words upon, AV.
off by means of a sacrifice, ofYajnavalkya's law-book. Apararka-candrlka,
vi, 57, 1.
f. the name of his comment. Aparardua, m.
*l M<4
^(apa-yasas, as, n. disgrace, infamy.
WIHl^ apa-Vbhaj, P. (Subj. i. pi. -bha- the latter, the second half. Aparahna, m. after-
cede or transfer a share to, RV. x, 108, 9 ; kara, mfn. occasioning infamy, disgraceful.
jamd) to noon, the last watch of the day. Aparahnaka,
SBr.; tosatisfythe claims of (ace.), KitySr. ; todivide WTHIT apa-Vya, to go away, depart, re- mfn. 'born in the afternoon," a proper name, Pin.
into parts, PBr. ;
SinkhSr. tire from (abl. ) .
;
to fell off : Caus. -ydpayati, to carry iv, 3, 28. Aparahna-tana [L.] or aparahne-
away by violence, BhP. tana [Pin. iv, 3, 24], mfn. belonging to or pro-
^T<T*ni apa-bhaya, mf(u)n. fearless, un-
Apa-yata, mfn. gone away, having retired. duced the close of the day. Aparfetara, f. op-
at
daunted. L. Apare-
Apa-yatavya, am, n. impers. to be gone away, posite to or other than the west, the east,
Apa-bhi, mfn. id.
Kathas. dyus, ind. on the following day, MaitrS. &c.
WJHUBlT apa-bhdrani, f. pi. (Vbhrf), the Apa-y&na, am, n. retreat, flight; (in astron.)
become
'WHvS^ apa-i/rafij, -rajyate, to
last lunar mansion, TS. ;
TBr. declination.
unfavourable MBh. Kir.
A'pa-bhartavai, Inf. to take away, RV. x, 14, 2. to, ii, 49.
^^ apa-Vi. yu,
;

-yuyoti (Imper. 2. sg. Apa-rakta, mfn. having a changed colour, grown

Apa-bhartri, mfn. taking away, RV. ii, 33, 7;
destroying. -yuyodhl, 2. pi. -yuyotana) to repel, disjoin, RV. pale, Sik.; unfavourable, VarBrS.
Apa-raffa, as, m. aversion, antipathy, Mn. vii,
^WTT*^ apa-\/bhdsh, to revile, Kum. v, 83. WJ^^apa- Vyuj, \.-yunkte, to loose one's
154-
Apa-bliaahana, am, n. abuse, bad words, L. self or be loosened from (abl.), SBr.
WTOT apa-rata, mfn. (\/ram), turned off
"(rufir^ apa-\/bhid (Imper.
2. sg. -bhindhf VM(1 i. a-para, mfn. having nothing be- BhP.
from, unfavourable to (abl.), Nir.; resting,
for -bhinddht) to drive away, RV. viii, 45, 40. yond or after, having no rival or superior, vat,
<
W <|i^apa-\/6Au(Imper. -bhavatu
1
Sc -bhutu
mm. having nothing following, SBr. I --para, .
^HH3 apa-rava, as, m. contest, dispute ;
mm. ' not reciprocal, not one (by) the other,' only discord. Aparavojjhita, mfn. free from dispute,
131, 7]; aor.Subj. 2.sg. -bhus, 2. jl.-tAii
[RV. i, in comp. with -sambhuta, mfn. not produced one undisturbed, undisputed.
tana) to be absent, be deficient, RV.AV. ; TS.
;
the other, A'-paradhina, mfn. not de-
Apa-bhuti, is, f. defect, damage, AV. v,8, 5.
by
pendent on another, SBr.
Bhag.
A-par&rdhya, mfn. WKHK i .
a-paraspara. See r .
a-para,
unlimited in number, AsvSr. 2. Aparaa-para. See t. Apara,
"WW5I apa-bhra^sd (or apa-bhransa), as, without a maximum,
 a-parah-mukha. Jtf^H apa-lashin. 51
'
a-parah-mukha, mfn. with un- a-parijydni, not falling
is, f. a-parikshita, mfn. untried, un-
into decay,'
verted face, not turned away from (gen.), Ragh. ishtdpurtasy&parijydni, f., N. of a proved ;
not considered, inconsiderate.
sacrificial ceremony, AitBr.
TSI 4" .T i
f*4^ d-pardjayin, mfn. never losing
Wirta d-parita, mfn. unobstructed, irre-
(at play), TBr. a-parinayana, am, n. (</nT), sistible, RV. ; (as), m., N. of a people (v. 1.)

non-marriage, celibacy.
A'-parajita, mf(<J)n. unconquered, unsurpassed,
A-parinitS, f. an unmarried woman. xmi.t'jrf d-parivrita, mfn. (i/l.vri), un-
RV. &c. (as), m. a poisonous insect, Susr. ; Vishnu
; ;
RV.
surrounded, 10, 3 a-parivrita^)
M Ru li a-parinama, as, m. ( \/am), un-
ii, ; (cf.
Siva one of the eleven Rudras, Hariv. ; a class of
; *)
divinities (constituting one portion of the so-called
changeableness. dariin, mfn. not providing for ^PT^ apa-Vl. rudh, to expel, drive out
Anuttara divinities of the Jainas) N. of a serpent- ; a change, improvident. (from possession or dominion), RV. x, 34, 2 & 3 ;

demon, MBh.; of a son of Krishna, BhP.; of a AV. &c. Oesid. Pass. apa-ruruisyamdna,
A-parlTiSmln, mm. unchanging.
:
p.
mythical sword, Kathas. (a), f. (with jii) the north-
;
wished or intended to be expelled, Kath.
east quarter, AitBr. &c. ; Durga ; several plants, V4 retire a-paritosha, mfn. unsatisfied, Apa-roddhri, a, m. one who keeps another off,
Clitoria Ternatea, Marsilea Quadrifolia, Sesbania discontented, Sak.
a repeller, TS.
jEgyptiaca ; a species of the Sarkari metre (of four Apa-rodha, as, m. exclusion, prohibition (an-,
lines, each containing fourteen syllables). a-paripakva, mfn. not quite ripe neg.), KstySr.
A-parajlshnu, mm. unconquerable, invincible, (as fruits, or a tumour [Susr.]); not quite mature. Apa- rodhnta, mfn. detaining, hindering.MaitrS.
SBr. xiv.
d-paripara, mfn. not going by a a-parusha, mf(a)n. not harsh.
WJTTV apa- </rddh, -rddhyati or -rddhnoti, tortuous course, AV. xviii, 2, 46 ; MaitrS.
to miss (one's aim, Sec.), AV. &c. ; to wrong, offend dpa-rupa, am, n. monstrosity, de-
^roftfiW d-paribhinna, mfn. not broken formity, AV. xii, 4, 9 (mfn.), deformed, ill-looking,
;
against (gen. or loc.) to offend, sin. ;
into small pieces, not crumbled, SBr.
odd-shaped, L.
Apa-r&ddha, mfn. having missed ; having of-
fended, sinned; criminal, guilty; effing. pri- WTtWiiu d-parimana, mfn. without mea- apare-dyus. See 2. dpara.
shatka or aparaddheshn, m. an archer whose sure, immeasurable, immense ; (am), n. immeasur-
arrows miss the mark, L. ableness. a-paroksha, mfn. not invisible;
Apa-raddhi, is, (. wrong, mistake, SBr. A'-parimita, mfn. unmeasured, either indefinite perceptible ; (am*), ind. (with gn.) in the sight of;
Apa-raddhri, mfn. offending, an offender. or unlimited,AV. ; SBr. &c. gTina-gana, mfn. (dparokshaf), ind. perceptibly, manifestly, SBr. xiv.
Apa-radha, as, m. offence, transgression, fault ;
of unbounded excellences, dill, ind. into an un- Aparokshaya, Nom. V.yati, to make percepti-
mistake aparddham \/ 1 kri, to offend any one . limited number of pieces or parts, vi- ble, L. ; to take a view of (ace.), MBh.
; MaitrUp.
(gen.) bhanjana, m. 'sin-destroyer^'N. of Siva. dha (dparimita-}, mm. indefinitely multiplied, ^TOT a-parnd, mfn. leafless, TS. ; (a), f.,
bharijana-stotra, n. a poem of Sankaracarya SBr. Aparimitalikhita, mfn. having an indefi- '
not having even leaves (for food during her religious
(in praise of Siva). nite number of lines, SBr. KatySr.
austerities),' N. of Durga or Parvatl, Kum. v, 28.
;

Apa-r&dhin, mfn. offending ; criminal ; guilty. A-parimeya, mfn. immeasurable, illimitable.

mfn. untimely, un-
Aparadb-1-tS, f. or -tva, n. criminality, guilt.
T 4 ft* re d-parimosha, as, m. not stealing, wig apa-rtu (ritu),

W4<l4.<u a-pardparand, as, m. not having TS. seasonable, AV. iii, 28, I ; not corresponding to the
season (as rain), BhP.; (us), m. not the right time, not
descendants or offspring, AV. xii, 5, 45. i4fViir| a-parimldna, as,m.' not wither- the season, Gaut. ; Ap. ; (u), ind. not in. correspond-
^TtTtTHT^ d-pardbhdva, as, m. the state of ing, not decaying,' the plant
Gomphrena Globosa. ence with the season, Gaut.
not succumbing or not breaking down, TBr.
in M U.M i f*u a-pariydni,is, f
.inability to walk WHTnT a-paryantd, mfn. unbounded, un-
A-parSbWita, mfn. not succumbing, not break- about (used in execrations). Pin. viii, 4, 29, Kas. &c.
limited, SBr. x, xiv,
ing down, SBr.
WlU *je xmRwiH a-parilopa, as, m. non-loss; ^nWTW a-parydpta, mfn. (Vdp), incom-
a-pardmrishta, mfn. untouched.
non-damage, RPrSt. plete unable, incompetent, insufficient ; not enough ;
;

T< 4 <j 1*01 a-parasikta, mfn. not poured unlimited, unbounded, L. vat, mfn. not compe-
not spilled (as the semen vujfV.'*'!'^ d-parivargam, ind. without tent to (Inf.), Ragh. xvi, a8.
on one's side, virile), SBr.
leaving out, uninterruptedly, completely, TS. ; TBr. ;
wmj^rt d-parahata, mfn. not driven off,
WT'tni a-parydya, as, m. want of order or
ApSr.
AV. xviii, method.
4, 38.
WMl^qnilM a-parivartaniya, mfn. not to
WMRcufrtn a-parikalita, mfn. unknown, be exchanged. WnhffcrT a-parydsita, mfn. (Caus. perf.
unseen. Pass. p. -v/2. aj), not thrown down or annihilated,
w^f^ifl a-parivddya, mfn. (i/tad), not Kir. i, 41.
si 1 Pi.**! a-parikrama, mfn. not walking to be reprimanded, Gaut.
about, unable to walk round, R. ii, 63, 42.
* <T(VfqK d-parivishta, mfn. not enclosed, WJH^ a, n. not a point of
a-parvdn,
A-parltramam, ind. without going about, junction, RV.
19, 3 ; a day which is not *pa"-
iv,
unbounded, RV. ii, 13, 8. van (a day in the lunar month, as the full and
standing still, KjtySr.
^mRiTn d-parwita, mfn. (Vvye), not change of the moon, and the eighth and fourteenth
Wrftf^f? a-pariklinna, raft), not moist, of each half month) ; (mfn.), without a joint.
covered, SBr.
not liquid, dry. Aparva-danda, m. a kind of sugar-cane. A-
*R mfn. not hedged in parva-bhanga-nlpuna, mfn. skilled in breaking
^Hl^Jrl a-parivrita,
a-pariganya, mfn. incalculable.
or fenced, Mn. & Gaut.; (cf. d-parivrita.)
a passage where there is no joint (i. e. where there
a-pariyata,rnfn.uno}>ts,mcfl, un-
is no possibility of bending), Kim.
Vrfr^ta a-parisesha, mfn. not leaving a A-parvaka, mfn. jointless, SBr.
known, Kad.
remainder, all-surrounding, all-enclosing, Sankhyak.
*ml\i|^ a-parigraha, as, m. not includ- a-parhdna=a-parihdna, q. v.
,
ind. not loosely,
ing, Comm. on TPrat.
non-acceptance, renounc-
; i .
apala, am, n. a pin or bolt, L.
very firmly, Uttarar.
ing (of any possession besides the necessary utensils
of ascetics), Jain.; deprivation, destitution, poverty; TnrPcB"RT a-parishkdra, m. want of ^14 rt 2. a-pala, mfn. fleshless.
as,
(mfn.), destitute of possession ; destitute of attend- polish or finish ; coarseness, rudeness. W4c*H, apa- Vlap, to explain away, to
ants or of a wife, Kuril. i, 54. A parishkrita, mfn. unpolished, unadorned, deny, conceal Caus. A. -Idpayate, to outwit, Bhatt.
:

A-parigranya, mfn. unfit or improper to be coarse.

Apa-la.pa.ua, am, n. denial or concealment of
accepted, not to be taken.
TftwrTftToR a-parisamdptika, mfii. not knowledge, evasion, turning off the truth, detraction ;
TI 4 K.I rM^ a-paricayin, mfn. (v 2. ci), Comm. on BrArUp. concealing, hiding ; affection, regard, L. ; the part
ending, endless,
between the shoulder and the ribs, Susr.
having no acquaintances, misanthiopic.
A-pariclta, mfn. unacquainted with, unknown to. wft$tT.a-parisara, mfn. non-contiguous, Apa-lapita, mm. denied, concealed ; suppressed,
distant. embezzled, Comm. on Mn.
viii, 400.
A-pariceya, mm. unsociable.
= apa-lapana. danda, m. a
iiid. so as not
Apa-lSpa, as,m.
yfl.lAtJ*^ a-pariskandam,
1
l
^nrfTflff^ a-paricchada, mfn. (VchacT), fine imposed on one who denies or evades tin law).
to or leap about, Bhatt.
without retinue, unprovided with necessaries, Mn. jump Apa-lapin, mfn. one who denies, evades or con-
ceals (with gen.)
viii, 405. SHlfX^idl'N a-pariharaniya, mfn. not to
A-paricchanna, mfn. uncovered, unclothed. be avoided, inevitable ; not to be abandoned or lost ; a-paldla, as, m., N. of a Rakshas.
A-parlcch&dita, mfn. id. not to be degraded.
A
pariharya, mfn. id., Gaut. &c. a-paldsd, mfn. leafless, RV. x,
i MiVfrBfl a-paricchinna, mfn. without
a?, M-
interval or division, uninterrupted, continuous ; con- Wjf^mi a-parikdna or a-parhdna, am, n.
nected ; unlimited ; undistinguished. the state of not being deprived of anything, KaushBr.
WmFSlf^pT apa-ldshikd (or apa-ldsikd), f.

A-pariccheda, as, m. want of distinction or thirst, L.

division ; want of discrimination, Ssk. waat of
^T THy. rl
d-parihvrita, mfn. unafflicted, not Apa-lashin, mfn. free from desire, Pan. iii, 2,
;

judgment; continuance. endangered, RV. ; (cf. Pan. vii, 3, 32.) M4-

2
 52 apa-lashuka. apa-Svas.

Apa-laihuka, mfn. free from desire, Pip. vi, 1, apa-</vii, Caus. (Imper. 2. sg.
-
\/vyadh (Subj. 3. du. -vidhya-
160, Sch. -vtiaya) to send away, AV. ix, a, 25. tdm) to drive away, throw away, RV. vii, ^5. 4,

^Mf<MT
'

from poison,' &c.; to pierce(with arrows), MBh.; to reject, neglect.

Mfri^a/>a- </KiA(Subj.-/tAAa<)to scrape apa-vishd, f. free
thrown away,
AV. xiv, j, 68. Apa-vldcUuv, mfn. pierced ; re-
off, the grass Kyllingia Monocephala.
jected, dismissed, removed. pntra, m. a son
1

d-palita, mfn. not grey, AV. ind. except or with- rejected by his natural parents and adopted by a
WlirnHJJ apu-vishnu,
out Vishnu. Mn. Yijn. ; one of the twelve objects of
upam,md. (according to Pan. stranger, ;

Ved. of apa-f/lup, to cut

filiation in law. loka, mfn. 'who has given up
iii, 4, 1 1, Sch.) Inf. off. ^T'ret apa--/vi, -veti, to turn away from, the world,' dead, BhP.
mfn. not be unfavourable RV. 61, 18 & x, 43, 2.
^m^m^rt d-palpulana-krita, to, v,
Apa-vedha, of, m. piercing anything in the wrong
soaked or macerated,
SBr. vrtfaff apa-tina, mfn. baring a bad or direction or manner (spoiling a jewel by so piercing
^1 H *l % apa-vaktri, td, m. 'speaking away,' no Pin. vi, 2, 187 ; (a),
lute, f. a bad lute, ib. ; (am), it), Mn. xi, 286.
ind. without a lute, ib. ^rtpmj apa-vyaya, m. (Vi), prodi-
warning off, averting, RV. i, 24, 8 ; AV.v, 15, 1. as,
Apa-vicanm, am, n. See ait-apavdfand. armed L.
d-pavira-vat, mfn. not gality,

See s. v. 2. with a lance, RV. Apa-vyayam6na, mfn. See apa-\/vye.

. op. x, 60, 3.

a- v/eaef, P. to revile, abuse, TBr. MII^I apa-vy-a-i/i. da (see ry-a-v^i.

*m<J opo-Vl. Vfi (impf. 2. sg. dpdvrinos,
dd), to open (the lips), Br.
&c. to distract, divert, console by tales, PlrGr.;
;
dfdvrinet
3. sg. ; Subj.-varat ; aor. t. 3. sg. &
Yajfi. ; (in Or.) to except, ; (A. only) to RPr. -avar [Padap. -avar], 3. sg. A. -avrita; aor. Subj.
j|<*4i(| apa-vy-d-Vhji (Pot. -haret) to
disown, deny, contradict, Pin. i, 3, 77, Sch. Caus. :
I. sg. -vam [for varm, RV. x, 28, 7], 3. sg. -var, speak wrongly or unsuitably, SBr. ; KltySr.
-vadayati, to oppose as unadvisable ; to revile ; (in 3. pi. -vran, Imper. 2. sg. [in RV.] once apavri-
Or.) to except, RPrlt. dhi and five times dpd vridhi [cf. apd-*/\.vri ^Tl'sta^a- </vye, P. A.-vyayati ( i sg. -tya- .

Apa-vadam&na, mm. reviling, speaking ill of and ib'. dpd-vriid\ ; perl. 2. sg. -vavdrtha, 3. sg. ye) to uncover, RV. vii, 81, 1 AV.: A. (pr. p. -vya- ;

(dat.), Bhatt. -vavdrd) to open, uncover, exhibit, RV. ; (ind. p. yamdna) to extricate one's self, deny, Mu.
Apa-vfcda, m. evil speaking, reviling, blam-
as,
-vrleya)^Br.iiv; (cf.apd-*/l.vri): Cva.-vdra- -Jvraj, to go away, AsvSr.
speaking ill of (gen.) ; denial, refutation, con-
ing, yati, 'to hide, conceal," see apa-varita.
tradiction ;
a special rule setting aside a general one,
Apa-varaka, as, m. an inner apartment, lying- dpa-vrata, mfn. disobedient, un-
exception (opposed to ulsarga, Pan. iii, 1,94, Sch.), in chamber, Kathls. faithful, RV. ; perverse, RV. v, 40, 6; (x, 103, ad-
RPrlt. Pin. Sch. ; order, command, Kir. ; a pecu-
;
Apa-varana, am, n. covering, L.; garment, L. ditional verse, ) A V. iii, 2, 6 VS. xvii , 47.
liar noise made by hunters to entice deer, Sis. vi, 9.
Apa-vartri, ta, m. one who opens, R V. iv, 20, 8. apa-sakvna, am, n. a bad omen.
pratyaya, m. an exceptional affix, Pin. iii, 1,94, Apa-varana, am, n. covering, concealment, L.
Sch. ithala, n. case for a special rule or exception, Apa-varita, mm. covered, concealed, Mricch. apa-sanka, mfn. fearless, having
Pin. Sch. &c.; (am ), ind. (in theatrical language)secretly,apart, no fear or hesitation ; (am\ ind. fearlessly, Sis.
Apv-v&daka, mm. reviling, blaming, defaming; aside (speaking so that only the addressed person m. bad or vulgar
Cornm. M^l6, apa-sabda, at,
opposing, objecting to ; excepting, excluding, may hear, opposed \o prakdiam), Slh. speech any form of language not Sanskrit ; un-
on TPrlt. Apa-vSrltakena, ind. = apa-varitam.
;

grammatical language ; (apa-bhraQia.)

Api-vadlta, mfn. blamed opposed, ; objected to. Apa-vSrya, ind. y. = apa-varitam.
Api-vldin, mm. blaming, Slk. apa-sama, at, m. cessation, L.
Api-vadya, mfn. to be censured ; to be excepted, WT|T apa- Vvfij, A .-vrinkte (Imper. 2 .
sg.
a-pasavyd. See a-pasu.
Comm. on TPrtt. vrihkshva; Subj. I. sg. -vrindjai ; aor. P. 3. sg.
dpdvrtt) to turn off, drive off, AV. ; SBr. ; to tear V*ad), Norn. P.
*l<lm apa-Vvadh (tot. -avadhit) to cut apa-sdtaya (cf.
off, AV. (with<f<zoa)carpere viam [BR.], RV.
;
(Imper. 2. sg. -sataya) to throw or shoot off (an
RV.x, 146, 4; to repel, avert, VS.;
off, split, Br.
to leave off, determine, fulfil, SBr. &c.
x, 1 1 7, 7 arrow), AV.
:
j

f|lH*1 I. a-pavana, mfn. without air, Caus. -varjayati, to quit, get rid of; to sever, turn
sheltered from wind. off from to transmit, bestow, grant, MBh. &c.
;
WH^K^ dpa-siras [SBr. xiv] or apa-iir-
Apa-varg-a, at, m. completion, end (e. g. /<z3- sha or dpa-iirshan [SBr. xiv], mfn. headless.
z.apa-vana, am, n. a grove, L.
c&pavarga, coming to an end in five days), KatySr. w <<f?i
&c. the emancipation of the soul from bodily ex-
( apa-Vsish, to leave out, SBr.
a-i/2. vap (Subj. 2. sg. -vapas ;

[Padap. -vapa] ; impf. a. sg. -dvapas, 3. sg. -dva- istence, exemption from further transmigration ; final *m i.u-pasu, its, m. not cattle, i.e.
beatitude BhP. &c. ; gift, donation, AsvSr. ; re- -nan
faf) to disperse, drive off, destroy, RV. ; AV. ; TS. ; to be sacrificed, TS. ; SBr.
cattle not fit
(d-
striction (of a rule), Susr. ; Sulb. da, mf(o)n. Con- /a^-),mf(^4)n. not killing cattle, AV. xiv, 1, 62.
iraia,&c. Seea/>a-\/i.rri.
ferring final beatitude. 2. A-pain, mm. deprived of cattle, poor, TS. ;
apa-tarya, &c. See opa- \/rri/. Apa-varjana, am, n. completion, discharging a SBr. having no victim, AsvGr.
;
tC (apahi-), (.
debt or obligation, Hariv. ; transmitting, giving in want of cattle, MaitrS.
apa-varta, &c. See apa-Vcrit.
marriage (a daughter), MBh. ; final emancipation or A-paaavya, mfn. not fit or useful for cattle,TBr.;
beatitude, L. ; abandoning, L. SBr.; SinlchGr.
apa-\/2.cas(Subj. -ucchat, Iinper.
-ucchatu) to drive off by excessive brightness, RV. ;
Apa-varjaniya, mfn. to be avoided.
AV. to become extinct, AV. iii, J, J.
;
Apa-varjlta, mfn. abandoned, quitted, got rid WJ^ v
i. apa-suc, k, m. (v/i. sue),' with-

out sorrow,' the soul, L.

Apa-vsUa, as, m. extinction, disappearance, AV. of, given or cast away made good (as a promise), ;

discharged (as a debt). Apa-soka, mfn. sorrowless, Ragh. ; (as), m. the

iii, 7, 7; N. of a plant, L.
Apa-varjya, ind. p. excepting, except. tree Jonesia Asoka.
VRT apa-Vvak, to carry off; to deduct; Apa-vrlkta, mfn. finished, completed.
Vnj^2. apa-\/2.suc, Intens. p. -sdsucat,
to give up C*\K.-vahayati,io hare (something) car-
:
Apa-vrikti, it, f. fulfilment, completion.
ried off or taken
mm. driving off by flames, RV. i, 97, I.
away to drive away, Dai. Pailcat.
; ;
to turn away, depart
Apa-v&ha, as, m. 'carrying off (water),' a chan- ^m^li apa-Vvfit, ;
AV.
to move out from, get out of the way, slip off: ^IM'JJ!<;Jr|s d-pascd-daghoan [SV.;
nel, TS. ; 'carrying off," see Vasishth&pavdha ; de-
Caus. P. (Ved. Imper. 2. sg. -vartaya) to turn or xix, 55, 5] or better d-pa!cdd-daghvan[KV .v\, 41,
duction, subtraction N. of a metre ; of a people.
MaitrS.], mfn. not staying behind, not
;
drive away from, RV. ii, 23, 7 &c. (in arithm.) to i ;
coming
Apa-vahaka, as, m. deduction, subtraction. ;
short of, not being a loser.
divide ; to reduce to a common measure.
Apa-vatana, am, n. carrying off, Iiit. ; Dai. ;
subtraction. Apa-varta, as, m. (in arithm. or alg.) reduction TTTf^H a-pascima, mfn. not having an-
R. to a common measure the divisor (which is applied other in the rear, not the last.
Apa-v&hya, mfn. to be carried av ay,
; last ;

to both or either of the quantities of an equation).

Apddha. See s.v., p. 56, coL 3. TM'a<n apa- \/snath (aor. Imper. 2. pi.
Apa-vartaka, as, m. a common measure, L.
"WITT apa-\/vd, -vati, to exhale, perspire, Apo-vartana, fl?, n. takingaway, removal, Susr. ;
-fnathishtana) to push away, repel, RV. ix, 10 1, 1 .
RV. 162, 10 (Imper. -vdtu) to blow off, RV. ademption, Mn. ix, 79 reduction of a fraction to its WT^J RV.
a-pasyd, mfn. not seeing,
i, ;
i,
viii, l8, IO. lowest terms ; division without remainder ; divisor.
148, 5.
a-vdda, &c. See apa-i/vad. Apa-vartlte, mfn. taken away; removed; divided A'-paiyat, mfn. id., RV. x, 135, 3 ; (in astron.)
by a common measure without remainder. not being in view of, VarBr. ; not noticing ; not
l
apa-vikshata, mfn. un wounded, Apa-vritta, mfn. reversed, inverted, overturned considering, not caring for, Yljfi. ii, 3.
;

Slk. (v. finished, carried to the end (perhaps for apa-vrikta),

1.) A-paiyani, f. not seeing, Buddh.
SlnkhSr.; KltySr. &c.; (am), n. (in astron.)
apa-vighna, mfn. unobstructed,
ecliptic.

Apa-vrltti, is, (. slipping off; end, L.

^llfa apa-Vsri, to retire from, Laty.
unimpeded ; (am), n. freedom from obstruction, Apa-irayi, as, m. a bolster, AV. xr, 3, 8.
MBh. i, 6875. ^ni? apa-\/ve (Imper. 2. sg. -vaya) to A'pa-irlta, mfn. retired from, retreated, ab-
WwHi'q apa-Vvie, el. 7. -vinakti (impf. unweave what has been woven, RV. x, 130, I. sconded, RV. ;
AV. ;
SBr.

dpivinak) to single out from, select, AV. SBr.

; ;
Wll^ apa-\/ven (Subj. 2. sg. -venas) to ws'pfl apa-sri, mfn. deprived of beauty,
cl. 3. -vevekti, KauS.
id., turn away from, be unfavourable to, AV. iv, 8, 2. Sis.

a-pavitra, mf(a)n. impure. P. -ivasiti, used

IHT^ apa--/ve$ht, Caus. -veshtayaii, to ^PT^m apa-</svat cl. 2.

apa-tiddha. See apa- strip off, PBr. to explain afdniti (cf. afdn), Comm. on ChUp.
 apa-svasa. apd-karana. 53
Apa-svasa, as. m. one of the five vital airs
(see Apa-sarita, mfn. removed, put away.
apdna), L. Apa-sriti, is, f. = apa-sara.
WM^w apa-hasta,am, n. striking or throw-
'

apa'shtha, as, am, m. n. (*/sthd),the ing away or off, MBh. iii, 545 ['the back of the
end or point of the hook for
driving an elephant,
^Tt
to retreat.
P-vV>, to glide or move off; hand,' Comm.]
Pan. viii, 3, 97 (cf. apdshthd.) ;
Apa-hastaya, Nom. P. yati, to throw away,
Apa-sarpa, as, m. a secret emissary or aeent push aside, repel, (generally used in the perf. Pass,
Apa-shthn, mfn. contrary,opposite,L. perverse, p.)
;
spy, Bslar.
L.; left.L.; (), ind. perversely, badly, &5.xv, 17 Apa-haatlta, mfn. thrown away, repelled, Ml-
(v.l. Apa-sarpana, am, n. going back,
urn); properly, L.; handsomely, L. retreating.
latim. &c.
; (j),m.time,L. Apa-sripti,
Apa-shthnra or-shthula, mfn. is, f.
going away from (abl.)
opposite, con- i. apa- >/2. ha, A. -jihite (aor. 3. pi.
trary, L. "J***** apa-skambhd, as, m. fastening, -ahdsata, Subj. i. pi. -hdsmahf), to run away from
i
dpas, as, n. (fr. i
making firm, AV. iv, 6, 4. (abl.) or off, RV.
dp), work, action,
. .

especially sacred act, sacrificial act, RV. ^"T'P* apa-Vskri. See

[Lat. opus.} apa-v/3- *r*- 2.
opa-v/3. * A -
(aor. Subj. 2. sg.
2. Apis, mfn.
active, skilful in any art, RV. Apa-skara, as, m. any part of a carriage,
;
a -hasthdK) to remain behind, fallshort, not reach
(lisas), pi., N. of the hands and fingers (when
(.
wheel, &c., Pin. vi, i, f 49 feces the desired end, AV.
in
;
(cf. avaskara), xviii, 3, 73 : Pass, -hiyate, to
employed kindling the sacred fire and in per- Vet. ; anus, L. ; vulva, L.
grow less, decrease (in strength, balam), Susr.
forming the sacrifices), RV. of the three goddesses ;
Apa-skSra, as, m. under part of the knee, L.
of sacred speech,RV. VS. of the active or Apa-hani, is, f.
diminishing, vanishing. Up.
; ;
running
waters, RV.; AV. _ tuna (apds-), mfn. (superl.), , as, m. slipping ['out- Apa-hSya, ind. p. quitting, MBh. &c. leaving, ;

most active, RV. most rapid, RV. x, - side of a threshing-floor,'

Say.], SBr. avoiding, Hariv. ;
leaving out of view, Sk. &c. ;
75, 7. pati,
;

m., N. of a son of UttJnapSda, VP. See 2.

excepting, except, Ragh.
I Apagy a, Nom. P.
apds-tama. apds.
.
(Subj sydt) to be active, RV. WTf^ apa-Vhi, to throw off, disengage
i, "I, 7- apa-stamba, as, m. a vessel inside or deliver one's self from
,
or on one (ace.), BhP.
I.ApasyS, f.
activity, RV. v, 44, 8 side of the chest vital
; vii, 45, 2 ; containing air,
(cf. sv-apasyd; for 2. apasya, see 2.
apasya below.) Bhpr. , mfn. without the
Apasyu, mfn. active, RV. Apa-stambha, as, m. id., Susr. syllable him (which is pronounced in singing the
Apa-stambhini, f., N. of a plant. Sama verses), SBr.
apds, mfn. (fr. 2. dp), watery. (So
.

"HWIIIapa-sndta, mfn. bathing during

[i, 95, 4, & c .] may
some passages of the Rig-veda ffpa-\/Ap,to snatch away, carry off,
(according to NBD. and others) be translated where mourning or upon the death of a relation, R. ii, plunder; to remove, throw away : Caus. -harayati,
the word is applied to the 42, 22. see apa-hdrita below.
running waters, see 2. apds
at end apds-tama.) & Apa-snana, am, n. funeral bathing (upon the Apa-hara, mln. (ifc.) carrying off, Bham.
1. Apasya, death of a relative, &c.), L. ;
m((sf)a. watery, melting, dispersing, impure water in which Apa-harana, am, n. taking away, carrying
RV. x, 89, i ; VS. x, 7 ; ( 2. apasya}, (. a kind ofbrick a person has off ;
previously washed, Mn. iv, 132.
stealing, Mn.
(twenty are used in building the sacrificial altar),
apas-pati. See 2. apds. Apa-haraniya, mfn. to be taken awty, carried
SBr. ; KatySr.
off, stolen, &c.
iwi apo-v/sac (perf. A. 3. pi. -sascire,
apa-Vspri, A. (impf.
3. pi. -sprin-
vata) to extricate from, deliver from, KaushBr. ;
Apa-haras, mfn. not pernicious, PBr.
I. pi. P. -sascimd) to escape, evade (with ace.), RV.
(3. pi. -sprinvatf) to refresh [Gran. ; 'to alienate,'
Apa-hartri, td, m. (with gen. [Mn. riii, 190,
v, 20, 2 VS. xxxviii, 20.
;
192] or ace. [PJn. iii, 2, 135, Sch.] or ifc.) taking
BR.], RV. viii, 2, 5.
*nm^ apa-sada, as, m. the children of six away, carrying off, stealing, Mn. &c. ; removing
See dn-apaspris. (faults), expiating, Mn. xi, 161.
degrading marriages (of a Brahman with the women
of the three lower classes, of a Apa-hara, as, m. taking away,
Kshatriya with women apa-sphiga, mfn. one who has stealing ; spend-
of the two lower, and of a ing another person's property; secreting, conceal-
Vaisya with one of the badly formed buttocks, Pan. vi, 2, 187 ; (am), ind.
Sfldra, Mn. x, 10 seqq., but cf. MBh. xiii, 2620
ment, e. g. atmapahdram </i kfi, to conceal one'i .

except the buttocks, ib. real character, Sale.

seqq. and apadhvansa-ja); an outcast
(often ifc.;
i.
see
brahmanapasada). apa--/sphur (aor. Subj. z. sg. Apa-haraka, mfn. one who takes away, seizes,
-spkarTs) to move suddenly aside or to lash out (as a steals, &c. a plunderer, a thief;
;
(cf.atmdpa/tdraka,
iM*i*^apa-iaman, ind. last year (? gana cow during milking), RV. vi, 61, 14, vdg-apahdraka. )
tishthadgv-ddi, 2. Apa-sphur, mfn.
q. v.) bounding or bursting forth, Apa-harana, am, n. causing to take away.
^1 W^5T apa-sarjana, am, n (or figuratively) splashing out (said of the Soma),RV. Apa-harita, mfn. carried off, R. ; Ragh. iii, 50.
.
(\/srij), aban-
viii, 69, 10 ; (cf. dn-apasphur, &c.) Apa-harin, mm. = apa-haraka.
donment, L.; gift or donation, L. ; final emancipa-
tion of the soul, L.;
(cf. apa-f/vrij.) apa-smdra, as, m. epilepsy, falling Apa-hrita, mfn. taken away, carried off, stolen,
sickness, Susr. &c. &c. vijnana, mfn. bereft of sense.
^nfHWfa apa-salavi, ind. to the left (op-
Apa-smarin, mfn. epileptic, convulsed, Mn. &c. Apa-hrlti, is, f. carrying off.
posed to pra-salavl ; cf. ava-salavi), SBr. ; the
space between the thumb and the forefinger (sacred
Apa-smriti, mfn.
mind, confused, ib.
forgetful, BhP. ; absent in
f Tf WT a pa -held, f.
contempt, L.
to the Manes).
Apa-salaii, ind. to the left, AsvGr. wfltM apasya, apasyu. See wijjsapa-v/Anu,A.(i.sg.-Anup/)torefuse,
RV. 1
38, 4 to conceal, disguise, deny, Klfh. See. ;
^WSJ apa-savya, mfn. not on the left apa-svara, as, m. an unmusical
i,

to excuse one's
;

self, give satisfaction to, SBr. TBr. ;

side, right, Mn. iii, 214 (with auguries) from the ;
note or sound, L.
Apa-hnava, as, m. concealment, denial of or
right to the left, moving to the left, MBh. VarBrS. ;
turning off of the truth ; dissimulation ; appeasing,
&c. (am. eita), ind. to the left, from the right to apa-svdna, as,m.& hurricane, Ap.
satisfying, SBr. ; affection, love, R. ; - afa-hnuti,
;

the left, KatySr. &c. Apasavyam /! krl "v/ftan (Subj. 3. sg.-Aon; Imper. Sih.
-pra- .

dakshinam kri, to circumambulate a person keep- 2. du. -hatam ; 2. pi. -hata or -hata; Apa-hnnta, mfn. concealed, denied.
sg. -jahi,^.
ing the right side towards him, Kaus. &c. ; to put perf. -jaghana ; pr. p. -ghndt ; Intens. p. nom. m. Apa-hnnti, is, (. 'denial, concealment of truth,'
the sacred thread over the right shoulder, Yajfi.i,
232. -jdhghanaf) to beat off, ward off, repel, destroy, using a simile in other than its true or obvious appli-
Apasavya-vat mfn. having the sacred thread over
, RV. &c. cation,Kpr. ; Sah.
the right shoulder, Yajn. 250. Apa-hnnvSna, mfn. A.
i,
Apa-gh^ta, apa-jiffhagsu. See s. v. pr. p. concealing, deny-
Apa-ha, mfn. ifc. keeping back, repelling, remov- ing (any one, dat), Naish.
apa-siddhdnta, as, m. an asser-
tion or statement opposed to orthodox ing, destroying (e. g. iokdpaha, q. v.) Apa-hnotri, mfn. one who conceals or denies or
teaching or
A'pa-hata, mfn. destroyed, warded off, killed. disowns, Comm. on Mn. viii, 190.
to settled dogma, Nyayad. &c.
papman (dpahata-),m(n. having the evil warded m. diminishing, re-
1P<rftn{ apa-Vi. sidh (Imper. 2. sg. -s/- off, free from evil, SBr.
apa-hrdsa, as,
dha or -sedha, 3. sg. -sed/iatu, 3. pi. -sedhantu ; pr. Apa-hati, is, f.
removing, destroying, AitBr. &c. ducing, Susr.
p. -sddhaf) to ward off, remove, drive away, R V. &c. Apa-hanana, am, n. warding off; (cf. apa-ghd- & See
MI<^ dpdk i. dpaka. dpditc.
wk apa-</i. su (i. sg. -suvdmi; Imper.
i. sg. -suva; aor. Subj. -sdvisAai) to drive off,
ta, s. v.)
Apa-hantri, mf(r>v, Ragh.)n. beating off, de- Vrni 2. a-pdka, mfn. (v/pac), immature,
R V *, 37, 4 & ioo, 8 AV.; VS.
- stroying, SBr. &c. raw, unripe (said of fruits and of sores) ; (as), m.
;

immaturity ; indigestion, Surr. Ja, mfn. not pro-

-hara, &c. See apa-Vhfi.
WHJ apa-\/sri (impf. -sarat) to slip off duced by cooking or ripening ; original ; natural.
from RV. iv, 30, 10 to go away, retreat
(abl.), ; :
i/a, mfn. having abad plough, Ska, n. ginger.
Caus. -sdrayati, to make or let go away, remove. A-pakin, mfn. unripe;
PSn. vi, 2, 187, Sch. undigested.
Apa-sara, as, m. (in geom.) distance ; see an- / i.
Caus. -hdsa- wmpap3-v in, to remove, drive away,
apasara. fHI^ apa-</has, to deride :

Apa-sarana, am, n. going away, retreating. yati, to deride, ridicule. (Ved. Inf. apSkartoK) MaitrS. ; to cast off, reject,
Apa-sara, as, m. a way for going out, escape, Apa-hasita, am, n. silly or causeless laughter, desist from, MBh. &c. ; to select for a present, PBr. ;
Mricch.; Pancat. sah. KatySr. ; to reject (an opinion).

Apa-sSrana, am, n. removing to a distance ; Apa-hasa, as, m. id., L. ; a mocking laugh, R. Apa-karana, am, n. driving away, removal,
dismissing; banishment, Mcar. I Apa-hSsya, mfn. to be laughed at, R. KatySr. ; payment, liquidation.

I
54 ijnFfrw} apd-karishnu. apdsya.

Api-karishnn.mfn. (with ace.) 'outdoing,' sur- apa- y/i da, A. to take off or away,
.
<
WHifjH aparjita, mfn. (vri/ with o^ia),

passing. SBr. ; KauS. flung away, L.

Apd-karman, a, n. m. one who takes TBr.
Apa-datri, apdr above, BR.
payment, liquidation. Id, off,
WMI*U apdrna, mfn. (fr.
Apa-krita, mfn. taken away, removed, destroyed, Apa-dana, am, taking away, removal, abla-
n. see abhy-arna), distant, far from (abl.), Nir.
void of ; paid. tion ; a thing from which another thing is removed ;
Apa-kriti, is, f.
taking away, removal, RV. hence the sense of the fifth or ablative case, Pin. HIN apdrtha, mfn. without any object,
vi- useless ; unmeaning, BhP. &c. (am), n. incoherent
viii, 47, a; evil conduct, rebelling (Comm. SJtrjVT I. sg.
;

apd-Vdhd (Subj. -dadhani)

argument. karana, n. a false plea in a lawsuit.
kdra), Kir. i, 27.
to take loosen from, KaushBr.
off, Aparthaka, mfn. useless, Mn. viii, 78, &c.
^nil^tl apd-Vkrish (Inf. -krashtum) to
turn off or away, avert, remove, R. &c.
WTW^ apddhvan, a, m. a bad road, Pan. Wnf'N a-parthiva, mfn. not earthly,
vi, a, 187.
WTTcR apd-Vi. to throw any one Ragh.
kri, off;
or apdnati
TOTTT^ apdn (Van), apdniti WTfTc? a-pala, mf(a)n. unguarded, unpro-
to abandon, to contemn. xiv
[AV. xi, 4, 14], to breathe out, expire, SBr. ;
tected, undefended (a), ; f., N. of a daughter of Atri,
WJIKJ apdksha, m{n.=adHy-aksha orpra- ChUp. apdndt, mf(/f)n. breathing out, RV. RV.
pr. p. 91, 7, &c.
;
viii,

ty-aksha, L. x, 189,2; AV.

Apana, m. (opposed to prdnd), that of the
as,
wrtrtf apalanka, as, m. the plant Cassia
VNI|I mfn.' not in a line or
J-H a-pdnkteya, which goes downwards and out at the
five vital airs Fistula; (see pdlahka.)
row,* not in the same class, inadmissible into society, anus ; the anus, MBh. (in this sense also (am), n., IMIrty apa-lamhd, as, m. a kind of break
ejected from caste, Mn. &c. L.); N.ofaSaman.PBr.; ventris crepitus, L. da, let down from a carriage to stop SBr.
it, ; KatySr.
A-pliktya, mfn. id., Mn.; Gaut. Apanktyo- mfn. giving the vital air Ap5na,VS. xvii, 15. drib,
pahata, mfn. defiled or contaminated by the pre- the vital air WTTf<5 i. a-pdli, mfn. having no tip of
m(nom. -dhr{k)ln. strengthening
sence of impure or improper persons, Mn. 183. dvara, n. the anus. pavana, m. the ear, SuSr.
Apana, TS.
iii,

^H!^ apdnga,mfn. without limbs or with- the vital air Apana, U pi, mfn. protecting the ^nnfe 2. apdli, mfn. free from bees, &c.,
out a body, L. ; (as), m. (ifc. f. a or f) the outer Apana, VS. -bhrit, f. 'cherishing the vital air," a L. (see a/0-
corner of the eye, Sik. &c. ; a sectarial mark or circlet sacrificial brick, SBr. vayu, m. the air Apana,
cf.
on the forehead, R. ; N. of Kama (the god of love), L. ;
ventris crepitus, L. Apanodgara, m. ventris 'STT^ apd-Vi.vri (apd=apa, apa-
L. = apAmargd, L.
; dariana, n. or -drishti, crepitus. Vl.vrf), -vrinoti, to open, uncover, reveal, Lsty. ;

a side glance, a leer, deia, m. the place round a of apa always in Up. &c.
f.
apa-Vnud (the Apa-vrit, mfn. unrestrained, BhP. ; (cf. <f-
the outer comer of the eye. netra, mf(o)n. cast- the antepenultimate of a sloka, therefore apa metri-
apavrit.)
ing side glances, Vikr. cally for apa ; see apa-Vnud),
to remove, repel,
m. = apamdrgd. A'pa-vrlta, mfn. open, laid open, RV. i, 57, i,
Apangaka, as, repudiate, MBh. ; Mn. &c. ; covered, L. ; unrestrained, self-willed, L.
^HH^ apdc (Vac), (Imper. -aca) to drive MmitTrT apdnrita, mfn. free from falsehood, Apa-vriti, is, (. a place of concealment, hiding-

away, RV. ix, 97, 54. R. place, RV. viii, W, 3.

true, ii, 34, 38.

'WJT'^ apdj (Vaj), (impf. -djal; p. apdjat; , as, m., N. of

Imper. 2. sg. -aja) to drive away, RV. ;
Aitlir.
an ancient sage (who is identified with Krishna Dvai- ed, RV. viii, 80, 8.

WIH^ dpdnc, an, del, dk (fr. 2. anc), going piyana), MBh.; Hariv. *i 4
<Jt^ apa-
1 Vvrit (aor. A. 3. pi. apa avrit-
3
or situated backwards, behind, RV. AV. & ;
western
am-ndpat, &c. See 2. dp.
sata [v. 1. oV ]) to turn or move away, SankhSr.

(opposed to prdZc), ib. ; southern, L. Apa-vartana, am, n. turning away or from,

A'pak, ind. westward, RV. VS. tas [AV. viii,
; a-papa, mf (a)n.
sinless, virtuous, retreat, L. ; repulse, L.
4, 19 ;
cf. RV. vii, 104, 19] or -tit (dpdk-) [RV. pure. kSsin (d-pdpa-), mfn. not ill -looking, VS. Apa-vrltta, mfn. (for apa-, the vowel being
vii, 104, 19], ind. from behind. -krit (d-pdpa-), mfn. not committing sin, SBr. metrically lengthened in the antepenultimate of a
I. Aiaka, mfn. coming from a distant place, purl, f., N. of a town ; also written pdpa-purT, sloka), (with abl.) turned away from,
R. ; abstain-
distant, RV. VS. (at), ind. from a distant
; ; place, q. v. vamyasa (d-pdpa-), n. not a wrong order, ing from, rejecting, MBh. ; (am), n. the rolling on
RV. viii, 2, 35. -cakshas
(dpdka-), mfn. shining no disorder, SBr. ; (cf. papa-vasyasd.) viddlia the ground (of a horse), L.
far, RV.viii,75,7. For 2. a-paka, see p. 53, col. 3. mm. not afflictedwith evil, VS. xl, 8. Apa-vritti, is, I.
= ud-vartana, L.
(d-pdpa-),
Apaka (an old instr. case of I dpdAc), ind. far, .
Apd-vritya, ind.p. turning away from (with abl.),
RV. ^TtlTJTHRTin d-pamam-bhavishnu, mfn. not
i, 129, I. AV. xii, 2, 34.
Apaci, the south, L.
f. Apacltara, f. 'other than becoming diseased with herpes, MaitrS.; (cf.pdmam-
the south,' the north, L. bhamshnii.) TimM dpavya, mfn., N. of particular gods
Apacina, mfn. situated backwards, behind, m. (Vmrij), the &Mantras,TS.(Comm. =apa-dvya) TBr.(Comm. ;
^T^nTT^t apa-margd, as, = apa-avya, ft. ^av).
western, RV. vii, 6, 4 & 78, 3; AV. vi, 91,1; turned often in
plant Achyranthes Aspera (employed very
back, L.; southern, L. no great number of
incantations, in medicine, in washing linen, and ^rTITTT a-pdsyd,
in f.
ApScya (4), mfn. western, RV. viii, 28, 3; AitBr.; AV. VS. &c. nooses or fetters, Pan. vi, 2, 156, Sch.
sacrifices), ;
southern, L.
Apd-marjana, am, keeping back, n. cleansing,
TOII^m i .
apasraya, mfn. helpless, desti-
[ apdnjasp), Pan. vi, 2, 187. removing (of diseases and other evils). stotra, n.
tute.
removing of diseases," N. of a
'

in- hymn.
[
a-pdtava, am, n. awkwardness, ^mrf%T apa-Vsri, P. A. -srayati, te, to
elegance, L. ; sickness, disease, L. WVlfHiM apa-mtiya, n. (cf. apa-mtiya),
to use, practise.
resort to ;

equivalent, MaitrS. 2. Apa-sraya, as, m. the upper portion of a bed

t
a-pdthya, mfn. illegible.
jy^ll a-panigrahana, am, n. ce- ^1MI*li<J apd-mrityu = apa-mrityu, L. or couch on which the head rests, Das. ; refuge, re-
recourse is had
course, the person or thing to which
libacy. ^fm< apdya. See ape. for refuge ; an awning spread over a court or yard,
A-pani-pada, mm. without hands and feet, Up. R. v, n, 19.
^tJT^ apdr (apa-Vn), to open by remov-
Wffift apdti (Vi), to escape (with ace.), 6 (Subj. A. 3. sg. dpa ri- Apa-srita, mfn. on resorting to.
ing anything, RV. v, 45,
resting ;

GopBr. tiutd); ix, 10, 6 (3. pi. dpa rinvanti)

& 102, 8 ^Itnfi? apdshli. See dyo-'pdshti.
a~patra, am, n. a worthless or (impf. 2. sg. rinir dpa). V '

WJTcf Apashtha, sthd with apa, APrSt.;

as, m. (ft.
common utensil ; an undeserving or worthless object, wm^ a-pdrd, mfn. not having an oppo- cf. apashtha), the barb
of an arrow, AV. iv, 6, 5 ;
unfit recipient, unworthy to receive gifts, Bhag. not having a shore, unbounded, vat (apdshthd-), mm. having
shore, TS. (cf. satdpdshtha.)
;
site ;

Kathas. kritya, f. acting unbecomingly, doing boundless (applied to the earth, or to heaven and barbs, RV. x| 85, 34.
degrading offices (as for a Brahman to
receive wealth
earth \r6dast\, &c.), RV. &c. ; (as), m. 'not the Apashthi = apdshti in comp. with -ha or-han,
and
improperly acquired, to trade, to serve a SOdra, opposite bank,' the bank
on this side (of a river), mfn. killing with the claws, SBr.
to utter an untruth), Mn. xi, 125. dayin, mfn. MBh. Sankhya phil.) 'a af),'to be absent from,
n.
viii, 2381; (am), (in ^)l||H i .
apds ( Vi
giving to the undeserving. bhrit, mfn. support- bad shore,' the reverse of para,' a kind of mental
'

the undeserving. not to participate in,' see apa-parl.

ing the unworthy, cherishing indifference or acquiescence the reverse of mental ;

A-patrI-karana,u,n. = a-patra-krityaJAn. acquiescence, L. ; the boundless

sea. para, mfn. VITJT^ 2. apds (V2. as),
to fling away,
xi, 69. carrying over the boundless
sea (of life), VP. ; (am), throw away or off, discard ; to scare, drive away ;

See a-pdd, p. 49, col. 2. n. non-acquiescence, L. to leave behind to take no notice of, disregard.
;
^ItlT|f a-pdd.
A-pada, mfn. not divided into Padas, not metri- A-paraniya, mfn. not to be got over, not to be Apasana, am, n.
throwing away, placing aside,
cal. A-padadi, m. not the beginning of a Pada, carried to the end or triumphed over, Bh. BhP. &c. M ;
KatySr. ;
L.
killing, slaughter,

VPrlt. A-padadi-bhaj mfn. not standing at the ,

A-parayat, mfn. incompetent, impotent (with Apaaita, mfn. thrown down, injured, destroyed,L.
mfn. Inf. or loc.) not able to resist, MBh. Apasta, mfn. thrown off, set aside driven away ; ;

beginning of a Pada, RPrat. A-padantlya,

;

carried off or away, abandoned, discarded ; disre-

not sanding at the end of a Pada. Ns a-pdramdrthika, mf(i)n. not
A-padaka, mfn. footless, TS. garded ; contemned.
concerned about the highest truth.
Apasya, ind. p. having thrown away or discarded ;
A'-p5dya,mf (a) n.(or dpddyat), N.ofcertain Ish-
L. having exccpted.
(apa-Vrick), to having left, having disregarded ;
tis (performed with the cayana vaiivasr/j^.TBt. retire,
 apasyat. apy-aya. 55
Apasyat, mfn. discarding, throwing off, &c.
api-</ghas. to eat off or away api-Vruh, dpi-rohati, to to-
grow
^fTTtrjfopd-sanga, as,m. (Vsan/)?, Kath.j (perf. 3. pi. -jakshuK), SBr. (aor. A. 3. sg. -gjhi, ;
gether, grow whole again, TS.
= updsanga, L. [fr. gh-s-ta], which by Say. is derived fr. \/Aan)

158, 5-
w iMn^aj)t- Vvat (Opt. i. pi. -vatema; pr.
apdsi, mfn. having a bad or no
p. -vdtaf) to understand, comprehend, RV. vii, 3, 10;
sword. a-picchila, mfn. clear, free from 60,6: Caus.(Imper. i.^.-vdtaya; fr.p.-vdidyat ;
sediment or soil.
aor. 3. pi. amvatan, RV. x, 1
apdsu, mfti. lifeless, Naish. 3, 5) to cause to under-
api-jd, as, m. born after or in addi- stand, make intelligible to (with or without dat.), RV. ;
&-Vsri (apa-d-; or apd for apa, u
tion to (N. of
Prajapati and other divinities), VS. ( I . pi.-vataydmasi} to excite, awaken, RV. i, 8, 3.
the a standing in the antepenultimate of a sloka), Apl-vati (scil. vac), f. of a conjecturable adj. dpi-
to turn off from, avoid (with abl.), 262. a-pinda, mfn. without funeral balls
Yajfi. ii, vatya, intelligible, TBr. ['containing the wunla/t
Apa-sarana, am, n. departing, L. or what is meant
by api, Comm. & BR.]
l.a-pit, mfn. (\/pi), not swelling
Apa-srita, mfn. gone, departed, gone away, L.
dry, RV.\ii, 82, 3. Tin q^ api-,/2. vap (i. sg. -vapdmt) to
WJTWr apd-Vsthd, to go off towards, 2. a-pit, mfn. not having scatter
; TBr.
upon, AV.; SBr.
(in Gr.)
AitBr. ; SinkhSr. (v. 1.
upd-</stbd, q.v.) Api-vapa, as, m. 'scattering upon,' N. of par-
the it or Anu-bandha
/, Pan.
ticular PurodJsa, TBr.
wU?\ apa-Vhan, to throw off or back,
wftTrJ d-pitri, td, m. not a father, SBr.
ShadvBr.
xiv. -devatya (d-pitri-), mfn. not having the wmitim\apivdnya-vatsd=abhivdnya,
Kaus.
WnjTT apd-hdya, ind. p. (fr. \/3. hd with Manes as deities, SBr. q. v.,

apa, the a being metrically lengthened), quirting, A-pitrlka, mfn. not ancestral or paternal, unin-
^fftT| api-\/i.vri (perf. A. -vavre) to con-
herited
MBh.; disregarding, ib.; excepting, except, ib. fatherless, Ap.
;
ceal, RV. iii, 38, 8.
A-pitrya, mfn. not inherited, not ancestral or Api-vrita, mfn. concealed, covered, RV.
apa-Vhri, A. to take off, SBr.
paternal, Mn.
sometimes pi
ix, 205.
" ' a
**^1. P*~ v/ Ty -vrinjanti; aor.
dpi, or (see pi-dribh, (3- pi.
^rftf^f api-^dah, -dahati (impf. -adahat) 3. pi. avrijann dpi, RV. x, 48, 3) 'to turn to,'
pi-dhd, pi-nah ), expresses placing near or over, unit- to touch with to singe, TS. ; Kath.
fire, procure to, bestow upon (dat. or RV.
ing to, annexing, reaching to, proximity, &c. [cf. Gk. loc.),
tni Zend api ; Germ, and Eng. Tftl^T api- V'do (l. sg. -dydmi) to cut api-\/vrit, Caus. (impf. a. sg.
Sanskrit
;

its place seems

prefix te] ; in later
AV iv .
off,
ffrl^
frequently supplied by abhi.
-
37. 3-
-avartayas) to throw into (ace.), RV. i, 121, 13.
(As a separable adv.) and, also, moreover, besides, api-Vdham, to blow upon, Kaus.
assuredly, surely ; api api or api-ca, as well as na
^rfrrat api-Vvye (i. pi. P.
; -vyaydmasi) to
vapi or na apivd or na nacapi, neither, nor; c&pi, api-Vdhd, Ved. to place upon or cover, AV. i, 27, i.
(and at the beginning of a sentence) api-ca, moreover. into, put to, give ; chiefly Ved. to shut, close, cover, wnisrrT dpi-vrata, mfn. sharing in the
Api is often used to express emphasis, in the sense conceal (in later texts more
usually pi-^/dha, q. v.) same
of even, religious acts, related by blood, SBr. KatySr.
also, very ; e. g. anyad api, also another, Api-dhana, am, n.
placing upon, covering,
;

something more ; ady&pi, this very day, even now ; KstySr. a cover, a cloth for
;

a lid, BhP. ; a bar, Kum.

covering, RV. &c. ;
WUiri ^ api-Vvrasc (perf. Imper. 2. du.
tathapi, even thus, notwithstanding ; yady api, (f), f. a cover, Ap. ; ; -vavriktatu, RV. vi, 62, 10) to strike off, cut off,
even if, although; yadyapi
tathapi, although, (d.pi-dhdna.) vat (apidhdna-), mfn. 'having a RV.;AV.
nevertheless na kadacid api, never at any time ; cover,' concealed, RV. v, 29, 1 1. '

api- samara, mfn. contiguous to

;

sometimes in the sense of but, only, at least,

e.g.
Api-dhi, is, m. 'that which is placed upon the
the night,'
muhurtam api, only a moment. fire," a gift to Agni, RV. i, 127, 7.
being at the beginning or end of the night,
AitBr. ; (dm), n. the time early in the RV.
Api may be affixed to an interrogative to make it A'pi-hita, mfn. put to, placed into, RV. ; shut,
morning,
indefinite, e.g. ko 'pi, any one; kutr&pi, anywhere. covered, concealed, RV. &c. pi-hita
; (cf. ) piiala, as,m., N. of a man (as), ;

Api imparts to numerals the notion of totality, Apl-hiti, is, (. a bar, MaitrS.; PBr. m. pi. the descendants of
Apisala. See dpisali.
e.g. caturnam api varndndm, of all the four castes.
api-Vdhav, to run into, Vait. api-sds, f.
(only used in abl. -id-
Api may be interrogative at the beginning of a
sas) slitting, ripping up, MaitrS. AitBr.
sentence. api-Vnah,tot\e on, fasten (usually ;

Api may strengthen the original force of the Po- pi-t/nah, to tie up, close, stop
q. v.) ;
up (Ved. ;
a-pisuna, mfn. unmalicious, up-
tential, or may soften the Imperative, like the English later onpi-^nah,
q.v.) right, honest.
'be pleased to ;' sometimes it is a mere expletive. A'pi-naddha, mfn. closed, concealed, RV. x, 68,
Api tu, but, but yet. jlapi-v'sn, P. to break off, AV.; A.
8; SBr.; (cf. pi-naddha.)
Api-tva,a>,n. having part, share, AV.; SBr.; (cf. id., SBr. : Pass, -ilryate, to break, PBr.
^rfrpft api-Vni, to lead towards or to,
apa-pitvd.) Api-tvin,mm.havingpart,sharing,SBr. Api-iirna, mfn. broken, AV. iv, 3, 6.
Api-nama (in the beginning of a phrase), per- bring to a state or condition, TS. SBr. AitBr. ; ;

Api-netri, td, m. one who leads towards (gen.), api-shtuta, mfn. (\/stu), praised.L.
haps, in all probability, I wish that, Mricch.; Sak. &c.
SBr.
Api-vat, mf(vati)n. See api-i/vat. api-shthd (Vsthd), to stand (too)
^rfttWEJ'api-iaisAa', as,m. the region of the
api-pakshd, as, m. the region or near, stand in any one's way, AV. iii, 1 3, 4 & v, 1 3, 5.
direction to the side, TS. Api-shthita, mfn. approached, RV. 145, 4.
arm-pits and shoulder-blades (especially in animals),
i,

RV. iv, 40, 4 ; x, 1 34, 7 ; Laty. ; N. of a man (as), & api-</path, Caus. -pdthayati, to wftRnpTTT api-sam-gribhdya, Norn. P.
m. pi. his descendants. lead upon a path (ace.), KaushBr. ; SinkhSr. (Imper. a. sg. -gribhayd) to assume, RV. x, 44, 4.
Api-kakshy a ( 5), mfn. connected with the region
of the arm-pits, RV. i, 117, 21. api-Vpad, to go in, enter, SBr. vftlftf^ api-Vsic, to sprinkle with, L.
Wfl^SB a-pipdsd, mfn. free from thirst or wfstj api-</sri, to flow upon, SBr.; TBr.
api-karnd, am, n. the region of
desire, SBr. xiv ChUp.
the ears, RV. vi, 48, 16.
;
V *i *^. P*~ v *rVi P- to place to or upon,
^fftnj^api-v'pnc (aor. 3. sg. aprdg dpi) TS. ; SBr. : P. &
A. to add to, mingle to, Lafy.
^rftl^i api-^/i. kri, to bring into order,
to mix with (loc.), A V. x, 4, 26 (-princanti, AV. v, i-V Aan(3.pl.^Anan/)toremove
arrange, prepare, TS.
; TBr. ; PBr.
;

2, 3, according to BR. a mistake for -vrinjanti.)

or suppress (pregnancy,
w f4 ji
\/2 krit (l. sg. -krintami, fut.
i^ ap
i- . sutum), TS.
wCsM!*!! api-prana, mf(j)n. uttered or pro-
I. sg. -kartsydmi) to cut off, VS. AV. ; TS. ; SBr. ; dpi-hita, &c. See api-Vdhd.
duced with every breath, RV. i, 186, II.
^rftnii| api-Vkshai, Caus. -kshdpayati, to api-Vhnu (3. du. dpi hnutah) to re-
consume by fire, AV. xii, 5, 44 & 51. ^rf<W( ajii-Vbandh, i. to fasten upon,
fuse, RvTviii, 31, 7.
put on (a wreath), AsVGr.
fif^n^api-Vgam, Ved. to go into, enter, Api-baddha, mfn. fastened, R. iii, 68, 42. apt-Are (i. sg. A. -hvne) to call in
approach, join, [aor. Subj. 3. pi. <z/zZ(?K,RV.v,33, addition to (or besides), RV. x, 19, 4.
^rflJfPT dpi-bhdga, mfn. having part in,
IO]RV. &c. ;
to approach a woman, RV. i, 179,1.
sharing in, SBr. i .
dpi. See dpya.
^F*fiTlapi-Vi. gd, Ved. to enter, get into,
RV. 1"ftT>J. a.pi-V'bhu, to be in, AV. ; to have 2. api(*/i), (Ved.) dpy-eti,to go in or
mingle with, vii, 21, J, &c.
part in, RV. ; AitBr. near ; to enter into or upon ; to come near,
ap-
api-girna, mfn. praised, L. WflT9I iroach (also in copulation, RV. ii,
api-mantra, mfn. giving an ex- 43, 2, ind. p.
MBh. apftya) ; to partake, have a share in ; to join ; to
api-guna, mfn. excellent, planation or an account of, Kath.
K>ur out (as a river).
xii, 2677. A. -mrishyate (i. sg.
^rfltflj^fz/n'-v/mmi, Api-yat, mfn. entering the other world, dying,
api-VgraJi (with or without mu- -mrishye ; aor. Subj. 2. sg. -mrishthas) to forget, IV. i, 162, 20; dissolving, disappearing, BhP.
Jtham, ndsike, &c.), to close (the mouth, nose, &c.), neglect, RV. I. Apita, mfn. gone into, entered, SBr. x (used
SBr.; AitBr. ChUp. "orthe etym. of svapiti), ChUp. ; (cf. sv&pyayd.)
api- Vydc, Caus. -ydcdyate, to de-
;

1. Api-g-rihya, ind. p. closing the mouth, TS. AV. A"pitl, />, f. entering into, RV.i, 121,10; dissolr-
spise, refuse (?), xii, 4, 38.
Api-grihya [Ved., Pan. iii, I,
2. 118] or api- ng, dissolution, SBr. ; Up.
grahya [ib., Comm.], am, n. impers. (with dpi-ripta, mfn. (vVip), 'smeared Apy-aya, as, m. joint, juncture, Kaus. ; Sulb. ;
abl.) the
mouth to be closed before (a bad smell, &c.) over,' i.e. grown blind, RV. i, 118, 7; viii, 5, 23. xiuring out (of a river), PBr. ; entering into, van-
56 apyaya-dikshita. a-paurusha.
o(frabkava or utfatti). Up. m. to be looked for or expected to be wished or re-
ishing (the contrary d, as, (cf. pupa), cake of flour, ;

&c. ; (cf. svdpyayd.) -dikshita, m., N. of a meal, &c. ,

R V.
a kind of fine bread ; honey-
&c. ;
quired ; desirable.
Drivida saint and writer (of the sixteenth century, ApdkshS, f. looking round or about, considera-
comb, ChUp. wheat, L. - nabhi (apftpd-), m.
;
author of various works, celebrated as a Saiva, and tion of, reference, regard to (in comp. rarely loc.) ;
having a navel consisting of a cake, AV. x, 9, 5.
;

thought to be an incarnation of Siva; also apydya* may a, mm. dependence on, connection of cause with effect or of
consisting of cake, I'm. v, 4, 21,
or apyaf, &c.) individual with species ; looking for, expectation,
Sch. vat (apupd-), mfn. accompanied with cake,
Apy-ayana, am, n. union, copulating, L.
RV.; AV. Apupadi.a ganaof PSn.(v,i, 4). Ap5- hope, need, requirement ; (ayd), ind. with regard to
(in comp.) buddlii, f. (in Vaiieshika phil.) a
paplhita, mfn. covered with cake, AV. xviii, 3, 68.
^nrt^T0j>Icyo(3,4), mfn. (fr. ap-a3c), se- mental process, the faculty of arranging and methodiz-
I. Apuplya, mfn. for cakes, Pan.
cret, hidden, RV. very handsome (v. 1. aplvya), BhP.
fit v, 1, 4.
ing, clearness of understanding.
;

3, Apupiya, Nom. P. yati, to have a desire for

RV. Apekshita, mfn. considered referred to ; looked ;

^l>flJaj>i -ju,m(d\i.-juva)(a. impelling, cakes, KstySr. for, e-xpected ; wished, required.

ii, 3'. 5- Apupya, mfn. = I. apuptya, Pin. v, I, 4 ; as, Apekshita vy a = apekshaniya, q. v.
^T<OiH a-pidana, am, n. not giving pain, m. flour, meal, L. Apekshin, mfn. considering, respecting, regard-
gentleness, kindness.
ful of, looking to comp. rarely gen.) ; looking
fl^llft apitrani, f. the silk cotton tree
(in ;

A-pIdayat, mfn. not paining. for, expecting, requiring depending on. Apdkshi-
;

(Bombax Heptaphyllum). Kum. iii, I.

A-pida, f. id.; (aya), ind. not unwillingly. tS, f.
expectation,

"?nrt(T 2. a-plta, mfn. not drunk; not wy^jM a-purushd, mfn. lifeless, inanimate, I .
Apdkshya = apekshaniya.
MBh.
RV -
*> "55. 3- glm (d-purusha-), mfn. not 3. Apekshya, ind. p. with regard or reference to.
having drunk, ii,1902.
killing men, RV. 133, 6.
not having drunk, without opej (Vy'), dpejate, to drive away,
i,
A-pitva, ind. p. ^T1^
drinking. ^T^ a-purna, mfn. not full or entire, in- RV. v, 48, 2 & vi, 64, 3.
^TUfttT^ ap't-nasa, as, m. (api for apt; cf. complete, deficient ; (ant), n. an incomplete, number,
want of the pituitary a fraction. kala, mfn. premature (as), m. in- xiMrj dpfndra, mfn. without Indra, SBr.
pt-nasa), dryness of the nose,
;

secretion and loss of smell, cold, Susr. complete time, -kala-ja, mfn. bom before the flM<f a-peya, mf(a)n. unfit for drinking,
proper time, abortive. ta, f. incompleteness. not to be drunk,Mn. &c.
l-vrita. See api-Vi !"
A-pfirti, is, (. non-accomplishment (of wishes),
MBh. SS^^TfiS a-pesala, mfn. unclever.
apivya, mfn. See aplcya.
A-pesas, mfn. shapeless, RV. i, 6, 3.
A-puryamana, mfn. not getting full, KStySr.
-pu^s (nom. -puman), m. not a man,
^TT^ i. apfsh (-/ish), (aor. 3. sg. dpa ai-
a eunuch, Mn. 49, &c. tva, n. the state of a ^T^% a-pured, mf(o)n. unpreceded, un-
iii,
yeK) to withdraw from (abl.), RV. v, 2, 8.
eunuch. precedented, SBr. xiv, &c. not having existed before,
;

A-pnnskS, f. without a husband, Bhatt. quite new ; unparalleled, incomparable, extraordinary; aphi-praghasa, &c. See apf.
not first ; preceded by a, PSn. viii, 3, 1 7 ; (as), m.,
the
mjj'oA a-puccha, mfn. tailless; (a), f.
N. of a sacrifice (offered to PrajSpati), PBr.; Vait.; a-paisuna, am, n. non-calumny,
tree Dalbergia Sisu.
(am), n. the remote or unforeseen consequence of an Bhag.

^TipPI a-punya, mfn. impure, wicked. act (as heaven of religious rites), NySyam. ; a conse-
a-poganda, mfn. not under six-
krit, mfn. acting wickedly, wicked. quence not immediately preceded by its cause ; (/a), teen years of age, Mn. viii, 148 ; a child or infant,
m. not a son, SBr. ind. never before, AV. x, 8, 33. karman, n. a re- L. ; timid, L. ; flaccid, L. ; having a limb too many
Vffi d-putra, as, xir;
- ta (aputrd- ), ligious rite or sacrifice (the power of which on the or too few, L.
(a-piilra), mf(a)n. sonless, SBr. &c. future is not before seen). ta, f. or -tva, n. the
f. sonlessness, SBr.
being unpreceded, the not having existed before, in- ^TiflleJ apticchad (ud-Vchad), (ind. p.
sonless, Kath5s. Das.
A-pntraka, mf(A/)n. ;
comparableness, &c. pati, f. one who has had no -chddya) to uncover, AsvSr.
A-putrika, as, m. the father of a daughter not husband before, Pat. vat, ind. singularly, unlike Wlte
fit to be adopted as a son because of her not having
apddha, mfn. (Vvah), carried off,
anything else.
removed, taken away.
any male offspring. A-purviya, mfn. referring to the remote or un-
A-pntriya, mfn. SSiikhGr. &c.
sonless, childless, foreseen consequence of an act, L. flqlr^ apdt-krish (VJtrish), (ind. p. -kri-
ind. not again, only once, A'-purvya (4), mf(a)n. unpreceded, first, RV.; shya) to disjoin, Kaus.
^Tjj1^.a-puno'r,
RV. x, 68, IO. anvaya, mfn. not returning, dead. incomparable, RV.
WnVi^qi dpSdaka, mf(a)n. waterless, water-
Svartana, n. or -avrittl, f. final exemption uncom-
from life or transmigration, Jain. ; Up. - nkta, n.
Wjrti a-prikta, mfn. unmixed, RV. i, 116, 3 not watery, not fluid, AV. ;
tight, ;

bined (said of a word [as a and u, Prit.] or an affix (ikd~), f. t'le pot-herb Basella Rubra or Lucida, L.
or -nkti.f. no (superfluous) repetition. diyamana of one not
[Pan.] consisting of a single letter, i. e.
(if-^ar-),mfh. not being given back, AV.xii,5, 44. combined with another). ^tMnej apSd-i ( Vi), to go away altogether,
bhava, m. not occurring again. Car. exemption ;
' withdraw from (abl.). AV. SBr. AitBr. ; ;

from further transmigration, final beatitude, BhP. '%f^Hn(d-prinat,

mfn. not filling, not pro- Apod-itya, (mfn.) n. impers. to be completely
bhSva, m. id. ybliB, not to recover conscious- pitiating by gifts,' stingy, RV. gone away from (abl.), SBr.
ness, SBr. A-punah-prapya, mfn. irrecoverable.
Y|iV|e{i a-prMai,ind.not separately, with, ap6d-\/i. iih, to strip off, TBr.
or a-purdtana, mfn. not
^lyilHI a-purana irutl.mfn. not audible
together with, collectively.
apod-dharya. See an-ap6d-
old, modem, new. mfn.
separately, RPrat. Aprithag-dharmaslla,
dhdryd.
V JJIj'H a-purusha, mfn. unmanly. A-pn- of the same religion.
TtLshartha, m. a rite which is not for the benefit apti-naptri, &c. See 2. dp.
WJ1? a-prishta, mfn. unasked, Gaut. &c.
of the sacrificer not the chief object of the soul.
;

WT apg(Vi), P,. A. apatti, dpdyati (impf. apdbh (i/ubh), (Imper. 2. pi. dpdm-
" !J imd-purogavafTufo .without a leader, A. dpayata, RV. x, 72, 6) to go away, withdraw, bhata) to bind, fetter, AV. viii, 8, II.
AV.xx, 135, 7; AitBr. retire, run away, escape ; to vanish, disappear. Apobdna, mfn. bound, TS.
A-puro-'nuvakyaka, mfn. without a Puronu-
Apaya, m. going away, departure destruc- Apoinbhana, am, n. a fetter, TS.
as, ;

vikya, SBr. tion, death, annihilation ; injury, loss ; misfortune, W(iB apornu (\/rnu), dpa urnoti, dpdr-
A-pnrornkka, mfn. without a Puroruc, SBr.
evil, calamity. nute, once apSrnauti [KjtySr.], to uncover, unveil,
A'-puroMta, as, m. not a Purohita, SBr. ; (mfn.), Apayin, mfn. going away, departing, vanishing, open, RV. ; AV. ; SBr. A. to uncover one's self,
:

without a Purohita, AitBr.

perishable. TS. ; SBr.
^r(jU4,(4 a-ptuhkala,
mfn. 'not eminent,' Apdta, mfn. escaped, departed, gone ; having re- Apdrnavana, am, n. untying, Comm. on ApSr.
tired from, free from (abl. or in comp.) blii, mfn.
mean, low, Venls. ; Hear. / /
(v asA)=apa-v 2.pas, q.v.
one whose fear is
gone, Mn. vii, 197. rakshasi,
TT}S n-pushtn, mfn. unnourished, lean; f. the plant Ocimum Sanctum (also apr$ta-r). apoh (\/l.uh), -uhati (impf. dpdu-
L. '
soft, ; invalid, unimportant, Kpr. Apdnl (Imper. comp.) means
a. sg. in exclud-
tuit) to strip off, push away, frighten away, RV.
praghasa (scil. kriyd), a cere-
^Tjni a-pushpd,m{(a)n. not flowering, RV. A.
f.
ing, expelling." Sec. ; to remove or heal (diseases), Susr. ;
to keep
&c. (as), m. the glomerous fig tree.
; phala or mony from which gluttons are excluded, (gana away from one's self, avoid, Mn. ;
to give up, Ragh.;

-phala-da, m. bearing
'
fruits without flowering,'
'having neither flowers nor fruits,' the jack tree,
Artocarpus Integrifolia, the glomerous fig tree.
apus, us, n., v. 1.
[
a-pujaka, mfn. irreverent.
A-puJS, f. irreverence, disrespect.
A-pnjita, mm.
not reverenced or worshipped.
A-p5Jya, mfn. not to be worshipped or revered.
"?? d-puta, mfn. impure, SBr.;
mayuravyattsakadi.) vSnljS (scil. kriyd), f. a (in disputation) to object, deny, S3h.
ceremony from which merchants are excluded, ib.
Ap6ha, as, m. pushing away, removing ; (in dis-
vStB (scil. laid), f. 'useful in expelling wind,' the
putation) reasoning, arguing, denying.
plant Poederia Foetida, Susr. Ap3hana, am, n. id.
for vdput, Naigh.
ApShanlya, mfn. to be taken away, or removed,
^THTJ apeksh (Viksh), to look away, to
look round, AV. ; SBr.; to have some design; to
or expiated.
have regard to, to respect ; to look for, wait for ; Apohita, mfn. removed ; (in disputation) denied
to expect, hope ; to require, have an eye to, SSh. ; (the opposite of sthdpita).
with mi, not to like, Kathas. Apdhya, mfn. = apShaniya.
KatySr. ; Apekshana, am, n, = apeksha, L. ^mi^^ a-paurusha, am, n. unmauliness ;

not purified (by purificatory rites), Mn. Gaut.

; Apekshaniya, mfn. to be considered or regarded ; superhuman power; (mfn.), unmanly; superhuman.
 a-paurusheya. d-pratimanyuyamana. 57
A-panrusheya, mfn. not coming from men,
a-prakanda, mfn. stemless, L.; WHrtT a-prata (Ved. loc. fr. prati), ind.
ShadvBr. m. a bush, a shrub, L. without recompense, for nothing, RV.
(as), viii, 33, 16.
^ftn^PB d-paulkasa, as, m. not a Paul- WH^T5T a-prakasa, mf(o)n. not shining, ^HfTT1a-j>ra<apa,as,m. want of brilliancy,
kasa, SBr. dark not visible, hidden, secret, Mn. not manifest
; ; dullness ; meanness, want of dignity.
or evident; (am), ind. in secret, Mn. viii, 351;
^rnfft a-prutt, mfn. without opponents,
(as), m. indistinctness, darkness, Ragh. i, 68.
See dn-apta. A-prakaiaka, mf(ta)n. not rendering bright, irresistible, RV. BhP. (f), n. irresistibly, RV.vii,83,
; ;
<zp<a.
making dark. 4 & 99, 5 ; (a), ind.,; AV.
see s. v. above. i -rtt- .

tas, as, n. a sacrificial act, Un. A-prakasamana, mfn. not manifested, unre- pa, mf(o)n. of unequalled form, incomparable, R.
Aptur (only ace. sg. &pi. tiram &
tiros), m. (fr. vealed. &c. [cf. 2.
a-pratirupa, p. 58]. rSpa-kathl,
active, busy (said of the Asvins, of incomparable or unanswerable discourse, L. vlr-
dp + Jtvar),
.f.
I. A-prakaiita, mfn. id.
Soma, of Agni, of Indra), RV. A-prakaaya, mfn. not to be manifested. ya, mfn. of irresistible power, R. iv, 35, 4 38, 13. &
Apturya am, n. zeal, activity, RV. 1 1, ^HflfrT<lit a-pratikara, mfn. trusted, con-
(4), iii,
^nr%TT a-praketd, mfn indiscriminate, un-
.
8 & 51, 9.
RV. fidential, L. ; (ena), ind. without recompense, Rijat.;
Apna-rSj mfn. (afna = dpnas below), presiding recognizable, x, 1 29, 3.
,
(cf. a-prata.)
over property, RV. x, 131, 7. WlfforrT d-prakshita, mfn. undiminished, A-pratikarman, mfn. of unparalleled deeds, R.
A'pnas, as, n. possession, property, RV. [cf. Lat. inexhaustible, RV, i, 55, 8. A-pratikara [Veins.] or a-pratikara [Mn.
work, sacrificial act, Naigh. Un.
progeny, 80
ops] Kid.], mfn. not admitting of any or
; ;
relief
a-prakhara, mfn. dull, obtuse, L.;
;
<(*; xii, ;

Naigh. ; shape, ib. vat {dpnas-), mfn. giving

bland, mild, L. remedy.
property, profitable, RV. Apnah-stha, m. pos- A-pratikarln, mfn. (said of patients) not using
sessor, RV. vi, 67, 3. wmoHrTT a-prakhya-ta, f. want of a strik- a remedy, not permitting the employment of a
mfn. small, tender [Comm.; but ing or dignified appearance, MBh. xii, 5881. remedy, Susr.
W5J aptii,
perhaps connected with apttir above, because also a-pragama, mfn. (in speech or dis- a-pratikiila, mf(a)n. not resist-
applied to the Soma], MaitrS.;TS.; SBr.; body.Vn; cussion) going too fast for others to follow, not to be
ing, not obstinate.
mat, mfn. containing the word aplii, MaitrS. surpassed.
Aptor-ySma, <w [SBr.&c] or-yaman, a [PBi.; VUfrI^niT d-pratikhyata, mfn. not seen,
of offering the Soma ^WT<&a-pragalbha,inf(a)n. not arrogant, TBr.
L3ty.], m. a particular way sacri-
modest; timid.
a-pratigrihyd, mfn. one from
fice.

aptyd. See 2. dp. a-praguna, mfn. perplexed, L. whom one must not accept anything, SBr. xiv.
A-pratigrahana, am, n. not accepting (a girl
dpnavdna, as, m., N. of a Rishi a-pragraha [TPrat.] or a-pragri-
m. not a vowel called pragrihya into marriage), not marrying, R.
(appointed with the Bhrigus), RV. 7,1; the arm,
iv, hya [RPrit.], as,
A'-pratlffrUiaka,mf(t<i)n.notaccepting,Br.;
Naigh. vat, ind. like ApnavSna, RV. viii, 102, 4. (q.v.)
AsvSr.
A-pragrraha, mfn. unrestrained, L.
W-Mfrl ap-pati, is, m. See 2. dp. A-pratlsfrahya, mfn. uaacceptable.
'ilH^^;?! d-pracankasa, mf(o)n. without wWfrni a-pratigha, mfn. (VAan), not to
^miftfufrt appadlksUta or apyadikshita, power of seeing, AV. viii, 6, 1 6.
** be kept not to "be vanquished, Mn. xii, 28, &c.
as, m., N. of an author apyaya-dikshita, q.v. off,
a-pracura, mfn. little, few.
ap-pitta, am, n. See 2. dp. ^l^ns'i a-pratidvandva, mfn. 'not hav-
d-pracetas, mfn. deficient in un- ing an adversary in battle,' not to be vanquished,
( dpya. See 2. dp.
derstanding, foolish, RV.; AV. xx, 128, a. irresistible, R. &c. ta, f. unrivalledness.
A-pracetita, mfn. not having been perceived,
apy-aty-\/arj (3. pi. -arjantf) to
Bhatt.
'smfTT^T a-pratidhurd, mfn. without a
add over and above, AitBr. match in going at the pole oi'a carriage (as a horse),

SBr. xiv Caus. TTH^Tl f<; iJ a-pracodita, mfn. undesired, not SBr.
WUI;} apy-\/ad, to eat off, :

bidden or commanded, unasked, Mn. '

248.
tnifinff d-pratidhjishta, mfn.
iv, irresisti-
-adayati, to give more (food)
to eat, AitBr.

See a. apt.
WHf3!3 a-pracchinna, mfn. not split, ble,' in comp. with tiavac, mfn. of irresistible
apy-aya. AsvGr. RV. i, 84, 2.
power,
A-pracchedya, mfn. inscrutable, L. A-pratidhrishya, mfn. VS. &c.
dpy-ardham, ind. within proxi- irresistible,

mity, near to (gen.), SBr. ; (cf. a/tJty-ardhas,) ^nrajre a-pracyava, as, m. not falling in, ^mni^^ d-pratinoda, as, m. not repell-
-shmasi; ing, MaitrS. PBr.
^HH^ apy-i/i. as, -asti (i. pi. PBr. ;

Imper. -astu; Opt. -shydf), Ved. (with loc. or local A-pracySvnka,mf(a)n. not decaying, KaushBr. ^Tnfifrej a-pratipaksJta, mfn. without s
adv.) to be in, be closely connected with, RV. &c. ; A'-pracynta, mfn. unmoved, RV. ii, 28, 8 (with ;
rival or opponent.
abl.) not fallen or deviating from, observing,
fol-
to belong to (as a share), RV.; SBr.
lowing, Mn. xii, 1 1 6. "BUfTnUPT a-pratipanya, mfn. not to be
W*m apy-\/2. as (Subj. A.
AitBr.
2. sg. -asya- A'-pracyuti, ir, f. not decaying, SBr. ; SankhSr. bartered or exchanged.
thdK) to insert,
1
WTTSf d-praja, mf(a)n. (Vjan), without a-pratipatti, is, f. non-ascertain-
Vn^assume
apy-a-Vhri (Pot. dpy a haret) to
in addition, TS.
progeny, childless, RV. i, i, 5 ;
Mn. &c.; (a), (. ment not understanding, Nyiyad. the state of being
; ;

take or not bearing, unprolific, MBh. i, 4491. undecided or confused, Sah. &c. ; non-performance,
apy-uta = api -\-uta, q.v.
I. A-prajajul, mfn. not generative, having no failure.

power of begetting, SBr. A-pratipad, mfn. confused (vikala), VS. xxx, 8.

a-praka(a, mf(a)n. unmanifested, A'-prajanlshnn, mfn. id., MaitrS. A-pratipadyamina, mfn. not consenting to
unapparent ; (am), ind. without having been per- A'-praJas [AV.] or a-prajas[SBr. &c. cf. Pan. ;
(ace.), Ssk.
ta unaccom-
122], mfn. without progeny, A-pratipanna, mfn.
ceived, KathSs. childless. unascertained
v, 4, ;

or aprajas-tva, n. childlessness, AV.

sNHcfcUla-prautampa, mfn. unshaken; firm, (aprajds-), f. plished.
A-prajasya, am, n. childlessness, TS. WirftWW
steady; unanswered, unrefuted. ta, f. firmness, a-pratibandha, as, 'm. absence
A-praJStS, f. not having brought forth (cf. a-
unanswerableness.
stability, of obstruction (mfn.) unimpeded, undisputed, direct
prajd above), MBh. v, 3047.
;

A-prakampin, mfn. not shaking, steady, AitAr. (inheritance), not collateral

or presumptive.
^JJJflfsJ 2. d-prajojfti, mfn. (Vj%S), inex- i

^TTnirC a-prakara, mfn. not acting excel- ^Wfrl 3<3 a-pratibala, mfn. of unequalled
perienced, inexpert,
RV. x, 71, 9.
lently, L. power, R.
not the principal topic, A-prajna, mfn. not knowing, RamatUp.
A-prakarana, am, n.
tibodha, mfn . without con-
not relevant, to the main subject.
A-praJnata, mfn. not known, TS. Mn. i, 5. ;

A-praJnatra, mfn. (h.pra-jadtrf), not know- sciousness, Ragh. viii, 57. vat, mfn. id., MarkP.
A-prakrita, mfn. not principal, not relevant to
ing, erring, being wrong, TS. mfn. not con-
the main topic under discussion, not chief; occasional
^nrfrT^S'i^ d-pratibruvat,
or incidental ; not natural. d-pranasa, as, m. not perishing, AV. iii, 8, 3.
tradicting,
A-prakriti, is, (. not an inherent or inseparable SBr. ;
PBr.
WHfiW a-pratibha, mfn. modest, bashful,
property, accidental property or nature.
a-pranita, mfn. (\/nI), unconse- L. ; (a), (. shyness, timidity, Nyiyad.
n. the act of
crated, profane, Mn. ix, 317 ; (am), OMfrlM a-pratima, mf(a)n. unequalled, in-
butter without consecrated water,
unsurpassed. frying clarified
comparable, without a match.
A-prakrlshta, of, m. a crow, L.; (cf. apa- AsvSr.
A-pratimana, mfn. incomparable, RV. viii,

a-pranodya, mfn. ( \/nvd), not

kris/tta.)
^nrata to
96, 17.
<
H <* <d4 4 a-prakalpaka, mf(*a)n. not pre- be turned away (as a guest), Mn. iii, 105 Gaut. ; A-pratimeya, mfn. id., Hariv.

scribing as obligatory.
a-pratarkya, mfn. not
to he dis- ^tfffHK^TjTR d-pratimanyuyamana, mfn.
A-praklripta, mfn. not explicitly enjoined.
being unable to show resentment
or to retaliate anger
-tS, f. the state of not being explicitly enjoined, by reason, undefinable,
cusred, L.; incomprehensible
for anger, AV. xiii, I, 31.
KatySr. Mn.i, 5&xii, 29; BhP.&c.
 58 a-pratiyatna-purva. a-pravritti.
common an expression), Sah. Sec. not merry,
a-pratiyalna-piirva, mf(o)n. (as
-prdmaya, mfn. imperishahle,SBr.
I ;

=) sad, R.
not produced by force' artificially, natural, Sis.
xiv
('
the state of not being under-
;
a-prdmi-satya.)
(cf.
A-pratiti, is, {.
A'-pramaynka, mfn. not dying suddenly, AV.
^nrfrnftfl^ a-pratiyogin, mfn. not op- stood ; mistrust, want of confidence.
xix, 44, 3 ; TBr.
posed to, not incompatible with ;
not correlative to.
mfu. not given back, A-pramiya, mfn. (that) which ought not to
d-pratltta,
^THfrtnllVR[ a-pratiyodhin, mfn.' not hav- AV. vi, 117, i. perish, ShadvBr.

ing an adversary,' irresistible, MBh.; (cf. gu ^TRrftT a-pratipa, mfn. not contradictory, Tn*il a-pramd, f. a rule which is no
ddi.) not obstinate(as), m., N. of a king of Magadha.VP.
; authority (see a-pramdna) incorrect knowledge. ;

A-pramana, am, n. a rule which is no standard

wHJrt a-pratula, as, m. want of weight, of action, MBh.; SJk.&c.; (in
(as}, m.,N. of a Rishi (son of Indra and composer discussion) a statement
want, L. of no importance or
of thehymn RV.x, 103); N. of a son of RantinSra, authority. vid, mfn. incapa-
VP. (am), n., N. of the above-named hymn (com-
;
inH a-pratta, mfn. (for a-pradatta), not
ble of
weighing evidence, BhP. iubha, as, m. pi.
'
of immeasurable virtue,' N. of a class of
posed by Apratiratha), MaitrS. SBr. &c. ; given back,PBr.; (a),f.'notgivenaway (in marriage),' divinities,
a girl, Nir.; Gaut. Buddh. Apramanabha, as, m. pi. 'of unlimited
a-pratirava, mfn. uncontested, splendour,' N. of a class of divinities, Buddh.
undisputed.
'WHWBf a-pratyaksha, mfn. not present to
A-pramita, mfn. unbounded, unmeasured ; not
the sight, invisible, imperceptible. ta, imper- proved, not established by authority.
f.

flnfrTCT 2. d-pratirupa, mf(a)n. not cor- ceptibility. liishta,, mfn. not distinctly taught. A-prameya, mfn. immeasurable, unlimited, un-
responding with, unfit, SBr. xiv ; odious, disagree- ^"UWT Mn. i, &
a-pratyaya, as, m. distrust, disbe- fathomable, 3 xii, 94, &c. ; not to be proved.
able, R. &c. (For I. see a-prati.) AprameyAtman m. ' of inscrutable spirit, "N of Si-
lief, doubt not an affix, Pan. i, 1, 69 (mfn.), distrust-
, .
;

^nifrl (>* 1*1

a-pratilabdha-kdma, mfn. ful (with loc.), Sak.;
causing distrust having no affix.
;

;
va. Aprameyanubhava, mfn .of unlimited might.
never satiated in one's desires. stha, mfn. (in Gr.) not pertaining to an affix. See a-prdmaya.
TIPTT^^r d-pramdyuka.
tJiirniifi;^ d-prativadin, mfn. not con- a-pratydkhydta, mfn. uncon- A-pramlya. See ib.
tradicting, TS. &c.
'
tradicted, unrefuted, assented to.
a-pramudita, f. joylessness,' (in
A-pratyakhyana, am, n. non-refutation.
WHTri^itt i(d-pratisansat, mfn. not reciting SSnkhya phil.) N. of one of the eight Asiddhis.
or shouting towards, SBr.
A-pratyakhyeya, mfn. not to be contradicted,
A-pramoda, as, m. joylessness, Mn. iii, 61 =
undeniable.
A'-pratisasta, mfn. not shouted towards, id.
MBh. xiii, 2487.
a-pratydmndya, as, m. not a A-pramodamSna, f., N. of another of the above
SnrfiHiiwtf a-pratiidsana, mfn. not sub- Asiddhis.
contradictory statement, RPrat.
ject to the orders of another, not giving a counter
or rival order, completely under subjection. d-pratydlabhamdna, mfn. d-pramvra, mfn. not foolish, pru-
not offering resistance, SBr. dent, RV. i, 90, 2.
^Illfirfa^i d-pratishikta, mfn. not poured
upon, not moistened, MaitrS. ^THr^fi a-pratyrita,
mfn. (=an-arra), not THJ4 a-pramrishyd, mfn, not to be des-
A-pratishekya, mfn. (a ceremony) at which encountering any resistance in (loc.), Nir. troyed, indestructible, RV.
there is no pouring upon, MaitrS.; ApSr.
TOTrfsfiT a-prathita, mfn. not spread, Nir. ^f iw n a-prayata, mfn. not intent (on devo-
TOJlfirTfc^f a-pratishiddha, mfn. ( \/2. sidh), tion), not prepared (in mind) for any important action
^( U^' l d-pradagdha, mfn. not burnt, SBr. Mn. Ap. (once said of food) Ap.
or performance,
unprohibited, unforbidden, Susr. ; ;

A-pratishedha, as, m. '

non-prohibition,' non- ^TH^f^ d-pradadi, mfn. not. h'beral, AV. A-prayatya, am, n. the state of being a-pra-
negation, an invalid objection, Nyayad. xx, 128, 8. yata, BhP.; Ap.
A-pradanavat, mfn. R. m. absence of
d-pratishkuta, mfn. not to be
id.,
^Hfno^n tH*<(a a-prayatna, as, ef-
kept off, unrestrainable, RV. t<>l<;i d-praddha, as, m. not consuming fort, indifference; (mfn.), indifferent, apathetic in
by SBr. ; TBr. Mn. a6.
a-pratishkrita, mfn. to whom fire, (loc.), vi,

nothing has been opposed, Nir. ^TH^niT'l a-pradiptdgni, mfn. dyspeptic. Tnlin a-praydjd, mfn. without a Pra-
ysja, TS.
^rnfrTSW a-pratishtabdha, mfn. not stip- mfn. not milked to
^TJl^ni d-pradugdha,
ported by (instr.),Ap. (cf. a-pratistabdha below.)
; the end, RV. iii, 55, 16.
wn*4HU'* a-prayanaka, am, n. halt (on a
Truing a-pratishtha, mfn. having no solid mfn. not thought- journey), PaScat.
^rJT^flrT d-pradripita, A-prayani, not going, not moving (used
is, f.
ground, no value, fluctuating, unsafe, MBh.; Mn. iii, less, not careless, RV. i, 145, a. in execrations), Pan. 4, 29, Kas. viii,
180, &c.; (as), m,
VP. N. of a hell,
A'-pratishtha, f. instability, TBr. ^THVTT a-pradhana, mfn. not principal, A-prayapani, is, f. not allowing to go (used
in execrations), Pin. viii, 4, 30, Sch.
A-pratishthana, mfn. having no solid ground, subordinate, secondary, Pig. ii, 3, 19, &c. ta, f.

AV. xi, 3, 49. or -tva, n. inferiority.

^(UH\3*(d-praydvam [VS. xi, 75 ; AV. xix,
A-pratishthaynka, mfn. MaitrS.
^TH^^J a-pradhrishya, mfn. not to be van-
id.,
55, i] or d-praydvan [AV. iii, 5, i], ind. (^i.yti),
A'-pratishtlilta,mfn.id.,SBr.;AitBr.;TBr.;un- MBh. Paiicat. not carelessly, attentively ; (cf. d-prdyu.)
BhP. Jain. quished, invincible, ;
limited, ;
A'-prayucchat, mfn. attentive, RV.; AV.
^nrfiW3>T a-pratisamkrama, mfn. having ^iJll^'l d-prapadana, am, n. a bad place
A'-prayuta, mfn. id., RV. vii, 100, 2.
of refuge, SBr.
no intermixture. A'-prayutvan, mm. id., RV. vi, 48, 10.
A-prapSda, as, m. non-abortiveness, TS.; TBr.
^Vt a-pratisamkhyd, f.'not observ- A-prapaduka, mfn. not abortive, MaitrS. "WHim a-praydsa, as, m. absence of toil ;

ing,' in comp. with -nirodha, m. the unobserved "WHMmi a-prapdnd, mfn. not containing (etui), ind. easily, Yajn. iii, 115.
annihilation of an object, Buddh.
drinkable water, AV. xx, 128, 8. ^Tn^3> d-prayukta, mfn. not used or ap-
WMPnw*! a-pratistabdha, mfn. unre- plied, MaitrS.; (of words) not in use, Pat.; unsuit-
a-prabala,ra(n. inefficacious,weak.
strained, BhatJ.; (cf. a-pratishtabdha above.) able, Pancat. ta, f. or -tva, n. unusualness (of
a-prdbha, mfn. obscure ; dull, L. expressions), Sah.
WHfiTsTrT a-pratihata, mfn. uninterrupted,
A-prayog'a, as, m. non-application ; the not
unobstructed, irresistible ; unaffected, unimpaired, d-prdbhu, mfn. wanting power, un- in use (of words), Pat.
being
indestructible, uninjured ;
not passed away, PSrGr. able, incompetent (with loc.), RV. ix, 73, 9 AitBr. ;

netra, m. 'whose eyes are unimpeded,' N. of a &c. tva, n. want of power, insufficiency, MBh.&c. A-prayojaka,mf(z/6a)n. not causing or effecting;
aimless.
deity, Buddh. A-prabhuta, mfn. insufficient, inadequate.
A'-prabhuti, is, {.
(Ved. instr. tt), little effort, WRrtfJ^ a-pralambam, ind. without de-
vmfn^H a-pratihdra, as, m. not stopping, RV. x, 124, 7. lay, L.
PBr. ; (mfn.), without the syllables contained in the
pratihdra (q.v.), I, sty. ^n^njt d-prabhraysa, as, m. not getting ^TU^'rl a-pravadat, mf(afi)n. not roaring,
A-pratiharya, mfn. not to be repelled, irre- deprived of, not losing (with abl.), SBr. AsvGr.
sistible, R.
w Ht^ d-pramatta, mfn. not careless, care- inq'5 d-pravargya, mfn. without the
a-pralikara. See a-pratikdra. ful, attentive, vigilant, SBr. &c. vat, mfn. id.,MBh. Pravargya ceremony, SBr. ; KatySr.
xii, 8889. ^THlrien a-pravartaka, mf(ikd)n. abstain-
A-pramSda, as, m. care, vigilance, MBh. &c.
ward, ApSr. ; (d-pratiksham), ind. without looking ;
ing from action, inert ;
not exciting to action.
(mfn.), 'careful, cautious,' see -ta below; (a-pra-
backward, SBr. A-pravartana, am, n. the act of refraining
mddam), ind. attentively, carefully, AV. VS. with-
; ;
w H H 1 1| frl rl I a-pratighdtitd, f. the state of
i
our interruption, AV. ta, f. the being cautious, from, not engaging in ;
not exciting to any action.

not having (or meeting with) obstacles, of not being A-pravritta, mfn. not acting, not engaged in ;
Yajn. iii, 314.
not commenced, not instigated.
MBh. xii, 9138.
restrainable, A-pramadin, mfn. careful, Mn. ii, 115, &c.
A-pravritti, is, f. not proceeding ; no further
^Turiln d-pratita, mfn. unapproached, un- HM(^ a-pramada, as, m. not pleasure, effect or applicability of a precept, KatySr. ; abstain-

attackable, RV. AV. vii,

; 25, I ;
not understood, un- joylessness, MBh. xii, 10414. ing from action, inertion ; non-excitement ; (in
 a-pravma. abaddha-vat. 59
med.) suppression of the natural evacuations, con- a-prajna, mfn. unlearned, ignorant. A'-prdshivag, m(nom. van)(a. not gone away,
stipation, ischury, &c. ta, f. Mn. staying, RV. viii, 60, 19.
ignorance, iv, 167.
a-pravina, mfn. unskilful. 'WUTII I .d-prdna,as,m. no breath, MaitrUp. ^ITJre a-praudha, mf(o)n. not arrogant,
timid, gentle not capable of (Inf.), RSjat. (n~), f.
A-prana, mfn. AV. ; SBr.
pravltdJ^seepra-Vvi). not im-
2. ; ;
inanimate, lifeless,
AV. an unmarried one very recently married and
RV. iii, 55, 5 iv, 7, 9 SBr. KItySr. A'-pranat, mfn. id., x, 8, 1 1 ; Laty. girl ;

pregnated, ; ; ;
not come to womanhood.
"STHrfncoi**) a-prdtilomya, am', n. the not
^nrjS a-pravriddka, mfn. not excessively d-plava, mf(a)n. without a ship, AV.
being hostile to, Rsjat.
grown, (gana pravriddhddi, q. v.) xix, 50, 31, &c.; not swimming, vat, mfn. with-
^tMl^r^lcti a-pradesika, mfn. not pointing out a ship, MBh. A-plav joa, mfn. unable to swim.
Wl^<J d-praveda, mf(a)n. (said of heaven to or suggestive of (the etymol. of a word), Nir. 1 3.
i,
and earth, togetherwith a-trasnu), not insidious,SBr. iii apva (3; dpvd, Naigh.), f., N. of a
tiMiMl'M a-pradhdnya, am, n. non-supe- disease (got in danger), RV. x, 103, 1 3 (voc.
UIH4J a-pravlaya, as, m. not sinking apve) ;

riority, inferiority, subordination. AV. ix, 8, 9 (ace. apvam).

down, AitBr.
WHTH d-prapta, mfn. uftobtained ;
unar- Apnvaya, Nom. A. ydle, to get ill, become
WJ15IW i.a-prasastd, mfn. not praised, rived not accomplished^ Ysjn. ii, 243 ; not yet spoiled, TS. ; (cf. anvart.)
RV.
ii, 41, 16 & 18, 4 not good, in-
;

V^TVS(ap-sards, as[RV. ; AV. &c.], or ap-

iv,
full-grown, Mn. ix, 88 ; not resulting (from any
fameless, ;

ferior, worthless ; (am}, n. dirt, natural excretion,

rule), P3n. viii, 2, 33, Sch. kala, mm. out of sara [AV. &c.], f. (fr. 2.4p + *Jsri}, 'going in the
Mn. xi, 255. season, inopportune, ill-timed ; under age (am), ; waters or between the waters of the clouds,' a class of
2. A'-prasasta, mfn. not praised, blamable, RV. n. an irregular debate, Nyayad. yauvana, mfn. femaledivinities (sometimes called 'nymphs ;' they in-
8. not arrived at puberty.
i, 167, vikalpa [Pin. i, 4, 53, habit the sky, but often visit the earth ; they are the
A-prasasya, mfn. not praiseworthy. Comm.], m. or -vibhSshS [P5r>. i, 3, 43, Sch.], f.
wives of the Gandharvas (q.v.) and have the faculty of
mfn. not addicted, not the optional permission of an operation which with-
?n4*|7ji a-prasakta, changing their shapes at will ; they are fond of the
out such permission would not take place at all. water ; one of their number, Rambha, is said to have
attached to.
non-addiction, non-attach-
vyavahara, mm. a minor in law; under age, been produced at the churning of the ocean). Apga-
A-prasakti, is, (.
not of years to engage in law or public business. rah-pati, m. 'lord of the Apsarasas,' Indra, L.
ment to (loc.), Mn. i, 89.
m. want of AprSptavasara, mfn. unseasonable, inopportune, Apsaras-tlrtha, n. a pool in which the Apsarasas
A-prasanga, as, (in NySya phil.)
Hit. '

connection with bathe, Sak. Apsara-pati, m. lord of the Apsara-

; non-applicability, KitySr.
A-prapti, non-attainment, non-acquisition. sas,' N. of the Gandharva Sikhandin, AV. iv, 37, 7.
is, f.

VlU^f) a-prasanna, mfn. not quiet, not A-prapya, mm. MBh. &c.
I. unobtainable, ;
Apsaraya, Nom. A. apsardyatt, to behave like
clear turbid, muddy
; displeased, unfavourable.
; superl. -tama, Mricch. an Apsaras, Pan. iii, I, II, Comm.
not
ind. p. not having obtained
A-prasada, as, m. disfavour, disapprobation. a. A-prapya, ;
Apsarayita, mfn. made or grown an Apsaras,
A-prasadya, mfn. not to be propitiated un- ; reaching. karin, mfn. acting on any object with- Naish.
out direct contact with it.Comm. on Nyayad. gra- Ap-sava, mfn. giving water, RV. x, 65, 3.
appeasable, implacable.
haiia, n. perception of an object though the senses Apsavy a, mfn. (fr. 2 q .v. ), being in the wa-
VI1HI4 i.a-prasava, as, m. (0/3.311), not are not in any direct connection with it, NySyad.
.
apsti,
ter(Varuna), MaitrS.; Kath.; cf.Pin.vi, 3,1, Comm.
preparing the Soma juice, KStySr.
WJJTTrftiroR a-prdmdnika, mfn. unauthen- Ap-sa, mfn. (</san), giving water, RV.
TTUtH a-prasava, mfn. (V$. su), not
2. '

dpsas, as, n. the hidden part of

tic unauthoritative.
dharmin,
;

n. absence or insufficiency of
VMm^
beingprolific;(ar),m.non-propagation. A-pramanya, am, the body/ the secret charms(of awife),RV.; AV.; SV.
mfn. (in SSnkhya phil.) not having the property of
proof or authority. ['breast or KoAiros,' Gmn. ; 'cheek,' BR. ; 'forehead,
of Purusha).
producing (one of the characteristics
a-prami-satya ( s/mt with pro = face,' NBD.]; hidden fault, sin, MaitrS.; Kath.;
A-prasuta, f. 'not giving birth to," a barren '
(apsvas) KapS.
woman. pro, cf. a-prdmaya), of imperishable truthfulness,'
unalterably true, RV. viii, 61, 4. .
d-psu, mfn.withoutfood,RV.vii,4,6.
VNU|l|i<l a^prdyatya. See a-prayata.
irresistible, ib. 2. apsu of 2. dp, q.v.), in the
(loc. pi.
A-prasahishnn, mfn. quite unable (to), Sis. 1,54. WJJNj d-prdyu,
mfn. (*/l.yu with pra = water or waters. kshit, mfn. dwelling within the
A-prasaha, mfn. not subjected to any force, pra [cf. d-praydvam~] Padap. d-prayu fr. <zy or ;
clouds, in the region between heaven and earth, RV.
I & viii, 24,
ChUp. ay.r), not careless, assiduous, RV. (,89, i, 139, II. oara, mfn. (Ved.) going in the waters,
WjfHS a-prasiddha, mfn. not settled, un- 18; (), ind. assiduously, RV. v, 80, 3. Pin. vi, 3, I, Comm. -ja [TS.]
or -ja [RV. viii,

A-prayus, mfn. (Padap. a-prayus fr. ayus) id., 43, 28, Sec.], mfn. born in the waters, jit, mfn.
established unknown, uncelebrated unusual, un- ;

vanquishing among the waters or in the region of

;
RV. i, 5.
common, of no real existence, not current, not gene- 1^27, the clouds (N. of Indra), RV. -diksha, f. conse-
rally known. pada, n. an obsolete word. Vim*M4i a-prdrthctka, mfn. not demanding
cration in water, mat, mfn. possessed of or shining
in marriage, Comm. on Mn. iii, 27.
^TIRTH d-prasuta, mfn. (Vi.su), not al- in the waters (e. g. the lightning which does not lose
mfn. not covered, SBr. its brilliant nature in the clouds), MaitrS. &c. ; con-
lowed, SsnkhSr. (of persons); SBr. (of things). ^rnT^iT d-prdvrita,
&c. taining the word apsii, SBr. ;
N. of an Agni, ApSr.
mfn. unconnected with
yoga, m. the connecting power in water, A V. x,
,
"WTHfJrT a-prastuta,
time or subject not ^TOTSnT a-prdsana,am, n. not eating, MBh.
irrelevant, unsuitable to the ;
5,5. you! (apsii-), mfn.born from the waters, TS.;
principal, not being
the chief
subject-matter ;
in- A-prasitri, mfn. not eating, MBh. SBr. vah, m(nom. pi. -vaAas)fn. driving in water,
direct, accidental or extraneous;
not laudable, R. A-prasitriya, mfn. not fit for food called prd- SV. shad, mfn. dwelling in the waters, RV. iii,
prasansa or -stuti, f. 'conveying the subject- tttra (q. v.), TS. AV. VS. ahadas, n. dwelling in the waters,
3, 5 ; ;

matter by that which is not the subject-matter,' (in '

shoma, m. Soma in water,' a cup filled
"Wftra d-priya, mfn. disagreeable, disliked ; MaitrS.
rhetoric) implied or indirect expression. with water, SBr. KstySr. samsita (apsi't-}, mm.
unkind, unfriendly ; (as), m. a foe, an enemy, Mn.
;

raised or excited in the waters, AV. x, 5,33. - hom-

;

A-prastavika, mf(i)n. irrelevant to the subject- N. of a Yaksha, Buddh. ; (a), f. a sort of skeat fish,
matter, Malatim. m-vada, see apriya-vd- ya, m., N. of a man, MBh. ii, 107.
Silurus Pungentissimus.
^STIHJH d-prasransa, as, m. not falling din. kara, mfn. 'not giving pleasure,' disagree- ^nS55 a-phald, mf(a)n. unfruitful, barren,
va-
down, TBr. Kath. AitBr. ; ;
able,Mn.vii,204. l)liagin,mfn.unfortunate. RV. x, 97, 15, &c. vain, unproductive, RV. x, 71,
;

or apriyam-vada [Yajfi.
din [Mn. 81], mfn. ix, 5,&c.; deprived of virility, R. i, 49, 1 &II;(ay), m.
WJnnT a-prahata, mfn. unhurt, intact; i, 73], mf(a)n. speaking unkindly
or harshly.
Tamarix Indica ; (a), (. the Aloe (Aloes Perfoliata) ;
L.
unfilled, waste,
nurtin g. RV A-prlti, is, f. dislike, aversion, enmity, Mricch. ; Flacourtia Cataphracta. kankshln, mfn. disinter-
A'-prahan, m(accAanam){n. not -

kara, mfn. unkind, adverse; disagreeable, ested, not looking to beneficial consequences. ta,
pain,
con-
vi, 44, 4. Mn. xii, 28. Aprlty-atmaka, mf(z/'ii)n. f.or-tva, n. barrenness, unprofitableness. prepsu,
not di- sisting of pain. mfn. one who desires no recompense, Bhag. A-pha-
^Tll^H^ d-prdhar.an, mf(tiari)n. L.
MaitrS. A-preman, a, n. dislike, aversion, ; (mfn.), lakankshin.mfn. =a-pAafa-MnisAin,<\.v.,Shig.
minishing, not vanishing,
unfriendly, L.
a-phalgu, mfn. not vain, produc-
^ref^TT a-prahita, mfn. not
stirred up, ^HJi<J|
^TliTT d-prtta, mfn. not gone away, SBr. tive, profitable, Sis.
RV. viii, 99, 7; not sent out, AV. vi, 29, 2. iii, 76.
- rakshasi, f. a plant (also called prtta-rakshasi
mfn. (a stick) not
ad- a-;>AMMa,mf(a)n.unblown (a rose),L.
<3T&jpT d-prahrita, or aplta-raltshasi, q. v.)
vanced for striking, SBr. mfn. not invoked with a a-phena, mf(a)n. frothless; (am), n.
Wlfa a-prdisha,
Comm. on opium, L.
^TJiraitftrai a-prakaranika, mfn. not con- prais/ia (q. v.) mantra,
AsvSr.

nected with thesubject-matter.Comm.on Mn. 111,285. d-banda, mf(o)n. not crippled, SBr.
^TftfBfrT d-prdkshita, mfn.
not sprinkled,
not original
A-prakrita, mfn. not principal ; ;

not consecrated, SBr. &c. d-baddha, mfn. unbound, unre-

special, particular
not vulgar, extraordinary, Mcar.
;
strained, at liberty, unmeaning, nonsensi-
TS. &c.
mfn. not uttered, TS.
;

L. L.
mnkha, mfn. foul-mouthed, scurrilous,
a-prdgrya, mfn. secondary, !^t d-pr6drta, cal, N.
mfn. not departed, not mala, mfn. whose root does not hold fast, is not
prdclna, mfn. not eastern.west- proshita,
firm, vat, mfn. unmeaning, ungrammatical, BhP.
absent.
eni ;
not old, modern, recent.
60 a-baddhaka. a-bhava.

A-baddhaka, mfn. unmeaning, nonsensical, L. mfn. unwise, foolish. itha, mfn. not being in the brahma-bandhuka, mfn. without brahmabait-
A-badhlra, mfn. not deaf, RV. viii, 45, 17. conscience of, Comm. on Mn. iii, 166. dhu (q. v.), Pin. vi, 3, 1 73, KiS. A-brahma-vid,
I. A-badhya, mfn. unmeaning, nonsensical, L. t-bndh [BrArUp.] or a-budha [SBr. xiv], mfn. mfn. not knowing Brahma or the Supreme Spirit.
A-banddhra (or defectively written a-bandhra), stupid, foolish ; (a-budha'), as, m. a fool, Hit.
I. A'-brahmana, as, m. not a Brihman, AV.

mfn. without bonds or ligatures, AV. iv, 16, J. A-bndhya, mfn. not to be a wakened, RV. iv, 1 9, 3. &c. ; (f), f. not a Brihmanl ; (a-brd/imand), mfn.
A-bandhaka, mfn. not binding ; (as),nt., N. of a A'-bndhyamana, mfn. not being awake, RV.
without Brihmans, SBr.
man, & (as), m. pi. his descendants, (gana upakadi.) A-bralunanya, am, n. violation of the duty of
A-bodha, as, m. non-perception ignorance, stu-
A-bandliana, mfn. without fetters, free, R V. iii,
;
a Brihman, AsvSr.
<5.
pidity ; (mfn.), ignorant, stupid; puzzled, perplexed.
55. not speak-
I. A-bandhya, mfn. not to be fettered or bound. Ijamya, mfn. incomprehensible. tty^t^a-brvvat, mfn. (pr. p.),
A-bodhaniya, mfn. not to be ing, silent, Yljfi. ii, 76.
A-bandhra. See a-banddhra, unintelligible;
awakened or aroused. ^HTn d-bhakta, mfn. not received as a
W^VJ a-badHa. See a-vadka.
RV. &
3. A-badhya. See a-vadhya. Wipj a-budhnd, mfn. bottomless, RV. i, share, i, 1 39, 5 iii, 30, 7 ; not attached to, de-

34, 7 & viii, 77, 5.

tached, unconnected with ; not eaten. cohanda,
TT^VT abadha, f.
segment of the basis of m. or -rnol, f. want of appetite.
a triangle; (tf.abdd/iain&avabailha. In Jaina Pra- *W ab-ja, mfn. (fr. 2. dp and Vjan), born A-bhakti, is, f. want of devotion to, want of faith.
krit abaha or ova Ad. ) in water ; m. the conch the moon the tree
(as), ; ; mat, mfn. undevoted to, unbelieving.
W*S a-bandku, mfn. without kindred, Barringtonia Acutangula
sician
N. of Dhanvantari (phy-
of the gods, produced at the churning of the
;
xii K) a-bhaksha, as, m. or a-bhakshana, am,
without companions, friendless, RV. i, 51, 9 viii, & n. not eating anything, fasting.
ocean) ; a son of Viiila ; (am), a. a lotus a mil- ;

31, 4; AV. vi, 112, 3. krlt (d-bandhu-\ mfn. A'-bhakshita, mfn. not eaten.
liard (ci.padma). Ja, m. 'sprung (at the creation)
causing want of companions, AV. iv, 19, I.. A-bhakshya,mfn.nottobeeatenby(instr.orgen.,
from the lotus (which arose from the navel of Vishnu),'
A-bandhava, mm. having no relation or kindred, N. of BrahmS. drli or -nayana, mfn lotus-eyed, .
Mn.) bhakihana, n. eating of prohibited food,
lone, Mn. x, 55. kr^ita, mfn. not caused by rela- RimatUp. bhakchin, mfn. eating forbidden food.
having large fine eyes. nabha, m. 'whose navel is
tion or kindred, Sik.
a lotus,'N. ofVishnu. netra.mfn. -drii. ban- *l*t'I a-bhagd, mfn. without enjoyment,
V^TUI 2.a-bandhya, mf(<i)n. not barren, dhava, m. 'friend of the lotus,' the sun. bha- unfortunate, AV. v, 31, II.
not unfruitful, fruitful, productive (cf. a-vandhya, va [BhP.] or -bhtt
[Dai.], m. Brahmi. -bhoffa,
;
H"f a-bHagna, mfn. unbroken, entire
y oni, m. ( = -ja above)
;
which is perhaps the better spelling.) m. the root of a lotus, L.
N. of Brahma, Heat. vahana, m. 'carrying the uninterrupted. klma, mf(a)n. whose desire or
VW5J a-6ajrf,mf(a)n.weak, feeble, RV. v, moon (on his forehead),' N. of Siva. hasta, m.
wishes are not disturbed, Ragh.
30, 9, &c. (as), m. the plant Tapia Cratzva ; a king
;
the sun (represented as holding a lotus in one hand),
A- bhang-iira, mf (a) n. not fragile ;
unchange-
of Magadha,VP. ; (a), f. a woman, Sak. &c. ; N. of a able, invariable, firm ;(not curved), flat, plain, Susr.
L. Abjada,m. 'eating lotus-leaves,' a swan, VarBrS.
woman, Kathis. ; ( = of aid) one of the ten Buddhist bom RV. & vii, A-bhaJyamana, mth. (Pass.) not being detached ;
earths ; (am), n.want of strength, weakness. dhan- Ab-ja, mfn. in water, iv, 40, 5 not being vanquished, &c.
van {afraid-}, mfn. possessing a weak bow, AV. iii,
Ab-jit, mfn. conquering waters, RV. ^W5 a-bhadra, mfn. inauspicious, mis-
19,7. Tat,mm. strengthlest, Venis. A-balabala,
Abjini, f. a multitude of lotus flowers, (gana chievous (am), n. mischief.
mm. '
neither powerful nor powerless,' N. of Siva. ;

Abaliyas, mfn. (compar.) weaker, SBr. ; pushkar&Ji^) patl, m. the sun, Kathis. TOmT d-bhaya, mf(a)n. unfearful, not
super).
Ab-da, mfn. giving m. a year
abalisktha, mfn. weakest, PBr. water, L. (as}, dangerous, secure; (a-bhaya), mm. fearless, un-
; ;

A-balya [SBr.] or i-balya [SBr. xiv], am, n. a cloud, Bhatt. ; the grass ; Cyperus Rotundus N. of daunted, SBr. xiv ; (as), m., N. of Siva ; of a natural
weakness, sickness. a mountain, L. ; (a), f., see abdayd below, tan- son of BimbisSra ; of a son of Idhmajihva, BhP. ; of
tra, n., N. of an astronomical work. vahana, m. a river in Krauncadvipa, BhP. ; (a), I. the plant Ter-
W3TH a-baldsd, mfn. not causing con-
(for a6ja-vaAana,<i.v.), N. of Siva, L. sata, n. a minalia Chebula ; (d-bhayam), n. (ifc. f. a) absence
sumption, AV. viii, i, 1 8.
century. sahasra, n. a thousand years. sara, or removal of fear, peace, safety, security, RV. &c.
'
not outside,' in the m. a kind of camphor. Abdardha, n. a half year. (cf. dbhaya-tama below) ;' safety,' (applied as proper
Wqfe^ a-bahir, ind.
BhP. dhl (d-bahir-\mA. Abdaya (instr. of ab-da), ind. out of desire of name to) a child of Dharma and his reign in Plaksha-
interior, in one's heart,
not outside, SBr. - v&sas, mm. without an upper giving water,RV. v, 54, 3. dvipa, BhP. a kind of symbol procuring security,
;

Abdl-mat mfn. possessed ofclouds (abdi =- abda), Heat. ; a sacrificial hymn recited to obtain personal se-
garment, BhP.
,

RV. v, 43, 14. curity, KauS. ;

the root of a fragrant grass, Andropo-
Abahv-
V^J a-bahu, mfn. not many, few. Ab-durga, am, n. a fortress surrounded by a gonMuricatum. girl-valn,m.pl. 'dwelling on the
akBhara, mfn. having not many (i. e. not more than moat or lake. mountain of safety,' N. of a division of Kity iyana's
two) syllables, RPrat. Abahv-ac, mfn. id., 1'Sii. Sch. Ab-daivata, mfn. having the waters as divinities, pupils, Buddh. glri-vlhara, m. Buddhist monas-
praising the waters (said of certain hymns see ab~ tery on the Abhayagiri. m-kara [RV. x, 153, 3;
ITTTV a-badha, mfn. unobstructed, un- ;

restrained from pain ; (a), f. freedom from

free lihga below), Mn. viii, 106 & xi, 133. AV. &c.] or -jn-krtt [SBr.], mfn. causing safety.
Jata, m., N. of
;
a man, (gana gargadi, q. v.)
= a-iadAa, q. v. Ab-dhi, is, m. (*/dhd), a pond, lake, L. the ;
pain, Mli\iP.; dlndima,m. a war-drum, L.
Hit &c. (hence) the numeral 4.
ocean, kapha,i u. tama(<7'M(ya-),
A-badhaka, mf(z)n. unimpeded, Kathis. ;

n. greatest safety, RV. x, 17, 5. da, mfn. giving

cuttle fish bone, being considered as the froth of the
A'-b&dhita, mfn. unimpeded, unobstructed, RV. fearlessness or safety ; (as), m. an Arhat of the Jainas ;
sea. ja, mfn. born in the ocean ; (au), m. du. the
x, 93, 8, &c. ; unrefuted ; not forbidden, Comm. on N. of i king (the son of Manasyu and father of Su-
Mn. iv, 5. Asvins, L. ; (a), f. spirituous liquor, I.. jivin, m.
not to be opposed or pained. a fisherman, Kathls. jhaaha, m. a sea-fish. ta- dhanvan), Hariv. VP. dakshlnS,
; f.
promise or
A-badhya, mfn.
naya, au, m. du. the Asvins, Kathis. dvipa, f. present of protection from danger, Mn. iv, 147, &c.
a-bdnd/tava. See a-bandhu. earth, L. -nag-ari, N. of DvirakJ, the capital
f.,
dana, n. giving assurance of safety. m-dada,
of Krishna. navanitaka, m. the moon. phe- m., N. of Avalokitesvara, Buddh. pattra, n. (a
a-balisa, mfn. not childish, Nir.
na, m. cuttle fish bone. mandfiki, f. the pearl modern term), a written document or paper granting
ix, to; R. ' assurance of safety, a safe conduct. prada, mfn.
oyster. iayana, m. sleeping on the ocean (at
WTT& ^ a-baUndu, us, m.
'
not the infan- the periods of the destruction and renovation of the giving safety, Mn. iv, 333, &c. pradSna, n. =
tine world),'N. ofVishnu. lara, m. a gem. Abdiy- -dana, Pancat. yacana, f. asking for safety, Ragh.
moon," full moon, Ragh. vi, 53.
ag'nl, m. submarine fire. xi, 78. vacana, n. [Pancat.] or -vac, f. [Hit.] as-
^TWTO a-bdhyd, mfn. not exterior, internal, Ab-blndu. us, m. tear, BhP.
a surance of safety. anl.mfn. giving safety, VS.xix,
Ragh. xiv, 50 ;
without an exterior, SBr. xiv. Ab-bhakaha, mfn. living upon water, Ysjn. iii, 48. Abhayiuanda, m., N. of a man.
'
286 Gaut. (fu), m. a snake, L. an unmarried wo-
wfV'VT ab-indhana, as, m. having water
;

Ab-bhakshana, a, n.
;

WH^<*I ii-bhartrika, f.
living upon water (a kind man a widow.
(a/) for fuel,' submarine fire, Ragh. xiii, 14. 1 ;
of fasting ), BhP.
m(instr. bhyusha; Ab-linga, n. pi. [Ysjn. iii, 30] or ab- 'HW a-bhava, as, m. non-existence ;
de-
wfaH'ta^ d-bibhivas, iini,
end of the world.
nom. p\.bhyushas)fa. (perf. p.) fearless, confident, liiiffa, as, [Gaut.], N. of some Vedic verses
f. pi. struction,

RV. i, 6, 7J n, 5 & ix, 53, i ;

AV. iii, 14, 3. [RV. x, 9, 1-3] addressed to the waters ; (cf. 06- A-bhavanlya, mfn. what is not to be, what will
daivata above.) not be.
A-bibhyat, mfn. (pr. p.) id., RV. vi, 33, 2.
A-bhavan-mata-yogra or a-bhavan-mata-
^rtfT mfn. seedless; impotent, WsJU^Jl a-brahmacarya, mfn. not keep- m. want of fitness between words
a-bija, sambandha, as,
ing a vow of continence, unchaste, Nir.
Mn. ix, 79. and the ideas expressed by them (a defect in com-
A-bljaka, mfn. unsown, Mn. x, 71.
A-brahmacaryaka, am, n. incontinence, L. position).
tMmW a-brahmanya, mfn. not favour- A-bhavya, mfn. not to be, not predestined what
non-disgust, TBr.
;
-bibhatso, f.
able to Brihmans, MBh. BhP. (am), n. an unbrah- ; ; ought not to be, improper. hagsa, m. a swan as

a-bvddha, mfn. unwise, foolish ; not manical or sacrilegious act, used as an exclamation,
'
it
ought not to be (i. e. with black wings), L.
' ' '
seen or noticed, KaushBr. R.; tva, n. foolishness. meaning help ! a disgraceful deed is perpetrated 1
A-bhava, as, m. non-existence, nullity, absence ;
A-buddhl, if, (. Want of understanding igno- ;
PafScat. ; Kathis. abbamfiannam), Sik. ; (Prakrit non--ntity, negation (the seventh category in Ka-
rance ; stupidity ; (mfn.), ignorant, stupid ; (a-bud- A-brahman, mfn. not a brahman, SBr. with- ;
nida's system) ; proof from non-existence (one of the

dhya), ind. unintentionally. purva or-purvaka, out devotion (brdhman), RV. without Brihmans, ; six praminas in Vedinta phil. ['since there are no
mfn. not preceded by intelligence ; beginning with Mn.ix,33i; (d), n.notthe*>-^a,TBr. Abra- mice, therefore there must be cats here '],
see pra-

non-intelligence ; (am), ind. ignorantly. mat, hma-ta, f. want of devotion, R V. v, 33, 3 VS. A- ; mann); annihilation, death.
 a-lhiivana.
abhi-grah. 61
A-bhSvanS, am, (. n. absence of judgment or
abhi- </kuj, to twitter,
right perception. warble, R. dkhyat ; ind. p. -khydya) to see,
view, perceive,
RV. to cast a kind or
A-bhavamya, mfn. not to be inferred or con- abhi- V
i. kri, to do with reference
;

be gracious, RV. ; (impf. 3.

look gracious to upon any one,
pi. abM dkhyan) TS. :
templated. to or in behalf
of, SBr. ; (perf. 2. pi.-cakrd) to pro- Caus. -khydpayati, to make known, Mn. &c.
A-bhavayitri, mfn. not perceiving, not infer- cure, effect,AV. iii, 9, i ; (with niveiam) to settle. 1. Abhi-khya, a gracious look,
ring, not comprehending. Abhl-karana. See svapnAbhikdrana.
f. RV. x, 1 1 a,
A-bhavin, mm. what not to be or will not be, 10 splendour, RV. i, 148, 5 &
;
is
N. of a metre (containing one viii, 23, 5 ; beauty,
Abhi-kriti, is, f.,
not destined to be. hundred Ragh. &c. fame, glory, KathJs.
; ;
telling,L.; 'calling,
syllables), RPrat. &c.
A-bhavya, mfn. id. addressing,' aname, appellation.
Abhi-kritvari, f. 'producing (diseases),' a female
Abb.i-kb.yata, mfn. become known, manifested,
a-bhavadiya,mfn. not belonging demon, AV. ii, 8, 2.
MBh. ; (neg. an-) Yjjn. iii, 301.
to your Honour, Dai. WW^ abhi-Vkrish, -liarshati, to over- Abhl-khyatri,/<2,m. a supervisor
(N. of Indra),
a-bhastra, mfn. without bellows. power, MBh. iii, 15064. RV. iv, 1 7, 1 7.
A-bhastxakS or a-bhastrikfi, f. a badly made wfT abhi- V Abb.i-kb.yana, am, n. fame, glory, L.
i. kfi, -kirati, to pour over,
or inferior pair of bellows (i. e. mean
small), said to throw OVCP, cover. ^rfWn^ abhi-Vgam, -gacchati, to go near
also (a woman) who has no bellows, Pin. vii, 3, 47. to, approach (with ace.); to follow, Ka{h. R. ; to ;

"SWri a-bhdgd, mf(a)n. having no share, ffi^l abhi-Vklrip, I. (p. -kdlpamana) meet with, find; to cohabit (said of men and
f be adc<l uilte to. b* 'n accordance with
RV. x, 83, 5, &c. .. (ace.), VS. women), Yajfi. ii, 205, &c.; to undertake to get, ;

xiii, 25: Caus. -kalpayati, to put in order, R.

A-bh&gln, mfn. having no share ; not partici- gain, obtain, AV.; SBr. &c..; (with mdnasd or me-
pating in, excluded from (gen.) Abhi-klripta, mfn. being adequate to, in accord- dhayd or hrldayena) to understand, RV. iii, 60, I ;
A-bhagya, mm. ance with, SBr. ; Up. TS. ; SBr. Caus. -gamayati, to study, MBh. i, 1
:
unfortunate, wretched. 295.
Abhl-gacchat, mfn. approaching, &c.
^WTO a-bhashana, am, n. not speaking, *rf*^jM^ abhi-knuyam, ind. (\/knuy), so
Abhi-frata, mfn. approached, &c.
silence. as to bemoisten, SBr. xiv.
Abhl-irantri, Id, m. one who understands, SBr.;
'one who pursues,' insidious,
W, ind. (a prefix to verbs and nouns, ab U-kratu,mfn. Kajh.; one who has
insolent,haughty, intercourse with a woman.
expressing) to, towards, into, over, upon. RV. iii, 34, 10.
Abhl-ffuna, m. (gana anuiatikadi, q. v.),
as,
(As a prefix to verbs of motion) it expresses the
notion of moving or going towards,
approaching, &c.
abhi-Vkrand (aor. y.sg.-kran) to approaching visiting, Megh. ; Ragh. v, 1 1 ; sexual
;

intercourse, YajB. ii, 291.

(As a prefix to nouns not derived from verbs) it ex- shout at, roar
neigh or whinny at, RV.; AV.
at,
Abhi-g-amana, am, n. = atlii-gama; the act of
;

presses superiority, intensity, &c. ; e.g. abhi-tamra, La|y.: Caus. (tm.-acikradaf), id., RV. ix, 68, 2 &
abhi-nava, q. v. cleansing and smearing with cowdung the way lead-
82, i: Intens. (p. -kdnHtradat), id., RV.
(As a separate adverb or preposition) it expresses ing to the image of the deity (one of the five parts
Abhi-kranda, as, m. a shout, MBh. ; indrasya-
of the upasana with the RamJnujas), Sarvad.
(with ace.) to, towards, in the direction of, against ; bhikranda, m., N. of a Saman.
into, SBr. &
KatySr. ; for, for the sake of ; on account
1. Abhi-g-amya, mfn. to be visited, Kum. vi, 56,
of; on, upon, with regard to; by, before, in front WMsft*^ abhi-Vkram (aor. -akramit; ind. &c.; tempting (for a visit), Ragh. i, 1 6.
accessible,

of; over. It may even express one after the other, p. -krdmya) to step or go near to, approach, RV. 2. Abhi-g-amya, ind. p. having approached.
severally, Pin. i,vriks/iam vriksham
4, pi, e. g.
&c. ; to attack, overpower, RV. vi, 49, 15 ix, 40, & Abhi-gamln,n ith. having sexual intercourse with
Gk. d/i^i Lat. ob; Zend 1 ; to
step upon ; to undertake, begin, RPrat. ; (with (in comp.), Mn. iii, 45 ; YajB. ii, 282, &c.
abhi, tree after tree [cf. ;

gamandya) get to on one's way, R. i, 7 7, 1 8 Caus.

aibi, aiwi; Goth, hi; Old High Germ. ft], :
i-gard. See ab hi- \/i. gji below.
Abhika, mfn. (Pan. v, 2, 74) lustful, libidinous, -kramayaii, to bring near, TS.
Abhi-krama, IIT, m. stepping near, approaching ; abhi-Vgarj, to roar at, bawl at,
Ragh. xix, 4 (cf. I abhika and anuka) ; (as), m. a
; .

raise savage or ferocious cries, MBh. &c.

assault, attack, L. ; overpowering, PBr. ; Gaut. as-
lover, Naish.
;

Abhi-taram abhi-taram cending; undertaking, attempt, beginning. nasa, Abhi-g-arjana, am, n. ferocious roaring, up-
[MaitrS.] or [SBr.; R.
AitBr. (see 2.
m. unsuccessfuleffort, Bhag. roar,
aiht)~\, ind. nearer.
Abhi-kramana, am, n. stepping near, approach- Abhi-garjita, am, n. a savage cry, uproar, R.
Abhf-teB,ind.nearto, towards, MBh.&c.; near,in
the proximity or presence of ing, Gaut. &c. w(tll abhi- v/l . ga,
(gen. ), Bhag. Sec. ; (with -ji'yati (impf. -ajigat :
Abhi-kranta,mfn. approached ; attacked ; begun;
ace.) on both sides, SBr. &c. ; (with ace.) before and aor. Subj. -gat) to go near to, to approach, arrive at,
(am), n. abhi-krdnti, PBr. RV. &c.;
after, AsvSr.; KatySr. ; Gaut.; (with ace.) on all to get, gain.
Abhi-kranti, is, f.,Ved. overpowering, bringing
sides, everywhere, about, round; entirely, MBh.
^fiTTI^ abhi-Vgah, A. (p. -gdhamana) to
;
into one's possession, TS. ;
AitBr. &c.
quickly, L. Abhitah-sara, mfn. running on both
Abhitas-car a, as, m. pi. the attendants, Abhl-kxantln, mm. one who has undertaken RV. x, 103, 7.
penetrate into (ace.),
sides, Up.
(the study of), i. e. conversant with (loc.), Lajy.
retinue, MBh.&c. abhi-gupta, mfn. guarded, pro-
Abhlto (in Sandhi hiabhitas). deva-yajana- Abhi-kramam, ind. so as to step near, KatySr. wfalJH
tected.
m&tra-desa, mfn. whose space on all sides suffices ^rfa'aft abhiJkri, to buy for a special Abhi-ffnptl, is, f.
guarding, protecting, SBr.&c.
for a sacrificial
ground, KatySr. -bhavin, mm. purpose, SBr. Abhi-goptri, mfn. guarding, protecting, SBr.
being on both sides, Pan. vi, 2, 181. -ratram,
ind. near (i. e. either just at the
beginning or end of) Wfifij^ abhi-Vkrudh, to be angry with iMT athi-gumphita, mfn. strung to-
Pan. 4, 38, Sch.; Vikr.
the night, SBr.
'ftihi(aiAM-), mm. surrounded (ace.), i,
gether, interwoven, Sis.
by bones (as the eyes), SBr. Abhl-kruddia, mfn. being angry, MBh. BhP. ;

abhi-Vgnr (Subj. -jugurat; Opt.

fT*^ abhi-Vkam
(fut. -kamishyate) to TtfHtj^ abhi-i/krus, to cry out at, call 2. sg. -juguryds) to assent, agree, approve of, RV.
desire, love.TBr.: CvK.-kdmayatc,i&., MBh.; BhP. out to, to call to (in a scolding manner), AV. &c. ; Abhi-8TSrta,mfn. approved of,RV. i, 162, 1 5 ;TS.
Abhl-kama, as, m. (ifc. f. a) affection, desire, to lament with tears, bemoan, R. iv, 24, 22. Abhi-srurtl,;>,f. song ofpraise, RV. i, i62,6& 1 2.
N. BhP.; (mf(a)n.), affectionate, loving, desirous
; Abbl-kx6iaka, as, m. a reviler (nindaka), VS. Abhi-grfbya, (Ved.) ind. p.
having approved of,
(with ace. or ifc.); (am), ind. with desire, L. ; (cf. RV. fi, 37, 3.
dbhikamika.)
who carves and distributes (food),' an host, RV. ii,
*[fy*[V abhi-gridhna,mfn. Seemithydbhi-
Ai- i/kamp,-kampate,to tremble 29, 2 & vii, 21, 8 ; ['a destroyer,' Sly.] gridhna.
vehemently, MBh. iii, 15721: Caus. -kampayali,
to stir, allure, KatySr.
^rfmijcjl a-bhiksha-da [Padap. abhi-ksha- *Tfm abhi-Ji. gfi, -grindti, to call to or
address with approbation ; to join in
da\, mfn. giving without being asked, RV. vi, 50, 1 ; (ace.) ; to wel-
wfinSTff abhi-Vkanksh, -kankshati, [according to the Padap. (cf. abhi-kshattfl) 'destroy- conie, praise ; to approve of,accept propitiously, allow.
te,
rarely Caais^-aj/ate, to long for, desire ; to strive. ing, a destroyer," Sly.] AbM-tjara, as, m. a calling out in approbation
A'-bhikshita, mfn. not asked for alms, SBr. (part of the sacrificial ceremony), VS. ; KatySr. ; the
Abhi-k&nkBhS, f. longing for, desire (with ace. who calls out approvingly (to the other priests),
priest
or ifc.)
Wf>?Bp^ abhi-\/ksham (Opt. -kshameta; MaitrS.; Lity.; (cf. apagara.)
AbM-kankshita,mfn.longedfor,wished,desired. Imper. -kshdmadhvam)
i. pi. be gracious, pro- to
Abb.i-k5ikshln, nitn. longing for, desiring (with pitious to (dat. or loc.), RV. ; to pardon (perf. Opt.
wf>?^ abhi-Vgai (Imper. 2. sg.
-gay a or
ace. [BhP.] or ifc. [Mn. iv, 91, &c.]). 2. sg. -cakshamithdK), RV. ii, 33, 7. -gaya; 2. pi. -gdyata) to
or sing to (ace.),
call

RV.; to enchant, AitBr.; to sing (a hymn, &c.),

wf*^iiro abhi-kala, as, m., N. of a village, ^ffytifcabhi-Vkshar (aor. 3. sg. -akshah, SBr. &c. ; to fill with song, R. ; to celebrate in
R. song, R.
ii, 68, 1 7. RV. ix, 97, 45) to flow near or round, RV.; SBr.;
Abhi-gita, mfn. addressed or praised in song, RV.
to pour on, AV.
%i fW<wS^ abhi- v/tos, Intens. -cakasiti (i. ix, 96, 23.

ig. iimi ; Imper. 2. sg. "Khi ; impf. I. sg. -acdka- (W PHJ H ah hi- </kship (only P., Pan. i, 3, AbM-ffeslina, mfn. calling to, AitBr.
iam) to illuminate, irradiate, VS. ; to look on, to
perceive, RV. ; SBr. xiv.
80 ; -kshipdt) to fling at (as the lash of a whip
pr. p.
at a horse), RV. v, 83, 3 ; to excel, Bhajt.
wCnnw abhi-yrasta, mfn. = abhi-panna
(overcome), L.
^TW^c?^ abhi-i/kuti, to revile, inveigh wfVw^ abhi- /khan, to dig up, turn up ab hi- \/grah, -grihnati, to take hold
against, R. ii, 75, 2. (the soil), SBr. &c.
^rfT?J^
of, take up (from the soil),TS. &c. to accept, receive, ;

Vfaf^ abhi-i/kush, -kushnati, to tear, wfir^n l.abhi-\/khya(S\Aj. I. 2. 3. sg. MBh.; to set (as a blossom),
; to lay together, BhP.
-Ithyam, -khyas Sc -khyds, -kkydt; impf. abhy to fold (the hands), see
pull at, pinch, Suir. 3. sg, abhigrihita-pdni below :
62 abhi-grihlta. abf(i-dadi.
Caus. -grdhayati, to catch, surprise, e.g. rupdbhi- remembrance any sign or token serving as a proof
abhi-cihnaya, Norn. P. (perf. ;

grdkita, taken in the very act, Das'. Pass. p. -cihnita) to mark, characterize, R. iv, 42, 1 2. mprati), R.; = abhijHdna-iakuntala,^M.,
for (loc.
Abhi-grlhita, mfn. taken hold of, &c. pani, Sah. pattra, n. certificate. saknntala, n. title
mfn. having the hands joined, BhP. SSrfTO^ abhi-Vcud, Caus. -codayati, to of a play of Kalidlsa, i. e. (the ndtaka or
play) on
Abhi-graha, as, m. hold of at- the subject of ' token-(recognized)-SakuntalJ,' Slk.
seizing, taking ;
impel, drive ; to inflame, animate, embolden ; to in-
tack, onset, L. ; defiance, challenge, L. ; robbing, vite ; to fix, settle; to announce, inquire for (ace.), Abbi-jnSpaka, mm. making known, BhP.
plundering, L. ; authority, L. ; a vow, Jain. MBh. i, 2913. Abhi-jnayam. See yathabhijadyam.
Abb.i-gra.hana, am, n. robbing, L.
ind. on the knees, RV.
Abbi-grahitri, mfn. one who seizes, MaitrS. ^rftT'tll^ abhi-caidyam, ind. against the fi", ;

prince of the Cedis (i. e. Sisupala), SiS. ii, I. up to the knees, RV. i, 37, 10 & viii, 92, 3.
Wf*TTTJ!J abhi-gharshana,am,n.( /ghrish),
wfVfa&s abhi-cchad ( Vchad), abhi-ccha- ^rfs9o5aoAi-A/;t>a/, to blaze forth, MBh. ;
rubbing, friction, L. ; possession by an evil spirit, L.
dayati, to cpver over, SBr. ; Kaui. Caus. -jvalayati, to enlighten, illuminate, Vait. In- :

^rf>nmT ab hi-gkat a,as,m .( \/Aan),striking,

ind. in dark- tens.-/a/Z"*#','blazeup,risesuddenly(asanger,&c.)
attack ; infliction of injury, damage, Mn. xii, 77,&c.; WfW'aAm*^ abhi-cchuydm,
ness, AV. xiii, 1,57. ^Hftnifa dbhi-dlna, am, n. (Vdi), act of
striking back, driving away, warding off; abrupt
or vehement articulation (of Vedic text), VPrat. ; flying towards, MBh.
^ffTST^ abhi-</jan, 4. A. -jdyate (Ved. cl.
(am), n. an irregular combination of consonants, i.e. Inf. abh{-janitos, SBr.) to be born for or to, RV.
the combination of the fourth letter of gutturals,
wfMfl^ abhi-Vtans (perf. 3. pi. -tatasrf),
i,
1 68, 2, &c. ; to claim as one's
birthright; to be to shake out of, rob, RV. iv, 50, 2 & x, 89, 15.
cerebrals, &c. with the first or third letter, of the bora or produced ; to be reproduced or born again,
second with the first letter, and of the third with the ^fkiTS abhi-Vtad, -tadayati, to
Bhag. &c. ; to become Caus. -janayati (with abhi-
: thump,
second letter of those classes of consonants. hit, beat, wound, bruise ; (in astron.) to eclipse the
jfidnam) to reanimate, revivify, Sarvad.
Abhi-ghataka, nif(X-)n. greater part of a disk, VarBrS.
re-
counteracting, Abhi-ja, mfn. ifc. produced all around, L.
moving. Abhi-jana, as, m. family, race descendants ; ; Abni-tadlta, mfn. knocked, struck.
Abni-ghStita, mfn. struck, wounded (ifc. as ancestors noble descent the head or ornament of a
; ;
wf>TH^ abhi- V'tan, to stretch or spread
iar&bhighdtita, wounded by arrows). family, L. ; native country,PJn. iv,3, 90; fame, noto-
across or over, be prominent, (aor. I . pi.
Abh.i-gb.5t in, mm. (generally ifc.) striking, at- riety,Rajat.&c. vat, mfn. ofnobledescent,Sak.&c. -tatdndma)
m. an assail- RV. i, 160, 5 &_v, 54, 15 ; to extend or in enlarge
tacking, hurting ; inflicting injury; (t), Abhi-jata, mfn. bora in consequence of; born,
ant, enemy, Hit.
front of, (perf. A. 2. sg. -tatnishe) RV. viii, 6, 25
produced noble, well-bom obtained by birth, in-
; ;
& ix, 108, 6.
Pass. p. abM-ghri- bred; fit, proper, L. ; wise, learned, L. ; handsome, R.;
TOfifJ abhi-Jghri (perf. Kum. n. nativity, BhP. ; high birth,
i, 46
(am), ; 'f(ftfim^abhi-Vtap, to irradiate with heat,
ta, seebelow) Caus. -ghdrayati, to cause to trickle
:

nobility. f. ta,
high birth, nobility. to heat, AV. &c. ; to pain, distress Pass, -tapyate,
down, TS. &c.; to sprinkle with, SBr. &c. :

Abhi-J&ti, is, f. descent, birth, Comm. on Nir. to suffer intensely Caus. -tdpayati, to distress.
Abhi-gh&ra, as, m. sprinkling over, SankhGr. ; :

ix, 4 ; ifc. ttya (f. a), R. vi, 10, 24. Abhi-tapta, mm. scorched, burnt ; afflicted about
scattering over, mingling with, Gobh. ; ghee or clari-
L. abhi- \/jap, to mutter over or R.
fied butter,
wPMHH, (ace.),
Abhi-gharana, am, n. the act of sprinkling R. Abhi-tSpa, as,m. extreme heat, Sis. &c. ; agita-
whisper to,
emotion ; great pain.
ghee, besprinkling, Kaus. ; KstySr. tion, affliction,
Abhi-gh&rlta, mfn. sprinkled with, AV. &c. ^firOT abhi- Vjabh, I ntens. (p. -jdHjabhd-
to try to swallow, open the mouth to do so, AV. abhi-tardm, &c. See abM.
Abb.i-gh.Srya, mfn. to be sprinkled. na)
Abhi.gb.rlta, mfn. sprinkled (as ghee), dropped v, 20, 6 ; Kaus. abhi-i/tarj, -tarjayati, to scold,
upon, TS. ; sprinkled with, BhP. abuse.
*lfHi|<d^ abhi-Vjalp, to address; to ac-
vfmil abhi-Vghra, -jighrati (ind. p. -ji- company with remarks to advocate ; to settle by ; Kf*n&(abh{-tas, ind. See abM.
%hrya, Gobh.) to to bring the nose
snuffle, smell at conversation, MBh. iv, fll.
w6TrTTOa6A-^dwira,mf(o)n.very red, dark-
;

close to another's forehead in caressing, or as a token

of affection, TS. &c. ; to smell, scent, Kid. Vffyfffabhi-Vji, -jayati, to conquer com- red, murry-coloured, MBh.; Ragh. xv, 49, &c.

Abb.i-gb.rana, am, n. smelling at, pletely, acquire by conquest, AV. TS. &c. Desid. ; :
caressing, wfirffrnRtfijT abhi-tigmarasmi, ind. to-
Comm. on Gobh. -jigishati, to try to win, attack, Susr.
wards the sun, Sis. ix, II.
Abhi -jay a, as, m. conquest, complete victory.
Abhi-Jighrana, am, n. id., Gobh.
Abhi-jighrat, mf(du. antt}\\. caressing, RV. i,
Abhi-jit, mm. victorious, VS. xv, 7; bora under
yjfifij^
abhi- V'tush, -tushyati, to be glad
the constellation Abhijit, Pin. iv, 3, 36, (cf. abhijita'); or pleased, Kathas.
185, 5-
(t), m., N. of a Soma sacrifice (part of the great
-trinattii(Imper. 2. sg.
abhi-*/caksh, -cashte (2. sg. -ca- sacrifice Gavam-ayana), AV. SBr. &c. ; N. of a son ; ^rfiTrJ^ abhi-Vtrid,
Vv, 3, 9 Ved. Inf.-cdksht, RV.) to lookat,
;
[Hariv.] or of the father [VP.] of Punarvasu ; of -trindhi [for trind-dhi\ ; aor. Subj. 2. sg. -tdrdas,

view, perceive, RV. BhP. ; to cast a kind or gracious

;
Vishnu, L. ; N. of a star (o Lyrz), L. ; of the 2Oth (or RV. vi, 17, l) to burst open, open, procure (waters)
look upon any one, RV. ; to address, BhP. ; to assail 22nd) Nakshatra, AV. &c. ; the eighth Muhurta of by bursting (the clouds) or by boring (i. e. digging
with harsh language, RV. vii, 104, .8 ; to call, BhP. theday (about midday ),Kaus.&c. Abhijid-visva- a well), RV. &c.; to procure (vajam, vajdn,gah,
Abhi-cakshana, am, n. conjuring, incantation, jitau, f. du. the two Soma sacrifices called Abhijit gandharuam), RV. ; annSdyam, &c., SBr. &c. :

AV. vi, 127, 1 (a), f. (in augury or astron.) ob- and Visvajit, SBr. Abhjjin-muhurta, m. the Desid. (Subj. 3. pi. -ttlritsdn) to try to open, RV.
;

servation (of the sky), AV. ix, 2, a I. eighth Muhurta (the period comprising twenty-four x, 74- 4-
minutes before and twenty-four after midday).
Abhi-cakhya, mfn. manifest, RV. viii, 4, 7. Abhi-tritti, is, f. the act of procuring or gaining,
Abhi-jita, as, m., N. of a Nakshatra (see abhi- Kstii.
^rfw^ abhi- \/ car (Ved. Inf. abM-carita- MBh. of the
jlf), ; eighth Muhurta (see abhi-jit),
oal, TBr., &
abhi-caritos, Ktfti. ; cf. Pan. iii, 4, MBh. Hariv.
; ^ff*TrJ^a6it- v^rip.Caus. -tarpayati (pr. p.
13, Sch.) to act wrongly towards any one; to be Abhi-jiti, is, I. victory, conquest, SBr. ;
AitBr. f. pi. -tarpdyantih, AV.)
to satiate, refresh.
faithless (as a wife) ; to charm, enchant, bewitch, Abnl-tripta, mfn. satiated, refreshed.
^jf^fiUJ*!) abhi-jighrana. See abhi-*/ghra.
RV. x, 34, 14 (Subj. 2. pi. -caratAbht) AV. &c. ; ;
^rftTiT abhi-Vtfi, to come
- near, approach
puru&bhicaritd (f. perf. Pass, p.) puroa-dig-gd-
l

*lffJ1x a6A-v6'A(Subj. -jtjoshat; pr.p. (A. 3. du. -tarete), RV. i, 140, 3 ;

to overtake, get
mini, R. i, 34, 10.
Abhi-cara, as, m. a servant, L. -jushdnd} to be pleased with, like, RV. iv, 23,1 & 4. up to, MBh. vii, 280.
Abhi-caraniya, mm. Abhi-juihta.mfn.vi sited, frequented, surrounded
fit for enchanting or exor- ^rfaftir d-bhilti, is, f. not bursting, VS. xi,
Comm. on Mn. of, MBh. &c.
by, possessed
cising, SBr. &c.; (neg. an-), xi, 197. no wall, Kathas. ; (mfn.), having no walls, i. e.
64 ;

Abhi-cara, as, m. exorcising, incantation, em- the mouth

VlfWip>Ta&Ai- */jrimbh,to open no solid foundation, Sis. iv, 53.
ployment of spells for a malevolent purpose, AV.&c. ; wide (for swallowing), R. vi, 2, 18.
to abandon, R. 47,
magic (one of the UpapStakas or minor crimes).
ii,
*lfa7r*{abhi-'/tyaj,
kalpa, m., N. of a work on incantations (belong- ^firSTF abhi-</jRa, -jdnati, nlte, to recog-
5 (ed. Bomb.)
ing to the Atharva-veda). jvara, m. a fever caused nize, perceive, know, be or become aware of; to
m. putting in fear,
by magical spells. mantra, m. a formula or prayer acknowledge, agree to, own ; to remember (either ^iftrSTQabhi-trasa., as,
for working a charm, an incantation. yajna or with the tut. p. or with yad and impf.), Pin. iii, 2, intimidating, Ap.
-homa, m. a sacrifice for the same purpose. 112 seqq.; Bhatt.
wfHfsftlFI abhi-tripishtapa, mfn. being
Abhi-caraka, mf(i<z)n. enchanting, exorcising, Abhi-jna, mf(a)n. knowing, skilful, clever ;
un-
over the three worlds, Hariv.
conjuring, VarBrS. &c. a conjurer, a magician. ; derstanding, conversant with (gen. or ifc.); (a), f.

Abhi-caraniya, mfn. to be enchanted, L. remembrance, recollection, Pan. iii, 2, 112 ; super- abhi-Vtvar, to be in haste.
Abhi-carita, mfn. enchanted, charmed. natural science or faculty of a Buddha (of which five
abhi-\/tsar (3. pi. -tsdranti) to
Abhi-carin, mfn. enchanting, AV. x, I, 9* are enumerated, viz. I. taking any form at will ; 2.
RV. 6.
Abhl-carya, mfn. = abhi-cdraniya, L. to any distance ; catch, entrap, viii, 2,
hearing to any distance ; 3. seeing
Abhi-tsara, as, m. catching, entrapping, Kath.
Abbl-cara, as, m. exorcising, incantation, Ap. 4. penetrating men's thoughts knowing their state
; 5.
[Ragh .vii, 6 1 ] or 1 va, n
and antecedents) -
ta, f. .
ind. to or to-
^tftT^f'^'!!'^ abhi-dakshinam,
.
abhi-cakas. See abhi-Vkas.
the knowledge of.
wards the right, Kaus. ; KitySr. ; Laty.
-\/ cint (impf. -adntayat) to Abhi-jnana, am, n. remembrance, recollection ;

ascertainment a sign or token of abhi-dadi. See abhi-^/i.da.

reflect on, MBh. xiii, 4341. knowledge, L. ; ;
 abhi-dadhat. .ffi^ abhi-nik-srij
'. 63
,
mfn. pr. p. of I .abU- Abhi-dhmata, mfn. blown on (as an instrument), Abhi-dhySyin, mfn. (ifc.) giving one's attention
Kathas. to, MarkP.
*/dfid, q. v.
i-dharma, as, m. the dogmas of
Abhi-dhyeya, mfn. deserving attention, BhP. ;
abhi-darsana. See abhi-\/dris. (neg. an-) MBh.
Buddhist philosophy or metaphysics. kosa, m., N.
?a6 hi- \/dashta,min .( -v/rfass) .bitten. of a work on the preceding. pitaka, m. 'basket abhi-</dhvans, Caus. -dhvaosa-
of metaphysics,' N. of the third section of Buddhist
abhi-Vdah, to singe, burn.RV. ii,4, yali, to sprinkle with dust, dust, Kath.
writings. Abhi-dhvasta, mfn. afflicted by (instr.), MBh.
v, 323-
T abhi-Vi da, -dadali,io give,bestow
MBh. iii, 13309.
possession by demoniac spirits, L. ^rftTU)^ abhi-Vdhvan, to resound, whiz
(for a purpose),
Abhi-dadi, is, m. an oblation of boiled rice (caru) .
abhi-Vdha,-dadhati, to surrender (as arrows), Sis. xx, 1 3.

upon which ghee has been sprinkled, TS. any one to (dat. ; aor. Subj. 2. du. -dhdtam), RV. i,
Abhi-dapana, am, n. the being trampled on by 1 20, 8 ; to
bring upon (dat.), RV. ii, 23, 6 A. (rarely :
-nanakshuh ; p. P. -ndkshat, A. -ndkshamdiia)
elephants as a punishment (?). P.) to put on or round, put on the furniture of a horse come to, arrive at, RV. ; AV.
to approach,
(cf. abhi-hita below), RV. &c.
'W (({ m abhi- \/das, Ved. -dasati
AV.
(Subj. 3.
to cover (a country)
with an army, MBh. ii, 1090; to cover, protect, RV.
;

wfinT^ alihi- v/n<zd,to sound towards(acc.),

sg. -dasat [RV. 4] or -ddsdt, vi, 5, v, 6, 10) BhP. to sound, raise a noise, Hariv. : Caus. -nada-
viii, 67, 5 (aor. Pot. 3.p\.-dAetana), &c. (in clas- ;
;

to consider and treat as an enemy. -nddita or for the sake of the

sical Sanskrit generally) to set forth, explain, tell, yati (perf. Pass. p.
mfn. (dips, Desid. of metre -nadita [R.]), to cause to sound, fill with noise.
^ffirfip^J dbhi-dipsu, speak to, address, say, name (cf. abhi-hita below) :
' Pass, -dhiyate, to be named or called : Caus. -dhd- wf*Tn> abhi-naddha, mfn. (\/naA),'tied
1
jjdambfi), wishing to deceive,' inimical, cunning,
RV. ii. 23, 10 & 13. payate, to cause to name, AsvGr. : Desid. A. -dhlt- round,* abhi-naddh&ksha, mm. blindfold, ChUp.
sale, to intend to cover one's self, RV. x, 85, 30. Abhi-nfthana, am, n. a bandage (over the eyes),
abhi-Vdis, to point out, PBr. 2. Abbl-dhS,f.name, appellation; theliteral power ChUp.
or sense of a word, Sah. a word, sound, L.
abhi-i/dih, to wrap up, envelop ; ; (as),
m. f.
surrounding, VS. xxii, 3. -dhvansin, mfn. wfiTP<^ abhi-Vnand, to please, AV. ix, 2,
in, ApSr,
Abhi-digdha, mfn. polished, glazed (in the fire, losing one's name. mula, mfn. founded on the 2; to rejoice at, salute, welcome, greet, hail; to praise,
'

i. e. sharp, AV. v, 18, 8.

literal meaning of a word. applaud, approve (often with na neg. to refuse ') ;
tdpasd), named
Abhi-dhatavya, mfn. to be told or ;
to to acknowledge Caus. -nandayati, to gladden, R.
:

^rf*T^ abhi-\/2.di (Imper. 2.sg. -didlki) be manifested. Abhi-nanda, as, m. the delight, pleasure (of
to radiate, beam forth or towards, RV. ix, 108, 9. Abhi-dhatri, mfn. saying, telling, Sis. sensuality), SBr. xiv;
ChUp.; wish, desire for (ifc.),
Abhi-dhana, am, n. telling, naming, speaking, month; N. of a commentator
Susr.; N. of the first
^rfW^'SJ abhi-\/diksh, to consecrate one's on the AmaraJcosha N. of the author of the Yoga-
speech, manifesting ;
a name, title, appellation, ex- ;

self (for a purpose, ace.), PBr.

pression, word a vocabulary, dictionary ; putting
;
vasishthaszra ; (a), f.
delight, L. ; wish, L.
!
^rfT3 fa-(. abhi- \/'dip, to blaze towards, together, bringing in close connection, VPrat.; Abhi-nandana, am, n. delighting, L. ; praising,

Hariv. Caus. dipayati, to cause to shine, make bril-

: (compar. -tara) KaushBr.; (i), f., sees.v. -clnta- applauding, L. ;-wish, desire, L. ; (as), m., N. of the
mani, m.
'
the jewel that gives every word,' N. of fourth Jaina Arhat of the present Avasarpini.
liant, Car.; to blaze or shine all round, AV.iv, 19,3.
Hemacandra's vocabulary of synonyms. tva, n. the Abhl-nandaniya, mfn. to be acknowledged or
Tfa? abhi- V'2. du (pr. p. m. nom. -dunvdn) of being used as a name.
state mala, f. a dictionary. applauded, Sak.
to bum or pain by burning, AV. v, 22, 2. ratnamala, f., N. of HalSyudha's vocabulary. Abhi-nandita, mfn. delighted, made happy, sa-

Abhi-dhanaka, am, n. a sound, noise, L. luted, applauded, &c.

^ifW^abhi-Vdush, -dushayati, to conta-
wound. Abhi-dhani, f. a halter, AV. ; SBr. AitBr. ; Abhi-nandltri, mfn. gladdening, MBh.
minate ;
to
Abhi-dhaniya, mfn. to be named, L. Ablii-nandin, mfn. rejoicing at, wishing, desir-
Abhi-dushta, mm. contaminated, MBh.
Abhi-dushita, mfn. wounded, injured, Susr. Abhi-dhaya, ind. p. having said, having called. ing (ifc.)
Abai-dhSyaka, mm. naming, expressing, ex- 1 . Abhi-nandya, mfn. *=abhi-nandaniya,tit..\
abhi- V'duh, to milk in addition to,
"f*|f pressive of, denominating, RPrSt.&c.; telling, speak- Ragh.v, 31.
TBr. : Caus. P. to cause to milk in addition to, ApSr. ing. tva, n. the state of being expressive. 2. Abhi-nandya, ind. p. having rejoiced at ; hav-
AbM-doha.ua, am, n. milking upon, ApSr. Abhi-dhayam ,
ind. ifc. See gotrabhidhayam. ing gladdened.
Abhi-dohya, am, n. (impers.) to be milked upon, Abni-dhayin, m(n..-=athi-dhdyaka; (ct.fn- wards the sky.
^ff*r?Tf^JiAi-na4/(,iii(l.to
ApSr. sht&bhidhdyin.)
desire of expressing or Abhi-nabhyam, ind. near the clouds or the sky,
Abnl-dhitsS, f. naming,
ind. to or towards a
^TfagfiT abhi-duti, Kpr.
RV. x, 119, 12.
female messenger, Sis, ix, 56 (quoted in Sah.)
Abhl-dheya, mfn. to be named or mentioned ;

"eirH*t abhi-'/nam (aor. 3. sg. -anamat or

abhi-Vdris (Inf. -drashtum) to to be expressed, to be spoken of, Pin. iii, 3, 51, Sch.
^rf>r^S^ -andn [Kath.]) to bow or bend or turn towards.
look at :_ Caus. -darsayati, to show to point out, ;
&c. ; being spoken of, being expressed, Sah. (am), ;
Abhi-nata, mfn. bent, inclined, KaushBr. &c.
denounce any one (ace.), MBh.i, 7740 Pass, -drii- meaning
'
that which is expressed
: n. signification, ;
Abhi-namra, mf(<z)n. deeply bowed or curved,
to be visible, be in view, appear, Mn. ix, 308, &c. or referred to,' the substantive. -tS, f.
signification, 2.
yate, Ragh.xiii,
Abhi-darsana, am, n. becoming visible, appear- meaning. rahlta, mm. having no sense or mean- Abhi-namin, N. of a Rishi in the sixth
i, m.,
nonsensical.
ance, Mn. ix, 274. ing, unmeaning, Manvantara, VP.
Abhi-hita, abhi-hiti. See s. v.
wf*T^^T abhi-devana, am, n. a board for abhi-naya. See i. abhi-Vni.
MBh. WfwVTT? abhi-\/dhdv, -dhavati, to run up
playing at dice, ix, 760.
abhi-Vnard, P. (ep. also A.) to roar
towards, to rush upon, attack, RV.
&c.
1
mfn. directed to heaven, MBh. to roar, R.
srfW?J abhi-dyu, Abhi-dhavaka, mfn. running up, hastening to- towards, ;

tending or going to heaven, RV. ; heavenly, bright, an assailant.

wards, ii, 234; assailing,
Yajn. "wff?T5 abhi-nava, mf(o)n. quite new or
RV. n. running up, attack.
;
SBr. Abhi-dhavana, am,
young, very young, fresh ;
modern (cf. -kdliddsa &
"Wfw^T abhi-Vz. dra (aor. Subj. -drasat) wfrf\I abhi-V^. dhi (impf. 3. pi. abhy- -sdkatayana below); N. of two men, Rajat. ; not
RV. having experience, L. -kalldana,
m. the modern
to overtake, viii, 47, 7. adhinvan) to satisfy, Kath.; PBr.
KalidSsa, i.e. MadhavacSrya. ffnpta, m., N. of
Tfa? abhi- V 2. dru, to run up to or near, wf>T*lt ab hi- Vdhi (perf. I .
sg. -dldhaya ; p. a well-known author, -candrargfha-vidhi.m.'a
RV. x, 75,&c. ; to attack, overrun, infest.
.2, A. -dtdhydna, RV. iv, 33, 9) to reflect upon, con- ceremony performed at the time of the pew moon,"
AbM-druta, mfn. run towards, attacked. sider, RV. iii, 38,
I & x, 32, 4. N of the 1 1 4th chapter in the BhavP.ii
. yanvana, .
-
Abhi-drutya, ind. p. having attacked. mf(J)n. youthful, Hit. valyakarana, m. a mo-
to shake,
I .abhi- ^druh,-druhyati(&OT.Snbj. Jlfav^abhi-Vdha (p. -dhunvat) dem grammarian. sakatayana, m. the modern
*tfr5^ TAr. to become new,
-dudr6hd) to hate, seek SSkaJayana. Abhinavi- ^bhu,
f\.-druhan ; perf. I .
p.
3.
wfT^ a1>hi-</dhri,Cw8.-dharayati, to up- Comm. on Bhatt. Abhinavodbhid, m. a new bud.
assail, RV. &c.
to injure or maliciously Desid. (p. :

MBh. nas (aor. Subj. 3.

-dudrukshat) id., Kith. hold, maintain, ^rfV^a6A- /! .
sg.-no,
Abhi-drngdha, mfn. injured, oppressed, BhP. ; RV. 104, 2$) to attain, reach,
RV.
fffHy^abhi- Vdhrish,to overpower,(impf
.
vii,
v, 2160; MBh. ParGr.
injuring, oppressing,
3. pi. -adhrishnuvan}
Kajh. (perf. 3. pi. -dddhri- ; abhi-nahana. See abhi-naddha.
2. Abhi-drtLh, mfn. seeking to injure, inimical, MBh.
RV. & 27, 16 dn- sAuA) AV. i, 27, 3 Caus. -dharshayati, id.,
:

abhi-nasikavivaram,
i, 1
22, 9 (nom. -dhruk) ii, ; (cf.
Abhi-dhrishira, mfn. powerful over (ace.), SBr.
abhidruh.) ind to the opening of the nose, Sis. ix, 52.
Abhi-druhyamSna, mfn. being injured. abhi-dhmata. See abhi-Vdham.
m. RV. Mn. &c. abhi-nih-Vsri, to stream forth,
Abhl-droha, as, injuring, ;
direct
-ddhan- abhi-Vdhyai, -dhydyati, to issue, Susr.
TOftTV^a6Ai-\/dAan (aor. 3. pi.
ones intention to, set one's heart upon, intend,
de- Abhi-nlh-srita, mfn. issued or issuing from
& A. -dadhanmrl) to come up ChUp. ( = KathUp.) ; Yajn. &c.
in
vishuh perf. sire, TS. SBr. &c. to 'meditate, Mn. i, 8, &c.
; ; (abl.),
31, 6 ix, 13, 7 & 24,
2
haste, RV. iv, ; Abhi-dhya, f. wish, longing for, desire. to pourout to-
m. du. -dhdmanta) Abhi-dhyana, am, n. desiring, longing for (loc.), *rf*rfir.'q*(abhi-nih-/sry,
TTfrro^aiAi- Vdham (p. wards, SBr.
Mn. xii, 5, &c. ; meditation, Up.
to blow towards or against, RV. i, 117, al
64 l-nib-grip- wfaTJ^ ubhi-pat.
abhi-nir-mukta for ubhi-ni-mru- xiv ChUp. to appear, ChUp. Cjus. -pddayati, to
ip, to move to- ; ; :

iring to (ace.), SBr.

wards, AsvSr. kta, q. v.
Abhi-nishpatti, is, (. appearance, Comm. on
n,to sound hea- ^rfwTH'n abAi-nr-\/ya,to march out, go JhUp.
vily (as a dram), Pin. viii. 3, 86, Sch. >ut towards (dat.) or from (abl.), MBh. &c.
trfkTfV^lJ' rI abhi-ni- \/sy and (or -shyand),
1

Abhi-niihtana, m. 'a sound which dies as, Abhi-niryina, am, n. march of an assailant, L.
o trickle upon, MBh. xii, 3881.
away,' the Visarga, APrat.; AsvGr. &c.
^TfW(Vri$ abhi-nir-\/vad, to declare with Abhi-ni-shyanda, as, m. trickling, K.
Abhi-niitana, as, m. *= abhi-nifhtana, Pin.
egard to (ace.), PBr. abhi-ni- \/han
viii, 3, 86. ^faffi^ (p. -ghnat) to
wf*Tf<W^ abhi-nir-</2. vap, to share out beat, strike, MBh. &c.
or add anything to another thing (either ace. & loc. Abhi-nl-hata, mfn. put on (as on a spit), (alihl
miij to tread down (with ace.), RV. x, 60, 6. &
"TS.] or instr. ace. [AitBr.]). /A<j/<)RV.i, 162,11; (otabhi-ni-hita, q.v.,APr!t.
'
abhi-ni- \''<jad,tu speak to, Kaus. ^rfn fn 5 to result from,
f^a6Ai'-nr- </vrit,
f abhi-nidhana, am, n., N. of dif- MBh.: Caus. -vartayati, to produce, ac-
>roceed, m. (*/hnu),
abhi-nihnava, as,
ferent verses of the SSma-veda, KstySr. &c. complish, Hariv. &c. N. of a Slman.
denial, L. ;
Abhi-nirvrltta, mfn. resulting from, MBh. &c.
^rf>Tf5TVT abhi-ni- \/rfAo,P.to place upon or j.6Ai-v/nt
Abhi-nirvritti, is, f. resulting, proceeding, ac- (perf. Opt. -niniyat,
into (loc.), SBr. A. to place upon one's self (as a
RV. aor. Subj. 2. sg. -neshi, RV. vi, 61,
88, 2
;
complishment. vii,
;

burden), AitBr. to touch slightly with (instr.), SBr.;

;
14) to conduct towards, bring near, RV. &c. ; to
'
KltySr. &c. Pass, -dhlyate, to be touched by each
: ^p>lMtl1*iabA-m'-%amanaia,mfn. represent dramatically, act ; to adduce, quote, L.
other,' be in close contact (as the letters e, o Sc a in (a bird) lying down in its nest in the
i, pre- Abhi-naya, as, m. (indication of a passion or
the Sandhi called abhinihita, q. v.), Prit. sence of (a spectator), VarBrS.
purpose by look, gesture, &c.) acting, dramatic ac-
Abhi-ni-dhana, am, n. placing upon, KltySr.; abhi-ni-vdrtam, ind. (\fvrit),
tion (expressive of sentiment).

(as), m. [APrit. & TPrit.] or (am), n. [RPrlt.] so as to turn back towards (ace.), TS. SBr. Kith. Abhi-nita, mfn. brought near ; performed, L. ;
; ;

highly finished or ornamented, L. ; fit, proper, MBh.

'
touching or close contact (of letters in pronuncia-
tion, especially in the cases where initial a is
sup- ibAi'-nt-v'eis, -visate, to enter &c. ;
= marshin or amarshin (? patient or im-
pressed after e o). & (with ace.), Pin. i, 4, 47, Sch. ; to disembogue (as a patient), L.
Abhi-ni-hita, mfn. touched with (instr. also ; river) into (ace.), BhP. ; to devote one's self entirely Abhi-niti, is, f. gesture, expressive gesticulation,
tin- neg.), SBr.; (as), m. 'close contact,' N. of a to (ace.), Das. &c. : Caus. -veiayati, to cause to enter, L. ;friendship, civility, L.
special Sandhi (by which final e & o are brought into lead into (ace.), BhP. ; to cause to sit down upon Abhi-netavya, mfn. to be represented drama-
close contact with the initial a of the following word, ^loc.), Sis.; to cause any one to devote himself en- tically.
which in the old language probably was not entirely tirely to, MBh. &c. ; (with manas or dtmdnam) to Abhi-netri, ta, m. one who brings near, RV.
suppressed), Prit. devote one's attention to (loc.), BhP. iv, ao, 8 ;
SBr.
Abhi-ni vishta, mfn. entered or plunged into ; Abhi-neya, mfn. = abhi-mtavya.
Wfaftftfl alhi-ni--/dhyai, to give atten- on endowed with, Ragh.
intent (loc. or in comp.) ;

tion to, R. ^rfarft 2.obA-n((-n-v't),(Imper. -nyetu)

ii, 75 ; determined, persevering. ta, f. state of being
woman), RV. x,
to enter into (as in approaching a
persevering, Slh.
WWrSTTn*^ abhi-ni-nartam,ind. (vr*')> M9. 4-
Abhi-niveia, as, m. application, intentness,
so as to accomplish step by step, i. e. repeating sepa-
study, affection, devotion (with loc. or ifc.) ; deter- abA-ni/a, mfu. very black or dark.
rately, KaushBr. ; (cf. abhy-d-gdram.)
mination (to effect a purpose or attain an object),
^rf*r>i*l1 abhi-ni- </m, to pour out (water tenacity, adherence to (loc.), Kum. v, 7, Sec. bhi-V^.nu, A.(3.pl.a6A navante)
to turn one's self towards (ace.), RV. ix, loo, i.
&c.) upon, Comm. on KltySr.; (cf. ni-'/nf.) Abhi-nivesita, mfn. made to enter into, plunged
nto.
ff ftm abhi-ni- \/pat, Caus. -patayati, 2.a6A'-v/4.nu,P.A..(pr.l.pl.-naa-
i^ Abhi-niveiin, mfn. intent upon, devoted to, -navante ; impf. P. 3. pi. -anavan;
mahe, 3. pi.
to throw down, MBh. Yljfl. iii, 134; determined. aor. l . -anus hi, 3. du. -anushatam, 3. pi. -anu-
sg.
Abhi-ni-pata, as,m. abhini-Jhana (m. or n.) shata [very frequently] or -nushata, RV.
abhi-ni- ^sam (ind. p. -samya) ix, 103,
above, Comm. on APrit. 3) to shout towards (ace.), RV. : Intens. (i. pi.
to perceive, notice, DaS.
^sfHf^ 3(\ abhi-ni- </pid,to press, squeeze, -nonumas), id., RV.
MBh. &c. !oAi-nisc7a,mfn.( \/2 .ct), quite to push, press: Caus.
trouble,
convinced MBh. xii, 10635 settled or fixed with trfirspr abhi-i/nud,
of,
Abhi-nipidita, mfn. pained, tormented. !

MBh. iii, 1085. -nodayati, to excite, spur or urge on.

regard to (ace.),
^[tiii ^ 1 abhi-ni ^/mantr, to summon,
^ftofnf*! abhi-ni- </sri, to pass (from one
-
Vnrit, -nfityati, to dance to-
invite, Hariv.
wards (ace.) or in imitation of (ace.), BhP.
thing) to another (ace.),
TI IH m H ^ ab hi-ni- v mruc, -mrdcati (said Ap.

of the sun) to upon anybody who is sleeping or

set abhi-ni-shad ( i/>ad) to ,
sit down ^rfa"!**!! alihi-nrimna, mf(a)n. exceedingly
propitious, BhP.
has not finished his work, TS. TBr. Kith. ; ;
or settle round (perf. 3. sg. -shasdda), RV. vii, 15,
Abhi-ni- mrnkta, mm. upon whom while not 3 ; (Opt. I. pi. -shidema.) AV. xii, I, 29. ^f?9 d-bhinna, mfn. (Vbhid), uncut, un-
doing any work or while sleeping the sun has set, broken, SBr. &c. uninterrupted, RV. 28, 2
WfWfHMfTf"*1[ abhi-nish-kdr{n, mfn. in-
; vi, ; (a-
TBr.; (wrongly written abhi-nir-mukta) Mn.ii, 221 thinnd) AV.; (inarithm^'undivided/integer, whole
&BhP. AV. 2,1,31;
tending anything evil against, injuring,
(as numbers) ; unchanged, unaltered, not different
(cf. abhi-krltvari.)

^{iftilj^ abhi-ni- </mluc =- ^mrvc be- Abhi-nih-krita, mfn. directed against (as an
from (abl. or in comp.) (jati, mfn. not changing
its course, Slk. taraka, mfn. (compar.) not at all
fore, Mn. ii, 219 ; (cf. ni-*Jmruc & ni-^/mluc.) evil action),AV. x, i, 12.
ta, f. or -tra, n. [R.] 'non-differ-
diiferent, Pat.
wMijin abhi-ni-mlupta = abhi-ni-mru- riri B ili*V abhi-nish-\/kram, to go out (with numbers) wholeness.
ence,' identity ; pari-
kta above, Gobh, towards ;
to lead towards (as a door), Pin. iv, 3, 86 ;
karmaahtaka, n. the eight processes in working
to leave the house in order to become an anchorite,
whole numbers. sthitl.nifu.not breaking its rales,

W*r1*Jw alhi-niyukta, mfn. (Vyuj), oc- Buddh. & Jain. Slk. Abninnatman, mfn. 'of undaunted spirit, 'linn.
cupied in.
Ablii-nihkramaii,OOT,n. going forth; leaving Vf*T3R^ alhi-ny-^i. as, -asyati, to de-
abhi-nir-v/3. as, to throw to- the house in order to become an anchorite, Buddh.
wMVt*.^ & Jam. press (as fire), KltySr.
wards, Kaus. Abbi-nyasa, as, m. a kind of fever, Bhpr.
Abhi-ni shkrSnta, mm. gone out towards; de-
^rfwffl*^ abhi-nir-'/gam, to go out or scended from (abl.), R. ; having left the house (abl.) in frfT^n5T abhi-ny-i/ubj, to press down,
away from (abl.), R. order to become an anchorite, Mn. vi, 41 ; Buddh. & hold down, AV. viii, 8, 6 ; KauS.
WfwfHf^Tf Jain. ffrlhavaca, mfn. having left his house (for
mfn. (Vjf), con-
abhi-nirjita,
becoming an anchorite), Buddh. ^rfal^ abhi-Vpac, to boil up (as milk),
quered, MBh. xiv, 2 2 20. Susr.
"wMVlBIl alhi-nishtana. See abhi-nih-
vfMT5T^[ abhi-nir-nitd(i/nud),(Pot. -nu- Jstan.
'Wf>T'T fYrT abhi-pathita, mfn. denominated,
dtf) to drive out, frighten away, MBh. xii, 10728. named, Susr.
alhi-ni- </shthiv, to spit upon,
wfMftiPg^
wMfif^SI abhi-nir-\/dis, to point out, SBr. ; Kaus. ^rfifTH i.abhi-i/i.pat, -patyate, to be
indicate, TS. &c. ; to appoint, characterize, Mn. x, lord over (ace.),RV. viii, 102, 9; pr. p. -pdtya-
Wfa PH M f^ abhi-nish- </pat, to fly out to-
mdna, possessing, RV. x, 132, 3.
o; to settle, fix, MBh.; VarBrS.
wards(acc.), AV.vii,64, 1; to spring forth,shoot forth
fly near, hasten
^fafsfHr^ abA-n'r-\/6Aor<* (ind. p Abhi-nishpatana, am, n. springing forth, is-
near
"Wf>rm^2.a6A-v'2.pat,to
to rush towards, assail to fall down upon
-bhartsya) to scold thoroughly, R. 78, 19. suing
; ;
ii,
(ace.), AV. vi, 1 14, I & l (aor. abhy-apapta &
wfWTTWH abhi-ninnita, mfn.
made, created, R. iii, 76, 30; Kir. v, 3.
(y^. mo) *!) i
n5 alTii-nish-^pad, to
enter into, become (with
come to abhy-dpaptaf), &c. ;

MBh.
to fall or come into (ace.) ; to
to overtake in
(ace.), Br. ;
to ace.), Br, fly through or over, v, 3051 ;
 abhi-patanu. aild-pra-bliahyin. 65
flying, MBh. viii, 1910: Caus. -patayati, to throw n g-rt abhi-pingala, mfn. 'very red,' i-pra-naksh ( Vnaksh), (perf.
after with (instr.),TBr. ; to throw upon (dat. or loc.) ;
reddish-brown, Hariv. A. -nanaltshf) to overpower, RV. viii, 51,8.
to throw down to pass (time). ;

Abhi-patana, am, n. flying towards. abhi-pitvd. See apa-\/2.pat. WNHTT;* abhi-pra-nad ( \/nad), (perf. 3. pi.
Abhi-pata, as, m. hastening near, Kad.
abhi-Vpis (impf. -apinsat, perf. -neduli) to begin to roar or sound, Shaft.
Abhi-patin, mfn. hastening near running to ;

the help of (in comp.), MBh. iii, 284. A. 3. pi. -pipisre) to adorn with (instr.), RV. v, ^Wnvj*\abhi-pra-nam ( Vam),to bow be-
Abhi-pitva, am, n. (cf. apa-pitvd), approach- 60, 4 ; x, 68, 1 1 ; TBr. MBh. &c.
fore (dat. or ace.),

ing, visiting, puttingup (for the night at an inn), Abhi-pranata, mfn. bent, bowing before.
'Slfmft'^ abhi-\/pid, to oppress, torment.
RV. (with or without the gen. pi. d/indm) close
;
Abhi-pidita, mfn. pressed (as the soil by the ^rfWnift abhi-pra-ni (Vni), (aor. Subj. 2.
or departure of the day, evening, RV.
foot or by an army), ShadvBr. &c.
; oppressed, tor- sg. -nesht) to bring towards (ace.), RV. i, 31, 18.
abhi-Vpad, to come near or to- mented, afflicted, MBh. &c. Abhi-pranaya,aj,m.arTection,L.;(cf./rflMj'/i.)
wards, approach to approach (a deity) for Caus. -pothayati, to Abhi-pranlta, mfn. brought to (as fire to the
;
imploring
her help, Sis. ix, 27; to come up (as an auxiliary),
Wfag^ abhi-Vputh, altar), Bhatt. ; (cf. pra-ni.)
throw with violence upon (loc.), Hariv.
assist ; to seize, catch, overpower, master, V. x, 7 1, R
9 ;
SBr. &c. ; to take possession of, Mn. i, 30, &c. ; WM^sj abhi-pushpa, mfn. covered with
WWWJ abhi-pra-nu ( V^. nu), (aor. A .
3. pi.
R. to undertake, devote one's self to (ace. ) R. -dnus&ata) to shout towards, praise highly, RV. iv,
to accept, ; flowers, ; (am), n. an excellent flower, L.
Abhi-patti, is, f.
seizing, SBr.
32,9: Intens. (I. pi. -nonumas [frequently]; perf.
Abhi-panna, mfn. approaching for
^foj^abhi-Vpu, -pavate, to flow purified 3. pi. -nonuvuft) id., RV.
imploring towards or for (ace. or dat.), RV. to blow towards,
assisted, MBh. &c.
;
the help of, L. seized, over-
; ;
TS.; TBr.; to make bright, glorify, AV. ; TS. WfinTrT^ abhi-pra-i/tan, to spread over
powered, SBr. &c. ; undertaking, taking in hand ;
undertaken, taken in hand ; one who has acted f f*T^T abhi-Vpiij, to honour, reverence
(ace.), KaushUp.

wrongly towards (in comp.), MBh. xii, 68, 50 & 58 ; greatly to approve of.
;
^rfvrjlrni abhi-pratapta, mfn. 'intensely
distant, L. ; dead, L. Abhi-pujita, mfn. honoured approved, assented ; heated," dried up, Sulr. ;
exhausted with pain or
to, Mn. vi, 58, &c. fever, R.
alhi-padma, mfn. (said of ele-

phants) having red spots on the skin, MBh. i, 7013. ^TW^t abhi-pilrva, mfn. following in regu- ^TIHi4ni(\^ obhi-pratarin, i, m., N. of a
lar order, PBr. (dm [AV. SBr.] or ena [PBr.]), descendant of Kaksha-sena,
^rfiTM<iM^ abhi-pard/vad, to speak to,
; ;
ChUp.
ind. in regular order, successively. '
address, SBr. ; KaushBr. ^rfirnfrT^T abhi-prali-Vi.gri, to call out
*HH'J abhi-prishthe, ind. at the back of,
^rfalfT?^ abhi-pari- Vgrah, to clasp, em-
to (ace.) alternately,' answer in
singing, TS. ; (cf.
ManGr. behind,Kum. prati-V'l.gri.)
brace,
2. sg. -prinihi)
^rfTTl\(iti aWti-pari-fflcina, mfn.( </glai), ^ffvp| abhi-Vpri (Imper. ^rf>THfrl>4^ abhi-prati-Vpad, P. (fut. -pat-
MBh. to fill up, ParGr. -piiryate, to become full or abun-
syati) to begin with or at (ace.), AitBr.
;
tired, exhausted, i, 4489.
dant, ParGr. ; MBh. : Caus. -purayati, to make full,
/
fill, SBr. &c.
to load with, Kathss.; to cover with (as
;
^TWJlfrTnT^a6Ai-/>ra/t-v />isA (perf. -pipe-
with (as medasa, rajasd [said of a wife during men- with arrows), MBh. vi, 1 72 1 ; to present with (instr.), shd) to dash or crush out, SBr.
struation, MBh. iii, 523 cf. abhi-plula
below], ;
Hariv.; KathSs.; (said of sorrows, &c.)to fill the heart
&c.) attacked, afflicted by (instr. ; as by anger, sor-
; of any one, overwhelm to accomplish, R. TU**niiHji^ abhi-praty-ava- Vruh, to step
; vii, 35, 14. down upon (ace.), AitBr.
row, compassion, &c.), MBh. &c. Abhi-purana, am, n. filling, KatySr.
Abhi-pnrna, mfn. full of (instr. or gen.) vi faUW? abhi-praty-ave (Vi), to move
^rfVnTftTg^ abhi-pari-shvanj (Vsvanj), down
R. Abhi-purta, am, n. that which has been fulfilled, towards, SBr.
(p. -shvajaf) to embrace,
AV. ix, 5, 13.
^rfalfxi-^ abhi-pari-Vhan, to overpower Abhi-purya, mfn. to be filled, MaitrS.
'wfinfiH abhi-praty-e (Vi), to come back
towards (ace.), SBr.
entirely, SBr.
'HfiT'H abhi-Vpyai (perf. A. p. -pipydna)
move ^rfwTT^I abhi-Vprath (perf. A. -papratht)
'WfwjfT^' abhi-pari- Vhri, P. to to swell, abound with (instr.), RV. vii, 36, 6.
round (in a SBr. : P. with dtmanam [Kaus.] to spread, extend itself towards (ace.), RV. ix, 80, 3 :
circle),
or Caus.A. (Opt. 3. pi. -hdrayeran) [AsvSr.] to *&f*iH<t**{abhi-pra-Vkamp, Caus. -kamp- Caus. -prathayati, to spread or scatter over (ace.),
move round one's self. ayati, to stir, allure, SBr. TS. ; to spread (as one's fame), MBh.
Abhi-pari-liara, m. moving round, (an-, Abhl-prathana, am, n. spreading over, L.
as, ^iftiHoiil^ abhi-pra-\/kas, -Jcasate, to be-
neg.), AsvSr. come visible, MBh. (cakshusha, 'to the eye'); R. *'&fcnt<SfiS(ia t{abhi-pra-dakshinam, ind. to
^rfilPCrchT abhi-parita, mfn. (Vi), filled or
*C(faW&!l^ablii-pra-\/kram, P. -krdmati, to
the right (e.g. with V
\.kri, to circumambulate
taken with, seized by (instr., in comp.), MBh. Sec. keeping the object on the right), R.
go up to (ace.), SBr.; Kaus.
Abhi-pra-kramya, mfn. to be stepped upon or
'WfaTr^H abhi-pari-vrita, mfn. (Vvri), walked on, PBr.
^fW<;^ii abhi-pra-darsana, am, n. point-
filled or taken with (instr. as with anger), R.
;
ing out, indicating, Sah.
^rfijttT abhi-pare (Vi), (Imper. 2. sg. -pd- ^sfWmsf^. abhi-pra-Vkshar, to stream to- *?rfW n ft; 31 abhi-pra- Vdis, Caus. -desayati,
wards (ace.), SBr.
rehi) to go away towards (ace.), AV. xiv, 2, 34 to urge on, R.
Abhi-pra-ksharita, mfn. poured out, SBr.
&35- ^TlWn'f abhi-pra- */dri (perf. 3. pi. -dadrur
^finmnjT abhi-pary-d-Vdha (=pary-d- wf>TlI^<^ abhi-pra-Vkshal, -kshdlayati,
to clean thoroughly, polish up (as a jewel), Vikr. abhi-jagmuh. Say. fr. -V*. lira, 'to run to-
*Jdha, q. v.), to surround (as a pan with fire), SBr.
wards ') to put forth by bursting or opening, RV. iv,
^tfirUTT? abhi-pra-Vgah, -gahate, to dip
^rfHM 5 l^rl abhi-pary-a-Vvrit, A. to turn 19, 5 : Pass, -diryale, to be scattered or divided
or plunge into, penetrate, RV. ix, 99, 2 & no, 2: asunder, MBh. viii, 3976.
one's self towards (ace.), AV. ; TS. &c.; to turn
one's self round (ace.), AitBr.
Caus. (ind. p. -gdhya) to immerse, dip, SaiikhSr.
W fifJTJT abhi-pra- Vl dra. See - Vdri .

2. pi. -gd-
^BrfWlTS abhi-pra- V 2. dru (perf. A. -dudru-
to pour abhi-pra-Vpai (Imper.
^TfirqtfTftr^ abhi-pary-d-Vsic,
out round, AitBr. yala) to begin to praise, RV.
ve) to rush towards (ace.), assail, MBh.
abhi pdry wfwrETai hi-pra- Vcaksh ( Ved. Inf. -ca-
^rfWuTT^ abhi-pary-Vl.uk, WfiTTW^'U abhi-pra-dharshana, am, n. op-
iihale, to carry or bring towards (ace.), TS. kshe) to see, RV. 113, 6.
pressing, injuring, MBh. iii, 14937.
i,

Caus. -codayati,
^ffyl&iabhi-pary-e(\/i), (said of the time) ^rfinr^jj abhi-pra-Vcud, wfainr* abhi-pra-Vpac, Pass, -pacyate,
'to pass
'
round (ace.), i. e. to pass away or elapse, SBr. MBh.; R.
to impel, induce, persuade, '
to get ripe,' develop itself, Susr.

"WfHTJS abhi-pale ( Vi), to follow after any 2. sg. A.

^rfWu'*} abhi-pra-Vcyu (Imper. ^fftlTn^ abhi-pra- Vpad, to come towards,
one running away (ace.), PBr.; (cf.faiS.) -cyavasva) to move towards, arrive at (ace.), VS. ;
reach at, enter into (ace.), SBr. &c. ;
to resort to
TS. MBh. &c. to undertake, MBh.
^rfal5^a6Ai-\/pas, -pasyati,to look upon
(ace.), ;

to ask or inquire Abhi-prapanna, mfn. approached, attained.

or at, view, RV. &c. to perceive, notice, MBh. i, ;
^ifHlJ^ abhi>/prach,
5002, &c. (with gen.), BhP. to know, ChUp.
; ;
after,MBh. &c. ^rfHTlTS^ abhi-pra- Vpas (impf. -prapa-
Abhl-prishta, mfn. inquired after, BhP. sjrat) to look out after (ace.), RV. x, 1 1 3, 4.
^TftftJT i. abhi- V i. pa, to drink of, Gobh. Abhi-prasnin, mfn. inclined to ask, inquisitive,
Ablil-pita, mfn. watered (as the earth by rain), VS. 'WTHHMT^ abhi-pra- Vpid, Caus. -ptdayati,
MBh. xii, 12844. to cause pain, torture, MBh. &c.
^jfaqi 2 .abhi- </2 .pd, -pati, to guard, RV. ; to bring forth, bear, RV. v, 19, 1 : Caus. -janayali, ^?fWn<f abhi-pra- V pri, -piiryate, to be
VS. to behold with attention, RV. viii, 59, 3
;
:
to generate for the sake of (ace.), SBr. filled, fill one's self completely, MBh. xv, 678.
Caus. P. -pdlayati, to protect, MBh. &c.
assist,

Abhi-pala, as, m. MBh. ^rftnnjSJ abhi-pra- \/jval (perf. -jajvdla) wfaiwf^'^ abhi-pra-bhangin, mfn. (V
protector,
to flare up, MBh. bttanj), breaking completely, RV. viii, 45, 35.
Abhi-palana, am, n. protecting, R.
66 abhi-pra-bhu. ^jfWl abld-bhava.
ra- \/fcAu (Ved. Inf. aor. abhi 1. Abbl-pra-snta, mfn. engaged, induced, or- cepted, approved, Nir. &c. ;
to whom one's heart it

to RV. i.
dered, Nir. devoted, dear, MBh.; Sak. &c.
pra-bhushdnt) assist, x, 132,
^rfWWTH Abhi-pretya, ind. intending, meaning by, Nir.
2. abhi-pra-suta, mfu. (\/4. su),
wfTHJ abhi-pra- v/iAr (
I .
pl.-iAaramaAe)
MBh. wfap-ET abhi-preksh (Viksh), (generally
tooffcr to (dit.), RV. iv, 56, 5 ; (Imper. 3. sg. -bhara) generated, born, v, 964.
to throw, dart, RV. viii, 89, 4. ind. p. -prekshya) to look to see, view, MBh. &c.
^ifiTWJ abhi-pra- Vsri, Caus. (ind. p. -sar-
at,

^rfVnnr^ai A-pra- t/math, Caus. -mantha- ya) to stretch one's self out towards (ace.), SBr. A. ; abhi-prepsu. See abhi-prap.
yati, to churn thoroughly, Susr. (Pot. -sdrayita\ to stretch out (as a foot) towards
or upon (loc.), Ap.
abhi-prer (/), Caus. -prerayati,
^rf>TITTr^ abhi-pra- \/ma, A. (3. pi. -man- to drive forwards, push on, Susr.

_ Abhi-pra-sarana, am, u. stretching out the

vate) to take any one for, look upon him as, AV. vi, feet towards (gen.), Ap.
Abhi-prerana, CAV, n. pushing, setting in motion
84. '- (as a see-saw).
Abhi-pra-srita, mfn. devoted to, R. ; (cf.pra-
^TfHHi^ abhi-pra- v/l . mand (l.& 2.sg . A. srita.) Wflf 1v abhi-presh (A/I .
ish), (I .
sg. -presh-
-mantle, -mattdatc ; perf. P. -manduK) to ydmi) summon, command, AV.
to
'SffWtnj'^ abhi-pra-\/srip (p. -sdrpat) to
3. pi.
gladden, RV. ; P. (Imper. 2. sg. -manda) to confuse, AV. 6, 22.
Abhi-preshita, mfn. that which has been com-
creep near, viii,
manded or ordered, (an-, neg.) SBr.
infatuate, RV. vi, 1 8, 9.
"?ffWn**^ abhi-pra- Vskand, to jump into wfalftHll abhi-prokshana, am,n.(-/uksh),
^faWjj^n&A-pra-mur,TTifn.(\/nirjJ, bruis- (ace.), SankhBr.
ing, crushing, RV. x, 1 1
5, 2. sprinkling upon, affusion.
'sfairej abhi-pra-Vstu, to praise with a wftw
wfiTTJ^^ abhi-pra- Vmris (Imper. 2. sg.
stoma (q.v.), TS. abhi-Vplu, to swim or navigate to-
-mrisa; aor. Subj. 2. sg. -mrikshas & 2. pi. ~mri- wards, approach, SBr. &c. ; to overflow, &c. (see
abhi-pra </stri, to scatter, SBr. abhi-plutd) ; to jump near to, Hariv. &c. Caus.
kshata) to seize, grasp : Intens. (p. nom. m. -iiiar- :

(said of the sea) to wash, Kaus.

mrisai) id., RV. i, 140, 5. abhi-pra-i/sthd (aor. Subj. 2. pi.
Abhi-plava, as, m., N. of a religious ceremony
-sthdta; perf. 3. pi. -tasthuK) to start or advance
'Hf>TiI''n abhi-pra-Vyd (Imper. 2. pi. -ya- KV. AV. &c. to surpass, have the (lasting six days and performed five times during the
towards, reach, ;
thdna) to come towards, approach, RV. viii, 27, 6;
;

&
sacrifice Gavam-ayana), SBr. &c.
to set out, march off', go to battle, MBh. &c. precedence of (with or without ace.), RV. i, 74, 8
x . 65. "5; (cf aii-pra-i/tthS): Caus. to drive (as Abhi-pluta, mfn. overflowed, overrun ;
over-
-

Abhi-p ra-ySyam, ind. so as to approach, KatySr. the cattle to pasture),

whelmed, affected by, labouring under (instr.), MBh.
Abhi-pra-yayin, mfn. approaching, TS. ChUp. &c. ; (rajasd, said of a wife during menstruation ;
Abhi-pra-sthita, mfn. one who has set out,
cf. abhi-pari-pluta above), Mn. iv, 41.
^rfWlPp^ abhi-pra- \/yvj, -prd-yunkte, to started, MBh. &c.
seize, grasp, bring in one's possession, TS. ; TBr.; WWlrt abhi-bala, am, n. (in dramatic lan-
KaushBr. SSfHW?^ abhi-prat/-han (3. pi. -ghndnti)
to overpower, RV. guage) overreaching or deceiving anybody by dis-
46, 10; SBr. vi,
guise, Sah.
^sfirn^^ abhi-pra-^ruh, to put forth or Abhi-pra-b.ata, mfn. struck at, hurt, Susr.
produce shoots, Susr. ^jfa^tV abhi-</bddh, -bddhate, to check,
^TfWlTf! a&A'-pra-V2. Ao, -jihtte, to jump
to carry or bring or fly upwards in the direction of (ace.), SankhSr. 34; to attack (in battle), MBh. xii,
stop, RV.viii, 5,
^nfalT^ abhi-pra- -/coA, 3731 ; to cause pain, afflict, R.
towards, AitBr. WfifHf^TT dbhi-prd-hita, mfn. sent
(-y/Ai), Abhi-badhitri, mfn. causing pain, Hariv.; (v.l.
^rfmf^ abhi-pra- \/vip AV. x, 1, 15.
hither,
(Opt. 3. pi. -vt- adhi-bddhitri.)
peran) to move TS. to ex-
against (ace.), threaten, 'afWnn^ abhi-prdn (%/<">), -prdniti,
^fT|% abhi-buddhi, is, f. (in Sankhya
Wfiwfirei abhi-pra-VvH, to disembogue hale, breathe forth towards (ace.), SBr. ; to exhale, N. of
a function of the intellect
phil.) (comprising
breathe forth, AitBr. ; TBr. &c.
BhP.
into (ace.), adhyavasdya, abhimdna, icchd, kartavyatd, and
Abhi-pranana, am, n. exhaling (opposed to kriyd).
Abhi-pra-vishta, mfn. fallen or come into
L.
R. ap&nana, q. v.),
(ace.),
towards morn- wftWl^ abhi-Vbhaj, to turn or flee to-
Abhi-pra-vesa, as, m. entering into, MBh. i, 'SfHHlrt^. abhi-prdtdr, ind.
wards (ace.), Hariv.
2871. ing, early, SBr. xiv; (according to some Comm. 'on
the fourth day early in the morning'). wfW^afcAi-V'z. bhanj(p. gen. pi. f.-bhan-
*Bfint^abhi-pra-Vvrit, A. to advance up to break down, destroy, RV. x, 103, 8.
jattnam)
to (ace.), AitBr. ; KaushUp. ; to_disembogue into ^(finnHabhi-prdp (*/dp), to reach, obtain,
Abui-bhanga, mfn. breaking down, destroying,
(ace.), R. ; to go forth, advance, AivGr. ; (see also SBr.; ChUp. RV. ii, 21,3.
abhi-pra-vritta) Caus. -vartayati, to cause to ad-
: Abhi-prapana. See arth&bhiprapana,
vance against, throw against (ace.), TS. ; (dat.), SV. Abhi-prapta, mfn. reached, obtained. . wfiWrt abhi-bhartri, ind. towards the hus-
Abhi-pravartana, am, n. coming or flowing Abhi-prapti, is, f. arrival, Nir. band, Sis. ix, 35 ; before (i. e.
in presence of) the
forth (said of the sweat), SuSr. Abhi-prepsu, mfn. desirous of gaining, Mn.&c. husband, Sis. ix, 77.
Abhi-pravritta, mm. being performed, advanc- See abhi-pre,
MBh. viii, 3464; occupied or en-
ing, proceeding,
ubhi-prdya. WftWf^ abhi-*/bharts (ind. p. -bhartsya)
to scold, threaten so as to terrify, R. ; to deride, ridi-
gaged in, Bhag. abhi-prdrc (*/arc), to celebrate MBh.
cule, iii, 10921.
in song, RV. viii, 49, I & 69, 4.
wf>W^ abhi-bhavd. See I. abhi-*/bhu
(generally used in the perf. Pass. p. -vardhitd) to
wfuHT^ abhi-prdrth (<^arth), to long for, below.
enlarge, Su5r. ; render prosperous, MBh.
wish, R.
VrfWT i.abhi-i/bha, to glitter (around),
'^ abhi-pra-t/vrish, to pour down as), to eat in ad- be bright, appear, MBh. &c.
WrWlKIS^ abhi-prds (v/a.
rain, MBh. &c. dition to (ace.) another thing (in order to get rid of 2. Abhi-bha, f.
'apparition, phenomenon,* in-
wfWiT3^ abhi-pra- \/vrqj, to step or ad- the taste of it), ChUp. auspicious omen, RV. ii, 42, I ; AV. ; (with Buddh.)

vance towards, ChUp. ; KaushUp.

WTHrti^a&At-pras ( V2 - <* s). to throw upon
act of overpowering, superiority, L.
tana, 'abode of superiority,' N. of the
n.
Abhlbhaya-
STTH M
^l
S
ab hi-pra- v/*aff, to praise highly, (ace.), SBr. ; KstySr. sources of superiority with Buddhists, L.
eight

MBh. ^fwiff i. abhi-Vpri, Caus. to gladden, re- abhi-bhara. See abhi-i/bhri.

abhi-pra- Vsudh, Caus. -sodha- fresh, Car.
2. Abhi-pri, mfn. gladdening, RV. & abhi-Vbhash, to address, speak
yati, to clean thoroughly, Suir. i, 162, 3
ix, 3'. 3- to(acc.),MBh.&c. ; converse with (instr.), Mn.&c.;
^favfW^abhi-prasnin. See abhi- -/prach. Abhi-prita, mfn. pleased, (an-, neg.) AitBr.
to utter, say (abhibhdshante, 'people use to
say,"
Wfa W^(abhi-pra- </svat,to blow towards Abhi-priti, it, f. pleasing, pleasure, PBr. Nir.); to confess, Mn. xi, 103.
Abb.i-bb.asb.ana, am, n. the act of addressing
(ace.), AitBr.
TM^ abhi-i/pru, to hasten near or to- or speaking to, AsvSr. &c.
wfiH5 V
abhi-pra- 'sad (p. -sidat; perf. wards,RV. iv, 58, 8; to jump into, SBr. Abhi-bb.asb.ita, mfn. addressed, spoken to.
3. pi. -scduh) to sit down or settle along (ace.), RV. Abhi-prava, as, m. = abhi-plavd below, Kath. AbM-bhashin, mfn. addressing, speaking to.
iv, i, 13 &
x, 37, i Caus. -sddayati, to cause to
: AbM-bbasbya, mfn. to be addressed.
be well-disposed or gracious, pray for "^*^H1 ubhi-yprush, -prushnute, -prushd-
grace or favour. yati [RV. x, 26, 3], to sprinkle with, RV. Abhi-bhashyamana, mfn. being addressed.
MBh. &c.
^fft?H abhi-pre (v/t), -prdtti (Imper. 2. sg. TfT$^ abhi-</$. bhuj, P. to be useful to
fHHH^ abhi-pra-YsoA, to be able to (ace.), SsnkhSr.
-prfhi, 2. pi. prtta, RV. AV.) to go near to, ap- ;

(Inf.), Kir. xii, 18.

proach ; to approach with one's mind, to think of, "W>J. i .
abhi-ybhu, to overcome, over-
abhi-pra-supta, mfn. (Vsvap), Pin. i, 4, 32, &c. to aim at, intend.
Wfainpr ;
power, predominate, conquer, surpass, overspread; to
fallen asleep, MBh. Abhi-praya, as, m. aim, Pan. i, 3, 72 ; purpose, attack, defeat, humiliate to approach, come near to
;

intention, wish, R. &c. ; opinion, Mn. vii, 57, &c.; (ace.), RV. iv. 3 1, 3 AV. ; to be victorious or pros-
;

'SfinT^atAi-pra-V'i.su (3. pi. -sutanti) to

meaning, sense (as of a word or of a passage). pering in (loc.), RV. v, 37, 5.
drive towards (ace.), Nir.
Abhi-preti, mfn. meant, intended, R. &c. ; ac- Abbi-bhava, mfn. overpowering, powerful, AV.
 ablti-bhavana.
bhi-yucita. (57
>'. 29. 4 ; (>")> '
prevailing, overpowering, pre- arrogant, Kir. - sunya, mfn.
ii, 48. void of conceit
dominance, Bhag. &c. ; defeat, subjugation under
or abl., or in
humble. W*|*j| abhi--/muh, to lose consciousness,
(instr. comp.); disregard, disrespect; faint
Abhi-maiiita, am, n. copulation, sexual inter- away, Susr.
humiliation, mortification.
course, L.
Ablii-bliavaiia, am, overpowering, Lalit. n. TH'jJ t$.aabhi-miirchila,mfn. augmented,
the state of being
; Abhi-manln, mfn. thinking of one's self, proud
overpowered, Mn. vi, 62. self-conceited intensified, Susr. ; excited, stirred up (as by passions)
Abhi-bhavaniya, mfh. to be overcome.
; (ifc.) imagining one's self to be or
MBh.
to possess, 7794.
laying claim to, arrogating to one's self;
i,

Abhi-bhavaka, mfn. overpowering, surpassing, (I), m., N. of an Agni, VP. ; BhP.

Comni. on Nyayad. Abhimani- ^f^abhi--/mri, A. (impf. -amriyata) to
tS, f.or -tva, n. the state of
self-conceitedness. touch or defile while dying, TS.
Abhi-bhavana, am, n.
causing to overcome, Abhi-manuka, mfn. insidious (with ace.), SBr Abhi-mara, m.
making victorious, L. as, killing, slaughter, L. ; com-
(cf. an-abhimanuka.*)
Abb.i-bb.avin, mfn. bat, L. treachery, mutiny, L.
(ifc.) overpowering, Raeh Abhi-mana. See nir-abhimana.
;
;
binding in fetters, L.
i, 14, &c. Abhi-mrita, mfn. afflicted or rendered
impure
Abhi-manin, i, m., N. of an
Agni, MarkP. by the death of
Abhi-bhavuka, min.^abhi-bhd-vaka, L.
Abhi-bhu or 2. abhi-bhu, niiii. one who sur-
f WT^ abhi-i/mantr, A. to address or
(instr.), defiled, Kath.; AivGf.
^rftp|'S abhi/mriksh (impf. A. 3. eg. -a-
passes, a superior (with or without ace.), RV. ; AV. ; consecrate with a Mantra
(ace. instr. &
or rarely
VS.; (Compar. abhibhutara, RV. viii,
97, 10)
dat. & ace. [RV. x, 191, 3]); to address with any
mrikshata) to smear, anoint, MBh. xiii, 1486:
;
Caus. (impf. i. sg.
(us), m., N. of a month, Kath. ; (us), m., N. of a' formula (as when inviting a guest -amrikshayani), id., MBh. xiii,
[R.], &c.)
die, TS.; Kath.; of a prince of the Abhi-mantrana, am, n.
7426.
NSgas, PSrGr. making anything
sacred by a special formula (called abhi-mantrana-
Abhi-bhuta, mfn. surpassed, defeated, subdued, ITHIpJ abhi-/mrij (ind. p. -mrijya) to
humbled ; overcome, aggrieved, injured. mantra), consecrating ;
addressing, Kius.
wipe, cleanse, Susr. : Caus. (impf.
-amarjayat), id.,
Abhi-bhnti, is, superior power, overpowering, f.
Abhi-mantrita, mfn. consecrated by a certain R.iv, 6, 16.
RV. iv, 38,9; SBr.; KatySr.; disrespect, humilia- formula.

tion, L. (mfn.), overpowering, superior, RV. AV. ^rf>T^? abhi-/mrid (Ved. Imper. 2. sg.
;
; x i-'/manth, to churn or rub
Abhibhuty-ojas (6), mfn. having superior power, (for eliciting fire), SBr. xiv.
-mrila) to protect graciously from (abl .), R V. x, 25,3.

Abhi-mantha, as, m. (ophthalmia) = adhi- ''''tS abhi--/mrid, to oppress, to devas-

Abhi-bhuya, am, n. superiority, AV. xix, 37, 3. mantha, q. v. tate, destroy, MBh. &c.;
(in astron.) to be in op-
AbM-bhuvan, m((vari)n. superior, victorious Abhi-manthana, am, n. the upper piece of wood position to, VarBrS.
over, RV. x, 159, 5 & 6. (arani) which is churned in the lower one (for
Abhi-marda, m. devastation (of
as, a country
kindling the fire), Kaus. &c. by an enemy),
<SrfH>f abhi-*/bhri (Subj. -bhdrdti) to lay MBh.; battle, L.; spirituous
or throw upon (as a fault or ^>Wf5? abhi/i.mand, P. (3. pi. aor. -d-
liquor, L.
blame), RV. v, 3, 7.
Abhi-bhara, mfn. very heavy, SBr. mandishuh) to gladden, RV. Abhi-mardana, mfn. (ifc.) (am),
viii, 50, 3; A. (2. sg. oppressing ;
n. oppression.
-mandase) to be pleased with,
"f*W5 abhi-*/mad enjoy (with lo'c.),
(p. -madyat) to be in- RV. abhi- '/mad above.) Abhi-mardin, mfn. (ifc.) oppressing, R .; one
x, 50, 2; (cf.
ebriated, SBr.; (cf.aiAi--/ 1. mand below.) who devastates.
Ablii-mada, m. intoxication, abhi-mara. See abhi-</mri.
as, inebriety, L.
"Srf^ST abhi- ^/mris, P. ( i pi. -mrisamasi : .

Abhi-madyat-ka, mfn. partially intoxicated abhi-marda. See abhi-*/mrid. Ved. Inf. -mriit, RV. ii,
half-drunk, SBr. 10, 5) to touch, come in
abhi-marsana. See abhi-</mris. contact with, RV. &c. A. -mrisate, id., RV. i, :

^IWm^abhi- >/man, -many ate (Subj. -man- '45, 4, &e.: Caus. to cause to' touch, SankhSr.:
yate, RV. x, 27, 11) to think i.abhi-i/z.ma, to measure upon, Intens. (p.
-marmriiat) 'to intend to
of, long for, desire,
SBr. bring in con-
RV. &c. (aor. Subj. 2.
; KatySr. tact with one's to long for RV.
;
sg. -mansthah, 3 sg self,' (ace.), iii, 3 S,
-mansta; Ved. Inf.
2. Abhi-ma, f. measure (with regard to the
abhl-mantol}, SBr.) to intend
to injure, be insidious, breadth), MaitrS. Abhi-marsa
threaten, injure, VS. ; AV. &c. ; (or less
correctly abhl-marsha,
to kill, AitBr.
(aor. -amansta} ;
KstySr. ; to allow,' ^TWnnr abhf-mdti. See abhi--/ntan. Mn. 352,&c.), as, m. touching, contact, Kum.
viii,
agree, MBh.
ii, 1374, & c . ; to think of self, be
proud &c.; (ifc. f. a), S5k.; grasping,
seizing (as by the
ot ; to think,
suppose, imagine, take for (ace.)
abhi-mada. See abhi /mad. hair), BhP.
Abhi-mata, mfn. Jonged for, wished, desired ; abhi-mana. See abhi--/man. Abhi-marsaka (or less correctly abhi-mar-
loved, dear; allowed, AsvGr. ; supposed, Bhaka,
imagined ; R.), mfn. touching, coming in contact with.
(am), n. desire, wish,
-tS, f.
agreeableness, desir- abhi-maya, mfn. (fr. maya), per- Abhi-marsana
ableness (or less correctly abhi-mar-
; desire, love. plexed, confused, L. shana, R.), am,
touching, contact, KatySr. ; n.
Abhi-mati, is,
self-reference, referringf. all ob- fftii Yajn. &c. (mfn.), (ifc. ) = ablii-marsaka, R.; BhP.
jects to self (as the act of Ahamkara or
I
^H^aiA i-marutam, ind. against the ;

BhP.
personality), wind. Abhi-mrishta, mfn. touched ; struck (as by a
weapon), BhP. _j a> mm. 'born from (women)
Abhi-manas, mfn. having the mind directed '

WfHTIT'^ abhi-*/mith, to address with in- touched (by others),'

towards,' desirous of, longing for (ace.), R. &c. illegitimate^), MBh. ii, 2422
suiting speech, insult, SBr. ; AsvSr. ; SankhSr. summoned, invited, BhP.
'
Abhi-manasya, Norn. A. (Opt. -mtuiasyttd) Abhi-ruethana, am, n. insulting or injurious
to have the mind directed speech, Vait.
towards,' be pleased with
like, AV. xi, 3, 25. Abhi-methika, f. id., SBr.
abhi-mlata. See an-abhimldta.
Abhi-manaya, Nom. A. (Opt. -mandyeta) to ,. p. gen.sg.m.-me-
long for, desire, Bhatt.
(cf. gana bhriiadi) ; : Desid. Aafas) to wet (by urining upon), Yajn. ii, 293.
1*1 <4
\ abhi- Vyaj, to honour with sacri-
-tnimatiayishate, Pat. Abb.i-mib.ya, mfn. to be wetted (by urining Gobh. &c.; to orler (a sacrifice),
fices,
MBh.; to
Abhi-mautavya, mfn. to be considered, Pa3cat.; upon), SBr.
honour (aor. A. 3. sg.
-ayas/ita), RV. vi, 47, 25.
to be desired.
AbhI-yashtavya, mfn. to be honoured with
Abhi-mantri, td, m. one who refers all objects WH1JI3 abhi-mukha, mf(i, rarely a)n. with sacrifices, Gobh.
to self (N. of Isvara, the face directed towards, turned
together with ahamkdra; cf. towards, facing Abhijya, mfn. L. m. a god, L.
id., (as),
abhi-mati above), Mn. ;
i, 14; one who injures or (with ace., dat., gen. or ifc.) ; (ifc.)
going near,;

threatens, GopBr. approaching (as yauvanabliimukhi, 'approaching wftnrr abhi-Vya, to go up to in a hos-

i .

Abhi-mantos, Ved. Inf. See s. v. abhi-^man. puberty, marriageable,' Paflcat.); (ifc.) disposed to, tile manner, attack, assail, RV. i, 1 74, 5 (aor. Subj.
Abhi-manyu, us, m., N. of a son of Manu intending to, ready for ; taking one's part, friendly -ydsishaf) ;
A V. &c. ; to go up to, approach, obtain,
Cakshusha; of a son of Arjuna (by Subhadri); of disposed (with gen. or instr.), R. ; (am), ind. towards MBh. &c.; to devote one's self to, take
up (as/J-
two kings of Kasmlra, (often used in a hostile manner, Kir. vi, 14, &c.), in
Rsjat. -pura, N. of a n., shatufam, 'heterodoxies'), BhP.: Caus. to cause to
town, Rajat. - svamin, m., N. of a temple, RSjat. the direction of, in front or
presence of, near to (ace., approach, send towards, BhP.
Abhi-mati, mfn. insidious, RV. v, 23, 4 & x, gen. or ifc.) (e), ind. in front or presence of (gen.;
; ;
2. Abhi-ya, mfn.
going up to, approaching, L.;
18, 9; (is), or ifc.), R. ; m, f. one of the ten Bhumis to be assailing, L. ; (said of a prince)
'
f.
striving to injure, RV.; an enemy, all going round,"
foe, RV. AV.
SBr. -jit, mfn.
;
subduing the ene-
;
passed by a Bodhisattva before a Buddha. becoming
i.e. vigilant, careful, MBh.
mies, VS. -shah [RV.] or -shaha [RV.; AV.], ta, f.
presence, proximity. Abhi-yata, mfn. approached attacked. ;

mfn. conquering enemies. ghahya n con- (7), .

Abhimukhaya, Nom. P. yati, to face, Kir. xii, Abhi-yStl, is, or -yStin, ;, m. an assailant.
quering enemies, RV.iii,37, 3 -han, mfn. striking . '9 .
enemy, L.
or
destroying one's enemies, RV.; VS.
Abhimukhi (for abliimukha in comp. with Abhi-yStrl, ta, m. id., R. ii, 2, 2:.

Abhi-matin, mfn. insidious, RV. i, 85, 3. *f\.tfivsA -Jblifi). karana, n.

turningthe face Abki-yana, am, n. coming near, approaching.
Abhi-mana, as, in. intention to injure, insidious-
towards, addressing, Pan. ii, 3, 47, Sch. 1/1. Ts.il, L. ;
attacking, MBh.
to turn the face towards, address to cause to turn Abhi-ySyin, mfn. going
ness, high opinion of one's self, self-conceit,
KatySr. ;
; towards, approaching
the face forward, push forward, Das. bhuta, mfn. (with ace. or ifc.) (ifc.)
pride, haughtiness; (in Ssrikhya ^n\\.)- abhi-mati ;
attacking, Ragh. xii, 43.
above ; conception being in presence of or facing ; (said of the fate) being
(especially an erroneous one re- TTHM]-^ abhi-Vyac, to ask for, solicit,
favourable to.
garding one's self), Sah. &c.; affection, desire N. of ;
request.
a Rishi in the sixth
Manvantara, VP. tS, f. pride, "SrfWg^ abhi- Vmuc, P. -muncati, to let go, Abhi-yacana, am, n. asking for,
arrogance, vat, mfn. conceiving or having ideas let loose, MBh. xii, entreaty, re-
10949: A. to throw or shoot quest ; (cf.
satydbhiyacana.)
about self; proud, MBh.
arrogant, -salin, mfn. proud, (as arrows), vii, 3967. Abhi-/acita, mfn. a?kcd for, requested.
68 abhi-ydcfia.

Abhi-yacna, f. id.,
I . i . abhi- i/raj, -rajate, to shine, be R. ; violating, acting contrary to (in comp.), MBh.
MBh. xiii, 2194.
^TTHTpT i . abhi- vA/iy, A. -yunkte,top\it to brilliant, 10960. iii,
Abhi-lanffhln, mfn. violating, acting contrary
2. Abhi-r&J, mfn. reigning everywhere, Kaus.
(as horses to a carriage) for a special purpose (ace.), to (in comp.), MBh. xiii, 4964.
SBr. : P. to put to (as horses) subsequently, SBr. :
Abhl-r5ja, us, m., N. of a Burmese king.
Abhi-rashtra, mfn. overpowering or conquer- ^cf*f<VHabhi-i/lap,to talk or speak about,
A. to summon, invite to (dat.), R. vii, 61, 9: P. to RV.
ing dominions, x, 174, 5. AitBr.; KaushBr.
order, charge with (loc.), MBh. xiv, 2637 : A.
(rarely P.) to encounter, attack, assail
to accuse of ; ^rfm*( abhi-Vradh, Caus. -radhayati, to Abhi-lapya, mfn. See nir-abhilapya.
(ace.), Mn.viii, 183, &c. P. A. to undertake, apply :
propitiate, conciliate, SBr. Caus. Pass, -rddh- &c. :
Abhi-lapa, as, m. expression, word, Sah. &c. ;
declaration (as of the object of a vow), Kad. ;
to, make one's self ready to (ace. or Inf.): Caus.
to
yate, to be rendered propitious, R. : Caus. Desid. (cf.

furnish with, make anybody share in (instr.), MBh. -rirddhayishati, to intend to render propitious, SBr. abhilapaldp.)
&c. Abhi-raddha, mfn. rendered propitious, propiti-
WfVraH abhi-labh, A. to take or lay hold
Abhi-yukta, mfn. applied, intent on (loc.) dili-
ated, conciliated, Sii. 71. to reach, obtain, gain, MBh. &c.: Desid.
; i,
of, BhP. ;

gent, versed in (loc.) appointed ; attacked (by an

(p. P. -lipsat) to intend to catch or obtain, MBh. i,
;

wf*Kii^ 2. abhi-ramam, ind. referring to

enemy), assailed ; (in law) ac-
; blamed, rebuked, L.
RJma. 2940.
cused, charged, prosecuted, a defendant, Yajn. &c. desire of obtaining.
^rfifPOT abhi-Vribh, -rebhati, to howl to- Abhi-llpca, f.
Abhi-ynffvan, mfn. attacking, RV.vi, 45, 1 5;VS.
2.Abhi-yuj, k, f. an assailant, enemy, RV. wards (ace.), BhP. (v. 1. for abhi-i/i. ru, q. v.) Vffif&^abhi-i/lash, -lashati, to desire or
Abhi-ynjyamajia, mfn. (in law) being perse- wish for (aco.), covet, crave.
cuted (as a defendant). wfHfXM abhi--/rish (Subj. -rfshat) to fail,
Abhi-lashana, am, n. craving after, desiring.
Abhi-yoktavya, mfn. (in law) to be accused or miscarry, AV. iv, 35, I. Abhi-lasbamya, mfn. desirable, to be coveted.
Mn. viii, 50. Abhi-lashita, mfn. wished (am), n.
prosecuted, tlPM^ abhi-Vl ru, -rauti(v. 1. -rebhati) to desired, ;

AbM-yoktrl, mfn. assailing, attacking ; (/a), m. desire, wish, will.

roar or howl towards (ace.), BhP.; (Imper. 2. sg. -ru-
an enemy, Hit.; (in law) a plaintiff, claimant, pre- Abhi-iesha (or less
correctly abhl-laa),<7*,m.
va) AV. v, 20, 3.
tender, accuser, Mn. viii, 52 & 58, &c. with roaring or any noise, f. a), desire, wish, covetousness, affection (with
Abhi-ruta. mfn. filled (ifc.
Abhi-yoga, as, m. application energetic effort, loc. or
resounding with (in comp.), MBh. &c. ; (am), n.
;
ifc.)
exertion, perseverance in, constant practice (with loc. Abhi-lashaka, mfn. wishing, (with
cries, R. ; singing (as of birds), R. desiring
or inf.) attack, assault, Kum. vii, 50, &c. ; (in law)
; ace.), R.
a plaint, a charge, accusation, YJjn. &c. pattra, *Tf>T^ a4Ai-v'ruc, A. to be bright, shine, Abhi-lashin, mfn. or
ifc.), Sak.
i id.(with loc.
n. a petition or writing of complaint. R. ; MSrkP. ; to please any one Vikr. : Caus. &c. (less correctly abhi-ldsin, Megh. &c.)
(dat.), ;

Abhi-yogin, mfn. intent upon, absorbed in at- P. to delight, amuse, MBh. xiii, 476 (v. 1. abhi- Abhi-lashuka, mf(</)n. id.
(with ace. [Kir.] or
tacking (in law) accusing, Yajfi. ii, II ; (i), m.
a
; i/ram, Caus.): P. A. to be pleased with, approve ifc.
[Kathas.])
plaintiff, prosecutor. of, be inclined to, like, MBh. &c.
^rftiTpJ'R abhi-lava, as, m. (v/ifi), cutting,
Abhi-yogya, mfn. assailable, L. Abhi-rnci, is, f.
delighting in, being pleased with
Abhl-yojana, am, n. putting to (as horses) sub- or in comp.), BhP. &c. reaping, mowing, Pan. iii, 3, 28.
(loc.
on SBr. abhi-^yuj), Abhi-rncita, mfn. pleasing, agreeable to 1
sequently, Say. (cf. ; pleased
?rf>Tfo^, abhi-Vlikh, to engrave, write
Abhi-yojya, mfn. assailable. with, delighting in (loc. or in comp.) ; (cf. yatlia.-
upon, draw, paint Caus. to cause to paint, have any-
:

6/iirucita) ; (as ), m., N. of a prince of the VidyS-

^rf^npl abhi-yuta, mfn. inclosed thing painted, Kathas. ; to cause to write down, Yajii.
in (ace.),
dharas, Kathas.
Nir. i, 318.
ii, 19. Abhi-rucira, mfn. very R.
bright, iii, 39, 5. Abhi-lekhana, am, n. writing upon, inscribing.
^rfT*> abhi-</yudh (pr. Subj. 2. sg. -yu- Abh.i-lekb.ita, am, n. a written document, Yajn.
^rfHT>r<rt abhi-rudila, mfn. cried, uttered
dhyas; aor. 2. sg. -yodhls, 3. sg. -dyodhit, 3. du.
in a lamenting manner, R. ii, 149.
-yodhishtam, p. -yod/idnd) to fight against (ace.), Abhi-roruda, mfn. causing tears (indicative of to smear with, TS.;
RV.;toacquire by fighting, RV.;tofight,Hariv.;BhP. A V. ^rfTf<?H.a6-/Kp,
strong passion), vii, 38, I . MBh.
Kaus.: Caus. id., xiii, 7427.
'WfatH abhi-i/raksh, P. A. -rdkshati, te
flfftTFV abhi-^/rudh, to keep off, MBh.
^rf>T^t abhi-*/li, -Kyate, to adhere to,
(p. -rdkshamdna, RV. x, 157, 4) to guard, 'pro- viii, 4308.
R V. &c. command cling to (ace.), MBh. Das.
'
to govern or ;
tect, preserve, ; (cf.
Abhi-roddhri, mfn. one who wards off, MaitrS.
abhi-rakshita). Abbi-lina, mfn. adhering to, clinging to (ace.),
Abhi-rakshana, am, n. guarding, protection, wfH^faH abhi-rushita, mfn. very angry, Megh. &c. 'adhered to,' chosen ; (as a seat by birds

MBh. &c. MBh. or bees), Hariv. ; Ragh. iii, 8.

viii, 1747.
Abhi-raksha, f. protection, VarBrS.
^rfT^ abhi-ruh (perf. 3. pi. -ruruhuh) to ^TTH'cyi. abhi-^/lup (p. -lumpat) to rob,
Abhi-rakshita, mfn. protected, preserved, guard-
ascend, mount, RV. v, 7, 5, &c. plunder, BhP.
ed ;governed, commanded, Bhag. &c.
Abhl-rahya, ind. p. having ascended. Abhi-lupta, mfn. disturbed, injured.
Abhi-rakshitri, mfn. one who preserves, a pro-
tector of (gen.\Mn. vii, 35. ^PH^iM abhi-rupa, mf(a)n. corresponding Caus. -lobhayati, to
^ff*T(igXjibhi-'/lubh,
Abhi-rakshya, mfn. to be protected, VarBrS. with conformable Br. AitBr.
(dat.), to, ; ; pleasing, entice, allure.
to be pleased handsome, beautiful, AV. 9; Mn. &c. wise,
^rf*TT?[ abhi-railj, -rajyate, viii, 9, ;
abhi-lulita, mfn. touched or
with Caus. P.'to colour* (cf.abhi-raHjita). learned, Mn.
144 Sik. (as), m. the moon, L.
iii, ; ; ;
^sfHe^lVH
(instr.) :
shaken about, agitated, Sak.
Abhl-rakta, mfn. devoted to, MBh. &c. Siva, L.; Vishnu, L. Ksmadeva, L. ta, f. the
; grazed by (anything) ;

R. state of being learned or well educated, Kad. patt,

Abhi-raiijita, mfn. tinted, coloured,
'
rlT abhi-lutd, f. a kind of spider.Susr.
m. having an agreeable master,' (a rite) to secure
^TTHt* abhi- Vrdbh, A. (perf. 3. pl.-rebhire) such a master in the next world, L. vat, mfn. Ai-v/fot.Caus. (p. -lokayat)to
to embrace, BhP. : Caus. perf. Pass. p. -rambhita, handsome, MBh. 10070.
beautiful, iii,
view, look at (from a height), R. vi, 2, 7.
see below. AbM-rupaka, mfn. = abhi-riipa, PSn.viii, 1, 8,
Abhi-rambhita, mfn. embraced, BhP. ;
seized Sch. ; (gana sreny-ddi and sramanadi, q. v.)
by (ace. !), BhP. declare or utter a verse with reference to,' only perf.
''H'fHX abhi-'/rai, to back towards (ace.), Pass. p. abhy-ukta, q.v.; to say to (ace.), tell,
flfHl.^ abhi-\/ram, -ramate, to dwell, TAr. : &c.
ASvGr.; to repose, SaftkhGf.; Mn. iii, 251 ; Ysjn.
to delight in, be delighted, MBh. &c. : Caus. abhi-rorudd. See abhi-rudita.
i, 251 ; abhi-vancita, mfn. cheated, de-
-ramayati, to gladden, MBh. &c. ; to delight in, to .
-lakshyate, to ceived, MBh. v, 7506.
be delighted.
appear, MBh. viii, 1045. 'SfH^iT abhi-vdt, mfn. containing the word
Abhi-rata, mfn. reposing, Yajn. i, 251 ; pleased n. the act of marking (with
Abhi-lakshaiva, /, abhi, SBr.
or contented with (loc.), satisfied ; engaged in, at-
signs), Heat.
tentive to (loc.), performing, practising.
Abhi-lakshita, mfn. fixed or indicated by (as wf>T^!j abhi-Vvad, P.(rarely A., e.g. MBh.
Abhi-rati, is, f. pleasure, delighting in (loc. or
in comp.), &c. N. of a world, Buddh. by special signs) ; determined for, selected as, MBh. v, 923) to address or salute with reverence, SBr.
Ragh. ix, ;, ;
xii, 13223; indicated, pointed out, R. ii, 57, 2; ap- &c. ;
to declare with reference to, express by, name,
Abhi-ramana, am, n. delighting in, delighting. SBr. &c. to say, speak, BhP. ; Up. Caus. -vd-
pearing, visible, Hariv.(an- or na, neg.) unseen, ; call, ;
:

Abhi-ramaniya, mfn. delightful.

unperceived, MBh. i, 5823 Ysjn. iii, 59. ; dayati, to address or salute reverently ; to pre-
te,
Abhi-rama, mf(o)n. pleasing, delightful, agree- Abhi-lakshya, mfn. to be fixed or indicated by, sent one's self to (dat.), SankhGr. : A. to salute
able, beautiful; (as), m., N. of Siva ; I (am}, ind. .

Pan.
distinguishable through (in comp.) ; (am), ind.
to-
through another person (ace. or instr.), i, 4, 53,
so as to be agreeable to (in comp.), Sak. (for 2. ;
wards a mark or aim, R. ii, 63, 23. Abhilak- Comm. : P. to cause to recite, BhP.; 'to cause to
abhi-ramam, see s. v. below.) tS, f. loveliness, MBh. iii, 14386.
shyl-kritya, ind. p. (/! -*rO> aiming at a mark, sound," play (on an instrument),
beauty, Sis. i, 1 6, &c. ; the state of being agreeable Abhi-vadana, am, n. salutation, MBh. iii, 1835
to (in comp.), Mcar. = -id. directing towards. ;
tva, pasupati,
n.
addressing, Comm. on Kum. vi, 2.
m., N. of a poet. mani, N. of a drama of
n., wfHBlF abhi- \//a;i3'A,Caus.tojump across Abhi-vSda, as, m. reverential salutation, Mn. ii,
Sundaramisra (cf. Wilson, Hindu Theatre, ii, 395.) MBh. xii,
or over to transgress, violate to injure, ati-vddd) opprobrious or
;
; ; 1 20 seqq. ; Gaut. ; (v. 1.

wf*i<.^ a4/u'-/i. ras, to neigh towards 3565- unfriendly speech, abuse, MBh. xii, 9972.
(ace.), KitySr. Abhl-laighaua. am, n. jumping over (gen.), Abhi-vSdaka, mfn. a saluter, saluting, Comm.
 abhi-vadana. abhi-vlta. 69
on Mn. ii, 125 having the intention to
; salute, N. ; Abhi-vancha, f. longing for, desire (ifc.), KathJs. to look
L. WfTf^TI5^a6At-t!t-\/pas, -pdsyati,
(cf. abhi-vandaka); civil, polite, Abhi-vanchita, am, n. wish, desire, R. &c.
at, view, RV. ; SBr. ; Nir. ;
to look hither, RV. iii,
Abhi-vadana, am, n. respectful salutation (in-
wfH^lH abhi-vdta, mf(5)n.( */vai), ill, sick,
cluding sometimes the name or title of the person so
addressed and followed by the mention of the person's Laty.
abhi-vi-i/budh, -budhyate, to
own name) salutation (of a superior or elder by a
;
abhi-vanya. See abhi-'/van. notice, learn from.
junior or inferior, and especially of a teacher by his
abhi-yvas (aor. 3. pi. -avma- abhi-vi--/bhaj, A. to distribute,
disciple ; in general it is merely lifting the joined
santa -vavdsire or -vdvasre, ~vd-
hands to the forehead and saying aham abhivddaye, perf. 3. pi. p. 2 . Susr.

who vasdnd[RV.x, 123,3; c{- athi-</vai]) tolow.(as

I salute). sila, mfn. one habitually salutes, abhi-vi- \/bha, -bhati, to illumi-
a cow) or roar towards, RV. ; Nir.
respectful. nate, RV. vii, 5, ^ ; AV. xiii, 2, 42.
Abhi-vadaniya, mfn. deserving respectful salu- Abhi-vasat, mfn. lowing (as a cow) or roaring
MBh. OI> the used for towards, MBh. VarBrS.
;
^lfff^H*^a4Ai-m'- -/month (Opt.-moMni-
tation, iii, 10035 > (said name)
Abhi-vasin. See bastabhivdsin. ydf) to grind, triturate, SBr.
the salutation, AsvGr Gobh. ;

Abhi-vadayitri, mfn. saluting respectfully, WHfaTliT abhi-vikrama, mfn. endowed ^ffWr^H ^abhi-vimana, mfn. endowed with
i

Comm. on Mn. ii, 123. with great courage, R. the faculty called abhimdna ('self-reference'), ChUp.
Abhi-vadita, mfn. saluted respectfully.
Abhi-vadin, mfn. telling, enunciating, describ- ^rfvrfafEP^ abhi-vi-i/kship, to flap one's ^jfirf*j
>^ abhi-vi- \/mrij (ind. p. -mrijya)
to rab in, rub with, KauS.
ing, Nir. (f), m.
;
an explainer, interpreter, MaitrUp. wings over, ApSr.
Abhi-vadya, mfn. to be respectfully saluted, Abhi-vi-kshepa, as, m. flapping one's wings
^fftrfsiTIT abhi-vi-Vya, -yati, to approach,
MBh. &c. over, Comm. on ApSr. RV.
visit, i, 48, 7.
^jf>T^V abhi-i/vadh (aor. -avadhit) to Wf>lf^n abhi-vi-*/khya,to look at, view,
VS. Gobh.
^Tfvf'KU^ abhi-vi-Vraj (=pi-\/r<y, 'to
MBh. R.
govern'), Nir.; to shine, be radiant, MBh.&c.
;
strike, ;

Abhi-vikhyata, mfn. universally known, re-

Abhi-virajita, mfn. quite bright or brilliant,
'Srfa^H abhi-Vvan (impf. 3. pi. -avanvan) nowned, known as, called, MBh. &c. MBh.
RV. i, 51, 2.
to long for, desire,
Abhi-vanya [TBr.] or abhivSnya-vatsa wfafaVSalhi-vi-Vcaksh, -cashte,to look 'sfaf^T^ abhi-vi- \/ rue, A. (impf. -aroca-
[AitBr.] (or apivanya-vatsa [Kaus.]), f. a cow towards, RV. iii, 55, 9; AV. ii, 10, 4. ta) to shine or be brilliant over, MBh. vi, 1669 (v. 1.
who suckles an adopted calf; (cf. also ni-vdnya, &c.) ati-vi- ^ruc).
^TfWfa-l{. abhi-vi-Vcar, A. (Subj. 3. pi.
^sfir^T abhi-Vvand, A. (rarely P.) to sa- -caranta) to go near to (ace.), RV. iii, 4, 5 : Caus. abhi-vi- Vli>Ca.us.(\nd.p.-ldpya)
lute respectfully, MBh. &c. -cdrayati, to consider, reflect upon, Nir. to cause to melt, Suir.
Abhi-vandaka, mfn. having the intention to
salute, Jain.
^rfafas^ abhi-</vij (aor. Subj. A. -vikta) ^rf>?r<Tr^ abhi-vi- </ 2. vas (Pot. -ucchet)
to tip over (a vessel),RV. i, 162, 15. to shine forth during or at the time of (ace. ), AsvSr.
Abhi-vandana, am, n. saluting respectfully,
;

Abhi-veffa, as, m. tottering, vacillation, RV. x, PBr. (A. -uccheta) SankhSr.

MBh. &c. ;

a;, i.
z -v ap (impf. 3. pi. -vapdnta; abhi-ti-vriddhi, is, f. increased
Intens. -jdngahe
Ved. ind. p. -tipya] to scatter over, cover with (instr.), ^rfWfksi^ abhi-vi-*/jar}h, prosperity, VarBrS.
RV. & (Ved. 3. sg.) to struggle, move in convulsions, AV.
ii, 15, 9 vii, 56, 3. Pass. p.
v, 19, 4- ^SffWfqiH^ abhi-Vvis, Caus., perf.
>an,tospitupon,TS.; SBr. -vesita, 'caused to enter upon/directed towards, BhP.
wfaftTsT abhi-ci- </jna (impf. I. pi. -ajani- Abhl-vishta, mfn. 'entered by,' seized by, being
ht-vayas, mfn. very youthful, masf) to be aware of, perceive, AitBr. in the power of (in comp.), R.
fresh, RV. x, 160, 1. Abhi-vijnapta, mfn. notified, made known.
Abhi-vl-jnaya, ind. p. being aware of, perceiv- ^ffafa^f^ abhi-vi- Vsans, -sdysati, to di-
^rfa^TaiAi-t)Brnana, am, n. description, vide (verses) in reciting, TS.
ing, MBh. &c. ; (cf. vi-^/sans,')
KathSs.
Abhl-varnita, mfn. described, MBh. ; Susr. ^rf>rf^3t<^ abhi-vi-Vjval, to flame or blaze 'WfafVstflp^ abhi-vi-sankin, mfn. afraid
against or opposite to, Bhag.
of (abl.)
'SfW^'T abhi-</valg, to jump towards,
MBh. vi, 3265 ; (said of boiling water) to bubble up, abhi-vi-*/tan (Imper. 2. sg. -ta- TRfyfayi abhi-vi- </in, Pass. (impf. -aslrya-
AV. nu) to stretch (the string) over or across (the bow), MBh.
xii, 3, 29. ta) to be torn to pieces, vii, 43/8.
AV. i, I, 3: P. A. (3. pi. -tanvanli, -tanvate] to
-vashti (perf. A. -va-
'SrfaoTS^ abhi-/vas, stretch over, cover, SBr. ; SankhSr. ^rfWf^^if abhi-visruta, mfn. widely cele-
vaie, p. I. -vdvasdnd, RV. i, 164, 28 ; for 2. -vdva- brated, MBh. &c.
sand see a/>/ii-Vvds"), P._to rule or be master over 'Slfirf^ i.abhi-/l.vid, Caus. -vedayati,
RV. 25, 3: P. A. to long for, desire, RV. R. (v. 1.)
to report, relate,
(ace.), ii,
to render confident, MBh. iii, 1002 r
; Susr.
-vaste, to wrap ^fftifqrj
2. abhi-*/3. vid, to find, obtain,
^rff^ i.abhi-V^.vas,
abhi-vi-shanj (Vsaftj), Pass.
one's self up in (ace.), Kaus. : Caus. (impf. -dvdsa- SBr.: A. (3. pi. -vindate) to know, MBh. iii, 1 3698.
to clothe, cover, RV. ; TS. &c. -shajjate, to be entirely devoted to, have one's heart
yaf) TOfilfaiiftf'TrT abhi-vi-dipita, mfn. entirely set upon (loc.), B.hP.
Abhi-vasa, as, m. covering, Nyayam. MBh.
inflamed, xiv, 2033.
Abhi-vasana, am, n. id., Comm. on TS. & on wfirfa?T abhi-vi-shtha (\/stha), A. (2. sg.
NySyam. -tishthase, perf. 3. sg. -tasthe) to extend one's self
Abhi-vasas, ind. over the garment, SBr. ; (as), to show to (gen.), ApSr. towards or over, V. v, 8, 7 R
vi, 21, 7* &
'

ailgirasdm) the cover of the Angiras,' N.

n. (scil.
of a Saman. wfWf^&r^ abhi-vi-/i.dyut (aor. -dyaut)
to break open, open by force, RV. iv, 4, 6. to pour water upon, moisten, Kaus.
Abhi-vasya, mfn. to be covered, TBr.
mfn. (\/2. dru),
2. abhi-VS- vas. See alhy-ushita. ^ffWfVjJH abhi-vi-druta, ^ifwfqtj*^ abhi-vi- </srij,
A. (impf. 3. pi.
run towards, MBh. vi, 1 776 run away, MBh.
-asrijanta} to throw or shout towards (ace.), Kath.
; fled,
abhi-\/vah (3. pi. -vdhanti; Pot. ;

vi, 4614. to assume from (abl.), KaushUp.

3. pi. -vaheyuh; aor. Subj. 2. sg. -vakshi, 3. du. ^ffHftWT abhi-vi-</dha, to bring near to
-volham [RV. viii, 32, 29 & 93, 24]) to convey or
or in contact with (ace.), SBr.
to divide, AsvSr.
carry near to or towards, RV.
SBr. AitBr. Caus. ; ;
:
Abhi-vidhi, is, m. complete comprehension or
-vdhayati (incorrectly for ati-v), to pass (time), inclusion, Pan. ii, I, 13; (au), loc. ind. inclusively, *rfT?ft abhi-vt (Vi), (3. pi. abM v( j/anti)
RSjat. PSn. iii, 3, 44
53. & v, 4, to come towards from different parts, RV. vi, 9, 5.
Abhi-vahana, am, n. carrying near to, Nir.
Abhi-vi-hita, mfn. covered entirely, LSty.
Abhivaha-tas, ind. in consequence of the flow- ^tfa*ft^ abhi-vtksh (Viksh), A. -vikshate
^fvff3V}^abhi-vi-</i.dhav, to
run near (rarely P., e. g. impf. -vyaikshat, AitUp.) to look
ing towards, TS.
Abhi-vahya, am, n. conveyance, transmission, to, RV. x, 29,^3. at, view, perceive, MBh.; Mn. &c. ; to examine,
Mn. i, 94. Susr. to look upon as (nom.), behave as (nom.)
^rfWftHeJ abhi-vi-*/nad, to raise
a loud ;

Abhi-vodhri, dha, m. one who conveys towards, with regard to (ace.), MBh. xv, 379; to be affected
noise, R. towards.
Car.
Abhy-udhi, is, f.
conveying towards, TBr. ^rfHftltflrl abhi-vinlta, mfn. well disci- Abhi-vikshita, mfn. seen, perceived.
plined, well educated,
versed in (loc.), R. &c. Abhi-vikshya, ind. p. having seen or observed.
^rftr^T abkt-t/a.va (perf. -vavau, SBr.) to
blow upon or towards, RV. vii, 35, 4 & x, 1 69, 1 Caus. -nodayati, ^iftTSfti^ abhi-Vvij, Caus. to fan, MBh.
; ^Tf>Tforp![ abhi-vi-</nud,
SBr. &c. to gladden, cause to rejoice, MBh. xii, 898. xii, 6347, &c.
Abhi-vatam, ind. windwards, SBr. 'SfiiqYrt abhi-vita, mf(o)n. (\/l.ri), de-
abhi-vi-panyu, mfn. (= aihi-
rTM<ii>^ abhi-t/vanch, to long for, desire, kaimishmika-karma-rahita') absolutely indiffer- sired,R V. vii, 2 7, 4 driven, impelled by (in comp.),
;

MBh. SBr.
&c. : Caus. id., MBh. xii, 2907. ent, BhP.
70 abhi-vira. abhi-srl.

abhi-rira, mfn. surrounded by ifdt)

to open one's mouth for swallowing (with ace.), so;>, P. to curse, MBh. &c.:
SBr. Kith. Caus. (ind. p. -sdpya'} to conjure, implore with so-
heroes, RV. x, 103, 5.
;

Abhi-vyadana, am, n. 'swallowing,' i.e. sup- lemnity, Yajii. ii, 108.

wfvra i.abhi-\/l.vri, Caus. -vdrayati, to RPrat. Abhi-sapana, /, n. false accusation,calumny,L.
>ressing (a vowel),
'

keep off, fend off, MBh. Abhi-sapta, mfn. cursed, accursed, calumniated,
1 Abhi-vrita, mm. surrounded by, R. vi, 92,83. sfTrrJ. abhi-vy-\/ap (ind. p. -ryapya), MBh. Hariv. &c. [often v.l. athi-
.
reviled, defamed, ;

Abhi-vrita, infn. surrounded by, bordered by, (said of a rule) to extend to (ace.), have value unto
Pan. sasta~\ ; (cf. mithyabhilafta.')
RV. (said of a cow) covered by (the bull), RV. i, [ace.), ii, 1, 134, Sch. &c.
; Abhi-iapa, as, m. curse, Nir. ; charge, ac-
Abhi-vyapaka, mfn. (in Gr.) extending to (ace. ;
2 & 99(cf. abhl-sapa & mithya-
164, 29. cusation, Yajn. ii, 1
as a rule), including, comprehending.
bhiiapd); false accusation, calumny, L. Jvara.m.
wfW^ 2.abhi-</2.vri, -vrinite, to choose, Abhi-vyapin, mfn. id. fever caused by a curse abhi-iastaka at end.)
prefer, Kath. (perf. 3. pi. -vavrirc) to select, MBh. Abhi-vyapta, mfn. included, comprehended.
; (cf.

pronouncing a curse, L.
;
Abhi-sapana, am, n.
xii, 4861. Abhi-vyapti, is, f. inclusion, comprehension
MBh. Abhl-sapa, as, m. charge, accusation, Yajfl. ii,
2. Abhi-vrita, mfn. chosen, selected, v, {=abhi-vi-dhi, q.v.), Pan. vi, 4, 53, Sch. 1 10.
1. AbM-vySpya, ind. p. up to a certain point,
597'-
nclusive. WfM 51^*1 alhi-salidaya, Nom. P. (pr. p.
to go towards, ap-
wfij^tT abhi-</vnt, 2. Abhi-vy5py, mfn. to be included, Susr. yat) to name, call, AsvSr. : Pass, -sabdyate, to be

proach, SBr. &c. to attack,

RV. v, 31, 5 (ind. p. ;
called, MarkP.
abhi-vy-a-*/hn, to utter, pro-
;

-vrltya} x, 1 74, 2, &c. to be victorious (perf. -v

d- ;
V?fnjlf Abhi-sabdita, mfn. announced, mentioned, Mn.
vritf), RV. x, 1 74, I to turn up, arise, R. &c. to ; ; nounce, TS. &c. to speak or converse about (ace.), ;
82 named, MBh. Susr.
vi, ; ;

take place, happen, exist, MBh. &c. Caus. P. (aor. : TS. &c. Caus. to cause to pronounce, Kaus.; to
:

fcA'- </sam,-samyati,to be calmed,

-avivritat) to conquer, RV. x, 174, 3; AV.; 'to pronounce, Mn. ii, 172.
render victorious in,' place over (dat.), RV. x, 174, Abhi-vyaharana, am, n. = abhi-vyahara, cease, MBh. xii, 6020.
I ;
to drive over (with a cart), RV. ii, 34, 9. Comm. on Nir. abhi-sasta, mfn. perf. Pass. p. fr.
Abhi-varta, as, m. (
= abhi-v") N. of a Saman, Abhi-vyahara, as, m. pronunciation, utterance, abhi- '/sans, q.v., but sometimes (e. g. Comm. on
TS. ChUp. &c. an articulate significant word or phrase,
;
&
MBh. v, 1 277 on Mn. xii, 112) derived fr. abhi-
Abhi-vartin, mfn. coming towards, approach- Nir.
^/sas, which does not occur.
ing, Hariv. ; going towards (in comp.), R. Abhi-vyaharin, mfn. kokilAbliivya- (ifc. e. g.

Abhi-vritti, it, f.
coming towards, TBr. hdrin) speaking like (a cuckoo), Pan. vi, 2 80, Sch. ,

RV. Abhi-vyahrita, mfn. pronounced, spoken ad- RV. 54, 2 to rule, govern, MBh. xiii, 4582.
Abhi-varta, mfn. rendering victorious, x, ; vi, ;

1 74, 1 &3
m. victorious attack, victory, VS. N.
; (ds), ; dressed, SBr. ; (am), n. what has been said, AitUp. ; Abhi-sastri, mfn. one who assigns, allots, TBr.
of different Slmans (especially of the_hymn RV. x, what is being said, Pan. iii, 2, 188, Comm.
^rfHfsnCTa&Ai-\/sjtsA,Caus..to teach (with
Abhi-vySliritya, mfn. to be said, AitBr.
1
74) supposed to render victorious, AsvGr. L5ty. ;
ace.), MBh. i, 8033 (with double ace.) Hariv. 4910.
;

Abhi-vrit, mfn.
'
approaching' (Say.), RV. i, SSfiTO'Er abhi-vy-i/l uksh (Opt. -ukshet) .

however ^rfH^ft \.abhi-i/i.si, to lie upon (ace.),

35, 4; the form (ace. m. abht-vritam)
is
to sprinkle towards (ace.), SBr.
better derived fr. abhf-vrita by BR. & Gmn. SBr.

faBgZf{abhi-vy-ud-'/2. as,
to give up or ^rfnft si (Imper. 3. sg. A.
2. alM-Vz-
^gfa^V abhi-*/vrid/i, to grow higher than abandon BhP.
entirely,
-styatdm) to down upon, TBr. fall
(ace.), surpass, RV.; AV. (i, 29, I, oerf. -vavridht
RV. rfi^M abhi-</vye (Imper. 2. sg. A. -vya-
for -vavritt, el". i, 174, i ), &c.
to grow ; up, ^rfa$fhT abhi-sita or abhi-syitla, mfn.
grow or increase more and more, MBh. &c. ;
to
yarua') to wrap one's self
into (ace.), RV. iii, 53, 1
9. Pin. vi, i, 26, Kas.
(*/syai), cold, chilly,
prosper, Mn. &c. : Caus. P. (aor. -avivridhat)
to
fXrfH^ abhi-</vraj (p. -vrdjat)
to go up Abhi-sina or abhi-syana, mfn. coagulated,
increase, strengthen, render prosperous, AV. i, 29, I 26.
& to (ace.), RV. ; (ind. p. -vrajya) to pass through, congealed, Pan. vi, I,
& 3 (loral>Ai-Vvrit,c(. RV. x, 1 74, 1 3); MBh.&c.
Abhi-vriddha, mfn. increased, augmented.
Kaus. to go to (ace.), BhP.
;
^rf>T?ra i. abhi- 1/ 1. sue, to mourn, MBh.
Abhi-vriddhi, is, (. growth, increase, VarBrS. ; ^rfa^f abhi-vlangd, as, m. turning off, xii, 11242.
Susr.; increase, prosperity, MBh.; Mn. vii, 109. RV.
shaking off, i, 133, 4. ^rff$ra 2.abhi-</2. sue (Imper. -socatu;
*rf*^ abhi-\/vri$h, P. (aor. -dvarshit) to ^rfar^t a&At-A/flfi (impf. -avliyata} to sink Subj. 2 sg. -sofas)
. to flame towards, burn, consume,
rain upon, RV. vii, 103, 3 AV. &c. : P. (sometimes ;
down, fall down, PBr. RV. ; VS. ; KatySr. ; to burn, torment, AV. ; VS. ;
A.) to bedew, cover with (instr.) a shower (as of ar- KatySr. : Caus. (aor. Subj. 3. pi. -siisucan) to burn,
rows or blossoms, &c.), MBh. &c. ; (said of gods) ^lfT$T^ abhi- A/'sans, to accuse, blame, consume (by fire), VS. ;
TS. : Intens. (p. -tisutdna),
to cause to rain, VarBrS. &c. calumniate, TS. &c. ; (2. sg. -Sansasi; ind. p. -iasya}
RV. x, 87, 9 & 14.
Abhi-varslia, as, m. rain, BhP. to praise, R. ii, II, 16 23, 8. & id.,
Abhi-soka, as, m. ardour, AV. i, 25, 3.
Abhi-varshana, am, n. raining upon, Kaus.; Abhi-sansaka, mfn. accusing, L. ; insulting, L. Abhi-soca, mfn. shining, glowing with heat, AV.
AsvSr. ; raining, R.
kdmdbhivarshana.) ; (cf. Abhi-sansana, am, n. accusation ;
insult (with
iv, 37, '
'
anritb-
Abhi-varshin, mm. raining, R. BhP. gen.), Mn. viii, 268
e. g.
;
accusation," ifc. ; Abhi-socana, am, n. a tormenting spirit or
Abhi-vrishta, mfn. rained upon, RV. vii, 103, bhisansana [Gaut.] or mithy&bhisansana demon, AV. ii, 4, 2 & iv, 9, 5.
289] a accusation.
4, &c. covered with (instr.) (said of clouds) having
; ; ii,
false
Abhi-socayishnu, mfn. causing heat or tor-
rained, MBh. vii, 8104 ;
also (am), n. impers. it has Abhi-sansin. See mithyabhisansin. ments, AV. vi, 20, 3.
been raining) VarBrS. yath&bhivrishiam.') Abhi-sas (only instr. -sdsd), f. accusation, im-
; (cf. mfn. successful, having
precation, RV. x, 164, 3.
,

'Hfa^ abhi-Vvrih, Caus. (Imper. z. sg. an advantage over (as one wrestler over another), TBr.
Abhi-sasta, mfn. accused, blamed, calumniated ;

-vritthaya) to strengthen, encourage, MBh. defamed, infamous, MBh. Sec.; threatened, Mn. xi,
vii,
'?rf*nw abAt-v 'sM&A, A. (part. f. -siirtbha-
/

2136. 1 1 2 see also s. v.

mdna) to adorn one's self with (ace.), RV. i, 92,
;

See Abhi^sastaka, mfn. accused, defamed, Yajn.;

abhi-vegd. 10 ; (3. pi. -sobhante) to be bright, Hariv.
caused by imprecation (as a disease), Susr.
abhi-vedhin. See abhi-*/vyadh. Abiii-sobhita, mfn. adorned, looking bright or
Abhl-sasti, is, f. curse, imprecation, damnation
smart, Hariv. ; Kathas.
RV. ; AV. ; effect of imprecation, misfortnne, evil,
abhi-Svesht, Caus. to cover with
RV. ; VS. one who curses or injures, RV. ; AV. ;
; 'HfHSrtfiCafeW-saari, ind. towards Sauri (or
(instr.), Kathas. &c.
blame, SBr. 'accusation'(ifc.; see mitliySbhisasti);
;
(Krishna).
^jfnM^abhi-vy-i/afij. Pass, -vyajyate, to calumny, defamation, L.; asking, begging, L. krit,
P. (aor.-acMscu-
be manifested, become manifest. mfn. accusing, ApSr. -catana, mfn. keeping off ^(fv(T$l(abhi-/scut,Ca.\is.
taf) to sprinkle with, Kityjr.
Kaus. A. to scatter
RV. iii, 3, 6. pa, mfn. defending from ; :

Abhi-vyakta, mfn. manifest, evident, distinct, imprecation,

over one's cover one's self with (instr.), Kaus.
imprecations, RV. VS. AV. -pavan, mfn. id.,
self,
SSk. Ragh. &c. ; (am), ind. manifestly, Ysjfl. N.
; ; ; ;

Abhi-vyakti, is, f. manifestation, distinction, RV. VS. ; ^jfroTI abhi-Vsnath, to pierce through,
Pan. 15; Sin. &c.
viii, I, Abhi-sastenya, &c. See dn-ab/iiiasta. Inf. [abl.] -snAthah [with abibhet, he was
(Ved.
Abhi-vyaiijaka, mfn. revealing, manifesting, A. (rarely P., e.g. RV.
^rfir^T^; abhi-*/sank, afraid] of being pierced through), x, 1 38, 5 ;

BhP. ; Sah. ; indicative, showing.

aor. Subj. 2. sg. -sahkil), MBh. v, 5000: but A. (Gmn., combining abhi-sndtkah with vAjrdt, takes
Abhi-vyanjana, am, n. making manifest, L. ab/iisndt/i as an adj. 'piercing through, killing").
1
-saiikithah, MBh. iii, 1
166) to doubt, suspect (with
wfW>>^ abhi- Jvyadh, P. (rarely A., e.g. Mn. viii, 96), have doubts
ace. ; rarely with gen., e. g. ^tf^^nifabhi-sydta and -syana. See abhi-
MBh. wound, TS. &c.
viii, 4591) to about (ace. ; rarely gen., e. g.
6078). MBh. v, slta and -sina.
Abhi-viddha, mfn. wounded, MBh. iv, 1691. Abhi-sanka, f. suspicion (with gen.), R. ; appre-
Abhi-vedhin, mfn. (in geom.) cutting (as one hension, fear, Kathas.
wfirfw al>lii--/sri (aor. -nsrait) to spread,
line another). Abhi-sankita, mfn. having doubts ; suspecting ;
extend (as brightness), AV. xiii, 2, 9 ; (perf. 3. pi.
Abhi-vyadhin, mfn. wounding, AV. i, 19, I. being alarmed, being in solicitude (v. 1. ati-sahkita}, -sisriyuh) to resort to, MBh. i, 8274.
Hariv. Bhatt. (am), ind. (an-, neg.) without fear I. Abhi-sri, mfn. (Ved. du. -sriya) attached to
fjftr^H abhi-vy/an, -aniti, to breathe ; ;

or shyness, MarkP. each other, RV. i, 144, 6 ; AV. viii, 2, arrang- 14^;
through, to fill with breath, SBr/; (aor. -anil) to TBr. ; (is), m. (or
breathe upon, SBr. Ksjh.
Abhi-sankin, mfn. doubting, suspecting, MBh. ing, putting in order (with ace.),
;
Abhi-saiikya, mfn. suspicious, MBh. iii, 1167; f., RV. x, 130, 5) one who arranges, puts or keeps
abhi-vy-a-Vi-da (impf. -vy&da- (an-, neg.) MBh. ii, 190.
in order, RV.
 alhi-srish. abhi-shvanj. 71
sh (ahl. -srishas), f. a liga- consecrating (by sprinkling water), inauguration of dlihi-shlan (\/stan). (Imper. 2. ag.
a king, royal unction ; the water or liquid used at AV. vi, 126, 2: Caus. id.,
ture, RV. viii, i, 12. -shlanii) to thunder,
an inauguration, SBr. &c.; religious bathing, ablu- TS. : Intens. (Imper. 3.
sg. -iaystanihi) to roar,
^rf*T^ft 2. aithi-Vsri (3. pi. -mnanti, p. tion, MBh. &c. ; bathing of the divinity to whom AV. v, 20, i.
-SrTndt ; plusq. 3. pi. -aiisrayuh) to mix, mingle, worship is offered, L. ; (cf. mahabhisheka & mftr- Abhi-shtana, as, m. roaring, hollow noise, RV.
RV. ; -irinati, 'to prepare or dress,' produce, cause, dh&bhisheka?) sala, f. the hall of coronation.
i, 80, 14.
TBr.; (by BR. placed under abhi-Vsri.) Abhishekaxdra-sixas, mfn. wet on the head
abhi-shtambh (^/stambh), -shtn-
3. Abhi-sri, nom. pi. -sriyas, anything added
f. with the royal unction. Abhishekaha, m. day
by mingling, RV. ix, 79, 5 & 86, 27. of inauguration. bhiioti or -shtalihndti, impf. -ashtabhnat, perf.
Abhi-shektavya, mfn. to be consecrated or -tashtambha, Pin. viii, 3, 63 seqq.
ifffH^ o6AJ-</sr (p. -srinvat) to hear, anointed, Kathas.
abhi-shtava. See abhi-shtu.
learn, Hariv. 4583 BhP. ;
Abhi-shektxi, fa, m. one who consecrates (by
Abhi-sxavana, am, n. repeating Vedic texts sprinkling), VS. ;
SBr. dbhi-shti, is, m. (s-t(, fr. \/\ . as, cf.
down to a Sraddha), L.
(while sitting Abhishekya, mfn. worthy of inauguration I. pi. s-mds, &c.) an assistant, protector ['one who
Abhi-srava, as, m. hearing (a prayer), grant- (abhisheka), Kaus. KatySr. ; (said of the elephant) is superior or victorious,' NBD.], (generally said of
IO & x, 1 2, I.
;

ing an answer, RV. ^185, used for the inauguration, Jain. (Prakrit abhisekka). Indra), RV. VS.; ; (aM(-sAiis), f. assistance, pro-
Abhl-srata, m(\a)n. renowned, AV. vi, 138, 1. Abhi-shecana, am, n. sprinkling, MBh. ; BhP. ;
tection, help, RV. ;
AV. ; VS. ; (cf. sv-athishlj.}
Abhi-srntya, ind. p. hearing of, learning, MBh. nitiation, inauguration, R. &c. krit, mfn. procuring help, RV. dyu-
assisting,
Abhl-shecaniya, mfn. worthy of inauguration, mna (abhishtf-}, mf(a)n. 'whose glory is protecting
p. -svasdt; Ved.Inf. SBr.; belonging to inauguration (as vessels, &c.), or superior,' being of benevolent majesty, RV. iv,
SBr. &c. (as), m., N. of a sacrificial ceremony per- pi, m(nom. -fd)(n. protecting with as-
(abl.) -ivasas) to blow towards or hither, R V. i, 1 40, ;
51, 7.
formed at the inauguration of a king, SBr. ; AitBr.&c. sistance, RV. ii, 20, 2 (the nom. -pa being irregular
5 & 92, 8 ; (p. -svasat) to whistle, R. to groan, R. ;
;

m. blowing AbM-shecita, mfn. caused to be sprinkled, for -pah, Gmn. proposes the emendation [adopted by
Abhi-svasa, as, (into a name),
watered, wetted, Hariv. ; inaugurated. the NBD.] aM{sfiti(Ved. mSli.)pdsijdnan instead
KStySr. to be anointed, R.
Abhi-shecya, mfn. of abhishtipasi jdnnti). mat, mfn. rendering
A. -sacate,
(-v/sac),
^srfirfa*' abhi-shidh,-shedkati, Pan.viii,3, assistance, RV. i, 116, II. savas (abklsh(i-) t
to turn to, be favourable to (ace.), RV. P. -sis/ia- : mfn. rendering powerful assistance, RV. iii, 59, 8.
65, Sch.: Caus. Desid. -shishedhayishati, ib., 64,
kti, to approach for revering, RV. vii, 67, 3.
Abhi-shac,m(acc. -acam ; n. pi. -rttvzj)fn. fol-
2.
Sch. ^rfaj abhi-shtu (-/stu), -shtauti (impf.
Abhl-shiddha, mf(a)n. driven hither, AitBr. -asktaut, P3n. viii, 3, 63, or also -astaut, Pin. viii,
lowing, accompanying, RV. vi, 63, 9 AV. xviii, 4, ;

RV. 3, 1 19, Kas. Subj. I. pi. -sAtaydma, RV. viii, 100,

44 paying attention to, devoted to, favourable, abhi-shiv (*/siv), to sew round, ;
;
3 ; Imper. 3. sg. -shtuhi, RV. i, 54, 2) to praise,
SankhSr.
abhi-shanj(*/sanj), -shajati(Pan. extol, RV. Six.: A. '(3. sg.) -shtuvate, id., MBh.
viii, 3,65, Sch.) 'to be in close contact with,' have i -
shishenayishu. See xii, 7715.
a claim to or lay claim to, MBh. iv, 95 (v. 1. abhi- abhi-shend. Abhi-shtava, as, m. praise, eulogy, BhP.
*/2. pat)', to put a slur upon (ace.), revile, curse. Abhi-shtuta, mfn. praised, RV.j'AV. &c.;
(-V/3- 0> (3- P -shunvdnti; praised or addressed (with
1
Abhi-shakta, mfn. possessed by evil spirits, L. ; -
omtdras), consecrated,
humiliated, defeated, L. ; reviled, cursed. ind. p. -shtitya.) to press out (with stones) the Soma Yijn. iii, 307.
Abhi-shanga, m. 77) juice (or any other juice), SBr. &c. ; to press out with Abhi-shtuvat, mfn. pr. p. P. praising, Hariv.
as, (ifc. f. a, Ragh. xiv,
propensity or inclination to, BhP. ;
the state of being the help of any liquid, Mn. v, I o (Pass. 3. pi. -shii- Abhl-shtnva&a, mfn. pr. p. A. praising, BhP.
Pin. 1 1
Abhi-shtuya, irrcg. ind. p. praising, BhP. &c.
possessed by evil spirits (cf. bhiitdbhishahga) or
cf.
yante); Susr. ; (fut. p. -soshyat, viii, 3, 7)
disturbed in mind, MBh.; humiliation, defeat, MBh.; to moisten, Bhatt.: Caus. -skdvayati, Pan. viii, 3,
abhi-shtubh (jstubh), -shtobhati
Comm. WfVf|
Ragh. ; Kum. ; curse or imprecation, MBh, ; false 65,
Abhi-.shava, as, pressing out (the juice of m. (impf. -ashtobhat. Pin. viii, 3, 63) to sing or recite
accusation, calumny, L. (cf. mithyabhishahga) ;

oath, L. ; embracing, L, jvara, - m. a fever sup- the Soma plant), AsvSr. ; KatySr. ; distillation, L. ; in addition to, Laty,
to religious
posed to be caused by evil spirits. religious bathing, ablution (preparatory abhi-shtha(-/sttta), -tishthati(a.or.
rites), L. ; drinking Soma juice, sacrifice,
L. fer-
Abhi-shangrin, mfn. humiliating, defeating, ;
-asthdt,RV., -ashthdt, Pin. viii, 3, 63 ; perf. p.
MBh. 2108. ment, yeast, any substance producing vinous fermen-
iv,
-tashtAivas,KV.\v,4,()) to tread or step upon (ace.),
Abhi-shanga, m. curse or imprecation, L. tation, L. sour gruel, VP.
(am}, n.
RV.j'AV.; TS ; SBr.; to overpower, defeat, RV. ;
as, ;

Abhi-shavana, am, n. pressing out (the juice

AV. VS. to extend or rise over (ace.), RV. i, 1 49,
abhi-shad (\/sad), -sidati, to be- of the Soma plant), Nir. ; (abhi-shdvanis), Ved.
; ;

RV. Ved. (impf.) -ashidat or -asi- 4 & iii, 14,4; to step or advance towards (ace.),
siege, ix, 7, 5 nom. f. the utensils used for pressing out (the
Kaus. ; to stay, live, MBh. xii, 3316 ; to stop,
;
pi. PBr. ;
dat, &c., Pin. viii, 3, 119, in classical Sanskrit only Soma juice), AV. ix, 6, I, 16 (cf. adhi-shdvana.) ;

forms with sh are allowed, Pin. viii, 3, 63 1 1 8. & Abhi-shavanlya, mfn. to be expressed (as Soma
ib., 4475-
Abhi-shaima, mfn. Abhi-shthlta, mfn. trampled upon, defeated,
besieged, oppressed, TS.; juice).
Kath.
RV. x, 1 66, 2; AV. stepped upon, serving as ;
Abhi-shBvaka, as, m. the priest (or any one) SBr.
basis,
abhi-shava, &c. See alhi-shu. who expresses the Soma juice, L.
Abhi-shuta, mfn. expressed (as Soma juice), abhi-/shthiv (perf. -tish(heva,
i),(perf. Subj.-sa- SBr. &c. (am), n.
= abhi-shava, n.) sour gruel, L. to spit
; (
perf. Pass. p. -shthyfita) upon, SBr.
sdhat, Prec. 2. sg. -sdsahishthas, p. P. -sahvds & Abhi-shotxl, id, m. = abhi-shdvaka, SBr. ;

abhi-shnata, as, m. pi. (v/sna).

A. -sehtina) to overpower, conquer, RV. ; (aor. A. KatySr.
I. sg. -asdkshi] to gain, win, RV. x, 159, I ; Kaus.; Abhi-sSvakiya, Nom. P. yati, to long for a N. of a family, Hariv. 1466 (v.l. abhi-gldna and
Nir.; to tolerate, allow, pardon, (Pass, -saAyate)S$h. sdvatta (q. v.), Pin. viii, 3, 65, Comm. ati-gldna).
= Abhi-sasush, mfn. desirous of expressing Soma
Abhi-shaha, as, m. nigraha (q. v.), L. ^rfM m 1(.abhi-shyat, mfn. pr. p. fr. abhi-
Abhi-shahya, ind. p. with V 1 .
k*i. 'to treat juice, Pan. viii, 3, 117, Sch.
sho, q. v. ; (an) or (abhishyantas, n. sg.), m., N. of
by commit a rape, violate (a female), Mn. N. of a
force,'
abhi-shuka, as, m., plant, a son of Kuru, MBh. i, 3740.
viii, 367. / Susr.
Abba-shah, m(nom. -shat)fn. overpowering, ^rfjfBp^f abhi-shyand (\/syand), -syan-
RV. vii, 4, 8 ; AV.; Nir.; (-shdhd), instr. ind. by i-shu (>/! su),-shuvati, to endow .
date (or also -shyandate, if said intransitively of
force, SBr. with .
(instr.), Kath.; to consecrate for a purpose lifeless objects, Pin. viii, 3, 72) to run towards or
Abhi-shaha, m. N. of a people, MBh. impf. -ashuvat. Pan. along (generally said of liquids), AV. v, 5, 9 (perf.
as, pi., SBr. viii 3, 63 :
(ace.), ;

viii, 137. Desid. -susiishati, ib., 64, Comm. -sishyade, said of a plant growing or running along
RV. the stem and branches of a tree), &c.
abM-shata, mfn. gained, v, abhi-shud (^/siid), Caus. to kill,
Abhl-shyanda or -syanda, as, m. oozing or
41, 14. R. in-
destroy, 27, 19. flowing, L. ; running at the eyes, Susr.; great
i,

abhi-shic ('/sic). P., rarely A. crease or enlargement, Ragh.; Kum.

nd, as, m. directing arrows (Cf. fittA-

(e. g. MBh. vii, 4593 ; Bhatt.) to sprinkle, water, RV. 1 bhishyanda, rakt&bh', vat&bh, sleshm&bh" .)
against, vi, 44, 7.
wet, RV. i, 121, 6 (pr. p. -siAcdf), &c. ; to conse- Abhi-shishenayislra, mfn. (fr. Desid.) desir- Abhl-shyaudamSna, mfn. (said of a cloud)
crate, anoint, appoint by consecration, AV. &c. A. :
ous of marching against, Sis. vi, 64. raining, Uttarar.
(Imper. 2. sg. -shiilcasua, sometimes v. 1. Pass. Abhi-shenana, am, n. marching against (in Abhl-shyandin or -syandin, mfn. oozing,
-shityasva) to consecrate one's self or have
one's trickling, Susr. ; laxative, Susr. ; causing
defluxioiis
comp.) with an army, RSjat.
self consecrated, MBh.; Hariv.; R.: A. or Pass, to Abhl-Bheuaya, Nom. P. -shenayati (impf. -a- or serious effusions, Susr. Abhlshyandl- or abhl-
bathe, MBh. xii, 8894 xiii, 1702 : Caus. P.
to & shenayat, Pan. viii, 3, 63),
to assail with an army, syandi-ramana, n. a smaller city appended to a
water, wet : P. (rarely A.) to consecrate, anoint :
to march with an army against (ace.), Venis. &c. : larger one, suburb,
L.
A. (with or without [Nir.] atmanani] to have one's Desid. -shishenayishati, Pin. viii, 3, 64, Sch.
abhi-shvanj (</svaitj), -shvajate
self consecrated: Desid. -shishikshati & Intens.
& Comm. abhi-sho (\/so), (i. sg. -shyami) to (impf. -ashvajata, Pin. viii, 3, 63 ; perf. -shasvnje
-sesicyate, Pan., Sch.
to put or -shasvaftje, ib., 118, Kas.) to embrace, MBn.
Abhi-shikta, mfn. sprinkled ; anointed, in- fetter, chain, AV. iv, 16, 9 ; (pr. p. -shyat)
an end Bhatt. impf. -ashyat, Pin.
viii, viii, 1652 : (exceptionally) P. (Opt. -shvajet), id.,
stalled, enthroned (cf. murdh&bhishikta.) to, destroy, ;
;
MBh. xii, 8796.
Abhi-sheka, as, m. anointing, inaugurating or 3,63-
 72 abhl-shvanga. abhi-sam-nah.
Abhi-shvanga, m. intense attachment or
fl-r, Abhi-sam-srlta, mfn. one who has come near, I. sg. -cinvlya) to pile up (the sacrificial fire) for
affection to (loc. [MBh. &c.], rarely instr. [KathSs.]). MBh. viii, 4417. the benefit of (one's self, atmanam), SBr.
Abhi-shvaiigrin, nun. intensely attached to or
mad for, MaitrUp.
^rfHSi abhi-sam-s-</l. kri, -s-karoti, to int (ind. p. -cn-
shape, form, SBr.: A. (Subj. I. sg. -s-karttvai) to tya) to remember, MBh. vii, 5551.
^rf*nTTff abhi-sam-yatta, mfn. (</yat), render or make one's self (dtmdnatn) anything
athi-sam- iTHWllrfniAt-iawya/a, mfn. (</jan), pro-
being taken care of or governed by (v. 1.
(wished to be, ace.), SBr. duced (as joy, harsha}, Hariv.
panna), MBh. vii, 5173. Abhi-samskSra, as, m. 'the being formed,'
development (as of seeds), Car. ; preparation, ib. ^f*1Xil abhi-satn-i/jnd (3. pi. -jdnate,
^ftff[Vlabhi-sam-/ya,-yali, to visit, ap- ;

conception, idea, Buddh. Subj. -jdnantai, impf. -ajanata) to agree, allow,

proach to (acc.1, RV. ix, 86, 1 5 ; Kith. ; to approach
in hostile manner, assail, MBh. viii, 1826. Abhi-sarnskrita, mfn. consecrated, MBh. concede anything (dat.) to(,acc.), MaitrS. ; TS. ; SBr.
Abhi-samjnita, mfn. (fr. 2. samjftd,d. satn-
^(f*{1AQit^abhi-sam-*/yuj,
Caus. to bring "Wfiwrwr abhi-sam-i/stambh (ind. p.
jftita), called, named, MBh. &c.
in close contact with (instr.), Hariv. -stabhya) to support, render firm, Kaus. ;
R.
'TMitjiaj. ab/ii-smn-</jvar,to envy, regard
Abhi-samynkta, mfn. furnished or endowed
^rfmn*ftTJ al>hi-sam-sllrna, mfn. (-/stri), with spite, MBh. v, 1615.
with,R.
entirely covered with, MBh. xii, 7613. ^ifinrf* abhi-satkri (^/i.kri), (ind. p.
AbM-samyofra,<7.r, m. (in Mhnlrjsl phil.) close
contact or relation to. ^rf>THW al>hi-sam-*/stu(pr. p. -stuvat) to -krityd) to honour, receive (a guest) with reverence,
MBh. xiii, 3695. MBh. ii, 2549.
^ff*WT3i abhi-sam-rakta, mfn. (*/raHj), praise highly,
Abhi-samstava, as, m. praise, L. Abhi-satkrita, mfn. honoured, received with
intensely attached to (in comp.), R. MBh. &c.
Abhi-Bamstnta,mtn.highly praised, MBh. ;BhP. reverence,
Wf^WW abhi-sam-</rabh, A. (3. pi. -ra-
^rfTOWT alhi-sam-</stha, -tishthate, to ^Tl*1r<l\ abHi-satvan, a, m. surrounded
bhante ; Opt. I. pi. -rabhtmahi) to take hold of
RV. stop at, finish at (ace.), SJnkhSr. : Caus. to cause to by heroes, RV. x, 103, 5 ; (cf. abhl-vtra.)
(for support),
Abhi-iamrabcUia, mfn. excited, furious, MBh. stop or finish at (ace.), ChUp. wfHfl\<i&Ai-sa!-.4/<an (3. pi. -tanvanti)
Abhi-samstham, ind. in regular order, GopBr.
&c. to use for bridging over or
stretching across, TBr ;
Abhi-samrambha, as, m. MBh. Abhl-samstttlta, mfn. stopping or standing or PBr.
fury, rage,
xiv, 874.
watching at some place, M Bh. reflecting upon (loc.),;
Abhi-gamtata, mfn. spread over, covered with
MBh. iv, 553. (in comp.), Hariv. (v. I.
abhi-sam-vrita).
TTfMH * V^abhi-sam-radhana, am,
I n. paci-

fying, conciliating,
BhP. ^rfWFJS^afcAi-sam-v/sprts, to wash one's ifHffUH. abhi-sam-'/tap (Subj. -tapati)
self, MBh. iii, 8080; to seize, ib. xii, 2140. to press hard on all sides, AV. I a, 6.
flTHfl^ i.abhi-sam-i/4. vas, A. (pr. p. i.
ii,

^TTHtftH abhi-fam-'/smfi, to recollect Abhl-samtapta, mfn. tormented, MBh. &c.

-vdsdna) to wrap one's self into (ace. ),AV.xii, 3, 53.
(with ace.), MBh. iii, 15758. WftnriT abhi-sam-^/tri, to cross over to-
^rfmi*m % 2.a&Ai-sa!"v/5.eas, A. (pr. p. 2.
wards (ace.), AitBr.
-vdsdna) to settle round (ace.) together, TBr.; L5ty. TfJTWjJ abhi-sam-^/sru, to unite in flow-

^JTMtHIHfl abhi-sam-</va%ch, to long for, ing into (ace.), SBr. ffHrM'fx abhi-sam-</tyaj
1
(ind. p. -tya-
jya) to abandon, give up, desist from (ace.), MBh.
KenaUp. ^ff^m^y abhi-sam-\/sta!!j, A. (Imper.
i abhi-sam-i/i. vid (perf. 3. 2.
sg. -svajasva) to embrace, AV. xii, 3, 12. ^Srf*iti<srt abhi-samtrasta, mfn. (^/tras),
^rf'raf'^! pi.
know AV. iii, terrified, much alarmed, R.
-vidtis) to thoroughly, 11, 5. abhi-sam-\/svri (impf. 3. pi. -a-
^rfHH^
TNtif*);} abhi-sam-^/^. vid, A. (pr. p.
2. svaran [four times] or -dsvaran [once]) to praise
or call or invite unanimously, RV. mfn. (i/daris), compressed or tightened together,TS.
-viddnd) to meet each other [BR.], VS. Xxix, 6 ('to
relate, explain,' Comm.) 'SffHB^^ abhi-samdeha, am, n. organ of
*rf1H^ abhi-sarn-^/han (ind. p. -hatya)
^rftwfaa^ abhi-sam-</vis, P. A. (Imper. to combine, confederate, MBh. Ae) MBh. v, 7494 (v. abhi-
generation, (du. ace. 1.

3. pi. -sdm-viiadhvam) to meet round or near, AbM-sani-hata, mfn. attacked, assailed, BhP. samdoha).
surround, AV. &c. to enter into, dissolve in, TUp.; THH f^rl abM-sam-hita. See-sam-Vdha.
; *<
"f^HM*^ abhi-sam-</dham (i. sg. -dha-
NrisUp.
tl fHfi tW abhi-sam-*/krudh (pr. p. -kru- mdmf) to blow at, AV. viii, 2, 4.
WfHH*l)B abhi-sam-viksh ( */iksh) , to look
^TTHSnn i. abhi-sam-'/dha (3. du. -dhat-
dhyaf) to be angry with (ace.), Bhatt.
at in astonishment, gaze at. Kid.
Abhi-samkrnddha, mfn. angry with (ace.), tas ; Imper. 3. sg. -dhehi ; aor. -adhaf) to snap at
MBh. iv, 1572 (gen.), ib. iii, 682. for devouring, RV. x, 87, 3; AV. ; SBr.;
^rfra^ abhi-sam-</l.vri (impf. -vrinot) ; (ace.)
Kith. ; to take aim at (dat. or ace.), MBh. &c. ; to
to cover, conceal, MBh. v, 7 2 39-
Hf*WiK3labhi-sam-i/krus (ind.p.-irusya)
Abhi-samvrita, mfn. covered, concealed, MBh. aim at, have in view (with ace.; rarely dat.), ib. ;
to call out to, R. to acknowledge unanimously, (perf. 3. pi. -dadhtih)
&c. ; surrounded by, accompanied by, ib. ; filled

with, furnished with,

RV. i, 101, 6 to overcome, master, Mn. &c. to
ib.
^f*RS?%F{abhi-sam/kship (ind. p. -kshi- ',

win (as by presents), R. iv, 54, 5 ; to ally, associate

;

A. (Imper. -par- pya) to compress, render quite small (the body by

*lf<W[^(abhi-sam-i/vrU, MBh. with (instr.)
magical power), v, 283.
tatdm) to turn one's self towards, AV. vi, 102, I. Abhi-sarn-hita, mfn. aimed at agreed upon,
Abhi-sarnkshipta, mfn. one who has com- ;

Abhi-samvritta, mfn. undertaking, beginning R. v, 82, 5 acknowledged by (in comp.), MBh.

'
pressed his body so as to render it small, MBh. i,
;

to (Inf.), R. xii, 4793 overcome (ifc.) connected with, at-

; ;
5368.
tached MBh. &c.
to,
^rf^l* abhi-samvriddha, mfn. (said of a Abhi-samkshepa, as, m. compressing, L.
Abhi-sandhaka, mfn. ifc. deceiving ['calum-
tree) 'having grown a very long time,* very old, ^tfHH<*HT i. abhi-sam-Vkhyd (perf. Pass, niating,' Comm.], Mn. iv, 195.
MBh. xii, 5805. 2. Abhi-samdha,
' '

p. -khyata) to enumerate, R. speech, declaration (only f.

Tf*WnjftT abhi-samsina or syana, mfn. AbM-aamkhya, mm. inferable, clearly ascer- ifc., cf. anritdbhisandha & satydbhisandhd).
), coagulated, congealed, PSn.vi, 1, 26, KSs. tainable, Jaim. ; 2. (a), f. number, MBh. i, 617. Abhi-samdhana, ant, n. the being allied or
Abhi-samkliyeya, mfn. to be enumerated, R. connected, connection between (in comp.), MBh. i,
f^l abhi-sam-i/sri, P. to resort to ' '

3639 speech, deliberate declaration (only ifc.,

;

(for refuge), have recourse to (ace.), SBr. &c. ; to Tf*TH*T^ abhi-sam-Vgam (ind. p. -gdtya, cf. satydbh ) ; attachment or interest in any object ;

give way to, devote one's self to (ace.), MBh. xii, AV. xi, i, r6, or -gamya, R. ; BhP.) to approach special agreement ; overcoming, deceiving, Ragh.
518;to attain, (Pass, -iriyate) MBh. xii, 10977. together, RV. ix, 14, 7 (aor. A. 3. pi. -agmata), xvii, 76 ; making peace or alliance, L.
Abhi-samiraya, as, m. refuge, R. ; connec- &c. ; to join in welcoming, BhP. ; to meet with, R.
Abhi-samdhaya, ind. p. aiming at, having in
tion, MBh.
3398. i, Abbl-sam-gata, mm. together with (in comp.), view coming to an agreement regarding (ace.),
;

AbM-samsr ita mfn. who has resorted to any one

, BhP. Mn. ix, 52 overcoming, Malatim. &c. bringing
; ;

(for refuge), 'MBh. xii, 3766 (for a visit), MBh. in contact with (as an arrow with a bow), place
Wf*ftPT" ahhi-samgupta, mfn. guarded,
;

upon R. v, 36, 42.

"Wf*ro^ abhi-sam-i/sru (ind. p. -srutya) protected, MBh. iii, 274.
(instr.),
Abhi-samdhi, is, m. speaking or declaring de-
to hear, leam, R.
j-\/l.^ri,to promise, Kaus. liberately, purpose, intention, object, meaning ;
^rfTOfsr^ abhi-sam-</slish (ind. p. -sli- special agreement, SSh. cheating, deceiving ; mak- ;

alhi-sam-Vgrah, to grasp at krl-

shyd) to cling to each other, MBh. vi, 3137. once with several Gobh.
ing peace or alliance, L. ; joint, junction, L.
fingers, ta, mfn. done intentionally. purva, mfn. that
Tfothj abhi-sam--/^. su (3. du. -sdm-su- See abhi-shac. which has been intended, aimed at, Gaut. p5r-
iii-v'sac.
nutas) to press out (Soma juice) together for the vakam, ind. with some intention, purposely, VP.
sake of (ace.), TBr. abhi-sam-Vcar (3. pi. -cdranti,
f. du. -cdranti) to go up to, seek for, RV. Tf*1W1*^ abhi-sam-^/nam (Opt. -namet)
p. -tritya) to
pr. p.
^rfWnj abhi-ta.m/sfi (ind. Abhi-samc&rin, mfn. ' moving in every direc- to alter, modify, AsvSr. ;
SSnkhSr.
each other, BhP.
run against or assail
tion,' inconstant, changeable, Nir. -nah-
AbM-am-saram, ind. running near in crowds, ^f*1til^ abhi-sam-</nah (3- pi.
SBr. m-/i. ci, A..-cinute(Qpt. | yanti) to bind or string together, Kaus. : A. (impf.
 abhi-sam-naddha. abhi-skand. 73
3. du. -anahyetain) to arm one's self
against (ace.),
1 O.
i.
abU-sam-Vpad, Ved. -pad-
yate, to become to become similar to, be .-santvayat; ind.
Abhi-sam-naddha, mfn. armed, MBh iii
to (ace.), SBr.
;
changed p.-sanfvya) to conciliate, pacify, comfort, MBh. iv,
14883- Sec.; to come to, arrive at, obtain,
< SBr. xiv Up. Caus. 383; R. ii, .12, 39; MarkP.
;
-pddayati, to make equal to,
:

^ff^Wfrrfa? abhi-satn-ni-vishta, mfn. Abhi-sfintva, as, m. consolation, conciliation, R

change into (ace.), SBr. ; AitBr.
v, 56, 44-
(/vis), being united or combined in, Comm. on Abhi-sampatti, is, f.
becoming anything, be- Abhi-santvlta, mfn.
BrArUp. coming similar or equal to, conciliated, pacified, Kim.
KstySr.
T
fHtPft abhi-sam-*/ni, to lead to or
upon
Abhi-sampad,
2.
/, f. id., SBr. , ind. about
evening,
(loc.), MBh. xii, 6566.
Abhi-sampanna, mfn. becoming similar to, at sunset,
ChUp. ; (cf. abhi-prdtdr.)
being changed to (ace.), SBr. ; RPrSt.
being in ac- ;

Wfifthj abhi-sam-V*. nu, A. (3. pi. -na- cordance with,

agreeing with
abhi-sara, &c. See abhi-^sri.
(instr.), Uttarar.
vantc ; aor. 3. pi.
-amiskata) to rejoice or cheer ^rritt*M<.m abhi-samparaya, as, m. abhi-savaka, &c. See abhi-shu.
together at or towards (ace.), RV.
futurity, Lalit.
Wftt <^ abhi-\/sap (3. pi. A. -sdpante) to .abhi-^i.sidh, -sedhati, Pan.
carry on, manage, RV. vii, 38, 5. WWB^abhi-sam-'/pu, -pavate, to blow viii .
3. 113, Sch.

along over or towards (ace.), TBr.

a. See abhi-sam--/i. ^rfTf%^ 2. afcAj-v/3. ndh, -sidhyati, to be
^f*lW*xr*{abhi-sam-'/pvj (generally ind. accomplished, MBh. xii, 7427 ; to obtain, win (with
abhi-samavdya, as, m. p. -piijya) to honour, revere greatly, MBh.; MJrkP. ace.), ChUp.
union, association, L.
AbM-siddhi, is, f. the state of
being effected
^TTH ti*M MJJ or realized,
1T*W*1^ abhi-sam-/2. as, to put toge- abfia-sam-pra-\/pad, -pad- AgP.
ther, group, collect, Car. yate ( = abhi-sam- */pad) to be
changed to, assume
<
or obtain the
shape of (ace.), Up. See abhi-shu.
3rfTHHni>^ abhi-sam-a-\/gam, to ap- mfn. pointed out,
-sucita,
proach together, Nir.; to come to (ace.), MBh xi
to MBh.
445-
ya) go towards, MBh. vi, 3762 (v. I. abtii-vdra- iii, 2939.
yitvd~).
^fH*WTlI5 abhi-sam-d-Vpad, A. ^fTH^ abhi-Vsri
-pede) to enter upon (ace.), R. ii, 12, I.
(perf. Tl *T<m
change (?as a
^ dbhi-sam-pra-Vvrit, Caus. to
&
-sasrur) to flow towards (ace.),
perf.
(3.
., RV.. i,, 52,
82, 3 ; to approach, go towards, advancein
2' 5
pi. impf. -asaran,

battle-field, randjiram), MBh. i,

ix,
^ST*Tfl*ll*l*^ abhi-sam-a-Vyam, -ydcchati, 1184. order to meet, MBh. &c. to
to fasten to (ace.), TBr.
attack, ; go to a rendez-
Abhl-sam-pravrltta, mfn. having begun, Var- vous (said of
lovers), Sah.: Caus. to leadtowards,
^TH*ll1T abhi-sam-a-Vya, BrS. KathSs.; to cause to attack, lead to battle, MBh.
to approach
together, MBh. v, 1974. "TtHw*^! \\abhi-sam-prap 665 (v. I.); to invite to a rendezvous, SSh to
iii,
(\/ap),to reach, approach, visit, MBh. i, 1221; Mricch.
come to, arrive at, obtain, L.
TfHUmTJSi abhi-sam-a-yukta, mfn. con- Abhi-sara, as, m. (ifc. f. a) ^'companion, Das.
nected or endowed with ^rfHi* i^ abhi-sam-preksh (-/iksh), (ind.
(instr.), MBh. xii, 3478. Abhi-sarana, am, n. meeting, rendezvous (of
lovers), Sah. &c.
^ffHflWn^ alM-sam-a-Vruh (impf. 3. pi. p. -preksftya) to look at, perceive, MBh.; R.
Abhl-sartri, mfn.
-droAan) to enter upon (the attacking, assailant, VS. xxx,
for a purpose (ace.), TBr.
sacrificial fire-place)
WnTig abhi-sam-Vplu (ind. p. -plutya)
to bathe, MBh. xii, 365 (an- neg.) Abhi-sara, as, m. attack, assault, R. ; meeting
^f*mirr^abhi-sam-a-*/vrit, Ved. (3. pi.
Abhi-sam-plnta, mfn. poured upon, overflowed rendezvous (of lovers), Sah.; Git.
&c.; -pay for
-avartante & with, MBh. ix, 3279 deeply engaged in ;
(in comp.), coming,' messenger's pay, Buddh. ; companion, L. ;
impf. -avartanta; fut. p. -vartsya-
to return home, TBr. &c. a purificatory rite, L. ;
mdna) (ena}, instr. (with
sarvena)
=sarvabhisdrena, q. v., MBh. iii, 639 ; (cf. lo'ha-
^TtfWTra^ abhi-sam-a-i/sic, to pour ^rftmfft^ abhi-sam-Vbandh, -badhnati, bhisdra &
to refer to mean by, Comm. on BrArUp.: abAisdra) ; (as), m. pi., N. of a people
together, Kaus. (ace.), MBh. &c.; (i), f., N. of a town, MBh.
Pass, -badhyate, 'to be referred ii, 1027!
to,' belong to, re-
sthSna, n. a place of rendezvous (of lovers), Sah.
,
quire to be connected with (instr. [Pat.l or ace
fastened to, connected with R. 6& Abhi-sarikS, f. a woman who goes to meet her
(instr.), [Pan. ii, n, Sch. &c.]).
i, 2, lover or keeps an
assignation, Kum. vi, 41 ; Ragh
Abhi-sambaddha, mfn. connected, (an-
^tTH*i1l{^ abhi-sam-a-*/ hri, to scrape up Susr.
neg.) xvi, 12, &c.
or together, Kaus. Abhi-sarin, mfn. going to meet, Vikr.;
Abhi-sambaudha, as, m. connection with, (ini),
^TfHWr*f abhi-sam-*/i, -eti (3. pi. relation to (instr.), Jaim.
l.^abhi-sdrika, L.; N. of a species of the Trish-
-yanti, ;
being connected with, tubh metre (as that in RV.
x, 23, 5, in which two
Imper. -yantti), Ved. to approach together, come belonging to, Sah. ; Pan., Sch.; sexual connection, PSdas contain twelve instead of eleven
MBh. syllables, and
together or meet at (ace.), RV. i, 125, 7; AV. &c. ;
xiii, 2924; Mn. v, 63. which therefore is said to
(Opt. 3. p!. -iyiih) to invade, TS. approach another metre
Vftnigil abhi-sambadha, mfn. pressed
called Jagati), RPrJt.
Abhi-samaya, as, m. agreement, Car. ; clear
together, crowded, R. Abhi-sisarayishn, mfn. intending to go to a
understanding, Buddh. rendezvous or to visit (a lover), SiS. 20. x,
^jfTWfJpV abhi-sam-Vindh,io set on fire, ^TTHti^S abki-sam-buddha, mfn. deeply Abhi-srita, mm. gone near (ace.), MBh. vii,
kindle, PBr.
versed in, MBh. iii, 12515; having attained the 4449 Git. ; one who has approached (for attack-
!

Bodhi, Buddh. ing), MBh. ; directed towards (in comp.),

WfH<wWl*< VarBrS. :
abhi-sam-lkshya, ind. p. (*/ Abhi-sam-bodhana, am, n. attaining the visited by (instr.), Kathas.
iksK), seeing, viewing, R. noticing, perceiving,
; Bodhi, Buddh. Abhi-sritya, ind. p. having gone near (ace.)
learning from, RPrat. ; Susr. with
reference to, Susr. ; Car.
; considering,
^nH^Wf abhi-sam-bhagna,mfn. broken, Abhi-sara, as, m. assault, MBh. vii, 8785.
crashed, MBh. viii, 2801.
^rfH*p^ abhi-Vsrij (impf. -asrijat; aor.
T*rf*W*ft$.abhi-sam-</tr,Ca.us. (perf. Pass.
p. -irita) to put in motion, MBh. x, ^rfTIP[abAt-sam-v/6Att,Ved. (perf. 2. sg.
Pass, -dsatj'i[RV. ix, 106, 12] 3. pi. -asrigran &
579.
-babhiitha) to reach, come to, arrive at, RV. x,
[RV. 88, 6] or -asrikshata [RV. i, 135, 6
ix, &
vifiij=Ti abhi-sam-\/ubj, to spread a 18, 8, &c. ; to obtain the shape of (ace.), be
**i ^3. 2 5]) to
Pur into or upon (ace.), pour out for
changed a purpose (ace.) or for the sake of
covering upon (ace.), PBr. into, SBr. Caus. to salute, BhP.
:
RV. AV. (ace.), ; ;
AitBr.; to let loose in a special direction, SBr.;
^rfHWJJI abhi-sam-\/i.uh, -uhati, to heap <

3u*TH*>JrT abhi-sam-bhrita, mfn. endowed AitBr. ; (aor. Subj. 2.

sg. -srds for -srdksh-s) to
up, PBr. ; to heap up and cover with (as with ashes, with (in comp.), MBh. throw upon, AV. xi, 2, 19; to surrender,
xii, 1 2959 (v. 1. abhi-sam- give, grant,
instr.), TS. i SBr. R. &c. to assail, attack, SBr. xiv.
uritd). allow, permit, ;

wfirwj abhi-sam-V'ri, A. (aor. Opt. -an- ^TRl*ilfl abhi-sam-mata, mfn. honoured, Abhi-sarga, as, m. creation, MBh. xii, 13801.
te) to reach, seize, RV. ix, 79, 3.
Abhi-sarjana, am, n. for ati-s (q. v.), L.
esteemed, MSrkP. &c. '
Abhi-srishta, mfn. let loose in a special direc-
wf*PRK abhi-sam-e (-a~</i), Ved. (Imper. TTH'HWTJiT abhi-sam-miikhd, mf(5)n. look- tion,' running towards (ace. or loc.), RV. allowed ;
abhl .... sam-6itu [AV. vi, 102, j] or a .... to,R. ; uttered, Hariv.
ing respectfully towards (ace.), SBr.
; surrendered, given, granted,
abhi sdm-etu [RV. vi, 19, 9]) to join in R. &c,
coming
near (ace.), approach
together. ^TT>itiJ<T abhi-sam-mudha, mfn. entirely
Abhi-sam-eta, mfn. assembled, SBr. xiv. confused, MBh. iii, 12219.
j'-srp (Imper. 2. sg.-sarpa) to
/ approachsilently or softly, AV. K5th. ; Nir.
^TTHTn'jT^ abhi-sam- v march (p. -mir-
;
^rfiTr^ abhi-sam-Vpac, Pass. (3. pi. Abhi-sarpana, am, n. approaching ; the ascent
-pacyante) to become ripe up to a certain time chaf) to assume a solid form with regard to or in (of sap in the trees).
(ace.), PBr. connection with (ace.), SBr.
WTH*iii abhi-sevana, am, n. practising,
"SfHti**^ obM-sam-Vpat (p. -patat ; abhi-sara, &c. See abhi-i/sri.
cultivating, Susr.
perf. 3. pi. -petuk) to fly to, hasten to (ace.), MBh.
vii, 7295, &c.
abhi-saraa, &c. See
Tf1!iT; abhi-Vskand (perf. -caskanda)
Abhi-sampata, as, m. concourse, war, battle, L. abhi-sarpana. See abhi-\/srip. to ascend, AV. vii, 115, 2.
 74 nbhi-skandam. abhishla-labha.
Abki-skandam, itul.
running near, AV. v, 14, i- Vhu.to make an oblation upon 2. abhllca, mfn. (=abhika, q.v.),
II.
(ace.) or for the sake of (ace.), shed or pour over longing after, lustful, libidinous, Pan. v, 2, 74 ; (af\
^rfTSW abhi-</skambh, Caus. (p. -s*a- (ace.), SBr. &c. m. a lover ; a master, L. ; a poet, L.
blidyat), Pin. iii, I, 84, Comm. I. Abhi-hava, as, m.
pouring
the oblation upon.
WTta 3. abhlka, am, n. (fr. abhi-anc ; cf.
Abhi-havana, .///;, n. id., AsvSr. dnuka), meeting together, collision, RV. ix, 92, 5 ;
"WfH^J abhi--/slri, to scatter over, cover,
Abhi-huta, mfn. poured upon with an oblation, (e), loc. ind. in the presence of (gen.), near, to-
TBr. ; Susr. shed or poured over, AV. vi, 133, 2 ; AitBr.; SBr.
wards, RV.
(with ; Vmuc
or i/i.as with arf)
&c.
nfar^'m.^ abhi-sthirdm, ind. very firmly, away from, out of (abl.), RV. ; (with verbs express-
intensely, SBr.
Abhi-hotavai, Ved. Inf. to pour upon (an ob- ing defending from, as V$.pd &
^/urusfiya) from
lation), MaitrS. (with abl.), RV. ; before (as before midday ; with
wfafw^V abhi-snigdha. See an-abhisn. Abhi-homa, m. = I. abhi-hava. Vail.
as,
abl.), RV. iv, 28, 3.
Abhl-sneha, ax, in. affection, desire, BhP.
abhi-hHti. See abhi-*/hve.
Wf^abhiksh (/iisi), A. (impf. 3. du.
mf*1**mab!ii-spris(Opt.-spriset) to touch,
MBh. abhi-</hri, to bring, offer, SBr. -alkshtldnf) to look towards (ace.), RV. x, 121, 6.
i, 3931 ; to influence, affect, Susr.

&c. ; to pull off, tear off, MBh. 14610: Caus. ^r>Tt^!I abhikshna, mfn. (contr. of abhi-
wfiitMiRn (ibhi-sphurita, mfn. expanded iii,

-hdrayati, to have brought to by, send bv, Hariv. ; kshana, cf. Nir. ii, 25), constant, perpetual, L. ; in
to the full (as a blossom).
to bring, offer, MBh. iv, 2364 ; to put on (as a
comp. for abhikshnam, q.v. ; (am), ind. repeatedly,
to cuirass), ib. iv, 101 1 seqq. ; to assail, attack, MBh. :
again and again, perpetually, constantly
^iftitMi^ abhi-^/sphvrj, -sphurjati, presently, ;

Pass,-haryate incorrectly for -haryati (see abhi- at once ; very,

exceedingly (in comp. abhikshna-),
sound towards, AV. xii, 5, 20.
\fhary), BrArUp. Rajat. sas, ind. constantly, R. ; Susr.
^jfaftj? abhi-</smi (p. -smayut) to smile Abhi-hara, mfn. (ifc.) carrying off, removing, L.
abhl-cara. See abhi--/car.
upon, MBh. iii, 8732. Abhi-harana, am, n. bringing or conveying
n,ear, MBh.; Ragh. abhijya. See abhi-^/yaj.
abhi-^/syand. See abhi-shyand.
Abhi-haranlya, mfn. to be brought near.
abhi-Vsrans; aor. Subj. 2. Abhi-hartavya, mfn. id. a-bhita, &c. See I. a-bK.
sg.
-srds, which is better derived Abhi-hartri, td, m. one who carries off, takes abhtndh (Jindh), abh'indhe (for
fr.
abhi-/srij, q. v.
by violence (ifc.), MBh. iii, 15761. nddhf) to surround with flames, inflame, AV. xi, 3,
wffH abhi-i/sru (Imper. 3. pi. -sravantu) Abhi-hara, as, m. bringing near, Pat. (cf. dbhi-
i8;SBr.
to cause to flow near, RV. x, 9, 4 (p. -sravanta for hdrikd) ; robbing, seizing anything (in the owner's
-sravaf) MBh. 901.
;

MBh. brisk attack, L. ; effort,

Abhiddha, mfh. inflamed, RV. i, 164, 26 & x,
xiii, presence), 3047 xiii, ;
I VS.
L. arming, taking up arms, L. 190, ;

^f*1^ will's \abhi-svay amatrinndm,\nA.

; ; mingling together,
on the brick (used in sacrifices and called) svayam-
Car. &c. WTtr abhlpa, m. or n. (fr. 2. dp with
atrinna (q. v.), SBr. Abhi-harya, mfn. = abhi-haraniya. abhl ; cf. only in comp. with -tag, ind.
anup),
from the waters or clouds [Gmn.],'at the right time*
^fT^ abhi-i/sori (Iraper. 2. eg. -svara,
to gladden, MBh. vi, 1833; xii, 1894.
[NBD. (fr. Vdf with abhi)}, RV. i, 164, 52.
3. pi. -svarantu) to join in praising or invoking, See I a-bhi.
RV. to keep a note (in singing) up to (ace.), PBr. abhi-pada. .
;
^fftr?^a!At-v/AesA (p. dat. jn. -heshate)
Abhl-cvar (instr. -svdrd), (. invocation, RV. to neigh towards, AitBr. MBh. abhips (Desid.), &c. See abhy-
viii, 4471.
ii,21, 5 & viii, 97, 1 2 ;
(-svarf), dat. ind.'for calling
;

Vdp.
into one's presence,' just behind (with gen.), RV. mfn. (</hvri), causing
^SfiTjp^ abhi-hrut,
& x, 8 VS. a fall or damage, injurious, RV. i, 1 89, 6 A V. vi, 4, a-bhima, mfn. unterrific, causing
iii, 45, 2 1 1
7, ; ;
no fear N. of Vishnu.
(as), m.,
Abhi-cvartri, fa, m. an invoker, RV. x, 78, 4. 2 ; f. (abl. -hriitas) fall, damage, injury, RV. i, 128,
;

5&x, 63, II. THTtii abhi-mana. See nir-abhimana.

^rfnn^ abhi-^han (2. sg. Imper. -jajft,
Abb.i-b.ruti, if, f.
damage, injury, RV. Abhi-manin. See abhi-^man.
-hdn [RV. v, 29, 2] & perf. -jaghanthd) to
fall, i,
impf. 1 66, 8AV. vi, 3, 3. ;

thump at, strike, kill, RV. &c. ; to beat (as a drum, Abhi-hv&ra, as, m. a crooked or damaging WHl*i"l<;g5 abbimoda-mud (or abhi-moda-
way
&c.), MBh. vi, 1535 Bhag. &c. to afflict, visit ; ;
or place, AV. vi, 76, 3- miid, fr. irreg. Intens.), mfn. (Jmud), excessively
with (instr.), MBh. xiii, 4375; MSrkP.: Desid. -ji- joyful, AV. xi, 7, 26 & 8, 24 ; (cf. abhildpa-ldp.)
ghdysati, to intend to strike down, RV. vii, 59, 8. ^sf*T3?' abhi-t/hve, to call near, SBr.
Abhi-ghata, abhi-ghatita. See s. v. 2. Abhi-hava, as, m. calling near, Pin. iii, 3,72.
^T^ abhtr (y^ir), Caus. (p. -Irdyat) to
Abhi-hata, mfn. struck, smitten, killed, AV. bring near, TBr.
xi, Abhi-huti, is, f. calling near (as the gods to the
Abhirani, f. a kind of serpent, L.
10, 22, &c. ; attacked, R. ; beaten (as a drum, &c.), sacrifice), Nir.
R. ;
VarBrS. ; afflicted, visited with, MBh. &c. ; (in fl>TiTo6A!ra (incorrectly) for ab/iira,q.v.
^nft i. a-bht, mfn. fearless, R. ; Ragh.
arithm.) multiplied.
an arrow), Ksd. pada
'
-pdda), m. whose foot or step
(v. 1. is wfl<.Tfl abhlrojl, f., N. of a poisonous
Abhi-liati, is, f. striking (as of ;

the product of multiplied

without fear,' N. of a Rishi, VBr. insect, Susr.
(in arithm.) multiplication ;
I. A-bhlka, mfn. fearless, L.
numbers. d-bhiru, &c. See i. a-bhl.
Abhi-hatya, ind. p. striking, killing, Mn. xi,
A-bhita, mf(o)n. id., R. vat, ind. fearlessly,
MBh. xii, 3730 R. &c. hilapa-ldp (or abht-lapaldp,
206, &c. ;

1. A-bbiti, is, f. fearlessness, L. fr. irreg. Intens.), mm. (i/laj>), excessively whimper-

abhi-hara, &c. See A-bhlru, m(acc. rvam, 4 nom. pi. ravas)fa. ;

ing, AV. xi, 8, 25 ; (cf. abhimoda-mud.)
fearless, RV. Mn. vii, 190 not terrific (nom. pi. f.
; ;
^.-p\.-hdryanti; Subj. V>flf'i abhl-vargd, as, m. (*/vrij), circuit,
ravas), RV. viii, 46, 7 (us), m., N. of a prince, ;
A. -haryata [AV. 30, i]) to wish anything to
iii,
MBh. i, 2689 N. of Bhairava or Siva (us) [L.j compass,AV, iii, 5, a ; vi, 54, 2 & xi, 2, 4.
be near, call it near, TS. ; to like, love, RV. x, i, n ;

or (u) [Susr.], f. the plant Asparagus Racemosus.

;

abhi-vartd. See abhi-</vrit.

6; AV. ; (-haryati) SBr. xiv (cf. abhi--</hri, Caus. pattri, f. the above plant Asp. Rac.
Pass.) A-bblraka, mfn. MBh. abhi-mita. See i.ofcA-\/i.cr.
fearless, vii, 2522.
abhi-hava. See ao&i-v/Au & \/hre. A-bhirnna [AV. vii, 89, 3] or a-bhirtina [VS.], abhl-sapa. See abhi-Vsap.
mfn. not terrific.
\
abhi-hdsya, mfn. ridiculous, AV abhisu, us, m. (fr. \/l. as with abhi,
' W/ft abh( (Vf), abhy-eti (Imper. 2. sg.
2.
vi, 3, Nir. iii, 9), chiefly Ved. rein, bridle, RV. &c. ray ;

m. abhfhi ; impf. 3. pi. -dyan, 3. sg. A. -dyata; ind.

Abhi-hasa, as, jest, joke, AsvSr. of light, Naigh. (through incorrect interpretation of
;

p. abhffya) to come near, approach, go up to or to- N. of a

wfi^i abhi-t/2. ha (ind. p. -haya) to rush ddsdbhiiu, q.v.) arm, finger, Naigh. ; Rishi,
wards (ace.), RV. &c. (with sakdiam or samipam ;
VBr.
upon, seize hastily, Kath. ;
AitBr. or pdrsve) id., Paficat. ; to go along or after (ace.),
Abhishn, us, m. (incorrectly for abhiiu) rein,
RV. &c. to enter, join, go over to, Mn. ; Bhutt ;
wf*Tf?T5 abhi-hinkri (-v/l.ir),Ved. (3. pi. MBh.
.
;
bridle, vii, 8180; ray of light, Sis. i, 22.
(with a pr. p.) to begin to, (perf. 3. pi. abhiyuh)
-hin-kurvanti) to make a sound towards, low or SBr. to reach, obtain, RV. &c. ; to get or fall into
mat, mfn. 'having rays of light,' radiant, bright,
(an), m. the sun, Sis. vi, 63.
;
roar or neigh towards, Kath. PBr. &c. Sis. xvi, 50 ;
(ace.), MBh. &c. ; to come to, fall to one's share
;

Abhi-hiikara, as, m. the sound hih (used) in abhtsh (V^. ish), abhtcchati (Subj.
addition to (a certain japa formula), AsvSr.
(with ace.), Bhatt. ; (said of the sun) to rise (as if Wft^
he came nearer ;
also with alihitardm [q. v.] in- abhJcchdt) to seek for, long for (ace.), AV. ; AitBr.;
wfafif if abM-hita,mfn.(</dha), harnessed stead ofabhi), AitBr., (with as/am) to set, MBh. to intend to (Inf.), Kathas.
or put to (as a horse), RV. AV. SBr. named, ; ; ; i,
1
797 abhy-aya)
(cf. : Pass, abhfyate, to be per- Abhishta, mfn. wished, desired, dear, TS. &c. ;
called, Mn. iii, 141, &c. held forth, said, declared, ; ceived, known, BhP. Intens. :
(i. pi. -imahe) to ask, (as), m. a lover, Paficat. ; SSh. (cf. -tama below) ;
spoken, MBh. Mn. &c. spoken to, Kum. &c.
; ; ; request, RV. i, 24, 3. (d), f. a mistress; betel, L. ; (am), n. wish, ta-
(as), m., N. of a chief, L. ; (am), n.. a name, ex- 2. Abhiti, is, f. assault, RV. ii, 33, 3 & vii, 21,9. ma, mfn. (superl.) dearest, Paficat.; (as), m. a
pression, word. tS, f. [Sarvad.] or -tva, n. the Abhitvan, mf(varl)n. attacking, VS. AitBr. ;
dearest lover, Sah. tS, f. state of being desired.
having been said or stated or named ; a holding Abhy-aya, as, m. approaching (as of darkness), devata, f. beloved goddess, favourite deity (in-
forth, declaration, L. ; authority, test, L. KatySr. ; setting (of the sun), ib. voked in the last prayer before death), Paficat. 18-
Abhi-hiti, is, f. telling, manifesting, title, L. Abhy-ayuka, mfn. coming up to (ace.), KapS. bha, m. or -siddhi, f. the gaining a desired object.
 abhish(i.
abhy-apa-kram. 75
Abhisbti, is, f.
wish, PBr.
Abby-eshana, am, a-bhoktri, mfn. not
(only for the explan. n. ,
enjoying, not abhy-ati (v/t), (ind. p. -atilya) to
abhishti) approaching (either in a friendly or'hos using, abstemious. over (ace.), R.; to
pass get through towards (ace.),
tile inanrier),
Say. on RV. vii, 19, 8 i, 9, i ; de & A-bboktavya, mfn. not to be enjoyed or used. SBr.
siring, wishing for, Sly. on RV. i, ij.6 ii & '
A-bhoga, as, m. non-enjoyment,
Megh &c Abhy-atita, mfn. passed away (as time), MBh
11,4. Abhofr-srhan, m (nom.pl. -gkdnas)(n. (fr. a- "i, "547 dead, Mn. iv, 252 MBh. vii, 1061.
J
;
Abby-esbaniya, mfn. (only bhoj^d-bhufijat), killing the stingy, RV. i, 64, 3
for the
explan. o "
abhishti) to be desired, SSy.

abhi-shaiiga.
on RV.

See abhi-shanj.
i, i in 8
MR!?
MBh.
^
A-bhofrya, mfn. not to be enjoyed,
q v ; not to be enJy ed
xin, 4529.
-
Megh (v
%,
1

transfer

WWlfvw
Vl|i
?'l abhy-aty-Vrij, to carry over or
upon (ace.), AitBr.

abhy-adhika, mf(5)n. surpassing

abhi-shdh. See abhi-shah. A-bhojana, am, n. not eating, fasting, KitySr. ; (in number, power, kind), R. j
Mn.&c.; (dni), n. pi. id., Kathls. exceeding the com-
mon measure, pre-eminent, extraordinary, MBh
j A-bhojita, mfn. not
a-bhtshma-drona, mfn. with fed, not feasted. &c. superior to, more excellent than,
having more
;
out Bhishma and Drona, Venls. A-bbojln, mfn. not eating, fasting.
authority or power than, more than (abl or instr
A-bhojya, mfn. uneatable, Hariv.; not to be or in
abhl-sara. See alhi-</sri. eaten, prohibited as comp.), MBh. &c.; augmented by (abl
food, Gaut. &c.; one whose [Var-
I is not
3rS] or instr. or in comp.) ; (am), ind. exceedingly,
mfn. uneaten allowed to be eaten, Mn. A-
a, ;
unenjoyed, xi, 152 MBh. xiii, 580, &c.
unused, unexpended who has not eaten, en- ;
one bbojyanna, mfn. one whose food is not allowed to
be eaten, Mn.
joyed or expended, -purva, mfn. what has not iv, 221. T*Hl^ abhy-adhvam, ind. upon the way,
been enjoyed before, MBh. -bhaujIsbya, am, n. ' not the state of a ser- KstySr. ; (/), loc. ind. on the way, AV.
xii, 180, 32. -vat, iv, 28, 2.
mfn. one who has not eaten, MBh. Susr.
A-bbuj, mfn. one who has not experienced or
;
WPpn j .
abhy-anu- VjHa, to assent to, ap-
prove, allow, permit, concede, MBh. &c
enjoyed, RV. x, 95, II.
to au-
a-bhautika, not relating to mfn. thorize, direct, MBh. ii, 1235; to allow one to
A-bb.ojlsb.ya, as, a, m. f. not liberal, >r
produced by the gross elements, not
stingy,
material, depart, dismiss, MBh. &c.; (ind.
SSiikhSr.; not a servant. Abhnjisbya-tva, n. l/omm. on Nyayad. &c. p. -jOdya; Inf.
the state of a woman who lives -jttdtum) to take leave, ask for leave to depart
independently, MBh. xiv, 146 ; R. Caus. (ind.
m., N. of a son of
:
Mricch. (cf.
a-bhaiijishya.)
; abhy-agni, is, p. -jHdjya; fiit p'
Etasa or Aitasa, AitBr. -jitapayishyat) to ask for leave to depart, MBh
A'-bbujat, mfn. not being useful to, not liberal ; KaushBr. ; (j), ind. towards 3
& he Abhy-anujna, f.
stingy, RV. i, 120, 12 Psn.
fire, (ifc. f. d) assent, approval,
viii, i, 6 not ;
eating.
ii, i, 14, Sch.
Ragh. ii,_6 9
NySyad.; authorization, permission,
A-bbufijana, mfn. not eating, fasting, R.; Gaut. W?J abhy-agra, rnf(a)n. having the point KPrSt.
;

AsvGr. granting leave of absence, dismiss-

; ;

TJ*T a-bhugna, mfn. not bent, straight umed or directed towards ing, R. &c.
; (ace.), ApSr. ; quick,
from KaushBr. ; SaiikhSr.
free disease, well. ;constant, perpetual, Ap. ; fresh Abhy-annjnat, mfn. assented to, approved
as blood), Bhatt.
; near, L. ; (am), n. proximity, L. Mn. n, i authorized, allowed to; MBh. &c ; (an-
;

a-bhuja, mfn. armless, maimed. Mn.

Wnrnj abhy-aghaya, Norn. P. -aghaydti, neg.) ii, 229 ; favoured
by (instr.), ijj ,6* R
19 allowed to depart,
a-bhuva, am, n. (Vbhii), 'no real or o intend to AV.
;
dismissed, MBh. &c.
injure, vii, 70, 3.
a Abby-anujnSna, am, n. assenting to, approval
common^being,' 'monster, MaitrS. ; (cf. a-bh-va.) Comm. on Nyayad. ; authorization, permission, R
A-bhu, iis, m. unborn,' N. of Vishnu, L. i, mf(a)n. recently marked '
as cattle), Pan. 3, 14-
A-bbuta, mfn. whatever has not been or ii, i, 14, Ris.
hap-
pened, -tadbbava, m. the becoming or Abby-anujfiapana, am, n.
causing to assent to.
changing ^abhy-aj (Vaj), (Imper. or Subj. i.
into anything which one has not been
before, Pan. u.
-djava) to combine, unite, RV. 1 W^rjut^ abhy-anu- Vprach, to
iii, I, 12, Comm. tva, n. 'the state of not having
i, 79, 3. inquire
existed or happened any time,' abhy-^afij, P. to smear, anoint,
after, ask for, MBh. xii, 1933 & xiii, 2169.
impossibility, Comm. ^TWr^
on KSvySd. dosha, mfn. faultless, -purva, S. ; : A. to anoint one's
AitBr. &c. self: A abhy-atiu-Vmud, Caus.
(3 pi (perf.
mfn. unprecedented, R. &c.
-pradxirbbava, m. bhy cMjate) to decorate, RV. ix,
86, 43 : -an- A Pass. p. -modita; p. necess. -moJaniya) to assent
the becoming manifest of what has not been Ktt, to decorate one's self, TS. in MBh.
(quoted Pan. ii, to, approve
- rajas, asas, m. pi., N. of a class of deitiesbefore. 3, 02, KJs.); (in Pass, sense;
p. -aftjdnd) to be
of, i, 4447 Inscr. ;

(sup-
posed to have existed in the fifth Manvantara), VP. decorated, RV. ii, 8, 4. ^abhy-anu-v'yvj (ind. p. -yvjya)
Abby-akta, mfn. oiled, anointed, SBr.; Mn. iv to apply to, ask, MBh.
satru, mfn. having no enemy. Abhiitartha, xii, 5667.
as, m. anything unheard of or 44, &c. decorated, AV. x, I, 25.
;
impossible, Sah.
Cv. Abhy-ang-a, as, m. rubbing with unctuous sub- ..'erf. -antivaca)
Abbutibarana, am, n. relating anything
1.)
to declare or state or utter with
which in fact has not stances, inunction, Mn. ii, reference to (ace.),
happened, a wrong account 178, &c.; unguent, Susr. AitBr. : Pass. (3. pi.
(given for deceiving or puzzling anybody), Sah. ; -anticyante) to be referred to
Basar. &c. Abhy-anjaka, mfn. (ifc.) rubbing (the feet)with by some statement or verse, Br.
A-bhuti, ' unctuous substances, Kathas. Abhy-annkta, mfn. stated or uttered with refer-
is, f.
non-existence, SBr. xiv ; want ence to (ace.), SBr.;
of power,' wretchedness, AV. VS. ; Abby-anjana, am, n. rubbing with unctuous AitBr.; ChUp.; (cf. abhy-
; mischief, cala-
MBh. substances, inunction (especially of the ukta.)
mity, feet, once
[BhP.] said of the hairs), KstySr. ; Mn. &c. ; un- 3 i 5 abhy-anu- v/f ad, P. (=abky-anu-
^r>jftr a-bhi<mi, is, f. non-earth, anything guent (used for rubbing the feet ; cf. SHjana}, SBr. to utter with reference to
but earth, KatySr. ; no Vvac) (ace.), SBr.
proper place or receptacle or &c. ; (5) ornament, embellishment, RV.
object for (gen.), Ssk. &c. -ja, mfn. produced in Abby-anjanya, mfn. whose feet are to be rub- abhy-anu-Vsas (Imper. I.
p.
unfit or unsuitable bed with unguents, TBr. -sdsdni) to indicate, denote,
ground, Susr. -sdbvaya, m. ChUp.
'named a-l>hfimi (bhfimi = diiard, Abhy-anjya, mfn. to be rubbed with unguents (as
earth), i.e. a-
dhara' lip, KSvySd. a foot), KathSs.
abhy-anu-Vsri (ind. p. -sritya,
v. 1.
-srijya) to learn by investigating, Hariv. 1440.
'"'S?r.Hf^[f% a-bhuyah-samnwritti, is, f.
_
no return any more, abhy-anu-Vsrij (ind. p. -srijya)
Ragh. x, 28. ya; Inf. -krdntum) to step over, walk
through, R.; id., ib.
A-blmyishtha, mfn. few, scanty.
to overpower, MBh. xiv, 1551; to transgress, vio-
A-bburi, mfn. few, some. late, MBh. i, 199.
'in; abhy-antara, mf(o)n. interior,
being inside included in (loc.
of,
gen. or in comp
^*3 a-bhusha, mfn. unadorned, Bhatt.
TWjfrta^. abhy-ali- Vkshar (impf. -aksha-
\cf.ganal>hyantara~\), MBh. ii,
;

2282, &c. ; initiated

rat) to flow over to (ace.), TBr. AitBr. in, conversant with-
A-bbusbita, mfn. id. ;
.- (loc.),
\ R. ; Megh. ; next, nearly

tv(y- u n,u. f iuiii.

abhy-atita, mfn. ^(Vat), one who
v u>t) t uiie wno rolat,.,) ,-nfi m ,. '
P.K~.
PaHc
* "MMMi
.
(am ^ ii. inner .
m-_
jnne] pan, jn
,
\urfi),
a-btirita, mfn. not receiving hire, has walked towards
I
.

insi de,
(ace.), one who visits (used for S^ff' middle,, Sak. &c. . .
loc..
L (generally
; :
not paid,
Mn. viii, 231. *k= _T .,j.'jlS\ XTr._ irr ^ int*rv^l nf ^1,:
,.,,...
the etym. of atithi), Nir.
I
*0 interval, eni/-a
space of time,
;;,,,-,
Mricch.
. r*_s
;
. _..
Pancat. ; Hit
A-bhritika, infii. id., MBh. vii, 4463.
/ni, to bring or place
'
A-bbritydtman, mfn. not behaving as a ser-
vant,' disobedient towards (loc.), Kad. upon (loc.), Kaus. ind. in the interior,
inwards, I

__-*.,
1 mfn. 'doing a wrong to one's own
T a-bhrisa, mfn. not much, little, few. abhy-ati-Vric, Pass, -a'li-ric land,' raising .
sedition or mutiny, VarBrS.
or -ati-ricyatc (Subj. Abhyantara-yama,
a-bheda, as, m. non-fracture, com- yale abhy-ati-r{cydtai ; Pot. m. curvature of the spine by
spasm, emprosthonos
-dti-ricyeta) Ved. to remain for the sake of face
pactness, closeness of array, RPrat. &c. ; absence of Susr. (cf. bdhyaydma.)
TS.; SBr.&c. ;

difference or Abby-antaraka, as, m. an intimate friend, L.

distinction, identity ; (mfn.) not dif-
ferent, identical, VP. 'rH^abhy-ati-Vvad, P. (=ati-Vvad, Abhyantari (for abhyantara in comp. with
A-bbedaka, mfn. not dividing, not causing any q. v.) 'to speak louder or better,'
surpass in disput- /I. kri and its
derivatives). - karana, n. initiat-
distinction, Pat. ing, PBr. ing in (loc.), Das. - -v/I. kifl, to put'between, in-
A-bhedln, mfn. not different, Sarvad. i, mfn. initiated in
(loc.), R. ; made
A-bbedya, mfn. not to be divided or broken or
pierced past, MBh. vii, 1391 (v. 1.)
; indivisible ; not to be betrayed (as a secret
formula), BhP. ; (am), n. a diamond, L. -ta, f. or
-tva, n..[R.] indivisibility, impenetrability. . ~ - (ace.), SBr. ; (aor. Subj. 2. sg. -dpa-
mas) to let pass, AV. x, 5, I j =xvi, I, 5. kramis) to come up AV.
I
to, xii, 2, 18.
 76 ^?jqng dbhy-apa-sri. abhy-asa.
Wnjfa abhy-apa-Vsri, A. to retire to sh (Tmper. 2. sg. -arsha dya) to jump down or into, MBh. ;
to meet, en-
wards (ace.), ShadvBr.
(most frequently in RV.) p. -drshat) to flow or run counter, MBh. iv, 1549.
;

to breathe to- near (ace.), RV. to cause to flow near, afford, RV. Abliy-avaskanda, as, m. or dana, am, n.
'Wmni'^ abhy-apdn(i/an), ;

impetuous assault, L.
wards (ace.), AitBr. (aor. or plusq. -dnarshaf) TAr.
^wnfJU abhy-arhana, am, abhy-ava-sthita, mfn. resisting
W*H*^afeAy- Vam, abhy-amiti ( VS. fquotec n. reverencing
in Pin. vii, 2, honouring, BhP. (with ace.), BhP.
34, Sch. ; cf. also ib. 3,
95, Sch.] ; 3
sg. -amisAi; 3. pi. Subj. -amdnti impf. A. -d- & Abhy-arhaniya, mfn. to be greatly honoured \,
to drive (on
manta) to advance violently
against, pain, hurt,
venerable. ta, f. honourableness, Mn. ix, 23. a carriage) towards, SBr.
RV. i, 189, 3 ; vii, 25, 2 x, 86, 8 ; VS. & Abhy-arhita, ml n. greatly honoured, venerable
Abhy-amana, am, n. paining, oppression, Nir Kid. ; (cf. Pin. ii, 2, 34, Comm.) ; more honoured Wlig abhy-ava-Vhri, to throw down
Tat, mfn. paining, hurting, ib. Kid. ; more important than (abl.) ; fit, proper, be into water (ace. afdh or samudrdm or hraddm),
;

Abhy-amita or abhy-anta, mfn. (perf. Pass, p.) coming, L. VS.; SBr.; AsvSr. ; (cf. abhy~ava-*/ni); to bring
diseased, sick, L. near, SBr. ; to take food, eat, Susr. ; Car. &c. Caus. :

Abhy-amitrlna *i*^'yfi abhy-alamkrita, mfn. decorated to cause to throw down (into water),
Li{y. ; to at-
[Bhatt.] or "trlya or trya
R- .13, 36. tack (as an enemy), MBh. iii, 16369 ; to take food,
i,
[Bhatt.], mfn. [apparently derivatives fr. abhy-ami-
tram below s. but probably originally de- Abhy-alamkara, at, m. (ifc. f. a), decoration, eat, MBh. iii, 15905 to cause to eat, Das.
(see v.), ;

rived from the rt., which is also indicated by the MBh. iii, 16166. Abhy-avaharana, am, n. throwing away or
form abhy-amin (see below)] down, SBr.
parallel advancing abhy-alpa, mfn. very small, AitBr KitySr.; taking food, eating, Vishnus. ;
;

against or attacking (the enemy), Pin. v, 3, 17. Comm. on Yijn.

Abhy-amitrina-ta, f. a good opportunity to at- abhy-\/av (aor. -dvlt) to refresh Abhy -avahara,ff.r,m taking food, n. vi, 59,&c. . M
tack the enemy, Rajat. RV. ix, 97, 35- Abhy-avaharin. See satrinat>A.
Abhy-amin, mfn, attacking, Pin. Abhy-avaharya, mfn. eatable, R. ; Pin. Sch.
iii, 2, 157. WVqi*M<D abhy-avakarshana, am, n. (\/ & Comm. ; (am), n. [Vikr.] or (dni), n. pi. [MBh.]
^J**lfacf abhy-umitra (basis of abhy-ami- krisK), extraction, drawing out, L. food, eating.
tram &
its derivatives trtna, &c.), Pin.
v, 2, 17; i*l=lm3l abhy-avakasa, m.
(am), ind. against the enemy, Venls. an open space, Kaus.
as, (i/kas), ^JT^m abhy-avds (\/2. as), (Opt. -ocas-
ycf) to throw upon (ace.), Kaus.
Abhy-amitrlna, &c. See abhy-i/am.
f WTT^T abhy-ava-i/kri (Pass. 3. pi. -kir- WIq'abhy-ave (Vi), -avatti, to go down,
^?ni abhy-aya. See 2. abhi.
yante) to throw or cast on, pour on, cover, R.; descend (into water, as in bathing), AitBr. ; SBr. ;
WnnWJ*^ abhy-ayodhyam, ind. towards Lalit.
KitySr. ; (fut. 3. pi. -avidshyanti) to condescend,
or against Ayodhyi, Bhatt. Abhy-ava-klrna, mm. covered, R, SBr. ; (impf. 3. pi. -avSyan) to perceive, TS.

^BWTft abhy-ari, ind. towards or against 'WVHlSflT; abhy-ava-\/krand, to call out Abhy-avayana, am, n. going down, Br.

the enemy, L. towards (ace.), Kith. Wl^T5r abhy-aveksh (Viksh), -avfkshate,

abhy-ava-*i/gah, Caus. to ride
to look at or upon, SBr. MBh. ii, 2686.
abhy-arkabimliam, ind. to- W^^'il^ ;

or walk (horses) into the ford, Comm. on TBr.

wards the disk of the sun, SSk. ^TH^raA hy- Vi-as,-asnoti (frequently Opt.
Wvq 4 M ^. abhy-ava- -/car or Free. I. sg. -asydm, 3.
(Subj. 3. pi. -cd- sg. -asyds [RV. iv, 5, 7],
W1^ abhy-^arc (3. pi. -arcanti & impf.
rdn) to approach, assail, SBr. : Caus. (Opt. -cdrayet]
i. pi. -aiydma; aor. P. -dnat and A. -ashla; perf.
-arcan [RV. i. sg.
iv, I, 14] ; Imper. -area, t. pi.
to send away, MBh. i. pi. -dnasma,.$. pi. -dnasiih) to pervade, reach
-arcata ; A. I .
sg. -arce & aor. -arctue fR V. x, 64, xii, 3779.
RV.; (Subj. I. d\i.-asndvdva, I. pi. -aind-
to, gain,
3]) to praise, celebrate in song (instr.), RV.; AV. ; abhy-ava- </jval, Caus. -jvala- vdma) to overpower, RV.
VS. ; (ind. p. -arcya) to worship, reverence, MBh. Abhy-asana, am, n. reaching to, gaining, Nir.
;
yate, to enlighten, illumine, GopBr.
Mn. &c. Abhy-asa, ns, m. (also written i. abhy-asa),
Abhy-arcana, am, n. worship, reverence, Mn. -ava/tan, -tanoti, to send
reaching to, pervading, YijS. iii, 114; (with yad
ii, 176, &c. out or spread (as rays, towards (ace.), SBr. :
instr.) and Pot.) prospect, any expected result or conse-
Pass. (3. pi. -tdyante) to be sent out or spread
Abhy-aroanlya, mfn. aihy-arcya. (as quence, ChUp. proximity (with gen. or abl.), R.
;

Abhy-arca, f. = abhy-arcana above, L. rays) towards (ace.), SBr. &c. ; (mm.) near, Kum. vi, 2 (am), ind. near, at ;

Abhy-arcita, mm. reverenced, MBh. ii, 1390, i.abhy-ava-\/i. da, to place into hand, AitBr. PBr.
(e), loc. ind. near (with gen.
; ;

&c. incorrectly for abhy-arthita, MBh. v, 1532. or abl.), R. &c. (at), abl. in comp. with (a perf.
;
(loc.), Car. ;

Abhy-arcya, mfn. to be reverenced, VarBrS. &c. '

Pass, p., as) dgata, &c., arrived from near at hand,
2.
abhy-ava-</3. da, to cut off in &c., Pin. ii, I, 39, Sch. ii vi, 3, 2, Sch. AbhySsi-
TM*IU abhy-arna, mfn. (fr. \/ri or accord- addition to, SBr. to come near to, Pat.
ing to Pin. vii, a, 25 fr. Vara", in which case it Abhy-ava-danya (or -ddnya), mfn. depriving
should be written abhy-arnna) near, proximate, of (gen.), Br. xiv. i.abhy-Vi.as, -dsti (i. pi. abhi
Ragh. ii, 33, &c.; (am), n. proximity, Milatlm. &c. shmas, but 3. pi. abhi sdnti and pr. p. abhi sat
tS, f. proximity, Kid.
abhy-ava-dugdha, mfn. that [according to Pin. viii, 3, 87 aAAismas, but abhi-
upon which milk has been milked, Kaus. shanti and abhishaf] ; Subj. -asat, I. pi. -dsdma,
VTr^ dbhy-Vart (aor. A 2 pi. -artidhvam)
. .
3. pi. -dsan; Pot sg. -shydm, -shyds, -shyat, I.
abhy-ava- Vdhd (perf. Pass. p. and 3. pi. -shydma, -shyuh or -shytih; pert'. I. sg.
[NBD.] incorrectly for abhy-*/arth, PBr.; cf. an-
vart (anv-art f). -hita) to allay, lay (as dust), R. ii, 40, 33.
-dsa) to be over, reign over, excel, surpass, overpower,
A. (Opt. 2.sg. -artha- abhy-ava-Vnam, Caus. (ind. p. RV. AV. ; ; to fall to one's share, Pin. i, 4, 91.
WT^abhy-Varth, -ndmyd) to bow, incline,'MBh. iii, 10062. Ablii-sliti. See s. v.
ycthds; rarely P., e.g. fut.-arMayj>^yaft',Kathas.)
to request, ask for (ace. or dat. or loc. or in
comp. ^T^qfrin abhy-ava-Vnij, P. -nenekti, to Wl^ 2. abhy-Vz. as (ind. p. -asya) to
throw towards or upon, SBr. ; AitBr. ; (p. gen. sg.
with artham), MBh. iii, 1 6990, &c. ; (see also
abhy- wipe or wash, clean, Kaus. ; (aor. A. I..sg. -nikshi)
Vart.) AV. x, 5, 15 : Caus. to cause to wash, Kaus. -asyatas) to throw (as arrows), MBh. i, 5479 ; to add,
Abhy-arthana, am, n. asking, requesting; gene- ?ulb. P. (rarely A.) -asyati (but also Pot. -aset,
:

f., id., Kum. i, 53, &c.

rally (a), t.y-ava- Vnt, to lead down (into Mn. p. -asat, MBh. iii, 1450; R. YljH. iii, 204:
; ;

Abhy-artnanly a mfn. to be requested or asked. , water), SBr.; AitBr. ; (perf. -nindya) to pour into A. -asate, Mn. iv, 149) to concentrate one's atten-
Abhy-arthlta, mfn. asked, invited, Mn. ii, 189, or upon (ace.), AitBr. ; PBr. tion upon (ace.), practise, exercise, study, MBh. &c. ;
88 to repeat, double ; to multiply, SOryas. &c. : Caus. to
&c.; (am), n. request, Yajfi. ii, ;
(d.yathathyar- abhy-ava- Vpat, to fly near, cause to practise or study, teach, Comm. on Sis. ix, 79.
thitam.) AitBr.
Abhy-arthin, mm. (ifc.) asking, KathSs. Abhy-asana, am, n. practice, exercise, R. &c.
1. Abhy-arthya, mtn. = ab/iy-arthaniya. lilt, abhy-ava- Vman, -manyatt, to Abhy-asanlya, mfn. to be practised, Kathis. ;
2. Abhy-arthya, ind. p. despise, reject, Mn. iv, 249.
to be studied ; to be repeated ; (in Gr.) to be redu-
asking, requesting,
KathSs. plicated.
abhy-ava- Vruh, to step down mfn. to be practised, Comm. on
Abhy-asitavya,
Wl abhy-^/ard, to oppress, afflict, pain, upon, SBr. ; (perf. p. -rut/Aavat) R. v, 5 2, 1 5.
tyiyam.
R. : Caus. id., BhP. abhy-ava-Vvrit, A. (Opt. 3. pi Abhy-asta, mfn. accumulated by
^0*^Tl repeated prac-
Abhy-arnna, mfn. (as ni-shanna fr. ni-shad). vdrleran) to turn one'sselfaway from(abl.),TBr.:
ice (as food), Susr.; practised, exercised, Mricch. &c.;
See abhy-arna. arnt by heart, repeated, studied, Ragh. i,8,&c.; mul-
Caus. P. to turn towards or to this side, SBr.
Abhy-ardita, mfn. (fr. Caus.) distressed, op- iplied, Nir. ; Suryas.; (in Gr.) reduplicated (as roots),
pressed, MBh. i, 41 16 ; Pin. vii, 2, 25, Sch. abhy-ava-i/sri (ind. p. -sritya) to 'Jir. ; (am), n. the reduplicated base of a root, Pin.
etire from (abl.) towards (ace.), MBh. vii, 8479. 2. Abhy-asa, as, m. the act of adding anything,
W*Tv abhy-ardhd, as, m. only (^) loc. ind. Sulb. ;
'
(in Gr.) what is prefixed,' the first syllable
abhy-ava- Vsrij (l. p. -srijami)
opposite to, in the face of (abl.), SBr. yajvan >f a reduplicated radical, Pan. ; reduplication, Nir. ;
o dismiss towards (ace.), AV. xvi, I, 6 ; to dismiss
(6), mm. (said of Pushan) receiving sacrifices apart
epetition, Mn. xii, 74, &c. ; (in poetry) repetition
or separate ones, RV. vi, 50, 5. as rays), MBh. xii, 3295 to throw, shoot (as ar- ;
if the last verse of a stanza [Nir.] or of the last word
AbhyarOhas, ind. apart, separate from ows), MBh. R. ;
of a chapter
(abl.), [Comm. on AitBr.] (in arithm.) mul- ;

MaitrS. TS. ava- -/skand (ind .p. -skan-

;
iplication ; repeated or permanent exercise, disci-
 abhyasa-ta. abhy-d-sad. 77
pline, use, habit, custom
repeated reading, study ;
,
Abhy-aghatin, mfn. attacking, Pin. iii, 2, 142 Abhy-apata, as, m. calamity, misfortune, L.
military practice, L. (in laterVedanta phil.) inculca-
;
Abhy-aghatya, mfn. recited with interruption
tion of a truth conveyed in sacred
writings by means PBr. 1i*im^[ abhy-d-Vpad (Pot. -padyeta) to
of repeating the same word or the same enter into, come to (ace.), AsvGr.
passage ; (in
Yoga phil.) the effort of the mind to remain in its .
Seepanar-abA Abhy-a-padam, ind. so as to enter into or pass
unmodified condition of purity (sattva). ta, f. con- through (ace.), Nir. vii, 26.
stant practice, use, habit. (impf. -acashta]
nimitta, n. the cause to look at
of the reduplication-syllable, Pan. Comm. (ace.), BhP.; to speak, BhP. ^JTT^J.a&Ay-a-v^oAu (Pot. -bhdvet) to hap-
pari- occur to (ace.), SBr.
vartin (for abhydsa-\ mfn. wandering about or pen to, ; AitBr.
^ WQT^abhy-d-^car^r.p. acc.pl. f.abhy-
near, N. yoga, m. the practice of frequent anc a-cdrantis) to approach (with ace.), RV. viii, 96, abhy-dmarda, as, m .
war, battle, L.
repeated meditation on any deity or on abstract spirit, 15; to undertake, MBh. practise,
9719. xii,
repeated recollection, vat, m. (in Yoga phil.; Abhy-acare, See abhy-dgarc.
loc. ind.
-d-\/yam, P. (3. pi. -yacchan-
ti) to lengthen (as a syllable in speaking^ AitBr.
'being in the condition called abhyasa? i. e. a Yogin Abhy-acara, as, m. approaching (as an enemy), ;
to draw or pull (as the udder in sucking), Kath.
of the first degree, vyavaya, m. interval caused assault, AV. x, 3, 2 ; mishap, an
:

accident, KaushBr. A. (Imper. 2. sg. -yacchasvd) to assume (' to grant,'

by the
reduplication-syllable, Pan. Comm. Abhy- (e), loc. ind. See abhy-dgdre.
Ssakupara, n. 'the sea of meditation,' N. of a verse Comm.), VS. iii, 38: P.(Subj. 3. y\.-yaman; ind. p.
of the SV. WTTS^ abhy-aj (vaj), (Imper. 2. sg.
-aja] -ydtya) to aim at, RV. viii, 92, 3 1 ; Br. AitBr. ; for ;

to drive near, Pin.

Abhyasln, mfn. (ifc.)
viii, I, 8, Sch. abhy-d-^gam, KaushBr.
practising, repeating,
Gaut. ;abhydsa-vat, q.v., Sarvad. ^TWrTsTR abhy-d-jndyd, as, m. order, com Abhy-a-yansnya, mfn. (said of the ASvins)
one who allows himself to be drawn near (for ac-
Nom. mand, SBr.
Wl^T abhy-asuya, P. A. -asuyati,
cepting the sacrificial
oblation), RV. i, 34, 1.
"te, to show indignation, be indignant MBh. &c.
Abhy-asuyaka, mm. indignant, Bhag.
at,
^WnTT abhy-d-^yd, to come up to, ap-
vata) to take aim at, shoot, TS.
Abhy-asuya, f. indignation, anger, Megh. ; envy, proach, MBh. &c.
Abhy-atana, as, m. pi. 'aiming at,' N. of cer-
jealousy, Kum. iii, 4 Ragh. abhy-d-\/2.yu, A.
; tain war-songs, TS. ; Kaus. -tva, n. the state of WITg (3. pi. -ytwate)
those war-songs, TS. to strive towards
^8*H*rt^ abhy-dstam, with \/t [Pot. -iydt, (ace.), AitBr.
Br. ; AitBr.] or Vl.gd [aor. See
-agdt, SBr.], (said of ^MiflH, abhy-d-Vtap (3. pi. -tapanti) to '-dyuka. 2. abhi.
the sun) to set upon anybody (ace.) who is not work- RV. vii, 83, J.
torment, pain,
ing or while anything (ace.) is not done or performed
f
abhy-d-i/rabh, A. to lay hold of
;
WJffiT abhy-d-\/tri (Imper. 2. sg. -tara) (ace.), $Br.; AitBr.: P. (impf. -arabhat) to com-
(cf. abhi-ni-\/mruc.~)
Abhy-astam-aya, as, m. See anuddhrit&bk. to come up to (ace.), RV. viii, 75, 1 5. mence, MBh. iii, 10724.
Abhy-astam-ita, mfn. one on whom while not Abhy-Srambha, as, m. beginning, SBr.; re-
^WTrW^ abhy-dtmdm, ind., Ved. towards
(working or) being asleep the sun has set, Gaut. beginning, repetition, PBr.
one's self, SBr. &c.
xi ind. (cf. drd) near, at
WTraiM abhy-dkarsha, as, m. (\/krish), a Abhyatma (in comp. for
abhydtmdm), ta- mn,*^ abhy-dram,
hand, RV. 72, II.
striking of the flat of the hand upon the breast in ram, ind. more towards one's self, AsvSr. Abhy- viii,

defiance (a practice common to wrestlers and

pugil- atmagra, mm. having the points turned towards sHi^i| abhy-d-^ruh, -d-rohati, to as-
ists), MBh. i, 7109. one's self, AsvGr. cend, mount, step upon, AV. ; TS. ; SBr. : Caus.

n. a (Subj. i. sg. -rohdydni) to cause to ascend, SBr.

^TT^Tf^iT nbhy-dkdnkshita, am,
groundless complaint, false accusation, L. to seize, snatch away, (Pot._-Jadtta) MBh. i,
3558 Abhy-Srudha, mfn. ascended, TS. ;(cf.dn- neg.)
= xii, 10999
= xiii, 4985 : A. to put on (as a wreath), Abhy-aroha, as, m. ascending, SBr. (cf. dit-
^TT^iTT 1^ abhy-d-kdram, ind. (vl-kfi),
Hariv. (with vdkyam) to take up the word, com-
; neg.); increase, growth (as of days), SBr.; 'ascend-
by or in drawing near to one's self, AitBr.; SBr. (Kan- mence to speak, MBh. v, 3384. ing in devotion,' praying, SBr. xiv.
va Rec.)
Abhy-a-tta, mfn. encompassing, ChUp. Abhy-arohanlya, as, m., N. of a sacrificial

TOWan*n^ abhy-d-krdmam, ind. (</kram), Abhy-adSna, am, n. beginning. Pin. viii, 2, 87. ceremony, AsvSr. Laty. ;

by or in stepping towards AV. Abhy-arohnka, mfn. ascending, MaitrS.

repeatedly, x, 7, 42. ^TTT^T<1 abhy-d-ddvya, as, m. (v/2. du), Abhy-arohya. See an- neg.
1S*lJ\T^abhy-d-'/krus (impf. 3. pi. -akro- N. of the non-sacrificial fire which in coming close
to the sacrificial one blazes up together with ^f*TT^^ abhy-d-</vadk (aor. -avadhit) to
sait) to assail with harsh language, revile, SinkhSr. it,
MaitrS. strike, R. 1,45, 17(v.
^WrreTT abhy-d-Vkhyd (Inf. -khydtum = I.)

Comm. on Kir. abhy-d-Vdis (Intens. p. -dfdi- abhy-d-Vvah (3. pi. Imper. -va-
mithyabhiyoktuni) to accuse falsely, 'WWTrfij'S^
hantu and -avahan) to convey, bring towards
xiii, 58. idna) to aim manner), RV.
at (in hostile vi, 44, 1
7.
impf.

Abhy-akhyata, mfn. accused falsely, calumni- (ace.), RV. i, 51, 10; 134, i & vi, 63, 7.
abhy-d-Vz. dru (perf. -dudrdva) to
ated, Kaus.TUp. ;
run towards abhy-d-\/vis (impf. -avisat) to
(ace.), SBr.
Abhy-akhyana, am, n. a false or groundless ac- rush into (ace.), MBh. vii, 5812 P. A. to enter :

cusation, calumny, Buddh. ; Jain. abhy-d-Vdhd, chiefly Ved. to lay MBh.

into, penetrate,
on (fuel, &c.), VS., &c. ;
to place the fire upon,
^SVHTTJT^ abhy-d-Vgam (fut. p. neg. dn- -vdrtate (Imper. 2.
SBr. &c. ^T*u<j1^ abhy-d-Vvrit,
abhydgamishyat, SBr.) to come near to, approach, -vavritsva ; P. impf. 3. sg. -avart [RV. vii, 59,
Abhy-adhana, am, n. laying on (fuel), SBr.;
;.

SBr. &c. (with cintdni) to happen to think, a cart) towards, come up to or towards
visit, ;
Kaus. 4]) to roll (as
R. iii, 4, 20. approach, RV. ; AV. ; VS. Caus. (Ved.) -va-
Abhy-ahita, mfn. laid on (as fuel), SBr. ; ChUp. (ace.), :

Abhy-Sgata, mfn. come, arrived, MBh. &c. vartati, id., RV. x, 64, 1 ; -vartayati, to repeat,
;
pasn, m. a present or duty (usual in some dis-
(with kramdf) inherited, Yajn. ii, 119; (as), m. of India), Pan. SSiikhGr.
tricts vi, 3, 10, Sch. ; (v. 1.
abhyarhita-
(opposed to atithf) an uninvited guest, BhP.; a Abhy-a-vartam, ind. so as to repeat, repeatedly,
H it. &c. pasu.")
guest in general, SBr. ; PBr.
Abhy-agama, as, m. approaching, arrival, visit,
^?Hm1 abhy-dnana, mfn. having the face Abhy-avartin, mfn. coming near, coming re-
Ragh. &c. arriving at or enjoying a re- turned towards, BhP.
visitation, ;
watedly, VS. (voc.) ; Kaus. ; returning (as days),
sult, Nyayad. neighbourhood, L. rising (to receive AitBr. (an- neg.); (f), m., N. of a king (son of
abhy-d-\/nl (ind. p. -niya) to pour
; ;

a guest), L. ; war, battle, L. ; encountering, striking,

into, mix with, AitBr.
CayamSna and descendant of Prithu), RV. vi, 27,
killing, L. ; enmity, L.
/
5& 8.
Abhy-a-gamana, mfn. arrival, visit, R. i, 8, 24 ; -v ''1 ri< (pr. p.
-nrttyat) to Abhy-avritta, mfn. come near, approached, VS.
Kir.;(cf. kdlak/f.) dance towards, hasten near, TBr. viii, turned towards, KatySr.
58; (with ace.) SBr. ;

WnnT abky-ii-\/l.ga (aor. abhy-agdt) to nta = abhy-amita, q.v. Abhy-avritti, is, repetition, Pin. Jaim.
(.

Abhy-a-vrltya, ind. p. turning one's self towards

;

approach, come to (ace.), RV. i, 164, 27; MBh.;

y- Vdf>, -dpndti, to reach to, get, ace.), MBh. v, 4128.
(gen.), BhP. ; (said of evil) to visit, MBh. iii, 1 1 20 ;
to begin to (Inf.), Mn. x, 108. obtain, SBr. : Caus. -apiiyati, to bring to an end, -dsa, as, m. See abhy-^/i.as.
SBr.: Desid. P. ablnpsati (rarely A., MBh. v, 17),
^T^HI'llt.*^ abfiy-d-gdram,
ind. (\/i.grl), so to strive to reach, ask for, desire, MBh. &c. abhy-dsa. See (abhy-^/i.as and)
as to call or shout to each other (at the different MBh. abhy-*f'i. as.
6469; R.; and, Mn.
2.
Abhipsat, mf(<i//~, 1,

steps ofa dance), i.e. repeating separately, KaushBr. 1 n. (pr. p.)

v, 56) longing for, desiring.
(see also abhi-ni-nartani) ; cf. apa-gdram.
Abhipsita, mfn. desired, acceptable, dear. y linked together (as days by beginning a day with
WTI TIT abhy-dgdrc,\oc. ind. in the house, Abhipsin, mfn. (\k.)
= ab/i?psat, KathUp. he same ceremony which has been performed at the
AsvGr. ; v. 1.
abhy-dcdre [ParGr.] and abhy-dcare Abhipsu, mfn. id. (with ace., N. &c. with Inf., ; :nd of the preceding day), AsvSr. ; Comm. on PBr.
' Sis.
[MSnGr.J, in the reach or compass.' i, 14). Abhy-asaiigya, mfn. to be closely linked to-
Abhy-agarika, mfn. diligent in supporting a Abhy-apti, is, f.
obtaining, AitAr. gether (as days ; see before), PBr. ; Vait. ; (as), m.,
family, L. N. of a Panciha, PBr. ; ApSr.
WWf1(^abhy-a-Vpat, to jump on, hasten
^T*Ml*HiT abhy-dghdta, as, m. (v/Aan), as- near to, rush towards (ace. without or with frail), abhy-d-\/sad (Ved. Inf. -sdditm)
sault, attack, Mn. ix, 272; interruption, Comm. on VI Bh. ;
Kathas. : Caus. to extend (a string) towards o sit down
into (ace.), RV. ix, 3, I & 30, 4; to at
PBr. (ace.), Sulb. ain, obtain, Kir. v, 52
78 abhy-usadana. ubhy-upa-dha.
Abhy-asadana, am, n. attacking an enemy, L. Abb.y-uttb.ayin, mfn. rising from a seat to do to raise (one's voice), MBh. i, 21 70: Pass, -tryate,

Abhy-asadayitavya, mm. to be allowed to ap- any one honour, Comm. on KatySr. (an- neg.) to be stirred up, be intensified, Susr.

proach, MBh. iii, 17101. Abhy-utthita, mfn. risen, R. &c. risen from
'

; Abhy-udirita, mfn. raised (as the voice), said,'

the seat to do any one (ace.) honour, Hariv. ; BhP. (e), loc. ind. after it had been said by (instr.), Kathas.
TSVnfl&^alhy-a-Vsic, to pour on, Gobh. ;
;

appeared, visible, Ragh. i, 53, &c. ; risen for doing

Susr.
one's self ready for (ace.), Nir.; WJSf obhy-ud-\/i.uh (impf. auhat) to
anything, making
MBh. move or push farther out, AitBr.
4130; ready, Hariv.; BhP.
/
^WrirTabAy-a-v 'Aan (Imper. 2. sg.-jahi; (Inf.), xii,

A. -jaghne) to strike, wound, RV. ix, 81;, i Abb.y-uttb.eya, mfn. to be greeted reverentially
perf.
MBh. ChUp. to impede (Inf. -Aanitum), Hariv.
;

from one's seat), Comm. on KatySr. ^J*^ abfiy-ude (Vi), (ind. p. -ttya) to go
; ; (i. e. by rising out in order to meet any one (ace.), AV. xv, 11, a
Abhy-ahata, mfn. struck, wounded, MBh. Sec. ;
& la, 2.
seized by, afflicted with, MBh. Sic. impeded, Bhatt., ;
^T^JrTr^ abhy-ut-Vpat (p. -patat ; perf.
fly or jump or rush up to (ace.), Hariv.
-pafdta} to on
abhy-udga, mfn. */ubj, Pat.
;
MirkP. fr.
(an-, neg.) AsvSr.; ^J*JTff
Kathas. Caus. -tit-pdtayati, to cause to fly up to
Abhy-ahanana, am, n. impeding, interruption,
:

Pin. Sivasutra 5 & viii, 3, 38.

(ace.), SBr.
Comm. on PBr.
Abhy-utpatana, am, n. springing or leaping STVqtSrr abhy-ud-gata, mfn. risen (as the
ab/iy-a/iita. See abhy-d-Vdhd. against any one, Ragh. ii, 27. one who has gone out in order to meet
moon) ;

abhy-d-i/hn, to bring near, hand "*3 W S "bky-ut-Vsad, any one (ace.), MBh. i, 3572 ; extended (as fame),
1

Caus. (Ved. aor.

R.; Lalit. -raja, m., N. of a Kalpa, Buddh.
over, MBh.; R. to carry off, R. ed. Bomb, i, 61,7.
; -sddaydtn akah \akar, Vl-kri]) to cause to set
out towards (ace. ; for obtaining), MaitrS. (quoted Abhy-ndframa, as, m. rising from a seat to
Abhy-ahfira, as, m. bringing near, SBr.; carry- honour any one, Kathas.
ing off, robbery, L. by Pan. iii, I, 42).
Abliy-udganiana, am, n. id., L.
'WWTrar alihy-a-i/hve, -hvayate, to address ^IWJTO^ abhy-ut-Vsarj (Pot. -ut-sarjet) WIKT ubfiy-ud-</i.gd (aor. 2. sg. -rigds;
(with the ahava
formula), TS. ; SBr. ; AitBr. (pr. p. to rattle towards (ace.), TS.
;

3. sg. -tld-agdt) to rise over or during (ace.), RV.

-hvayaf) to shout at, challenge, attack, PBr. " 3*"^ fbfiy-ut-Vsah, to be able to resist
V
viii, 93, 4 ; SBr.
W*3^ abhy-ukta, mfn. declared or uttered (with ace.), MBh. vi, 2351 to feel competent, ven- ;

(as a verse) with reference to (ace.), SBr. ; Up. ture (with Inf.), MBh. iii, 13206; Ragh. v, 22. ^Jvqf^SJ abhy-ud-Vdis, to point at any-
to, ManGr.
thing above with reference
P.-ukshdti (ind. p. ^T*jfw^ abhy-ut-Vsic (ind. p. -stcya) to
T&**fmabhy-*/l.uksh,
-ukshya) to sprinkle over, besprinkle, SBr. &c. :
fill
up by pouring, SBr.; to sprinkle with (instr., "*3F^ a l>hy-ud-drishta, mfn. having be-
A. (pcrf. -vavakshe) to cover with sparks, RV. i, adbhis), SinkhGr. come visible (as the moon) during anything, KatySr. ;
dn- (neg.), one during the sacrifice of whom the
146, i. SBWJFJ^ abhy-ut-Vsri], to throw (as an moon has not become visible, SBr.; KatySr; (aihy-
Abhy-uksbana am, n. sprinkling over, wetting,
,

arrow) towards (dat.), MBh. vii, 8852: Desid. (p.

KitySr.; Lity; Ragh. xvi, 57. uddrishtd), {., N. of a ceremony, KaushBr. Abhy-
-sisrikshat} to be about to give up (as one's life),
Abhy-ukshita, mfn. besprinkled, R. Mricch. uddrisb.tesb.ti, f., N. of a ceremony (beginning
;
MBh. xii, 833.
only after the moon has become visible), KaushBr. ;
^*3^, o^Ay-v^tic, -ucyati, to like, take ^Swrff9T abhy-ut-V^smi (only p. -smayat) SankhSr.
pleasure in visiting, TS. to smile on MBh.; Hariv.
(ace.), smile,
^f*g? abhy-ud-Vz.drv, -drdvati, to run
Abhy-ucita, mfn. usual, customary, R.
^T^Pt abhy-Vud (p. -unddt; Imper. 2. pi. up to (ace.), TBr.
2. sg.
^^^^.abhy-uc-Vcar (Imper. -card) -undtta [for unita, see Whitney's Gr. 690]) to A. (3. pi. -vj~
to rise over (ace.), RV. viii, 25, ai. RV. ^l*'pfT abhy-ud-dhd (vi.hd),
wet, flow over, ;
SBr. ; AitBr.
jihate) to rise together with, ChUp.
Wjf% abhy-uc-Vi-ci, to bring together
^*4$*{abhy-ud-Van, -dniti, to breathe to-
in one place, Comm. on Bad. ; to treat (a subject) in wards or upon ^*l^ abhy-ud-dhri ("/Ari),Ved. to take
(ace.), SBr.
connection with (another), ib. out (especially one fire in order to add it to another),
Abhy-uccaya, as, m. increase, Nir. ; Bhatt. ^l^j^^tli abhy-ud-ava-Vso, -syati, to set TS. SBr. &c. ; to take or draw put, draw (as water),
;

Abhy-uccita, mfn. increased, Comm. on Nir. out or go towards (ace.), AitBr. MBh. &c.; to take up, lift up, SinkhSr. ; MBh. xii,
/
12322; to re-obtain, YajB. ii, 119; to elevate, ren-
Wy?f abhy-vcchraya,
with
as, m. ( V r),'ele-
^t*3<?l'fl abhy-vd-a-Vni, to
lead up (out der prosperous, MBh. ; Sih. &c. : Caus. (ind. p. -ud-
vation,' in mfn.
-vat,
comp. having a great of water), MinSr. ; MinGr. ; Gobh. (cf. ud-dJnT) ;
MBh. iii, 13326.
to raise, lift
MBh. iii, 11609. dhdrya) up,
elevation, being higher than (abl.), to fetch out from, MinSr.
raised aloft, elevated, SBr.
Abhy-uddhrlta, mm. taken up, &c. drawn ; (as
Abliy-ucchrita, mfn.
^*3^1fj abhy-ud-d-Vhri, to give an ex- water), Yajn. i,
1
7 ;
collected (for a purpose), Mricch.
&c. ; prominent, VarBrS. ; Ragh. ix,62; excellent
through (instr.), Ragh. xvi, a. kara, mm. with ample in addition, Ap. TX'Bffniabhy-ud-yata, mfn.(</yam), raised,
uplifted proboscis, MBh. iii, 15735.
Abhy-udaharana, am, n. an example or illus- MBh. &c. offered, Mn. iv, 247 seq. pre-
lifted up, ; ;

tration of a thing by its reverse, L.

pared for, engaged in, ready for (Inf. [Hariv. &c.]
W*}("'n( abhy-uj-*/ji,to
obtain by conquer-
(2. sg. -eshi; Imper.
or dat. [VarBrS.] or loc. [Mn. ix, 302] or in comp.
WWjfiy abhy-ud-Vi
ing, GopBr. [Megh.J); (for abhy-udgata), received kindly, wel-
2. sg. -tid-ihi; Pot. -iydt [SBr.], -iydt [MBh. iii,
2010 & 10272] MBh. comed, BhP.
WXTSffajtbhy-uj-^jiVf-jlvati, to preserve ; fut. -ud-ayishyati, iv, 688),
MBh. r,453t. (said of the sun) to rise over (ace.), rise, RV. viii,
life, 'H^jfln abhy-unnata, mfn.(\/n<ra), raised,
93, I ; AV. &c. ; to engage in combat with (ace.), Sak. &c.
elevated, VarBrS.
^J^rHiJ^ abhy-ut-\/kram, to go up to, as-
;
MBh. (Pot. -iydt, see before) ; to finish off at (ace.),
cend, Vait. P. (fut. I. pi. -kramishydmas, SBr.)
: PBr. ^Tg^ abhy-un-\/nl, to pour upon, scoop
and Caus. P. -kramayati [SBr.] or -krdmayati Abby-ndaya, as, m. sunrise or rise of luminaries towards, SBr. ;
PBr. ; Laty.
[AsvGr.] to cause to go or step towards (loc.) (during or with reference to some other occurrence), to go near to,
^TMJUJI*^ abhy-upa-\/gam,
KitySr. ; Jaim. ; beginning, commencing (as of dark-
^wjrlp^ abAy-trf-v'irui (Subj. I. pi. -krtoi>
approach, arrive at (ace.), MBh. &c. ; to obtain to ;

ness, &c.), R. ; elevation, increase, prosperity, hap-

sdma) to raise loud acclamations towards (kce^, assent, agree to, Das. &c.: Caus. (ind. p. -gamayya)
piness, good result, Mn. iii, 254 ; R. &c. ; a religious
AitBr. to prevail on any one to assent, Das. (see also abhy-
celebration, festival, Mn. ix, 84. Abbyudayishti,
Abhy-utkruslita, mm. applauded with loud ac-
N. of an expiatory upagamita).
f., sacrifice, Jaim. ; (cf. abhyudi-
clamations, AitBr. (an- neg.) Abhy-upaffata, mfn. gone near to, approached,
thhti.) MBh. ;
Abby-utkrosana, am, n. loud acclamation, Say. arrived at ; agreed, assented to, admitted,
Abhy-udayin, mfn. rising, Rijat. SSk. &c.
on AitBr. mantra, m. a hymn of applause (with
I. Abby-udita, mfn. risen (as the sun or lumi-
which India is addressed), ib. Abhy-npagantavya, mfn. to be gone to or set
naries), MBh. R. Mn. iv, 104 one over whom
; ; ; out for (dat.), MBh. xiv, 327; to be assented to or
to
^*J7T abhy-ut-Vtrl (3. pi. -ut-taranti) (while sleeping) the sun has risen, Mn. ii, 221; agreed upon, Pin. i, 2, 55, K3s. ; to be admitted,
cross, SBr. ; (i. pi. -tarema) to cross over towards, Comm. on TS. engaged in combat, MBh. ^,15362;
; Comm. on Bad. and on Nyayam.
penetrate to (ace.), RV. x, 53, 8. arisen,happened elevated, prosperous ; (abhyiidita),
;
Abhy-upagfantri, mfn. one who assents or ad-
am,n. (said of the sun or the moon) rising (during some mits,Comm. on ChUp.
-ud-
SJWptJT abky-ut-thd (Vstkd), (impf. other occurrence), SBr.; KitySr.; (a), f., N. of the
Abhy-npagama, as, m. going near to, approach-
atishthat; perf. -tit-taslAau') to rise for going to- ceremony be performed at the abhyuJita), an agreement, contract, Mn. ix,
ing, arriving at, L.
(to ;
wards (ace.), AV. xv, 8, 5 ; SBr. &c. ; to rise from KaushBr. sayi-ta, the state of lying asleep
53; assenting to, admitting, Sah. &c. ; (as a state-
f.

a seat to do any one (ace.) honour, Sak. &c. ; (with while the sun has risen, MBh. xiii, 5093. Abhy- ment) Comm. on Bad. -siddhanta, m. an ad-
dtithya-karma) id., Bh. M vjii, 634 ;
to rise in re- uditeshti, f. -=
rt<MrjwrtVyr^/,KaushBr.;SinkhSr. mitted axiom, NySyad.
bellion, MlrkP.; to leave desist from
Abhy-upaframita, mfn. made to consent,' ob-
off, '
(abl.),
Comm. on ChUp. '3Wf<JrT 2 obhy-udita, mfn. (Vvad), ex-
-

tained by assent or free consent (as a slave for a

Abhy-ttttb.ana,<7w, n. rising from a seat through pressed (in words), KenaUp. (an- neg.); see abhi-
fixed term), Comm. on Yajn.
politeness, Paflcat. ; rising, setting out, R. ; rebellion,
to
Hariv. ; elevation, gaining a high position, gaining T
abhy-ud-\/iksh, A. (impf. -aiksh-
^fJTjVT abhy-upa-Vdhd, -upa-dadhdti,
to cover with (instr.), SBr. P. A.
authority, respectability, Bhag. ; Ragh. ; (said of des- place upon, TS. ;
:

ata) to look towards (ace.), R. to

tiny) gaining efficacy, power, MBh. xiii, 343 ; rise, (3. pi. -lipa-dadhati, Subj. i. pi. -dadhamahaf)
origin, birth, MBh. xii.
abhy-ud-i/ir, Caus. (p. -Irayat) place upon (the fire) in addition or together with, SBr.
 abhy-upa-ni-vnt. abhri-khata. 79
vrit, to return, Abhy-upayana, am, n. a complimentary gift, abhr, cl. I. P. abhrati (perf. ana-
an inducement, BhP.
be repeated, KaushBr. bhra) to err or wander about, Bhatt.
Abhy-upeta, mfn. approached, arrived at (ace.),
"*3 11

^? abhy-upa-vpad, A. -padyate, to MBh. i, 3592; Ragh. v, 14; (with griAam) stay- ^1^ abhrd (sometimes spelt abbhra, ac-
approach in order to help, MBh. &c. to ask for ; ing in a house, VarBrS. furnished with (in comp.; cording to the derivation ab-bhra, 'water-bearer ;'

help, R. iii, 14, 7; to furnish with, MBh. ii, 187. [VarBrS.] or instr.) ; agreed upon, assented to, Das. ; cf. Comm. on ChUp. ii,15, i), am, n. (rarely .7J,
Abhy-npapattl, is, f.
approaching in order to promised, Megh. m., AV. ix, 6, 47 & TS.) cloud, thunder-clc id,
assist,protection, defence (ifc. [Mn. ; Das.] or with Abhy-upeta vya, mfn. to be admitted or assented rainy weather, RV. &c.
sky, atmosphere, Sis. ix, ;

gen. [MBh. i, 1 a]); favour,

1 the conferring of a to, Comm. on Nyiyam. 3 ; cypher [NBD.] dust, AV. xi,
(in arithmetic) a ;

benefit or kindness ; agreement, assent, Comm. on Abhy-npdtya, ind. p. having arrived at (ace.) ; 3, 6 ; (in med.) talc, mica ; gold, L. ; camphor, L. ;

impregnation of a woman (especially of a

the ratan (Calamus
NySyad. ; having entered, Nir. having assented or agreed to.
; Rotang), L. ; Cyperus Rotundus,
brother's as an act of duty), L.
widow, Abhy upetyasusrusha, f. breach of a contracted
L. [cf. Gk. ouBpos & Lat. iml>cr.~]
; m-liha
Abhy-upapanna, mfn. protected, rescued ask- ; service, a title of law treating of disputes between (abhram-P), mfn. [Pan. iii, 2, 32] 'cloud-licking,'
the master and a servant who has broken his what touches the clouds, high, lofty, Ragh. xiv,
ing for protection or help, Mricch. ; agreed to, ad- agree-
mitted ; agreeing to. ment, Comm. on Yajn. ii, 182 seqq. 29, &c. (as), m. wind, Pan. iii, 2, 32, Sch.; Sih.
;

Abhy-upeyivas, - gangs, f. the celestial Gangs, Kail. _ ffhana,

^IHlMtina abhy-ttpa-Vmantr (impf. -man- m((yus/ii)n. (perf. p.) having
approached, arrived at (ace.), R. Bhatt. ; having ;
mfn. thickly covered with clouds, Ragh. ni-ka-
trayaf) to address with a formula, MBh. viii, 4720. admitted, RPrit. (see I.abhy-upf). sha (alihram-k), mfn. [Pan. iii, 2, 42] grazing '

abhy-upa-Vya, to approach, go (hurting) the clouds,' very high, Kid. (as), m. wind, ;
2. abhy-upe (-upd\/i), (Imper. 2. sg.
^l*yT Pan. iii, 2, 42, Sch. ja, mfn.
'
born from clouds,"
towards (ace. or dat.), MBh. vii, 1967; R. ; (with
-upaihi) to approach (for refuge, saraitam), R. vi, caused by rainy weather, AV. i, 3. tarn, m., 1 2,
iamam) to enter the state of rest, MarkP.
9. 39-
^ N. of a certain phenomenon, VarBrS. naga, ds,
^~XK(l5iabhy-upayukta, mfn. (*/yuj), em- m. pi., N. of the eight elephants supporting the
WJJUT^ alhy-vpSksh ( Viksh), (perf. p.
ployed, used, Comm. on Pat. globe, L. -patha, m. sky, atmosphere, L. pl-
-upekshitavat) to overlook, allow, MBh. xvi, 160.
iaca or -plsSoaka, m. 'sky-demon,' N. of RShu
'8*}MrtET abhy-upa-Vlaksh (perf. Pass. p.
W*jsi ((abhy-ullasat, mfn.( V las), gleam- (the descending node personified), L. pushpa,
-lakshita) to perceive, notice, R. v, 28, n. ing, Hashing, Sis. v, 2.
m. the cane Calamus Rotang, L. ; (am), n. a flower
'

in the clouds,' castle in the air,

^WlfaST abhy-upa-Vvis, to sit down abhy-Vush (impf. 3. pi. -ushndn;
anything impossible,
Naish. ; (cf. ambara-pushpa.} prush, f. the
MBh. 3244; Gobh.
upon adhy-upa- -usAas) to burn, consume by fire, RV. ix,
v, 1.
Ved.
(ace.), (v. Inf.
sprinkling of the clouds, rain, RV.x, 77, I. man-
i/vis) to sit down, Raj at.
;
97, 39 ;
Kith. si, f. the plant Valeriana JatamjQsi, L. matan-
^T^M^IItf abhy-upa-sdnta, mfn. (\/sam), Abhy-nsha or abhy-nsha ga, m. Airavata, Indra's elephant, L.
or abhy-osha, as, mala, f. a
m. a kind of cake of grain &c. (half dressed, slightly line or succession of clouds, L. roha, n. lapis
allayed, calmed.
scorched, or parched so as to be eaten from the hand), lazuli, L. lipta, mf^n. partly overspread with
^WTffjJ dbhy-upa-\/sad, Caus. (ind. p. (gana apupadi, q. v.) clouds, Pin. iv, I, 51, Sch. - varsha (ab/ird-),
-sddya) to reach (as a town). Abhyushlya or abhyushlya or abhyushya mfn. dripping or raining from the clouds, RV. ix,
or abhyushya or abhy-oshiya or abhy-oshya, 88, 6. vatika for dmra-vdtika, q. v. vlllp-
y-upa-Vsri, to come near, R. =
mfn. consisting of, or belonging to, or fit for the ta, mf()n. -lipta, q. v., Pin. iv, I, 51, Kis.
abhy-upa-Vsev, -senate, to ob- above cake or preparation of parched grain, (gana vjiksha, m. = -taru, q. v., VarBrS. sir as,
n. a head formed of the sky, Sis. sani, mfn. pro-
serve religiously, MBh. iii, 13432. apupadi, q. v.)

Abhy-nshta-misra, mfn. partly burnt, SBr. curing clouds, TS. Abhranadhyaya, m. pause in
^WJTTHJT abhy-upa-Vstha, to honour, the study on account of rainy weather, Gobh.
BhP. : Caus. to cause to bring near, R. iv, 38, 28. ^TWjfiTrT abhy-ushita, mfn. (v'S. vas), hav- Abhravakaslka [Mn. vi, 23, Sec.'] or "kasin [R.
Abhy-npa-sthita, mfn. come, arrived, Kathas. ;
ing dwelt, having passed the night with,
R. iii, 1 7, 2. lo, 4], mfn. having the clouds for shelter, open
iii,

attended or accompanied by (instr.), MBh. iii, 16132. to the sky (as an ascetic). Abhrottha, mfn. 'cloud-
abhy-udhi. See abhi-Vvah.
to prepare or bom,' Indra's thunderbolt, L.
^?><jmeji abhy-upd-\/l fcn, Abhraka, am, n. talc, mica, Bhpr. &c. bha-
make 2.
preparations (for a sacred action, see upa- ^^abhy-\/urnu, abhy-urnoti (Imper. sman, n. calx of talc, L. sattva, n. steel, L.
V 'i.kri) with reference to (ace.) or in connection sg. -urnuhi)
to cover, conceal, RV. viii, 70, 2 & Abhr ay an ti, (pr. p. ft. abhraya, Nom. -P.) f.
with (ace.), MaitrS.; SlnkhSr. ; KitySr. x, 1 8, ii AV. A. -urnuti {?. (. -urnvdna)
:
to '
forming clouds, bringing rainy weather,' N. of one
;

cover or conceal one's self, AV. xiv, 1,27; RV. v,

^THJTIT^i^ abhy-upd-i/krish, to draw to-
of the seven Krittikis, TS. ; TBr.
41, 19. Abhraya, Nom. A.
wards one'sself, BhP. yate, to create clouds, Pin.
^Jm abhy-usha. See abhy-usha. kha- iii, i, 17.
^T^Rllrt abhy-upd-gata, mfn. come near, '
N. of a Abhrayita, mfn. 'shaped like a cloud,' similar
dikS, f.
eating of a&AyusAa-gciim,' play,
approached, Lalit. ; (with vyasandya, said of a sad to a cloud, Bhim.
R. Vitsyiy.
fate), Abhrita, mf(a)n. covered with clouds, (gana
'H^JHI^I abtiy-upd-i/l.da (ind. p. -daya)
^IW? i .abhy- \/i. uh, to cover with (instr.), tarakadi, q. v.), Ragh. iii, 12.

to pick up (as fruits from the ground), MBh. xii, 672. TS. ;
SBr. ; KitySr.
Abhriya (once abhriya, RV. x, 68, 12), mfn.
belonging to or produced from clouds, RV. ; AV. ;
abhy-upd-\/ya, to come up abhy-Vz.uh, A.
^IWJTnn to,
W^? 2. (aor. -auhishta, (as, am), m. n. thunder-cloud, RV.
approach, Kathas. p. -6hasdna) to watch for, lie in ambush for (ace.), Abhriya, mfn. belonging to or produced from

ti,
^vgxn
1

^ abhy-up6va-\/hri, -upttea-hara.-
to bring or set down upon (ace.), SBr. ;
to lower
RV. vi, 1 7, 8 & 9 P. -uhati, to infer, guess, Nir.
:

Abhy-fidha, mfn. concluded, inferred, Nir.

talc.

Abhrya, as, m. 'clothed only by the air' or

Abhy-nha, as, m. reasoning, deduction, infer- 'having the clouds for shelter' (cf. abhr&vakaiika\
(as one's arms, fctt),VS, x, 25 ; SBr. a naked ascetic, (gana iathadi, q. v.)
ence, conjecture, Nir. ; Milatim.
- -
^^!*"1*V aJAy vpd Vvfit, -upa-vartate Abhy-uhitavya, mfn. to be inferred, Nir. WHJT a - bhrama, mfn. not blundering ;

(also P., aor. Subj. I. &

3. sg. -upX-vritam, -upS- 1. Abhy-uhya, mfn. id., L.
m. not com-
steady, clear ; (as), erring, steadiness,
vritaf) to turn one's self or go towards (ace.), TS. ; 2. Abhy-nhya, ind. p. having deduced by reason-
posure, BhP.
Kis. &c.
SBr. ; AitBr. ing, having inferred, Susr. ; Pin. vii, 4, 23, the female elephant of the east
A-bhramu, us, f.

Abhy-upd-vritta, mfn. turned or gone towards 'SWI abhy-\/ri, -rinoti (perf. 3. pi. abhy- (themate of Airivata). -prlya [Vcar.] or -val-
(ace.), SBr. R.
aruh) to run towards, reach, RV. i, 35, 9 & iii, 1, 4.
; returned, labha [L.], m. the male elephant of the east or
See Airivata.
^fwjijTjj abhy-upa-\/hri (impf. -up&harat, Abhy-arna. s.v., p. 76, col. I.
which might also be -up&harat ft. abhy-upa-
^aTrJ a-bhratff, mfn. brotherless,
RV.
TO*T3f abAy-Vr'cA, -archati, to come to, i,

^Ari) to bring near, offer, MBh. xv, n. 1 f.

24, 7 (nom. sg. jnom. pi. ttlras) ;
f.
to) 5
visit or afflict with, MBh. iii, 11875 (impf. -dr-
iv, 5,

W^
;
;
AV. i, 17, I (nom. pi. f. aMrataras) Nir. iii, 5
strive against (ace.), strive to
;
I (\/t), -up&ti (3. pi. -ttpa- overpower,
.
abhy-upe chaf) to
(ace. sg. f. "trim), -ffhnl (Abhratri-}, (VAan),
f.
yanti) go near, approach, arrive at, enter, RV.
to MBh. iii, 11726. not killing a brother, AV. xiv, I, 62. mati, f.
vi, 28, 4 ; SBr. &c. (with apah) to bathe, KitySr. ;
Mn. xi, 259; Yajn.; to approach (in copulation),
;

Hit. ; to go to meet any one (ace.), BhP. ; to enter

W^
-rijyat) to stretch
abhy-</rinj,
out the hand for, hasten towards
A., -rijyate (P. pr. p. brotherless, Nir.
A-bhr&trika, mf(a)n.
&c.
brotherless, Nir. &c.
a state or condition, obtain, share, AitBr. (Ved. Inf. (ace.), RV. i, 140,
2 vi, 37, 3. & a-bhratrivyd, mf(a)n. having no
TfryicJ4l(
-upditos) MBh. &c. ; to admit argument as an or
See abhy-\/arsh. rival, RV. viii, 21, 13; SBr. &c.; (am), n., N. of
;
'fish..
a position, RPrit. (perf. p. gen. pi. -upeyusham); a verse of the SV.
Comm. on Nyiyam. and on Bad. ; to select as (ace.), ..-,abhy-S (\/i), -ayati [RV. viii, 55, i]
WST'iT a-bhranta, mfn. unperplexed, not
MBh. i, 8 1 1 ; to agree with, approve of, Das. (see or -dlti [VS.], to go near, come to, approach, RV.
athy-uptta): Pass, -upeyate, to be approved of, &c. mistaken, not in error ; clear, composed.
admitted, Sarvad. Abhy-6tya, ind. p. having approached, N.; A-bhrantl, is, f. absence of perplexity or error.
Abhy-npaya, as, m. an agreement, promise, en- Pancat. &c. ^fVr dbhri, f. a wooden scraper or shovel,
gagement, Ap. a means, an expedient, MBh. ; Mn.
;
abhy-eshana. See abhish. a spatula, spade, VS.; AV.; SBr. &c. -khSta
xi, 210, &c.
 u-bhresha. amuru-salaka.
80
-madyat, mfn. being idra, L. the umbilical cord, L. after-birth, L.
(abhri-\ mfn. dug up with a spatula, AV.
;
liquors, Sulr. (inebriated or) ; ;
iv, 7,
house-post, L. N. of several plants, Panicum
joyful without (having drunk) any intoxicating liquor,
;

Kam. Jactylon, Cocculus Cordifolius, &c., L. (f), f. the ;

a-bhresha, as, m. non-deviation, fit- lant Sanseviera Roxburghiana, L. kantaka, n.

n. no sweetness, SBr.
Pin. Vait. ^S*T\J a-mddhti, u, peak of the immortals,' N. of part of the Vindhya
ness, propriety, iii, 3, 37 ;
A-madhavya, mfn. not worthy of the sweetness ange (near the source of the SonI and Narmada).
WV^ d-bhva [RV.] or a-bhvti [AV.] or a- (of the Soma), AitBr. kota, m. 'fortress of immortals,' N. of the
bhvd [SBr.], mfn. (cf. a-bhuva) monstrous, immense, 'fcTRlzro -asas, (Ved.) m. apital of a Rajput state. kosha, m., N. of the
d-madhyama, pi.
terrible, RV. i, 39, 8 & 63, (am), n. immense ko-
I ;
RV. anskrit dictionary of Amara or Amara-sinha.
of whom none is the middle one, v, 59, 6 ; (cf.
power, monstrosity, horror, RV.
SBr. ; a monster, ; ha-kaumudi, f. title of a commentary on Ama-
d-kanishtha.)
RV. vi, 71, 5! AV.;SBr. mfn. not ra-sinha's dictionary. gana, m. the assemblage of
A-madhyastha, indifferent.
I. am, ind. quickly, a little, (gana mnortals, L. yarn, m. 'teacher of the gods,'
^T^ WHH^ as, n. non-perception,
d-manas, KSd. can-
irihaspati, the planet Jupiter, VarBrS. ;
cadi, q. v.)
want of perception, SBr. xiv ; (a-mands), mfn. with- la, m., N. of the author of the BJla-bharata.
the termination am in the com- out perception or intellect, SBr. xiv ; silly, ChUp.
*S*{ 2. am, ja, m., N. of a plant, L. m-jaya (amaram-
parative and other forms
used as ind., e. g. prata- A-manaska, mfn. without perception or intel- '"), mfn. conquering
the gods, BhP. tatini, f.
rdm, &c., (gana svar-ddi, q. v.) lect, Sarvad. ; silly, KathUp. ; not well-disposed, low- river of the gods,' N. of the Ganges. tS [Sah.],
Kad. or -tva [MBh. &c.], n. the condition of the gods
-M ji to go, L.; to go to or
^ spirited, .

3. am, amati, a-mands in comp. with </Ui and

A- maul (for i.e. immortality). datta, m., N. of a lexico-
^v towards, L. ; to serve or honour, L. ; to
dm ft ; its derivatives). bhSva, m. the state of not hav- rapher ; of a prince, Kathas. darn, m. the tree
sound, L. (Imper. A. a. sg. amishva ; aor.
;
ing perception
or intellect, MaitrUp. "inus Deodaru Roxb. deva, m. a N. of Amara-
cf.abhy-^am) to fix, render firm, TS.; (pert", p. A-mano jna, mfn.
(in comp. for a-manas). irjha. dvija, m. a BrShman who lives by attend-
ace. sg. emushdm for emivansam) to be pernicious
r
disagreeable, KatySr. ; (Prakrit a-manunna) Jain. ng a temple or idol, by superintending a temple,
or dangerous, RV.viii,77, 10 Caus. amdyatt : (impf.
afflicted or sick,
rania-ta, f. unpleasantness, Sis. ,. dvish, m. 'foe of the gods,' N. of an Asura,
dmayat; aor. Subj. dmamaf) to be A-mantd, mfn. silly, ignorant, RV. x, 22, 8 & Cathas. pa, m. 'lord of the gods,' N. of Indra,
RV. AV. ; VS. (cf. dn-dmayaf).
;
125, 4. VarBrS. patl, m. id. parvata, m., N. of a
I. Ama, as, m. impetuosity, violence, strength,
A-mantri, mfn. not thinking, MaitrUp. '
mountain, MBh.ii,II93. pura, n. the residence
power, RV. ; VS. ; AV. ; depriving
of sensation, fright,
of the immortals,' paradise, Bhatt.; N. of various
terror, RV. disease, L. vat (dma-\ mfn. im-
;
a-manak, ind. not little, greatly.
RV. ; owns, purl, f., N. of a town, Pancat. push-
petuous, violent, strong, (vaf), ind. impetu- amani. See 4/am. pa or -pushpaka, m. the plants Saccharum Spon-
ously, RV. v, 58, 1.
I. Amata, as, m. sickness, disease, Un.; death, ... a-manushya, as, m. no man, any aneum, PandanusOdoratissimus& Magnifera Indies.
pushpika, f. a kind of anise (Anethum Sowa
L. time, L. ; dust, Comm. on Un. other being but a man, KatySr. ; R. ii, 93, 11 (nd-
;

A'mati, is, (. want, indigence, RV. VS. ; AV.; loxb.), L. prakhya or -prabha, mfn. like an
manushyc, only with men ') ; a demon. Pan. ii,
I. '
;
mmortal. prabhu, m. 'lord of the immortals,'
(), mm. poor, indigent, RV. x, 39, 6. Amati- 4,23. tS, f. unmanliness. nishevita, mfn. not one of the thousand names of Vishnu, MBh.
van, mfn. poor, indigent, RV. viii, 19, 26. inhabited by men.
bhartrl, m. 'supporter of the gods,' N. of
A'matra, mfn. violent, strong, firm, RV. i, 61, 9 A-manava, mfn. '
not human, superhuman,' and of a dictionary (said to
!ndra, L. mala, f. title
& iv, 33. 6 ; (<") " Iar6e drinking vessel, RV. ; '
not being a descendant of Manu,' Sis. i, 67. rat-
Pin. iv, a, 14 (as), m. id., RV. iii, 36, 4.
x: by the same author as the Amara-kosha).
;
A'-mannsha, mf(*)n. not human, anything but na, n. 'jewel of the gods," crystal (also amala-
Amatraka, am, n. a drinking vessel, vessel, BhP. a man, RV. x, 95, 8 ; superhuman, divine, celestial,
ratna), L. -raj [VarBrS.] or -raja [R.], m. 'king
Amatrin, mfn. having the large drinking vessel R. &c. ; inhuman, brutal, RV. ; (mf(a)n.), without of the gods,' N. of Indra. raja-mantrin, m. =
called dmatra, RV. vi, 24, 9.
men, not inhabited by men, Kathas. (as), m. not ;
amara-guru, q. v., VarBrS. raja-satru, m.
fTna.nl, is, (. road, way, Un. SBr. ; AitBr. ; Mn. ix, 284 ; (f), f. a female
a man, enemy of amara-rdja (q. v.),' N. of Ravana, R.
'

i. Amlta or anta, mfn. perf. Pass. p. V<">

animal, Gaut. -loka, m. 'the celestial world,' vi, 35, I. loka-ta, f. 'state of the abode of the
Pin. vii, t, 28.
heaven, Kad. Mn.
1
bliss of heaven, vat, ind. like
gods,' the
Amina, mfn. impetuous, RV. vi, 19, 1 & x, 1 1 6, 4.
ii, 5.
A-mannshya, mfn. not human, MBh. xiv, 266. n immortal. vallarl, f. the plant Cassyta Fili-
^W 2. <fma, mfn. (pron. cf. amu) this, AV. ;
a-mano-jiia, &c. See d-manas. formis Lin., L. sakti, m., N. of a king, Pancat.
xiv, 3, 71 (quoted in SBr. xiv & AivGr.) [The sadas, n. the assemblage of the gods, VarBrS.
word is also explained by fr&na, 'soul,' cf. Comm. a-mantri, &c. See d-manas. N. of the Ganges.
'river of the gods,'
sarit, f.

on ChUp. sinha, m. N. of a renowned lexico-

v, 2, 6.] .. . ,. a-mantra, as, m. not a Vedic verse 'god-lion,'
the sixth century A. D. he was
Ami, amat. See ss. w. grapher (probably of ;
or text or any formula ; (mf(a)n.), unaccompanied
a Buddhist, and is said to have adorned the court of
WHjJ'rf a-manyala, mfn. inauspicious, un- by Vedic verses or texts, Mn. iii,
121 ; unentitled to
VikramSditya, being included among the nine gems).
&c. ; (as), m. the castor or not Vedic texts (as a SQdra, a female,
knowing
lucky, evil, Ragh. xii, 43, r stri, f. wife of the gods,' an Apsaras or nymph
'

oil tree, Ricinus Communis, L. ; (am), n. inauspi- &c.), Mn. ix, & xii,
114 not using or applying
18 ;
Ama-
ofheaven.L. AmaranganS, f. id., Kathas.
ciousness, ill-luck, Kum. ; Venls. Mantra formulas, Bham. -Jna, mfn. not knowinj
racarya, m. ( = amara-guru, q. v.), N. of Brihas-
A-mangalya, mfn. inauspicious, unlucky, L. ; Vedic texts, Mn. iii, 1 29. vat, mfn. unaccompaniec
pati, BhP. Amaradri, m.=amara-parvata,<\.\.,
BhP. by Vedic verses, Up. vld, mm. not knowing the
(am), n. inauspiciousness, ill-luck,
BhP. N. of Sumeru or Mem, L. Amaradhipa,
formulas or texts of the Veda, Mn. iii, 133; (t), m.
;

YTM7i|4 a-mqjjdka, mfn. having no mar- m. =amara-pa, q.v., R. ii, 74, 19 N. of Siva. A- ;

N. of a prince.
marapaga, f. = amara-tatini 8c -sarit, q.v., Kad.
row, TS. A-mantraka, mf(z'a)n. unaccompanied by Ve
Amarari, m. an enemy of the gods, R. an Asura, ;

Tnrfiira a-maniva, mfn. [NBD.] having die verses, Mn. ii, 66 ; (am), n. no Vedic verse o
hence (amardrf)-pujya, m. ( = asuracdrya,
no jewels, SankhSr. formula, VarBrS. the planet Venus, VarBrS. A-
q. v.), N. of Sukra,
UJ144J4 amanda, as, m. the castor oil tree, %m*4 d-manda, mfn. not slow, active mara-vati, f. (cf. Pan. vi, 3, 119) 'the abode of
Communis (cf. amanda & mandjf). merry, RV. i, 1 26, I not dull, bright not little ; the immortals,' Indra's residence, MBh. Hariv. &c.; ;
Ricinus ;

much, important, Rajat. &c. (am), ind. (in comp ; N. of a town in Berar. Amari-Vbhu, to become
a-mandita, mfn. unadorned. amanda-) intensily, Bhatt. (as), m. a tree, L. ; immortal (said of brave warriors dying in battle),
Amarejya, m. = amara-guru, q. v., Var-
. <f-roa<a mfn. ( \/roan), not felt, not ^H^HR d-manyamdna, mfn. not under
Balar.
BrS. Suryas. Amaresa, m. = amara-pa, q. v.,
Br. xiv ; not approved of, not being aware of, RV. ii
;

perceptible by the mind, standing, RV. i, 33, 9 ; VarBrS. ; Sah. N. of Siva or Rudra, R. Amare-
padartha, mm. having an unac-
;

unacceptable.
Sih.
12, 10. svara, m. = amara-pa, q. v., Sak. Ragh. xix, 1 5 ; ;

ceptable second sense, Kpr. ; ^IH'Url d-manyuta, mf(o)n. not affectec N. of Vishnu, R. i, 77, 29; N. of a Linga. A-
'
2. A-matl , is, f. unconsciousness,' generally (tya),
maresvara-tlrtha, m., N. of a Tirtha, SivaP.
instr. ind. unconsciously, Mn. iv, 222 v, 2o;Gaut. & with secret anger, AV. xii, 3, 31.
mfn. like an immortal, MBh.
Amaropama,
purva or -pfirvaka, mfn. unconscious, unin- WIH a-mama, mfn. without egotism, de
A-marana, am, n. the not dying, immortality, L.
tentional. void of all selfish or worldly attachment or desire
A-maraniya, mfn. immortal, L. ta, im- f.

^mfit Buddh. ; Jain. ; indifferent, not caring for (loc.), Mn

3. amdti, is, f. form, shape, splen- mortality, L.
26 m. the twelfth Jaina saint of a futur d-ma-
dour, lustre, RV. ; VS. ; time, Un. ; moon,
L. vi, ; (as),
A-marishnu, mfn. immortal (v. 1. for
Utsarpini. tB, f. or -tva, n. disinterestedness; in
f dmatra. See \/am. difference. vishnu, q. v.)
A'-marta, mfn. immortal, RV. v, 33, 6.
a-matsara, mfn. unenvious, dis- ^*jfa d-mamri, mfn. (\/mri), immorta RV.; AV.; VS.;
A-martya (4), mfn. immortal,
interested, Mn. iii, 231, &c.; (am), n. disinterested- AV. viii, 2, 26. m. a god, L. -ta
undying, imperishable, divine, RV.; (as),
ness, Heat. A-mara, mf(, Mn. 1 R. i, 34, 6)n. un
1 n. immortality, -bha-
disinterested, Heat.; not stick-
ii, 48 ; i,
[MBh.], f. or -tva [L.],
A-matarin,mfn. dying,inunortal,imperishable,SBr.xiv,&c.;(aj),m. va, m. the condition of immortals, immortality,
one's heart set upon (loc.), R. MBh. &c. hence (in arithm.) the numbe
ing to, not having n. 'world of the im-
god, a deity, ;
Ragh. vii, 50. -Wravana,
A-matsarya, am, n. disinterestedness, MBh. v, 33; N. of a Marut, Hariv.; the plant Euphorb mortals,' the heaven, L.
1640. -ta, f. id., Lalit. Tirucalli, Susr. ; the plant
Tiaridium Indicum, L
SSST5 amaru, us, m., N. of a king, the
L. L. ; N. of Amara
SSR? a-mada, mfn. cheerless, Bhatt. a species of pine, ; quicksilver,
author of (he Amaru-iataka, q. v. sataka, n.
sinha of a mountain (see -parvata); mystic
A-madana, as, m., N. of Siva, BhP. ;

the hundred verses of Amaru.

of the letter ; (if), f. the residence
A-madya-pa, mfn. not drinking intoxicating signification
 a-mardita. a-misrita. 81
a-mardita, mfn. (Vmrid), un- VP. _ vasyS, = -vasya, q. v., Kith. Pan.
f.
; iii, I, (mm.), pathless, L. -prasrit, mfn. (Vsr>~), one
threshed ;
unsubdued ; not trodden down. 122. - vasi, = -vasya, q. v., MBh. 4644*
f. R. who is out of the right
i,
way, Car.
vi, 72, 66 (only loc. sydm, which might be a me-
^m^l^d-mardhat, mfn. not getting tired
trical abbreviation for a-mdrjita, mfn. uncleansed, un-
sydydm). vasya, n.
or inactive, RV. iii, 25, 4 ; v, 43, i & vii, 76, 5 ;
[NBD.] neighbourhood, AV. 36, 3 [perhaps for iv,
washed, MBh. iii, 3577.
not making tired, RV. vii, 76, 2.
-vaiya, 'lowing (of cows) at home,' as the word is W*rR^fi amd-vasl, &c. See I. ama.
A'-mridhra, mf(<z)n. not getting tired, unremit- used together with & prati-krosd] mfn.
d-gard ;
Ama-vasya. See ib.
ting, indefatigable, RV. unceasing, RV. born in an amd-vdsya
night, Pan. iv, 3, 30 (cf.
;

a-marmdn, mfn. having no vital dmdvdsyd) ; N. of a Vedic teacher, VBr. (-va- ;

WTraa-masAa,mfn. not producing kidney-
vniflr^
sya), f.
ratri; fr. -\/5. vas, 'to dwell,' with beans, Pat. without or except kidney-beans, Heat.
part, invulnerable, RV. iii, 32, 4 ; v, 32, 5 vi, 26, & (scil.
m.
;

no
;

3 ; (a), n. not a vital part of the body, Susr.

ama, 'together ') the night of new moon (when the (as), pi. beans, ApSr.
sun and moon 'dwell
A-marma (in comp. for a-marman). jSta, together '), the first day of the amd-hatha. See I. ama.
mfn. not originating in a vital part of the body (as a
first
quarter on which the moon is invisible, AV. ;
SBr. &c. a sacrifice offered at that time
; N. of the i.amita. See \/am.
disease), Susr. -vedhi-ta, f. the state of not in-
..
;

Acchoda river, MatsyaP. -vKsyaka.mfn. = -vd-

flicting severe injury on
others, absence of acrimony (
.

TWrT2.a-mtVa,mfn.(v'3.ma),unmeasured,
sya) born in an amd-vdsya night, Pan. iv, 3, 30.
(one of the thirty-five Vag-gunas of a TIrthamkara), boundless, infinite, RV. &c. ; without a certain mea-
hatha, m., N.of a snake demon, MBh. i, 2157.
Jain. sure, SBr. ; Susr. &c. ; (d-mitam), ind. immensely,
Amgghta, mfn. sacrificed at home, VS. Amota, RV. iv, 6, 5. kratn (dmita-), mfn. of unbounded
1
a-maryada, mfn. having no limits, &c., see s. v.
energy, RV. i, 102, 6. -gati, m., N. of a Vidya-
transgressing every bound, R. 1. Amat, ind. (abl.) from near at hand, RV. v, dhara, Kathis. ; N. of a Jaina author, -tejas,
^TTM a-marsha, m. (Vmrish), non-en- 53, 8 & ix, 97, 8. mfn. of boundless glory, MBh.
as, tva, n. boundless-
durance, Pin.
iii, 3, 145; impatience, indignation,
Araatya (4), as, m. (fr. I. ama, cf. Pan. iv, a, ness, Hariv. dyuti, mfn. of infinite splendour.
anger, passion, MBh. R. &c.; (<w),m.,N.ofa prince,
;
104, Sch.) inmate of the same house, belonging to - dhvaja, m., N. of a son of Dharmadhvaja, VP.
the same house or
VP. Ja, mfn. springing from impatience or in- family, RV. vii, 1 5, 3 ; VS. ; Asv- mci, m., N. of a deity, Buddh. vikrama,
Gr. ; KatySr. ; 'a companion (of a king),' minister, m. 'of unbounded valour,' a N. of Vishnu.
dignation, MBh. vat, mfn. not bearing, intolerant, vlr-
passionate, wrathful, angry, L. hasa, m. an angry MBh.;Mn.&c. ya, mfn. of immense strength, AV. xix, 34, 8. A-
laugh, a sarcastic sneer, MBh. "WJTT 2. a-md mitakshara, mfn. not containing a fixed number
(*/$. ma), f.
(=a-pramana) of syllables, Nir. ; RPrat.
A-marshana, mfn.amarska-val, MBh. &c.; not an authority, not a standard of Amitatman, mfn. of
action, Nyayam. an immense mind, MBh. iii,
impatient (cf. randmarshana) (as),
; m. (
= amar- tva, n. the not being an authority, ib. '
11924. Amltabha,
N.of a as, m. pi. of unmeasured splendour,' N. of certain
3/ia), prince, BhP.; (am), n. impatience of 2. A-mat, m(nom.
sg. dn)fn. (pr. p. Vs. md), deities in the ManvanUra, VP. (as), m. sg.
MBh. xiii, 2159. not measuring, not eighth
affording room or space, bound-
;
(gen.),
A-marshita, m(n. = amarsha-vat, MBh. less (in Nalod.
^amitayus. Amltftyns, m., N. of a DhySni-
q. v., qualities), SiS. xiii, 2 ;

&c. buddha, Buddh. A'mitanjas, mfn. of unbounded

A-matra, mfn. without measure, boundless (as
&
A-marshin, mfn. MBh. &c. energy, almighty, RV. i, n, 4 ; Mn. i, 4. 16 36;
id., Indra), RV. i, 102, 7 ; (as Brahman), BrArUp.; not N. of Brahman's/arj/<z&z, KaushUp. ; N. of a man,
metrical or prosodical, MandUp. ; mea-
^STHcS a-mala, mf(o)n. spotless, stainless, having the (gana bdhv-ddi, q. v.)
sure or quantity of the letter a, VPrat. ;
clean, pure, shining ; (as), m. crystal (cf. amara- (aya), ind. A-miti. See 2. a-md.
(instr. f.) in a boundless manner, Kathas.
ratnd), BhP. ; N. of a poet of Nirayana, L. ; (a), = 2. a-md, NySyam. ta, f.
f. t N. of the
goddess Lakshml, L. ; ( = amard, q. v.)
;

A-mana, am, n. Wf>T3 amtira, as, d, m. f. (fr. Vam [Un.

the umbilical cord, L. ; the tree Emblica Officinalis
=amd-tva (s. v. 2.
a-md), ib. ' v>
73] or perhaps a-mitra, not a friend [Pan.
' ' '

the plant Saptala, L. ; (am), n. talc, L. A-miti, is, f. = 2. a-md, ib. ; boundlessness, vi, 2, 116, 'not having a friend'], but see abhy-
Gsertn., L. ;
Naish. amitrina, &c.) an enemy, adversary, foe, RV. &c.;
?ar bha, m., N. of a Bodhi-sattva, L. pata-
wft TH, m. or -ratna, wii** a-mdnsa, am, (mfn.), not having a friend. khada, mfn. 'de-
trin, m. the wild goose, L. n. not flesh, anything
n. (cf. amara-ratna) crystal, L. but vouring his enemies,' N. of Indra, RV. x, 152, I.
samynta, mfn. flesh, KatySr. (mfn.), without flesh, ParGr. ;
-g-hata, mm. (Ved.) killing enemies, Pan. iii, 2,
;

purity, MBh.
not defiled by any spot,'endowed with bhaksha, mfn. not eating flesh,
feeble, thin, L.
88, Sch.; (as), m. ( = 'AfUTpoxaTTjs ) N.of Bindu-
Amalatman, mfn. of undcilled mind. Amall- Kathas. A-mansasana, mfn. id., Vishnus. A- sara (the son of
i/l. kri, to purify, VarBrS. Amalodari, f., N. mansasln, mfn. id., SBr. xiv KatySr. ParGr. Candragupta). ghatin or -ghna,
; ;
mfn. killing enemies, MBh. ; R. jit, mfn. 'con-
of a female poet. A-mansaka, mfn. without flesh, TS.
quering enemies,' N. of a son of Suvarna.VP. ta-
Amalaya, Nom. P. yati, to make spotless, fffiT d-mdtri, ta, f. not a mother, SBr. pana, mfn. tormenting enemies, AitBr. tS, f. en-
whiten, make brilliant, Kir. v, 44.
A-malina, mfn. stainless, free from dirt, clean. xiv. A-mata-putra, mfn. (gimltdsAt/tadi, q.v.) mity, Mricch. ; Pancat. dambha&a, mm. hurting
'having neither mother nor son,' only in comp., enemies, RV. ii, 23, 3 & iv, 15, 4. varman, m.,
dnl, mfn. of a pure mind.
e. g. amdtdputr&dhydpaka, m. a teacher who cares N.of a man. Das. saha, v.l. for milra-saha, q.v.
A-malTmaga, mfn. not impure, Rsjat. 51la, mfn. (for -khddd in RV.)enduring or over-
for neither mother nor son (on account of being en-
wirtifi** a-maldtaka or a-maldnaka, am, tirely absorbed in his work), Pan. viii, I, 67, KaS. coming enemies (N. of Indra), AV. i, 20, 4. enS,
n. ( =a-mlana, q. v.) globe-amaranth (Gomphraena A-matrika, mfn. motherless, Ap. f. hostile army, SV. (
= AV. 3) AV. v, 20, 6.
iii, I, ;

Globosa), (cf. amildtaka.) nan, mfn. killing enemies, RV. VS. ha, mfn.
;

a-mdtya. See i ama.

.

calling or inviting evil-doers, Samhitop. p. 7. Ami-

a-vat. See I. dma.
tra-yiidh
a-mdtrd. See 2. a-ma. (for tra-), mfn. fighting with enemies,
w *(("<* jj
a-mamshnu, mfn. (V^w = v/i.
See a-matsara.
RV. iii, 29. 15.
a-mdtsarya. Amitraya, Nom. P. (p. ydt) to have hostile in-
miv, NBD.), immovable, RV. x, 94, ii.
tentions, RV.
"w*i amasa, m. a-mdnana, am, n. disrespect, Hit.
as, disease, Un.; a fool, Amitrayn, mfn. hostile, AV. xx, 127, 13.
L. ; time, L. ; (cf. i.amata 8c 3. amdti.) a-mdnava. See a-manushya. Amitraya, Nom. P. p. ydt = amitraydt above,
AV. vii, 84, 2 (cf. RV. x, 180, 3) A. yate, to have :
\
a-masrina, mfn. not soft, harsh, L. a-mdnasya=dmanasya, q.v., L. hostile intentions, Pancat.
'

a-mastaka, mfn. headless. Amitrin, mfn. hostile, RV. i, I2O, 8.

Wnf?^a-7nan'n, mfn. ( Vman), not proud, Amitriya, mfn. id., RV. vi, 17, 1 ; viii, 31, 3
a-uuistu, mfn. without thickened modest, MBh. Amani-tS, f. or -tva [Bhag. &c.], & ix, 61, 20.
milk or sour cream, Kaus. n. modesty, humility.
d-mithita, mfn. not reviled ; un-
wii3^ dmas-van, mf(cori)n. for tdmas- a-mdnusha, &c. See a-manushya. RV.
provoked, viii,45, 37.
van, q. v., MaitrS.
amd-masl, v.l. for -vast, q.v., L. A-mithya, ind. not falsely, truthfully, Ragh.

^HsT<4*(ll d-mahiyamdna, mf(d)n. 'not amin, mfn. (fr. i. ama), sick, L.

a-mdyd, mfn. not cunning, not
high-spirited,' down-cast, sad, RV. iv, 1 8, 13; PBr. from
sagacious, SBr. ; AitBr. ; free deceit, guileless, amind. See Vam.
A-maniyu, us, m., N. of a Rishi (composer of
Bhatt. ; (a), f. absence of delusion or deceit or guile,
the hymn RV. ix, 61) (cf. dmahiyava.) ;
(ayd), instr. ind. guilelessly, sincerely, Mn. ii, 51; d-minat, mfn. (v^i.mi), not vio-
^ITT i .
amd, ind. (Ved. instr. fr. 2 dma, q.v.) . BhP.; Hit. lating or transgressing, not altering, RV. ; (Ved. du.
(chiefly Ved.) athome, in the house, in the house of A-mayika, mfn. without illusion or deceit, void f. atf) unalterable, RV. iv, 56, 2.
of trick or guile, Comm. on Kir. ; not illusory, real, A-mita-varna, mf(u)n. of unaltered colour,
(gen.), with, RV. &c. ; together, Pan. iii, I, 122;
(d),i.=amd-vdsya, q.v., Comm. on Ragh. xiv, Rap. RV. iv, 51,9.
80 (in a verse quoted from Vyasa) ; Comm. on Sur- A-mayln, mfn. void of trick or guile, MBh. iii,

1357 BhP. (Prakrit a-mdt) Jain.

-milutaka=a-malataka, q. v.
yas also amanta, m. the end of the amd(-vdsya)
;
; ;
'

night, Vi. kri (gana sdkshdd-ddi, q.v.),

ib. -misra, mfn. unmixed,' exclusive
'W*nTa-mara,as,m.non-destruction,Rajat.
Ved. to have or take with one's self, AV. SBr. &c. on RV. i, 84, 4. (i.e. without participation of others), SBr.
;
A-maraka, mfn. not killing, Say. = a-yavana,
jur, ur, (. living at home, growing old at home A-miirana, am, n. q.v., Comm.
(as a maiden), RV. ii, 17, 7 ; viii, 21, 15 & x, 39, wfl|Jl a-mdrga, as, m. a bad road, (also on RPrat.
3. vasi, f. -vasya, q. v., L.
=van, m., N. of figuratively)
an evil path, Rajat. ; Kathas. (tna), ; A-mlsran!ya, mfn. immiscible, L.
a prince (a descendant of Pururavas), MBh. ; Hariv.; instr. ind. in a dishonourable manner, MBh. ii, 2035 ; A-misrita, mfn. unmixed, unblended.
G
82 amisha. a-medaska.

t amisha=amisha, q.v., Un.
I d-mita-varna.
fl-mtmoBsn,
A-mulya, mfn. invaluable, gives nectar, Paiicat. loka, m. the world of the
priceless.
mmortals, AitBr. vapns, m. 'of immortal form,"
See d-minat. d-mrikta, mfn. unhurt, RV. S. of Vishnu, MBh. xiii ; of Siva. vardhana,
a-mridayd, mfn. pitiless, TS. m., N. of a poet (quoted in Sarngadhara's anthology).
f. (\/mon), absence varshin mfn. giving a shower of nectar, Sak.
a-mrinala, am, n. the root of a
,

of reasoning or investigation, L. vallari or -valli [Susr.], f. the creeping

(v. 1.)
A-mimansya, mfn. not to be reasoned about or fragrant grass (used for
tatties or screens, &c., com-
plant Cocculus Cordifolius. vaka, f., N. of a bird,
discussed, Mn. ii, IO,
monly called Kaskas, Andropogon Muricatus). SBr. x. vlndnpanishad, sxe-lrintf. sastra,
^nfH amiva, n. (\/am), pain, grief, R. ;
a-mrlta Pan. vi, 2, 116), mfn.
(cf. n., N. of a work, Buddh. sambhava, mfn. pro-
BhP. (dmivd), f. distress, terror, fright, RV. AV.;
;
; not dead, MBh. immortal, RV. &c. imperishable,
; ; duced from nectar, MBh. xiii, 7200; (d),(. = -val-
VS. tormenting spirit, demon, RV. AV. affliction,
;
; ; RV. VS. ; ; beautiful, beloved, L. ; (as), m. an im- lari, q. v. -sahodara, m. 'brother of Nectar,' a
disease, RV. -catana, m((f)a. driving away pains, mortal, a god, RV. &c. ; N. of Siva ; of Vishnu, horse (cf. -bandhu), L. sara-ja, m. 'produced
diseases, or tormenting spirits,
RV. AV. _ nan, ; MBh. of Dhanvantari, L.; the plant Phaseo-
xiii ;
from the essence of ambrosia,' raw sugar, L. su. m.
mfn. destroying pains, killing evil spirits, RV. ; BhP. lus Trilobus Ait. ; the root of a plant, L. ; (a), f. a (V3- su), 'distilling nectar,' the moon, L. sd-
goddess, RV. &c. spirituous liquor, L. ;
Emblica dara, m. = -sahSdara. srava, f., N. of a plant,
used in the de- ;

^n| amu, a pronom. base, Officinalis, Tenninalia Citrina Roxb., Cocculus

Cor- L. srava, m. a flow or current of water, Suryas.
clension of the pronom. adds, that (e. g. ace. amum, Sanctum N. of srut, mfn. ( = -</raz>a,q.v.), Kum. (,46; SiS. ix,68.
difolius, Piper Longum, Ocymum ;

amum; amund, amuyd; dat. amtishmai,

instr.
the mother of Parikshit, MBh. i, 3794; of Dik- haritaki, f., N. of a medicament. hrada, m.
or
amushyai, Sec.) -vat, ind. like such person shSyanl, MatsyaP. ; of a sisterof Amritodana, Buddh.; a lake of nectar, Sak. Amritansu, m. the moon,
thing (referred to without name), KatySr.
Amn- Kathas. Amritakara, m. 'a mine of nectar,' N. of
of a river, Heat. ; of the first kald of the moon,
driksha or-drlsor-drisa, mfn. like such a one,L. Amritakshara, n. anything im-
BrahmaP. ; (am), n. collective body of immortals, a man, Rajat.
Anmka, mf()n. such and such a person or thing, RV. world of immortality, heaven, eternity, RV. ;
; perishable, Up. Amritananda, m., N.
of a man,
a thing or person referred to without name, Yajn. & Amritandhas, m. 'whose food is am-
VS. ; AV. ; (also ani, n. pi., RV. i, 7 2, 1 iii, 38, 4) ; Buddh.
Amutas, ind. from there, there, RV. AV. from
Amrita.pidb.ana, n. water
;
;
RV. final emancipation, L. the nec- brosia,' a god, L.
SBr. immortality, ; ;

above, from the other world, from heaven, ;

tar (conferring immortality, produced at the churn- sipped after eating nectar-like food
so as to overlay
Nir.; hereupon, upon this; (
= abl. amushmdt) RV. (or the voice com- like a cover, TAr. AsvGr. MsnGr. (cf. atari-
ing of the ocean), ambrosia,
it ; ;

from that one, Das.

pared to it, N.; Ragh.) ; nectar-like
food ; antidote ttipastdraiia). AmritS-phala, n. ( = amrita-
Amutra, ind. there, AV. ; SBr. &c. ; there above, the fruit of Trichosanthes, L. A-
against poison, Susr. ; N.
of a medicament, Sis. ix, phala, n., q. v.)
i.e. in the other world, in the life to come, VS. ; SBr.
36 medicament in
;
Buddh. ; the residue of general, mritabhishikta, mfn. anointed with nectar, SBr.
&c. ; there, i. e. in what precedes or has been said, a sacrifice unsolicited alms, Mn. Amritasa, m. =a>nrila-prdsana,<\,\., MBh.xii
or going (cf. amrita-bhuj) ; ;

SBr.; here, KathSs. -bhuya, n. being

= iv, 4& 5 ; water, Naigh. ; milk, L. ;
clarified butter, N. of Vishnu, MBh. xiii. Amritasana, m. = a-
there (in the other world), dying, AV. vii, 53, 1 ( Amritasma, m.?, Psn.
L. (cf. pancdmrita); boiled rice, L.; anything mrita-prdsana, q. v., L.
VS. xxvii, 29). Amntrartham, ind. for the sake Amritaslitami-tapas, N. of
sweet, a sweetmeat, R. vii, 7,3 ; a pear, L. ; food, v, 4, 94, Sch. n.,
of (existence in the) other world, Mn. vii, 95. L. ; poison, a work. Amritasanga, n. blue vitriol, Car. A-
L. ; property, L. ; gold, L. ; quicksilver,
Amutb.5, ind. thus, in that' manner, like that, L. a particular poison, L. ; a ray of light, Ragh. x, mritasn, mfn. whose soul is immortal, AV. v, I,
;
Nir. with <^l. as, to be thus (a euphemistic ex-
'
;

SBr. 59 ; N.
of a metre, RPrSt. ; of a sacred place (in the I & 7. Amritaharana, m. 'nectar-stealer,' N.
pression used in the sense of) to fare very ill, N. of a Parisishta work of the
north), Hariv. 14095; of various conjunctions of of Garuda ; (am), n.,
AmuyS, ind. (instr. f.) in that manner, thus or planets (supposed to confer long life),
L. ; the num- SV. Amritahuti, f., N. of an oblation (offered
thus, RV. AV. ; with ; Vi as or >Jbhu, to be gone, ber 'four,' L. kara or -kirana, m.' nectar-rayed,' to the gods), AitBr. Amritahva, n. a pear, L.
be lost, SBr. the moon, Kad. -knnda, n. the vessel contain- Amrlti-karana, changing into nectar. Amri-
n.
Amurhi, ind. at that time, then, SBr. ; BrArUp. kesava, m., N. of a tesa, m.'lord of the immortals,' N. of Siva,PadmaP.
ing the Amrita or nectar.
Amnshmin (loc. of adds), ind. in the other
sg.
temple (built by Amrita-prabha), Rajat. kshara, - Amrite-saya, m. 'lying on Amrita,' N. of Vishnu,
world, L.; (forms the base of dnmshmika, q.v.) n. sal ammoniac, L. -gati, f., N. of a metre (con- Hariv. AmritSsvara, m. = amritesa, q. v., RJ-
Amnshya of such a one.
(gen. sg. of adds), sisting of four times ten syllables). garbha, m. jat. ;
N. of a medicament, Bhpr. Amriteshtaka,
kola, mfn. belonging to the family of such a one, child of immortality (said of sleep), AV. vi, 46, I. f. a burnt or baked (and therefore imperishable)
(gxrOLSpratijanadi & manojiladi, q. v.) pntra, cit, mfn. piled up (as sacrificial bricks) for the brick (used for the sacrificial altar), SBr. Amri-
m. the son of such a one (i. e. of a good family, of sake of immortality, MaitrS. clti, f. the piling up totpattl, f. the production of the Amrita (N. of a
known origin), (gana manojnadi, q. v.) sacrificial bricks) conferring immortality, SBr. chapter of the first
book of the RamSyana, relating
(of
Amii-driksha, &c. See amu. - jata, f. the plant Valeriana JatSm5rjsT. Ja, f. how the Amrita was obtained by the gods). Amri-
mfn. not loosed, not let '
produced by the Amrita,' the plant
Yellow Myro- totpanna, n. impure carbonate of zinc, L. (d), f. ;

*3Tipfi a-mukta,
not liberated from birth and death ; not liber- balan. taranglui, f.'havingnectar-waves,'moon- a fly, L. Amritodana, m., N. of a son of Siijha-
go ;
Amritodbhava
ated from Rahu, still eclipsed, Vishnus. (am), n. a light, L. ta, f. immortality, L. tejas, m., N. of hanu, and uncle of Sakyamuni.
amritopama, n. = amrilSlpanna, n., q. v., L.
;

that is always grasped and not thrown (as a a VidySdhara prince, KathSs. -tva, n. = -ta, RV. ; or
weapon
knife, a sword, &c.) nasta, mf(0)n. 'one whose AV. VS. &c. - didhiti [Kad.] or-dyutl [Naish.], Amritopastarana, n. water sipped as a substra-
hand not open (to give),' sparing, economical, Mn.
is
;

m. 'nectar-rayed,' the moon. drava, mfn. shed- tum for the nectar-like food, AsvGr. & ManGr. ;

hasta-tS, f. economy, frugality, Vishnus. ding ambrosia (said of the rays

of the moon), Sis. ix, an imperishable substratum, TAr. (cf. amritdpi-
v, 1 50.
A-mukti, is, f. non-liberation, L. 36. dhara, f. 'stream of Amrita,' N. of a metre. dKdnd).
A-mno, k, f. not setting at liberty, SBr. nadopanishad, f. 'thesoundofimmortality.'N. Amritaka, am, n. the nectar of immortality.
A'-muci, f. not setting at liberty,' N. of an evil
'
of an Upanishad. pa, mfn. drinking nectar ; (as), Amritaya, Nom. A. yate, to turn into nectar,
AV. m., N. of a Dinava, MBh. i, 2537 ; N. of Vishnu, Kad. (p. yamdna) to be like nectar, Ragh. ii, 61 .

xvi, 6, lo.
;
spirit,
MBh. xiii. -paksha, m. the immortal wing (of Amritayana, mfn. nectar-like, BhP.
*np* a-mukhd [TS.] or d-mukha [SBr. sacrificial fire), SBr. ; (amrita-paksha), mfn. (
= hl-
xiv], mfn. having
no mouth.
ranya-paksha, q.v.) having golden wings, SBr. MaitrS.
A-mukhya, mfn. not chief, inferior, Jaim. &c. ing from a clay vessel,
prabha, m.,N. of a Vidyadhara, KathSs.; (d), A-mrin-maya, mfn. not made of clay, TBr. ;
d-mugdha, mfn. not foolish, not N. of several women.RSjat. prasana or -pra-
^JpV f.,
'
on Amrita,' a god, R. phala, m. Sulb.; KatySr. -pa
[PBr.] or -payin (d-mrin-
sin, m. =
perverse, SBr.
a pear tree, L.
living
the plant Trichosanthes Diceca maya-) [SBr. xiv & ParGr.], mfn. d-mrit-pd-
A-mudha, mfn. not infatuated, not perplexed ; ;

tra-pa.
of Roxb. ; (am), n. a pear, L. ; the fruit of Tricho-
(ant), n.'pl. (in Sankhya phil.) 'not gross,' N.
the five subtle elements (tan-mdtra, q. v.) santhes D. Roxb. ; (d), f. the vine, L. ; the plant ^Tljig d-mrityu, us,
m. non-death, immor-
Emblica Officinalis Gzrtn. bandhu (amrlta-), SBr. xiii ; KaushUp. ; (mfn.), immortal, RV.
njT d-mura, mf(a)n. not ignorant, wise,
1
tality,
m. friend or keeper of immortality, RV. x, 72, 5 ;
1. a-mura) AV. d-mridhra. See d-mardhat.
intelligent, sharp-sighted, RV. (v.
1
friend of Nectar, a horse (so called because pro-
'
;

v, i,9& 11,5. duced from the ocean along with the Nectar), L. a-mrishd, ind. not falsely, certainly,
bindupanishad, f. 'drop of nectar,' N. of an BhP.
WJif d-murta, mfn. formless, shapeless,
bhavana, n.,N. surely, SBr. xiv bhashl-tva, n. speaking
;

Upanishad of the Atharva-veda. truthfully (one of the qualities

of a good spy), Comm.
unembodied, SBr. xiv ; Up. &c. not forming one
;
of a monastery (built by Amrita-prabhS), Rajat.
body, consisting of diffejent parts, Suryas. ; (as), m.,
on Kir. Amrisbodya, n. true speech, Bhatt.vi, 57.
tohnj , m. = -prasana, q. v., Mcar. ; one who eats
N. of Siva, rajas or -rajasa or -rayasa, m. a a-mrishta, mfn. (-s/mry), not rubbed
son of Kusa (by Vaidarbhi), MBh.; R. (ed. Bomb.
the residue of a sacrifice, Bhag. bhojana, mfn. WJ
one who eats the residue of a sacrifice, Mn. iii, 285. or washed, unclean, R. (v.l.) -Wiuj or -bhojin,
VP.
asiirti-rajasa, q.v.); =
matt, f. ( -gati, q. v.) N. of a metre. man- mfn. not eating delicate food or dainties (cf. I. mri-
A-mnrti, shapelessness, absence of shape
is, f.
mfn.
thana, n. the churning for the Amrita,' N. of the shta), R. i, 6, 8 (i, 6, II ed. Bomb.) -mrlja,
'

or form (mfn.), formless ; (is), m., N. of Vishnu,

MBh.
;

Manes (who chapters 1 7~I9of MBh. i. may a, mf(i~)n. immor- of unimpaired purity, Bhatt.
xiii ; (ayas), m. pi. a class of
of Amrita, Paiicat.
tal, SBr. xiv ; consisting of or full
have no definite form), Hariv. mat, m. amiir- "iJHUJHIJTt d-mrishyamana, mfn.
having an everlasting garland,'
'
&c. malini, f.
&c.
ta-rajas, q. v., VP. for obtain- not-bearing, not tolerating,
SBr. xii,
N. of Durga. yajna, m. a sacrifice
Pan. ?TH^Jlll a-mekshana, mfn. having
no me-
v^i a-muld, mf(a, cf. iv, i, 64, ing immortality, Ksth. yoga, m. (in astrol.) a
Comm.)n. rootless, baseless, SBr. &c. ;
without au- certain Yoga. yoni, m. the home of the iinmor- kshana or mixing instrument.
thority, not resting on authority, Comm. on Ysjn. ; tals.SBr. - rasmi, m. = -kara,<\.\., KathSs.; Bhatt.
rasa, m. &c. dark-coloured 'Sra^^i a-meddska, mfn. without fat, lean,
(n), f. 'without root,' a bulbous plant [NBD.], AV. nectar, Hit. f.
; (a),

v> 3 1 4 the plant Methonica Superba, L.

! > grapes, L.
- lata or -latika, f. a creeping plant that TS.;Susr.
 a-medhas. ambu-vetasa. 83
a-medhas, mfn. unintelligent, fool- amb, cl. i. P. ambati, to go, L. : cl. (in Vedavoc. optionally ia ke) a N. applied &
ish, an idiot, Pin. v, 4, 122. \ I.A. ambate, to sound, L. to the harvest (as the most productive season), Kath. ;
a sister of Rudra, VS. ; SBr. ; N. of Parvat! (the wife
^HfUI a-medhyd, mfn. not able or not al- ^Tff amba. See amba. of Siva), Hariv.; Yajn. &c.; of the wife of Rudr
lowed to not fit for sacrifice, impure, un-
sacrifice,
ambaka, am, n. Siva's eye, Balar. Ugraretas, BhP. ; of one of the mothers in Skanda's
holy, nefarious, foul, SBr. Mn. &c. (ani), n. fseces,
; ;
an eye, L. retinue, MBh. ix, 2630; of a daughter of the king
(cf. try-ambakd) ; copper, L.
excrement, KatySr. Mn. ix, 282 ; Yajfi. &c.
;
; ku- of KSsi (wife of Vicitravirya, and mother of Dhrita-
napasin, mfn. feeding on carrion. ta, f. or -tva, ^IPJT ambaya. See amba. MBh. &c. (cf. ambdlikii); one of the
rSshtra),
n. impurity, foulness, filthiness. yukta, mfn. filthy, female domestic deities of the Jainas, L. ; N. of a
^T^T. dmbara, am, n. circumference, com-
foul. lipta, mfn. smeared with ordure, Mn. iv, place in Bengal, L. ; N. of two rivers, Heat. ; the
Ame- pass, neighbourhood, RV. viii, 8, 14; (ifc. f. a)
56 BhP.; lepa, m. smearing with ordure. plant Wrightia Antidysenterica. pati, m., N. of
clothes, apparel, garment, MBh. &c. ; cotton, L. ;
dhyakta, mfn. soiled with ordure, Mn. Siva ; N. of Rudra or Siva, TAr. ; Kid. &c. pu- -
sky, atmosphere, ether, Naigh. ; MBh. &c. ; (hence)
m. having no tra or -suta, m., N. of Dhritarashtra.
astrological man-
^?*1t a-mend, as, a cipher, Sfiryas. ; N. of the tenth
wife, a
widower, RV. v, 31, 2. sion, VarBr.; the lip; saffron, L.; a
perfume (Ambra), Ambikeya, as, m. (for ambikeya, q. v.) N. of
L. N. of a country, MatsyaP. (as), m. pi., N. of a
; ;
MBh. iii, 219 & 250; of GaneSa, L.
Dhritarashtra, ;
^wfrf u-meni, mfn. not casting or throw- people, VarBrS. ga, mfn. sky-going, Susr. cara, of KSrttikeya, L.
ing, not able to throw, AV. v, 6, 9 & 10; VS. ; TBr. mfn. id., Kathas. ; a bird, Pancat. ; a VidySdhara, Ambi, f. = ambl, q. v., RV. viii, 72, 5 (ace.
'a'fa a-meyu, mfn. immeasurable, MBh.
Kathas. carin, m. a planet, da, n. 'giving amlyam) & Kath.
clothes,' cotton. nagari, f, N. of a town. push- n. water, Naigh.; MBh.
viii, 1975; Kathas. Amey&tman, mfn. possessing pa, n. 'a flower in the sky,' anything impossible ; (cf. ^T^J dmbu, &c.;
immense powersofniind,magnanimous,MBh.; Ragh. a kind of Andropogon, VarBrS. Bhpr. ; N. of a metre
abhra-pushpa.) -prabha, f., N.of a princess, Ka-
;

x, 1 8 ; (a), m., N. of Vishnu, MBh. xiii. '

(consisting of ninety syllables), RPrat. ; the number
thas. man!, m. sky-jewel,' the sun, Slh. BSlar. ;

ameshtd. ynffa, n. 'pair of vestments,' the two principal 'four,' VarBr. kana, m. 'a drop of water,'a shower,
See I. ama.
female garments (upper and lower). L. kantaka or -kir ata, m. the short-nosed alli-
saila, m. a high
d-meha, as, m. retention of urine, mountain (touching the sky). gator, L. kisa or -kurma, m. a porpoise (especi-
sthall, f. the earth,
TS. Kath. PBr. L. Ambaradhikarin, m. superintendent over the ally the Gangetic, ke-
Delphinus Gangeticus), L.
; ;

robes (an office at court), Rajat. sara, m. lemon kriyS, f. a funeral rite
tree, L.
WHTJ Ambaranta, m.
a-mokyd, mfn. (\/muc), that can-
'
the end of a garment the horizon. Ambaraukas, ( =jala-kriya), Bhatt. ga, mfn. water-goer,'
;
AV. iii, 6, 5.
not be unloosed,
m. ' sky-dweller,' a god, Kum. v, 79. living in water. ghana, m. hail, frozen rain, L.
A-mocana, am, n. not loosening or letting go, L. cara, mfn. moving in the water, aquatic. cfi-

^^JTj'fal ambar'tsha, as, am, m. n. a frying-

'
A-mocamya, mfn. not to be liberated. mara, n. water-chowri,' the aquatic plant Valisne-
A-mocita, mfn. not liberated, ctmfined.
pan, TS. v ; KatySr. ; (at), m., N. of a hell, Jain. ;
ria. carin, mfn. moving in water (as a fish, &c.),
A-mocya, mfn. = caniya, q. v., Ragh. iii, 65. remorse, L. war, battle, L. ; a young animal, colt, L.
;
Mn. xii, 57 (cf. ap-cara s. v. 2. dp). Ja, mfn. pro-
;

duced in water, water-born, aquatic ; (as), m. the

the sun, R. v, 3, 5 sky, atmosphere, Comm. on Un.;
^nft'Bf a-moksha, mfn. (Jmoksh), un- ;

the hog-plum plant (Spondias Magnifera), L. ; N. of plant Barringtonia AcutangulaGsertn.; a lotus (Nym-
liberated, unloosed, L. (us), m. want of freedom,
pli:r;i Nelumbo) ; a muscle-shell, R. vii, 7, 10; the
;
a Rajarshi (son of the king Vrishagir, and composer
bondage, confinement ; non-liberation (from mun- R & thunderbolt of Indra ('cloud-born'), L. janman,
of the hymns V. i, j oo ix, 98), R V. i, loo, 1 7 ;
dane existence). n. a lotus (Nymphza Nelumbo), Naish.
of a descendant of M.inn Vaivasvata and son of NS- ja-bhu,
A-mokshayat, mfn. not liberating, Yajii. ii, 30x1. for his devotion to Vishnu), MBh. m. 'being in a lotus,' the god Brahmi. ja-stha,
bhaga (celebrated
&c. ; N. of a Rajarshi (descendant of Sagara and an- mfn. sitting on a lotus. jaksha, mf(f)n. lotus-eyed.
a-mocana, &c. See a-mokyd.
cestor of Dasaratha), R. ; N. of a son of the patriarch janana, f having a lotus face," N. of the tutelary
a-moaha, mf(a)n. unerring, unfail- Pulaha, VayuP. &c. ;
N. of Siva, L. of Vishnu, L. ;
deity of the Ojishtha family, BrahmaP. taskara,
ing, not vain, efficacious,
succeeding, hitting the of Ganesa, Kathas. pntra, m. son of Ambarisha,
;

m. ' water-thief,' the sun, L. tala, m. ( -cdma- =

mark productive, fruitful ; (d-inogfui), as, m. the not
; whence the N. of a country, (gaua rdjanyadi?) ra) the plant Valisneria.
'
da, m. giving water,' a
erring, the not failing, SBr. ; N. of Siva ; of Vishnu, cloud ;
the plant Cyperus Hexastychius Communis ;
MBh. ^fM ambarya, Nom. P. ryati, to bring
xiii; ofSkanda, MBh. iii, 14632; of a minister ambudfiranya, n., N. of a forest. deva or -daiva,
'
of an Asura king at war with Klrttikeya, SkandaP. ; together, collect, (gana kan$v-adi.) n. having the waters as deity,' N. of the astrological
of a river, L. ; (a), f. trumpet flower,
Bignonia Sua- ei^ja amba-shtha, as, m. (fr. amba and mansion PflrvSshSdhS, VarBrS. dhara, m. 'water-
'
vcolens, Roxb. ; a plant of which the seed is used as st/ia?, Pan. viii, 3, 97), N. of a country and of its
holder,' a cloud. dill, m. receptacle of waters,'
a vermifuge, Erycibe Paniculata Roxb. Terminalia the ocean the number ' four ;' (ambudhi)~kami-
inhabitants, MBh. VarBrS. &c. ; of the king of that
; ;
;

Citrina Roxb.; N. of a spear, MBh. iii,

16990 & country, MBh. 3399 seqq. ; the offspring of a
vii,
ni, f. a river, Bhfun. ; -srava,
'
f. the
plant Aloes
R. i, 29, 1 2 ; (with or without ratri) ' the unfail- man of the Brahman and a woman of the Vaisya Perfoliata. natha, m. lord of the waters,' the

ing one,' a poetical N. of the night, MBh.; a mys- caste (a man of the medical caste, Mn. an ocean, Hariv. nidhi, m. 'treasury of waters,"
x, 47 ;
tical N. of the letter ksh
(being the last one of the elephant-driver, BhP.), Mn. x; Yajii. &c.; (a), f.
the ocean. nivaha, m. 'water-bearer,' a cloud,
alphabet); N.of Durg3,L.; of the wife ofSSntanu; of VarBrS. I. -pa, m. 'drinking water,' the plant
Jasminum Auriculatum, L. ; Clypea Hernandifolia,
one of the mothers in Skanda's suite, MBh. ix, an Ambashtha Cassia Tora or Alata, L. 2. -pa, m. 'lord of
2639. Susr.; OxalisCorni-'ulata, Susr. ; (d), f.

kirana, dni, n. pi. 'the unerring rays,' N. of the woman [Comm. on Mn. x, 1 5] (i), f. [M n. x, 1 9], id. the waters,' Varuna, R. vii, 3, 18. pakshin, m.
pati, m. = a. -pa, VarBrS. ;
;

rays immediately after sunrise and before sunset, aquatic bird, Kathas.
Ambashthaki, Clypea Hernandifolia, L. f.
the ocean. =
VarBrS. '
danda, m. unerring in punishment,' N. pattra, f. ( -da), the plant Cyperus
Ambashthika, f. Clerodendrum Siphonanthus.
of Siva. '
darsana, m. of an unfailing eve,' N. of Hex. C. or -pata, m. current,
paddhatl, f.

a Naga, Buddh. darsin, m., N. of a Bodhisattva. 'SlrfT amba, f. (Ved. voc. dmbe [VS.] or stream, flow of water, L. prasnda, m. or -pra-
dris, mfn. of an unfaijing look or eye, BhP. Amba [RV.], in later Sanskrit amba only, some- sadana, n. the clearing nut tree, Strychnos Pota-
nandiui, f, N. of a Siksha-text. times a mere interjection, AsvSr.), a mother, good torum (the nuts of this plant are
generally used in
patana,
mfn. 'not falling in vain,' reaching the aim, Rajat. woman (as a title of respect) N. of a plant ; N. of ;
India for purifying water [cf. Mn. vi, 67] ; they are
pasa, m., N. of a Lokesvara, Buddh. bala, Durga (the wife of Siva); N. of an Apsaras, L. ; N. rubbed upon the inner surface of a vessel, and so
mfn. of never-failing strength (said of the horse Uc- of a daughter of a king of Ksi, MBh. N. of one ; precipitate the impurities of the fluid it contains).
caihsravas). bhxiti, m., N. of a king of thePafijSb. of the seven KrittikSs, TS. KSth. ; TBr. ; a term ;
bhrit m. a cloud, L. ; talc, L. ; the grass Cyperus
,

in astrol. (to denote the fourth condition which re- Pertenuis, L. mat, mfn. watery, having or con-
raja, m., N.of a Bhikshu, Lalit. varsha, m.,
N. of a Caulukya prince, vac, mfn. whose words sults from the conjunction of planets?). In the South- taining water ; (it), f, N. of a river, MBh. iii, 6026.
are not vain, BhP. vancliita, mfn. never dis- Indian languages, amba is corrupted into amma, matra-ja, mfn. produced only in water. mnc,
' and is often affixed to the names of and ra.a cloud, Kir. v, I J, Sis. yantra, n. clepsydra,
appointed, L. vikrama, m. of unerring valour,' goddesses,
N. of Siva, -siddhi, m., N. of the fifth Dhyani- females in general [Germ. Amme, 'a nurse;' Old VarBrS. raya, m. a current, R. ii, 63, 43. raja,
buddha. Amoghakslii, f, N. of DakshayanT, Germ, amma, Them. animSn, ammAn"]. gan- m. =* -natha, Nalod. = 2. -pa, Hariv. rasi, m.
;

MatsyaP. Amog-hdcarya, m., N. of an author. ga, f. a river in Ceylon. janman, n., N. of a 'heapofwaters,'the ocean, Kum.; Ragh.&c. ruha,
Tirtha, MBh. iii, 6051. n. (ifc. f.
a) 'water-growing,' the day-lotus, R. See. ;
"SHItT omntd, mfn. woven at home, AV. ; Ambaya, f. mother (a N. of rivers), KaushUp. (a\ f. Hibiscus Mutabilis. ruhim, f. the lotus,
Kaus. putraka, m. a child protected at home Ambada or ambala, f. mother, Pan. vii, 3, 107, Kathas. rohini, f. id., L. vaci, f. four days in
['
a weaver's boy,' NBD.], AV. xx, 1
27, 5. Comm. (voc. "de & le) & KSs. (in Veda voc. op- AshSdha (the tenth to the thirteenth of the dark half
Amotaka, as, m. protected at home (as a child) tionally tfa & la). of the month, when the earth is supposed to be un-

['a weaver,' NBD.], AV. xx, 127, 5. AmbaiikS (voc. dmbdlike), mother, VS. ; N.
, f. clean, and agriculture is prohibited),BrahmavP. ii,77;
of a plant ; N. of a daughter of a king of KSsi (wife (ambuvacT)-tyaga, m. the thirteenth of the same ;
^^TcJvfrT a-mautra-dhauta, mfn. not of Vicitravirya, and mother of PSndu), MBh. -prada, n. the tenth in the second half of the month
washed (by a washerman) with alkaline lye, KatySr. Ambali, f. mother, TS. vii (voc. dmtali for am- Ashadha. vasini or-vKsi, f. the trumpet flower
bale as mentioned by Pan. vi, I, 118). (Bignonia Suaveolens). L. vaha, m. a cloud,
"5JTT5T a-maund, am, n. the state of not
Anibi, is, f. mother, RV. i, 23, 16 ; Superl. voc. Kum. Megh. &c. the grass Cyperus Pertenuis ; a
being a Muni or not keeping the vows of a Muni, ; ;

nmliitame,
'
O dearest mother !' RV. ii, 41, 16; (cf.
'
water-carrier, L. ; talc, L. the number seventeen,' ;
SBr. xiv.
am/ft.) L. vahin, mfn. carrying or conveying water;
amnds, mfn. unawares, AV. viii, 6, A'mbika, f. (voc. dm/like), mother, good woman (/), f. a wooden baling vessel, L. N. of a river ;

19; Kath. ; APrSt. [according to Pan. viii, 2, 70 the (as a term of respect), VS. TS. (cf. Pin. vi, I, & madhu-vahinT), MBh.vi, 334 ;VP. vetaia,
(v.l.
word is liable to become amnar in Sandhi]. it 8); P5n. vii, 3, 107, Comm. (voc. ke) & Kas. m. a kind of cane or reed growing in water. sl-
G 2
 ambu-sttd. a-yava.
rishika, f., N. of a plant, Bhpr. - sita, f., N. of dana, m. sorrel, L. meha, m.acid urine (a dis- non-performance of a sacrifice, Mn. iii, 1 20 L5ty. ; ;

a river, R. iv, 41, 16. sarpini, f.

'water-glider,' ease), Susr. rasa, mfn. having a sour taste ; (as), Gaut. (a-yajnd), mfn. not offering a sacrifice, RV.
;

a leech, L. leeaiil.f. ( -Z"Mif) a wooden bal- m. sourness, acidity, ruha, f. a kind of betel. vii, 6, 3 &
x, 138, 6. sac (d-yajna-), m(nom.
lonika or -loni or -lolikS, wood sorrel (Ox- pi. dcas) fn. not performing a sacrifice, RV. vi, 6 7, 9.
ing vessel, L.
f.

rnfn. (ambu used ono-

alisCorniculata). varffa, m. a class of plants with A-yajniya, mfn. not fit for sacrifice, SBr. (once
^jHcjirJ ambu-kfita, acid leaves or fruits (as the lime, orange, pome- RV. &
d-yajiiiya) profane, unworthy, x, 124, 3
matopoetically to denote by trying to utter mb the
;

granate, tamarind, sorrel, and others), Susr. valla, AV. xii, 2, 37.
effect caused by shutting the lips on pronouncing a f. the plant Pythonium Bulbiferum Schott. vata- A-yajniya, mfn. not fit for sacrifice, KapS.
vowel), pronounced indistinctly (so that the words ka, m. hog-plum (Spondias Magnifera). vatika, A'-yajyu, mfn. not sacrificing, impious, RV.
remain too much in the mouth) [in later writers f. a kind of betel. vr iksha,
derived fr. ambu, water] sputtered, accompanied with
;
vastuka, n. sorrel. A-yajvan, mm. id., RV. &c.; Mn. xi, 14 & 20.
m. the tamarind tree. vetasa, m. a kind of dock
saliva, Pat.; Lajy. {an-, neg.); (am), n. a peculiar or sorrel, Rumex Vesicarius, MBh. iii, 1 1568 ;
Susr. ;
f<4$i<;f a-yujnadatta, as, m. not Yajfia-
indistinct pronunciation of the vowels, RPrJt. ; Pat. ; datta, i.e. the vile Yajnadatta, Pan. vi, 159, Kas.
(am), n. vinegar (obtained from fruit), L. saka, 2,

roaring (of beasts) accompanied

with emission of m. a sort of sorrel (commonly used as a pot-herb).
Mslatim. ^UTr^ a-yat, mfn. (Vyam), not making
saliva, Uttarar. ;
sara, m. the lime a kind of sorrel (am), n. ;
;
efforts, Bhatt.
W*J ambya, as, m. 'a chanter' (an error rice water after fermentation. haridra, f. the plant A'-yata, mfn. unrestrained, uncontrolled.
RV. ambi ). Curcuma Zerumbet Roxb. Amlankusa, m. a kind
of SSy.'s on viii, 72, 5 ; cf. A-yati, is, m. no ascetic, Bhag. ; N. of one of the
of sorrel. Amladhynshita, n. a disease of the eyes
six sons of Nahusha, MBh. i, 3155.
ambh, ambhate, to sound, L. (caused by eating acid food), Susr. Amlibhuta,
'
mfn. become sour, Susr. Amlodg&ra, m. sour eruc- w<4ni^a-ya<af,mfn. (Vyaf), not going side
Ambhana, am, n. sounding,' the body of the tation, L. side, RV. ii, 24, 5 [' not making efforts,' Gmn.]
by
Vina AitAr.
as, m. the plant Artocarpus Lakuca ;
lute, Amlaka, A-yatna, as, m. absence of effort or exertion ;

n. (cf. abhrd, dmbu), water, (ikd), f.a sour taste in the mouth, acidity of stomach, (ena [Mn. v, 47, &c.], at, or in comp. ayatna-),
^nfi^a'mbAas,
RV. &c.; the celestial waters, AitUp. power, fruit- ;
Susr. ;
the tamarind tree ; wood sorrel (Oxalis Cor- ind. without effort or exertion. karln, mfn. mak-
fulness, VS. & AV. (dnsi), n. pi. collective N. for
; niculata). vataka, m. a sort of cake, Bhpr. ing no exertion, idle. krita or -ja, mfn. easily
Amliman, m. or readily produced, spontaneous, L.
gods, men, Manes, and Asuras, TBr. &.VP. (hence) ; d, sourness, L. ta*, ind.
(as}, sg.
the number' four;* mystical N. of the letter Amlika, f.
(
= amlikd, q.v.) acidity of stomach, without effort or exertion. balavyajam- y'bhu
v; N.of a metre (consisting of 8 2 syllables), RPrJt. ;
Susr. ;
wood sorrel, L. (perf. 3. pi. -babhiivuh) to become or be changed
into a fan without effort,
(asd), instr. in comp. for ambhas (e. g. ambhasd- 'SrjTTH a-mldna, mfn. (Vmlai), unwithered,
Ragh. xvi, 33. vat,
done by water'), Pin. vi, 3, 3 (asi), n. du.
' mfn. inactive, idle.
krita, ;
mind or the
clean, clear ; bright, unclouded (as the
heaven and earth, Naigh. [ou/3pos, imi>er\.
face), M
Bh. &c. ; (as), m. globe-amaranth (Gom- aydtha. See col. 3.
Ambliali(incomp. foi ambhas). pati, m.'the
phrsena Globosa L.), Heat. a-yatha, ind. not as it should be,
lord of the waters,' Varuna. syamaka, m. water
- sara, m. a pearl, L. su, m. A-mlani, is, (. vigour, freshness, L. unfitly, BhP. krlta, mfn. done unfitly, VarBrS.
hair-grass, Car. an
stha, mfn. standing in water, Hit.
A-mlanin, mfn. clean, clear, L. ; (ini), f.
jatiyaka, mfn. contrary to what should be the
smoke, L.
Anibho ( in comp. for ambhas). Ja, n. (ifc. f. d) assemblage of globe-amaranths, L. case, Pat. on Pan. ii, I, 10. tat ham, ind. not so
'
water-born,' the day-lotus; (as), m. the plant A-mlayin, mfn. unfading, KathSs. as it should be, Pan. vii, 3, 31 ; Mn. iii, 240. ta-
Calamus Rotang, L. the Sarasa or Indian crane, L.
; wrn ay =. Vi, only supposed to be a sepa- tba, ind. given by Pat. on Pan. vii, 3, 31 as the
base of dyathdtathya (whereas Pan, derives it
ja-khanda, n. a group of lotus flowers, Pan. iv, \
on account of such forms of*/i,
rate rt.

3, 51, KSs. ja-janman, ni., N. of Brahma (born from -tatham, q.v.) devatam (d-yathd-), ind.
as ayate [RV. 127, 3], &c. See Vt.
i,
in a lotus), -janma-jani, m. ( = ja-janman) not consonant or suitable to a deity, TBr. dyo-
Aya, as, m. going (only ifc.,cf. abhyastam-aya)\
Brahma, BhP. janman, n. ( = -ja) 'water-born,' '
(with gavdm) the going or the turn of the cows,'
tana, n. intimation of something that should not
the lotus, BhP. ja-yoni, m. id. - jinl, f. the N. of a periodical sacrifice, MBh. ; a move towards be, Pan. ii, I, 10, Comm. puram, ind. not as
lotus plant, KathSs. &c. ; an assemblage of lotus the right at chess, Pat. (cf. ay&naya) ; Ved. a die, formerly, Pan. vii, 3, 31. purva, mfn. not being
flowers or a place where they abound, (gana push- so as before, Ragh. xii, 88 ; BhP. ; (d-yathdpiir-
RV. x, 1 1 6, 9; AV. &c. the number 'four ;' good ;

karadi, q. v.) da, m. a cloud, MBh. &c. ; the luck, favourable fortune, Nalod. vat, mfn. happy, vam), ind. not in regular order, TBr. balam,
plant Cyperus Hexastychius Communis Nees. dha- ind. not according to one's strength, Sis. Aya-
Kir. v, 20. Bobbin, mfn. bright with good for-
ra, m. a cloud, Mricch. &c. dhi, m. 'receptacle tune, Sis. Ayanaya, see s. v. Ayanvita, mfn. thabhipreta, mfn. not not agreeable,
desired,
of waters,' the ocean ; (ambudhi)-pallava or-val/a- Pan. iii, 4, 59. A-yatha-matram, ind. not ac-
fortunate, lucky, Ragh. iv, 26; (as), m., N. of San-
bha, m. coral, L. nidhi, m. the ocean. mnc, karac3rya, L. cording to measure or quantity (a defect in the
rasi, m. ( =
'
m. water-shedder,' a cloud, K5d. & pronunciation of vowels), RPrat. A-yathamn-
Ayatba, am, n. a foot, RV. x, 28, 10 It;
-nidhi) the ocean. ruli, n. 'water-growing,' the kblna, mm. having the face turned away, Bhatt.
(mfn.) prosperous, PSrGr.
lotus. ruha, d) id., Kum. &c. ; (as), m.
n. (ifc. f. A-yathayatham, ind. not as it ought to be, un-
= -ja, A'yana, mfn. going, VS. xxii, 7 Nir. ; (am), n. ;

( m.) the Indian crane ; N. of a son of ViSvS- suitably, SBr. A-yathartha, mf(a)n. incorrect,
MBh. walking, a road, a path, RV. iii, 33, 7, &c. (often
mitra, xiii, 258. incongruous, Sak. &c. ; (am), ind. incorrectly, Jaim.
naimishdyana, puxushdyana, prasamd-
ifc., cf.
A-yatb.a-vat, ind. incorrectly, Bhag. A-yathS-
viftmtft ambhinl (toTbhrini), f., N. of a yana, samudrayana, sveddyana) (in astron.) ad- ;
sastra-karin, mfn. not acting in accordance with
preceptress (who transmitted the white Yajur-veda vancing, precession, Suryas. ; (with gen. [e. g. dngi- the scripture. Ayatb.a-8tb.ita, mfn. not being in
to Vic, speech), SBr. xiv (cf. dmbhrini.) rasdm, adityanam, gavdm, &c.] or ifc.) 'course,
order, deranged, Kid. A-yathfeshta, mfn. not ac-
;

Ambhrina, mfn. (cf. ambhas, oflptnos, o/t$pi- circulation,' N. of various periodical sacrificial rites,
AV. SBr. &c. the sun's road north and south of the cording to wish, not intended, Pan. viii, 2, I &
ftos), powerful, great [Naigh.], RV. i, 133, 5 ['roar- ; ;
1 1 6, Comm. A-yathoktam, ind. not in accord-
Siy.] m. a vessel (used in prepar-
(ds), equator, the half year, Mn. &c. ; the equinoctial and
ing terribly,' ;
ance with what has been stated, RPrat. A-yatho-
ing the Soma juice), VS. &
SBr. N. of a Rishi (father ;
solstitial points,VarBrS. &c. ; way, progress, manner,
clta, mfn. unsuitable, Paficat.
of Vic), RAnukr. ; (cf. dmbhrini.)
SBr. ; place of refuge, Mn. i, 10; a treatise (sdstra,
ct.jyotishdm-ayana'},\,. kala, as, f. pi. the cor- aya-dlkshita, as, m., N. of an
VtW1Jam-maya,m((i)n.(fQTap-mayaj Pan. rection (in minutes) for ecliptic deviation, Suryas. author (nephew of Apyaya-dikshita, q. v.)
144, Siddh.), formed from or consisting of water,
iv, 3, graha, m. a planet's longitude as corrected for
watery, Ragh. x, 59 ; BhP. ecliptic deviation, ib. drlk-karman, n. calcula- ^t1T dyana. See Vay, col. 2.

^I*<li dmyak, ind. 'towards, here' (Nir. tion for ecliptic deviation, ib. bhaga, m. (in vmaa-yantrd, am, n. non-restraint, not a
& SJy. on RV. i, 169, 3); but see 'Jmyaksh. astron.) the amount of precession, ib. vritta, n. means of restraining, RV. x, 46,6 (cf.pasv-dyantra. )
AyanaUBa,m. = ayana-6Adga,Smy*s.
;

the ecliptic.
*m amra, m. amra, q. v., L.
as, = Ayananta, m. solstice, ib.
A-yantrana, f. not putting on a bandage, not

AmrSta, as, m. = dmrata, q. v., L. dressing, Susr.

Amrataka, as, m. = dmrdt, q. v., VarBrS. WMKjf a-yakshmd, mf(a)n. not consump- A-yantrita, mfn. unhindered, unrestrained, self-
tive,not sick, healthy, VS. ; A V. ; causing health, salu- willed, Mn. ii, 1 1 8, &c.
^STjf amla, mfn. sour, acid, Mn. v, 114, &c.; brious, RV. ix, 49, i VS. ; AV. (dm), n. health, VS.
m. (with or without rasa) acidity, vinegar,
; ;

A V. xix, 2,
^Hl*Tt d-yabhya, f. (a woman) with whom
(as), m-karana, mf(f)n. producing health,
one ought not to cohabit, A V. xx, 28, 8. 1
Susr. ; wood
sorrel (Oxalis Corniculata), Susr. ; (f),
5. tSti (ayakshmd-), f. health, AV. iv, 25, 5.
f. Oxalis Corniculata, L. ; (am), n. sour curds, Susr. -tva, n. id., SBr. this one. See iddm.
*M*<*^ aydm,
kanda, n., N. of a plant. kesara, m. citron
tree. cukrika, f. or -cuda, m. a kind of sorrel.
^!M*SHII<II a-yakshyamdna, mfn. not wish- vit([in a-'jamita,mfa. 'unchecked.' n-
jambira, m. lime tree. ta, f. sourness, Susr. ing or not about to institute a sacrifice, Jaim. kba, mfh. with untrimmed nails, Megh.
drava, m. the acid juice (of fruits), Bhpr. na- A-yajamana, mfn. not instituting a sacrifice, ^11^
VS. &c.
i .
d-yava, as, m. the dark half of the
yaka, m. sorrel. nimbuka, in. the lime. nisa,
A-yajuahka, mfn. without a Yajus-formula.SBr.; month, VS. ; SBr.
f. the plant Curcuma Zerumbet Roxb. pancaka
or -parica-phala, n. a collection of five kinds of (am), ind. id., TBr. A-yavan, d, m. [SBr.] or a-yavas, n. [VS.], id.
sour vegetables and fruits. A-yajus, n. 'not a Yajus-formula,' (ilshd), instr.
I A-yava, as, or a-y avan, d, m., id., TS.
.
pattra, m. the plant
Oxalis and other plants. panasa, m. the tree without a Yajus-formula, MaitrS. A-yajush-kri- ^H^f 2. a-yava, mfn. producing bad or no
Artocarpus Lacucha Roxb. pitta, n. acidity of ta, mfn. not consecrated with a Yajus-formula, SBr. ; barley, Pan. vi, 2, 108, Pat. & i
72, KSs. ; (as), m.,
stomach. phala, m. the tamarind tree, Magnifera LJty. N. of one of the seven species of worms in the intes-
Indica ; (am), n. the fruit of this tree, Susr. -the-. A-yajna, as, m. not a real sacrifice, SBr. TBr. ; & tines, Susr.
 a-yavaka. a-yogya. 85
A-yavaka, mfn. producing bad or no barley, Pin. Ayasa, am, n. (only ifc.)
-=
ayas, e. g. krishnd- Ayasya (4), mfn. (
*=
di'fjji'os, Windisch ; cf.
vi, 2, 1 1
7, Pat. & 1
74, Kas. yasa, lohdyasa^ q. v. ayas &
aias before), agile, dexterous, valiant, RV.;
2. A-y5va, mfn. not made of barley, KitySr.
(as), m., N. of an Ahgiras (composer of the hymns
dyase, Ved. Inf. fr. Vi, q. v. RV. & x, 67 & 68), RV. & 108,
a-vat. See dya. ix, 44-66 x, 67, I

Mn.
"IT pronom. base a
ay a, ind. ana- (fr. = 8 ;
SBr. xiv.
a-yasas, n. infamy, R.; ya), in this manner, thus, RV.
yiii, l ayasomlya, am, n., N. of some
128, &c. (ds), mfn. devoid of fame, disgraced, SBr.
xiv ; KitySr.
;

kara, m((i)n. causing dishonour,

Wrr^f a-ydcaka, mfn. (\/yac), 'one who verses of the SV. (so called from their
beginning with
the words aya s6ma).
'
does not ask or
MBh. &c. solicit [a misspelling for a-pdcaka,
disgraceful,
Ayasasya, mfn. = ayasas-kara, NBD.], MBh. xii, 343.
q. v., R. BhP.;
;
ayi, ind. a vocative particle (espe-
Susr. A-yacat, mfn. id., MBh. xiii, 3053. cially used indramas) ; a particle of encouragement
A-yacamana, mfn. id., KaushUp. or introducing a kind inquiry.
ay as, n. iron, metal, RV. &e. an iron
;
A'-yacita, mfn. not asked for, unsolicited, TAr. ;
weapon an axe, &c.), RV. vi,
(as 3, 5 & 47, 10 ; gold, Mn. &c. ; (as), m., N. of the Rishi Upavarsha, L. ^ft!^ ayin, mfn. only ifc., e. g. aty-ayin,
Naigh. steel, L. Lat. j, ar-is for tfs-is; Goth. n. the obligation of eating such food only
vrata, anv-ayin, &c.
; ; [cf.
'
rtV,Thema <J!>a; Old Germ, &, iron ;' Goth, eisarn; as has been obtained without solicitation ; (mfn.),
Mod. Germ. Eisen.~] kansa, m. an iron goblet, keeping the above obligation, Ap. (quoted by Kul- 'OTJ^t? a-ynk-chada, &c. See a-yuj.
Pan. viii, 3, 46, Sch. - karm , f. adhlloha-kar-
? (cf. luka on Mn.) A-ynkta, mfn. (Vyuj), not yoked, RV. x, 27,
na and adhirudhd-k), ib. kanda, m. n. 'a quan- 9 KatySr. ; not harnessed,
SBr. RV. ix, 97, 20 ;
' Ayacitahrita, mfn.
offered without having been ; ;

tity of iron or 'excellent iron,' (gana kaskadi, q. v.) ShadvBr. not connected, not united (as vowels) ;
215. Ayacltopanlta, mfn. id.,
;
solicited, Yajfl. i,
kanta, m. (gana kaskAdt) 'iron-lover,' the load- Comm. on Mn. iv, 247. not added, not joined not applied or made use of ;

stone kdntdyasa), Ragh. xvii, 63, &c.

(cf. kanta- A-yacin, mfn. not soliciting, (gana r<z^A#.) (see -cara below) ; to be supplied (see -paddrtha
mani, m. id., Milatim. kama, m. a blacksmith, below) not attentive, not devout, RV. v, 33, 3 ;
;

P5n. viii, 3, 46, Sch. kara. m. id., Pan. ii, 4, 10, ^UTTsT a-yajyd, mfn. (Vyaj), a person for SBr. &c. ; not suited, unfit, unsuitable, MBh. &c. ;
Sch. &
viii, 3, 46, Sch. kunda, m. an iron pitcher, whom one must not offer sacrifices, outcast, degraded, not dexterous, silly, R. ; BhP.; (d-yuttam), ind.
L. knmbha, m. or -kumbhi, f. an iron pot or SBr. xiv KatySr. ;
; Mn. &c. ; not to be offered in not being yoked, SBr. xii. krit, mfn. committing
a sacrifice. tva, am, n. the state of not being fit
boiler, Pan. viii, 3, 46, Sch. knsa, f. a rope partly wrong acts, (a king cara, m. &c.) who does not
consisting of iron, kriti, f. ib. a medical prepara- for a sacrificial offering, Jaim. yajana [Mn. iii, appoint spies, R.'iii, 37, 7 10. ta, f. or -tva, &
tion of iron, Susr. tapa, mfn. one who heats iron, 65] or -samyajya [Mn. xi, 59], n. for sacrificing n.the not being used, the not being suitable. pa-
VS. an outcast (one of the sins called m. word
tnnda, mfn. having an iron point, Hariv. Upapataka). dartha, the sense of a not given but to
patra, m. an iron vessel, AV. viii, 10, 22 ; Susr. be supplied. rupa, mfn. unfit, unsuitable, Kum.
aydt-kdrd, as, m. pronouncing the
(v. 1.); (am or f], n. f. id., Pan. viii, 3, 46, Sch. A-yukti, is, f. unsuitableness, unreasonableness,
word dyat (aor. fr. *Jyaj, quoted fr. VS. xxi, 47),
maya, mf()n. Ved. made of iron or of metal, want of conformity (to correct principles or to ana-
SBr. i.
RV. v, 30, 15, &c. BhP. ; (as), m., N. of a son of
;
logy), Sarvad. ynkta, mfn. applied in an unsuit-
Manu Sv5rocisha, Hariv. ; (t), f., N. of one of the d-yata, mfn. not gone, AV. x, 8, 8. able way, Bhpr. ; inexpert (as a surgeon), Susr.
three residences of the Asuras, AitBr. ; ayasmayadi, A'-yatayama, mfn. not worn out by use, not A-yuga, am, n. 'not a pair," one.VarBrS. ; (mfn.)
a gana of Pan. (i, 4, 20). weak, fresh, SBr.; MBh.iii.i joos&BhP.; (anf), n. odd, L. Ayngarcls, m. 'having odd (i. e. seven)
Ayah (in comp. for ayas). kanapa, m. a pi., N. of certain texts of the Yajur-veda (revealed flames,' fire, Sis.
certain iron weapon, MBh. i, 8257. kaya, m. 'of to YajHavalkya), VP. & BhP. - ta (ayatayamd-), A-yugapad, ind. not at once, not simultaneously,
an iron body,' N. of a Daitya, Kathas. kitta, n. f. unweakened strength, freshness, SBr. & AitBr. Nyayad. grahana, n. apprehending gradually
rust of iron, L. pana, n. 'iron-drink,' N. of a tva (dydtaydma-), n. id., TS. ii. and not simultaneously, ib. bhava, m. non-simul-
hell, BhP. pinda, m. a ball or lump of iron, Susr. A-yatayaman, mf(mnT)n. not weak, fresh, SBr. taneousness, successiveness, ib.

pratima, f. iron image, L. sanku, m. an & AitBr. A-yugu, 'without a companion/ the only
iis, f.
iron bolt, Ragh. xii, 95 Rsjat. (us), m., N. of an ; ; daughter (of a mother), Gobh._
m. not a demon, RV.
Asura, Hariv. & MnrkP. ^HITiJ d-ydtu, us, vii,
sapha, mfn. having iron A-yngma, mf()n. odd, AsvSr. &c. ; Mn. iii,
hoofs, T Ar. say a, mf(<z)n. lying in iron (said of 34, 8 & 104, 16. 48. cchada, m. - v., Kir. i, 16. a-yuk-chada, q.
' '

fire), VS. KatySr.; (cf. aya-sayd.) -sipra (a-

; vi Mid i
a-ydtrd, f. the state of not being netra, m. having an odd number of eyes (i. e.
yah-), mfn. (said of the Ribhus) having iron cheeks three), N. of Siva, Kum. iii, 5 1 & 69. pattra or
passable (as the sea), R. iv, 27, 16.
(on the helmetl, RV. iv, 37, 4. sir as, m., N. of -parna, m.'= -cchada, q. v., L. padayamaka,
an Asura, Hariv. slrshan (ayah-), mfn. having a-ydthdtathya, am, n. (=a- n. (a species of alliteration) the repetition of the odd
an iron head, RV. viii, IOI, 3. yathdtathyd), the state of being a-yathdlatham, e. the first and third) Padas of a stanza (in such a
sula, n. 'an iron (i.

dart,' a painful or violent act, Pan. v, 2, 76. q. v., Pan. vii, 3, 31 ;

Bhatt. manner that the sense of the sounds repeated is dif-
sring-a (Ayah-), mfn. having iron horns, MaitrS. first and third
ferent in the Pada), Comm. on Bhatt.
sthuna (dyah-), mfn. having iron pillars, RV. a-yathapurya, am, n. (=ayatha- x, 10.locana, m. ( = -netra), Siva, Kid. sara,
purya), the state of being a-yalhdpuram, q. v.,
'
v, 62, 8 (as), m., N. of a Rishi, SBr. xi ; (gana
;
m. having an odd number of arrows (i. e. five),' N.
m. Pan. vii, 3, 31. of the god of love, Das.
sivcidi, q. v.) pi. his descendants, (gana
; (as),
yaskidi, (gana gauradi, q. v.)
q. v.) ; (f), f.,
^nrrTrfsNi a-yatharlhika, mfn. not suit- A-yunga, mfn. = a-yugma, SBr. iii, xiii.
Ayas (in comp. htayas). cnrna, n. a powder A-yiiJ, mfn. id., SBr. &c., Mn. iii, 277. Aynk-
able = a-yath&rtha, q. v., L. '

prepared from iron (used for curing worms), Susr. chada, m. having odd (i.
e. seven, cf. sapta-par-
A-yatharthya, am, n. the being a-yath&rtha
Ayo (in comp. (or ayas). agra (dya-), mf(o)n. na) leaves,' the plant Alstonia Scholaris, Sis. vi, 50.
L.
iron-pointed, RV. x, 99, 6. gava and -gu, see (q. v.), incongruousness, Ayuk-palasa, m. id., L. Ajmk-pada-yamaka,
n. = ayugma-p, q. v., Comm. on Bhatt. x, 10.
s. v. gnda, m. an iron ball, Mn. iii, 133; Car. W?TT a-ydna, am, n. not moving, haltingj '

'gra or -'graka, n. a pestle, L. ghana, m. = sva-bhdva), '

natural disposition or Ayuk-saktl, rri. having an odd number of (i. e.
stopping, L.
Ayug-aksha, m. = ayug-
; (

an iron hammer, Pan. xiv, 33, &c. 82 nine) powers,' Siva, L.

iii, 3, Ragh. temperament,' L.
Ayng-lBhn, m. = ayagma-
;

ma-netra, q. v., L.
jBla(<fy<'-),mfn.navingorcarrying iron snares (as
^tUMM aydnaya, am, n. good and bad sara, L. Ayug-dhatu, mfn. having an odd
demons), AV. xix, 66 ; (am), n. iron net-work, R. q. v.,

danshtra luck, L. ; (as), m. a particular movement o/the pieces number of elements or component parts, KatySr.
(dyo-), mfn. iron-toothed, RV. i, 88,
5 & x, 87, 2. datl, f. 'having teeth like iron," a
on a chess or backgammon board, Pan. v, i, 9 (cf. Ayng-bana, m. = ayugma-sara, q. v., L. Aynn-
an aya). netra, m. = ayugma-netra, q. v., L.
proper name, Pan. v, 4, 143, Kas. darvl, f.

Ayanayina, as, m. a piece at chess or backgam- A-yuja, mfn. 'without a companion,' not having
iron spoon, Bhpr. daha, m. the burning property
of iron (used as an instance of metaphorical speech, mon so moved, Pan. v, 2, 9. an equal, RV. viii, 62, 2 ; = a-yugma, q. v., AsvSr.
for iron does not possess the property of burning, but ^HTW d-ydma, as, m. not a path, TS.;
& AsvGr.
the fire by which the iron is heated). 'pashti not a night-watch,' any time during daylight. A-yujin, mfn. = a-yugma, q. v., PBr.
(dyo-), mfn. having iron claws, RV. x, 99, 8 ; (cf.
I. A-yoga, as, m. separation, disjunction separa-
A'-yoman, a, n. (Ved. loc. man) no march or
;

bahu, m. 'iron-armed,' N. of a son tion from a lover, Dasar.

afnshthd.} expedition, RV. i, 181, 7 & viii, 52, 5.
on
; unfitness, unsuitableness,
Comm.
of Dhritarashtra, MBh. i, 2733. maya, mf(i)n.
made of iron, R. ; Mn. &c. (Ved. ayas-mdya, q. v.)
muklia
Wn i.& 2.a-ydva.
See
See i.& 3.a-yava.
nonconformity, Kivyad. impossibility,
Kum. iii, 14 inefficacy of a remedy, Susr. ; medical
;

treatment counter to the symptoms, non-application

;

mala, n. rust of iron, L. (dyo-), mfn. A-yavan. I .

d-yava.
or mis-application of remedies, Susr. ; vigorous effort,
having an iron mouth, AV. xi, IO, 3 ; having an iron WllcM
MBh. a-ydvana, am, n. not causing to exertion, L. inauspicious conjunction of planets, I..;
beak, 12072 iron-pointed (as a plough
xii, ;
;

[Mn. x, 84] or a stake for impaling criminals [R.

mix or to unite, RPrat. N. of a certain conjunction of planets. kshema
iii, 53, 53]); (as), m. an arrow, Ragh. v, 55
N. of ^niT^ni ayd-sayd, mfn.=ayafi-saya, (d-yoga-), m. no secure possession of what has been
;
q. v.,
a Dinava, Hariv. &
VP. ; of a mountain, Hariv. R. & MaitrS. acquired, no prosperity, SBr. AitBr. vaha, m. &
(cf. avd-sriiigd.)
rajas, n. = -mala, rasa, m. id., SBr.;
q. v., L.
; '
(sounds) which occur (in the actual language)
KatySr. vikara, m. iron-work, any iron fabric, WTin a-ydsu, mfn. unfit for copulation, without being given (by grammarians) together
with (the other letters of the alphabet),' a term for
Pan. iv, I, 42. 'sana, mfn. eating or living on AV. viii, 6, 15.
rust of iron, Hariv. hata (dyo-), mfn. embossed Anusvira.Visarjanlya, Upadhminiya, Jihvimuliya,
in iron-work, RV. ix, I, 2 & - hanu (dyo-), ^niTT(ays(2,twice 3 [i.e.oi'as] RV. i, 167, and the Yamas, Pat. on Sivasutra 5 and on Pan.
80, 2.
mfn. iron-jawed, RV. vi, 71, 4. hridaya, mfn. 4 & vi, 66, 5), mfn. (fr. a + Vyas?; see aydsya), viii, 3. 5-

nimble, RV. (as), n. (ind.) fire, Un. A-yogya, mfn. unfit, unsuitable, useless, KitySr.
iron-hearted, stern, Ragh. ix, 9. agile, dexterous, ;
 a-ratika.
86 'wwmn -
yogya-ta.
tiztha, n. = -ja-tirtha, q. v., VayuP.
- sambha- 2. d-rani, is, f. discomfort, pain, A V.
&c. incapable, not qualified for, Ysjfi. ii, 235 ;
;

a match for (loc.), va, mfn. = a-yoni-ja, q.v., L. 18, i.

Bhatt.; not adequate to, not ,

A-yonlka, mfn. without the verse containing the

Venis. (in Sinkhya phil.) not ascertainable &c. by
;
anya, am, n. (fr. i.drana; fr. -Sri,
word yoni VS.
the senses, immaterial. 1, f. or -tva, n. unfitness, (i.e. xxiii, 2), KatySr.
Un.), a foreign or distant land,
RV. i, 163, 1 1 &
unsuitableness. 'HJcp a-yaudhika. See d-yuddha. vi, 24, IO ; a wilderness, desert, forest,
AV. ; VS.
A-yauktika, mfn. incongruous, Kap. &c. ; (as), m. the tree also called Katphala, L. ; N.
A-yaugapadya, am, n. non-contemporaneous _, ara, mfn. (Vn), swift, speedy, L.; of a son of the Maim Raivata, Hariv. 434 ; of a
of udara), Comm. on
NyJyad.
existence, unsimultaneousness, ittle (only for the etym. S.ldhya, ib. 11536;
of a teacher (disciple of Prithvi-
TUp. ifc. 'going,' cf. samard; (as), m.
the spoke
A-yaugika, mfn. having no regular derivation. ;
dhara). kana, f. wild cumin seed, L. kadall,
or radius of a wheel, RV. &c. ; the spoke of an altar f. the wood o wild plantain, L. karpasl, f. <=
^PJrT d-yuta, mfn. ( \/i. yu), unimpeded,
I .

ormcd like a wheel, Sulb. ; a spoke of the time-

below, -k&ka, m. the wood-crow, L.
AV. xix, 51, Ij N. of a son ot RSdhika, BhP. sixth of an
-kdrpasl
wheel, viz. a Jaina division of time (the kanda, n., N. of R. iii (describing Rama's life in
siddha, mfn. (in phil.) proved to be not separated saint
to be essentially Avasarpini or Utsarpini) ; the eighteenth Jaina the wilderness), -karpasl, f. the wild cotton-
(by the intervention of space), proved of the present Avasarpini ; N. of an ocean in Brah- La-
united (as organic bodies, &c.) -iddhi, f. estab- shrub, L. -kulathika, f. the plant Glycine
mi's world (only for a mystical interpretation of bialis Lin., L. kusttmblxa, m. the plant Cartha-
that certain objects or ideas are es-
lishing by proof ChUp. ; (am), n. the spoke of a wheel,
aranya), mus Tinctorius, L. ketu, m., N. of a plant, L.
sentially united and logically inseparable. L. ; '(dram), ind., see s. v. ghatta, m. a wheel - Pail-
(cf. arani-ketu.) -gaja, m. a wild elephant,
^Ppl a-yuta, am, n. [as, m. only MBh.
2. or machine for raising water from a well (Hind. cat. - gata, mfn. gone into a forest, Pat. on Pan.
iii, 801], 'unjoined, unbounded,'
ten thousand, a ^j,l), Pancat.; a well, Rajat. -ghattaka, m. ii, i, 24, Comm. -gucul, f.,
N. of a vegetable, L.
myriad, R V. ; AV. &c. ; in comp. a term of praise (see = L. nemi, m., N. of Brahma- cataka, m. a wood-sparrow, L. oara, mfn.
-ghatta, q.v.,
- jit, m., datta (king of Kosala), Buddh. - manas (ard-) & in forests, wild, Pancat. Ja, mfn. produced
ayutAdhyapaka), (gana kashthadi, q.v.) living
v.l. for ayutd-jit below. n&yin, m.,N.ofaking, -mat! (ard-), see s. v. dram. Azantaza, aiti,
n. or born in a forest, L. ; aranyajardrakd, f. wild gin-
MBh. i, 3773. -sas, ind. by myriads, MBh. iii, jira, m. wild cumin, L. jiva, mfn. =
pi. the intervals
of the spokes. ger, L.
1 763. homa, m., N. of a sacrifice, BhavP. Ayn- Azaka, as, m. the spoke of a wheel, Susr. ; the -cara, L. tulaai, f.the plant Ocimum Adscendens.
ta-jit, m., N. of a king (son of Sindhudvipa
and L. ; the plant Blyxa dvadasi, f. the twelfth day of the month Mar-
Jaina division of time called ara,
father of Rituparna), BrahmaP. of another king (son ;
Octandra another plant, Gardenia Enneandra.
; gasirsha with or without -vrata, n., N. of a cere-
;

VP. Ayntadhyapaka, m. an ex- this day, BhavP. -dharma,

of Bhajamina), Art, is, m., v. 1. for arm below. mony performed on
1,67, Kas. Ayutayu, m., Pancat.
cellent teacher, Pin. viii, Azin, ',
n. 'having spokes,' a wheel, discus, BhP.; m. usage, wild or savage state,
forest
N. of a son of Jayasena Aravin, VP.; of a son of RSmatUp. -dhanya, n. wild rice, L. -nzipatl, m. 'king
Srutavat.VP. Ayutasva, m. ( =ayutd-jit above) of the the N. -parvan, n., N. of the
a-rakshat, mfn. (\/i. raksh), not
forest,' tiger,
N. of a son of Sindhudvipa, VP. first section of MBh. iii. -bhava, mfn. growing
Mn. viii, 304 & 307.
uncon- guarding, in a forest, wild, Pancat. -\>li&e&(dranya-), mfn.
WfS d-yuddha, mfn. (\/yudh), A-zakshlta, mfn. not guarded, MBh. Mn. &c. ;

forming part of the forest,

SBr. xiii. -makshika,
qucred, irresistible,
RV. viii, 45, 3 & x, 27, 10; (am), A-zaksMtzl, mfn. one who does not guard, R.
f. the L. -marjara, m. wild cat, Pancat.
n. not war, absence of war, peace, MBh. &c.
sena gad-fly,
mudga, m. a kind of bean, L. yana, n. going
or armies are un-
(d-yuddha-), mfn. whose arrows into a forest, Bhatt.; (tf.-gata above.) xakshaka,
irresistible, RV. x, 138, 5. less, RV.
honest,
conqucred, m. of a forest district,
without fighting, RV. A-zakshasya, mfn. free from evil spirits,MaitrS. forest-keeper, superintendent
A-yuddhvi, Ved. ind. x,
L. zajani, f. the plant Curcuma Aromatica, L.
108,5. TOtnCtZ aragdrata, as, m. a valley), AV.
121.
(?
-raj, m.^-nripati, N. a lion, ib. zajya, n.;

A-yudha, as, non-fighter, Pin. v, I,

m. a rudita, n.
1,69, i. the sovereignty of the forest, Hit.
A-yudhya, mfn. unconquerable, RV. x, 103, 7. &c. See dram. '
in a forest,' i. e. weeping in vain, with no
A-yoddhri, m(nom.JdAa)(n. id., RV. i, 32, 6 ; WT^i aram-Vi- kri, weeping
one to hear, Pancat. vat, ind. like a wilderness,
Azam-v'tfam, &c. dram. See
not fighting.
Hit. - vayasa, m. a raven, L. vasa, m. living
A-yodhya mf(a)n. not to be
(3, 4),
warred Aram-gara and -ghuslia. See dram.
in a forest, R. vSsin, mfn. living in a forest,
R. (a), (. the capital of
AV. L.
against, irresistible, ; ;
^nfff{ a-raitgin, mfn. passionless, MBh. 15632; (T),m. a forest beast, Hit.; 'forest-
Rama (the modern Oude, on the river Sarayu, de-
iii,
m. Buddh.a class of deities, MBh. &c. N. of a
Azangi-sattva, as, pi. dweller,' a hermit, iii, ; (int), f.,
scribed in R. AyodhyS-kanda, n., N. of R. ii.
i, 5). A-raja, mfn. (for a-rajds below), dustless, R. ;
vi
-vastnka, m., N. of a plant.
vSstuka or
of Ayodhyi. plant.
Ayodhyadhipati, m. the sovereign (a), {., N.
of a daughter of Usanas, R. vii, 80, 8 seqq. sail, m. wild rice. surana, m., N. of a plant.
Ayodhya-vasin, mfn. inhabiting Ayodhyi.
cdrv- A-rajas, mfn. dustless, SBr. xiv N. ; free from ; - avail, m. a wolf, L. ; a jackal, L. - shashthi-
as, m. not a warrior, (gana
'
A-yaudhika, MBh. xiv, 1 283 ; (as), not hav-
or -shashtlii, f., N. of a festival celebrated by
f.
passion or desire, ka
the
females on the' sixth day of the light half of
ddi, q.v.) a
ing the monthly courses,' young girl.
A-rajas-ka, mfn. dustless without the quality haladi, f. the plant Curcuma
mfn. not confused or ; month Jyaishtha.
WjfiTfT d-yupita, called rajas, NrisUp. Aromatica, Bhpr. Azanyadhitl, f. or aranya-
troubled, MaitrS. '

Arajaya, Nom, A. yate, to become dustless or dhyayana, n. reading or study in a forest, Say.
on
a-yuva-marin, mfn. [NBD.] TAr. Aranyayana, n. going into a forest, be-
'
to lose the monthly courses,' (gana bhriiadi, q. v.)
see
where no young people die, AitBr.
'S^T? mfn. not having or consist-
a-rajju, coming a hermit, ChUp. Azanye-geya, &c.,
s.v. aranye. Azanyaiikas, m. 'whose abode is
m. not a sacrificial post, ing of cords ['not
a cord or rope/ NBD.], RV. ii,
^P|tl a-yupa, as, the forest,' a Brahman who has left his family and
without sacrificial posts, MinGf. 13, 9 &
vii, 84, 2.
become an anchorite, Ssk.
Jaim. ;

m. the tree Colosanthes

WT) aye, ind. a vocative particle, an inter- ^ITJ aratu, us, Azanyaka, am, n. a forest, Y5jn. iii, 192 ; the
L.
plant Melia Sempervirens,
Indica Bl. aralu.)
; (cf.
fear, passion,
jection (of surprise, recollection, fatigue,
in dramas ; cf. ayf).
Azatva, mfn. made of the wood of the above Azanyani or ni, f. a wilderness, desert, large
especially used
tree ; (as), m., N. of a man, RV. viii, 46, 27. RV. x, 4 ; AV. &c. ; the goddess of the
THfrn 2.ayoga,as,m. [NBD.] ayogava, = Aradu, us, m. = aratu above, AV.xx, 131, 18.
forest,
wilderness and desert,
146,
RV. x, 146, 1-6.
MBh. xii. Azaduka, mfn. made of the wood of the above Aranylya, mfn. 'containing a forest' or
'near
man
Ayogava, as, m. the offspring of a Sudra tree, (gana risyadi, q. v.) to a forest,' (gana ulkaraili, q. v.)
and Vaisya woman (whose business is carpentry), Mn aratlii, f., N. of a goddess; Gobh. Aranye (in
for aranya chiefly used for
comp.
(since the
word occurs only in the loc. ayo- or as names, P5n. ii, 1 , 44 &
x, ;32
ga've and is by
both commentaries said to imply the -^ i.drana, mf(i)n. ( v/rt), foreign, dis- figurative expressions
3, 9)- gyi mm -*>* sun
*
vi,
'" tne forest > La 'y-
RV. AV. ; SBr. (am), n. (only for the etym.
female of this mixed tribe, the original reading is in
Up. - tilaka,
tant, ; ;
as,
pi. m. 'wild sesamum
growing
a piece of wood), Nir.;
probably, as suggested by BR, ayoguvi,
loc. fr. ayo- ofardni) the being fitted (as
a forest and containing no oil,' anything
which dis-
<?, q.v-) t
a refuge, BhP.
or 'turning appoints expectation,
Pan. ii, I, 44, Sch. vi, 3, 9, &
I. Arani, 'being fitted into
is, (.
Ayogn, Us, m. id., VS. xxx, 5 ;
cf. ayogava; (us) from the Ficus Sch. 'nuvSkya, mfn. to be recited in the forest,
round,' the piece of wood (taken TBr. - 'nnoya, m. to be recited in the forest,' N.
'
{. id.? see ayogava.
Religiosa or
Premna Spinosa) used for kindling fire offered
of an oblation (so called because of its being
See d-yuddha. distinction is made
[ a-yoddhn, &c. by attrition, RV. &c. (generally with a verse which is to be recited in a forest), SBr.;
between the lower one and the upper one, adhard-
other than

...
KatySr.
_. ,.. !rf-yo,*s,m.f. any place ranl uttardranl, the former may also be meant
&
the muliebre, SBr. ; Mn. xi, 173;
Gaut. alone without a
adAara); ITiT a-rata, mfn. (i/ram), dull, languid,
pudendum by'arani (figuratively)
= MaitrS. ; with (am),
(a-yonl), mfn. a-yoni-ja below, apathetic, L. ; disgusted,displeasedwith,Nalod.;
out origin or beginning (said of Brahma), Kum.
'
ii
m. the plant Premna Spinosa, L. the sun, L. ; ; (i), n. non-copulation, L. -tzapa, m. not
ashamed of

9 ; ( = anlya-yoni) of an unworthy
or unimportan
du. f. the two Aranis (used for kindling the fire),
R V. copulation,' a dog, L.
origin,
MBh. xiii, 1885; (in rhetoric) 'having no &c. mat, mfn. being contained in the Aranis (as I. A-zatl, is, f. dissatisfaction, discontent, dul-
source that can be traced,' original ; (is), m.,
N. o AsvSr. Buddh. ; Jain. &c. ; anxiety, distress,
fire), ness, languor,
Brahma (see before) of Siva, PadmaP. - ja, mf(a)n
; Aranika, f. the plant Premna Spinosa, L. regret, MBh.;
BhP. &c. ; anger, passion, L.; a bilious
or
not born from the womb, not produced in the Arani, (.= l.antni, RV. v, 9, 3, &c. -kctu, disease, L. (mfn.), discontented, L.-jna,
;
mfn. 'not
dinary course of generation, generated equivocally m. the plant Premna Spinosa, L. knowing pleasure,' dull, spiritless, BhP.
MBh. &c. - ja-tiztaa, n., N. of a Tlrtha, VayuP A-ratika, mfn. without Rati (the wife of Kama),
WTST 2. a-rana, mfn. without fighting (as
n. the state of not being born from
ja-tva, KathSs.
womb, Ritft.
- j3ia, m., N. of Siva.
- jesvaza- death, i. e. natural death), Bhatt.
 o-ratni. ari-han. 87
l.A-rtni,mfn.'disgustcd,discontented'[NBD."|, ararinda, am, n. a vessel or a internal cf.
RV. viii, 80, 8. enemies, shad-varga). dushana,
utensil used in Soma juice, RV. mfn. destroying adversity, AV. xix, 34, 4.
A-rantos, Ved. Inf. not to like, AitBr. preparing the i, 139, dushi,
10 mfn. id., AV. ii, 4, 6. mid, mfn.
A-ramaniya-ta, f. unpleasantness, Pan.
; water, Naigh. expelling ene-
v, I,
mies, MBh. iii, 1702. bhanga, m. defeat of a
121, K5s. ln<V<(( d-rarivas, m(nom. van; gen. foe, L. ha, mfn. = -diishana, q. AV. xix, 35, v.,
I. A-ramati, mfn. without relaxation or repose, abl. d-rarus/ias)(n. (^rd), not liberal,' envious,
'

RV. & 2. Arati-van, mfn. hostile, inimical, RV.

ii, 38, 4 viii, 31, 12. hard, cruel, unfriendly (N. of evil spirits, who strive
RV. Aratiya, Nom. P. (Subj.^zya/)tobe malevolent,
A'-ramamana, mfn. id. ix, 72, 3. to disturb the
happiness of man), RV. have hostile intentions against (dat.), AV. iv, ^6, I.
^TrffT 2. arati, is, m. (Vri, cf.
A-raru, mfn. id., RV. 129, i, 3 (us), m., Ved.
;
Aratiya, Nom. P. tiydti(y. "tiyat [RV.'i, 99,
era, dram), N. of a demon or Asura, RV.
x, 99, 10; VS. &c. ; &c.] Subj. tiyat), Ved. id.
'moving quickly,' a servant, assistant, manager, ad- a weapon, Un.
I, ;

ministrator, RV. (for RV. v, 2, I, see z.aratni.) Aratiyii, mfn. hostile, AV. x, 6, I.

arare, ind. a vocative particle (ex- "Mi-ins d-rdddhi, mis-

^TTfia' 2. aratnt, is, v, m. the elbow, RV. is, f. ill-success,
pressing haste), L. chance, VS. xxx, 9.
2, (according to the emendation of BR.) SBr. ;
I
;

AsvSr. ; a corner, RV. x, 1 60, 4 ; a cubit of the ararya, Nom. P. ryati, to work with A-radhas, mfn. not liberal, hard, stingy, selfish.
middle length, from the elbow to the tip of the little an awl (ara, q.v.; RV. & AV.
cf. ara below), (gana katttiv-
finger, a
SBr. &c.;
fist,

with numbers (e. g.

RV.
viii, 80, 8 (cf. \.a-ratnf); AV. ; ddi, q. v.) d-rdya, mfn. id., RV. viii, 61, n
'
five fists'), Pan. i, I, 58, Comm.
ifc.
pancAratnyas,
& & aralu = aratu, q.v., Kaus.; Susr. (Nir. 25); (a-raya), as, m. an evil spirit, AV. ;
vi,
&
vi, 2, 29 30, (i), f. id., RV. x, 155, i 2 ; AV. -kshayana,
Sch.; (is), (. the elbow, BhP. ; (cf. ratni.) -nia- Aralnka, as, m. id., Susr. n. anything that serves to
destroy evil spirits, AV'. ii,
tra, mf(f)n. one ell in length, SBr. &c. ; (am), n.
a-rava, mfn. noiseless. 18, 3. catana, n. id., ib.
a distance of only an ell, SBr.
Aratnika, as, m. the elbow, 86. ara & vinda,
aravinda, am, n. (fr. 'Sn<5arate, mfn. (cf. ard, fr. Vri; Tntens.
Yajii. iii,
Pan. iii, i, 138, Kas.), a lotus, Nelumbium Specio- for araral), crooked, curved, Uttarar. (an-, neg.
n.r<a^ d-ratnin, mfn. not possessing sum or Nymphsea Nelumbo, Sak. &c. (as), m. the ;
'straight'), &c. ; crisped or curled (as hair), Ragh.
wealth or precious things, TBr. Indian crane, L. &c. ; (gana idrngaravadi, q. v.) ' Crispus,' N. of a
copper, L. dala-prabha, n.
;
Vedic teacher, VBr. ; (as), m. a bent or crooked
^TC*T a-rathd, mfn. having no car, RV. copper, L. nabha, m. Vishnu (from whose navel
;
arm or hand, L. ; the resin of the plant Shorea Ro-
VS. AV. ;
sprung the lotus that bore BrahmS at the creation),
BhP. '
gad, m. sitting on a lotus,' N. of Brahma busta, L. ; an elephant in rut, L. (a, i), (. (gana
t, m. a warrior who does not fight
;
A-rathin, in
Bhatt. bahv-ddi, q. v.) a disloyal or unchaste woman, L. ;
a car, or owns no car, MBh.
a modest woman, L. - pakshma-nayana, mfn.
A-rathi, is, m. not a charioteer, RV. vi, 66, Aravindinl, (gana fushka'rddi, f.
q. v.) an as-
7. whose eyelashes are curved, N. xi, 33.
semblage of lotus flowers, Kid. &c.
^f^Vd-radhra, mfn. not pliant or obedient, *<
<^l^a-rasm<m, m(nom. pi. anas)fn. hav- arali, v. 1. for arani, q. v.
RV. vi, 18, 4 & 62, 3.
ing no ropes or reins,
RV. ix, 97, 20. i.
a-rdvan, mfn. 'not liberal,' envi-
Tnpi arantuka, as, m., N. of a Tlrtha, A-rasmika, mfn. without reins, AsvGr. RV.
ous, hostile,
MBh. iii, 7078. WtU
drdvan, d, m.= arvan, a steed,
a-rasd, mf(a)n. sapless, tasteless, 2.
not having the faculty of
tasting, SBr. [NBD. = ara-vat, having spokes or wheels,'
a-rantos. See a-rata. NrisUp. ;
horse '
;

xiv; weak, effectless, having no strength, RV. i, 191, 'a cart,'

a-rapd, mfn. unhurt, VS. viii, 16 AV. ; (as), m. absence of sap or juice, L. jna, ~LnAvi\g;=gamana-vat, 'moving,' Say.],
5. ;
RV. vii, 68, 7.
A-rapaB, mfn. unhurt, safe, RV. AV. ; ;
not hurt- mfn. having no taste for, not taking interest in, MBh.
ing, beneficial,RV. viii, 18, 9. xii, 6719. ArasRsa, m. the eating of sapless or d-rdshtra, ant, n. not a kingdom,
dry food, Kaus. Arasasin, mfn. SBr.
SUl^rl arapacana, as, m. a mystical col- eating sapless or
dry food, Kaus. i. art', mfn. (>/?), attached
lective N. of the five Buddhas (each being repre- to, faith-
A-rasayitri, mfn. one who does not taste, RV. (/>), m. a faithful or devoted or pious man,
sented by a letter). ful, ;
MaitrUp. RV. gnrta mfn. praised by devoted men, R V.
,

wt*^ dram, ind. (Jn; see ara), readily, A-rasika, mfn. devoid of taste, unfeeling, dull.
i, 1 86, 3. -dhayas
(art-), mf(acc. pi. yasas)n.
answer a purpose (with dat.),
suitably, so as to m., N. of a willingly yielding milk (as a cow), RV. i, 126, 5.
fitly,
i."l<5sj< arasi-thakkura, as,
R V. (with purii or prithii) enough, sufficiently,
;
poet (mentioned in Sarngadhara's anthology).
- shtuta, mfn. (y'stu), praised with zeal (Indra),
RV. i, 142,10 &v, 66, 5 ; with dat. (e.g. bhakldyd), RV. viii, I, 22.
id., Pan. viii, 1, 18, Kas. [cf. dlam Gk. &pa\. & T <?*(, a-rahas, as, n. absence of secrecy, '
Pan. 2. a-ri, mfn. (vVa, i. art, assidu-
lib (dram-), mfn. hastening near (to help), RV. iii, i, 12, Kas. (y. 1.)

viii, 46, 17. Arahaya, Nom. A. yate, to become public, ib. Gmn.), 'not liberal,' envious, hostile, RV.
ous,' Sec., ;

Ara (in comp. = dram). (is), m. an enemy, RV. ; MBh. &c. (dris), m. id.,
manas (ara-), mfn. (v. 1.)
AV. vii, 88, I & xiii, I, 29 (in astron.) a hostile
;

ready to serve, obedient, RV. vi, 17, IO. 2. Ara- A-rahita, mfn. not deprived of, possessed of.
;

' planet, VarBrS. N. of the sixth astrological mansion,

;
mati, readiness to serve, obedience, devotion,'
f.
Comm. on
ara, f.
(=ara), an awl, ib. (in arithm.) the number six (cf. ardti) a species
;
(generally personified as) a goddess protecting the
;

MBh. xv, 19. of Khadira or Mimosa, L. karshana, m. harasser

worshippers of the gods and pious works in general,
of enemies, N. -gllna, m. a
RV. a-raga, mfn. unimpassioned, cool, destroyer of enemies,
; (mfn.), patient [NBD.], RV. x, 92, 4*5. R. v.
Aram Venis. cintana, n. or -cinta, f. plotting against
(in comp. for dram). Vi.kri (Subj. an enemy, administration of foreign affairs, L.
-karat or -karat, I. pi. -krinavdma ; Imper. I. A-ragin, mfn. id. ; not coloured, Susr. A-ragi- ja-
sg. na, n. a number of enemies, Kathas. jit, m. 'con-
-tarani; aor. 3. pi. -dkran) to prepare, make ready, ta, indifference with regard to
(loc.), Sah.
f.

RV. to serve (with or without dat.), RV. quering enemies,' N. of a son of Krishna (and of
; krit, m. not a king, SBr.
mfn. preparing (a sacrifice), serving(as a worshipper),
d-rdjan, a, BhadrS), BhP. ta, f. or-tva, n. enmity. dSnta,
RV. _ krita (dram-), mfn. prepared, ready, RV.
& AitBr. Araja-ta, the want of a king, AitBr.
f. m. 'enemy-subdued,' N. of a prince, Hariv. 6628
A-rajanvayin, mfn. not belonging to the family mfn. gratifying
& AV. kriti (drain-), f. service, RV. vii, 29, 3.
of a king, Rajat.
(v. 1. ali-ddnta,
or affording triumph to an
q. v.) nandana,
kritya, Ved. ind. p. having prepared, being enemy. Hit. nlp&ta,
A-raJaka, mfn. having no king,TBr. &c. ; (am), m. invasion or incursion of enemies, Hit.
ready, RV. x, 5 1, 5. ./gam (Imper. 2. du. -gan- _ nnta,
n. want of a king, anarchy, BhP. mfn. praised even by enemies, Bhatt. m-dama,
tani ; Opt. 2. sg. -ganiyas, i . pi.
-gamtmd) to come A-rajanya, mfn. without the Rajanya- or Ksha- mfn. (Pan. iii, 2, 46, Sch.)
near (in order to help), assist, attend (with foe-conquering, vic-
dat.),
_ gama, triya-caste, SBr. torious, N. &c. ; (as), m. N. of Siva ; of the father
RV. & SV. mfn. coming near (in order
of Sanasruta, AitBr. ; of a Muni, KathSs.
RV. vi, 42, I & viii, 46, 1 7
to help), ready to help, A-rajin, mfn. without splendour, RV. viii, 7, 23. para,
;
n. an enemy's town, -marda, m. the
AV. -gara, m. (/!. grt), 'one who bestows plant Cassia
WTTT^il arataki, f., N. of a plant, AV. iv, mardana, mfn. foe-trampling, enemy-
who Sophora.
praise, hymns the gods?' AV. xx, 135, 13. 37.6. destroying, MBh. &c. ; (as), m., N. of a son of Sva-
glmsha, mfn. sounding aloud, AV. x, 4, 4.
^JTT5 arada, mf()n. (=ucchrita-srihga') phalka, Hariv. ; of a king of owls, Paficat. mitra,
d-ramamana, &c. See a-rata. m. an ally or friend of an enemy. m-ejaya, m.
having high horns, MaitrS. ; (compar. of fern. dt-
m. a king of Nepal, lard) SBr. iv. 'shaking enemies,' N. of a Naga priest, PBr. ; of a
aramudi, is,
Aradya, mfn. id., TS. sonofSvaphalka, Hariv.; of Kuru, ib. -meda, m.
Rsjat. a fetid Mimosa, Vachellia Famesiana, L. ;
(as), m.
^TTT arard, am, n. a covering, a sheath, arand, aor. p. \/ri, q.v. pi., N.
of a people, VarBrS. -medaka, m., N. of
an insect, Susr. rashtra, n. an enemy's country.
L. (as, f), m. f. the leaf of a door, a door, L. ;
; ardni or arali, is, m., N. of a son
(am), n. id., Mcar. ; (as), m. an awl, a of L.; of VisvSmitra, MBh. loka, m. a hostile tribe or an enemy's country,
part xiii, 257.
a sacrifice, L. ; fighting, war, L.
L. sinha, m., N. of an author. sndana, m.
'n on -liberality,' envi-
d-rdti, is, f.
Arari, is, m. a door-leaf, Rajat. destroyer of foes. soma, m. a kind of Soma plant,
; (cf. dvarArari.)
ousness, malignity, RV.
failure, adversity, RV. ; ; MBh. -\iv, 247. '
ha, m. killing enemies,' N. of
^nCTaiT araraka, N. of the ancestress a prince (son of AvacTna), MBh. i,
{., AV.; SBr.; TBr.; particular evil spirits (who frus- 1
.

3771; of an-
of a celebrated Hindu trate the intentions and disturb the happiness other prince (son of Devati'hi), ib.,
family, (gana gargadi, q.v.) ; good 3776. ban,
(as), m. pi. the descendants of ArarakS, Pat. ; (cf. of man), ib. m. an enemy, Ragh. mfn. killing or destroying enemies, N. ;
; (is), xii, 89 ;
ix, Ragh.
ararakya.) (in arithm.) the number six (there being six sins or
88 a-rikta. a-rupa.

A'-rishti, Ved. safeness, security,

f. RV. Sec. na, m. above), L. Arrmaditya, m. one of the
a-rikta, mfn. not empty, KatySr.;
is,

A'-rishyat, mfn. not being hurt, RV. & AV. welve shapes of the sun, SkandaP. Aruuannja,
BhP. ;
not with empty hands, SinkhGf. ; abundant, n. 'the younger brother of Aruna, Garuda, Kid.
BhP. iv, 11, II. *n?te? d-rilha, mfn. (for d-ridha, \/riA cf. arundgraja above &
arunavaraja below}.
A-riktha-bhaJ, mfh. not entitled to a share of RV. iv, 18, to.
-*lih\ not licked, Lru^amnaya-vldlii, m., N. of part of the KS{h.
property, not
an heir, (in a verse quoted by the) of Amnaroli, m. the rising
a-riti, f. (in rhetoric) deficiency
cf. aruntya-vidhi).
Comm. on Yijft.
a defect in the choice of expressions.
un, Das. Arunavaraja, m. = arundnuja above,
A-rikthlya, mfn. id., Mn. ix, 147. style,
j, Arunasva, mfn. driving with red horses (N.
A-ritika, am, n. id., L.
m. (vY)> a rower, RV. of the Maruts), RV. v, 57, 4. Arvml-krita, mfn.
^rftrj aritri, ta, ^rfhfin arikana, as, m. the first N. of the eddened, turned or become red. Kid. ; Ssh. Aru-
ii,41, l &
ix, 95, 3 ; [cf. Gk. Ipirrts, iptTnAv, &c. ;

Axibanadl, a gana of Pin. (iv, naita, mfn. yellow-dappled, TS. Arnnoda, n., N.
Lat. rails, remex, &c.] following gana.
of a lake, VP. ; of one of the seas surrounding the
driv- a, 80).
Aritra, mfn. (Pan. iii, 3, 184) propelling,
world, Jain. Arunodaya, m. break of day, dawn,
ing, RV. (arltra), as, m. an oar, SBr.
x, 46, 7 ;
iv ; ant, us, m. the sun, L.; the red- tfn. x, f. the seventh day in the
33 ; -saptami,
(arltra [RV. i, 46, 8] or dritra [AV. v, 4, 5]), am, blossomed Khadira tree, L. for arus, n. only in
bright half of Magha, L. Arnnopala, m. a ruby, L.
;

n. (ifc. f. a) an oar ; (cf. ddidritra, nltydr , id- comp. with -m-tttda, mf(0)n. (Pin. iii, 3, 35
&
a Arnnaya, Nom. V.yati, to redden, Kad.; (perf.
ffadha,, mfn. a tor-
'
tdr ,sv-aritrd); [Lat. aratrum.'] beating or hurting wound,' causing
f.arunita) reddened, Sis. vi, 32 ; Kum. v, 1.
vi, 3, 67) 1
Pass,
oar-deep, shallow, Pan. vi, 2, 4,
Kis. -parana, ments, painful, Mn. ii, 161, &c. Ara-Vl. rii to
means of oars, RV.x.ioi, 3. Arunl, if, m., N. of a Muni, BhP. (cf. druni).
mf(f)n. crossing over by wound, L.
Arunshika, f. aruyshi, pi. of arus, n.), scab
Aruniman, a, m. redness, ruddiness, Sih.; Bilar.
(fr.
n. See ara. Aruniya-vidhi, is, m. -= arunamndya-vidhi
wft^ artn, i, on the head, Susr.
above, Siy. on TAr.
^ffW a-riprd, mf (a)n. spotless, clear, RV. RV.
d-rugna, mfn. unbroken, vi,
& AV. ; RV. d-ruta-hanu, mfn. one whose
faultless, blameless, 3.
39, cheeks or jaws are not broken, RV. x, 105, 7.
^srftfarT a-riphita, mfn. (said of the Vi- A- raj, mfn. painless (as a tumour), SuSr.; free
from disease, sound, healthy. a-ruddha, mfn. not hindered.
sarga) not changed into r, Prlt.
(as a tumour, &c.), SuSr. See aru.
A-rpha, mm. without the letter r. -Jala, A-rnja, mf(o)n. painless arum-tuda.
;

free from disease, sound, Susr. &c.

brisk, gay, R.
mfn. id., Up. -vat, mfn. id., RPrit. ;

m. the plant Cassia Fistula ; N. a-rundhati, f. a medicinal climh-

vii, 84, 16 ; (as),
A-rephln, mfn. = a-riphita, RPrlt. wife of Vasishtha, R. &c.; the
of a Dinava, Hariv. 14386. ing plant, AV.; the
WiXmW d-rishanya, mfn. not failing, cer-
lightless, RV. vi, 39, 4.
wife of Dharma, Hariv.; the little and scarcely

tain, to RV. ii, 39, 4.

be depended upon, ^f^^a-ruc, mfn. visible star Alcor (belonging to the Great Bear, and
A-ruol, want of appetite, disgust, Susr.;
f. wife of one of its seven chief stars,
personified as the
if,
A-rih}iyat, mm. id., RV. aversion, dislike, Sih.; Kid. (with upari). seven
A-rihta, mf(a)n. unhurt, RV. &c.; proof Vasishtha, or of all the seven, the so-called
A-rncita, mfn. not agreeable or suitable to, SBr. Rishis; at marriage ceremonies ArundhatI
is in-
against injury or damage,
RV. secure, safe, RV. ; ;

Adbh-
iv. voked as a pattern of conjugal excellence by the
boding misfortune (as birds of ill-omen, &c.), A-rncira, mfn. disagreeable, of a kind of super-
bridegroom), AsvGr. &c. ; N.
disgusting.
Br. ; Hariv. ; fatal, disastrous (as a house), R. ii, 43,
the soap- a crow, L.
A-rncya, mfn. id., L. natural (also called kutt^alint).
faculty janl or
23 ; (as), m. a heron, L. ; ;

fruits of & See d-rugna. -natha, m. 'husband of Arundhati,' Vasishtha (one

berry tree, Sapindus Detergens Roxb. (the a-ruj a-ruja.
which are used in washing, Yajfi. i, 1 86); cf. ari- of the seven Rishis or saints, and stars in the Great

shtaka ; Azadirachta Indica, R. ii, 94, 9 ; garlic, arund, mi(a [RV. v, 63, 6, &c.] or i Bear), L. -va^a, m., N. of a Tirtha,
MBh. iii,
L. ; a distilled mixture, a kind of liquor, Susr. ; N. [RV.'x, 61, 4, & (nom. pi. arundyas) 95, 6])n. 8019. aliacara, m. 'companion of ArundhatI,'
(Vri, Un.), reddish-brown, tawny, red, ruddy (the Vasishtha.
of an Asura (with the shape of an ox, son of Bali,
colour of the morning opposed to the darkness of m.
slain Krishna or Vishnu), Hariv. ; BhP. ; of a son
by arun-mukha, as, pi. (an irre-
m.
of Manu
Vaivasvata,VP. for dishla) night), RV. &c.; perplexed, L.; dumb, L.; (as),
ill-luck,
below), N. of
1.
(v. ;
gular form developed arur-magka
fr.
red BhP. the dawn as the cha-
misfortune (see arishta, n.), MBh. xii, 6573 ; (a), colour, ; (personified
certain Yatis,
rioteer of the sun), Mn. x, 33, &c.; the sun, Sak.;
KaushUp.
a bandage, Susr.; a medical plant, L. ; N. of
& as, m.
(.

of Daksha and a kind of leprosy (with red [cf. AV. v, 3 3, 3 vi, 20, Aror-magha, pi. (cf. piinar-magha),
Durgi, SkandaP. ; N. of a daughter N. of certain miserly evil spirits (as
the Panis, &c.),
3] spots and insensibility
of the skin), L. ; a little
one of the wives of Kasyapa, Hanv. ; (am), n. bad AitBr.
Rottleria Tinc-
or ill-luck, misfortune ; a natural phenomenon bod- poisonous animal, Susr. ; the plant
or symptom L.
; molasses,
L. ; N. of a teacher, TS. SBr. ; ^T^fT arusa, am, n., N. of a Tantra.
ing misfortune, VarBrS. ; BhP. &c. ; sign
;
toria,

of approaching death ; good fortune, happiness, MBh. TBr. of the composer of the hymn RV. x, 91 (with
; han, m. (arusa = arusAd?) striking the red
L. ; a wo- the patron. Vaitahavya), RAnukr.; of the Niga N. of Indra ['killing enemies,' Say.],
RV.
iv, 3 1 36 ; buttermilk, L. ; vinous spirit, (clouds),
priest Ata, PBr. of a son
of Krishna, BhP. ; of the
man's apartment, the lying-in chamber (cf. arishta- ;
x, 116,4.
ib. ; of an Asura, MBh. xvi,
griha &
-sayyd below), L. karman, m., N. of Daitya Mura, 19 (v. 1 1.

a-rush, mfn. not angry good-tem-

a prince, VP. gatu (di-ishta-), mfn. having a varuna) ;
of the father of the fabulous bird Jatayu, 'WF^ I . ,

secure residence, RV. v, 44, 3. frn (drishta-), MBh.' iii, 16045 ! (druna), <", .-> of * m N
P U P !1 of -
pered, Paficat.

mfn. whose cattle are unhurt, AV. x, 3, 10. gri- UpaveSi (cf. arund, m. above), SBr. xiv ; (as), m. ^5*1 I. arushd, mf(drushl, RV. i, 92, I &
pi., N. of a class
of Ketus (seventy-seven in number),
ha, n. a lying-in chamber, L. grama (drishta-}, j x, 5, 5)n. red, reddish (the
colour of Agni and
VarBrS. ; (named as the composers of certain Man-
;

mfn. (said of the Maruts) whose troop is unbroken, his horses ;

of cows of the team of Ushas, the As-
;

tras) Kith. ; (a), f. the plants Betula,

madder (Rubia
i.e. complete in number, RV. i, 166, 6. tfitl
vins, &c.), RV. &
VS. ; (as), m. the sun.^the^day,
Teori, a black kind of the same, Colo-
(arisAtd-), (. safeness, security, RV. x &
AV. (mfh.) Manjith), RV. &
vii, 71, I (cf. arusha); (as, asas),
49, 3
;
vi,
the rec
-=arishtasya kara, making fortunate, auspicious, cynth or bitter apple, the plant that yields m. the red horses of Agni, RV. ; AV. ; (drusAi),
pi.
Pin. iv/4, 143. -dushta-dhi, mfn. ( = vivaid) and black berry used for the jewellers' weight (called
the dawn, RV. ; a red mare (a N. applied to the
L. Retti), L.; N. of a river, MBh. iii, 7022 ix, & f.

team of Agni and Ushas, and to Agni's flames), RV.

apprehensive of death, alarmed at its approach, ;

neml (drisAta-), mfh. the felly of whose wheel (if), f. red cow (in
the Vedic myths), mfn.
2429 ; seq. (dm), n. shape, Naigh. -Btupa (arushd-),
is unhurt (N. of'Tlrkshya), RV. ; (is), m., N. of a RV. & ;
the dawn, RV. ; (dm),
SV. n. red colour,
having a fiery tuft (as Agni),
RV. iii, 29, 3.
man (named together with TSrkshya), VS. xv,
18 ; RV. 68, I ; gold, AV. xiii, 4, 51 ; a ruby,
1
x,
' Arnsha, Nom. P. Arushati, to go, Naigh.
3.
(said to be the author of the hymn RV. x, 178)
BhP. kftmfvl*, n. the red lotus. kara, m. hav-
kirana, m. id., Arushya, Nom. P. arushyati, v. 1. for dru-
RAnukr. ; N. of various princes, MBh. ; VP. ; of a ing red rays,' the sun, Kid. shati,
Gandharva, BhP.; of the twenty-second of the VarBrS. ketu-brab.mana, n. the Brihmana o
twenty-four Jaina Tirthamkaras of the present the Arunih Ketavah (see arunds above), AitrAnukr ^T^E^ drus, mfn. wounded, sore, SBr.;
Avasarpini. -nemin, m., N. of a brother
of Ga- cuda, m. 'red-combed,' a cock, L. jyotia, m. (us), n. a sore or wound,
AV. v, 5, 4 ; SBr. &c. ;
ruda ( = Aruna, Comm.), R. v, 3, 1 o ; of a Muni, R. N. of Siva. ta, f. red colour, Sis. ix, 14; Susr the sun, Un. ; ind. a joint, L. rana, n. (defec-
rii, 90, 5 ; of the twenty-second Tirthamkara (see tva, n. id., Heat. datta, m., N. of an author tively written aru-sr")
a kind of medical prepara-

-ttemf), L. pnra, n., N. of a town, Pin. vi, 3 Comm. on Un. iii, 159; iv, II7& 184. -dfirva tion for wounds, AV. ii, 3, 3 5. &
IOO. -bharman, mfn. yielding security, RV. viii, f. reddish fennel, SBr KitySr.
- netra, m. red-
;
'
Aru (& arn-v'i.kril. See s. v.
l8,4(voc.) -mathana.m. 'killer of the Asura Ari- eyed,' a pigeon, L. pisanga, mfn. reddish-brown Arnsh (in comp.
for drus). kara, mfn. caus-
shta,'N. of Siva (i. e. Vishnu). - ratha (drishla-) TS. (arund-), mfn. having red flowers
pushpa ing wounds, wounding, Susr.; (as), m. the tree

mfn. whose carriage is unhurt, RV. x, 6, 3. vira the nut of that

SBr. the blossom of a certain grass, KstySr. ; (i)
; Semecarpus Anacardium; (am), n.
(drishta-), mfn. whose heroes are unhurt, RV. i f. the
plant Pentapetes Phcenicea,
L. priya, f., N tree, Susr. krita (drush-), mfh. wounded, SBr.
114, 3 &
AV. iii, 13, I. -sayya, f. a lying-in of an Apsaras, Hariv. 1 2470. (arund-), pu mfn Arushka, ifc. for drus, Car.; (aj\ m. (-a-
sudana or -ban, in. - of a red appearance, RV. babb.ru (arund-), mfn rush-kara above) Semecarpus Anacardium, L.
1

couch, Ragh. iii, 15.

-mathana, q.v.) N. of Vishnu, L. ArUhtairita- reddish-yellow, VS.xxiv, 2. yuj, mfn. furnishec
-locana a-ruhd, f., N. of a plant, L.
pura, n., N. of a town, Pin. vi, 3, loo, Sch. A- with red (rays of light), RV. vi, 65, 2.

rlshtaiu, mfn. whose vital is unhurt, AV mfh. red-eyed (as in anger), MirkP. ; (as), m.= d-ruksha, mfn. soft, MaitrS.
- ta (a-
power
Xiv, 73. t, -netra, q.v., L. saratnl, m. 'whose chariotee rilkshd-), f. softness, SBr.
A-rihtaka, as, m. ( = d-rishta, m.) the soap isAruna,' the sun, L. smritl, f., N. of a work A-rukshita, mfn. soft, supple, RV. iv, II, I.

Arnnagraja, m. 'the first-born of Aruna,' Garud AV.

berry tree (the fruits of which are used in washing A-rukshna, mfn. soft, tender, viii, 3, 16.
below.
Mn. v, 130), Susr.; (akd or ikd), (., N. of a plant (the bird of Vishnu), L. ; (cf. arunAnuja
VarBrS. Arunatmaja, m. son of Aruna,' Jatayu (see aru
'
a-rupa, mf(a)n. formless, shapeless,
 a-rupa-jna. arcad-dhuma. 89
PBr. ; SvetUp. NrisUp. ; ugly, ill-formed, R. -Jn man RV. 63, 6), L.; an elder brother, L
;
(cf. viii, Arkiya, mfn. belonging to Arka, (gana utka-
(d-rupa-), mfn. not distinguishing the shape o N. of a physician, BrahmavP. (cf. arka-cikits radi, q. v.)
colour, SBr. xiv. tS, f. ugliness, tva, n. id., Ka below) am), m. n. (with agneh, indrasya
; (as, Arkya, am, n., N. of a Sastra and of a Saman,
thas.; want of anycharacteristicquality, Jaim. vat gautamasah, &c.) N. of different Samans; focx TS. SBr. PBr.
mfn. ugly.
Naigh. & Nir. (cf. RV. vii, 9, 2). -kara, m. sun
; ;

A-rnpaka, mfn. shapeless, immaterial, MBh. ii beam, Naish. -kSntS, f. the plant Polanisia Ico rf arga, as, m., N. of a Rishi of the SV.
1 3984 ; (in rhetoric) without figure or metaphoi sandra, W. -kaahtha, n. wood from the Ark (with the patron. Aurava).
literal. plant, KatySr. - kiuida-tirtha, n., N. of a Tirtha
^T*T7 argata, as, m., N. of a poet, Sarfig. ;
A-rupana, am, n. not a figurative expression SkandaP. -koif, f. a bud of the Arka
plant, SBi
x. the plant Barleria Czrulea.
Kavyad. kshira, n. the milky juice of the Arka plan
A-rSpin, mfn. R. Susr. - kahetra, n. the field of the '
shapeless, i, 33, 15. sun,' N. of argada (in the word sargada, q.v.)
sacred place in Orissa. -graha, m.
^t^^ arusha, m. eclipse of th v. for
1.
argala, SBr. xiv.
sun, VarBrS. - griva, m., N. of a Saman. - can
as,
(for arusha, m., q.v.
the sun, Un.; a kind of snake, L.
dana, n. red sanders, L. -cikltaB, f. Arka's (se argala, mfn. a wooden bolt or pin
^
are, ind. interjection of calling,
SBr. &c. (cf. arare, arere, and re).
VS.
arka, m. at end) 'medical art,' i.e. work on medi
cine. Ja, mfn. 'sun-born,' coming from the sun
for
&c.
fastening a door or the cover of a vessel,
a bar, check, impediment,
; ib. ;
Ragh.
a wave, L. ;
(as), m. the planet Saturn, VarBrS. &c.; (au), m (as or am), m. or n., N. of a hell, PadmaP. v. Ar-
a-renu, mfn. not dusty (said of thi du., N. of the Asvins, L. -tanaya, m. (-ja) g-alS-nirgama, m., N. of an astrological treatise.
the planet Saturn, VarBr. N. of Kama, L. o Argala-stuti, f. or -stotra, n. a hymn introduc-
gods and their cars and roads), RV. not earthly ;
; ;

Manu Vaivasvata and Manu SSvarni, MBh. (a] tory to the Devlmahatmyi.
celestial, RV. i, 56, 3 (dvas), m. pi. the gods, RV
;
;

(., N. of the rivers Yamuna and TapatI, MBh Arg-alika, a small door pin, L.
x, '43. 2- f.

-tva, n. brightness, SBr. x. -tvish, f. the

ligh Argalita, mfn. fastened by a bolt, Kad. ; Kathas.
a-retds, mfn. not receiving seed of the sun. dlna, n. a solar day. dhanS, as
^
of the Arka plant, SBr. x.
Argaliya or argalya, mfn. belonging to a bolt,
SBr. xiv. (.
pi. seeds nandana
m. ( = -ja, q. v.) N. of the planet Saturn, VarBrS. (gana apup&di, q. v.)
A-retas-ka, mfn. seedless, SBr.
N. of Kama, L. -nayana, n., N. of an Asura cl. I. P. arahati, to be
argh, worth,
Wt*I^a-repas,mfn.spot]ess,RV.;VS.;AV Hariv. -pattra, n. the leaf of the Arka
plant N be of value, Pancat. ;
(cf. ^arh.)
MBh. i, 715; (as), m. the Arka plant; (d), f.
ii* a-repha. See a-riphita. kind of birth-wort (Aristolochia *f
argha, as, m. (-/arA), worth, value,
Indica), L. par
^ arere, ind. (probably are 're, repeti-
na, n. the leaf of the
Arka plant, SBr.; KstySr. price, Yajii.Mn.
(ofjen ifc., cf. dhandrghd, ma-
; ;

tion of are, q. v.), interjection of (as), m. the Arka plant N. of a snake demon hargha,satarghd,sahasrarghd) (as), m. respect- ;

calling to inferior:
;

or of calling angrily, L. MBh. i, 2551. -padapa, m. the tree Melia Aza ful reception of a guest (by the offering of rice, dOrva-
dirachta Lin., L. -putra, m. ( = grass, flowers, or often only of water), SBr. xiv, &c.
-ja, q.v.) the
WU3? a-roka, mfn. (%/ruc), not bright, planet Saturn, VarBrS. & VarBr. N. of Kama, L. ;
(often confounded with arghya, q.v.) ; a collection
darkened, L. -dt or -danta, mfn.
having black
of Yama, L. -piuhp&dya, m., N. of a SSman of twenty pearls
(having the weight of a Dharana),
or discoloured teeth, Pan. v, VarBrS. -dana, n. presentation of a
4, 144. -pnshpika, the plant Gynandropsis Penta-
f. respectful
- pBtra, n. (for
arghya-patrd) the small
A-rocaka, mfn. not shining, Kaus. ; causing want phylla, L. pnshpl, f. the plant Hibiscus Hirtus offering.
vessel in which water offered to the
guest on his
is
of appetite or disgust, Susr.; (as), m. want or loss o Susr. puahpottara, n., N.of a Saman. pra-
arrival, Kathas. -balabala, n. rate of price, proper
appetite, disgust, indigestion, Susr. &c. kasa, mf(<z)n. bright like the sun, MBh. ii, 313
price, the cheapness or deamess of commodities, Mn.
A-rocakin, mfn. (as), m., N. of a medical work (cf. -cikitsd above)
suffering from want of appetite
or indigestion, Sulr.; Heat.; of a work on jurisprudence, -prabhS-jala, n.
(a
ix > 3 2 9 (cf-
arghasya hrdsam vriddhim vd, Yajn.
(in rhetoric) having a
ii, 249). -samstliapana, n.
fastidious or cultivated taste. multitude of) sun-beams, MBh. iii,
12541. priya, 'fixing the price of
f. the plant Hibiscus Rosa Sinensis, L. bandhn commodities, appraising, assize (it is the act of a king
A-rocamana,
mfn. not shining, Mn. iii, 62 ; nol
or ruler, in concert with the
or -bandhava, m. a N. of Buddha traders, and should be
pleasing (as), m. (gana cdrv-ddi, q. v.)
; Sskya-muni, L
= -kdntd, done once a week or once a Mn.
A-rocisnnu, mfn. dark, L.; disagreeable, L. bhaktS, {.
q.v. -mandala, n. the fortnight), viii, 402.
disc of the. sun. maya, mfn. composed of the Arka ArghApacaya.nl. 'diminution of price, '(?a),instr.
A-rocuka, mfn. not pleasing, MaitrS.
plant, ApSr. - mula, n. the root of the Arka plant,
ind. cheaper, Gaut.
Argh&v'ut, mfn. worthy of or
^rtt*T a-roga, mf(a)n. free from disease, SBr. x; (d), = -fat(rd, q.v.) Aristolochia In-
(. requiring a respectful offering, a superior. Arghd-
(
Mn. &c. ; (as), m. health, Hit. ; (d), svara, m., N. of Siva ; (cf. arghlla.)
healthy, well, dica, L. ripn, m. 'enemy of the sun,' Rahu, 1

{., N. of DakshayanI in Vaidyanatha, Kad. reto-ja, m. 'son of Surya,' Revanta, L. Arg-hisa, as, m. ('arghin for argha) ^arghi-
MatsyaP. ta,
ivara, q. v., L.
f. health, Bhpr. tva, n. id., R. vii, 36, 1 6. -lavana, n. saltpetre, L. -lusha, m., N. of a
A'-rogana, mfn. freeing from disease, AV. ii, 3, 2. man, (gana karnadiSi vid-ddi, q.v.) vat (arkd-), Arghya, mfn. 'valuable,' see an-argkya; (gana
A-rogin, mfn. healthy, L. Arogi-tS, f. healthi- mfn. possessing or holding the thunderbolt, TS.; dandadi, q. v., 'argham arkati*) deserving a re-
ness, health, Hit.; Vet. containing the word arkd, PBr. receiving the obla- ;
spectful reception (as a guest), PJrGr. ; Yajn. &c. ;
A-rogya, mm. healthy, L. -tS, f.
health, R. ii,
tion in the Arka ceremony, MaitrS. varsha. m. belonging to or used at the respectful reception of a
7,7- a solar year. - vallabha, m. the plant Pentapetes guest, Gobh. ; Yajn. &c. ; (am), n. (Pan. v, 4, 25)
vidha (arkd-), mfn. Arka-like, water offered at the respectful
'hcenicea, L. reception of a guest,
i*J<;i a-rodana, am, n. not weeping. AsvGr. &c. ; (probably for arghya, q.v.) a kind of
SBr. x. -vedha, m., N. of a plant, L. vrata,
^TCTUJ a-rodhya, mfn. (A/2. rudh), not to n. the rule or law of the sun (i. e. honey, L. patra, n., steargha-p. Arghyarha,
levying taxes,
m. the plant Pterospermum Suberifolium, L.
be hindered or obstructed, unobstructed. ubjecting the people to imposts, or drawing their
wealth as imperceptibly as the sun evaporates water),
t <JH<[r a-ropaqa, am, n.(\/ruA), not plant- arghata, am, n. (=parghata, q.v.)
Mn. ix, 305. saai-iatru, m. enemy of sun and
'

ashes, L.
ing or fixing. moon,' RShu, VarBrS. (cf. -ripu above). - siras,
n., N. of a Saman. ioka, m. the heat of rays, i. i. P. drcati (Subj. drcat;
*iCl*l a-roma, mf(o)n. hairless, MBh. i,
arc.^cl.
8010.
IV. vi, 4, 7. samndga, m. the tip of an Arka- impf. arcat; aor. drcit, BhaJ{. ; perf.
bud (see -koii), SBr. x. - satl (arkd-), f. inven- dnarca, dnarculf [MBh. iii, 988, Sec.'], but
3. pi.
A-romaia, mfn. id., VarBrS.
tion of hymns, poetical inspiration, R V. i, 1 Ved. dnriciih [RV.] ; perf. A. (Pass.) dnarce
74, 7 ; [Bhatt],
w.W a-rosha, as, m. freedom from anger, i, 4 & 26, 3.
20, auta, m. ( = -tanaya, q. v.) 'jut Ved. sdm dnrice
[RV. i, 160, 4] fut. p. arci- ;

of
Kama, L. (d), (., N. of the river Yamuna, hyat [Mn. ind. p.
gentleness, MBh, x, 712. *J. ; iv, 251] ; arcya [Mn. &c.; cf.
L. =
sunu, m. ( -ja, q. v.) the planet Saturn N. 'an. vii, I, 38,
Sch.] or arcitvd [R.
A-roshana, mfn. not inclined to anger, MBh. ; 77, 15];
iii,
if Yama, L.
sodara, m. Indra's elephant Aira- Ved. Inf. ricdse [R V. vi,
39, 5 & vii, 6 1, 6]) to shine,
TTTT^TDi^r a-rohini-ka, mfn. without Ro- ata. stubh, mfn. singing hymns, SJiikhSr. x RV. ; to praise, sing (also used of the
brilliant,
hinl, Kathas. hltS, f. = -kdntd, q. v. Arkansa, m. a digit or oaring of the Maruts and of a bull [RV. iv, 16, 3]),
le twelfth part of the sun's disc, L. Arkagra, f. <V. ; AV SBr. ; to praise anything to another
;
(dat.),
a-raudra, mfn. not formidable. le sun's measure of amplitude, Suryas. Arkas- ecommend, RV. ; to honour or treat with respect,
man, m. heliotrope, girasol, crystal, L. Arkasva- VIBh. &c. ; to adorn, VarBrS.
exceptionally A. (i . :

ark. See arkaya, col. 2. medha, n. [Pan. m. du. [A V. to honour, MBh. ii, 1
4, 4, K5s.] or 'cthau, arcdmahe)
1.
ii, 383 : Caus. (2.
^ m.
(*/arc), Ved. a ray, flash
arkd, as,
of lightning, RV. &c.; the sun, RV. &c.;
'>

medha
T> 7,
;
& SBr.], the Arka ceremony and the Asva-
dkd-vat, mfn. containing the two,
sacrifice
g. arcayas) to cause to shine, RV. iii, 44, 2 : P. A.
o honour or treat with respect, Mn. ; MBh. &c. :
(hence) 'S. dhln, mfn. performing the two, TS. Arka-
;
wish to honour, Pan. vi, I,
)esid. arcieishati, to
3,
'
the number twelve,' Sflryas.; ch.: Ved. Pass, ricydtc (p.
Sunday ; fire, RV. ix, hthlla, f. a grain of the fruit of the Arka plant, ricydmdna) to be
50, 4 ; SBr.; BrArUp.; crystal, R. ii, 94, 6 mem- ;
Br. x. Arkahnti, ay as, f. pi., N. of five sacrificial raised, RV.
fferings, ApSr. Arkah va m. named (after) Arka,'
brum virile, AV.
72, I; copper, L.; the plant
vi,
'
,
2. Arc, m(instr.ar<-a)fn. shining, brilliant [Gmn.J,
Calotropis Gigantea (the larger leaves are used for ie stone Suryaksnta, L. ;
the plant Pinus Webbia- IV. vi, 34, 4.
ceremonies cf. arka-koit, -parnd, -pa-
sacrificial a, L. Arkeiidu-samg-ama, m. the instant of Arcaka, mfn. Mn.
;
honouring, worshipping, xi,
laid, &c. below), SBr. &c. ; a religious ceremony, onjunction of the sun and moon. Arkopala, m. 24 ; (as), m. a worshipper, BhP.
SBr.; BrArUp. (cf. arkdsvamedka below) praise,
; ;
= arkahva above) SQryakanta, Naish. A'rcat, mfn. (pr. p.) shining, RV. praising, RV. ; ;

hymn, song (also said of the roaring of the Maruts Arkaya, Nom. P. yati, to heat, L. to praise, L. ; an), m., N. of a Rishi (son of HiranyastOpa), Nir.
and of Indra's thunder), RV. & AV. one who Arkin, mfn. radiant with light, RV. viii, 101,
;
32 (commenting on RV. x, 149, 5). Aroad-
praises, a singer, RV. N. of Indra, L.; a learned
; 3 praising, RV. i, 7, I ; 10, I & 38, 15.
; huma, mfn. whose smoke is shining, RV.x, 46,7.
90 arcatri. artha-nibandhana.

Arcatrl, mfn. (said of the Maruts) roaring, RV. BrahmandaP. purnsha, n. the plants Arjuna
ii. n. ;
in RV. x six times n. and thrice m. ; in later

vi, 66, 10. (i.e. Terminalia Arjuna) and Purusha (i.e. Rottle- Sanskrit only m.] aim, purpose (very often artham,
'
Arcatrya (4), mfn. (fr. arcatra, 'praise') to be ria Tinctoria), (gana gavasvadi,t\.\?) xnisra, arthcna, arthdya, and arthe ifc. or with gen. for
raised, RV. vi, 24, I. n., N. of a commentator on MBh. vi. sirisha, the sake of, on account of, in behalf of, for') cause, ;

Arcana, mf(f)n. ifc. honouring, praising, Nir.; n. the plants Terminalia Arjuna and Sirisha (q.v.), motive, reason, Mn. ii, 213, &c. advantage, use, ;

(am, a), n. f.
homage paid to deities and to superiors, ^gana gav&svadi, q. v.) sakhi, m. 'having Ar- utility (generally named with kdma and dharma,
MBh. &c. (cf. viliudh&rcana and sur&rcana). una for his friend,' N. of Krishna, L. sinha, m., see tri-varga ; used in wishing well to another,
Arcananas, m. who has a rattling carriage,' N. of
'
M. of a prince, Inscr. Arjnnabhra, n., N. of a dat. or gen., PSn. ii, 3, 73); thing, object (said of
a Rishi, RV. v, 64, 7 & AV. xviii, 3, 15. medicament. Arjunarishta-samchanna, mfn. the membrum
virile, SBr. xiv); object of the senses,
Arca-nas, mfn. area below), 'one whose (fr.
covered with Arjuna and Nimb trees. Arjunarca- VarBrS. ;
'
(hence) the number five,' Suryas. ; sub-
nose is like that of an idol," Kas. & Pat. on Pan. v, na-kalpalata, f.or arjunarca-parvjata, m., N. stance, wealth, property, opulence, money ; (hence
4, 118. [The rule perhaps originally meant to ex- of two works. Arjunahva, in.' namrd Arjuna,'N. of in astron.) N. of the second mansion, the mansion

plain the above N. arcananas, taking it for arcana-

a tree, L. Arjnnesvara-tirtha, n., N. of aTlrtha, of wealth (cf. dhand), VarBrS. ; personified as the
'
nas, whose nose shows submission or devotion.']
'
SivaP. Rev. Arjunopama, m. similar to the Ar- son of Dharma and Buddhi, BhP. ; affair, concern
Arcanlya, mfn. to be worshipped, venerable. iuna tree,' the teak tree (Tectona Grandis), L. (Ved. often ace. drtham with or gam, to go to V
Arci, f. (Pan. ii, 3, 43 & v, 2, IOI) worship, Arjunaka, as, m., N.ofahunter, MBh. xiii,18; one's business, take up one's work, RV. &c.); (in

adoration, SBr. xi Mn. &c. an image or idol (des-

; ;
a worshipper of Arjuna, P.1n. iv, 3, 98 ; vi, 1, 197, Sch. law) lawsuit, action having to do with (instr.),
;

tined to be worshipped), VarBrS. &c. body, Jain. ; Arjnnasa, mfn. overgrown with Arjuna plants, wanting, needing anything (instr.), SBr. &c. ; sense,
vat, mfn. (
= I. area, q. v.) worshipped, Pan. v, (gana trinadi, q. v.) meaning, notion (cf. artha-sabdau and arthdl s. v.
3, 101, Sch. vidhi, m. rules for worship or ado- Arjunava, as, m., N. of a man, (gana dhumadi, below and vedatattvariha-vid) manner, kind, L. ;
;

ration, RamatUp. q.v.); (cf. aty'unatfa.) prohibition, prevention, L. ;

argha, q. v.),
price (for
Arjunlya-damana, am, n. 'the taming of Ar- L. (d), abl. ind., see s. v. below ; (g), loc. ind. with
ray, flame, RV. &c. ;
Arci, is, m. (chiefly Ved.) ;

ania) N. of one of the twelve Adityas,

m. junlya,' N. of the lo.fth chapter of PadmaP. iv. f/I.tft, (gana sdkshdd-adi, q. v.) kara, m((i)n.
(if), (for
Comm. on KaushBr. netradhipati, m., N. of m. n. a wave, flood,
(P5n. iii, 2, 20, Sch.) producing advantage, useful,
drna, as, am, on
a Yaksha, L. mat, m (du. -mtintd) fn. shining, RV. BhP.
Hit. karman, n. an action purpose (opposed
stream, ; ;
(figuratively applied to the) to guna-karman, q. v.) kama, am, n. [R. ii,
blazing, RV. x, 61, 15; MundUp. vat, mfn. id., tumult of battle, RV. v, 50, 4 (as), m. a letter,
RV. 81, 2
vii, ix, 67, 14. & ;
86, 6, v. 1.] or au, m. du. [R. ii, 86, 6; Mn. iv, 1 76]
syllable, RimatUp. N. of a metre (comprising ten
; or as, m. pi. [Mn. ii, 1 3] utility and desire, wealth
Arclta, mfn. honoured, worshipped, respected, and belonging to the
class called Dandaka) ; the
saluted, MBh.; Mn. &c. ; offered with reverence,
feet, and pleasure ; (mfn.) desirous of wealth, N. ; MBh.
teak tree (see arjunSpama above), L. ; N. of a man
213 (an-, neg.) & 235; YajB. i, 167. desiring to be useful.
Mn. iv,
xii, 220; karaka, m., N.
(see drnd-citrdrat/id^x\ovi); (a), i. a river, L. ; of a son of Dyutimat, MSrkP. (v. 1. andha-k ,VP
Arcitln, mfn. honouring (with loc.), (gana isA- .)
(as), m. pi, N. of a people, BhP. sati (drna-), (. karanat, ind. ifc. for the sake or on account of,-
tadi, q. v.)
(only loc. tau) conquering or obtaining streams R. ; Heat. iarsya, n. poverty, Ragh. v, 21.
Arcitri, m. a worshipper, R.
ta, v, 31, 7.
RV. [NBD. ; 'tumult of battle,' BR.& Gmn.], RV. 1,63, kasin, mfn. only apparently (i.e. not really) of
Arcin mfn. (said of Varuna's foot) shining,
6; & iv, A'rna-citraratha, m.
20, S
,

= 24, 4. use or utility, BhP. kilbishin, mfn. dishonest

viri, 41, %; arcdtri, q.v, RV. ii, 34, I v, 45, & ii,

du. Arna and Citraratha, RV. iv, 30, 1 8. Arnodara,

I ; N. of a man.
in money matters, Mn. viii, 141. kricchra, n.
m., N. of a teacher (v.l. urnSdara, q.v.), VamP. [R. 7, 9] or pi. [N.] a difficult matter. krit,
Arcis, n. ray of light, flame, light, lustre, RV. sg. iv,
Arnava, mfn. agitated, foaming, restless, RV. ; mfn. causing profit, useful. krlta, mfn. made for
(once pi. arctnshi, RV. vii, 62, l) ; AV. ; SBr. &c. ;
VS. AV. (as), m. a wave, flood, RV. the foam-
; ; ; a special purpose, Jaim. ; made only with regard to
(it), f- 'd., SBr. ii ; Up. &c. ; (is), f.,
N. of the wife RV. the ocean of air (sometimes per-
VS.
ing sea, utility, interested (as friendship), BhP. ; caused by
; ;
of Krisasva and mother of Dhumaketu, BhP. Ar-
sonified as a demon with the epithet mahan or ta- the sense of a word (opposed to sabda-k and deia-
cish-mat resplendent, R. &c. ; (an), (as, rarely am [MBh. xiii,
int'n. brilliant,
nayitntis), RV. AV.
,

m. fire, the god of fire, Hariv. ; a flame, VarBrS. ;

; ;
*"),Comm.on VPrit. -krltya.n. [R.]or-kritya,
7362]), m. n. the sea (hence) the number 'four,' ; f.
[Megh.] settling a matter or affair. kovlda,
(att), f. one of the ten stages (through which a
Bodhi-
Suryas. ; N. of two metres (cf. drna, m.) ; N. of a mfn. expert in any matter, experienced, R. vi, 4, 8.
sattva must rise before becoming a Buddha), Buddh.
work on jurisprudence. '
ja, m. sea-born,' cuttle- kriya, f. an action performed with a special pur-
1. Arcya, mfn. to be honoured or worshipped.
fish, L. nemi, f. ' having the sea as a felly round the being useful (to others), Lalit.
pose, Sarvad. ;
2. Arcya, ind. p. See +/arc. itself,' the earth, Das. patl, m. 'lord of the seas,' fata, mfn. ^gat&rtha,(^a\\dhit&gny-ddi,<\.^.)
P. arjati (perf. 3. pi. the ocean, Balar. pota, m. a boat or ship. bha-
i.arj, cl. i. ffati, f.
understanding the sense, Pat. ffari-
N to procure, acquire, Naish. & va, m. 'existing in the sea,' a muscle, L. man- yas, mfn. (compar.) highly significant. guna,
anarjuK)
Bhatt. : A. arjate, to go, L. ; to stand firm, L.; to dira, m. 'whose abode is the sea,' Varuna, L. m. preference or advantage in regard to the sense,
mala, n. = -ja above. yana, n. = -pota above. griha, a treasury, Hariv.
procure, L. ; to be of good health, L. : Caus. arja- Kpr. n. grraliana,
yati, le, (aor. drjijat, Bhatt.) to procure, acquire,
varnana, n. 'description of the sea,' N. of a n. abstraction of money; (in Gr.) apprehension of
work. sarid-asrita, mfn. on the bank of
obtain, MBh.; Mn. &c. living meaning ^signification. gTahin.intn choosing ad- .

m. the sea and of rivers, VarBrS. Arna van ta, m. the glma.infn. destroying wealth, waste-
Arjaka, mfn. procuring, acquiring, L. (as), vantage, Ap.
Arnavodbhava, m. =
;

the plant Ocimum Gratissimum, L. extremity of the ocean. ful, extravagant, Mn. ix, 80 & Yajn.i, 73 destroying ;

Arjana, am, n. (Pan. iii, Comm.) procur-

I, 20,
agni-jara, q.v. advantage, causing loss or damage, Vatsy. citta,
Mn. xii, 79, &c. Arnas, n. a wave, flood, stream, RV. ; the foam- mfn. thinking on or desirous of wealth. citra, n.
ing, acquiring, gaining, earning,
ing sea, RV.; the ocean of air, RV. ; river, Naigh. ; 'variety in sense,' a pun, Kpr. cintaka, mfn.
Arjaniya, mfn. tobe acquired orprocured,Kathas. water (ifc. arnas-kd), Bilar. ; N. of different metres,
Arjita, mfn. acquired, gained, earned sv&r- knowing or considering what is useful, Vatsy. ; (cf.
; (cf. RPrSt. &c. vat, mfn. containing many waves, sarvdrtha-c.} cintana, n. or -cinta, f. atten-
jita and svayam-arjita.) Nir. x, 9. tion or consideration of affairs, S5h. Jata, n. sg.
Arnasa, mfn. RV.
WaJ'T dijuna, mfn. (cf. njrd and i/raj) (fr. drnas) agitated, foaming, & pi. collection of goods, money, Mricch. ; things,
white, clear (the colour of the day, RV. vi, 9, 1 of ;
v,54,6; (h.dnia) full of waves, (gana trinadi, q.v.) objects, Sak. ; Das. jna, mfn. -kffvida above, R.
the dawn, RV. i, 49, 3 ; of the lightning of the milk ; Arno (in Sandhi for drnas). da, 'yielding
; iii, 71, I understanding the sense (of a word), Nir.
;

water,' a cloud, L. the plant Cyperus Rotundus.

of silver, &c.) ;
made of silver, AV. iv, 37,4; (as),
;
&c. tattva, n. the real object or nature or cause
m. the white a peacock, L. ; cutaneous nidhi, m. 'receptacle of the waves,' the ocean, of anything (in comp.), Mn. xii, 102 ; R. i, I, 16 ;
colour, L.
bhava, m. = arnava-
;
Balar. arnava-pati. )
disease, SSy.on RV. i, 122, 5; the tree Terminalia ; (cf. the true state of a case, fact of the matter. tantra,
thava above, L. vrit, mfn. (^l.vrf) including
Arjuna W. and A. N. of a man, RV. i, 1 2 2, 5 of ; ; n. the doctrine of utility, BhP. ; (mfh.) subject to,
the waters, RV. 19, 2.
lndra,VS. SBr. of the third of the Pandava princes acting according to one's interest, BhP.
ii,
; ; i. e. tas,
(who was a son of Indra and KuntI), MBh. &c. of ;
wn'i&arta-gala,as,m.=arta-gala,q.v.,l,. ind. towards a particular object, Ssfikhyak. ; Mcar. ;
a son of Kritavirya (who was slain by Parasurama), (ifc.) for the sake of, Paiicat. in fact, really, truly, R.
'WBR
artand, mfn. (\/rit), reviling [BR.;
;

&c. ; for the profit of ; with respect to the sense, Var-

ib. ;
of a Sskya (known as a mathematician) ; of
different other persons ; the only son of his mother, =duhkhin, Comm.], VS. xxx, 19; (am), n. cen- BrS. (opposed to grantha-tas and siitra-fas,]ih\.)
L. ; (I), f. a cow, MBh. xiii, 3596 a kind of ser- sure, blame, L. trish, mfn. greedy after money, BhP. trlsh-
;

AV. ii, 24, 7 a procuress, bawd, A'rtuka, mfn. provoking, quarrelsome, SBr. na, f. desire for wealth or money, VP. BhP. da,
pent, (voc. drjttni) ; ;

L. ; N. of Usha (wife of Aniruddha), L. ; of the river wfS arti, is, f.=arti,

pain, SuSr.; Kathas. ;
mfn. conferring advantage, profitable, KathSs.; muni-
Bahuda or Karatoya, L. (nyau or "nyas), f. du. ; =arlni, the end of a bow, L. ficent, Mn. ii, 109. datta, m., N. of wealthy mer-
or pi, N. of the constellation PhalgunI, RV. x, 85, chants, KathJs. ; Vet. darsaka, m. 'seeing law-
TrfS^iT artika, an elder sister (in thea-
i3;SBr.; (am), n. silver, AV. v, 28, 5 & 9; gold, a judge, L. ; (cf. aksha-d
f.
suits,' .') darsana, n.
L. ; slight inflammation of the conjunctiva or white trical language), L. ; (cf. atti, atlikd, and anlikd.) consideration of a case, Malav. dana, n. donation
of the eye, Susr. ; a particular grass (used as a substi- cl. 10. A. arthayate (2. du. ar-
of money, present, MBh.; a present given with a (self-
nr/h,
tute for the Soma plant), PBr. &c. ( = rufa) shape, ish) purpose, Heat. dushana, n. spoiling of (an-
;

thayethe, RV. x, 106, 7;_Subj. 2. sg. ar- '

other's or one's own) property, either unjust seizure
Naigh. ; (as), m. pi. the descendants of Arjuna, Pan.
ii, 4, 66, Sch.
M
?** (Arjuna-'), mfn. having a
thaynse,
mahe, MBh.
RV. i,

iii,
8 2, l)
8613) to
;
cl. I . A. (l . pi. arthd-
rarely
strive to obtain, desire,
of property' or 'prodigality,' Mn. vii, 48 51, &c. &
white appendage, AV. ii, 8, 3. cchavi, mfn. of a dris. f. an eye on (i.e. consideration of) the truth,
wish, request, ask for (ace. ; rarely Inf. [Bhatt.
white colour, white, tas, ind. on the side of Ar- BhP drlshtl, f. seeing profit, BhP. dosha, m.
' yoddhuniV); to supplicate or entreat any one (ace., a mistake with regard to the meaning, Sah. ; Kpr.
juna. dhvaja, m. having a white banner,' N. of
rarely abl. [Kathas. j); to point out the sense of,
Hanumat, L. paki, f., N.of a plant and its fruits, comment upon, Comm. on Mricch. dravya-virodha, m. opposition between the
(gana harilaky-adi, q.v.) pala, m, N.of a prince purpose and the thing, KatySr. Jaim. nasa, m. loss ;

(the son of Samlka), BhP. pura, n, N. of a town, a'rtha, ns, am, m. n. [in RV. i-ix only of money. nibandhaua, mfn. having its cause in
 artha-nirvritli. ardha-kalhana. 91
wealth, contingent on affluence and respectability,
of Siikyamuni in one of his previous births (as a Bo- Arthitavya, m{n. = arthamya, q. v., MBh. iii,

MBh. 1,5141. nirvritti, f. fulfilling of a purpose, dhisattva). siddhaka, m. the plant Vitcx Ne- 3038-
KatySr. ; R. niscaya, m. decision of a matter, gundo, L. siddhi, f. acquisition of wealth, Car. ;
Arthin, mfn. active, industrious, RV.; (cf ar-
R. iv, 31, 32 ; determinate view of a matter, L. success, Ragh. ii, 21; N. of a particular magical thft above) ; one who wants or desires anything
nyiina, mfn. 'deficient in wealth,' poor, MBh. faculty ; (is), m., N. of a son of Pushya, Hariv. (instr. or in comp. cf. putr&rthin, bal&rthin) ; ;

pati, m. 'lord of wealth,' a rich man, VarBrS. liara, mfn. inheriting wealth, Vishnus. haul, supplicating or entreating any one (gen.) ; longing
Sic. ; a king, Ragh. &c. N. of Kubera, L. of the f. lossof wealth, MBh.;VarBrS. haraka, m((iJka)n. - R. m. one who asks
; ;
for, libidinous, i, 48, 18 ; (i),
N. of a female
grandfather of the poet BSna, Kad. (cf. artha-pa- ; stealing money (ika), f., ; demon, for a girl in marriage, a wooer, Yajri. i, 60 Kathas.; ;

tya.) pada, n., N.of theVarttikas onPJii.,R. vii, MarkP. harm, mfn. stealing money, Kathas. a beggar, petitioner, suitor, Mn. xi, I, &c. ; one who
3^'j 45-
~ para, mfn. intent on gaining wealth, nig- hlna, mfn. 'deprived of sense,' unmeaning, non- supplicates with prayers, VarBrS. ;
a plaintiff, pro-
gardly, R. pariffraha, m. possession of wealth, sensical; deprived of wealth, poor, L. Arthagama, secutor,Mn. viii, 62 79 ; Yajn. & ii, 6; a servant,
43, 6; (mfn.) dependent on money, MBh. iii, m.
R. or pi. [MBh. iii, 88] receipt or col-
v, sg. [Vatsy.] L.; a follower, companion, L.
pala, m., N. of a man, Das. prakriti, lection of property, income, acquisition of wealth.
i
292. Arthi (in comp. for arihin). ta, f. the con-
f. 'the principal thing required fora special aim,' Arthadhikara, m. office of treasurer, Hit. Artha- dition of a suppliant, Kad.; wish, desire for (instr.,
N. of the five constituent elements of a drama, Sab. ; dhikarin, mfn. a treasurer. Arthantara, n. an- Mn. ix, 203), asking, request, MBh. &c. tva, n.
Dasar. prayogfa, m. application of wealth to other matter, a different or new circumstance, a simi- condition of a suppliant, Megh.; request, Malav.;
usury. prasamkhya, considering the aim,
f. lar case (often with ny-*/2. as, to introduce some Km IMS. bhava, m. condition of a beggar, VarYo-
prapti, acquisition of wealth; 'attain- other matter as an illustration, seearthantara-nyasa
sat, ind. with /l.kri, to grant anything
f.
KatySr. gay.
ment of meaning,' e. the state of being clear by a different meaning, Nyayad. ; opposite or
i. below) ;
(ace.) to one who asks for it, Kathas.
itself, Car. bandha, m.
'binding the sense toge- antithetical meaning, difference of meaning or pur- Arthiya, mfn. ifc. destined for, Mn. xii, 16 re- ;
ther," a word or sentence, Sak.; Vikr. bhaj, mfn. port, L. Artliaiitara-nyasa, m. introduction of
some other matter (an illustration of a particular case evam-arthlya and tad-arthtyd).
lating to (cf.
entitled to a share in the division of property. fohri-
Arthya, mf(a, PSn. iv, 4, g2)n. = arthaniya,
ta, mfn. having high wages (as a servant). bheda, by a general truth or of a general truth by a par-
q. v., L. proper, fit, R.; Ragh.; Kum.; rich, Pan-
KSvySd. &c. Arthantara-
;
m. distinction or difference of meaning. bhransa, ticular case), Sah. ;
cat.; Kathas. ; intelligent, wise, L. = dhruva, L.
in. loss of fortune, ruin, VarBrS. ; failing of an aim kshepa, m. 'throwing in another fact,' i.e. estab- ; ;

(am), n. red chalk, L.

lishing any disagreement with a statement by
or of an intention. matta, mfn. proud of money, intro-
Das. ruanas, mfn. having an aim in view, Gobh. ducing a similar case (showing the impossibility of OT'? ard, Ved.cl.6.P.(Imper. $.
maya, mfn. useful, Bham. matra, a, am, f. n. that statement}, Kavyad. Arthanvita, mfn. pos-
sessed of wealth, rich ; possessed of sense, significant.
^
impf. 3. pi. ardan) to move, be moved,
property, money, Pancat.; Kathas. ; (mfn.) being only be scattered (as dust), RV. iv, 17, 2 &
vii, 104, 24 :
the matter itself, Yogas. yukta, mfn. significant, Arthapatti, f. inference from circumstances, a dis- cl. I. P. ardati (drdati, 'to go, move,'
Naigh.)
Kum. i, 13. yukti, f.
gain, profit. rasi.m. great junctive hypothetical syllogism. Arthapatti-sa- to dissolve, AV.
xii, 4, 3 ; (aor. drdit, Bhatt., perf.
wealth, Das. ruci, mfn. = -citta, Mudr. labha, ma, a, am, (. n. an inference by which the quality anarda, Pan. vii, 4, 71, Sch.) to torment, hurt,
m. acquisition of wealth. lubdha, mfn. greedy of any object is attributed to another object because
kill,L.; to ask, beg for (ace.), Ragh. v, 1 7 : cl. 7.
of wealth, covetous, niggardly, Das. lesa, m. a of their sharing some other quality in common, rinatti, to kill, Naigh.: Caus. ardayati (Subj.
little wealth. lopa, m. failing or non-existence of Nyayad. Sarvad. Arthabhava, m. absence or
;

an aim, Jaim. ; KatySr. want of an aim, KatySr. &c. Arthabhinirvrltti, ardayati ; Imper. 2.sg. ardaya; imtf.ardayat, 2.
lobha, m.desireof wealth,
sg. arddyas; aor. drdidat or [after md] ardayJt,
avarice, vat, mfn. wealthy full of sense, signifi- ;
f.
accomplishment or successful issue of any matter, Pan. iii, I, 51) to make agitated, stir up, shake ve-
cant, Pan. i, 2, 45, &c. ; suitable to the object, fit- MBh. v, 4548. Artliabhiprapana, n. obtaining
hemently, AV. iv, 1 5, 6 & 1 1 ; vi, 49, 2 to do ;

ting, RPrat.; KatySr.; full of reality, real (an), m. a or pointing out the sense. Artharjana, n. acqui-
harm, torment, distress, MBh. &c. (generally used
;

man, L. ; (arthn-vai), hid. according to a purpose, sition of property, Hit. Arthartha, mfn. effec- in perf. Pass. p. ardita, q.v.) to strike, hurt, kill,
;
Mn. v, 1
34 Yfijfi. iii, 2. vat-ta, f. or -vat-tva, tive for the accomplishment of the aim in view,
RV.; AV. &c.:
;

destroy, Desid. ardidishati ; [Lat.

n. significance, importance. vargriya, as or ani, Gobh. (am), ind. on account of money, Kathas.
;

m. or n. pi. ' treating of the category of objects,' N. ardco.]

Artliartha-tattva-jna, mfn. 'knowing the es-
of certain Buddhist texts. varjita, mfn. unim- sence of tne very aim of anything,' knowing thorough- Ardana, mfn. moving restlessly, Nir. vi, 33 ; ifc.
portant, Kathas. varman, m., N. of a rich mer- ly, R. Artharthin, mfn. desirous of gaining (cf.janardana) disturbing, distressing, tormenting,
chant, Kathas. vada, m. explanation of the mean- MBh. iii, 1 288 desirous of making a profit, R.; BhP. &c.; annihilating, destroying, BhP.; (cf.
wealth, ;

ing (of any precept), KatySr. Nyiyad. &c. praise, ; ;

selfish ; thi-ta, f. desire of wealth. Arthalam- mahish&rdand) (as), m. a N. of Siva, MBh. xiii, ;

eulogium, Uttarar. vadin, mfn. relating facts, kara, m. embellishment of the sense by poetical 1147 (d), {. request, L. (am), n. pain, trouble,
; ;

embellish- excitement, Susr.

Pancat. vijiiana, n. comprehension of meaning figures, &c. (opposed to sabddlamkdra,
(one of the six or eight exercises of the understand- ment of the sound by rhymes, &c.); N. of a work. Ardanl, is, m. sickness, disease, L. ; asking, te-
ing), L. vid, mfn. knowing the sense, Ragh. iii, Arthavamarda, m. 'wasting of wealth,' prodi- quest, L. ; fire, L.
21. vldya, f. knowledge of practical life, MBh. gality. Arthavritti, f. (in rhetoric) re-occurrence Ardita, mfn. asked, requested, begged, L.; in-
vii, 169. vinasa, m. loss of one's fortune, VarBrS. of words of the same sense, KavySd. Arthet, mfn. jured, pained, afflicted, tormented, wounded, MBh.
vinasana, mfn. causing a loss or disadvantage, (V>), active, hasty (said of running waters), VS. x, 3. &c.; killed, destroyed, ib. ; (am), n., N. of a dis-
MBh. viniscaya, m. 'a disquisition treating of Arthepsu-ta, f. desire of wealth, MBh. i, 6126. ease (spasm of the jaw-bones, trismus, tetanus ; or
the objects,' N. of a Buddhist text. Artheha, f. id. Arthaika-tva, n. congruity or
vipatti, f. hemiplegia, i. e. paralysis of the muscles on one side
failing of an aim, R. ii, 19, 40. vriddhi, f. ac- harmony of the purpose (with the thing), Jaim. Ar- of the face and neck), Susr.
cumulation of wealth. vaikalya, n. incongruity tha\kya,n. id.,Comm.on NvSyarn. Arthotpada, Arditiu, mfn. having spasms of the jaw-bones,
in the facts, deviation from truth, Mn. viii, 95. m. (in rhetoric) 'production of a (different) sense,' Susr.
vyakti, f. clearness of the sense, Sah. ; Kpr. &c. putting words in an artificial order so that they give Ardyamana, mfn. (Pass. p. fr. Caus.) being dis-
vyaya, m. expenditure ; -saha, mfn. 'allowing a different sense. Arthdtsarga, m. expenditure tressed or amicted or troubled.
expenditure,' prodigal, L. sabdau, m. du. = of money, Mudrar. Arthdpakshepaka, mfn.
sabdarthau, word and sense, (gana rdjadanladi.) 'indicating or suggesting a matter (so as to facilitate ardidhishu, mfn. (Vridh, Desid.),
salin, mfn. wealthy; (f), m. a wealthy man. the understanding of the plot\' a N. applied to the desirous of increasing or making anything (ace.)
sastra, n. a book treating of practical life (cf. parts of a drama called vishkambha, culika, anka- prosperous, Bhatt.
-vidya above) and political government (ct. -cintana sya,aiikavaldra and//-azKia/lvr,qq.vv.,Sah.; Dasar.
,

Bh. &c. M sau- ^TV i. drdha,m., Ved. side, part place, as,
above), sastraka, n. id., AgP. Arthopakshepana, n. suggesting or indicating a ;

ca, n. purity,
money honesty in
(cf. -pra- matters matter, Sah. Arthopama, n. a simile which merely region, country apy-ardham, abhy-ardhd,
; (cf.

yoga above), Mn. v, 106; Kam. sri, f. great states the object of comparison (without adding the pardrdhd); [Lzl.ordo; Germ. ort.~\
wealth, Kathas. samsaya, m. danger in regard to tertium comparationis or any particle of comparison, 2. Ardha, mfn. (m. pi. ardhe or ardhas, Pan.
one's 'fortune, MBh. samsthana, n. accumula- e. g. 'he is a lion,' said in praise), Nir. Artho- '.
J> 33) na "> halved, forming a half [cf. Osset.
tion of wealth ; treasury, L. samgraha, m. ac- parjana, n. = arth&rjana above. ArthSshman, ardag\ ;
ardlid . . ardhd (or ntma . . . .
ardhd,
cumulation of wealth, Ragh. xvii, 60; treasury, L. ; m. glow or pride of wealth, condition of being RV. x, 27, 18), one part, the other part ; (as, dm),
'compendium of objects(treated of),' N. of one of the wealthy, L. Arthangrha, m. a heap of effects or m. d) the half, RV. vi, 30, I, &c. (dm),
n. (ifc. f. ;

POrva-mimansa n. one part of two,' with -v^I kri, to give or leave

'

-samgrahin, mfn. accu-

texts, property, MBh. iii, 15307; a treasure, L. .

MBh. ii, 2569. samcaya, m. sg. to anybody (ace.) an equal share of (gen.), RV. ii,
mulating wealth, Arthana, f. request, entreaty, Kathas. ; Naish.
& pi. collection of wealth, property, MBh. sani- Arthaniya, mfn. to be requested, asked for. 30, 5&vi, 44,18; a part, party, RV. iv, 32, 1 &vii,
nyasin, mtn. renouncing an advantage. sam- Artham, ace. ind. See s. v. Artha. 18, 16 ; (e), loc. ind. in the middle, S5k. (Ardha
'
padana, n. carrying out of an affair, Mn. vii, 168. in comp. with a subst. means the half part of any-
Arthat, abl. ind. according to the state of the
sambaiidha, m. possession of wealth, Mudr. [cf. P5n. ii, 2, 2], with an adj.
or past Pass. p.
; case, according to the circumstance, as a matter of thing'
connection of the sense with the word or sentence fact ; according to the sense, that is to say, Sah. &c. [cf.Pan. v, 4, 5] 'half;' also with an adj. indicating
(d.-bandha above), L. sambandhin, mfn. con- Arthapaya, Nom. P. arthapayaii (Pan. iii, I, measure [cf. Pan. vii, 3, 26 27] ; a peculiar kind &
cerned or interested in an Mn. viii, 64 Yajfi. of compound is formed with ordinals [cf. Pan. i, I,
affair, ; 2?,Comm.) to treat as money, i.e. to hide cautiously,
ii, 7 1 '
sadhaka, mf(&f)n. promoting an aim, Naish. 23, Comm.], e.g. ardha-tritlya, containing a half
useful, profitable, MBh.
4785, &c. (cf. sv&rtha- i, ; Arthika, mfn. wanting anything, MBh. 5619
i, ;
for its third, i.e. two and a half; ardha-caturtha,

sadliaka) (as), m. the plant Putramjiva Roxburghii,

;
(cf. kanyarthika) (as\ m. a prince's ;
watchman having a half for its fourth, three and a half.)
N. ; N. of a minister of king Dasaratha, R. i, 7,
3. (announcing by song or music the hours of the day, rica, m. = ardha-rcA below, VS. xix. 25. kan-
sika, mfn = ardhaK , q .v., measuring half a kansa,
1
sara, m. n. a considerable property,Pancat.; (Hit.) especially those of rising and going to rest), L.
iiiddha, mfn. clear in itself, self-evident; (as), m,, Arthita, mfn. asked, desired, requested ; (am), Pan. vii, 3, 27, Sch. kathana, n. relating only
N.of the tenth day of the Karma-mSsa, N. n. wish, desire, L. half (not to the end of a story), Venis. (v. 1. -ka-
Sfiryapr. ;
92 ardha-karna. arpita-kara.
thita, 'half-related'), -karna, m. 'half the dia- meditation ; cf. paryahkd), Lalit. pancalaka, takes half the crop for his labour), Yajfi. i, 166.
meter,' radius. karihika, mfn. having the weight mfn. belonging to half the Paficalas (as a country), soma, m. half the Soma, KatySr. hara, m. a
of half a karsha, Susr. k&la, m. a N. of Siva, L. Pat. -pada, m. half the fourth part ; (a), f. the necklace of sixty-four (or of forty) strings, VarBrS.
kH, n., N.ofaTlrtha, MBh.iii, 7034. -kuta, slant Phyllanthus Niruri, L. padika, mm. hav- hrasva, n. the quantity of half a short vowel,
m. a N. of Siva, L. -krita, mfn. half done, half ng only half a foot, Mn. viii, 325. paravata, tn. Pan. i, 2, 32. Ardliansa, m. a half, the half.
performed. kriKhta, mm. half drawn out from a kind of pigeon, L.; partridge, L. pita, mfn. Ardhausin, mfn. sharing a half. Ardhakara,
(in comp.), Sak. - ketu, m., N. of a Rudra, VayuP.
1
lalf-drunk, S.Ik .
pnrnsha, m. half the length of m. 'half the letter a, a N. of the avagraka,
kaiilka, mf(f)n. having half the breadth of a a man, KatySr. pnrnahiya, mfn. having half the q.v. Ardhakshi, n.ardha-vfkshana above,
hair, SuJr. koti, f. half a koti, i.e. five millions, length of a man, KatySr. pulayita, n. a half- Mricch. Ardhanga, n. half the body. Ardha-
Hit. kovha, m. a moiety of one's treasure. gallop, canter. pnshpa, f. the plant Sida Rhom- cita, mfn. (said of a girdle, &c.) half-set (as with
kandavika, mfn. drdhak,c\.v., measuring half joidea, L. pfirna, mfn. half-full. praathika, gems), Ragh. vii, 10 ; Kum. vii, 6l. Ardhanu-
a kwfava, Pin. vii, 3, 27, Sch. -kroia, m. half a
'
mfn. =s
drdhapr , q. v., measuring half a prastha, matra, f. half a small mdtrd,' i. e. the eighth part
kahetra, dni, n. pi., N. of particular Pan. vii, 3, 27, Sch. prahara, m. half a watch of the quantity of a short syllable, VPrat. Ardha-
league.
lunar mansions, Suryapr. khSra, n. or -khari, [one hour and a half). praharika, f. id.(?),PSarv. dhve, loc. ind. = ardha-mdrge above, ApSr.
f. half a khdrT, Pan. v, 4, 101. -gangs, f. 'half -brigala, n. half a portion, SBr. -brihati, f. Ardhantaraikapadata, f. (in rhetoric) placing a
the Ganga,' N. of the river KSverT, L. (cf. ardha- 'having half the usual breadth,' a kind of sacrificial single word (which belongs grammatically to one
jdhnavi below). garbha, m. half a descendant (?), Drick, KstySr. &c. bhaga, m. a half, Kum. v, bemistich) into the other half or hemistich of the
RV. i, 164, 36. ffncoha, m. a necklace of six- 50. bhagika or -bhagin, mfn. receiving half a verse, Sah. Ardhambn, mfn. consisting half of
ffola, m.
'
teen (or twenty-four) strings, VarBrS. share, Yajn. ii, 134. bhfij, mfn. containing the water,L. Ardhardlxa, mfn. half of the half of,' the
a hemisphere. cakravartin or -cakrin, m. lalf of (gen.), PBr.; taking or sharing half, Mn. viii, fourth part of, Paficat. ; -bhdga, m. a quarter, Ragh.
'half a cakravartin' N. of the nine black Vlsu- 39 (-bhaj), m. a sharer, companion, AV. vi, 86, 3.
; x,57; -hdni, f.deduction of a half in every case.Yajn.
devas (of the Jainas), L. catnrtha, mfn. pi. (see bhKskara, m. midday, R. -bhumi, f. half the ii, 207. Ardhavabheda and daka, m. - ,ird/ia-

above, 3. ardhd at end) three and a half, Susr. &c.; and, MBh. 7444. bheda, m. hemiplegia(cf.or-
i, bheda above, Car.; dividing into halves.
(mm.)
(Jaina Prakrit addhuttha, see s. v. adhyttihta.) dita, n.), Susr. ; (cf.
ava-bhcdaka. ) magadhaka, ArdhavaUdha, mfn. half-chewed, Sak. Ardhi-
candana-llpta, miii. half rubbed with sandal, mfn. belonging to half the Magadhas (as a country), vasesha, mfn. = anlha-ics/ia above, R. Ardha-
MBh. xiii, SSS. candra, m. half-moon ; the semi- Pat. magadhi, a variety of the Magadhi dialect
f.
saua, n. half a meal, L. Ardhasana, n. half a
circular marks on a peacock's tail, L. ; the semicir- [being the language of the sacred literature of the seat (it is considered a mark of high respect to
cular scratch of the finger nail, L. an arrow, the ; Jains). [L.] or -manavaka [VarBrS.],
manava make room for a guest on one's own seat), Sak.;
head of which is MBh.; R. ;
like a half-moon, m. a necklace of twelve strings. matra, n. the
Ragh. vi, 73, &c.; greeting kindly, L. Ardha-
Kathas.; (cf. ardhacandra-mukha and ardha- half,middle, VPrat. &c. ; (a), f. half a short syllable ; stamaya, m. half (i.e. partial) setting of the
eandrSpama below) ; the hand bent into a semi- (mfn.) having the quantity of half a short syllable, sun or the moon, VarBrS. Ardhl-krita, mfn.
of a claw (as for the purpose of TPrlt.; hence {as), m. a N. of the peculiar sound
'
circle or the shape divided into halves. Ardheda, f. half the idd,'
seizing anybody by the neck ; generally ace. am called yama (q.v.), RamatUp. matrika, mfn. the syllable up inserted in some SSman verses, PBr.
with yl. da, to seize any one by his neck), Kathas.; (
= -matra, mm.) having the quantity of half a short Ardhendn, m. ( = ardha-candra above) a half-
PaScat.; Vet.; N. of the Anusvira (from its being syllable,Comm. on VPrSt.; (a), f. half a short syl- moon or crescent, Naish.; the semicircular impres-
written in the older MSS. in a semilunar form), lable, RPrat. marge, loc. ind. half-way, mid- sion of a finger nail, L.; an arrow with a crescent-
RSmatUp.; N. of a constellation, VarBrS. ; (a), f. way, Kathas. masa, m. half a month, VS.; AV. shaped head, L.; the hand expanded in a semicir-
the plant Convolvulus Torpethum ; (mfn.) crescent- &c.; (ardhamdid)-tama, mfn. done or happening cular form like a claw, L. ; the constellation also
shaped, of a semilunar form, Heat. ; (ardhacandrd)- every half month or fortnight, Pan. v, 2, 57 ; -ids, called ardhacandra (q. v.), VarBrS.; (ardhlndti)-
kuiiiia, n., N. of a mystical figure of semilunar form;
'
ind. every half month, SBr.; -sahasrd, n. a thousand mauli, m. whose diadem is a half-moon,' Siva,
-bhdgin, mfn. seized by the neck ; -mukha, mfn. of half months, SBr. masika, mfn. lasting half a Megh.; Balar. Ardb^ndra, mfn. that of which a
(an arrow) the head of which is like a half-moon, month, Yajn. ii, 1 77. mushti, m. a half-clenched half belongs to Indra, TS.; SBr. Ardhokta, mfn.
Ragh. xii, 96 ardhacandrakdra or ardhacandra-
; hand, L. yama, m. ( -prahara above) half a half-uttered, said imperfectly or indistinctly. Ar-
krila, mfn.
half-moon-shaped, crescent-shaped ; watch, Bhpr. ratha, m. a warrior who fights on dhoktl, f.
'half-speech,' speaking incompletely,
ardhacandr&pama, mfn. 'like a half-moon,' of semi- a car along with another, MBh. 5816 & 5820. v, broken or interrupted speech. Axdhodaya, m.
lunar form (said of an arrow, the head of which is xaja,m., N. of a Prakrit poet.ratra, m. mid- half (i.
e. partial) rising of the sun or the moon.
like a half-moon), R. -candraka, m.(-ardha- night, Mn. &c. ; ardhardtrdrdhadivasa, m.
'the Ardhodita, mfn. (fr. I. ud-ita) half-risen, Pancat.;
cantfra) the hand bent into a semicircle for grasp- time when day and night are half and half, i. e. (fr. 3. udita) half-uttered. Ardhdna, mf(a)n.
ing any one's throat, ifc. datt&rdhacandraka, mm. equal,' the equinox, R. rndha, mfn. half grown diminished by half a short syllable, RPrat. Ardho-
'
seized at the throat,' Kathas. ; (am), n. the semi- or developed, Megh. rca (ric ; cf. -ricA above), ruka, mfn. reaching to the middle of the thighs ;
lunar point of an arrow, Ssriig. ; (iid), (., N. of a m. half a verse, AV. ix, 10, 19 ; SBr. &c.; (ar- (am), n. a short petticoat, Das.; Rajat.
climbing plant (Gynandropsis Pentaphylla or Con- dharcd)-sds, ind. by hemistichs, AV. xx, 135, 5; Ardhaka, mfn. forming a half, Bhpr.; (am), n.
volvulus Torpethum ; see ardhacandrd above). SBr. &c.; -sasya, mfn. to be recited in hemistichs, the half, Heat.;N. of a wrong pronunciation of the
colaka, m. a short bodice, L. jaratlya, n. Vait.; ardharcadi, a gana of Pan. (ii, 4,.3i); ar- vowels, Pat.; (as), m. water-snake, L. ghat in,
(fr. pr. y.jarat, /jri), (according to the rule of dharc&ntara, n. another hemistich, KatySr. rcya mfn.' killing the water-snake (?),' N. of Rudra, AV.
half an aged woman) incompatibility in argument, ardharca-sasya above, AitAr. AV. Paipp.)
(ri), mf(o)n. xi, i, 7 (adhvaga-gh
Pat. on Pin. iv, I, 78; Sarvad. jahnavl, f. = laksbmi-harl, m.' half Lakshmi and half Hari,'
,

Ardhika, mf(?, Pan. v, I, 48)n. measuring a

-gahgd. jivaka or -jy a, f. =jyardha, the sine of one of the forms of Vishnu, L. (cf. ardha-ndri- PSn. iv, 3, 4, Comm.)
' half, Yajfi. ii, 296 ; (ifc., cf.
an arc. tana, half a body.
f. tikta, mfn. half- ndtesvara above). likhita, mfn. half painted, = ardha-sirin
= forming the half of, Mn. iii, I, &c.; (
bitter,' the plant Gentiana Chirata. tura, m. a par- Sak. vartman,
n. -f>atha above, Naish. va- for his labour, Vishnus.
above) receiving half the crop
ticular kind of musical instrument, L. tritiya, sa, half a cow, MaitrS.
f. vastra-samvlta,
(cf. drdhika).
mf(a)n. pi. (see above, 2. ardhd at end) two and a mfn. clothed or enveloped in half-garments. vi-
Ardhin, mfn. forming a half, TS.; giving half
half, AsvSr. ; AitAr. trayodasa, mf(a)n. pi. dhu, m. the half-moon, Balar. visarga, m. the half (the dak-
(the da&shind),.Llty.; receiving
twelve and a half, AitAr. ; Yajfi. ii, 165 204. & sound Visarga before k, kh, p, ph (so called because
shind), Mn. viii, 210.
'
dagflha, mfn. half-burnt. divasa, m. half a sign [X] is the half of that
of the Visarga []).
its
i. Ardhya, mm. forming the half of (gen.),
day,' midday, R. ; (cf. ardka-rdtra below.) deva, vikshana.n. a side-look, glance, leer, L. vrld- Sulb.
m. demi-god, RV. iv, 42, 8 9. draunika, mfn.& dha, m((a)n. middle-aged, L. vrlddM, f. the
=
drdhadr, q. v., measuring half a drona, Pin. vii, half of the interest or rent, Mn. viii, 150. -vai- drdhuka, mfn. prospering,
naslka, m. arguing half-perishableness,' N. of the
'
3, 26, Sch. dhara, n. 'half-edged, i.e. single- SBr..
edged,' a knife or lancet with a single edge (the blade followers of Kanada. vyama, m. half a fathom 2. Ardhya (3), mm. to be accomplished, RV. i,

two inches long, the handle six, used by surgeons), vySsa, m. 'half the dia- 156, I to be obtained, RV. v, 44, IO.
(see vydma), KatySr. ;

Susr. nar&ca, m. a particular kind of arrow, meter,' radius. of milk,

vrata, n. the half portion
MBh. Mn. arpaya, Caus. of vVi, q. v.
1855.
ii, narl-nara-vapns, mfn. having SBr.; KatySr. 311; one
-sata, n. fifty, viii,
a body half man and half woman (said of Ru- Arpana, mf(f)n. MBh. xiii, 1007
hundred and fifty, ib. 267. saphara, m. a kind procuring, ;

dra), VayuP. ii. nari-natesvara, m. Siva. na- offish, L. cabda, mfn. having a low voice. sas, consigning, entrusting ; (drpana), n. inserting, fix-
risa or -narisvara, m. 'the lord who is hall ing, R.; piercing, AV. xii, 3, 22 ; placing in or upon,
ind.by -siras, n. the half head,
halves, KatySr.
en-
female (and half male),' a form of Siva. nSva, ApSr. sesha, mfn. half left, R. (cf. ardh&va- Ragh. ii, 35 ; offering, delivering, consigning,
Hit.
n. half a boat, Pin. v, 4, 100. nisS, f. midnight. sfshabe\ow). iryama, mfn. half dark or clouded, trusting of (gen. or in comp.) ; giving back.
Sak. -sruta, mfn. half heard, Veins. sloka, m. Arpaniya, mfn. to be delivered or entrusted,
pakva, mfn. half ripe, Bhpr. pancadasa, '

mfn. fourteen and a SankhSr. half a Sloka. shashtha, mm. pi. five and a half, Kathas.
pi. half, pancan,
mfn. four and a half, VarBrS. ParGr. Bamjata-sasya, mf.iT.n. having itscrops A'rpita [eight times in RV.; cf. Pan. vi, I, 209
pi. paiicania, mfn.
pi. id., Mn. iv, 95 ; Ap. ;
Gaut. pancamaka, half grown, MBh. iii, 3007. saptadasa, mfn. seq.] or arpita [RV.i, 164, 48, &c.], mfn. inserted,
mfn. bought for four and a half, Pat. pancasat, pi. sixteen and a half, KatySr. saptama, mfn. fixed, RV.; VS. &c.; fixed upon (as the eyes or the
f.twenty-five, Mn. viii, 268. pana, m. a measure pi. six and a half, ParGr. sapta-sata, mf()n. mind) thrown, cast into (loc. ; said of an arrow),
;

containing half 3. pana, Mn. viii, 404. patha, m. pi. or dni, n. pi. three
hundred and fifty, R. Ragh. viii, 87 ; placed in or upon, Ragh. ix, 78,
half-way,' (e), loc. ind. midway, Yajfi. ii, 198 sama, mfn. 'half equal,' N. of metres, in which &c. ; (said of a document or of a sketch) transferred
pad*, n. half a Pida (or the fourth part of a verse), the first and third and the second and fourth Padas to (a plate or portrait, i.e. 'engraved' or 'painted'),
79; Sak.; Kum.
are equal ; -muktavali, f., N. of a work. sa- 42; offered, de-
Laty. padya, f. a brick measuring half a foot, Ragh. xvii, iii,

KatySr. paryanka, m. sitting half (i. e. partly] masya, f. supplying an idea which is only half ex- livered, entrusted, Yajn. 164, &c.; given back,
ii,

upon the hams (a particular posture practised in pressed, Naish. sirin, mfn. a cultivator (who Ragh. xix, 10, &c. kara, mfn. 'having given one's
 arpitSpta. alayudha. 93
hand," married, L. Arpitopta, mfn. (gana rdj'a- Aryama (in comp. for aryamdn). griha- Arsasana, mfn. striving to hurt, malicious, RV.;
dantadi, q. v.) pati (aryamd-), mfn. having Aryaman as griha- (as), m. (
= ardani, q. v.) fire, Un.
I. Arpya, ind. p. See prSrpyd. pati (i. e. as keeper of the precedence in a grand j^rsasin, mfn. -

arsasa, Heat.
1. Arpya, mfn. to be delivered, consignable. sacrifice), MaitrS. datta, m., N. of a man, Pan. Arsln, mfii. id., L.
v, 3, 84, Sch. devS, f. or -daivata, n. 'having Arso (in comp.
m. the heart, Un. for drsas). ghora, mm. de-
arpisa, Aryaman for its
deity,' N. of the mansion Uttara-
stroying hemorrhoids, Susr.; (as), m. the plant
phalguni, L. bhutl and -radha, m., N. of two
ari, cl. I. P. aria<i (perf. dnarba, Amorphophallus Campanulatus, L. ; one part of
Vedic teachers, VBr. Aryamakhya, n. the man-
L.) to go, L. to hurt, L. buttermilk with three parts of water, L. ; (i), (. the
;
sion Uttaraphalguni, VarYogay.
plant Curculigo Archioides Lin., L. ynj, mfn. af-
>
arbuka, as, m. pi., N. of a people, Aryamika, as, m. a shortened name for Ar- flicted with hemorrhoids, L. rog*a, m. hemor-
MBh. 1119. yama-datta, Pan. v, 3, 84.
ii, rhoids. roga-yuta or -rogln, mfn. afflicted with
Aryamjya or aryamila, as, m. id., ib.
hemorrhoids.
Ved. a serpent-like vartman, n. a tumour in the corner
'W'5? drbuda, as, m., Aryamya (4), mfn. intimate, very friendly, RV. of the eye, Susr.
demon (conquered by Indra, a descendant of Kadru, hlta, m. the marking nut plant
v, 85, 7.
therefore called Kadraveya, SBr.; AitBr.; said to be f. a mistress, Pan. iv,
(Semecarpus Anacardium), L.
Aryan!, I, 49, Siddh. ; a
the author of
m. RV.
RV.
51, 6
x, 94, RAnukr.),
& x, 67, 12; (am),
RV. &c.;
n.,
(ds),
N. of
woman
Comm.
of the third or Vaisya caste, PSn. iv, I, 49, WW arshana orarsAanin.mfn. (Vi.riiA),
id., i,
flowing, movable, Nir.
the above-named hymn, RV. x, 94, AsvSr.; (as,
am), m. long round mass (said especially of the
n. a 5T3 an, cl. i. P. arvati (perf. anarva, wtuft arshani, f. (\/2. risk), a pricking or
shape of the fcetus in the second half of the first
\ L.) to hurt, kill, L. piercing pain, AV. ix, 8, 13, 16 21. &
month [Nir. xiv, 6] or in the second month [Yajfi. ^nj ara and arcana. See an-arvd. mfn. (vYy or
iii, 75 &
89]) ; a swelling, tumour, polypus, Susr. A'rvat, mfn. running, hasting, RV. v, 54, 14 & W^ arshtrt, 2. rtsA?)= or-
&c. (drbuda), n. (also m., L.) ten millions, VS. tam gacchat (Comm.), falling into misery, TS. ;
; AV. low, inferior, vile, Un.
iv, 9, 2 ; (an), m. a TBr. (only in an obscure formula together with ish-
;

xvu, 2, Sec.; (as), m., N. of a mountain in the west courser, horse, RV. VS. AV. BhP. the driver of
; ; ; ;
;

of India (commonly called Abu, a place of pilgrim- a horse, RV. x, 40, 5 N. of a part of the & tdrga, q. v.)
74, I ;

age of the jainas, and celebrated for its Jaina sacrificial action, I RV. ii, 33,
viii, 71, 12 ; (dr- & arh, cl. i. P. drhati, rarely A. arkate
temples) ; (as), m. pi., N. of a people, VarBrS. ; BhP. a mare, RV. AV.
a bawd, procuress, L.
&c. - parvata, m. the mountain Arbuda. si-
vatt), f. ; ;
[MBh. iii,1580 R.], (p. drhat [see be-
;

A'rvan, mfn. running, quick (said of Agni and arhdse [RV. x, 77, i] perf. 3. pi.
khara, m. Arbxidakara, m. 'shaped like
Hit. low] ; Ved. Inf. ;

Indra), RV. ; low, inferior, vile, Un. ; (d), m, a

id.,
a tumour,' the plant Cordia Myxa, L. Arbuda- anarhuli, Pin. vi, I, 39, Sch., but Ved. anrihuh
courser, horse, RV. SBr. ;
AV.
N.' of Indra (see ; ;
dnrictih, Varc], PSn. vi, I, 36) to deserve,
ranya, n., N.of a forest, NarasP. before), L. ; one of the ten horses of the moon, L. j
[cf.

A'rbndl, it, m. a serpent-like demon (probably merit, be worthy of; to have a claim to, be entitled to
a short span, L. drdvan.)
= drbuda and arbudd, m. above, but called indra- (cf.
(ace.) ; to be allowed to do anything (Inf.) ; to be
;

A'rvasa or arvasa, mfn. running, quick (said

mtdhin, q.v.), AV. & IO obliged or required to do anything(acc.); to be worth,
x\, 9 (in almost every of Indra and of the gods), RV. x, 92, 6. counterbalance to be able; (arhasi, 2. sg. with an
;
verse) ; (cf. ny-drbudi.)
used as a softened form of Imper.; e.g.
Inf. is often
Arbudin, mfn. afflicted with a swelling or tu- ^H|T^ arvac, van, vaci, vdk, Ved. (fr. anc
' '
with arva, near or hither ') coming hitherward, ' datum arhasi, 'be pleased to give;' irotum ar-
mour, Susr. '

m. = dr&uJa, m. hasi, deign to listen,' for irinu) Caus. (Opt. ar-

coming to meet any one, turned towards, RV. &c.;
:
Arbudha, as, above, K:ith.
Anukr. being on this side (of a river), L. being below or ;
hayet, Mn. iii, 3 &
119; aor. arjihat, Bhatt.) to
turned downwards, AV. SBr.; ChUp.; (zcc.arvdn-
honour : Desid. arjihishati [cf. Gk. &p\ai\.
^TH drbha, mf(a)n. little, small, unimpor-
;

cam) with 'Jnud, to push down, RV. viii, 14, 8 ; Arlia,mf(a)n.meriting,deserving(praiseorblame,

tant, RV.; (arbha), mfn. id., AV. vii, 56, 3 ; (as), arvak and arvag. cf.pujarha, nindarha), worthy of, having a claim
(dk), ind., see ss. vv.
m. child, boy, BhP. [Lat. orbus ; Gk. op<t>av6i\.
Arvak, ind. (gana svar-ddi, q. v.) hither (op-
or being entitled to (ace. or Inf. or in comp.) ; being
Arbhaka, mm. small, minute, RV.; AV.; VS.; required, obliged, allowed (with Inf.); becoming,
posite to pdrdk, pards, pardstdt), RV.; AV.; SBr.;
weak, RV. vii, 33, 6 AV.; (used together with- ;
SBr. &c. with RV. proper, fit (with gen. or ifc.), Pancat. ; worth (in
& (with abl., ; instr., x, 129, 6;
marakd) young, childish, RV. viii, 30, I 69, 15 money), costing, R. ; (cf. saldrha, sahasrarha) ;
AV.) on this side, from a certain point, before, after;
;

emaciated, L. ; similar, L.; (as), m. a boy, child, on the lower side, ChUp. (with loc.) within, near, (as), m. a N. of Indra, L.; (d), (. or (dni), n. pi.
;

Ragh.&c.; the young of any animal, SSk. (v. 1.), Sak. (v. 1. ) kalika-ta, f. the belonging to a proxi- worship, ChUp.
Ksd.; a fool, idiot, L. mate time, the state of being more modern (than Aril ana, mfn. having a claim to, being entitled to
A'rbhaga, mfn. youthful, RV. i, 1 16, I. Mn. (in comp.), BhP. ; (am), n. deserving, meriting, PSn.
anything else), xii, 96. kiila, n. the near
^TH drma, m.
pi. ruins, rubbish, VS.
as, bank of a catvarinsa, mfn. pi. under forty,
river. iii, 3, m;
worship, honour, treating any one (gen.)
with respect, Mn. iii, 54, BhP.; a present of honour,
xxx, 1 1 ; TS. &c.; often ifc. in names of old villages
SBr. tana, mf(u)n. being on this side of, not
half or entirely gone to rmn,(e.g.guftdrma, kuk- reaching up to, BhP. pancasa, mfn. pi. under MBh. i, 130; BhP.; (d), f. worship, honour, N. ;

kutdrma, brihad-arma, &c., qq. vv.), Pan. vi, 2, fifty, sata, mfn. pi. under a hundred, ib.
SBr. Ragh. &c. ; (arhdna), Ved. instr. ind. according to
what is due, RV. i, 127, 6 ; x, 63, 4 & 92, 7.
90 seq. & viii, 2, 2, Sch.; (as), m. = arman, shashtha, mfn. pi. under sixty, ib. Hainan
q. v.,
Un. (arvak-), m. pi., N. of the three days during which A'rhat, mfn. deserving, entitled to (ace.), RV.;
a Soma sacrifice srotas, mfn. used in a respectful address for arhasi, PSn. iii, a,
Armaka, am, n. rubbish, ruins, RV. 133, 3. i,
is
performed, SBr.
Armana, as, am, hi. n. a measure of one drona, (said of a creation of beings) in which the current 133 ; able, allowed to (ace.), RV.; worthy, vener-
Susr. of nutriment tends downwards, VP. able, respectable, SBr. ; AitBr. &c. (see arhat-tama

Arman, a, n. a disease of the eyes, Susr. Arvake, loc. ind. (opposed to pardkl, q.v.) in below) ; praised, celebrated, L. ; (aft), m. a Buddha
the proximity, near, RV. viii, 9, 15.
who is still a candidate for Nirvana;
( kshapa-
=
VJ i. aryd (2, once 3, RV. iv, i, 7), mfn.
Arvag (in comp. for arvak). asita, mm. pi. naka) a Jaina; an Arhat or superior divinity with
(VrO. kind > favourable, RV. attached to, true, de- under eighty, SBr. Mia the Jainas ; the highest rank in the Buddhist hier-
;
(arvag-), mfn. having
voted, dear, RV.; excellent, L. ; (as), m. a master,
the mouth downwards, SBr. xiv. vasu (arvag-), archy, L. tama, mm. (superl.) most worthy,
lord,Naigh. ; Pan. iii, 1, 103 (cf. 3. drya.) patl most venerable, Mn. iii, 128; BhP. tva, n. the
;
mfn. offering riches, VS. xv, 19 ; SBr. ; (us), m. (for
(aryd-), m((fatni)n. (said of the dawns and of the dignity of an Arhat, Kathas.
arvd-vasu, q. v.), N. of a Hotri of the gods, GopBr.
waters) having kind or favourable lords(?), RV. vii, Arhanta, mm. worthy, L.; (as), m. a Buddha,
vlnsa, mfn. pi. under twenty, SBr.
6, 5 & x, 43, 8. Arvaoin, mfn. turned towards, KaushAr. L. ; a Buddhist mendicant, L. ; a N. of Siva, L.
2. Arya, mf(a)n. (
= i.aryd) kind, favourable, ArvacJna or arvactua, mf () n . turned towards, Arhantika, f., N. of a Buddhist nun, Dai.
RV.i, 123,1. RV.; turned towards (in a hostile manner), Arhita, mfn. honoured, worshipped, L.
favouring,
3. Arya, as, m. ( \.aryd) 'master, lord," a = RV. vi, 25, 3 (with abl.) being on this side or be-
; Arhya, mfn. worthy (' of praise,' stotum), L.
Vaisya, VS. &c. ; Pan. iii, I, 103 ; (a), f. a woman low, SBr. ; belonging to a proximate time, posterior,
of the third caste, the wife of a
Vaisya, VS. &c., recent (for avdtina) reverse, contrary, L.
Wffi.^fVlT arharishvdni, mfn. (said of In-
; (ar- ;

Pin. iv, I, 49, Comm. f. the wife of

(f), any par- dra) exultant [formed by irregular redupl. of
;
vdtmam) ind. (with abl.) 'on this side of,' thence-
*/hrish, BR. arkari-shvdni, making enemies
'
ticular Vaisya, Pan. iv, I,49, Siddh. ; (cf. arydni.)
forward, thence onward, SBr.; less than
;
(abl.), ib.
jarS (drya-), f. the mistress of a Vaisya, VS. cry aloud,' SSy.], RV. i, 56, 4!
xxiii, 30. patni, see -pati s.v. I. aryd. var- ^N^lld arva-vdt, t, f. proximity, RV. ; (in
nl, cl. i. P. aluti, to adorn, L.; to
ya, m. a Vaisya of rank, Das. sveta, m. (v. 1. all
passages opposed to fard-vdt, q. v.) be competent or able, L.; to prevent, L.
arya-hf), N. of a man, (gana sivddi, q. v.)
^ arva-vdsu, us, m.,
N. of a Hotri or [The it. is evidently invented for the derivation of
Aryaman, a, m. a bosom friend, play-fellow,
who Brahman of the gods, SBr. KaushUp. ; of a son of alam, q. v.]
companion, (especially) a friend asks a woman ;

in Raibhya, MBh. &c. ala, am, n. the sting in the tail of a

marriage for another, RV. ; AV. ; SBr. ; TBr. N. ;

of an Aditya (who is
commonly invoked together arvuka, v. 1. for arbuka, q. v. scorpion (or a bee), L.; (cf. all and alin); ( dla, =
with Varuna and Mitra, also with garda, m. a water-
Bhaga, Brihaspati, q.v.) yellow orpiment, L.
and others he is supposed to be the chief of the
; so, as, m. (\/ris),' damage,' see dn- serpent (the black variety of the Cobra de Capello,
Manes, Bhag. &c. ; the milky way is called his path arsa-rati ; (for arias) hemorrhoids, piles, L. Coluber Naga),Suparn.; Susr.; (a), f. a large poison-
[aryamndh panthah, TBr.] he presides over the ; A'rsas, n. piles, hemorrhoids, VS. xii, 97, &c. ous leech, Susr.; (cf. ali-garda.) gardha, m.
Nakshatra Uttaraphalgunt, VarBrS. his name is used ; Arsa-adi, a gana of Pan. (v, 2, 127). (^-gardd), a water-serpent, L. Alayudha, m.
to form different male '
whose weapon is the sting from the tail of a scor-
names, Pan. v, 3, 84), RV. Arsasa, mfn. (Pan. v, 2, 127) afflicted with
&c. ; the sun, Sis. ii, pion,' N. of a Rakshasa, MBh. vii, 8004.
;
the L.39 Asclepias plant, hemorrhoids, Mn. iii, 7 Susr. ;
94 alaka.

^T^li alaka, as, am, m. n. (ifc. f. a) a curl, aldm-jusha. See a/am. alambusha, as, m. the palm of the
lock, Ragh. &c. (as), m. ( ^alarka, q. v.) a mad (land with the fingers extended, L. ; N. of a plant,
;
alati, is, m. a kind of song, L.
dog, L.; (as), m. pi., N. of a people, VarBrS. of ; L. ; of a Rskshasa, MBh. vii, 4065 4072 (a), & ;

the inhabitants of Kubcra's residence Alaka, MBh. alam-tama, -taram. See dlam. f. a barrier, a line or
anything not to be crossed, L. ;
iii,11813; (a), f. (gana kshipakadi, q. v.) a girl a sort of sensitive plant, Bhpr. ; N. of an Apsaras,
from eight to ten years of age, L. N. of the capital ;
, mfn. not chattering, not MBh. ix, 2931 seqq. Kathas. ;

of Kubera (situated on a peak of the Himalaya in- speaking nonsense, AV. viii, 2, 3.
alumna, as, m., N. of a Rishi, PBr.
habited also by Siva), Kum. vi, 37, &c.; N. of a rt*( a-labdha, mfn. unobtained. na-
town Nishadha, KathSs.
in nanda, f. a young girl tha, mfn. without a patron. nidra, mfn. not -/aya, as, m.(\//), non-dissolution,
from eight to ten years old, L. ; N. of a river that bhu- permanence, R. iii, 71, 10 (v. 1. an-aya); (mfn.)
obtaining sleep, unable to fall asleep, BhP.
runs from the Himalaya mountains and falls into the
mika-tva, n. the state of not obtaining any degree restless, Sis. iv, 57*
Gangs, Bh. i, 6456 ; VP. - prabb.5, f. the capital
M (bhftmi) of deep meditation, Yogas. Alabdha- alayas. Seez.a/i.
of Kubera, L. prlya, m. the plant Terminal!* bhipsita, mfn. disappointed in one's desire.
Tomentosa, L. samhati, f. rows of curls. Ala- A-labhamana, nun. not gaining, &c. alarka, as, m. a mad dog or one
kadhipa or alakadhipati [Susr.], m.' lord of Ala- A-labhya, mfn. unobtainable, Kum. v, 43, &c. rendered furious, Susr. ; a fabulous animal, like a hog
kS,' a N.ot'Kubera. Alakanta, m. the end of a curl, with eight legs, MBh. R. ; MarkP. the plant Cala-
; ;
'
a ringlet. AlakSsvara, m. lord of Alakii,' a N. of Wc^afam, ind. (later form of dram, q. v.),
tropisGigantea Alba, Susr. ; (cf. dirghdlarka) ; N. of
Kubera, Ragh. xix, 15. enough, sufficient, adequate, equal to, competent, able. a king, Hariv. &c.
ind. in vain, for nothing, (A lam may govern a dat. \Jtvitava{(VeA. Inf. dat.)
^ra^i^ dlakam, dlam, AV. vi, 109, I, or alam jivaiiaya, Mn. xi, alarti (3. sg.) and alarshi (2. sg.),
RV. x, 71, 6 & 108, 7.
76, &c., sufficient for living] or Inf. [Pan. iii, 4, 66 ; Intens. i/ri, q. v.
fr.

^ny^fi alakta, as, m. (said to be for a- alam vijilatum, able to conceive, Nir. ii, 3] or Alarahi-rSti, mfn. eager to bestow, SV. (v. I.
rakta), red juice or lac (obtained from the red resin
instr. [Pan. ii, 3, 27, Siddh.; alam Sahkayd, enough, dn-ar$a-rdti, q. v., RV.)
of certain trees and from the cochineal's red sap), L. i. e. away with fear !] or gen. [alam prajayah, mfn. (said of the
,

rasa, m. the Alakta juice, R. ii, 60, 1 8 ; Bhpr. capable of obtaining progeny, PBr.] or may be used
with the fut. \alam hanishyati, he will be able to waters) sounding cheerfully, RV. iv, 18, 6.
Alaktaka, as, m. rarely am, n., id., Kum. &c.
Pan. 154, Sen.] or with an ind. [Pan. alale, ind. (cf. arare), a word of no
kill, iii, 3, iii.

^(ct^Hfa-lakshana, am, n. ( \/laksh), a bad, 4, 18; alam bhuktvd, enough of eating, i.e. do not
eat more ; alam vicarya, enough of
import occurring in the dialect or gibberish of the
inauspicious sign,Mn.iv,i 56 ;(a-lai:shand),mf(d)n. consideration].) Pisicas (a class of goblins introduced in plays,
haying no signs or marks, without characteristic, SBr. ; artha-ta, f. or -artha-tva, n. having the sense
&c.), L.
KstySr. ; Mn. i, 5 ; having no good marks, inauspi-
of alam, Pat. atardana, mfn. easy to perforate,
cious, unfortunate, Ragh. xiv, 5. Nir. vi, 2. pasn, &c. (i. e. alam-pasu, &c.), see
^n^IB a-lavana, mfn. not salty, Pan. v,
A-lakslitta, mfn. unseen, unperceived, unob- s. v.alam below. i, 121.

served, MBh.; uncharacterized, having no particular Alam(in comp. for dlam). karana, n. mak- aldvas. See 2. all.
mark, SBr. ; KiltySr. Alakshitantaka, mfn. sud- ing ready, preparation, Kaus. ; (ifc. f. a, KathSs.)
alavala oilaka, as, m.=alavala,
denly dead, L. Alakshitdpasthita, mfn. one who decoration, ornament, KstySr.&c. karanln, mfn.
has approached unobserved. possessed of an ornament, KathSs. karishmi, q.v., L.
mfn. (Pan. iii, 2, 136) fond of ornament, Nir.;
A-lakshya, mfn. unobserved, MBh.
invisible, a-las, mfn. (\/las), not shining, L.
&c. ; unmarked, not indicated, Sah. having no par- ;
(with ace.) decorating, PSn. ii, 3, 69, Sch. ; (an-,
ticular marks, insignificant in appearance (see -jan- neg., see also s.v.) Pan. vi, 2, 160, Sch.; (us), m., a-lasd, mf(a)n. inactive, without
ma-td below) ; (as), m., N. of a Mantra spoken to N. of Siva. kartri, mfn. one who decorates, L. energy, lazy, idle,indolent, tired, faint, SBr. ; AitBr.
exorcise a weapon, R. i, 30, 5. ffati, mm. mov- karmina, mfn. competent for any act or work, &c. ; (as), m. a sore or ulcer between the toes, Susr. ;
janma-ta, f.
being of insignificant
Pin. v, 4, 7. kara, m. the act of decorating, R. (
= a-lasaka below) tympanitis, Bhpr. ; N. of a
ing invisibly.
Kum. v, 40, 13 (ifc. f. R. a, v, 18, 6) ornament, deco- small poisonous animal, Susr. N. of a plant, L. ;
birth or origin, 72 . linga, mfn. disguised, ii, ;
;

ration, SBr. ; TBr. &c. an ornament

; (in rhetoric) (a), f. the climbing plant VitisPedata Wall, L. ga-
incognito.
of the sense or the sound arth&l and sabdAl ) ; (cf. niana mf(a)n. going lazily, Megh. tS, f. or -tva,
,

^TriKtfl a-lakshmi, is, f. evil fortune, bad (alamkdra)-kdrikd, f., -kaustubha, m., -candri- n. idleness. Alasi- \/bhu, to become tired, Bhpr.
luck poverty (mfn.) causing misfortune, kd, (., -curfdmani, m., -mafljari, -mala, -mukla-
; distress, ;
Alasekshana, mf(d)n. having languishing or tired
SlnkhGr. valt, f. ditferent works on rhetoric
'
-vati, f. the ; looks, RSjat.
decorated one,' N. of the ninth Lambaka in the Ka-
%lc4<3M alakhana, as, m., N. of a king of A-lasaka, as, m. tympanitis, flatulence (intume-
tMsaritsSgara -sdstra, n. a manual or text-book of
; scence of the abdomen, with constipation and wind),
Gurjara, Rajat. rhetoric ; -ilia, m., N. of a prince of the VidySdha- Car. Susr.;

ala-gardd and rdha. See ala. ras, KathSs. ; -suvarna, n. gold used for ornaments, A-lasya, mfn. (said of peacocks) not dancing,
L. ; -sura, m., N. of a kind of meditation, Buddh. ;
! a-lagna, mfn. (Vlag), not joined or idle, Ragh. xvi, 14.
-hlna, mfn. unadorned. karaka, m. ornament,
connected. Mn. vii, 220. karya, mfn. to be adorned or de- alasald, f. ?, AV. vi, 16, 4.
A-laglam, ind. unconnectedly, in a stammering corated, S3h. kala, m. for -kara, ornament, Na- alaka, as, m. (=alarka) the plant
manner, SBr. iii.
lod. knmari, mfn. fit for marrying a young girl, Calotropis Gigantea, Car.
not
'Hci^ a-laghu, mfn. not light, heavy ;
Pat. Vi.kri (cf. Aram-*J\.kri s.v.
dram),
not quick, to make ready, prepare, SBr., (ind. a-lanchana, mfn. spotless, Balar.
short, long (as a syllable in prosody) ; ; p. -kritvd, q..)
to decorate, ornament, R. &c., (ind. p. -kritya, N. of a noxious
slow, Mricch.; weighty, significant, Das.; serious, alandu, us, m.,
solemn; intense, violent. pratijna, mfn. solemnly q. v.) ; to impede, check, violate (with gen.), Mn.
krita (dlam-), mfn. adorned, decorated, animal, AV. ii, 31, 2 & 3.
viii, 16.
pledged or promised. Alagb.upala,m. 'heavy stone,'
a rock, L. Alaghushman, m. intense heat. SBr. &c. (cf. dram-krita s.v. dram.) -kriti,
; *&ftTKalata,am, n.afire-brand,coal,MBh.
A-laghlyas, mfn. (compar.) not insignificant,
f. ornament, KathSs.; rhetorical ornament (cf.-kdra &c. santi, f., N. of the fourth chapter of Gauda-
mighty, Sis. ii, 58. above), Sah.; KSvySd. kritya, ind. p. having pSda's commentary on the MSndUp. Alatakshl,
decorated, TBr.; Mn. iii, 28 v, 68. & kritva, f.
'

having fiery eyes,' N. of one of the mothers in

!! alam-karana,-kard,&c. Seeo/am. ind. p. having made ready, having prepared, Pan. i, Skanda's retinue, MBh. ix, 2626.
4, 64, Sch. kriya, decorating, L. rhetorical
a-langhana, am, n. not surmount-
f.

ornament, = anugavina)
;

^TpSlrJTr a-latrind,
mfn .
( Vla= v/ra ?, BR.)
not passing over or gamin, mfn. ( going
ing, not transgressing, beyond.
after or in * proper manner, PSn. not granting anything, miserly, RV. 1 66, 7 & '"
i,
watching (as cows)
A-lanffhaniya, mfn. insurmountable, impass- 30, 10; (Nir. vi, 2.)
v, 2, 15, Sch. jrvika, mfn. sufficient for liveli-
able, not to be crossed ; not to be reached or caught
hood, Pat. jnsha (alam-), mfn. sufficient, SBr. iii. alabu, us, f. the bottle-gourd (La-
(by hastening), SSk. ; not to be transgressed, invio- tatna, mfn. very well able to (Inf.), BhP. ta-
^rTT^
lable. ta, f. impassableness, insurmountableness, genaria Vulgaris Ser), Susr. &c. ; (us, u), m. n. a
ram, md. (compar. of alam) exceedingly, Kum. xiv, vessel made of the bottle-gourd, AV. &c. ; (used by
inaccessibility ; inviolability. 1 6 &
xv, 28 ; very much better or easier to (Inf.),
BrShmanical ascetics) Mn. vi, 54 ; Jain. ; (u), n. the
A-langhayat, mfn. not transgressing, Ragh. ix,g. Sis. ii, 1 06. dhana, mfn. possessing sufficient
A-laighya, mfn. impassable (as a river) ; in- fruit of the bottle-gourd, MBh. ii, 2 196, &c. g-an-
wealth, Mn. viii, 1 62. dliuma,m. smoke enough,'
<

violable (as a command or prohibition), BhP. dW, mfn. smelling of the bottle-gourd, AV. Paipp.
thick smoke, L. pasn, mfn. able to keep cattle,
^rtl m. a kind of bird, VS. patra, n. a jar made of the bottle-gourd, AV. viii,
alajd, as, KatySr. purushina, mfn. sufficient for a man,
-cit Pan. v, 4,
lo, 29. maya, mfn. made of a bottle-gourd, Yajn.
xxiv, 34. KSth.] or -cita [Sulb.], mfn.
[TS. purva, mfn. being preceded by the
7.
Vina, f. a lute of the shape of a bottle-
;
iii, 60.
piled up (as the sacrificial altar)
in the shape of the word alam, Pat. prajanana, mfn. (cf. alam '

gourd, Lsty. snhrid, m. friend of the bottle-

bird Alaja. prajdyah above s. v. dlam) able to beget or gene-
gourd,' sorrel, L.
rate,AsvSr. bala, mfn. 'equal to any power,' N.
Wt?flTalajt, is, f. inflammation of the eye Alabnka, am, n. the fruit of the bottle-gourd,
of Siva. bhushnu, mfn. able, competent, L. AV. xx, 1 32, 1 & 2 (a), f. the bottle-gourd, L. Alfi-
(at the edge of the cornea), AV. ix, 8, 2O. manas, mfn. satisfied in mind, BhP.; (cf. ard-
;

Alaji, f. id., Susr.

manas v.
bnkesvara, n., N. of a TTrtha, SkandaP.
s. dram.)
Alabu, lis, f.( ahibu above) the bottle-gourd,
a-lajja, mf(a, Naish.)n. shameless. ^trt**<5 a-lumpata, mfn. not libidinous, Pin. iv, I, 66, Comm. Un. kata, n. the down
= alinjara, q.v., L.
;

anjara chaste, BhP. of the bottle-gourd, Pan. v, 2, 29, Comm.

 a-labha. 95
alpdtyaya.
a-labha, as, m. non-acquiremen1 AUkayn, us, m., N. of a BrShman (with th (ena), instr. ind. (with a perf. Pass, p., Pan. ii, 3,
Mn. 57; want, deficiency, AsvGr. &c. patron. Vicaspatya), KaushBr. 33) 'for little,' cheap, Das.
vi, ; loss (i
easily, R. iv/32, 7 ; ;

selling goods), Mn. ix, 331 ;

loss (of life, pr&na) Allkaya, Norn. A. yate, to be deceived, (gan (at), abl. ind. (with a perf. Pass, p.) without much
Mn. xi, 80. sukhadi, q. v.) trouble, easily, Pan. ii, 3, 33 ; (in comp. with a past

See ala. Alikin, min. 'possessed of alika? (gana sukhad Pass, p.) ii, I,
39 & small vi, 3, 2. -karya, n.
alayudha.
q.v.); disagreeable, L. ; false, deceiving, L. matter, -kesi, f., N. of a plant
(or perhaps the
alayya (4), mfn. a N. of Indr; Allkya, mfn.
'
like alika,' (gana dig-ddi an root of sweet
flag), L. -krita, mfn. for bought
belonging to falsehood, false, L
' little
[BR. ;
an assailant,' fr. RV. ix, 67, 30
<Jri, Say.], vargyadi, q. v.) ; money, cheap. gandha, n. the red lotus, L.
-ceshtita, mfn .'making little effort,' inert. ccha-
^Jrtlt. alara, as, m. a kind of Aloe plant aligarda=: ali-garda, q.v., L. da, mfn. scantily clad. jna, mfn. knowing little,
L. ; (am), n. a door, L.
alu, us, f. (=alu, q. v.) a small water ignorant. tanu, mfn. small-bodied, L. tara,
^T?TW alasa, as, m. inflammation am pot, L. mfn. (compar.,cf.a^jof), smaller, RPrSt.
; KstySr.

abscess at the root of the tongue, Susr. &c. ta, f. or -tva, n. smallness, minuteness; in-
^TtSJT a-lupta, mfn. not cut off, undimi
significance. dakshina, mfn . defective in presents
alasya, mfn. See a-lasd above. nished. mahiman, mfn. of undiminished glory (as a ceremony), Mn. xi, 39 &
40. -darsana
l. ali, is, m. (for aim, fr. ala, q.v. * piif a-lubdha, mfn. not covetous, no [M Bh. i, 591 9] or -drlshti, mfn of confined views, .

narrow-minded, -dhaua, mfn. of little wealth, not

'possessed of a sting,' a (large black) bee, Ragh. &c.
avaricious, Gaut. tva, n. freedom from covetous Mn. 66 & xi,
a scorpion, L. ; a crow, L. ; the Indian cuckoo, L. affluent, iii, 40. dhi, mfn. weak-
ness.
swarm of bees minded, having little sense, foolish, Hit. nish-
spirituous liquor, L. kula, n. a
A'-lnbhyat, mfn. not becoming disordered, no patti, mfn. of little or rare occurrence (as a word),
VarBrS. (alikuld]-priyd or -samkuld, f. fond o
'
;
AV. iii, 10,
disturbed, II.
or full of swarms of bees,' the plant Rosa Glanduli '
Nir. ii, a. pattra, m. 'having little leaves,' N.
A-lobha, as, m. non-confusion,' steadiness of a plant (a species of the
fera, L. gardaor-gardha, m. = ala-garda, q.v. AitBr. absence of cupidity, moderation, Hit. Tulasi), L. ; (i), f. the
L. jiliva or -jihvika, f. the uvula or soft palate
;
plants Curculigo Orchioides and Anethum Sowa, L.
A-lobhin, mfn. not
L. -durva,
f., N. of a plant, L. pattrika, f.
desiring. -padma, n. the red lotus, L.
-parivara, mfn.
N. of a shrub, L. parni, f. the plant Tragia In ^Tt^Uf a-luksha, mfn. (=d-ruksha, q.v.) no having a small retinue. pasu (Alpa-), mfn. hav-
volucrata Lin., L. n. the red lotus, harsh, soft, greasy, TUp. &c. Alukshanta-tva ing a small number of cattle, AV. xii, 4, 25. pS-
priya, Nym
n. the having greasy substances (like yin, mfn sucking little or not sufficiently
(as a leech),
phsea Rubra, L. ; (a], the trumpet flower .
f.
(Bigno butter) near a
nia Suaveolens), L. f. a line or swarm o
mala, hand (for oblations), TBr. i, I, 6, 6. Susr. punya, mf(a)n. whose religious merit is
Malatim. moda, f. small, MBh. 2650; R. 95, 20.
the plant Premna Spi- prajas,
iii, vi,
bees,
nosa, L. mohini, N. of a valla- wc^i a-Kna, mfn. uncut, unshorn. mfn. having few descendants or few
pra-
f., plant, L. subjects.
bha, f. = -priyd, q. v., L. virava, m. or -viru- ^fw ale or alele, ind. (cf. are and arere), un bhava, mfn. of little weight or consequence, insig-
nificant
ta, n. song or of the bee, L. hum meaning words in the dialect of the demons or Pisi ; (alpaprabhdva)-td, f. or -tva, n.
insigni-
'
Alin, I, m. possessed of a sting (ala, q. v.),' a cas (introduced in plays, &c.), L.
ficance. pramSna, mfn. of little weight or mea-
sure of little
authority, resting on little evidence.
(large black) bee, BhP. &c. ; a scorpion, L. ; the
;

Scorpion (in the zodiac), VarBrS. ; (inf), f. a female

a-lepaka, mfn. stainless. pramanaka, m. common cucumber (Cucumis
Sativus), L. -prayoga, mfn. of rare application
bee, Sis. vi, 72 ; a swarm of bees, BhP. a-lesa, mfn. not little, much, large; or use, Nir. prana, m. (in Gr.) slight breathing
^rf<3 2. all (in the Apabhransa dialect) for (am), ind. 'not a bit,' not at all, L. A-lesaijr or weak aspiration (the effort in
'
mfn. not moving a bit,' firm, steady, L. uttering the vowels,
art, enemy
(pi. alayas arayas), Pat. ; also ald- for the semivowels y, r, I, v, the consonantt
k, c, t, t,
vas mentioned as a corrupt pronunciation for
is 'STWt^f a-loka, as, m. 'not the world,' the P< S;j> 4> d, b, and the nasals, is said toT>e accom-
arayas, SBr. end of the world, R. i, 37, 12 ; the immaterial or panied with slight aspiration, but practically alpa-

l almsa, as, m. akind of demon, AV. spiritual world, Jain. ; (d-lokds), m. pi. not the peo- pr&na is here equivalent to unaspirated, as opposed
to q. v.), Pan. i, i, 9, Sch. ; (mfn.)
mahd-pr&na,
ple, SBr. xiv ; (a-loka), mfn. not having space, find-
Tin, 6, i.
ing no place, SBr. samanya, mfn. not common 'having short breath,' not persevering, soon tired,
""afe* Susr. ; pronounced with
alika, as, m.=alika, the forehead, among ordinary people, MSlatim. slight breathing, Kavyad.
Balar. ; N. of a Prakrit poet, -lekha, f. an im- A-lokanlya, mfn. invisible, imperceptible, L. -bala, mfn. of little strength, feeble. bala-
pression or mark upon the forehead, Kad. A-lokita, mfn. unseen, L. prana, mfn. of little strength and little breath, i.e.
weak and without any power of N.
A-lokya, mf(n)n. unusual, unallowed, SBr. ; Mn. endurance,
e<rai<* aliklava, as, m. a kind of carrion 161. -tS -bahn-tva, n. the being little or much. _b&-
f. loss of the other
ii, (alokyd-),
bird, AV. xi, 2, 2 & 9, 9. SBr. xiv.
world,
dha, mfn. causing little annoyance or inconvenience,
A-locana, mf(J)n. without eyes without win- Yajfi. ii, 156; having little pain or trouble, MBh.
^ ali-garda arid -gardha. See i . ali. ;

dows (to look through), Car. buddhi, mfn. weak-minded, unwise, silly, Mn.
a-ligu, us, m., N. of a man; (gana -laukika, mf(z)n. not current in the world, un- xii, 74. -bhagya, mf(a)n.
'

having little fortune,*

gargadi, q. v.) common, unusual (especially said of words) ;
not re- unfortunate, Bh. ; R. &c. M - bhSsUn, mfn speak- .

lating to this world, supernatural, tva, n. rare ng little, taciturn, -mati, mfn. = -buddhi above,
tlV}^ a-linga, am, n. absence of marks,
occurrence (of a word), Sah. Susr. madhyama, mfn. thin-waisted.
Comm. on Nyayad. matra,
(mfn.) having no marks, Nir. ;
;
n. a a
little,little
merely ; a short time, a few mo-
MundUp. &c. (in Gr.) having no gender. a-lopa, as, m. not dropping (as a
;
nents, L. marlsha, m. Amaranthus Polygamus,
A-lingin, mfn. 'not wearing the usual frontal etter or syllable), Laty.
TPrat. ; dropping of the ; ^. nmrti, mfn. 'small-bodied,' diminutive (as a
marks, skin, staff, &c.,' a pretended ascetic or student, ettero,VPrat. Alopanga, mfn. not defective in f. a small figure or
star), Suryas. ; (is), object,
L.; a single limb, AitBr.
(cf. sa-liitgin.) -mulya, mfn. of small value. medhas, mfn.
t ("<>< alinjara, as, m. a small earthen Pan. v, 4, 1 22, Sch.) of little
understanding, igno-
water-jar, MBh. iii, 13756 (cf. alailjara.) mf(\eA.makd, class. mikd [Mn. iii, 8 but also
ant, silly, KathUp. &c. _m-paca, mfn. = mi- (
; ;
am-paca, q. v.) cooking little, stingy, L. raj or
frtf dliaa, m. N. of a AitBr.], PSn.vii, 3, 45, Comm.)n. hairless.
as, pi., tribe, RV. A-loman, mfn. id., Gaut. A-lomaliarsliaiia, ruja, mfn. 'of little pain,' not painful, Bhpr. -va-
vii, 1 8, 7. yas, mfn. young in age (as a horse), L. vadin,
mfn. not causing erection of the hair of the
body mfn. speaking little, taciturn. - vid, mfn.
^ffw^ alinda, as, m. from joy). knowing
(ife. f. t, gana gait- ittle, ChUp. vldya, mm. ignorant, uneducated,
rftdi, q. v.) a terrace before a house-door, Sak. &c. Mn.
;
'artTpa-fofo,mfn.unagitated,firm,8teady; xi, 36. -vishaya, mm. range of limited or
(at), m.N. of a people, MBh. vi, 371 VP.
pi., - vyahartn,mfh. = -bhashin
a), (also laid, q. v.), N. of a metre (containing apacity, Ragh. 2.
; f. i,
Alindaka,<&r,m. a terrace before a house-door, L. our lines, each of fourteen bove, I-aty. -sakti, mfn. of little strength, weak,
syllables).
flip)*!* alipaka, as, m. (=i. ali Alolu-tva = alolup-tva below, Bhag. eeble. Hit.- sayu (dlpa-), m. a species of trouble-
above) a AV. iv, 36, 9. - sarira, mfn. having a
bee, L. the Indian cuckoo, L. a dog, L. A-lolupa, mfn. = a-lola, MBh. iii, 153 free ;
ome insect,
mall body, R. v, 35, 31 _ sag, ind. in a low
;
;
rom desire, Ap. (as), m., N. of a son of Dhrita- .
Alimaka, as, m. a bee, L. ; the Indian cuckoo, ;
degree,
ashtra, MBh. 1,2738. tva [SvetUp.] or alolup- little, I, 38) seldom, now and then
SBr.; (Pan. ii,
L.; a frog, L.; the plant Bassia L. the Latifolia,
filaments of the lotus, L.
;
ra [Bhag. xvi, 2, v.l.], n. freedom from any desire. opposed toprdya-sas), Mn. xii, 20 21 ; (alpa- &
Alimpaka or alimbaka, as, m. = alimaka. A-lolupyamana, mfn. not greedy, Gaut. ah)-paiikti, f., N. of a metre. sesha, mfn. 'at
fhich little is left,' nearly finished, R. Kad. - sat-
"Sraisf aloha, mfn. not made of iron, MBh. ;

T a-lipsd, f. freedom from desire. tva, mfn. having little strength or courage, Kathas.
5755 ; (<") m N
-> - of a man, (gana I. na4adi,
i
dlika, mf(a, Naish.)n. unpleasing,
samnicaya, mfn. having only small provisions,
oor, R. i, 6, 7. sambhara, mfn. id., superl.
disagreeable (as a serpent), AV. v, 13, 5 ; untrue, a-hhitd [TS.] or a-Uhita
[SBr. tama, very poor, Gobh. -saras, n. a small pond
false, pretended, MBh. &c. ; L.
little, ; (am), n. any- mfn. bloodless n. one which is shallow or dry in the hot
thing displeasing, AsvSr.; R. ii, 52, 25; falsehood,
iv], ; (am), Nymphsa Rubra, L. L. season),
Sara, mfn. of little value, Mn. xi, 164 m.
untruth, Mn. xi, 55, &c. ; the forehead (cf. alika) ; a oSif^i G-laukika. (as),
;
See a-loka. i valuable object,' a jewel, trinket,
little
heaven, L. ta, f. falsehood, vanity. Jain.
matsya, 'W^T alga, m. du. the groin, VS. xxv, 6. snayn, mfn. having few sinews. sva, mfn.
m. a kind of dish au,
tasting like fish ('mock-fish,' made little
of the flour of a sort of bean fried with Sesamum WCM aving property, GopBr. ; Vait. Alpakan-
dlpa, mf(a)n. (m. pi. e or as, Pan. i, shin, mfn. desiring little, satisfied with little.
oil), Bhpr. snpta or -snptaka, ii. pretended >33) small, minute, trifling, little, AV. &c. ; (am), Mpajya, mfn. with little
ghee, SBr. Alpafiji.mfn.
sleep, Kathas. nd. (opposed to bahu) little, Mn. ii, 149 & x, 60; overed with minute spots, VS. xxiv, 4. Alpatyaya,
96 alpdmbu-tirtha. ava-kram.
mfn. causing Alpambn-tirtha,
little pain, Susr. q.v.), id., VS.; TS.; SBr. &c. Avakada, mfn. eat- Ava-karttrl. See carm&vak".
n., N.of a Tlrtha, SkandaP.
Alpayus, mfn. short- ing the above plant, AV. iv, 37, 8-IO. Avakfilba, Ava-kritta, mfn. cut off, KatySr.; SuSr.
lived, Mn. iv, 157; 'of few years,' a goat, L. Alpa- mf(a)n. covered or surrounded with Avaka plants, ava-i/kris, Caus. (3. pi. -karsd-
rambha, m. a gradual beginning ; (mfh.) having AV. viii, 7, 9. wqji^
with Avaka plants, Comm. yanti) to emaciate, make lean or mean-looking,
little moderate zeal in worldly affairs, Jain.
or Avakin, mfn. filled
RV. vi, 24, 7.
Alpalpa, mfn. very little, Mn. vii, 1 29 ; Megh. on KltySr.
Alpasthi, n. 'having a little kernel,' the fruit of 1f l ava- \/kfish, -karshati (ind. p. -kri-
va-kata, mfn. (formed like ut-ka(a,
Grewia Asiatica, L. Alpahara, mfn. taking little shya ; once [MBh. xiii, 5007] Pass. Opt. -krish-
pra-kata, vi-kata, sam-kata), Pan. v, 2, 30.
food, moderate, abstinent, Buddh.; Jain. AlpahS- yeta in the sense of P. or A.) to draw off or away,
Ava-katika, f. dissimulation, L.
rin, mfn. L. AlpS-v'l kri. to make small, L.
id., take off (as a garment or wreath, &c.), MBh. &c. ;

Alpi-\/bhB, (p. -bhavaf) to become smaller, Ka- apo-tara. See ara- \/i . Arrt . to turn off, remove, KstySr. to drag down (see ava- ;

thas. Alpeccba, mfn. having little or moderate H ava-karnaya, Nom. P. not krishta below) to entice, allure, Kad. ;
yati,
wishes, Jain. Alpecchu, mfh. id. Alpetara, to listen or attend to, Kid. Ava-karahana, am, n. taking off, &c., L.
'
mfn. other than small,' large ; (alpttard)-tva, n. Ava-krlshta, mfn. dragged down, being under-
largeness, Ragh.v, 22. Alpiiakhyft,
mfn. 'named ava-karta, &c. See ava-\/i. krit. neath anything (in comp.), Susr. removed,' being ;
'

after an insignificant chief or master,' of low origin, at some distance, KatySr. ; (also compar. avakri-
ava-kalita, mfn .
( \/2.kal), seen,
Buddh. Alpdna, mfn. slightly defective, not quite shla-tara, mfn. farther off from' [abl.], Comm. on
'

observed, L.
complete or not finished. Alpopaya, m. small APrat.) ; inferior, low, outcast, Mn. vii, 126 viii, &
means. wi*<?l ava-kalkana, am, n. mingling, 177; Yajh. iii, 262, &C.
Alpaka, mf(io)n. small, minute, trifling, Mn.
&c.
mixing together, L. w^* ana-^l .
Art, -kirati (impf. avdkirat;
; (dm), ind. little, Naigh. SBr. ;
; (at), abl. ind.
m. the ava-kalpita. See ava-i/klrip. -kirya) to pour out or down, spread, scatter,
ind. p.
shortly after, SBr. ; (as), plants Hedysarum
Alhagi and Premna Herbacea, L. ava-\/kanksh,to desire, long for, AsyGr. &c. ; (Pot. -klret) to spill one's semen virile,
Alpaya, Nom. P. yati, to lessen, reduce, dimi- TAr. (cf. dva-kirna and rnin below) to shake ;

Car.; p. neg. an-avakdnkshantdna, not wishing im- throw leave, TBr. MBh.; to bestrew, pour
nish, Balar. ; Naish. xxii, 54 ; perf. Pass. p. alpita,
off, off, ;

mm. lessened in value or influence, Naish. i, 15. patiently (said of ascetics who, having renounced all
upon, cover with, fill, MBh. &c. Pass, -kiryatc :

food, expect death without impatience), Jain. (perf. -cakrc, MBh. iii, 1 2306 according to Pan.
Alpishtha, mfn. least, smallest, Pan. v, 3, 64. ;

klrti, mfn. of very little reputation, L. W^ * I

?^
ava- v/ios, -kasate, to be visible, iii, I, 87, Comm. also A. -kirate, aor. avaktrshta")
to extend in different directions, disperse, pass away,
Alpiyas, mfh. v, 3,64 ; cf.alpa-tara above)
(Pan
.
be manifest, SBr.: Caus. P. -kdiayati (rat. p. -kdsa-
MBh. &c. A. (aor. 3. pi. avdkirshata) to fall off,
:
smaller, less, KatySr. Mn.&c.; very small. Alpi-
;
yishyat) to cause to look at, SBr.; KatySr.: Intens. become faithless, PBr.; ava-^s-kri.")
yah-khS, f.
having a very small vulva, Susr. p. -cakasat, shining, AV. xiii, 4, I
; seeing, RV. ;
(cf.

AV. xiii, 2, 1 2 (& vi, 80, 1). Ava-kara, as, m. dust or sweepings, Gaut. &c.
THI alia, f. (voc. alia), a mother, Pan. vii, kuta m. heap of sweepings, Kid.
Ava-kasa, as, m. (ifc. f. d)
,

place, space ; room,

3, 107, Sen. Ava-kirana, am, n. sweepings, Car.
occasion, opportunity, (avakdsdm i/l.kri or da,
1

o, cl. i . P. apart (Imper. 2. sg. OPO- to make room, give way, admit, SBr. &c.; avakd-
Ava-kirna, mfn. who has spilt his semen virile,
i. e. violated his vow of
2. iam *Jlabh or dp, to get a footing, obtain a favour- chastity, TAr.; poured upon,
tdt, RV.viii, 2, $;p.dvat; impf.avat, covered with, filled, MBh. i, 7840, &c. (cf. sapta-
sg. i . avah [for 2. avah see ava, Vvri] ; perf. 3. sg. able opportunity, SSk. &c. ; to find scope, happen,
;

take place ; avakdsam \/rudA, not to give way, dvdr&vaktrna.) jata-bhara, mfn. whose tresses
2.p\.dvd, RV.viii, 7, 18; i.sg.avitAa; loi.dvit,
of hair are scattered or have become loose, DaS.
1. sg. avis, avis, and avishas, Imper. avishtu, 2. hinder, Megh.) Susr. (lena,
Ava-kirnin, mfn. ( = dva-iirna) who has vio-
; interval, aperture,
sg. avi(fdh{ [once, RV. ii, 1 7, 8] or avitjdhi [six instr. ind. intermediate time, SBr. ;
between, PBr.) ;
lated his vow of chastity, AsvSr. &c.
times in du. avishtam, 3. du. avishtam, 'a glance cast on anything,' N. of certain verses,
RV.J, 2.
2. pi. avishtand, RV. vii, 1 8, 25 Prec. 3. during the recitation of which the eyes must be fixed
sg. avyds; ;
^T^^^aca- \/klrip,-kalpate, to correspond
Inf. dvitave, RV. vii, 33, I ; Ved. ind. p. avyd, RV. on particular objects (which therefore are called ava- to, answer, be right, TS. &c. ; to be fit for, serve
i, 1 66,
1 3) to drive, impel, animate (as a car or horse), kdsya, q. v.), SBr.; KatySr. da, mfn. giving op- to (dat.), BhP.; Sarvad. Caus. -kalpayali, to put :

RV.; Ved. to promote,favour; (chiefly Ved.) to satisfy, portunity, granting the use of (in comp.), Mn. ix, in order, prepare, make ready, SBr. &c. to em- ;

refresh ;
to offer (as a hymn to the gods), RV. iv, 271 & 278; Yajn. ii, 276. vat (avakdsd-), mm. ploy becomingly, SBr. ; to consider as possible, Pan.
44, 6 ;
to lead or bring to (dat. utdye, vaja-sdtaye, :
spacious, SBr. iii, 3, 147, Sch. Desid. of Caus. (impf. 3. pi. avd-
:

'
kshatraya, svastdye), RV.; (said of the gods) to be Ava-kasya, mm. to be looked at,' admitted in cikalpayishan} to wish to prepare or to make ready,
pleased with, like, accept favourably (as sacrifices, the recitation of the Avakasa verses, KatySr. AitBr.
prayers or hymns), RV.; (chiefly said of kings or vi^Ccm,*!! ava-kirana. See ava-\/i. kri. Ava-kalpita, mm. (gana sreny-adi, q. v.)
princes) to guard, defend, protect, govern, BhP. ; Ava-klripta, mm. corresponding with, right,
A'va-kirna, &c. See ib.
Ragh. ix, I ; VarBrS. &c. Caus. (only impf. dva- :
fit, SBr.; (An-, neg.), TS.; SBr.
yat, 2. sg. dvayas) to consume, devour, RV. ; AV.; ^^5t~\&mava-kilaka, s,m.a peg or plug, Ava-klripti, is, f. considering as possible, Pan.
VS.; SBr. [cf. Gk. du ; Lat. aveof]. MBh. xiv, 1236. i", 3, '45 (""-, ne gO
I Ava, as, m. favour, RV. i, 1 28, 5 ; (cf. niravd.)
.
' aa rl
A taram (dvat-),
c
l
l

3 ava-kuScana, am, n. curving, UtJ4i9T ava-kesd, mfn. having the hair

vat, mfh. pr. p., see */av.
ind. (compar.) 'more favourably' or 'with greater
flexure, contraction, Susr. hanging down, AV. vi, 30, 3.
break Ava-kesin, mfn. 'having its filament; (feju
pleasure,' v. 1. of TS. instead of dva-tara in VS. 'ei<i$<^ ava-\/kut (ind. p. -kutya)
to
kesara, q. v.) turned downwards (so that they re-
xvii, 6. or cut into pieces, SuSr.
main uncopulated),' unfruitful, barren (as a plant), L.
Avana, am, n. favour, preservation, protection,
Nir. ;
BhP.&c. (cf.an-avana) ; ; (
= tarpana) satis- *m$'2H. ava-kutdra, mfn. (cf. ava-kata), ^qctitfoCS ava-kokila, mfn. (=avakrush-
Pan.
L. (for the explan. of
joy, pleasure, L. v, 2, 30.
faction, ; ;
tal} kokilayd) called down to by the ko'il (singing
a. {vd) desire, wish, Nir. ; speed, L. ; I. (i), {. the Ava-kutarika, f. ava-katikd, q.v., L. in a tree above?), Pin. ii, 2, 18, Comm.
plant Ficus Heterophylla, L. ; N. of a river, Hariv. ;
i.avanixe avani.) avdkolba. See dvaka.
(for thana, q.v.) investing, surrounding, covering, Hear.
^ra ava, ind. (as a prefix to verbs and
2. Ava-knntliita, mfn. invested, surrounded, L. a-vaktavya, mfn. not to be said,
verbal nouns expresses) off, away, down, RV. &c. ; indescribable, NrisUp. &c.
wqcjW ava-\/kuts, to blame, revile. L.
(exceptionally as a preposition with abl.) down from, A-vaktri, mm. who does not speak, MaitrUp.
Ava-kntsita, am, n. blame, censure, Nir. i, 4.
AV. vii, 55, i ; (for another use of this preposition, 1
A-vaktra, mf(<i) n. having no mouth (as a vessel),
see ava-kokila.) -taram, ind. (compar.) farther ^T^ ^ ava- i/kvsh, to rub downwards, L. Susr.

away, RV. i, 129,6. 'Ml to make a a-vakra, mfn. not crooked, straight,
<QH^ava-\/kuj (Opt. -kujet) ^SfJfTH
W^ 3- ava (only gen. du. av6r with pom, sound, utter (with na, neg. not to make any allusion AlvSr. &c. ; upright, honest.
'
of you both,' corresponding to sd tvam, thou,"
'
to, be MBh. xii, 4037. vm ^r^ava-krakshin, mfn. (cf. krdksha-
silent),
&c.), this, RV. vi, 67, n; vii, 67, 4 (vdfoivdm) &
ava-i/kiil, to singe, burn, Susr. mdnd) rushing down, RV. viii, I, 2.
*> '3 J > 5 [Zd- pron. ava ; Slav, ; cf. also the mo
syllable ov in au-riis, aZ, al9i, &c.; Lat. au-t, au- VSHtkn; ava- \/krand (Imper. -krandatv, 2.

tem, &c.] ava) to direct downwards (as the face), BhP. sg.
-kranda ; aor. -cakradat, 2. sg. -cakradas) to

f dva-riti for dva-rti, q. v.,VS. xxx, Ava-krita, mfn. directed downwards (as a root), cry out, roar, RV.
Caus. (aor. -acikradat) to rush:

KathJs. down upon (ace.) with a loud cry, RV. ix, 75, 3.
Ava-kriya, f. non-performance of prescribed Ava-kranda, as, m. roaring, neighing, VS. xxii,
a-vansa, as, m. a low or despised acts, L. 7 &
xxv, J.
(am), n. that which has no pillars or sup-
'
family ; /
'2. krit (ind. p. -kritya) to cut Ava-krandana, am, n. crying, weeping aloud, L.
RV.
port,' the ether, 15, 2 ; iv, 56, 3
ii, vii, 78, i. & 'H(ejr^apa-v
ava-Vkram (Opt. -kramet) to
off, SBr.; KstySr.; (f.-krintat) to destroy, MBh. step
A-vaniya, mfn. not belonging to the family,
6810 Caus. (Opt. -kartayet) to cause to cut
i, :
off, down upon (ace.), TAr.; (aor. 3. pi. -kramuh [cf.
Pat
Mn. viii, 281. Pan. vi, I, 1 1
6] ; pr. p. -kramat) to tread down,
7 &
vmitdvaka, as, m. a grassy plant growing Ava-karta, as, m. a part cut off, strip, N. overcome, RV. vi, 75, vii, 32, 27 ; ; VS. ;
AV.
in marshy land (Blyxa Octandra Rich., otherwise Ava-kartana, am, n. cutting off, N. SBr.; to descend (into a womb), Buddh.; Jain.:
called Saivila), MaitrS.; (d), f.
(gana kshipakadi, Ava-kartin. See carmavak . Caus. (p. -kramayaf) to cause to go down, KatySr.
 ava-kramana. ava-ghushta. 97
Ava-kramana, am, n. descending (into a womb), ava-ganda, as, m. (=yuva-ganda, Ava-g-nnthita, mfn. covered, concealed, veiled,
conception, Buddh. ; Jain. q. v.) a boil or pimple upon the face, L. screened, MBh. ; Mn. iv, 49, &c. -mukha, mfn.
Ava-kranti, is, f. id., ib. having the face veiled.
Ava-kramin, mfn. running away, AV. v, 14, IO. ava-gatha. Seeava-/i.gd.
i<vjl<!Sff ava-gundita, mfn. pounded,
ava-kriyd. See ava-\/i- kri. ava-gadita, mfn. unsaid, L. ground, pulverulent, L.
ava-^krl, only A. -krinlte (Pan. i, w_i TV avagadha, as, m. pi., N. of a people,
*ci3'^ava-</gur (Poi.-guret, Mn. iv,i69;
3, 18; but also P. Pot. -kriniydt, BrArUp. \apa- AitAr.
ind. p. -kriya, SankhSr. ) to
impf. avdgurat, BhP. ; ind.p.-gurya, Mn.iv, 165 ;
'krlniydt, SBr. xiv] ;
206 &
ava-Vgam, -gacchati (Subj. -gdc- xi, 208) to assail any one (loc. or dat.) with
purchase for one's self, hire, bribe. chdt ; ind. p. -gdtya, RV. vi, 75, 5; Ved. Inf. dva-
threats.
Ava-kraya, as, in. letting out to hire, Yajn. ii,

Pan. gantos, TS.) to go down, descend to (ace. or loc.), Ava-gurana, am, n. rustling, roaring, Uttarar.
338; rent, revenue, iv, 4, 50.
RV. ; AV. ; (with ace.) to come to, visit, approach, Ava-gurna, mfn. assailed with threats, Pan. viii,
ava-Vkrld, A. to play (?), L. RV. AV.; SBr. to reach, obtain, TS. AitBr. to
; ; ; ;
2, 77, Sch.
down to,' get power or influence, TS. to go near, undertake, Ava-gorana, am, n. menacing, Gaut. &c.
ava-krushta, mfn.' called ;

MBh. v, 740 to hit upon, think of, conceive, learn,

; Ava-gorya, mfn. to be menaced, Pat.
see ava-hokila.
m. a discordant an im- know, understand, anticipate, assure one's self, be
Ava-krosa, as, noise, L. ;
WTJ^ ava-Vguh, -githati [AV.xx, 133,4;
convinced; to recognize, consider, believe any one
precation, L.; abuse, L. SBr.], te [KatySr. &c.], to cover, hide, conceal, put
(ace.) to be (ace.), MBh. iii, 2483, &c.: Caus. P. (3.
W^r^MJh avaklinna-pakva, mfn. trick- pi. -gamayanti ; Imper. 2. sg. -gamaya) to bring
into or inside ; to embrace, VarBrS.; Pancat.

of being over-ripe, (gana rdjadantadi, AV. iii, 3, 6 ; TS. ; to cause to know, Ava- g-uhana,<JOT,n. hiding, concealing, KatySr.;
ling because near, procure,
q.v.) teach, Malav. &c. embracing.
Ava-kleda, as, m. or -kledana, am, n. trick- Ava-gata, mfn. conceived, known, learnt, under- w=*^t ava-Vgn, only A. (Pan. i, 3, 51 [p.
ling,
descent of moisture, L. ;
fetid discharge, L. stood, comprehended ;
assented to, promised, L.
Ava-gati,
-giramdna, Bhatt.; avdgtrshla, Pan. iii, 1, 87,
aor.
m. a discordant or is, f. conceiving, guessing, anticipat-
^HJjrill ava-kvana, as, Sch.], but P. Subj -garat, AV. xvi, 7, 4) to swallow
.

ing, Sah. down

false note, L.
to be knovfn or under-
: Intens. (Subj. 2. sg. -jalgulas), id., RV. i,
Ava-g-antavya, mfn.
m. imperfect di- 28, i.
^mjiT'J ava-kvatha, as, stood intended to be understood, meant.
;
Ava-girna, mfn. swallowed down, Pat.
gestion or decoction, L. A'va-gantos. See s. v. ava- ^/gam.
Ava-gama, as, m. understanding, comprehen- ava-'/gai. See ava-gita.
W^Hj^ ana-i/kshar, Caus. (ind. p. -ksha- sion, intelligence, Bhag. ix, 2, &c.
rayitva) to cause to flow down upon (ace.), AsvGr. Ava-gamaka, mm. making known, ava-y/grah, -grihnati (Pot. -grih-
conveying
vi<ivj\nnava-kshalana, am, u.( \/2. kshal), a sense, expressive of. niyaf) to let loose, let go, Laty. ; to keep back from
washing by immersion or dipping in. Ava-gamana, am, n. the making known, pro- (abl.), impede, stop, PBr. ; Car. ; KSd. ; to divide,
clamation, L. Susr.; (in Gr.) to separate (as words or parts of a
^r^fiSfaDa- </4.kshi(Pot. -kshinuyat) to re-
Ava-gamayitri, mfn. (fr. Caus.) one who pro- word), SankhSr. &c. (cf. ava-grdham below) ; to
move, Laty.; Kaus.: Pass, -kshlyate, to waste away, L.
cures, TS. perceive (with one's senses), distinguish, Bhp.; Susr.:
Ava-kshaya, as, destruction, waste, loss, m. L.
Ava- gamin, mfn. ifc. conceiving, understanding, Caus. (ind. p. -grdhya) to separate (into pieces).
Ava-kshayana. See ahgar&vakshdyana. BhP.
mfn.
1 .
Ava-griiya, mfn. (in Gr.) separable, Prat. &c.
Ava-kshlna, wasted, emaciated, L.
Ava-gamya, mfn. intelligible. 2. Ava-grihya, ind. p. having separated, laying
hold with the feet (pdddbhydm), Susr. ; forcibly, by
^r^nfiflf ava-yarhita, mfn. despised, R. ii,
fdt, RV. iv, 2 7, 3 ; p. -kshipdt, mfn., RV. x,
68, 4) force, Sis. v, 49.
to throw down, cause to fly down or away, hurl, V. R 21, 19 (v. 1.
garhita). Ava-graha, as, m. separation of the component
&c.; to MBh, for ava) parts of a compound, or of the stem and certain suf-
1337 apa w<'irt^ ava-Vgal (impf. avdgalat) to
revile, 1.
ii, (v. ; fall
to grant, yield, MBh. xiii, 3030 : Caus. (aor. Subj. fixes and terminations
(occurring in the Pada-text of
down, slip down, Sis. viii, 34 Rajat. ;
the Vedas), Prat. &c. ; the mark or the interval of
3. pi. -cikshipan) to cause to fall down, AV. xviii,
12 & 13. Ava-galita, mfn. fallen down, BhP. such a separation, Prat. ; the syllable or letter after
4,
-
Ava-kshipta, mfn. thrown down ;
said sarcasti- -Jgalbh, -galbhate or -galbha- which the separation occurs, VPrat.; Pan. viii, 4, 26;
cally, imputed, insinuated, L. ; blamed, reviled, L. yate, to be brave, valiant, Pan. iii, i, 1 1, Kas. the chief member of a word so separated, Prat. ; ob-
Ava-kshepa, as, m. blaming, reviling, scolding, stacle, impediment, restraint, PBr. &c.; (
= varsha-
w^'ii ava-*/i.ga (aor. Subj. -gat) to pass
Pan. vi, 3, 73, Comm. pratibandha, Pan. 51) drought, Ragh. ; Ka-
iii, 3,
away, be wanting, AV. xii, 3, 46 (aor. 2. sg. -gas, ;
Ava^kshepana, am, n. throwing down, over- thas.; nature, original temperament, L. ; 'perception
3. sg. avdgdt) to go to, join with (instr.), RV. i, with the senses," a form of knowledge, Jain. ; an
coming, Pan. i, 3, 3 2, &c. ; reviling, blame, despis-
ing, Pan. v, 3, 95 &
vi, 3, 195 ; (f), f. bridle, L.
i74,4;(>cc.)KatySr. imprecation or term of abuse, L.; an elephant's fore-
Ava-gatha, mfn. bathed early in the morning,
head, L. a herd of elephants, L. ; an iron hook with
ava-kshvta, mfn. sneezed upon,
;
^f^TSTrT Un. which elephants are driven, L. Avagrahantara,
Mn. 213 & v, 125 MBh. xiii, 4367.
n.( = ava-graha) the interval of the separation called
iv, ;
wq'llJ avagana, as, m. pi., N. of a people
H<IK{^ ava-T/kshud (ind. p. -kshudya) to (the modern Afghans), VarBrS. Avagraha, RPrft.
stamp or pound or rub to pieces, SuSr. Ava-grahana, am, n. the act of impeding or
'*m'i\^ava-\/gah, -gdhate(md.p.-gahya, restraining, L. ; disrespect, L. ; (), f.
=grihd'va-
i1Bj ava-\/kshai, only p. p. Kum. i, &c. pr. p. P. -gdhat, R. Ved. Inf. -gdhe,
i, ; ;
grahanT, q. v., L.
Ava-kshana, mfn. burnt down, MaitrS. ; TS. Psn. iii, 4, 14, Kas.)
to plunge into, bathe in (loc.) ;
Ava-graha, as, m. obstacle, impediment (used
A'va-kshama, mm. (cf. Pan. viii, 2, 53) meagre, to go deep into, be absorbed in (loc. or ace.) in imprecations), Pan. iii, 3, 45 ; (Pan. iii, 3, 51 ;
lean, AV. vi, 37, 3. Ava-gadha, mfn. immersed, bathed, plunged cf. also ava-graha)
drought, Rajat.; (v. 1. for ava-
Ava-kshayam, ind. so as to give a blow, ApSr. into (ace. [R.; Sak.]; loc. [Ap.; MBh. i, 5300];
gdha, q. v.) a bucket, L.; (am), ind. so as to sepa-
<!$<.;} ava-Vkshnu (i. sg. -kshnaumi)
to rarely gen. [R. iv, 43, 32] ; often in comp. [Sak. ; rate (the words), AitBr., (cf.paddvagrdham); the
nib RV. Mricch.]) ; that in which one bathes, MBh. iii, forehead of an elephant, L.
off, efface, x, 23, 2.
8236; deepened, low, Sak.; Sus>. ; curdling (as
vttm^ava-\/ khand,-khandayati,to break blood), Susr.; having disappeared, vanished, MBh. ava-ghatarikd, f., N. of a
into pieces, BhP. ;Kad.;toannihilate, destroy, Comm. iv, 2238. vat, mfn. bathing, plunging, diving. musical instrument, SankhSr.; (cf. ghd(arT.)
on BrArUp. Ava-fraha, as, m. plunging, bathing; a bucket, L.
ava-\/nhatt, Caus. (p. -ghattayat)
Ava-khandana, am, n. breaking into pieces, Ava-gahana, am, n. immersion, bathing. WIMJ^
to push away, push open, R. v, 15, 10 (Gotresio)
Kad.; destroying, Comm. on BrArUp. Ava-gahita, mfn. that in which one bathes (as ;

to push together, rub, Susr. ; to stir up, Car. ; SuSr.

wiwiq ava-khddd, as, m. a devourer, de-
'

a river), MBh. iii, 8230 & xiii, 1821.

Ava-ghatta, as, m. a cave, cavern, L.
stroyer'[Gmn.], or mm. 'devouring, destroying* ^reifrrT ava-gita, m{n.(*/gai), sung depre- Ava-griattana, am, n. pushing together, rub-
[NBD.], RV. i, 41, 4. coming into contact with each other,
ciatingly sung of frequently, well known, trite,
; bing, Susr.;
WUPMI ava-\/khya (Imper. 2. pi. -khydta; Rajat. censured, blamable, despicable, vile, Hariv. ;
;
MBh. iv, 354.
impf. av&khyaf) to look down, RV. viii, 47, 1 1 ;
Kir. ii, 7 ; (am"), n. satire in song, blame, censure, L. Ava-ghattita, mfn. rubbed or pushed together,

& x, Hariv. 4720.

(with ace.) to see, perceive, RV. i, 161, 4 27, mfn. deficient in good
^iqJJ<Li ava-guna,
3 TS. Caus. -khydpayati, to cause to look SBr. See aca-\/han.
ava-ghata, &c.
:
; at,
qualities (see ava-gana).
'S t
ll*uaca- \/yan (ind. p -ganayya) to dis- .

""''J*!^ ava-Vgunth, -gunthayati (ind. p. ava-\/ghush (Pass. impf. -ghush-

regard, disrespect, Pancat.
Ava-ganana, am, -gunthya) to cover with, conceal, SankhGr. &c. yata) to proclaim aloud, Hariv. 3522.
n. disregard, contempt, L.
Ava-ganita, mfn. disregarded, Pancat. ;
Ava-gnmthana, am, n. hiding, veiling, Mricch.; Avo-ghuiMta, mfn. approved of, Pan. vii, 2, 2 3,
despised, '
Kas.
K5d. ; (oftenkritdvagunlhana, enveloped in ') ;
a veil, Sah. &c. ; a peculiar intertwining of the Ava-ghnshta, mfn. 'proclaimed aloud,' offered
ava-gana, mfn. separated from fingers in certain religious ceremonies, L.; sweeping, publicly (as food),MBh. xiii, 1576; (cf. ghush-
one's companions, isolated, MBh. iii, 4057 ; (v. 1. L. vat, mfn. covered with a veil, Malav.; Sak. tdnna and satnghushtd)', sent for, summoned, MBh.
ava-guna, MBh. xiii, 5207.) Ava-gunthika, f. a veil, L. '> 53 2I J
addressed aloud (to attract attention),
H
98 ava-trinna.
ava-yhosha.
Hariv. filled with cries or noise, MBh. of a cow's tail, peacock's feathers, &c., for warding round, SV. ; VS. &c.; a hole in a tooth, VarBrS.;
4696; xiii,
off flics), L. any depressed part of the body, a sinus, Yijfi. iii, 98 ;
(** a juggler, L. ; N. of a man, (gana gargadi, q. v.)
Ava-ghosha, as, m. SecjayStvagAos/ta. ava-curi, is, or -curika, f. a gloss,
Ava-ghoshana, am, n. proclaiming, L. kacohapa, m. a tortoise in a hole (said of an in-
short commentary. man who has seen nothing of the world),
experienced
ava-i/ghurn (p. -ghurnamana) to -
</curn,-curnayati (ind.p.-cttr- [gana pdtrcsamitadi, q. v.) virodhana, m. a
move and be agitated, Das. particular hell, BhP. Ava^oda, N. of a river,
nya] to sprinkle or cover with meal,
to f.,
fro, dust, &c.,
Ava-gh5rma, mfn. shaking, agitated, BhP. Hariv. ;
Susr. ; (cf. Pan. iii, 25, Sch.)
I,
hP.
Ava-ghurnita, mfn. id., MBh. ix, 3239. Ava-curnana, am, n. sprinkling with, Susr. Avatl, is, m. ground, L.
a hole in the

Ava-cnrnita, mfn. sprinkled with powder, &c.,

Avatu, us, m. f. the back or nape of the neck,
VT^ 1*
p. -ghrishya; 3.
ava-s/ghnsh (ind.
for Pass. shyante) to rub off, rub
MBh. &c.; (with flpwers) MBh. ii, 813.
Susr. ; a hole in the ground, L. ; a well, L. ; N. of a

pi. -ghrishyanti tree, L. ; (), n. a hole, rent, L. Ja, m. a hind

to pieces, Susr.; Pancat.: Caus. (p. -gharshayat) to ava-cula. See ava-cuda { col. I.
curl, the hair on the back of the head.
rub or scratch off, Susr. ; to rub with, ib. /
Avatya, mm. being in a hole, VS. xvi, 38.
pa-V cn< (Pot. -criit-)tolet loose, m.
Ava-ffhariliana, am, n. rubbing off, scrubbing, Avata, as, a well, cistern, RV.; (cf. avatkd.)
60. TS.
Susr. YJjn.
^J^7^[ avatanka, as, m., N. of a Prakrit
; iii,

ava-cchad (\/chad), -cchadayati

^HVlfcll ava-ghotita, mfn. (-Sghut), (said
flAjj
poet.
'
cushioned (?),' MBh. (ind. p.-cchddyd) to cover over, overspread, KatySr.
of a palanquin) 'covered' or ava-tUa, mf(o)n. flat-nosed, Pan.
&c.; to cover, conceal, Ksd.; Kathis.; to obscure,
iii, IJI55- BhP.
leave in darkness, 31 ! (<""), n. the condition of having a flat

^^Wlava-i/ghra (Imper. -jiyhrata; 2. pi. Ava-cchada, as, m. a cover, R. iii, 56, 48. nose, ib., Sch. ; (cf. ava-ndta ava-bhrata.} &
Mn. iii, 218] or -ghrdydl[A.iv- Ava-cchanna, mm. covered over, overspread, m. a
fat.-Jig-/iret\TS. ;

filled (as with

avadanga or avadranga, as,
to smell at, VS. &c. ; to touch covered with (instr.),BhP.; Kad.&c.;
Sr.] ; ind. p. -ghraya)
market, mart, L.
with the mouth, kiss, PirGr. &c. Caus. -ghrdpa- :
anger), MBh. xii, 5835.
smell at, TS. SBr. ; TBr. ava-dlna, am, n. (v/cK), the flight
yati, to cause to ;
ava-cchid (-/chid), to refuse any
Ava-ghra, mfn. 'kissing,' being in immediate of a bird, flying downwards, MBh. viii, 1899 &
one, Ksd.: Pass, dva-cchidyate, to be separated from
contact with, ApSr.; (as), m. (= ava-ghmna) 1901.
(abl.), TS.
smelling at, ib. avatd. See above, s. v. avatd.
Ava-cchinna, mfn. separated, detached, Lity.
Ava-ghrana, am, n. smelling at, KStySr.; smell- from every-
&c. (in logic) predicated (i.e. separated m. n. (ifc.
ing, BhP. ;
ava-tausa, as, am, f. a),
thing else by the properties predicated),distinguished,
Ava-ghrSta, mfn. kissed, R. ii, 2O, 21. Sarvad.&c. ,
a garland, ring-shaped ornament, ear-orna-
particularised, R. &c. Avatajsl- Vi kri,
Ava-ghrSpana, am, n. causing to smell at,
Ava-ccheda, m. anything cut off (as from ment, ear-ring, crest,
as,
ApSr. to employ Kad. as a garland,
clothes), AsvSr. part, portion (as of a recitation),
Ava-tansaka, as, am, m. n. (ifc. f. a), id., R.
;
Ava-ghrayam, ind. so as to smell at, KatySr.
to be smelt TBr. ib.; separation, discrimination; (in logic) distinction,
Ava-glir4ya, mfn. at, &c.; N. of a Buddhist text.
particularising, determining ; a predicate (the pro-
'

lower,' in uccdvaca, q. v.
Ava-tansana, am, n. a garland, L.; pushing
avuni, perty of a thing by which it is distinguished from
on a carriage, Car.
Avaochedavacolied*, m. re-
a-i/caksh, A. -cdshte (impf. -ca- everything else).
L. Ava-taniita, mfn. having a garland, L. ; (cf.
moving distinctions, generalising,
suldvat
kshata ; aor. I. sg. -acacaksham, 2. sg. -cakshi ; .)
Ava-cchedaka, mfn. distinguishing, particular-
Ved. Inf. -c&ksht) to look down upon, RV. ; to per- (as), m.
'
that which distin- '*HrlHJ<U ava-takshana, am, n. (-/taksh),
'
to be seen ising, determining ;
RV. iv, 58,
ceive, 5 (Inf. in Pass, sense :
L. Kaus.
guishes,' a predicate, characteristic, property, anything cut in pieces (as chopped straw),
by')& v, 30, a. Ava-cchedana, n. cutting off, L.; dividing, L.;
Ava-cakshanam ind. (gana gotradi, q. v.) ^nir5 ava- i/tad, Caus .
-
today ati, to strike
discriminating, distinguishing, L.
,

m. ?), N. of a Ava-cohedya, mfn. to be separated. downwards, Nir. 1 1 .

^44(^3; avacatnuka (as,

iii,

^C^J^ava-Vtan, -tanoti (ind. p. -tatya)

country, AitBr. '^H'ajftjf ava-cchurita
or taka, am, n. a
to stretch orextenddown wards, Kaus. to overspread,
V4 ^ H a-vaeana, am, n . absence of a special horse-laugh, L.
cover, VarBrS.; (Imper. 2. sg. f.-tanu [AV. vii, 90,
;

assertion, KatySr. &c.; (mfn.)

not expressing any- ^TTSaft ava-ccho (v/cAo), (ind. p. -cchaya) in RV. cf. Pin. vi, 4,
3] or -tanuhi [four times ;
Sak. kara,
thing, Jaim. ; not speaking, silent, to cut off; to skin, SBr. 106, Comm.], A. -tanushva, RV. ii, 33, 14) to
mfn. not doing what one is bid or advised. Ava-cchata, mm. skinned, L.
; reaped, KatySr. ;
loosen, undo (especially a bowstring),RV.; AV.; SBr.
A-vacanlya, mm. not to be spoken, improper, emaciated (as by abstinence), Gaut. A'va-tata, mfn. extended downwards, AV.
Mn. viii, 269. -,
f. or -tv*, n. impropriety of
Ava-cchlta, mfn. skinned, L. ; reaped, SBr. 3 ;
Hariv. ; overspread, canopied, covered,
ii,

MBh. &c.
7,

speech.
ITrfSf ava-\/ji (impf. avdjayat ; ind. p.
dhanvan (avatata-), nifn. whose bow is unbent,
A-vacai-kara, mfn. silent, not speaking.
VS. 61.
of by conquest), win, iii,
-jitya) to spoil (i.e. deprive
^1 q ^ t-H H ava-candramasd, am, n. disap-
MBh. ; Mn. xi, 80, &c.; to ward off, MBh. xiii, 1 24; Ava-tati, is, (. stretching, extending, L.
Ava-taxia, as, m. unbending of a bow,' N. of
'

pearance of the moon, SBr. to conquer, MBh.: Desid. (p. -jigishaf) to wish to
the verses VS. xiv, 54-63, SBr.; a cover (spread
^TTT^aro-v/cor (3. pi. -caranti) to come win or recover, SankhSr.
over climbing plants), MBh. ii, 355 ; R. v, 16, 28
Ava-jaya, as, m. overcoming, winning by con-
;

down from (abl.), RV. Caus. (Pot. -cara- x, 59, 9 :

N. of a man, Pin. ii, 4, 67, Kas.
Susr. Ragh. vi, 62, &c.
yet; ind. p. -carya) to apply (in med.), quest,
Ava-cara, as, m. the dominion or sphere or de- Ava-jita, mfn. won by conquest, R. iii, 54, 6 ;
^T^rn^ara-v/ta/), -tapati,io radiate heat
contemned, L. (or light) downwards,
AV. xii, 4, 39 Caus. (ind. p. :

partment of (in comp., see kdm&vacara, dhydndv",

& conquest, victory, Kir. from above, MBh. v,
Ava-Jitl, is, vi, 43. -tapya) to heat or illuminate
f.
&c.), Buddh. ; (cf. tdldvacara yajHdvacard.}
Ava-carantika, f. (dimin. of pr. p. f. ntT) step- h, A. to yawn, Car. 7162.
AV. Ava-tapta, mfn. heated, L. Avatapte-na-
ping down from (abl.), v, 13, 9 ; (d.fravar-
i.ava-</jKa,-j5nati (ind. p. -jnaya; kula-sthita, n. an ichneumon's standing on hot
tamdnakd.)
to disesteem, have a low said of a person's incon-
Ava-carana, am, n. (in med.) application, Susr. perf. Pass, -jajile, Bhatt.) ground (metaphorically
Ava-carita, mfn. (in med.) applied, Susr. opinion of, despise, treat with contempt,
MBh. &c.; stancy), Pin. ii, i, 47,
Sch.
to excel, KivyJd. Ava-tapin, mfn. heated from above (by the sun),
^rafa i. wa-v/i. ci (p. -cinvat, MBh. iii,
2. Ava-jfiS, contempt, disesteem, disrespect
f. SBr. ; KatySr.
13151 ind. p. -citya ; Inf. -cetum, Kathis.) to (with loc. or gen.) ; (ayd), instr. ind.
with disregard,
;
from a tree, vriksham pha-
^HrlRS ava-tamasa, am, n. (Pan. v, 4, 79)
(cl.savajflam.') Avajno-
fruits
gather, collect (as indifferently, KathJs. ;
Sis. xi,
Idni [double Pin. i, 4, 5 I, Kis.) ; (p. f. -cin- slight darkness, obscurity, 57.
ace.], pahata, mfn. treated with contempt, humiliated.
vaff) to draw back or open one's garment, RV. i
Ava-jSata, mfn. despised, disrespected; given (a:
ava-tardm. See 2. ova.
61,4. alms) with contempt, Bhag. xvii, 22.
Ara-caya, as, m. gathering (as flowers, fruits, n. (Piu.iii, 3,
ava-tarpana, am, n. (i/trip), a
Ava-jnana, am, 55) **2.ava-jna,
&c.), Sak. &c. Hit. soothing remedy, Susr.
Ragh. i, 79 ;

Ava-c&yin, mfn. gathering, Kathis. Ava-jntya, mfn. to be contemned, disesteemed, 3Hrll>fl dva-tdnta, mfn. (Vtam), fainting
Ava-clclsha, f. (Desid.) a desire to gather, Sis.
MBh.&c.; Ysjn. i, 153. away, TS.
vi, 10.
Ava-cita, mfn. gathered. ava-Vjyut, Caus. -jyotayati, to ava-tunna, mfn. ( \/tud), pushed off,

up or cause a light to shine upon, illumine, SBr. Car.

light
'WTfa 2. aro-\/2. ci (3. pi. -cinvanti) to
Ava-jyotana, am, n. causing a light to shine = tu-
examine, MBh. 10676 seq. MHrJse4't ava-tulaya, Nom. P. yati
iii,
upon, illumining, KatySr. lair avakushndti, L.
crest Ava-jy6tya, ind. p. having lighted (a lamp),
VT^Zata-cuda, as,m. the pendent ava-^trid, -trinatti, to split, make
or streamer of a standard, Sis. v, 13 ; (<?)> f. a pen- SBr. ;KStySr.; SankhSr.
holes through, Kith. ; to silence (as a drum), SinkhSr.
dent tuft or garland (an ornament of peacock-feathers ^I<]i4r4 ava-*/jval, Caus. -jvalayati [Asv-
Sis.
Ava- tarda, as, m. splitting, perforation,KaushAr.
hanging down), iii, 5. to set on fire
Sr.] or -jvdf [Kaus.], Ava-trinna, mfn. split, having holes (dn- neg.
Ava-cula, as, m.^ava-cuJa, m., Kad.
Ava-culaka, am, n. a chowri or brush (formed avatd, as, m. a hole, vacuity in the I holeless, entire, uninjured, SBr.)
 ava-tri. a va-dti. 99
ta-'/tri, cl. I. P. -tarati (perf. -ta-
ava-dansa, as, m. any pungent food pieces, SBr.
&c.; apart, portion, SBr. =
;
KStySr.;
tara, 3. pi. -teruh ; Inf. -tarituni [e. g. Hariv. (which excites ava-ddha (see s.v. ava-i/i/afi), L.
thirst), stimulant, Hariv.; Susr.
35 1 1] or -tartum [e. g. MBh. i, 2509 R. vii, 30, ;
Avadanlya, am, n. particle or portion (of meat)
12] ; ind. p. -tirya) to descend into (loc. or ace.),
T^'H d-vadat, mfn. not speaking, RV. x, Kath.; TBr.
alight from, alight (abl.), VS. to descend (as a deity)
"7,7-
;
Avadanya, mfn. (cf. abhy-avaf) 'niggardly
'

in becoming incarnate, MBh. ; to betake one's self A-vadanta, as, m. 'not speaking,' a baby, L.
(gana cdrv-ddi, q. v.)
to (ace.), arrive at, MBh.; to make one's
appear- ^T^<T^ ava-datta, mfn. ^/i. dd), Pan.
ance, arrive, Sarvad. ; to be in the right place, to
( vii, Ava-deya,mfn.tobedivided,Comm.onNySyam.
4, 47, Siddh. Ava-dyat, mfn. (pr. p.) breaking off, Kir. xv, 48.
fit,TPrat. ; to undertake : Ved. cl. 6. P. 2. (Imper.
a ava-doha. See ava-\/duh.
sg. -lira; impf. -dtirat, 2. sg. -dtiras, 2. du. -ati- <f^apa-"s/<fay, -day ate (i. sg. -daye) to
ratam; aor. 2. sg. -tdrls) to overcome, overpower, give or pay a sum of money (for the purpose of silenc- '

RV. AV. Ved. cl. 4. (p. fem. -tiiyati) to sink, a-vadyd, mfn. (Pan. not
ing or keeping one off), A V. xvi, 1 7, 1 1 SBr. PBr. roi)
; : iii, i,
; ; to be praised,' blamable, RV
AV. xix, 9, 8 Caus. -tdrayati (ind. p. -tdrya) to
: low, inferior iv 18 K
make or let one descend, bring or fetch down Tf?f? ava-->/dal, -dalati, to burst, crack &vi, 15,12; BhP.; disagreeable, L.; (dm\n. any-
(ace.
or loc.) from (abl.), MBh. Sec.; to take asunder, Susr. thing blamable, want, imperfection, vice, RV.
down, take &c.;
Ava-dalita, mfn. blame, censure, ib.; shame, disgrace,
off, remove, turn away from (abl.,
Ragh. vi, 30), burst, cracked, L. RV.; AV!
ib.; 'to set a-going, render current,' see ava-tdrita
gonana, mfn. concealing imperfection, RV.
below ; to descend (?), AV. vii, 107, I.
T^T ava-^/dah (impf. 2. sg. dvddahas) 34, 3- P, see
mitli6-avadya-pa. bhl, f fear
i,

'to burn down from,' of vices or

Ava-tara, as, m. descent, entrance, Sis. expel from (abl.) with heat or sin, RV. x, 107,3. -vat (avadyd-),
i, 43 ;
fire, RV. m d. mfn. disgraceful,
opportunity, Naish.
i, 33, 7 ; ( p. -dahya) to burn down, lamentable, AV. I
vii, 103, .

Ava-tarana, am, n. descending, consume, Susr.

.
alighting, R.; Caus. -dyotayati, to
Sak.; 'rushing away, sudden disappearance,' or for Ava-dagdha, mfn. burnt down, Kaus. ^^$\ava-Vdyut,
Ava-dSgha, as, nj. (gana nyahkv-ddi, illustrate, show, indicate, Comm. on
ava-tarana,see bhdrdvaf; (cf. stanydvatarana) ; '
q. v.) BrArUp.
translating, L. mangala, n. 'auspicious act per- Ava-daha, as, m. burning down,' the root of Ava-dyotaki, mfn. illustrating,' making clear,
formed at the appearance (of a guest),' solemn re-
the fragrant
grass Andropogon Muricatus L Ava- Comm. on Nyayad.
ception.
"""-"-, n. id., L. Ava-dyotaua, am, n.
illustrating, ib.
Ava-taranika, f. the introductory words of a Ava-dyotin, mfa.
ava-ddta, mfn. (\/dai), cleansed,
work (e. g. gancsdya namah), Sah.
clean, clear, Pan. Sch.; Bhatt.; pure, avadranga. See avadanga.
Ava-tarltavya, n. impers. to be alighted, blameless, ex-
cellent, MBh. &c.; of white splendour,
Mricch.
white, ib.
ib.;:
.

clear.
clear,
.

intrllioi'hlr Ssk
intelligible,
r~,\
,

m. white
g
dazzling
.
Sah.; (as),
^TJ ava-Vdrai (fut. p. -drasydt) to fall
Ava-tara,as, m. (Pan. iii, 3, 1 20) descent (espe- asleep, SBr.
colour, L. ; (cf. an-avadrand.)
cially of a deity from heaven), appearance of
deity upon earth (but more particularly the incarna-
any *
^va-dBna, am, n. a great or
glorious act WWV a-vadhd, mfn. (yWA), not hurting,
achievement (object ofa
tions of Vishnu in ten the legend, Buddh.), Sak.; Ragh. innoxious, beneficent [Gmn.; 'indestructible,
principal forms, viz. fish, 'NBD.],
xi, 21 Kum. 48. (For 2. ava^iana see ava- RV. i, 185, 3 ; (as), m. the not
striking or hurting'
tortoise, boar, man-lion, dwarf, the two
; vii,
Ramas,'
Krishna, Buddha, and Kalki, M Bh. xii, 1 294 1
seqq.)
Vdo.) Gaut. ; absence of murder, Mn.v,
33. A-vadhar-
any new and unexpected appearance, Ragh. iii, 36
& v, 24, &c.; (any distinguished person in the lan-
** ^ \<*<( a-vaddvada, mfn. undisputed, un-
ha, mfn. not worthy of death, L.
A-vadhya, mfn. not to be killed, VS. inviolable,
contested, AitBr. Mn.
guage of respect is called an AvatSra or incarnation viii, 46 ;ix, 249, &c. -tS (avadhyd-\ f. in-
:

of a deity); opportunity of w<t\ violability, SBr. &c. -tva, n. id., R. ; R ag h. x,

catching any one, Buddh.; $'5{ava-</dis (Imper. 2. pi. -didish- 44.
a Ttrtha or sacred
place, L.; translation, L. -ka- tand) to show or practise (kindness &c.), RV. x,
A-vadlira, mfn. innoxious, beneficent, RV vii
th5, f. 'account of an AvatSra,' N. of a 82, 10.
chapter in 1
3 2, 6 Caus. (aor. Subj i sg. -dedisam) to inform!
:
. .

AnantSnandagiri's Sankaravijaya. dvadasa-klr- RV.viii, 74, 15.

' 'W'lv*^ ava-*/dham, -dhamati, (said of
tana, n.
giving an account of the twelve Avataras,'
N. of a chapter of the work spirituous liquor) to stir up (as the
parts of the body),
UrdhvamnSya-samhita. ^nifqf ava-Vdih, cl. 2. P. -degdhi, to be-
Car. : Pass, to shake,
mantra, m. a formula by which descent to the smear, Kaus. tremble, shudder, Bhpr.
earth is effected, Kathas.
-vSdavali, f., N. of a ava-dharshya. See an-avadh.
work by Purushottama.
controversial ^T^fa.a0a- v/(fip (p. -dipyamana) to burst
Ava-taraka, mfn. out in a flame, AsvSr. : Caus. to ava-^/dha, P. (aor. 3. pi. -ddhuh,
'making one's appearance' kindle, Kaus. ;
see rahgdvaf. ManGr. RV. ; Imper. 2. sg. -dhehi perf. 3. pi. -dadhilh,&
Ava-tarana, am, n. causing to descend, R. &c.; AV. ; ind. p. -dhdya; rarely A., e.
(aor. Subj. A. 3. sg. -dhu- g. perf. -dadhe,
taking or putting off.Kad.; 'removing' (as a MBh. 4503) to place down, plunge into
(loc.), de-
i,
burden),
see:thardvat ; kshata) to give milk to (dat.), RV. vi, 48, 13 Caus. &
descent,appearance (= ava-iarana), :
posit, RV. i, 158, 5 ix, 13, 4, c .; to place or &
MBn.i, 312 & 368; translation, L.; worship 'L -dohayati, to pour over with milk, Car. turn aside, SBr.: Pass.
(Imper. -dhiyatam) to be ap-
possession by an evil spirit, L.; the border of a gar- Ava-doha, as, m. milk, L. plied or directed (as the mind), Hit.: Caus.
(Pot.
ment, L. -dhdpayet} to cause to put into
aVrfm, Pass, -drisyate, to be AsvGr. (loc.),
Ava-tarlta, mfn. caused to descend, fetched down Ava-dhStavya, am, n. impers. to be attended to.
inferred or inferrible, BhP.
from (abl.) ; taken down, laid down or
moved ; set a-going, rendered
aside, re-
current, accomplished,
^ ava-Vdn (aor. Subj. -darshat, RV.
Ava-dhana, am, n. attention, attentiveness, in-
tentness, Kum. iv, 2 Sis. ix, II, & c
.; (cf. sdva-
;

dhdna.) -tS, f. [Pancat.] or -tva, n. [L.] atten-

74, 7! Po'. -drinyat, SBr.; ind. p.
,
-dirya,
Ava-tSrln, mfn. 'making one's appearance,' see Stfsr.) to split or force open, to rend or tear asunder :
tiveness.
rangdvat ; making a descent in the incarnation of Caus. (Pot. -ddrayet; p. A vadhSnin, mfn .'
attentive,' (gana ishtadi,^ .v.)
-darayaf) to cause to burst,'
(in comp.), RSmatUp. ifc.
appearing, Mslatlm. ; rend or split, R. vi, 4, 2 2 ; Ava-dhi, is, m. attention, L.; a term, limit, SBr.
Ragh. xiii, 3 : Pass, -dir-
Ava-titlrshn,mfn.intending to descend,KathSs. yate, to be split, burst, SBr. &c. &c.; conclusion, termination, Kum. iv, 43 ; Kathas.
Ava-tirna, mfn. alighted, descended ; over Ava-darana, am, n.
&c. ; surrounding district, environs,
got breaking (as a boil &c.) neighbourhood
(a disease), Kathas. L. ; translated, Avatirnarna Pan. iv, 2, 124; a hole, pit,
bursting, separating, Susr. L.; period, time, L.';
(a-ri), mfn. freed from debt, L. Ava-dara, m. ' breaking (i), ind. until, up to (in comp.),
as,
through,' ace. "ram Kathas.; (), abl.
*t<"1 e'lT
a woman with Vi, to break or burst ind. until, up to, as far
as, as long as (gen.
through, VarBrS.
'
dva-toka, f.
(or a cow, or in comp.) -JnSna, n.
[Megh.],
L.) miscarrying from accident, AV. 6 o & Ava-dBraka, mm. splitting open, i.e! digging 'perception extending as
viii, Vs' far as the furthest limits of the
xxx, 15. (the earth), L. i. e. the world,'
Ava-darana, mfn. breaking, shattering in pieces, faculty of perceiving even what is not within the
avatkd, am, n. (?fr. avatd, MBh. i, 1 1 79 ; (am), n. reach of the senses, N. of the third
q.v.), a breaking, shattering, Ssh. degree of know-
little hole (? -a 1
remedy, NBD.), AV. ii, 3, x .
;
- jnanin, mfn.
breaking open, bursting open, R. ii, 77, 16 ; Susr. ledge, Jain. having the above know-
"""f dea-tta & ava-ttin. See ava-Vdo. 'opening (the ground),' a spade or hoe, L. ledge, Jain, -mat, mfn. limited, bounded, Pan v
Ava-darlta, mfn. rent or burst open, MBh. &c. 3, 35, Sch.
^ dvat-taram. See \/av. Ava-dirna, mfn. torn, rent, MBh. &c. Ava-dhlyamSna, mfn. (Pass, p.) being confined
; melted,
within (ace., ? AV. or loc., R.
-fras/a,rnfn. (-/frax), terrified
liquefied, L.; 'bewildered,' see bhay&vadlrna. xii, 5, 30 ; v, 1 1, 13).
Hanv. 2520 (v. I. Ava-dheya, am, n. =
-dhdtavya, q.v., Heat.
apa-dhvastd). ava-Vdo, -dyati (ind. p. -day a, Ava-hlta, mfn. plunged into (loc.) ; fallen into
AsvGr. BhP.) Ved. to cut (as into water or into a hole of the
ground), RV i
divide (especially the
OTsA, to glitter, shine, L ;

cake and other objects offered

off,
to give,
L.; to dwell, L.
sacrificial
in a sacri- 105, 17 &x, 137, i, c .; placed &
into, confined
SBr. &c. ; to cut into
fice), pieces, BhP. ; (aor. Pot. within, SBr. &c. ; (gana pravriddhadi, atten-
'tsar (impf. dva A. I. sg.
q. v.)
tsarat)' to fly
* -dishlya [derived fr.
ava-</l.dd, 'to pre- tive, R.&c. tS, f.
application, attention, L. Ava-
away, RV. i, 71,5. sent, by Gmn.]; perhaps fr.
ava--jday above) to hitanjali, mfn. with joined hands, L.
1 *' *"' m N f a man
(descendant of appease, satisfy with (instr.), RV. ii, 33, 5.
KatT^rR ''-
ASv! > r O
''

nd son of Prasravana A'va-tta, mfn. cut off, divided, VS. xxi, W^VT^ ava- Vl.dhav, -dhavati, to run
IN Dir 43, &c.;
[KaushBr.]),
i

RV. v, 44, i O; catur-avattdt pancdvatta,

(cf. & down, drop down from (abl.), RV. 162, 1 1 & AV i,
yath&vattam}) L
Avattin, mfn. (after a cardinal num.) 'dividing , 3.
a, mfn. not suitable for a into so many parts,' see catur-av &
calf, Pan. paRcdiP. T^ftapa-v/rfAi(impf. -dldhef) to watch or
vi, 2, 155, Sch. 2. Ava-dana, am, n.
cutting or dividing into in wait for
(dat.), RV. x, 144, 3.
lie

H 2
100 ava-dhir. ara-put a.

Ava-dhyeya, mfn. to be disregarded, BhP. Ava-nikta, mfn. washed, BhP.

. , ^...a-v'dAir (ind. p. -dhlrya) todis- Ava-nektrl. See padavan".
Sis. ix, 59 ; Kathas. ; a-vadhrd. See a-vadhd.
r_-ard, disrespect, repudiate, Ava-nega. See prdtar-avanegd.
Hit. A. (perf. -dadhvase) Ava-negya, mfn. serving for wishing, SBr.
,

Ava-dhlrana, am, n. or na, treating with f.

Ava-neja. Seepdddvan
o be scattered or dispersed, RV. x, 1 1 3, 7 ; -dhvay-
.

Ava-njana, mf(f)n. washing, serving for

wash-
disrespect, repudiating, Sak.; Ragh. viii, 47. aie, to sprinkle, strew with (instr.),
Pin. iii, i, 25,
n. ablution (of hands
Ava-dhlrita. mfn. disrespected, disregarded.Sak. iddh.: Ct.\K.-dkvaysayati, id., Pin. iii, i, 25, Sch. ng (the feet), BhP.; (am),
water for wash-
&c. ; surpassed, excelled, Sah. Ava-dhvana,u.r, m. sprinkling, L. ; meal, dust, SBr.] or feet [Mn. ii, 209 ; BhP.]) ;
Ava-dhirin, mfn. L. ; excelling, Das. ng (hands [AV. xi, 3, 13] or feet, cf. pdddvari*}.
despising, \V. v, abandoning, L. ; despising, disre-
32,3;
Ava-nejya. See pdddvarf.
wct, L.
V^ava- \/eMu,Ved. P.(Imper. 2.sg.-<fAu-
to shake off or out or down, Ava-dhvasta, mfn. sprinkled, Kaus.; spotted, ^rgfTf^t ofca-ni-v/n? (ind. p. -niya) to put
nuhi 3. pi. -dhunuta)
AsvSr.; abandoned, L.; despised, L.;
RV. x, 66, 14 & 134, 3 A. (cf. to pour
; KatySr. &c.: (2. sg. .ippled, r
bring into (water), SafikhSr. ;
SankhGr. ;

-dhunushi; impf. 3.sg. -dhiinuthas; xn.-adAtt- pa-dAvasta.)

own, SaiikhGr.
to See van.
shata; perf. Pot. -dudhuvita; p. -dhunvdnd) avana.
3 f H VD << ava-niscaya, as, m. inference.de-
shake off (as enemies or evil spirits or anything dis-
1

* ava-Vnaksh du. -nakshathas)

SBr.: Caus. (2. uction, ascertainment, L.
agreeable), frighten away, RV.; AV.; RV. 180, 3.
to shake, Mn. iii, 229. o overtake any one (gen.), i,
to
(Pot. -dhunayel) (p. -shthlvat)
Ava-dhuta, mfn. shaken off (as evil spirits), VS. aca-?ia*sAa<ra, am, n. disap pear-
pit upon, Mn. viii, 282.
i, 14 ; removed,
shaken away, BhP. &c. ; discarded, nee of the luminaries, Kaus. Ava-nlshthlvana, am, n. spitting upon, L.
expelled, excluded,
MBh. &c. disregarded, neg- ;

R. vi, 82, 62 ; - -.
A__a-v/nom(p.-namaf; ind.p.-nom- VT^ft (fut. a. sg. -neshyasi) to
2. ava-Vni
lected, rejected, Dai. &c.; touched, Ka-
or the dust by /a) to to, BhP. Sis. ix, 74
bow, make a bow ; ;
ead or bring down into (water), SBr. ; to put into
shaken, agitated (especially as plants
which any- hSs. -nandmire) to bow down
A. Gobh. ; -nayati, Ved. to pour down or over,
the wind), fanned, MBh. &c. ; that upon ; (perf. 3. pi. loc.),
as the head), MBh. i, 5336 Caus. (ind. p. -ndmya)
unclean has been shaken out or off (cf. ava- AV.; VS. &c.
:

thing
kshuta), Mn. v, 125; MBh. xiii, 1577; unclean, o bend down, MBh. iii, 10043 Hariv. 3685 to ; ;
Ava-naya, as, m. = ava-ndya, L.
BhP. one who has shaken off from himself worldly
lend (a bow), 4606. MBh. viii, Ava-nayana, am, n. = ava-ndya,l^.; pouring
;
Ava-nata, mfn. bowed, bent down, MBh. &c.;
a
feeling and obligation, philosopher (prahma-vid), down, AsvSr. KStySr. ;
not projecting, R.vi,
BhP. (as), m., N.
of a Saiva philosopher ; lending, stooping; deepened, Ava-naya, aj,m.(Pln. iii, 3, 26) placing down,L.
;; Rajat.
MBh. iv, 352 (
= 33, J a, &c.
- kaya, mfn. bending the body, crouch- A'va-nita, mm. led or pushed down into (loc.),
(am), n. rejecting, repudiating,
mukha, mfn. with downcast counte-
Hariv. 4717). rejecting an
-pranipata, mf(X ng down.
Ava- RV. i, 1 16, 8& 118,7.
- vh,
m(h. ' wearing un- nance. Birshaa, mm. bowing the head. to be poured out or down, TS.
act of homage, Vikr. = avanata-mubAa above, MBh. Ava-niya, mfn.
one who is natanana, mln. mfn. (Pass, p.) being led down
clean clothes' or wearing the clothes of
'

the Ava-niyamana,
'

rejected,' or having
discarded clothes,' BhP. ,6m. Avanatottarakaya, mfn. bowing nto water (as a horse), KstySr.
60.
upper part of the body, Ragh. ix,
Ava-ueya, mfn. to be led away, R. vii, 46, 9.
Ava-dhunana, am,n. shaking, causing to shake, luminaries), Sis. ix,
MBh. viii, 4380; Mn. iii,23O,&c.; agitation, shaking Ava-nati, is, f. setting (of
VarBrS. A. (3. pi. -navante) to
8 bowing down, stooping, L. ; parallax, ;
<HM^ aca--v/3.n,
(of the earth), Car.
;

move towards (ace.), RV. ix, 86, 27.

Ava-dhuya, ind. p. shaking off, rejecting, dis- Suryas.
M Bh. &c. ; disregarding,
Comm. on Sis. v, 5. Ava-namra, mf(a)n. bowed, bent, Kum. m, 54 ;
ntaka, as, ni. pi., N.of a people,
carding, Kathas. VarBrS. N. of a Buddhist school.
Ava-nama, as, m. bending, bowing, L.
;

to Avantl, ayas, m. pi., N. of a country and its in-

1 ara-d/iujiita, mfn. perfumed with Ava-namaka, mfn. what depresses or causes habitants, MBh. vi, 350; VarBrS. &c. (is), m., N. ;

x>w or bend, L.
83, 16 (v. bent down, MBh.
of a river. M"-?**i n. a portion of the Skanda-
incense^. , 1.) Ava-namlta, mfn. i, 7586, m. ( = -varman, q.v.) N. of a
a purSna. -deva,
ava-dhuluna, am, n. (cf. dhull) &c. ; an-avandmita-vaij .) the city of the Avantis,
king, RSjat. -nagari,
(cf.
^T^jpyT Ava-namin, mm. being bent down (as the
f.

n. id., Hariv. 4906; N. of

scattering over, strewing, Bhpr. Oujein, K5d. -pnra,
2855 & iii,
'

branches of a tree), MBh. i,

1 1059
in KSsmlra, built by Avantivarman, RSjat. ;
town
Ava-dhulita, mfn. scattered over,covered,Sarng. a

Caus. -dhdrayati (ind. p.

Hariv. 4947.
(i), Oujein, Mricch.
f. brahma, m. a BrShman
*J^>! ava- Vdhri, ava- Vnard (Pot. -nardet) to slur or living in the country
of the Avantis, Pin. v, 4, 104,
dhdrya; -dhdryate) to consider, ascertain,
Pass,
K5s. bhupSla, m. the king of Avanti, i. e. Bhoja.
in the Hindi
determine accurately, limit, restrict, MBh. &c. ; to trill (a term applicable to chanting
- N. of the wife of Pilaka, Kathas. var- -
vati,
to conceive, understand, make out,
f.,
hear, leam, ib. ritual), PBr.; (cf. ni-</nard.) varman,
flinma., m., N. of a son of Palaka, ib.
;

to reflect upon, think to -

become acquainted with, ib. ; ana- </2. nas pi. -nesu.fi) (perf. 3. m'., N. of a king, Rajat. ;
of a poet, Sariig. nn-
of (ace. or a with Hi), Sak. (Prakrit ind. p.
dari, f., N. of a woman, Das. -sena, m., N.
phrase MBh. iv, 1728. of
disappear, perish,
Pancat. &c.; to communicate, Kathas.
odharia\ a man, Kid. soma, m. sour gruel (prepared from
Pass, -dhriyatt, to be ascertained, be certain, Comm ava-Vnah (ind. p. -nahya) to cover
the fermentation of rice-water), L. svamin, m.,
N. of a sanctuary built by Avantivarman, Rajat. A-
on BrArUp. with (instr.), KatySr.
accurate determination, limit- Ava-naddha, mm. bound on, covered with
Ava-dh&ra, as, m. tied,
vantisvara, m. id., ib. Avanty-aimaka, n. sg.
or in comp.), AV.&c.; (cf.canndvanaddha)
ation, Susr. (instr. or as, m. pi. the Avantis and the Asmakas, (gana
Ava-dharaka, mfn determining ; bearing upon .
(am), n. a drum, L. ajadantadi and kdrtakaujap&di, q.v.)
Ava-naha, m. binding or putting on, L.
meaning restricting, TPrlt.
;
as,
Avantika, f. the modern Oujein (one of the seven
Ava-dliarana, am, n. ascertainment, affirma ^IcHK ava-ndta, mf(o)n. = ava-t it a, q. v. sacred cities of the Hindus, to die at which secures
or holding with positiveness flat-nosed, Hear. the language of the Avantis, Sah.
tion, emphasis ;' stating Pin. v, a, 31. -nasika, mfn. eternal happiness) ;

or assurance accurate determination, limitation (o Avanti, N. &c. ;

;
bed of a river (Pan. iv, I, 65, Sch.) Oujein,
f.
instance |<4f*( avdni, is, f. course,
the sense of words), restriction to a certain the queen of Oujein, Pan. iv, I, 176, Sch.; (cf.
R.
Pin -stream, river, RV.; the earth, Naigh.;
or instances with exclusion of any other, VPrlt. ; RV.; dvantya); ( = avanti) N. of desa, m.
a river.
on
ii,
8
I, 62, &c. ; (mfn.) restrictive, L.
; viii, 1,
Pancat. &c. ; the soil, ground, Megh. ; any place the region of Avanti. - nagara, n. the city Avanti,
to be ascertained, deter the ground, SOryas. ; (ayas), f. pi. the fingers, Naigh Kid. -saras, n., N. of a Tlrtha, SkandaP.
Ava-dharanlya, mfn.
mined or known, (an-, neg.) Ragh. xiii, 5 ; to tx m-gata, mfn. prostrate on the ground. cara
considered as ascertained or determined, Hariv. 6252
mm. roving over the earth, vagabond. - ja, m. 'son ^T^Wl a-vandhya, mf(o)n.=2. a-bandhya,
of the earth," the planet Mars, VarBr. -pa, m q.v.; (as or am and a), m. or n. and N. of a f.,
to be restricted to (instr.) -
'
lord of the earth,' a king, VarBrS. patt, m. id. place.
Ava-dh&rita, mfn. ascertained, known, certain
m. 'protector of th
heard, learnt, Mllav. &c.; (ifc.
with ireny-ddi Ragh. x, 87; Pancat. -pala, ^T^q^ ava-\/pat (ind. p. -patya) to split,
earth,' a king, Bhag.; Ragh. xi, 93. -palaka, m Kad.: Pass, -pdtyate, to
known as,' (gana kritadi, q. v.) tear into pieces, Susr.;
bhrlt, m. earth supporter, a mountain
' -
id.
Avadharltln, mfn. (gana ishlddi, q. v.) crack, flaw, split, Susr.
a king, Naish. -mandala, n. globe of the earth
Ava-dharya, mfn. to be ascertained or known Ava-pStika, f. laceration of the prepuce, Susr.
'
made out or understood," see dur-avadh..
to be
-ruh [L.] or -ruha [Das.], m. 'grown from
the earth,' a tree, -suta, m.-=-ja above, VarBrS RV. x, 97, 17 ;
Ava-dhrita, mfn. ascertained, determined, cer '
^RT^aooVpa< (P- -pdtat,
tain, KaushBr. &c. heard, learnt, MBh. xiii, 3544
;
Avaniia or avanisvara, m. lord of the earth ind. p. -patya, see ava-pdta; impf. avipatat, MBh.
understood, made out, Comm. on Mn. iii, 35 (dni]
1 ;
a king, VarBrS.
- dhara, m &c.) to fly down, jump down, fall down Caus. (p. :

AvanI, the earth, R. Pancat. Kathas.

of senses. -pdtayat) to throw down,
I f.
n. pi. (in Sinkhya phil.) the organs
. ;

'
earth-upholder,' a dhra, m. id., MBh
mountain .
Ava-patana, am, n. falling down (cf. avard- ;

t ava-dhnshya. See an-avadh. m. = avani-p above, Ka

xiii, 1847 seq. -patl, vap.) Jaina Prakrit ovaa"ana, iastrdvapdta. see
See a-vadhd. this. pala, m.-^avani-p above, BhP. fchrit
Ava-patlta, mfn. fallen down from (in comp.),
I
a-vadhyd.
m. ( = avani-t>A above) a king, Naish. R. ii, 28, 1 2 ;
that upon which anything (in comp.)
WCfH^ ava-Vnij (ind. p. -nijya; perf.
A has fallen down (see kesa-kitdvap) (said of the ;

Ul of (ace.), disregard, BhP. Car.

to wash (especially the feet), BhP voice) unclear, (an-, neg.)
Ava-dhySta, mfn. R. 25, 12 -nije for -ninije)
disregarded,
Ava-pata, as, m. falling down, Mricch. (an-,
i,

A. -nenikte ( I sg. -nenije) to wash one's self, SBr

;
.
BhP. Car. descent, descending
AitBr. ; SankhGr.: Caus. -nejayati, to cause to wash neg.) AitBr.; (cf. Sastrdvap ) ;
;

Ava-dhyana, am, n. disregard, BhP. flying down,

Hit. ; a hole or pit for catching
upon
Ava-dhy5yln, mfa. disregarding (ifc.), BhP.
;
SBr.;KySr.;PIrGr.
 ava-patana. ava-manana. 101
game in, (am), ind. with ava-patya
Ragh. xvi, 78 ;
jumping away from MBh. 568; hasten-
(abl.), vii, Ava-bhasana, am, n. shining, Bhpr.
(ind. p.), falling or flying down like (in comp.) becoming
;
ing away or off, Hariv. 15340.
manifest, Ssh.; (in Ved. phil.1 illuminating, -il-
Ava-patana, am, n. felling, knocking or throw-
ing down, Mn. xi, 64; Yajfi. ii, 333; BhP. ; (in
ava-badha, f. = abadhd, q. v.
khin, m., N. of a Naga demon, Buddh.
dramatical language) a scene during which a person
Ava-bhasita, mfn. shining, bright, MBh. xii,
aca- Vbandh, A. (ind. p. -badhya)
enters the stage in terror but leaves it at the end in
13221 ; MBh. (wrongly written
illumined, lighted,
to tie or fix on, ParGr. ; MBh. vii, 80.
put on, Kaus. ; ava-bhdshita, 6672^, &c. vii,
good humour, Sah. Ava-baddha, mfn. put on (as a helmet), MBh. Ava-bhSsln, mfn. shining, bright, VarBrS. ; Susr.
ava-Vpad, -padyate (Subj. P. -pa- ix, 3096 ; fastened on, fixed,
sticking (as an arrow (said of the outer skin of a snake) ;
or a nail, &c.), MBh.
making mani-
ddti, RV.
73, 9 Free. A. 3. sg. -padlshta, RV.
ix, ; vi, 1787; Susr. &c.; capti- fest, Ny3yam
vii, 104, 1 7 aor. Subj. A. 3. sg.
;
-padi, RVi i, 105, vated, attached to, MBh. xii, 1438; Kathas.
3 Ved. Inf. (abl.) -pAdas, RV. ii, 29, 6) Ved. to Ava-bandha, m. vartmdvab".
T^ftT^ ava-Vbhid (impf. 2. sg. -bhinat or
; as, 'palsy,' see
-Abhinat or -abhinat; 3.
fall down,
glide down into (ace.), RV. &c. (Imper. sg. -abhinat; aor 3 sg
dva-badha, mfn.
;

A. 3. pi. -padyantdm; Subj. P. 2. sg. -patsi; Pot. , digged -Met) to split, pierce, RV.; AV.; TS.; SBr.
out, discovered (said of the TS. A'va-bhinna, mfn. pierced, MBh. vi,
P. I. sg. -padyeyani) to drop from (abl.), be de- valagd, q. v.), ;
1774;
prived of (abl.), AV. ; AitBr. ; PBr. ; (Subj. A. I sg. .
ApSr. broken, injured, SBr.
-padyai) to fall, meet with an accident, AitBr.; Ava-bhedaka, mfn. 'piercing (the head), 1 ach-
,
A.(l.pl.-bddhdmahe;
(fut. 3. pi. -patsyantt) to throw down, Kath. Caus. :
ing (as hemiplegia); (cf. ardha-bheda)
perf. 3. sg. -babadhf) Ved. to keep off, RV. ii, 14,
(Imper. 2. sg. -pddaya; ind. p. -pddya) to cause to 4&x, AV.&c. Ava-bhedin, mfn. splitting, dividing, VS.
128, 9;
glide or go down, AV. Susr. ^J / i-
bhuj, to incurve, Kaus.
;

Ava-panna, mfn. fallen down, that upon which ava-bdhuka, as, m. spasm in the ^P^00a-v
arm, Susr. Ava-bhng-na, mfn. bent down, MBh. i,
anything has fallen down, MirkP. ; see kesa-kitd- 5891.
vap and kttdvap; 'fallen down," see svaydm- ava-\/budh, -budhyate (fut. 3. pi. ava-Vbhri, P. (impf. dvdbharat or
avapannA. -bharat, t. sg.-Maras; Ved. Imper. 2. sg.-Mard)
m. -bholsyante, MBh. iii, 1363 rarely P., e.g. -budh-
Ava-pada, as, TBr. Kith. ;
to throw or push or
press down or into, RV.; to throw
falling, ;
yati, Hariv. 10385 2 ^.-budhyasi, MBh.vi, 292!)
; .

P. -pasyati (2. pi. -pa- to become sensible or aware or cut off, RV. ii, 20, 6 & A. -bharate,
s, of, perceive, know :
x, 171, 2 :

to sink down or disappear

syata; p. -pdsyaf)lo look down upon (ace.), RV. ; Caus. (impf. -bodhayai) to make one aware of, re- (as foam), RV. i,
104, 3 ;
AV. xviii, 4, 37: A. -paSyate, to look upon, AV. mind of, MBh. 5811, &c. to cause to in-
to lower, RV. viii, 19, 23 Pass. (Subj. -bhriyaie ; :
i, ; know,
ix, 4, 19. form, explain, Balar. &c. Pass,
aor. -bhari) to be pressed upon or in (ace.), RV. v,
:
-budhyate, to be
learnt by (instr.), BhP. 31, 12 ; VS. vi, 3 (see ava-Vthd).
a-vapa-ka, mfn. having no omen- Ava-bhrlti, is, (., N. of a town (residence of
Ava-buddha, mm. learnt (as skilfulness, kau-
turn (cf. vapa), SBr. the Avabhritya
; KatySr. sala\ MBh. iv, 69, kings), Comm. on BhP.
ava-patrita, mfn. a person not Ava-boddhavya, mfn.to be kept in mind, MBh. rttha, AV. ix, 6, 63), as,
m. 'carrying off, removing,' purification or ablution
allowed by his kindred to eat or drink from the same . 2435-
of the sacrificer and sacrificial vessels after a
vessel ; (cf. apa-pdtrita.) Ava-bodha, as, m. waking, being awake, Bhag. sacrifice,
vi, 17 Kum. ii, 8 perception, knowledge, Ragh.
RV. viii, 73, 23, &c. a supplementary sacrifice
;
; ; (see
ava-pana, am, n. drinking, RV. i, vii, 38, &c. ; faculty of below); cf. jivitdvath" . -yaJSBshi, n. pi. the
being resolute in judgment
1 36, 4 & x, 43, 2 ;
a pond or pool for
watering, or action
[Comm.], BhP. ; teaching, L. Yajus-formulasused for the Ava-bhritha, TS. sS-
RV. vii, 98, I ; viii, 4, 10 & x, 106, 2.
Ava-bodhaka, mfn. awakening (as faculties')
man, n, N. of a SSman, Laty. -anapana, n.
or ablution after a
ava-pasita, mfn. having a snare
i teaching, BhP. bathing sacrificial
ceremony, BhP
- anana, n. id.
laid upon, snared, R. iii, 59, 18 vii, 6, 59. & Ava-bodhana, am, n. informing,
teaching, in-
Avabhrithdahti, f. a supple-
struction, Das. ; Pancat. mentary sacrifice to atone for defects in a
principal
wifsfiisn ava-pindita, mfn. (said of dew- Ava-bodhanlya, mfn. to be reminded,
and preceding one, Laty. ; KstySr.
admo-
drops) fallen down in the shape of little globules nished, censured, Kad. Ava-bhra. See an-awabhrd-rddhas .
(piiuja, q.v.), Kathas. Ava-bodhlta, mm. awakened, MBh. iii, 1681 2 ;
w
q ?i*^ava-\/pish (ind. p. -pis
hy a) to crush Ragh. xii, 23. Pan. 2,31.
or grind into pieces,
grind, Susr. ava-brava. See an-avabravd.
avamd, mf(a)n. undermost, inferior,
ava-^/pld (ind. p. -ptdyd) to press ava-Vbhanj (ind. p. -bhajya) to lowest, base, RV. &c.; next, intimate, RV.; last,
down, compress, MBh. i, 6292 ; (Pot. -pl4ayet) to break off, smash, MBh. Kum. iii, youngest, RV. vi, 21, 5 ; (ifc. with numerals) less
74. ;

press out (as a wound), Susr. Ava-bhagna, mm. broken off, MBh.; R.; by, RPrat.; (am), n. (scil. dind) or (dni), n.
pi.
Ava-pida, <w, m. pressing down, Susr. ; one of the difference (expressed in
broken, injured (as honour), R, iv, 22, 14. days of twenty-four
the five sternutatories or
drugs producing sneezing, Ava-bhanffa, m. breaking
off (as of the shaft hours) existing between the lunar months and the
as,
Susr. ; Bhpr. of a bow), Sah. or corresponding solar ones, VarBrS. &c.
; hollowing sinking (of the nose),
Ava-pldaka, as, m.( -= -pida) a sternutatory, Car. Susr. w^Hinf ava- Vmajj
Ava-pidana, am, n. the act of pressing down, (p. f -majjanti) to
.
im-
Ava-bhaSjana^rrv;, n. breaking or
Susr. pressing down (the
tearing off,
merse, R. 95, 14.
eye-lids), Comm. on NyS-
ii,
; Susr.
yad. a sternutatory, Susr.
; ; (a), f.
damage, violation, ava-Vmath (ind. p. -mathya) to
Mn. viii, 287. ava-bharjana, am, n. (</bhrij),
cleanse (as a wound) by pricking or
Ava-pldita, mm. pressed down, thrown down,
BhP.
'frying,' destroying (as seeds), stirring (with
an instrument), Susr.
MBh. 1944 Ava-bharjita, mm. 'fried,' destroyed (as seeds),
xiv, pressed, oppressed
;
; pressed out Ava-mantha or
BhP. "nthaka, as, m.
(as a wound), Susr. swellings
caused by boils or contusions, Susr.
si^gfarT ava-pufijita, mfn. collected into wt*n*^ ava-\/bharts (p. -bhartsayat) to
>
wHava- Vman, A. (Pot. -manyeta, aor.
small heaps (as
sweepings).
deter by threatening, MBh. iii, 15096 ; to deter by

scolding, scold, MBh. v, 641 & 7115 ; R. Subj. 2. sg. -mansthdh, 2. pi. -madhvam, Bhatt.;
w^g^T ava-\/puth, Caus. (p. -pothayat; ep. also P. -manyati, fut.
-mansyati, MBh.'iv,
Pot. -pothayef) to throw or knock down, Hariv. '^*TT ava-ybhd, -bhdti, to shine down-
444) to despise, treat contemptuously, MBh. &c.;
Ava-pothikS, f. anything used for knocking wards, RV. 154, 6 (v. -bhari, fr. ava-\fbhri,
i, I.
to repudiate, refuse, ib.: Pass,
VS. to shine, be brilliant, Hariv. -manyate, to be
down, as stones &c. thrown from the walls of a city vi, 3) ;
13100 ; to treated contemptuously : Caus. (Pot. -mdnayei) to
on the besiegers, MBh. iii, 641. appear, become manifest, MBh. iii, 10094 i BhP despise, treat contemptuously, Mn. ii, 50.
Ava-pothita, mfn. thrown or knocked down, Rsjat.
Ava-mata,mfn .
despised,disregarded,contemned,
MBh. vi, 5505 ; Hariv. "wrtimu ava-bhdshana, am, n. speaking Mn. vii, 150, &c. Avamatanknaa, mm. 'dis-

against, speaking, Sah. daining the hook,' a restive elephant, L.

ava-purna, mfn. filled with (in Ava-mati,
Ava-bhashita, mfn. spoken is, f. aversion, dislike, L.; disregard,
comp.), Hariv. 11993 VarBrS. against, reviled,
;
K2m. (see ava- '\bfids,)
;
contempt, L. ; (is), m. a master, owner, L.
^i q H ui t Ava-matya, ind. p. despising, Kum. v, 53; BhP.
ava-prajjana, am, n. (*/prij), the
end of the warp of a web ava-Vbhds, -bhasate, to shine Ava-mantavya, mm.
to be treated with disre-
(opposed to i.pra-va- be MBh. BhP. to become mani-
forth, brilliant, 226& vii,
yana, q. v.), AitBr. ; ;
spect, contemptible, MBh.; Mn.ii, 8,&c.
fest,appear as (instr.): Caus. P. (p. -b/idsayat, Ava-mantri, mfn. despising, disrespectful to-
^Htjrt ava-pra-snuta or -sruta, mfn. wrongly written -bhdshayat, MBh. xii, 8345) wards (gen.
[MBh. i, 1705] or ace. [Balar.] or in
wetted by the fluid excretion
(of a bird), KatySr. illuminate, MBh. &c.; to make manifest, Susr. comp. [BhP.])
Ava-bhasa, as, m. splendour,
ap- lustre, light ; Ava-manya, ind. p. = -matya, MBh.
*TOJ ava-^/plu, A. (perf. -pupluve) to v, 7533 ;
pearance (especially ifc. with words expressing a xvi, 73 & 75-
jump down from a MBh. &
6887.
(as cart), vii, 5196 colour), Jain.; Susr.; (in VedSnta phil.) manifesta- Ava-manyaka, mfn = -mantri, MBh. .
iii, I J 76
tion reach, compass, see iravandvabff
;
kara, .
(with gen.); VP. (ifc.)
Ava-plnta, mfn. plunged into, AsvGr. ; jumped m., N. of a Devaputra, Lalit. - prabha, as, m. pi., Ava-mana, as, m. f. d, KathSs.) disrespect
down from, MBh. &c. gone N. of a class of deities, Buddh.
(ifc.
away from, departed ;
prdpta, m, N. contempt, Mn. 162, &c.; dishonour, ignominy,
from, MBh> ii, 1452 Hariv. 4760; (am), n.
ii,

jump- ; of a world, Buddh. MBh. iii, 226, &c. ta, f. dishonourableness.

ing down, 3193. MBh. ix, Ava-bhasaka, mfn. (in Vedinta phil.) illumin- Ava-manana, am, d, n. f. disrespect, Kih.;
Ava-plutya, ind. p. jumping down, MBh. &c.; ating, making manifest.
Dasar.; Kathas.; abuse, insult, Balar.
 102 ava-manaruya. ava-rodhana.

Ava-nianan!ya, mfn. = -mantavya, L. Ava-yajana, am, n. 'removing by means of a Avarya, Nom. f.ryati, to become lower, (gana
Ava-manita, mfn. disrespected, despised, MBh. sacrifice,' expiation, VS. ; means for expiation, PBr. kandv-ddi, q. v.)
&c.; neglected, not taken notice of, Susr. Ava-yaj. See 2. ava-ydj.
Ava-manin, mm. contemning, despising (ifc.),
^f^ffH T? avaranga-suha=\UTnngie\> (a
uva-yava, &c. See <za-\/i. yu. Muhammedan king of the 1 7th century; sdha = tiic
R.v, 81,6; Sak. Avamanl-ta, f.or-tva, n.dis-
Persian sLi).
respectfulness. ava-Vya (perf. 3. pi. -yayuh; p.
Ava- many a, mfn. = -mantavya, M Bh .
i,
1 467 ;
go or come down, RV. i, 94,
to ^r^TrrT ava-rata. See an-avarata.
gen. -ydtam)
pi.
Mn. ix, Sj.
13 &
1 68,
4 (Ved. Inf. ava-yaf) to go away (op-
; Ava-rati, is, f. stopping, ceasing, L.
posed to upa-yat, to come up '), RV. viii, 47, 1 1
'

ava-marda, &c. See ava- y/mrjW. ;

^T^IT ava-^ramb (p. -rdmbamana) to
(aor. Subj. -ydsat ; Prec. 2. sg. -ydsisishthah [cf.
hang down, RV. =ava- t/iam6, q. v.
'

ava-marsa, &c. See ava- i/mris. Pan. iii, Comm.] aor.

I, 34, ;
I .
sg. -aydsisham) to viii, I, 34,

ma avert, appease, RV. iv, I, 4 ; vi, 66, 5 ; VS. iii, 48. ^T^nV aua-Vradh (aor. 2. sg. -aratsls) to
3. (ind. p. -mdya) to mea- Ava-yata, am, n., N. of a Ttrtha, (gana dhii-
sure TS.
commit a fault, AV. v, 6, 6 ; -rddhnoti, to turn
off,
madi, q. v. ) helas (dvaydta-), mfn. whose anger out AitBr.
ill, fail,
f ava-mana, &c. See aca-\/man. is appeased, RV. i, 171, 6.
Ava-yatri, mfn. one who averts or appeases, Wefft^ ava-Vriph (p. -riphat) to utter a
riTH ava-marjana. See ava-\/mrij. RV. i, 1 29, 1 1 & viii, 48, 2 ( = AV. ii, i, 2). murmuring guttural sound, Kath.

^T^ff? ava-Vmih, -mehali, to urine to- Ava-yana, am, n. going down, AV. viii, I, 6 ;
avarlna. See dvara.
retreat, Lalit.; appeasing, RV. i, 185, 8.
wards or upon (ace.), SBr. ; MJrkP.; to urine, BhP. ;
a-variyas, an, m., N. of a son of
to pour out (as Soma), RV. ix, 74, 4. ^l^THl ava-yasd, as, m. (</yas), N. of an
the Manu Savarna, Hariv. 465.
Ava-mehana, am, n. urining upon, BhP. evil spirit in Yama's world, TS.
Ava-mehaniya, mfn. to be urinal upon, (an- w q t-^ ava- \/ruc, -riScate,to shine down,
neg.) Gobh. %N<j ava-\/i. yu (p. fern, -yuvatl) to AV. iii, 7, 3.
ava-Vmuc, P. to separate from (abl.), Nir. iv, 1 1 : Caus. -ydvayati,
Ava-rokin, mfn. shining, VS. xxiv, 6.
<<J-^ (p. -muRcdt) brilliant,
to keep off, Nir. ix, 42.
loosen, AV. viii, 2, 3 ; to let go, VarBrS.; (ind. p. Ava-rocaka, as, m. want of appetite, Susr.
Ava-yava, as, m. (ifc. a) a limb, member,
f.

-mucya) to unharness, MBh. iii, 2870; (generally a member or component wqtj^ara-v/nj; (ind. p. -rujya) to break
part, portion, Pan. &c. ;
ind. p. -mucya) to take off (as a garment &c.),
part of a logical argument or syllogism, Nyayad. &c. MBh. 5884.
off (as shrubs),
MBh. &c. A. : (p. -muncdmana) to liberate one's i,

self from, strip off, AV. viii, I, 4. dharma, m. the property or quality of a part, Ava-rugna, mfn. broken, torn, Hariv. 3565.
Pan. ii, 3, 20, K5s. rupaka, n. a simile by which
Ava-mocana,aOT,n. loosening; setting at liberty, two things are only compared with regard to their w*^tfl^[ a-varundm, ind. without falling
L.; 'where horses are unharnessed," stage, a place into the power of Varuna, MaitrS.
parts, KavySd. sas, ind. part by part, BhP. Ava-
for resting or settling, BhP.
ya vartha, m. the meaning of the component parts A-varunya, mfn. not belonging to or fallen into
w tq 1^ ava- \/mush, to take away, Kath. of a word. the power of Varuna, SBr.

w q jc^ ava- */mutr (p. -mutrayat) to urine Avayavin, mfn. having portions or subdivisions, "H * s f<^ n ava-rudita,mfn (*/rud),t\iai upon .

a whole, BhP. &c. ; (i), m. a syllogism, NySyad.

which tears have fallen, MBh. xiii, 4367.
upon, Mn. viii, 282 VarBrS.
by which two
;
&c. Avayavi-rupaka, n. a simile
Ava-mutrajaa, am, n. urining upon, Car.
things are only compared as wholes, KSvyad. <Ht>^ ava- </2. rudh, P. (aor. -rudhat) to
Ava-mntrita, mfn. urined upon wetted by the ;
enclose, contain, RV. x, 105, 1
obstruct, (Inf.
Ava-ynti, 'separation,' (ftyd), instr. ind.
(. ;
is,
fluid excretion (of an insect), Susr. R.
separately, Comm. on ApSr. -roddhum) to check, keep back, restrain, iii,

(Pot. -murchet)to be !> 33; to expel, Kaus.; SaiikhSr. ; R. ii, 30, 9;

^^f^.ava-\/murch
MBh.
^ =?^ T -r)/ I/WH, mfn. undistinguishable, -runaddhi, to seclude, put aside, remove, SBr. ;
appeased or allayed (as a quarrel), v, 81 1.
indistinct, dark, RV. vi, 31, 3. KaushBr. ; ShadvBr. ; to shut in, (aor. A. avd-
ava-murdha-saya, mfn. lying "Wm. dvara, mf(o)n.
ruddha and Pass, av&rodhi) PJn. 64, Sen.; iii, I,
(fr. 2.dva), below, in- to keep anything (ace., as one's grief) locked up (in
with the head hanging down, (gun pdrsvadi, q. v.)
ferior, RV. ; AV. VS. ; ; low, mean, unimportant, of one's bosom, ace.), BhatJ. ; (ind. p. -rudhya) to
-mdrshti (ind p. -mri- small value, SBr. Up. Mn. &c.; posterior, hinder,
ej^ij'St ava"/mrij, ; ;
keep one's self (dtmdnem) wrapped up in one's self
Comm. on TBr. to wipe RV. &c. nearer, RV.; AV.
jya) to wipe or rub off, later, younger,
last, ;
(dtmani), BhP.; (impf. avdrunat) to confine with-
;
;

or rub, clean by wiping, SBr. &c. Pass. (Pot. -mri- western,SBr.; preceding(withabl.,opposed lofiira),
:
' in, besiege, Das.: A. -rundhe (for nddhe, AV. ;
SBr. ; RPrat. ; (a), f. after-birth,' see avaravapa-
jyeta with the sense of A.) to nib one's (limbs, impf. av&rundha, TS. ; ind. p. -rudhya, ib. ; Ved.
MBh. xiii, 5006. tana below; {apard, q. v.) the hind quarter of
gatrdni), Inf. -rtidham, ib. and -nindham, MaitrS.) chiefly
an elephant, L.; N. of DurgS, L.; (am), n. ifc.
Ava-marjana, nm, n. an instrument (or 'water,' (f.
Ved. to reach, obtain, gain : P. (p. f. -rundhatt ;
a) the least, the lowest degree, lowest sum (cf. kdr-
cf. anu-iJrudK) to be attached to, like, BhP.:
Say.) forrubbingdown (a horse), acurry-comb[Gmn.
TransL], RV. i, 163, 5 ['that which is rubbed off,' shdpanavara,trirdtravara,try-avara,dasavara, Desid.A.-rurutsate, Ved. to wish to obtain or gain,
MBh. samvatsardvara) ; the hind thigh of an elephant, TS. &c. Intens.P. (Subj. 2. sg.-rorudAas) to expel
NBD.] ; wipings, iii, 13373. :

L.; (ena), instr. ind. below (with ace.), SBr. Ja, from (the dominion), R. ii, 58, 20.
<qj5 ava-\/mrid (impf. avdmridnat; p. of low birth, inferior ; younger, junior, R.
jnf(rt)n. Ava-ruddha, mfn. hindered, checked, stopped,
-mridnat) 'to grind down,' crush, tread down, iii, 75, 10; BhP.; (as), m.
a Sudra, Mn. ii, 223 ;
kept back, Sak. ;
Sah. ; shut in, enclosed, Mn. viii,
MBh. Hariv. R. to rub, MBh. iv, 468. a younger brother, R. ; Rsjat. ; (with abl.) MBh. iv,
236, &c. imprisoned, secluded (as in the inner
; ; ;
;

Ava-marda, as, m. oppression, giving pain, loll; (d~), f.

a Ragh. BhP.
younger tara
ii, 290, &c. ; expelled, MBh. iv,
sister, ;
apartments), Yajn.
MBh. xii, 2 183 R. a kind of eclipse, VarBrS. N.
; ; ; (dvara-), mfn. (compar.) farther down, SBr. tag,
2OI I, &c. ; wrapped up, covered, VarBrS. ; disguised,
ot an owl, Kathas. ind. (Pii.i. v, 3, 29) below &c., L.; at least, Pat.
Das. ; Ved. obtained, gained, SBr. &c. deha, mfn.
Ava-mardana, mfn. crushing, oppressing, giving para, mf(o)n. preceding and following, AitAr.
having the person imprisoned, incarcerated, BhP.
;

pain, R. iii,35, 114; (am), n. rubbing (as of hands (dm), ind. one upon the other, AV. xi, 3, 20 suc- ;
A'va-mddhi, f. only dat. ddhyai, for the ob-
and feet), Pancat. ; oppression, giving pain, MBh. iii, cessively, TBr. (cf. avaras-pard below). purn- tainment of (gen.), AitBr. SBr. ;

1*313; R- Bha, m. a descendant, ChUp. vayas, mfn.

- Ava-ruddhika, f. a woman secluded in the inner
Ava-mardita, mfn. crushed, destroyed, MBh. younger, Ap. varna, m. 'a low or despised caste,'
see -varna-ja; 'belonging to a low caste,' a Sudra, apartments, Raj at.
iii, 874 ; R.
' Ava-rudliam, Ved. Inf., see ava-*/ rudh.
L. varna-ja, m. born in a low caste,' a Sudra,
wqijS^ ava-*/mris (Pot. -mrisit; Subj. Ava-rndhyamana, mfn. being enclosed or sur-
3. Mn. iii, 241 & ix, 248. vrata, m. the sun, L.
pi. -mrisdn; aor. andmrikshat; ind. p. I. -mri- saila, as, m. pi. living or originated on the
'
rounded, BhP.
iya) Ved. to touch, AV. vii, 64, 2 ; TS. &c. ; to re- western mountain (in the monastery called avara- Ava-rundham, Ved. Inf., see ava-^rudh.
flect upon, BhP. : Caus. to cause to touch, SBr. I Ava-rodha, as, m. hindrance, obstruction, in-
saila-sanghdrdmd),' N. of a Buddhist school. s- .

Ava-marsa, as, m. (ifc. f. a) touch, contact, tat, ind. below &c., P5n. v, 3, 29 41 . s-para, & jury, harm, Susr.&c. ; seclusion, imprisonment, Ap. ;

Sak. (v. 1.); reflecting upon, Dasar. mfn. [Padap. avara-para\ having the last first or Comm. on an enclosure, confinement, be-
Yajn. ;

a covering, lid, L. ; a fence, pen, L.;

Ava-marsam, ind. so as to touch, SBr.; (cf. the hindermost foremost, inverted, VS. xxx, 19. sieging, Hit.;
the inner apartments of a palace, the queen's or
dn-avam".) Avarardha, m. ifc. the least part, the minimum,
Ava-marsita, mfn. women's apartments, MBh. i, 1812 R. &c. ; a
(am), ind. at least, Kaus. Avarar-
touched, i. e. disturbed (as Pan. ;
v, 4, 57 ;
m. pi.
a sacrifice), BhP. dha-tas, ind. from below, SBr. Avarardhya, palace, L. (as), (or in comp. avarodha-)
;

Ava-mrisya. See an-avamrilyd.

'
the women's apartments,' the wives of a king, Sak. ;
2. mfn. being on the lower or nearer side, SBr. ; begin-
^mH avaya. See satavaya. ning from below, ib. ; (am), n. ifc. (f. d) the least Ragh. &c. Avarodliayana, n. a seraglio, L.
part, the minimum, KaushBr. ; Laty.; mfn. being
Ava-rodbaka, mfn. hindering, L. ; being about
to besiege (with ace.), R. i, 7'< 16; (as), m. a
wqj I .

&
ava-\/yoj, P.A..-ydjati(Imper. 2. the minimum, Laty. (tf.an-avardrdhya.) Ava-
;

ravapatana, n. dropping of or discharge of the L. ; (ikd), (. a female of the inner apartments,

sg. P. -yaja A. -yakshtia; Pot. -yajetd) Ved. to guard,
offer a sacrifice for satisfying the claims of, to get secundines, miscarriage, ParGr. Avaravara, mfn. L.; (cf.ava-ruddhikd); (am), n. a barrier, fence, L.
rid of or remove by means of a sacrifice, RV. &c. lowest, most inferior of all, R. v, 53, 24; 69, 21. I . Ava-r6dhana, mf(f)n. procuring, KaushUp.;
& Avarokta, mfn. named last, KatySr. R. 33 im-
2. Ava-yaj, Nom. -yah (cf. Pin. iii, 2, 72 (am), n. siege, blockade, i, 3, ; secluding,
RV. cen- Ap. a closed or private place, the in-
viii, 2, 67), f. share of the sacrificial oblation, Avarina, mfn. ( adhartna, q.v.) vilified, prisonment, ;

i. L. nermost part of anything, RV. ix, 1 13, 8 ; obtaining,

i, 173,12; AV.ii, 35, sured,
 ava-rodhika. ava-lopa. 103
'
KaushUp.; the inner or women's apartments (in a *
1G a-vartrd, mfn. having nothing that Susr. ; ointment, L. ; ornament, L. ; pride, haughti-
royal palace) (dni), n. pi.
= ava-rodhds, m. pi. BhP.; Ragh. &c.; (cf. an- neg.)
;
unimpeded, RV. vi, 1 2, 3.
restrains,' ness,
Ava-rodhika, as, m. a guard of the queen's A-varman, mfn. having no armour, AV. xi,
Ava-lepana, am,n. ointment ; proud behaviour,
apartments, L. 10, 23.
R. i, 44, 9 & 36.
ATfc-rodhin, mm. (ifc.) obstructing, hindering, '
ana- /ftA, P. -ledhi (impf. avdlet ;
Naish. wrapping up, covering, Kad.
W^V*TTT a-vardhamana, mfn. not grow-
;

ing,' (gana cdra-adi, q. v.) Pot. -lihet xiii, _2286; VarBrS.] or -Khyat ;
[MBh.
VI44\T (wa-i/ruh, P. (p. -rdhat; ind. p. ind. p. -lihya; rarely A. 1
vflt a-varsha, am, n. want of rain, drought, sg. -lihe, MBh. i, 667) .

-ruhya; also A., e. g. MBh. ix, 3470 R. ; ii, 7, 1 1 to lick, lap, AitBr. Kith. &c. Intens.
(p. -lelihat)
; :

& iv, MBh. xii, 1208; R.; (a), f. id., MBh. xiii, 4579.
49, 25) to descend, alight, dismount, RV. v, to flicker (as a flame), MBh. i, 1181.
78, 4, &c. ; 'to descend from,' i.e. to be deprived A-varshana, am, n. id., Vet. Ava-lldha, mfn. licked, lapped, MBh. &c.;
of (one's dominion, aisvarydl), BhP. Caus. (impf. : A-varshin, mfn. not raining, Heat. touched (by a flickering object), R. iii, 43, 3 ;
av&ropayat [v. 1.
rohayat\, Ragh. i, 54 ; Imper. A'-varshuka, mfn. id., TS.; SBr. touched (as by a finger-nail), Hariv. 7050; (cf. ar-
3. sg. MBh. iv, 1318 & ix, 3468, 2. pi.
-ropaya, A-varshtos, Ved. Inf. not to rain, AitBr. dhavaP] ; (a), f. disregard, L.
&..-rohayadhvam, MBh. iii, 15609) to cause to des- A-varshya, mf(rt)n. being active in rainless Ava-leha, as, m. licking, lapping, VarBrS. ; an
cend, take down from (abl.): Pass, -ropyate, to be extract, electuary, SuSr.
bright weather, VS. xvi, 38 ;
MaitrS. j not coming
lowered or lessened, MBh. xii, 8501. from rain (as water), TS. Ava-lehaka, mfn. licking, MBh. xiii, 2173;
vii.
Ava-rndhik, mm. come near, approached, AV. (ikd), f.
(
= -leha
before) an extract, electuary, Susr.
vi, 140, I; descended, dismounted, alighted. Ava-lehana, am, n. licking; =-lehikd, Bhpr.
a. Ava-rodha, as, m. (<^i. rudh = *JruK), ^ *(<$'{ava- Vlag, Caus. -lagayati, to fasten Ava-lehin, mm. lickerish, fond of dainties [BR.;
'
moving down,' see I rodha; ( ava-roha below) .

to, Comm. on KstySr.

'srikkini lelihdna, i. e. sadd kruddha,' Comm.],
a shoot or root sent down by a branch (of the Indian MBh. xiii, 519.
Ava-lagita, am, n. an addition made in the pro-
fig-tree), AitBr.
logue of a drama and not having any particular ^T^reT ava-\/li, A. (p. -Uyamana; impf.
2. Ava-rodhana, am, n. descending motion reference to the latter, Sah. 3. pi.avaltyanta) to stick to (loc.), Susr. ; to bow,
(opposed to ud-rodhana, q. v.), AitBr.
Ava-lagna, mfn. hanging down from (in comp.), stoop, MBh. viii, 939; to hide one's self in (loc.),
Ava-ropana, am, n. planting, MBh. xiii, 2991; R
Ragh. xvi, 68, &c.; (as, am), m. n. the waist, Sis. -
99, 43 (pr- p. P. -liyat).
'.
causing to descend, L. ; depriving, diminishing, L.
ix, 49, &c. Ava-llna, mfn. sitting down (as a bird), VarBrS. ;
Ava-ropita, nifn. caused to descend taken down ;

(ind. p. -langhya) to cowering down in, hiding one's self in (loc.), R. v,

from deprived of (as of one's dominion,
(abl.) ;
w=trt^ ava-Vlangh, 2 5 J 3; <en
gaged in' (in comp.), beginning to,
rdjydt&c.),MBh.iv, 2101; R.; MarkP.; lowered, pass or spend (time). Nalod. ii, 46.
lessened, Mn. i, 82 ; curtailed, lost (as dominions, Ava-lang-hita, mfn. passed (as time), Kathas. '

rdshtrani), BhP. ; silenced (in dispute), BhP. ^T^TitTT ava-nia, f.

play, sport,' (aya),
Ava-ropya, ind. p. having made or making to w^r*^ ava-Vlamb, -lambate (ind. p. instr. ind. quite easily.
descend, Gobh.; Hariv. 9721; planting, MBh. i, -lambya; exceptionally P., e.g. Pot. -lambet, MBh.
w^cg^ ava-^/lufic (ind. p. -luRcya) to
7063. i, 8443, ed. Bomb.) to hang down, glide or slip down,
Ava-roha, m.
descent, L. ; (in music) des-
as, descend, TUp. &c.; (pr. p. P. -lambaf) to set (as tear out (as hairs), MBh. iii, 10760 seqq.; MjrkP.
cending from a higher tone to a lower one, Comm. the sun), MBh. iv, 1040 ; to catch hold of, cling to, Ava-loncana, am, n. tearing out (of hairs), R.
on Mricch.; mounting, L.; a shoot or root sent hold on or support one's
self by, rest upon vi, 98, 25 opening or unstitching (of a seam), Susr.
hang to, ;

down by a branch (especially of the Indian fig-tree as a support, depend upon (generally ace. ; but also
;
ava-lunthana, am, n. (\/lun(h),
cf. i.ava-rodha}, Kaus.; PSrGr.; R. ii, 52, 96; loc. [MBh. i, 8443] or instr. [Megh.ioS]) ; to hold
robbing, KathSs.; wallowing on the ground, L.
= latodgama) a creeping plant climbing up to the up anything (to prevent its falling down), Sak.;
( Ava-lunthita, mfn. robbed, L.; rolled or wal-
top of a tree, L. ; heaven, L. vat, mfn. possessed Ragh. vii, 9, &c. ; to enter a state or condition (as lowed on the ground, L.
of avaroha-shoots (as the Indian fig-tree), (gana mdydm, mdnushyatvam, dhairyam, &c.) ;
to de-
baladi, q.v.), Pat. sakhin, m. 'having branches vote one's self to (ace.), Kum. ii, 15 'to ; incline WICJH, ava-Vlup, P. A. (3. pi. -lumpanti)
with avaroAa-shoots,' the Indian fig-tree, L. towards,' choose as a direction, Kathas.: Caus. (ind. p. to cut or take TS.; TAr.; ShadvBr.; to take
off,

Ava-rohaka, as, m., see asvdir; (ikd), f. the -lambya) to hang up, Pancat. ; Kath.ls. ; to grasp away by force, wrest, MBh. vi, 38 1 ; to suppress, ex-
plant Physalis Flexuosa, L. (for support), ttalav. tinguish to rush or dash upon (as a wolf on his prey);
;

Ava-rohana, mf(i)n. alighting, descending, Ava-lamba, mf(o)n. hanging down from (loc., (cf. vrikdvalupta.)
MarkP. (am), n. descending, alighting from (abl.
; R.) or to (in comp., MBh. xiii, 982) (as), m. hang- ; Ava-luptl, is, f. falling off, PBr.
[MBh. 462], or in comp. [Kathas.]); (in music
i, ing on or from, Megh.; depending, resting upon, Ava-lnmpana, am, n. rushing upon (as of a
= (fua-roha) descending from a higher tone to a L. ; dependance, support, a prop, a stay, Ragh. xix, wolf), MBh. 5586. i,

lower one, Comm. on Mricch. ; the place of des- 50, &c. (cf. nir-avaP) ;
a perpendicular, L. ; (cf. Ava-lopa, as, m. interruption, BhP.
cending BhP. prishthydvaP.) Ava-lopya, mfn. to be torn off, Bhatt.
Ava-roMta and tiya, mfn. (gana utkaradi, Ava-lambaka, mm. hanging down, Heat. ; (as),
ava-Kna, mfn. (VK), cut L.
off,
q.v.)
m. (in geom.) a perpendicular ; (am), n., N. of a
Ava-rohin, mfn. descending, VarBrS. ; = ava- metre. ava-lekha, &c. See ava-</likh.
roha: vat, q. v. (gana baladi, q. v.) ; (I), m. the Ava-lambana, mf(f)n. hanging on, clinging to,
ava-lepa, &c. See ava-i/lip.
Indian fig-tree, L. Bhpr. leaning against (loc.), BhP. ; (am), n. hang-
;

WC(SM ing down, L. ; depending upon, dependance, support, ava-leha, &c. See ava-\/lih.
ava-rupa, mf(a)n. mis-shapen, de- Sak. &c. ; making a halt, stopping at (loc. adv.),
formed, degenerated, Kaus. 136. Hit.
- \/lok, cl. i. A. -foia/e,tolook,
mm. S5h. Hit.: c\.io.f.-lokayali(p.-lokayat; ind. p.
\ ava-rolcin, &c. See ava-Vruc. Ava-laxnbita, hanging down, hanging on,
;

-lokya) to look upon or at, view, behold, see, notice,

suspended from, clinging to, Sak. &c.; crouching or
a-varcds, mfn. having no vigour observe, MBh. &c.
settling down, Hit.; depending upon, restingupon as a
or energy, AV. iv, 22, 3 ; SBr. v. Ava-loka, as, m. looking upon or at, viewing,
support, Ragh. ix, 69 Vikr. &c. placed upon, Susr. ;
; ;

Vikr.; Si=.ix,7i; Sah.; look, glance, BhP. ; (esku),

^si c li'lTl a-varjariiya, mfn. inevitable. supported or protected by ; (in Pass, sense) clung to,
loc. pi. ind. before the
(looks or) eyes of (gen.), MBh.
ta, f. or -tva, n. inevitableness, Jaim.; Comm. caught hold of, Sis. vi, 10 ; (fr. Caus.) having been
made to hang down, let down (as a basket by a
i, 7902.
on Nyiyad. to view (as a spy),
KathSs. Ava-lokaka, mfn. wishing
string),
A'-varjushl, f., AV.vii, 50, 2, v.l. (oivavarju- to be caught hold of or
R. vi, 101, 13.
Ava-lambitavya, mfn.
sht, perf. p. f. fr.
^/-vrij, q. v. Ava-lokana, am, n. seeing, beholding, viewing,
grasped, to be clung to.
w<<5 Ava-lambin, mfn. hanging down observing, Ragh. xi, 60, &c.; a look, glance, Ragh.
I. a-varna, mfn. having no outward so as to rest
x, 14, &c.; 'looking like,' appearance of (in comp.),
appearance, SvetUp. ; colourless (Comm.; said of upon, hanging on or from, depending on ; clinging
BhP. ; (a), f. the aspect (of planets), VarBrS.
Nara and NarSyana), MBh. iii, 8384 (as), m.'no
;
to, reclining, resting upon.
to be looked at,
Ava-lokaniya, mfn. worthy
praise,' blame, speaking ill of, Ragh. xiv, 38 & 57; WcfT^M ava-\/likh (Pot. -likhet; ind. p. Lalit.
Rajat. kEraka, mfn. 'not praising,' speaking ill
-likhyd) to scratch, graze, Susr. Ava-lokayitavya, mfn. to be observed, VarBrS.
of, Buddh.; Jain. vada, m. censure, blame, L. Ava-lekha, as, m. anything scraped off, Susr.; Ava-lokayitri, mfn. one who views.
samyoga, m. no connection with any caste, Ap.
(a), f. drawing, painting, BhP. Ava-lokita, mfn. seen, viewed, observed viewed ;

A-varnya, mfn. indescribable, Up.; not to be Ava-lekhana,<7,n. brushing, combing.AsvSr.; by, i.e. being in sight of a planet, VarBrS.; MarkP. ;
predicated, Comm. on Nyayad. sama, m. a = avalokitesiiara below (a), (., N. of a
Ap. Gaut. ; (t), f. brush, comb, Kaus.
; (as), m. ;

sophism in which the argument still to be proved is woman, Malatim. (am), n. looking at, beholding,
confounded with the admitted one, Nyayad.; Sah. 'a^Trt^apa- \/lip, P.(ind. -lipya) to smear, ;

L. - vrata, m., N. of a Buddhist. Avalokitd-

KaushBr. SSnkhSr. Susr.: A. (p. -limpamdna)
t^nu 2. a-varna, as, m. the vowel a or a,
; ;
svara, m., N. of a Bodhi-sattva, worshipped by the
to smear one's self, BhP.
northern Buddhists.
APrat. MBh.
Ava-lipta, mfn. smeared, i, 6391 ; viii,
Ava-lokin, mfn. looking, Kum.
' v, 49; looking
i1flHrT a-vartamana, mfn. not belong- 2059; Susr.; Vet. ; furred (as the tongue), Susr.; at, beholding (ifc.), Kathas.
ing to the present time,' (gana carv-adi, q. v.) (=dpi-ripta, q.v.) blind (?), VS. xxiv, 3; Kaus.; Ava-lokya, mfn. to be looked at, MBh. xiii,
proud, arrogant, Mn. iv, 79; MBh. &c. tS, f.
^RfS bad for- 5001 PSarv. ;
dva-rti, is, f. (rift fr. v/rt), or -tva, n. [R.] pride, arrogance.
tune, poverty, distress, RV.; AV.; (cf. dva-riti.) Ava-lepa, as, m. glutinousness (as of the mouth), ava-lopa, &c. See ava-
 ava-lobhana. ava-sanna.
104
f. not a cow, a bad cow, AV. ancat. (cf. sdvas/if) ; beginning, L. ; obstruction,
ava-lobhana. See an-avaf. d-vasd, L.
mpediment, L.; a post or pillar, L. gold,
I
;

f ava-loma, mfn., Pan. v, 4, 75. maya, mfn. (said of an arrow) shot with reso-
^H?l rH ava-sdtana, am, n. (\/sa<i,Caus.),
I
uteness(?), Ragh. iii, 53.
[ a-valgu-ja, as, m. the plant Ver- Susr. Ava-shtambhana, am, n. having recourse to
ithering, drying up,
nonia Anthelminthica, Susr. in comp.), Pancat.
ava- V si (Imper. 2. sg. -sisiAi) to
Ava-stabdha, mfn. stiff (with cold &c.), Pin.
'iM-Jjpfl avalffuK, (., N. of a poisonous eliver from, remove, RV. x, 105, 8.
iii, 3, 68, Sch.
insect, Susr. mfn. having the head
va-siras,
-vddish- ava-shthyuta, mfn. spit upon, SBr.
^T^^J ava- i/vad (aor. Subj. I .
pi. urned down, Kaus.
ma) to speak ill of or against (gen.), AitBr.; (cf. Ava-slrshaka, mfn. id., Susr. N
a'ur-avavad'a.) to be iv&shvanat; A. -shashvdna.) to smack
W^fijP^aDB-v/sisA, Pass, -sishyate, perf. p.
Ava-vadana, am, n. speaking ill of, Siy. on one's lips) or otherwise make a noise in eating. Pin.
eft as a remnant, remain, TBr. SBr.; MBh. &c.: ;
AitBr.
3aus. (Pot. -ieskayet) to leave as a remnant, MBh. iii, 3 63 seqq. ; (cf. ava-^svan.)
Ava-vadlta, mfn. instructed, taught, Buddh. Ava-shvana, as, m. noisy eating, smacking, L.
Ava-vaditri, td, m. one who speaks finally, who , 2638; R. 26,38. v,

AitBr. Ava-sishta, mfn. left, remaining. i.dvas, n. (\/ar), favour, further-

gives the definitive opinion, n. remainder, Yijfi.
^4t^
Ava-vada, m. speaking ill of, evil report,
L. ; Ava-slshtaka, am, ii, 47. RV.; AV.; VS.; re-
as,
Mn. ance, protection, assistance,
L. instruc- Ava-sesha, am, n. leavings, remainder, RV. ; wish,
a command, order, L. ; trust, confidence, ;
freshing, RV.; enjoyment, pleasure,
tion, teaching, Buddh. iii, 159, &c. ; often ifc., e.g. ardhdv, kathav, desire (as of men for the gods &c., RV., or of the
leave as a rem-
*il&v, q. v. ; (am), ind. ifc. so as to waters for the sea, RV. viii, 16, 2); (cf. sv-iivas.)
avavarti, aor. A. fr. \/vrit, q.v. lant, Das.; (cf. nir-av.) ta, f. the being left as -
A'vas-vat, mfn. desirous, AV. iii, 26, 6; TS. v.
\

a remainder, BhP. A'vasvad-vat, mfn. united with the desirous one

t ava-varshana. See ava-vvrish.
Ava-ieshita, mfn. left as a remnant, remaining,
NBD.], MaitrS.
_ ava- i/vd, -vdti, to blow down, RV. MBh. 1,5129, &c.; (cf. kathd-mdtrdv and ndma-
. .t Avasa, am, n.Ved. refreshment, food, provisions,
to a bull) to snort mdtrdv*.) vi, 61, I, &c. ;
x, 60, 1 1 ; (said of fire compared viaticum, RV. i, 93, 4 119, 6 ; ;

e. to crackle) towards, RV. i, 58, 5.

Ava-seshya, mfn. to be left or kept remaining
'food that has feet,' i. e. cattle, RV.
(i. [with pad-vdt)
See ava-</vyadh. ^H$|1 aua-v/3- * A -
(3- Pi- -^y ante ' I"1 ' x, 169, 1 (as), m. a king, Un.
;
ava-viddha.
or drop off, AV. xviii, 3, 60; Avasya, Norn. P. (p. dat. sg. m. avasyati) to
[
per. -iiyatdm) to fall

ava-T/vi, -veti, to eat, enjoy, RV. x seek favour or assistance, RV. i, 116, 23.
\ TS.; Kith.; SBr.; PBr.
Avaryn, mfn. desiring favour or assistance, RV. ;

23,4- and -sma. See ava-syd.

ava-sita
VS. & nom. m.
(v, 32 xviii, 45, sg. !yfih) ; (said
V^cljT ava-\/vrij, to disjoin, separate, ' ava-\/sush, -sushyati, to become of Indra) desirous of helping or assisting, RV. iv,
Kith.: Caus. (Pot. 3. -varjdytyuh) to remove, 16, ii&v, 31, io;(cf. Pin. vi t i, 116); (us),m.,
pi.
dry, ViyuP. ii; (-iushyate) MirkP.
TBr. N. of a Rishi (with the patron. Atreya, composer of
ava-Vsri (impf. avdsrindt) to break the hymn RV. v, 31).
^T^^ ava-i/vrish (p. -vdrshat) Ved. to PBr. : Pass. (impf. -iJryala) to
(as any one's anger),
!T^ l.avds (once, before m, avdr, RV. i,
rain upon, VS. xxii, 26, &c. ae dispersed, fly in every direction, R. i, 37, 13, ed
down-
1 33, 6 cf. Pin.
70), ind. (fr. 2. ava)
viii, 2,
Ava-varshana, am, n. raining upon, KitySr. Bomb. ;

wards, RV. (as a prep.) down from (abl.

or instr.),
A'va-vrlshta, mfn. rained upon, TBr. Ava-sirna, mfn. broken, shattered, Kaus. ; MBh ;

RV.; below (with instr.), RV. i, 164, 17 & 18 ; x,

'

^T^*<TV ava-Vvyadh, -vidhyati, to throw xiii, 1503.

67, 4. -t
(avds-), ind. (Pin. v, 3, 40) below,
down into* (!<>). Rv - >*. 73.8; (opposed loabhy- ava-sesha, &c. See ava-^/sish. RV. ; VS.; SBr. ; before (in time), TBr. ; (as a prep,
d-r6htUi; Comm. pramddyati) to fall or sink with gen.) below, SBr.; (avdstdt)-prapadana, mfn.
i-V'scu/ (perf. -cuscota) totrickli
down, TS. ; (Pot. -vidkyet) to throw down from,
'
(anything) attained
from below (as heaven), SBr.
deprive of (loc.), TBr. down, TBr. Ava-srintja, mfn. (fr. avah-,cf. ayd-iayd) whose
Ava-viddha, mfn. thrown down into (loc.), RV ava-syd, f.
(</syai), hoar-frost horns are turned downwards, TS. ii.
i, 182,6 & vii, 69, 7.
dew, L. CT^ufVvjcM ara-sakthika, f.
(=paryanka,
^T^I ava- </vye (p. -vydyat) to pull off (as or -syata, mfn. cooled, cool, Pan. vi
Ava-sita q.v.) sitting on the hams (or
also 'the cloth tied

clothes), RV. iv, 1 3, 4. i, a6, Kis. round the tigs and knees of a person sitting on his
_____ , it - Ava-slna or -syana, mm. coagulated, Pin. vi hams,' L.), Mn. iv, 1 1 2 ; Gaut.
fl 1 ava- st *9 -/vrasc (Imper. 3. ag.-vrtsca. 26.
ava-sam-cakshya, mfn. to be
v
RV. &
I,
yity<N^
impf. -avriicat) to splinter, cut off, i, 51, 7 Ava-syaya, as, m. (P5n. iii, I, 141) hoar-frost
vii, 1 8, 17. dew, Nir. MBh. xii, 5334 R. ; pride, L.
;
- pata ;
shunned or avoided, Pan. ii, 4, 54, Pat.

Ava-vrasca, as, m. splinter, chip, SBr. xii. m. a kind of cloth, L. ^HHy ara- \/safij (ind. p. -sajya ; Imper.
W^5t a-vasd, mf(a)n. unsubmissive to an Wt <S)
v^ava-Vsrath,
Caus. (Imper. 2. sg 3. pi. Pass,-sajyaittdm) to suspend,
attach to, ap-

pend, MBh. xv, 436, Hariv.; R.; (cf. ava-\fsrij

other's will, independent, unrestrained, free, AV. vi irathdya, Padap. thaya) to loosen, RV. i, 24, 15
at end); to charge with (a business ace.), R. iv, 42,
42, 3 & 43, 3, &c. not having one's own free will
W^BIT!! ava-srayana, am, n. (vsri), tak adhere or cleave to, not leave
;

7 ; A. -sajjate, to
;

or unwillingly
doing something against one's desire from off the fire (opposed to adhi MBh. 2198.
Mn. v, 33; Bhag. &c. ffa, mfn. not being in
ing (anything) undisturbed, xiii,

ir, q. v.), Sih. Ava-sakta, mm. suspended

from, attached to (as
any one's (gen.) power. m-ffama, n.'not submis to the shoulder or to the branch of a tree &c.),
sive to each other,' N. of a special Sandra (in whici ^)3^H*^ ava-svafdm, Ved. Inf. fr. Vsvas
bound round, MBh. &c. ; being in contact with,
the two sounds meeting each other remain unchang to blow away, AV. iv, 37, 3. Pancat. belonging to, BhP. (in Pass, sense) hung
; ;

ed), RPrit. A-vasI-bhnta, mfn. unrestrainec

Ava- 1 H Pw i^ ava- </svit (aor. -asvait) to shin with (as with wreaths), Hariv. 10049 ; charged with
independent, L. ; uninfluenced by magic, L. iv, 42, 8. R.
(a business),
sandrlya-cltta, mfn. whose mind and senses ar down, RV. i, 124, II.
Ava-sanjana, am, n. ( nivita, q.v.) the Brih-
not held in subjection, Hit. ^HliK a-vashatkdra, mfn. without th manical thread hanging over the shoulder, Comm. on
A-vasin, mfn. not having one's own free will
exclamation vashat, KitySr. KitySr.
not exercising one's own will, not independent, Ap
mm. SBr.
Avasi-tva, n. not being master of one's self, MBh
A'-vashatkrlta, id., iv.
ava-sam-dina, am, n. (\/di), the
xiv, i oo I. "W^U^ ava-shtambh (i/stambh), -shtabh united downward flight of birds, MBh. viii, 1901
A-vasya-, in comp. with a fut. p. p. (and wit noti (Sec., Pin. viii, 3, 63 seqq. generally ind. p ; (v. 1.)
some other words) for a-vaiyam, Pin. vi, I, 144,
-shtabhya, AsvSr. &c.) to lean or rest upon, Pin <H<mV| avasatha, as, m. (for d-vasatha,
Comm.; (avaiyam), ind. necessarily, inevitably to bar, barricade, R. iii, 56, 7
viii, 3, 68, &c. ; a village, L.; a college,
by all means avaiyam tva q. v.) habitation, Heat.;
certainly, at all events, ;
-shtabhndti (Kami's. ; Inf. -shlabdhum, ib. Pas.
school, L. ; (am), n. a house, dwelling, L.
;

most surely; (cf. dvaiyaka.) karman, n. an aor. avashtambhi, Rijat.) to seize, arrest, R. v, 2j
Avasathin, mfn. having a habitation, Heat.
necessary action or performance, Ait Ar. karya 52, &c.
mfn. (gana mayuravyansakadi, q. v.) to be neces Avasathya, mfn. (for dvas, q.v.) belonging to
Ava-shtabdha, mfn. standing firm, R. iii, 7-, a house, domestic, L.; (as), m. a L.
8 ; (ant), n. pi. necessary per college, school,
sarily done, R. ii, 96, 24; supported by (ace.), resting on, R. v, 31, 50
formances, MBh. i, 7899; viii, 10. pacya, mfn Kathis. ; slant 4HMeJ ava- \/sad, P. -sldati (rarely A.,e. g.
grasped, seized, arrested, VarBrS. ;
to be necessarily cooked, Pin. vii, 3, 65, Sch. m ing near, Pin. viii, 3, 68 ; R. v, 56, 1 29 (said of ; Pot. -sideta, MBh. i, 5184 ; impf. -sijata, R. iv,
bhavin, mfn. necessarily being, MBh. 1,6144; Hi time) being near, approaching, Pin. v, 2,13; ViyuP.; 58, 6) to sink (as into water), Susr. ;
BhP. ; to sink
m-bnavi-ta, f. [Comm. on M ricch .] or -tva (cf. ava-stabdha below.) down, faint, grow lean [TS.; PBr.], become ex-
n. [Bhpr.] the being necessarily. 1. Ava-shtabhya, ind. p. See ava-sh(ambh. hausted or disheartened, slacken, come to an end,
to cause
MBh. xii 2. Ava-shtabhya, mfn. to be seized or stopped, perish : Caus. (p. -sddayat ; ind. p. -sdtiya)
V^^IM ava-sapta, mfn. cursed, to sink (as into water), Susr.; to render down-
Kathis.
7221. m. leaning or hearted, dispirit, rain, ChUp.; MBh. &c.; to frus-
Ava-shtambha, as, resting upon,
'Wiyqava-sas (only instr. -sdsd),t.(i/sajss Susr. &c.
having recourse to anything, applying,
;
MBh. xii, 2634 R. v, 51, 2.
trate, ;

wrong desire, AV. vi, 45, 2. Pancat.; Sih.; self-confidence, resoluteness, Susr.; Ava-sanna, mfn. sunk down, pressed down (as
 ava-sdda. ava-stha. 105
by a burden, BhP .; R ii, 5 2 , 2 2) ; sunken (as eyes),
. one's life, frattan) xii, 88 ; to pardon, RV. vii, 86, tion, conclusion, end, L. ; remainder, L.; deter-
Susr. ; (opposed to ut-sanna) deep (as
a wound), 5 ; (any one's life, prdndn) MBh. iii, 3052 ; to mination, ascertainment, L.
deliver (a woman), RV. x, 138, 2 ; to be delivered, Ava-sSyaka, mfn. (said of an arrow, sdyaka)
Susr.; languid, dispirited,distressed,unhappy,KatySr.;
MBh. iv, 198, &c.; ended, terminated, Hit. (as the ; bring forth, AV. i, 1 1, 3 ;
to produce, form, shape, 'bringing to a close,' destructive, Kir. xv, 37.
eyesight ; said of a blind person) Ragh. ix, 77 ; (in
Hariv. 7057; BhP.: A.
pi. dvdsrijanta) (impf. 3. Ava-sayln, mm. 'taking up one's abode, settling,'
law) beaten in a cause. to relax, energy and power, RV. iv, 19, 2
lose ;
see antdv and ante-V, yatra-kdmatP .

Ava-sada, as, m. sinking (as of a chair), Susr. ; (impf. av&srijat for sajat, fr. -^sailj, BR.) to Ava-sSyya, ind. p. (fr. Caus.), see ava-^sa.
the growing faint (as of a sound), ib. ; failing, ex- attach to (loc.), MBh. i, 1973. Ava-sita, mfn. one who has put up at any place,
haustion, fatigue, lassitude, ib. ; defeat, Mslav. ; want Ava-sarffa, as, m. (gana nyahkv-adi, q. v.) who dwells, rests, resides, RV. i, 32, 1 5 & iv, 25, 8 ;
of energy or spirit (especially as proceeding from letting loose, letting go (an- neg.) Jaim. ; relaxation, SBr. KatySr. ; brought to his abode (as Agni),
;

doubtful or unsuccessful love), L. ; (in law) badness laxity, L.; following one's own inclinations, inde- TS.; ended, terminated, finished, completed, MBh.
of a cause, L. ; end, termination, L. ; (cf. nir-av.) pendence, L. i, 4678, &c. ; one who has given up anything (abl.,

Ava-sadaka, mfn.
causing to sink, frustrating, Ava-sarjana, am, n. liberation, VS. xii, 64. MBh. xii, 7888 ; or in comp., YSjn. ii, 183) ; de-
R. iv, 26, 19 exhausting, tiresome, wearisome, L.
; ; Ava-sarjita, mm. (
= visrishtavat, Comm.) termined, fixed, BhP. ; ascertained, BhP. known, ;

ending, finishing, L. who has abandoned, R. vii, 56, 23. understood ; one who is determined to (loc.), BhP. ;
Ava-sadana, am, n. oppressing, disheartening ; Ava-srishta, mfn. let loose, RV.x,4, 3; thrown being at end of the line of a verse (see ava-sana),
the state of being disheartened, Car. an escharotic, ; (as arrows or the thunderbolt), RV. vi, 75, 16 vii, & RPrat. ; VPrat. stored (as grain &c.), L. gone, L,.;
; ;

removing proud flesh by escharotic applications, Susr. 46, 3 ; AV. i, 3, 9 (cf. rudrdv ) ; (ava-srishtd), (am), n. 'a dwelling-place,' see navdvasifd.
Ava-sadita, mfn. made to sink, exhausted, dis- mm. made over, dismissed, sent, RV. x, 28, II & Ava-seya, mfn. to be ascertained, be understood,
frustrated, R. v, 51, 2. 91, 14; brought forth (from the womb), BhP.; be made out, be learnt from, Jain. Comm. &c. ; 'to
pirited ;

fallen down from or upon (in comp.), BhP. be brought to a close,' be destroyed, L.
^r^Tf*T dva-sabha, only in f. (a), excluded
Ava-sai, Ved. Inf., see ava-Vso above.
from a (husband's) company [Say] fallen into wrong ;
a- v/srtp.-srfrpari^said of the sun)
(i. e.
into men's) company [NBD.], SBr. 1.3,1,11. VS. xvi, 7
to set, ; (p. loc. m. -sarpati) La{y. to ;
wnsim ava-i/skand (ind. p. -skandya) to
ava-sara. See ava-Vsri* flow back (as the sea in low tide), MBh. xiii, 7257 jump down from (abl.), BhP.; to approach hasten-
(v. 1.
*
ava-sarpita, mfn. caused to flow back ') ; to ing from (abl.), ShadvBr. ;
to storm, assault (as a
t ava-sarga. Seeava-Vsrij- creep to or approach unawares, TS. ; AV. viii, 6, 3 ;
city &c.), R.; Malav. &c.
Ava-sarjana. See ib. to flow over gradually, AV. xi, I, 17. Ava-akanda, as, m. assault, attack, storm, Pan-
Ava-sarpa, as, m. 'one who approaches un- cat.; Hit.; Kathas.
ava-snrpa, &c. See ava-Vsrip.
Ava-skandana, am, n. id., L. descending, L.;
awares,' a spy, L. (cf. apa-sarpa.) ;

ma-salmi, ind. = apa-s, q. v., Ava-sarpana, am,

;

n. 'descent,' the place from bathing, L. ; (in law) accusation.

Gobh. which Manu descended after he had left his ark, Ava-skandita, mfn. attacked, L.; gone down,
Ava-savl, ind. to the SankhSr. SBr. down to, MirkP. L.; bathed, bathing, L.; (in law) accused, re-
left, i
; going ; (cf. rathy&vas '.)

down futed L.
Ava-savya, mfn. not left, right, L. Ava-sarpini, f. 'going or gliding gra-
(?),
Ava-skandln, mfn. 'covering (a cow),' xtgau-
I dva-sa and -sdtrL See ava- Vso. dually,' a descending period of a long duration
'
and
r&v; ifc. attacking, Mcar.
alternating with the ascending one (ut-sarptnt,
ava-sdda, &c. See ara- Vsad. Ava-skanna, mfn. spilt (as semen virile), Hariv.
q. v. ; both the ascending [ut-s] and descending
cycle are divided
into six stages each : 1786 'attacked,' overpowered
; (as by love), R. vi,
i.d-vasana, mfn. not [ava-s]
(-v/4- cos), 95,4'-
RV. good-good, good, good-bad, bad-good, bad, bad-bad),
dressed, iii, I, 6.
Jain. ; Aryabh. ava-s-kara. See ava- -Ss-kfr.
2. ana-Sana, &c. See ava-*/so. Ava-sarpita, mm., see s. v. ava-'Jsrip.
wqtiq ava-skavd, as, m. (-i/sku), a kind
ava-sama, mfn., Pan. v, 4, 75. w^wi ava-^/so, -syati (Imper. 2. du. -sya- of worm, AV. ii, 31, 4.
tam ; aor. Subj -sat) to loosen, deliver from, RV.
I
ava-sdya, &c. See ava- -/so.
&
.
*Nt* ava-i/s-kfi (\/3- tri), A. (perf. 3.
", 74, 3 vii, 28, 4; TS.; SBr.; (Imper. 2. sg.

-sya; aor. dvasat, TBr. &c.; aor. 3. pi. dvdsur, pi.ava-caskarire) to scrape with the feet, Sis. v,
\ava-Vsic (p.-siflcat;\nd,p. -sicya)
to RV. i, 179, 2 ; ind. p. -soya, RV. i, 104, I ; Ved. 63 ; (cf. apa-'Js-kri s. v. apa-i/kri.}
pour upon (ace. or loc.), KitySr. ;
sprinkle,
AsvGr. Kaus. lal.-saf, RV.iii, 53, 20) Ved. to unharness (horses),
Ava-s-kara, as, m. ordure, faeces, Pan. vi, I,
; Gobh. ;
;
to pour out, Gobh. Caus. :

put up at any one's house, settle, rest, RV. &c. ; to 148 ; the privities, L. a place for faeces &c., privy,
(Pot. -secayet) to sprinkle, bedew, MBh. xiii, 5056 ;
;

take one's abode or standing-place in or upon (loc), closet,MBh. iii, 14676 Rsjat. a place for sweep- ; ;
VarBrS.
AV. 14; TBr.; to finish, terminate (one's ings &c., Comm. on Yajfi.; (cf. ava-ikara.) man-
Ava-sikta, mfn. sprinkled, MBh. ; Hariv. ; R. ix, 2,

work), SankhSr. ; RPrit. &c.; to be finished, be at dim, n. water-closet, Rajat.

Ava-slnclta, mfn. id., MBh. vii, 7319.
an end, be exhausted, Kir. xvi, 1 7 ; to choose or Ava-s-karaka, as, m., N. of an insect (originat-
Ava-seka, as, m. sprinkling, irrigating (as the
appoint (as a place for dwelling or for a sacrifice), ing from faeces), Pan. iv, 3, 28.
ground), Mricch. ; syringing, administering a clyster,
Susr. ; bleeding (with leeches), Susr. TS. ; SBr.; (Pot. 2. sg. -seyds ; cf. Pan. vi, 4, 67) to wi w Tr^ anas- tdt. See 2. ova's .
Ava-sekima, as, m. a kind ofcake (pulse ground decide, Bhatt. ; to obtain, BhP.: Caus. -sayayati
wi^ a-vastu, n. a worthless thing, Kum.
and fried with oil or butter), L. (ind. p. -sayya) to cause to take up one's abode in
or upon (loc.), TS.; AitBr.; SBr.; (ind. p. -sdyya) v, 66 insubstantiality, the unreality of matter, Kap. ;
Ava-secana, am, n. sprinkling, KatySr. ;
Susr. ;
;

to complete, Ragh. v, 76 ; (Inf. [in Pass, sense] -sd- Vedantas. tfi, f. or tva, n. [Kap.] insubstantiality,
water used for irrigating (trees), Mn. iv, 151 ;
bath-
ing, MBh. 8231 bleeding, Susr.
iii, ;
yayitum) to ascertain, clearly distinguish, Kir. ii, unreality.'

Ava-seclta, mfn. = -sikta, MBh. vi, 4434. 29 : Pass, -styate (cf. Pan. vi, 4, 66) to be obtained,
IT^fJ ava-\/stri, P. -strindti (i. sg. -stri-
BhP. ; to be insisted upon, MBh. xii, 554 (ed. Bomb.
*4f *{ ava-Vi
sidh (impf. avdsedhat,v.\. in active sense
'
upon ') ; to insist to be ascertained,
ndmi; ind. p. -stirya) to strew, scatter, VS. v,
25 ;
TS.; SBr.; (perf. -tastara) to scatter over, cover
apds) tokeepback or off from (abl.), MBh. vii, 7397. BhP.; Sarvad. with MBh. A.
(instr.), vii, 1568 :
(perf. -tastare)
A'va-sS, f. liberation, deliverance, RV. iv, 23, 3; to penetrate (as a sound), Kir. xiv, 29.
w*JH ava-supta, mfn. ( y'scop), asleep, R. '
halt, rest," see an-avasd.
5 6> ' Ava-starana, am, n. strewing, KatySr. ; a cover
,
Ava-satri, ta, m. a liberator, RV. x, 27, 9. for a bed, blanket, Ap.
move anything 2. Ava- sana, am, n. (cf. ava-mocana) 'where
"<^J ma-i/sri, Caus. to
the horses are unharnessed,' stopping,
Ava-st5ra, as, m. (Pin. iii, 3, 1 20) 'a litter, bed,*
aside or away, Kaus. resting-place, (cf. nir-aif.)
Ava-sara, as, m. 'descent (of water),' rain, L. ;
residence, RV. x, 14, 9 ; AV. SBr. MBh. ; a place ; ;
Ava-t!rna, mfn. strewed, covered with (instr.),
chosen or selected for being built upon, MlnGr.; Kaus.
occasion, moment, favourable opportunity, Sak. &c.; ;
Susr.
seasonableness, appropriate place for anything (gen.), (ifc. f.
Ragh.
i, 95)
a, conclusion, termination, cessa-
^J^gf a-vastra, mfn. without clothes,
KathJs. ; any one's (gen.) turn, Pancat. ; leisure, ad- tion, Mn.
71; Sak. Sec.; death, Sak.; Paflcat. ;
ii,
naked. tK, N.
vantageous situation, L. j ( = mantra) consultation
f. nakedness,
boundary, limit, L. end of a word, last- part of a
;

in
private(?), L. ; a year, L.; (t), loc. ind. at the compound or period, end of a phrase, Prit. ; Pan.; HWmava-Vsthd, P.-tishthati(\mpf.-ati-
right moment, Kathls. kale or -velayam [Pan- the end of the line of a verse or the line of a verse A. 3. sg. -tasthe;
aor. Subj. -sthdt; perf.
shthat;
cat.], loc. ind. on a favourable opportunity. itself, AAnukr. ; VPrJt. ; KitySr. ; N. of a place, -tasthivds)\o go down into (ace.), reach
perf. p. P.
Ava-saraxia, am, n. moving away, L. (gana takshasiladi, q. v.) darsa, mfn. looking down RV. SBr. ; (aor. Sub]. 2. pi. -sthd-
to (ace.), ;

at one's place of destination or residence, AV. vii, ta) to go away from (abl.), RV. v, 53, 8 ; (aor.
ava-Vsrij (Subj. -srijdt [RV. x, 41, i; seeing the end of (gen.), PBr. -bhuml, f.
Subj i sg. -sthdm) to be separated from or deprived
. .

108, 5] or -srijdt [RV. i, 174, 4] or -srijat [RV. 'place of limit,' the highest limit, Kid. of RV. ii, 27, 17 A. (Pin. i, 3, 2.2. ; rarely
(abl.), :

i,55,6 &
x, 113, 4] Imper. 2. sg. -srijaor Avasanaka, mf (z7-a)n. attaining an end
-srija; ;
by (in P., 23;_BhP. &c.) to take one's
e.g. Bhag. xiv,
impf. -dsrijat; perf. Pot. -sasrijydt, RV. i, 24, comp.) stand, remain standing, AivGr. &c. ; to stay, abide,
'3; P- -sr'jfo, RV. 10) to throw AvasSnika, mm. forming the end of (in comp.),
ii, 3, fling, (as stop at any place (loc.), MB^i. &c.; to abide in a
arrows or the thunderbolt), RV.
27, 3 ; AV. iv, iv, R. ii, 56, 25. state or condition (instr.), i, 5080; BhP. MBh. &c.;
6, 7 ; TS. &c. ; to throw or put into (loc.), Mn. i,
Avasanya, mfn. belonging to the line of a verse, (with ind. p.) to remain or continue (doing any-
8 ; MBh. iii,
12769 ; Ved. to let off, let loose, let VS. xvi, 33 thing), MBh. i, 5770 187 (ed. Bomb.), &c.; to
; iii,
go, send, dismiss, abandon, surrender (as tomisfortune, 1. Ava-sftya, ind. p. (Pan. vi, 4, 69), see -
</so. be found, be present, MBh. ; Yijii. i, 272, &c. ;
exist,
aghaya, RV. i, 189, 5), RV.; AV. &c.; to give up 2. Ava-B&ya, as, m. (Pin. iii, i, 141) 'taking (perf. I. sg. -tasthe) to fall to, fall into the possession
(as one's anger &c.), MBh. v, 1822 vi, 5848, (or & up one's abode,' see yatra-Adtudvasdya ; termina- of (dat.), RV. x, 48, 5 ; to enter, be absorbed in
(loc.),
 ava-ttha. avaclna.

Mn. vi, 8 1 ;
to penetrate (is sound or as fame), MBh. ava-i/sm, Caus. (p. -srivayat) to (as), m. a marine monster, L. ; (cf. yuddhdvahi-
xiii, 1845 : Pass, -sthiyatt, to be settled or fixed or rika.)
cause to flow down, KatySr.
Ava-h&rya, mfn. to be caused to pay (as a per-
chosen, Sale. Caus. (generally ind. p. -sthapya) to
:
Ava-iruta, mfn. run or dropped down, AivGr.
cause to stand or stop (as a carriage or an army &c.), son), Mn. viii, 198 ; to be caused to be paid (as a
let behind, MBh. &c. ; to place upon (loc.), fix, set,
f. Seei.a'mu. sum), Mn. viii, 145.
array, AsvGr. &c. ; to cause to enter or be absorbed Ava-hfita, mfn. for apa-h, taken off, MBh.
q*S{ amz-\/*t>an (aor. -drvanit) to fly
in (loc.), MBh. iii, 12503 ; to render solid or firm, vii, 1787; MarkP.
R- v 3S> 36 to establish (by arguments), Comni. down with noise, RV. iv, 27, 3 (cf. ava-sAvan.) ;
i !

on NySyad. : Pass. Caus. -sthapyatc, to be kept firm Ava-rvanya, mm. roaring, MaitrS.; VS. xvi, 31. wq?<? ava-hela, am, d, n.f. (Vhel for
he<f), disrespect, L. (aya), instr. ind. without any
['to be separated,' BR.], BhP.
;

(Subj. -tvarati) to Bound

H>HQava-i/tvri trouble, quite easily, Kathas. ; (cf. sdvahelam.)
Ava-Btha, as, m. menibnim AV.
(as an instrument), RV. viii, 69, 9 ; (Pot. -svaret)
90,
virile, vii,
of
Ava-helana, am, n. disrespect, L.
3 (cf. Hpd-stJia) (a), f.
appearance (in a court to sustain with gradually lowered voice, I. Sty.
1 Ava-helita, mfn. disrespected, L. (am), n. dis-
justice), Mn. viii, 60 ;
'
stability, consistence, cf. an- ;

L.
avastka ; state, condition, situation (five are distin- HH*{ava-\/han (Subj. 2. sg. -Aon, RV. respect,

guished in dramas, S5h.), circumstance of age [Pin. v,32, i vi, & 26, 5; Imper. 2. pi. -hantana, RV. ava-hvara. See dn-av.
v, 4, 1 46 ; vi, 2, 1 1 5, &c. ] or position, stage, degree ; ii,34, 9 ; Imper. 2. sg. -jahi; impf. 2. 3. sg. &
(as), pi. the female organs of generation, RV, v, -dhan or ahan ; perf. 2. sg. -jaghantha) to throw ava-Vhve, A. (i. sg. -hvaye) to call
down, strike, hit, RV. AV. MBh. ii, 915 Ved. to
down from, RV. v, 56, I
19, I. ATth*-catnhty, n. the four periods ; ; ;
.

or states of human life (viz. childhood, youth, man- drive away, expel, keep off, fend off, RV. ; AV. &c.; xiqie avdk. See I . o-roc and dvdnc.
hood, and old age). Avtlia-traya, n. the three chiefly Ved. to thresh, RV. i, 191, 3 (p. fern, -ghna-
states (viz. waking, dreaming, and sound sleep), tt) ; TS. &c. : A. -jighnate, to throw down, RV.
wq 1
TeiH^ a-vakin, mfn. ( vWc), not speak-
RamatUp. ; BhP. Avastha-dvaya, n. the two i, 80, 5 : Caus. (Pot. -ghdtayet) to cause to thresh, ing, ChUp.
states of life (viz. happiness and misery). Ava*thi- SBr. xiv: Intens. (Imper. 2. sg. -jahghaniht) to I . A-vSk-ka, mfn. speechless, SBr. x.
van, mm. possessed of stability, TS. drive away, fend off, AV. v, 20, 8. A- vie, mfn. id., SBr. xiv
I. ; VarBrS. A-vlk-
Ava-ithina, am, n. standing, taking up one's Ava-ghSta, as, m. a blow, Sah. &c. ; threshing irnti, mm. deaf and dumb, L.
place, R. v, 5, 1 8 ; situation, condition, Paficat. ; Hit. ; com by bruising it with a wooden pestle in a mortar A-vaoaka, mfn. not expressive of, Kpr. ; Sah.
residing, abiding, dwelling, Vedlntas.; Sah.; stability, of the same material, Jaim. ; KathJs. &c. ; (for ava- A-vacaniya, mfn. not to be read, Balar.
Rsjat (cf. an-av.)
; ghatta, q.v.) a hole in the ground, L. 1. A-vScya, mm. not to be addressed, Mn. ii,

Ava-stttapana, am, n. exposing (goods for sale), Ava-ghatin, mfn. ifc. threshing, BhP.; strik- 1 28 ; improper to be uttered, R.; Kathas. (a-vdc-
;

Das. ing, L. yam karma ^maiihunam) Comm. on SBr.; 'not

Av-tiayin, mfn. staying, residing in, Kid. ;
Ava-jaghnat, mm. (irreg. p. in Pass, tense ; distinctly expressed,' see -tva. ta, f.
reproach,
placed (behind, pa teat; as an army) ; abiding in a calumny, Kir. 53 BhP. tva, n. the not being
-hanyamdna, Comm.) being beaten or struck by xi, ;

particular condition, Comm. on Bad. (instr.), MBh. iv, 1424. distinctly expressed, Sah. daia, m. 'unmention-
Av-thita, mfn. standing near (sometimes with Ava-hata, mfn. threshed, winnowed, KatySr. able region,' the vulva, Comm. on SBr.
Hariv. 14728 R. 73, 26), placed, hav- Ava-hanana, am, n. threshing, winnowing,
ace., e.g. v,
^*qija<J-\/i.irt (Imper. 2. gg. -kridhi)
;

ing its place or abode, AsvSr.; MaitrUp.; MBh.&c. ; KstySr.; BhP.; (cf. adhy-ava/i); the left lung, to ward off, remove, RV. viii, 53, 4.
(with a pr. p.) continuing to do anything, R. iii, 30, Yajn. iii, 94; Comm. onVishnus.
19; engaged in, prosecuting, following, practising Ava-hantri, ta, m. one who throws off or wards ^iqi'l*^ wo&--Jgam (aor. I. pi. dva agan-
(with loc. [MBh. ii, 1328 ; Mn. &c.] or in comp. off, RV. iv, 25, 6. ma) to undertake, begin, RV. iii, 31, 14.
[Bhag. iv, 23; Hit]); obeying or following (the V<li| avdgra, mfn. having the point
words or commands of; loc.), BhP. ; Bhatt. ; giving ^Tq^fttT ava-harshita, mfn. (Vhrish),
caused to shiver, MBh. turned aside, ApSr.; (cf. avdg-agra)
one's self up to (e. g. to compassion or pride), MBh. ix, 2786.
xiii, 272 ; R. v, 58, 13 j contained in (loc.), Mn. ava- i/has, to laugh deride, wqifW avS-Vi. -cinoti (=zbhogena
ci,
TqT?^ at,
xii, 119; Bhag. ix, 4 & xv, n; being incum- MBh. &c. vyayi-kuroti, Comm.) to dissipate what is accumu-
bent upon (loc.), Kum. ii, 18 ; ready for (dat.), Ava-hasana, am, n. deriding, MBh. i, 144. lated, use up, MBh. xii, 5952.
Paficat. firm, fixed, determined, KathUp.; R. &c.; m. jest, Brah-
Ava-hSsa, *qlFlft avS- v/cAtrf(ind. p.-chidya) to tear
;

as, joke, Bhag. xi, 42 ;

steady, trusty, to be relied on, Mn. vii, 60, &c. ; (cf.

MBh.; R.; Kathas.
maP.; derision, away or out from (abl.), Vikr.
an-aif.) mfn. to be derided, exposed to
Ava-hsya, ridi-
wq
Ava-stMti, is, f. residence, BhP. ; KathSs. abid- ;
MBh. i, 7039. 1, f.
I
>^ avaj ( Vaj), dvajali, to drive down,
cule, ridiculous, ridiculousness,
ing, stability, see an-av; following, practising, L. RV. 161, 10.
MBh. iii, 17193 ; Kathas. i,

tHMI ava-Vsnd, Caus. -sndpayati, to m. a bad horse, RV.

wash, Kaus.
W^tT ava-htista, as, m. the back of the wqif'j'^ d-vdjin, i,

hand, L.
i, 53, 3-
Ava-snata, mfn. (water) in which any one has
bathed, MBh. xiii, 5014. apa-\/3. An (aor. 3. sg. u'caAu/i [for ^TqT^rfpaJic, an, act, dk (fr. 2. aZc), turned
-jaka; ind. p. -haya) to leave,
perf. 3. sg.
downwards, being or situated below, lower than (abl.),
-spdrat, 2. Kg. Ads-t] ;
^TO?*J ava-'/spfi (aor. Subj. RV. i, Il6, 3 & viii, 45, 37 TS.; MBh. xiii, RV. iv, 25, 6; AV.x, a, II ; SBr. xiv; (avaitfam),
-spar; Imper. 2. sg. -spridhi & 3. du. -spritam)
quit,
6208 Pass, -hiyaie (fut. -hdsyate, Kath.) to be
:
;

ind. downwards, Sulb. (Avdct), f. (with dis ) the di- ;

to defend, preserve from (abl.), RV. rection downwards (i. e. towards the ground), VS.
left remaining, remain behind, MBh. iii, 1 1558 ; 'to
Ava-spartri (only Voc. rtar), m. a preserver, remain behind,' i. e. to be excelled, R. v, a, ii (i. ;
xxii, 24 ;
SBr. xiv ; Up. ; (without dis) the southern
saviour, RV. ii, 23, 8. to be abandoned, RV. x, 34, 5 Caus. (aor. : quarter, L.; (avdt), ind., see s. v.
sg. -hiye)
" *
**J 4- ma -
Vsphur ({at. -sphurishyati)to Subj. 2. sg. -jihipas) to
cause to remain behind on Avak, ind. downwards, headlong, AsvGr. ; Kaus.;
Mn. viii, 75. pnhpl, f. 'having its flowers turned
or to deviate from (a path ; abl.), RV. iii, 53, 19.
cast away, Nir. v, 17.
downwards,' the plant Anethum Sowa Roxb., L.
^tq^lfVjH ava-halikd, f. (\/Aai), a wall, ifikha, mfn. having shoots turned downwards
hedge, L. ; (cf. nir-av.) (as the Ficus Indica),
KathUp. siras, mm. hav-
thunder, make a noise like a thunder-clap, VS. ; TS. ;

See ava-</dha. ing the head downwards, headlong, Mn.; MBh.

SBr. &c. to snort,
MBh.vi, 774 (ed. Bomb.); Suir.
; ; WqT^H dva-hita.
&c. ; having its upper end turned downwards,
to fill vii, 321; Hariv. 13279.
with noise, MBh.
"Btlflgf^J avahittha, am, n. (corrupted fr. a- VarBrS. Birgha, mfn. having the head turned
Ava-plx5rja, as, m. the rolling of thunder,
bahih-stkal) dissimulation; (a), f. id., Dasar.; Sah. downwards, MBh. xiii, 2929. iriixffa, mfn. (said
PSrGr. of the moon) whose crescent is turned downwards,
&c.
Wq"f<J? ava-Vsmi, A. (impf. 3. pi. -tma- VarBrS.
shed (as
yanta) to flash down (said of lightning), RV. i, Tq^ ava-\/ha (3. pi. -jtthvati) to 2. AvSk-ka, mf(a)n. (only for the etym. of ava-
drops of sweat), RV. v, 7, 5.
1 68, 8. ka) turned downwards, SBr. ix.
V4W avasya, Nom. P. See I. dvas. *|q( avaShri, A. -karate (generally ind. Avaff (in Sandhi for avdK). _ agra, mfn. hav-
ingthe point turned downwards, Ap. (wrongly written
V( <4 m 55 ava- \/syand, A. (p. -tyandamana) p. -hrtiya) to move down (as the arms), take down,
put down or aside, KatySr. ; Laty. ; (P. Imper. 2. sg.
avan-agra). <- gati, f. the way downwards (to the
to flow or trickle down, BhP. hell), MBh. xiv, 490. gamana-vat, mfn. (said
-kard) MBh. iv, 1304: P. -harati, to bring to- of the Apana) taking its course downwards, Vedantas.
Ava-syandana, am, n. (gana gahadi, q. v.) Caus. to cause to
gether, amass (?), Pan. v, I, 52 : vada-
Ava-syandita, am, n. (in rhetoric) attributing bhiga, m. the part below, ground, L.
pay taxes, Ap. : Caus. Pass. (3. pi. -kdryanle) to be
to one's own words a sense not originally meant, na, mfn. having the face turned downwards, BhP.
MBh. ii, 249.
caused to pay taxes,
Sah. Dasar. &c. Avail Sandhi for avdk). agra, see a-v&g-
;
Ava-harana, am, n. putting aside, throwing (in
agra. nabhi, ind. below the navel. nlraya,
arasytl. See i. aval. away, KatySr.
m. the below (the earth), MBh. xiv, 1008; (cf.
Ava-hSra, as, m. truce, suspension of arms, MBh.
hell
;

at>a-\/sraus, A. (p. -sratsamana) cessation of plaving &c., Kathas. ; summoning, in- tiryah-nit*.) mnkha, mf(<)n. having the face
marine monster.L. ; ( = dha- turned downwards, looking down, MBh. &c. ; turned
falling down, Suir. viting, L. ; a thief, L. ; a
downwards ; (as), m., N. of a Mantra spoken over
Ava-raaaa, Ved. Inf. (abl.) from falling down, rm&ntard) apostacy, abandoning a sect or cast (?), L. ;
= a weapon, R. i, 30, 4.
RV.ii, 17,5. ( apanetavya-tiravya or upan) a tax, duty (?),L.
Ava-srata, mfn. fallen down, Suir. Ava-haraxa, mfn. one who stops fighting &c. ; Avactna, mf(o)n. directed downwards, being or
 avaclna-sirshan. \srfarTf37T a-vigalita. 107
situatedbelow (abl.), AV. x, 4, 25 xiii, I, 30 SBr.; I. AvSrya, mfn. being on the near side of a
a-vikatthana, mfn. not boast-
; ;
river,
(as), m., N. of a king, MBh. i, 3770 seqq.
sir- VS. xvi, 42 & xxv, i.
MBh.; Ragh. xiv, 73, &c.
ing,
shan, mf(rshm)n, having the head turned down-
wards, headlong, SBr. iv. hasta, mfn. having a-varaniya, mfn. (v/l.eri), not Wr *< =1 <t mfn. not talking
to be stopped or kept back, not to be warded i^ a-vikathayat,
the hand turned downwards, Kaus. Avacmagra, off,
vainly or idly, Ap.
mm. = awag-agra, q. v., AitBr. unrestrainable, (as water) MBh. i, 693 ; (as a weapon)
2. Avacya, mfn. southern, southerly, L.
MBh. iv, 21 12 & v, 1888; KathSs.; 'not to be vf^R a-vikarsha, as, m. absence of sepa-
turned remedied, incurable,' i. e. treating of incurable sick- RPrat.
Avancita, mfn. (perf. Pass. p. */aftc) ration,
downwards (as the face), Sah. nesses, Susr. A-vikrishta, mfn. not separated, RPrat.; not
Avarika, f.the plant Coriandrum Sativum. robbed or plundered, AitBr.
4Hlrt a-vatd, mf(d)n. (Vvai), not dried
i.
A-varita, mfn. unimpeded, unobstructed ; (atri)^
RV. i, 52, 4 62, IO & viii, 79, 7. ind. without obstacles, at pleasure, MBh. xiii, 3294; ^wfactirta-tttiaJa, mfn. unimpaired, entire,
up, fresh, ;

A-vana, mfn. id., MBh. ii, 704 (v. 1. a-vatd) ; xiv, 2686; Mudr. ; Kathas. -dvara, mfn. having MaitrUp. ; MBh. xii, 11943, &c.; regular, orderly.
Sis. xi, 10.
wet, Kad.; dry, L. open doors, Naish. iii, 41.
^HTtT 2. a-vatd, mf(a)n. windless, RV. A-varitavya, mfn. not to be impeded or hin- m. absence of alter-
i, a-vikalpa, as,
dered, not to be kept off.
38, 7 (dm), n. the windless atmosphere, RV. native, positive precept (mfn.) not distinguished or
2. A- vary a, mfn. not to be kept back or warded
; vi, ;

64, 4 & x, 119, 2. Hariv.

particularized, BhP. &c. ; not deliberating long or
off, unrestrainable, irresistible, Io8o5& '15067; hesitating, Kathas. PaHcat. ; (am), ind. without
A-vatala, mfn. not flatulent, Kusr.
;
R. (vdrya with na neg.) MBh. v, 7375 incur-
hesitation, Kad.
; ;
Pancat. Kathas. ; ;

able,' see -id. kratn (avdryd-), (6) mfn. of ir-

^rTTrT3.a-a/a, mf(a)n.(v^twm),unattack- A-vlkalpita, mm. undoubted, Sarvad.
ed, untroubled, RV.
resistible power, RV. viii, 92, 8. tS, f. incurable-
ness, Susr. ^rrV^TR a-vikara, as, m. non-change of
H avdtita, mfn. (\/a<) (only for the
'H<TI frl form or nature, non-alteration, VPrSt. ; Gaut.;Jaim.;
avS-Vnth, Caus. (fut. sg. -roha-
etym. of avatd) gone down, Nir. x, 13. (mfn. )unchangeable, immutable,VPrat.; (ganafa^K-
yita) to bring down from (abl.) ddi, q.v.) vat, mfn. not exhibiting any altera-
^Nl$ acoW (\/arf), (Pot. i. pi. -adlmahi)
tion, Kim. sadrisa, mfn. (gana cdrv-ddi, q.v.)
to cause to eat food, VS. iii, 58. wn^ avdrch ( vVi'cA), avarchati (sic ;
Pot.
A-vlkarin, mfn. unchangeable, invariable (as
av&rchif) to fall down, become damaged, TS. ; SBr.
'W'ulVn a-v&din, mfn. (gana grdhy-ddi, truth), MBh. xii, 5979 (superl. ri-tama) 5986, &
<H<*i^ avdrj (i/rij), (3. pi. avdrjanti) to &c. unchangeable (in character), faithful, Mn. vii,
q. v.) not speaking, not disputing, peaceable, L. ;

1
90 without change, without being changed, Susr. ;
dismiss, SBr. iv. ;

VIIIT^ avdn (\/an), avaniti, to breathe or not exhibiting any alteration (in one's
features),
inhale, SBr. iv; (cf.dn-avdnat.) Viirtt ^ avd-Vloc, A. 1

(perf. -luloce) to Kathas.

ana. Seel, a-vatd. consider, Shaft. A-vik5rya, mfn. invariable, Bhag. ii, 35.
^11^6 avdvata, as, m. the son of a woman A'-vikrita, mfn. unchanged, TPrat. ; not pre-
avdntard, mfn. intermediate, TS. ; pared, not changed by artificial means, being in its
by any other man than her first husband, Comm. on
SBr. respectively different, respective (generally said natural condition, Ap.; Gaut.; (said of
;
Mn. x, 5. cloth) not
with regard to two things only), VedSntas. ; Sah. &c. ; dyed, Gaut.; not developed (in its
shape), SBr. iii ; not
(dm), ind. differently from (abl.), MaitrS.; (am), *tli<^ avdvan, mf(cart)n. (\/on, Pan. iv, deformed,notmonstrous, Gaut. A'vikritanga.infu.
ind. between, SBr. -*dis, f. an intermediate region I, 7, Comm.), one who carries off, a thief, L. having undeveloped limbs (as an embryo), SBr. iv.
of the compass, SBr. ; BrArUp. ; Nir.; Sulb.; (avdn- A-vikriti, if, f. unchangeableness, Say. on RV.
avd-sringd. See 2. avds.
tara-diK)-srakti, mfn. (said of theVedi) having its i, 164, 36.
comers turned towards intermediate regions of the avds (-1/2. as), (Ved. ind. p. avasya) A-vikrlya, mf(J)n. unchangeable, invariable,
compass, KatySr. dlsi, f. =-dU, q. v., MaitrS.; to put down, RV. i, 140, 10. Ragh. If; BhP.; not showing any alteration (in
x,
VS. xxiv, 26. diksha, mfn. performing an inter- one's features), Kathas. ; not
exhibiting any differ-
mediate consecration, SBr. iii.
i <* i*f
*^ a-vdsas,
mfn. unclothed, L.
diksha, f. an in- ence, quite similar, Rajat.; (d), f. 'unchangeable-
termediate consecration, ApSr. ; ManSr. ; avdntara- ness,' see avikriy&tmaka below. tva, n. un-
^ avS-\/sic, to pour into (loc.),
1

^tiifw
dlkshadi, a gana, Conim. on P5n. v, I, 94. di- Gobh. changeableness, Siy. on RV. i, 164, 36; Kull. on
=
kshin, mfn. -dtksfid, q. v., Pan. v, I, 94, Comm. Mn. vi, 92. Avikriyatmaka, mfn. whose nature
desa, m. a place situated in an intermediate re- 1 11 lt)\a-asi,mfn.(ganayraAy-o(it,q.v.) is
unchangeableness, Vedantas.
gion, SBr. KatySr. bheda, m. subdivision, Kap. 1 1 *i f a-vastava, mfn. unsubstantial,un-
;

an Ida subdivided into

*t "Wf^WT a-vikrama, mfn. without heroism,
AvantarAdS, f. five parts,
real, fictitious; unfounded, irrational (as an argu- Kir. ii, 15; (or), m. non-prohibition of the
change
AitBr. ; KatySr. ; AsvSr.
ment). of a Visarga into an Ushman, RPrSt.
"S^m avap (\/ap), -apnoti (Imper. 2. sg. A-vastn, mm. having no home, AV. xii, 5, 45. A-vikranta, mfn. unsurpassed, L. ; not valiant,
to reach, attain, obtain, gain, get, Up. ; L.
-dpnuhi)
MBh. &c.; to get by division (as a quotient),
WHUjf a-vahand, mfn. having no vehicle feeble,
Mn.; or carriage, not driving in a carriage, SBr. iv.
to suffer (e. g. blame or unpleasantness or
wfVsuM a-vikraya, as, m. non-gale.
SOryas. ;

^rfa dm, mfn. (Vav), favourable, kindly A'-vikrita, mfn. who has not sold, R V. iv, 24, 9.
pain), Mn.; Ragh. xviii, 34 ; Pancat.: Caus. to cause
to obtain anything (ace.), Naish. viii, 89. disposed, AV. v, I, 9 (is), m. f. a sheep, RV. ;
A-vikreya, mfn. not to be sold, unsaleable, MBh.
wool being used v, 1402 R. 61, 17 (ed. Bomb.)
(mentioned with reference to i,
;
Avapa, mfn. See dur-avapa. its

Av&pta, mfn. one who has attained or reached, for the Soma strainer); AV. Sec. ;
the woollen
wfqjnq a-viklava, mf(a)n. not confused or
Soma strainer, RV. ; (is), m. a protector, lord, L. ;
KathUp.; obtained, got; (am), n. 'got by division,' bewildered, not unsteady, MBh. i, 2070 ; BhP.
a quotient, Comm. on VarBr. the sun, L. ; air, wind, L. ; a mountain, L. ; a wall
vat, mfn. reaching,
or enclosure, L. ; a cover made of the skin of mice, a-viklinndksha, mfn, whose
obtaining entertaining (as a belief), L,
;

L.; an ewe, AV. x, 8, 31 ; ( = a-vi, q.v.;

(is), (.
eyes do not water, ApSr.
Avdptavya, mfn. to be obtained, Bhag.; Ragh.
cf. also adhi) a woman in her courses, L.
Avapti, is, f. obtaining, getting, R. ; Kum. v, [cf. Lith.
a-vikshata, mfn. unhurt, MBh.
awi-s; Slav, ffvjsa; Lat. ovi-s; Gk. St-s; Goth.
64, &c. ; (in arithm.) a quotient. xii, 3604.
avistr~\. kata, m. a flock of sheep, Pan. v, 2, 29,
1. Avapya, ind. p. having obtained, Ragh. iii,
Comm. ; avikaioraiia, m. tribute or tax consisting a-vikshit, t, m., N, of a king,
35, &c. of a ram to be paid (to the king) by the owner of
2. Avnpya, mfn. to be obtained, Mn. MBh. 231"; (son of Kuru) 3740 seqq.; xiv, 83.
185 a flock of sheep, Pan. vi, 3, 10, Pat. - gandWka,
xi, ; i,

Pancat.
f. the plant Ocimum Villosum ;
A'-vikshita, mfn. undiminished, RV. vii, I, 34
(cf. aja-gandhd.)
VHlfilrl a-vdpita, mfn. ('/nap), not sown dusfdha, n. the milk of an ewe, L. dusa, n.
& viii, 32, 8.

id., Pan. iv, 2, 36, Comm. pata, m. avindm A'-vikshlna, mfn. id., SBr. i.
(as grain, dhdnya) but planted, L.
vistara, Pan.v, 2, 29, Comm. pBla, m. a shepherd, x Pq TBJ M a-vikshipa, mfn. unable to dis-
^TOTO^ avdpoh (\/i. uA), (ind. p. pohya) VS. xxx, II ; SBr. iv; MBh. iii, 14700. priya, tribute or dispense, &c., Pan. vi, j, 157 seq., Sch. ;
to remove, Susr. '
m. liked by sheep,' the grass Panicum Frumenta-
(as), m., N. of a son of Svaphalka, Hariv. 1917;
wim avdya, as, m. (Vi), going down (into ceum, L.; (a), f., N. of another plant, L. bhuj, m. (cf. giri-kshifa.)
'
enjoying (i. e. devouring) sheep,' a wolf, L. mat A- vikshlpta, mfn.not frustrated, M Bh
water, in comp.), KatySr. ; 'yielding,' see an-avdyd. xii, 8683 . .

(dvi-), mfn. possessing sheep, RV. iv, 2, 5 ; AV. vi,

TTI^ a-vdyu, mfn. without wind, SBr. xiv. 37, 1.
=
roarisa, n. -dugdha above, Pan. iv, 2, 36, ^rfaspl d-vikshubdha, mfn. undisturbed
Comm. Bodha, n. id., ib. sthala, n. 'sheep- (as a sacrifice), SBr.
xi 1 1*. avdrd, as, am, m. n. (fr. a. dva, but
N. of a town,MBh.v,934 (ed.Bomb.) & 2^95. A'-vikshoblia, as, m. the not being
place,' disturbed,
formed after a-pdrd, q. v.) Ved. this side, the near
Avtka, as, m. sheep,
a Pan. v, 4, 28 ; (a), f. an
MaitrS. ; TBr.
bankofariver.VS.xxx, i6;TS.&c. ta (avdrd*),
ewe, RV. i, 26, ; 1
xx, 29, 7 J AV. 1 1 (avikd) Mn. ; ;
q WrTff-riiAanrftVa.mfn.undisturbed,
ind. to this side, RV. x, 65, 6. -para, m. (Pan.
KathSs. ; (am), n. a diamond, L.
iv, 2, 93 v, 2, 1 &
1) the ocean, L. ; (cf. fdrdvdra.) A vita, avitri, avithya. See ss. vv.
MarkP.
par ma, mfn. deriv. fr. avdra-pdra, Pan. iv, 2, ff
a-vigarhita, mfn. unreproached.
93 & v, 2, u. ^!rf^It*r a-vikaca, mfn. closed, shut (as a
Avarlna, mfn. deriv. fr. avdra, Pan. iv, 2, 93, flower). a-vigalita, mfn. inexhaustible,
Comm. ; v, 2, 1 1, Siddh. A-vikacita, mfn. unblown. BhP.
108 a-viffdna. avidhi-purvakam.
A-vicchinna, mfn. uninterrupted, continual, d-vithura, mfn. not staggering,
a-vigana, mf(a)n. without dis- Hariv. &c. -pSta, m. con-
.svGr.; SaAkhGr. ;
RV. 1 AivSr.
cord, concordant, unanimous, Rajat. rm, i, 87, ;

nually falling (on one's knees),

Das.
A-vigita, mfn. not being out of harmony with A'-viccheda, as, m. unintemiptedness, continuity, vfami avitkya, mfn. (fr. dvi), fit or suited
each other, Comm. on Bid. 8 ; (a), f. (probably) N. of a
V. ix, 6, 38 SBr. ; Sarvad. &c. (at), abl. ind.
; ;
r sheep, Pan. v, I,
not incomplete, [Comm. on Ny3yad.] lant (like q. v.), ib., Sch.
^fa'Jin a-viyuna, mfn. tad.] or (tna), instr. ind. ajathya,
not in a bad state, normal, Bhpr. r in comp. aviccheda- [MBh. viii, 2514], uninter-
uptedly. 'ir. not digested, Sulr. ; not ripe (as a tumour,
^iP^M a-vignlt, as, m. the plant Carissa inamiss-
;

& ^ifa ^TrT a-vicyuta, mfn. not lost, otha or iopfia), Suir. ; Bhpr. ; not turned sour,
Carandas, L. ; (cf. a-vighnd, a-vigna, vighna.)
ile, Yajfi. i, 211 ;
without deviation or mistake, usr. ; inexperienced, stupid, PaScat.
wPf?T? a-vigraha, as, m. (said of a word) 112. A-vldahln, mfn. not producing heartburn (on
ajn. iii,
the not occurring in a separate form (but only in a ccount of being imperfectly digested), Car. ;
Susr.
bodiless ; indisputable (as the
wP^ilMI d-vijatd, f. (a woman) who has
compound), RPrlt. ;
a-vidasyd, mfn. not ceasing, per-
ot brought forth, VS. xxx, 15.
Pharma), Rajat. RV.
mfn. of the same species, L. manent, inexhaustible, vii, 39, 6.
vfTQTrT a-vigkata, m. no hindrance or A-vidaain, mfn. not drying up (as a

obstacle, APrtt.; Sankhyak. &c.

as,
; (mfn.) unim-
P*4 *{ M
nd-vtjdnat, mfn. notunderstand- jerennial, ASvGf.; Gobh.; BhP.
pond),

ng or knowing, ignorant, RV. i, 164, 5; KenaUp.;

peded, BhP. iln. wr^^ifl a-vidanta, as, m. 'unsubdued,'
iii, 97; Yajn. ii, 258.
A-vlghna, mm. without obstacle, unimpeded, of a son of Satadhanvan, Hariv. 2037 (v. I. ati-
= a-vigna, A-viJna, mm. ignorant.
.
tS, f. ignorance.
uninterrupted, R.; Sak.; (a), (. q. v.;
n. want of obstacle, Ragh. i,
undisturbedness, A-viJnata, mfn. unknown, SBr. xiv; KenaUp.; attd).
(am), SBr. &c.; not no-
instr. ind. ka-
without obstacle, R. .In.; indistinct, doubtful, VS. ;
fJd d-vidita, mfn. unknown, SBr. x,
91; (ena), BhP. (as), m.,
rana-vrata, n., N. of a particular rite on the fourth ced, passed unawares (as the time), ;
xiv; KenaUp.; R.; without the knowledge of
of a son of Anala, Hariv. 1 56 (ed. Bomb.) gatl, - i,

or
dayofPhalguna,VarP. -tM, ind. without obstacle, j;en.), Kathas.; (e), loc. ind. [MBh. v, 5971]
.

ifn. whose course is unknown, BhP. ; (is), m., N.

Rajat. vrata, n. = -tarana-vrata above. m), ace. ind. [K*thas.] without the knowledge of
f a son of Anila, Hariv. 156. g-ada (diiijndta-},
A-vighnita, mfn. undisturbed, R. i, 62, 12. ;en.); (am), ind. so that nobody knows, Mricch.
mf(<i)n. speaking unintelligibly, AV. xii, 4,
16.
a-ricaisAana, mfn. not discern- A-vijnatri, mfn. not perceiving, ChUp. ; igno- d-vididhayu, mfn. (\/dhyai), not
ing, not clever, ignorant,
Mn. iii, 115 & viii, 150. .nt, Nir. ii, 3; (td), m. a N.
of Vishnu, MBh. xiii, eliberating or hesitating, RV. iv, 31, 7.
ooo. d-vidvshtara. See a-vidya.
a-vicartyd. See a-vicrityd.
A-vljnana, mfn. not having any information,
Cathas. (am), n. 'no knowledge,' (at), abl.
ind. a-vidura, mfn. uot very distant,
a-vicala, mfn. immovable, steady, ; ^

mfn. whose knowing, unawares, Mn. ii, 2 20; MBh. v,

without R. Kum. vii, 41 (am), n. proximity, (am),
firm, MBh. ; MlrkP. Avicalindrlya,
ear, ; ;

^443; Hariv.; R. tva, n, undiscernibleness, Nris- nd. near R. 45, 33 (e), loc. ind.
not far off
senses do not waver, i. e. are under control, BhP. to, ii, ;

vat, mfn. not possessing knowledge, KathUp. with MBh. 16093 R. ; BhP.
A-vicalat, mm. not moving, Naish. iv, 93. Jp. abl.), near, iii, ; ; (at),
A-vlJneya, mfn. undistinguishable, undiscernible, bl. ind. id., R. tas, ind. near, R.
A-vlcalita, mfn. not deviating, steadily fixed (as
not deviating from (abl.),
Mn. 5 & xii, 19; Bhag. xiii, 15 ; Jaim.
a-vidosha, mfn. faultless, Laty.
i,
the mind), MSlatlm.;
Comm. on TPrSt. a-vijitin, mfn. not victorious,
A'-vicacala, mfn. not staggering, standing firmly, AitBr. d-vidoha, as, m. not a bad milking,
MBh. MaitrS.
AV. x, 8, 4. A-vijitya, ind. p. not having conquered,
A'-vicacalat, mfn. id., AV. vi, 87, I & 2.
."50=4337- a-viddha, mfn. unpierced, not per-
A-vicacali, mfn. id., RV. x, 173, 1 & 2 ; (cf. orated (as pearls), Kum. vii, 10; 'unimpaired,' see
^fPqs'i'i a-vidina, am, n. not flying apart,'
Pin. iii, 2, 171, Comm.) >elow. karna or -karni, f. the plant Cissampelos
direct flight, MBh.
A-vicalita, mfn. unmoved, unshaken.
.

Hexandra; (cf. viddha-karnd^ drli, mfn. of

A-vicalin, mfn. not falling off from (abl.), Ka- wftTrT avita, mfn. (-s/ar), protected, L. ;
unimpaired sight, all-seeing, BhP. nai, mm. (said
thas. ; invariable, Pat. cf. ddroghavita) of a bull) having the nose not bored (by a nose-ring),
A-vicSlya, mfn. not to be moved from its place,
Avitri, mfn. a favourer, protector, RV.; BhP.; 5hP. varcas, mfn. of unimpaired glory, BhP.
MBh. xv, 213. f. avitri) MBh. xii, 9449.
a-vidya, mfn. unlearned, unwise,
^1 f*l *l H. a-vicdra, as, m. want of discrimi- ,-vitat-karana (& a-vitad-bha- &c. ; (avitfya), (. ignorance, spiritual
vln. ix, 2.05,
nation, error, folly, RSjat. ;
Vet. ; (mfn.) undiscrimi- shana~),am,n.(vi\\h the Pisupatas) doing(and speak- gnorance, AV. xi, 8, 23; VS. xl, 12-14; SBr. xiv;
nating. unwise, Kathis. ; (am), unsuitable or non-
[MBh. ix, 2376; ind.
ng) what in general is held to be (in Vedanta phil.) illusion (personified
as May*) ;
VarBrS.] or in comp. avicara- [Dai.],
unhesitat-
sensical (vi-tad) but is admitted by the PSsupatas gnorance together with non-existence, Buddh. Avi-
ingly. J3, mm. not knowing or clever at dis- rom their own view. dyfi-maya, mfn. consisting of ignorance.
crimination, Kathas. A'-vidvas, mfn. (perf. p.) not knowing, ignorant,
A-vicarana, am, n. non-deliberation, non-hesi- a-vitatha, mfn. not untrue, true,
iV. ; AV. &c.; comp. a-vidush-tara, mfn. quite
R. MBh. &c. not vain or futile, see below ; (am),
tation ; (at), abl. ind. unhesitatingly, iii, 28, 27. ;
ignorant, RV. x, 2, 4.
ind. not falsely, according to truth, Mn. ii, 144;
A-vicaraniya, mfn. not needing deliberation,
MBh. iii, 1 1946, &c. ; (ena), ind. id., Up. ; MBh. v, W f^flH I H a-vidyamana, mfn.(V'3.vid;
pr.
Ragh. xiv, 46, &c.
1692 ; (djOdm) avitathdm Vi. kri
or avitathi-
A- vicarayat, mfn not deliberating or hesitating,
. not present or existent, absent, KatySr. ;
Pass, p.),

Mn. R. ;
*/l.kri, 'to make true or effective,' fulfil (an order); Laty.; Mn.&c. tS,f. the not being present, Comm.
A-vic&rlta, mfn. unconsidered, not deliberated, (am), n. a species of the Atyashti metre. kriya, on Nylyad. tva, n. id., Comm. on BrArUp.
mfn. whose work is not vain or ineffectual, R. ii, 47, 5- as if not being present, Pan.
Hit. xii, 1.6 ; not requiring deliberation, certain, clear, vat, ind. iii, I, 3,
Mn. viii, MBh. xiv, 1344; (am), ind. un- AvitathabhiBandlii, mfn. whose intentions are Comm.; viii, I, 73-
295;
not futile, i.e. successive, BhP. AvitatM- \/I .k
hesitatingly, Hariv. 3853; R. &c. be
see above. AvitatheMta, mfn. whose wishes are a~vidriyd, mfn. (Vdrt), not to
1. A-viefay*, ind, p. without considering, un-
not frustrated, BhP. split or dispersed, indestructible, RV. i, 46, 1 5.
reflectingly.
2. A-vioarya, mfn. not requiring deliberation, ^> fart 5 1 N*!l a-vitad-bhashana. Seea-vitat- See a-vidya.
Kathas. karatia.
,
mfn. not an enemy, L.;
l a-vicdtita, &c. See a-vieala ^)f*(rt% a-vitarka, as, m., N. of a man not having enemies ; (she), dat., see s. v.
Buddh. A-vidvishana, mfn. not inimical, KatySr.; Laty.
^rfq (V( f* rH ^d-vicikitsat, mfn. not having
A-vitarkita, mfn. unforeseen, R. ii, 69, 21. A-vidvishe, Ved. Inf. for preventing enmity,
doubts, SBr. iv.
absence of uncertainty, dvitave, Ved. Inf. Van, q. v.
AV. i, 34, 5.
A-vicikitsa, f. Ap.
A'-vidvesha, as, m. non-enmity, AV. m, 30, 1.
Trf^f^'tH a-vicintana, am, n. not think . not passing away
RV. 6. SHPt(VJ^| a-vidhava, f. not a widow, RV. x,
ing MBh.' iii, 69.
of, permanent, viii, 5,

A-vicintitri, id, m. one who does not think o

1 8, 7; SankhGr. &c.
avitri. See avita.
(gen.), MBh. v, 2446. wftWT avidhi, ind. an interjection (said to
A-viclntya, mm. not to be comprehended o a-vitripta, mfn. unsatisfied, (as in avikd or aviha, used in
correspond to the Prakrit
conceived, MBh. iii, 1 3980. one's wishes, kdmdndm} R. iv, 35, 9; BhP. -ka- calling for help),
Comm. on. Sak.
ma, mfn. having the desires unsatisfied, BhP. 1
^rfr^Hl a-vicrityd [VS. xii, 65] or a-vi f.the being unsatisfied, Kir. ii, 29. TfP^VJH a-vidhana, am. n. absence of fixed
cartya [TS. iv], mfn. not to be loosened. having one's eyes unsatisfied, BhP. rule,the not being prescribed, KatySr. tas, ind.
not according to what is prescribed, irregularly, Mn.
^rfiHhPT a-vicetand, mfn. unintelligible TTfsrfa d-vitti, is, f.
(^.ci^.the not find ix, 144 & xii, 7.
RV. viii, 100, 10 AV. xx, 135, 7. ing, SBr.
xiii the not possessing, poverty, AV. xv
; ;
A-vldhi, is, m.'=a-vtii/id>ia,' (ind), instr. ind.
A'-vicetai, mfn. unwise, RV. ix, 64, 21. 6, 10. = avidhdna-tas, q. v., MundUp. Mn. v, ; 33 ; Ap.
mfn. not sepa ^rfaWST a-vityoja, as, am, m. n. quick &c. pBrvakam, ind. not according to rule, Bhag.
^jP^P'iAtJI^ a-vicchindat, &
L. ix, 23 xvi, 17.
rating from each other, AsvGr. silver,
 avina. a-vilambita. 109
avina, as, m. (/oo), an officiating mahatmya, n., N. of a work. Avlranktesvara,
a-pfyrayufa,mfn.notseparated,
Un. Gaut. m. = avimuktesa, Das. {avimukteivara)-lingd,
priest at a sacrifice,
;

n., N. of a Lihga, SivaP. SkandaP. ;

^rfHy
a-vinaya, as, m. want of good a-vipralabdha, mfn. not deceit- A-vimncyamSna, mfn. (Pass, p.) not being ex-
manners or modesty, bad or rude behaviour, Mn. vii, ful, BhP. tended, AitBr.
40 & 41 Sak. &c. (mf(a)n.) misbehaving, Comm.
; ; A-vipralambhaka, mfn. not deceiving. A-vimokya, mfn. not to be loosened, AV. vi,
on Kap. 1

w^nrTRJ a-vipravasa, as, m. not staying 63,1.

A-vlnayin, mfn. (gana grahy-ddi, q.v.) in a foreign country, SankhGr. A-vimoksha, as, m. no final liberation, Bad.
A-vinlta, mfn. badly trained or brought up, ill-
A-vimocana, am, n. not liberating, not
mannered, misbehaving, Mn. iv, 67 Ysjn. iii, 155 ; ;
f f^H^n a-viprahata, mfn. untrodden (as to any one's help, Gaut.
running

R. &c. ; (a), f. an immodest or unchaste woman. a forest or

path), R. i, 26, 12 & iii, 74, 4.
a-vimudha, as, m. pi. a particular
wfaHIHTR a-vindbhdva, as, m. necessary See dm.
avi-priya. class of Rishis, MBh. i, 7683.
connection of one thing with another, inherent and
mfn. unviolated, ob-
essential character, Sah. ; Sarvad. &c. a-vipluta, ??rigini a-viyukta, mfn. undivided, con-
A-vinabhavin, mfn. necessarily connected with, served without deviation, Mn. iii, 2 Yajn. i, 52 ; ; joined, Ragh. xiii, 31 ; Venis.; Kara.; not separated
inherent, Comm. on NySyad. Avinabhavi-tva, BhP. &c.; undeviating, steadily observing (the vow from (instr.), Vikr.
n. the being necessarily connected with, Comm. on of chastity), Mn. ii, 249 MBh. xii, 1 mati, A-viyoffa, as, m. no separation from, not being
2033. ;

mfn. whose mind isnot deviating, Yajn. 161. deprived of (instr.), DaS. -tritiyS, f., N. of a
Kap. iii,

mano-bnddhi, mm. id., Kathas. certain festival ; (aviyogatritiya)-vrata, n., N. of

^f*HHI a-vindsa, as, m. non-destruction, the eighteenth chapter of BhavP. ii.
non-putrefaction (of a body), Kad. a-viphala, mfn. not fruitless or
A-viyoffin, mfn. not liable to separation, MBh.
A-vinasin, mfn. imperishable, SBr. xiv ; Bliag.
xii, 8816.
ii, 1 7, &c. ;
not decaying or putrefying, Kad. A'vi-
a-vibudha,mfu. not wise, ignorant ;
>!ir*H,>* a-virakta, mfn. not indifferent, at-
naii-tva, n. imperishableness, SBr. xiv. m. not a god.
(as),
A-vinasya, mfn. indestructible, MBh. xv, 926. tached to, Jain. (Prakrit ratta) &c.
^fifl'ii a-mnigama, as, m. an wftisjtn^ i.-vibrwat, mfn. not saying or w r<Ki d-virana, as, m. no recovery (from
illogical
addressing, MBh. i, 3449 & xv, 281 not explain- ;
RV.
conclusion, L. defeat), i, 174, 8.
ing, MBh. vii, 9226 (ed. Bomb.?, BR.)
wf^fiMlh a-vinipdta, as, m. not doing wfaTjT a-virata, mfn. not desisting from
mfn. undivided, Laty.;
wrong or erring, SSnkhGr.
,
(abl.), KathUp.; KltySr.; uninterrupted, Megh.;
A-vinipatita, mm. erred, done wrong, MBh. xii, Bhag. xiii, 16 ; Rajat. ; 'not shared,' see -tva; un-
(am}, ind. uninterruptedly,continually, BhP. ; Mricch.
separated, joint (as co-heirs who have not divided &c.
3348.
their inheritance), Mn. ix, 215 ; BhP. tva, n. the
A-vinipatin, mm. not erring (in one s duties, A-vlrati, is, (. incontinence, intemperance, Yogas.
not being shared, Jaim. the not being distinguished
A-viramat, mm. not desisting from (abl.), Ka-
;
dharmeshti), Ap.
(from each other), ib.
w fi fiilH a-vinirnaya, as, m. indecision, A-vibhaktin, mfn. unseparated (as co-heirs who
thas.

irresolution (in one's actions, karmanam), MBh. have not divided their inheritance), Kaus. A-virSmam, ind. uninterruptedly, Git.

xiv, 998. A-vlbliajya, ind. p. not dividing (the inherit- ^rftftHa-rtra/o, mf(o)n. contiguous,close,
Kum, iv, dense, compact, MBh. &c.
Tilii"!'!!!?*^ a-vinivartin, mfn. not turn- ance), 27. incessant, numerous, ;

A-vibhaga, as, m. no separation, no distinction RatnSv. vehement, Kad.; (atri), ind. contiguously,
ing back, not fugitive (in battle). ;

closely, Sak. ; Mslatim. ; Uttarar. - dharasara,ni.

between (gen.), Pan. i, 2, 33, KS5. ; SuSr. &c. ; no
wfinln a-vinita. See a-vinaya. division, Gaut. ; undivided inheritance, L. ; (fnd), incessant down-pour of heavy rain, Vikr.
instr. ind. without distinction, in the same way, Pin.
fills a-vinoda, as, m. non-diversion,
' 2 > 33> Sch. vid, mm. not knowing the distinc- -nydya, as, m. =
tediousness, Vikr.
tion between or the classification of (gen.), MBh. avy-avika-nydya, q. v., Pat.
VTC7UI a-nindhya, as, m., N. of a minister 3455- mfn. unseparated,
ii,
wfit.^?! a-virahita,
of Rivana, R. ; (a), (., N. of a river, Hariv. 7603. A-vibhSgln, mfn. not dividing or sharing, L. Vikr. ; not separated from, not being without
(instr.),
A-vibhSgrya, mfn. not to be divided, LSty. Kir. v, 51; Kad.
wflMSJia-wpaica.mfn.undijrested.Bhpr.; A-vibhSjya, mfn. id., L. ta, f. or -tva, n. in-
immature. karana, mm. having immature or in- L.
divisibility, unfitness for partition,
sufficientlydeveloped organs (of mind), Yajfi. iii, 141.
kashaya, mfn. whose passions or sins have not ^TTWre^ a-vibhavana, n. or nd, f. non- *i r*HI vJ \d-mrddhayat, mfn. not oppos-
yet ripened, i. e. are not yet quite extinguished, BhP. perception, non-discrimination, L. ing one's self to, not being at variance with (instr.),
bnddhi, mfn. having an immature or inexperi- A-vibhavaniya, mm. imperceptible, L. AV. ii, 36, 4.
enced mind, BhP. A-vibhavlta, mfn. unperceived (as indistinct
A-vipaka, as, m. indigestion, Susr. tS, f. suf- voice or speech), Balar.
w Pi a-viruddha, mfn. unobstructed,
fering from indigestion, ib. A-vibhavya, mfn. (indistinguishable, impercep- unimpeded, Vikr. ; not incompatible with, consistent

%r<mv( a-vipaksha, mfn. having no adver-

tible (as indistinct speech), MBh. xii, 3491 & Ragh. with (instr. or in comp.), KstySr. ; Gaut. &c.
vii 35; (as stars) Sis. ix, 12. A-virodha, as, m. non-opposition to, living or
unopposed.
being in agreement with (in comp. or instr.), MBh.
sary,
A-vibhavyamana, mfn. (Pass, p.) not being per-
wflMej a-vipad, t, f. no calamity, ease. ceived, Kad. xiii, 1935 ; Hariv.8752 j R.; non-incompatibility,
A-vipadyat, mfn. not decaying or dying, BhP. consistency, harmony, Yajn. u, 186, &c.
a-vibhinna, mfn. not separated mm.
^frrft^H a-viparihrita, mfn. = samd- from (abl.), Kathis. ; unchanged, ib.
A-vlrodhita, not refused,
A-vlrodMn, mfn.not being out of harmony with,
Sis. x, 69.

HS(?), AitAr. See dvi. not being obstructive to (gen. or'in comp.), Gaut. &c.
avi-bhvj.
a-viparyaya, as, m. non-inver-
absence of inverted order, Nir. ; (df), abl. ind. d-vibhransin, mfn. not crum- w Pi i.^ n a-virecana,am, n. anything which
sion,
'
without mistake or misapprehension,' without any bling to pieces, SBr. iii ; KstySr. ; Gobh. constipates or stops the passage of the food.

doubt, Sankhyak. A-vibhrashta, mfn. uninjured, Comm. on Br- A-virecanlya, mfn. not to be purged, Susr.
ArUp. A-virecya, mfn., id.

^Wi^M^i*!*^ d-viparyasam, ind. so that

there is no interchange, SBr. iii.
wfaOT u-vibhrama, as, m. non-confusion wfr Wfrspf a-v ilakshita,mfa . not perceived,
(of mind), prudence, MBh. iv, 1887 ; mfn. (said of not perceivable, BhP.
wfalfar^ a-vipascit, mfn. unwise, igno- anger) not capricious or not pretended, Sak. (v. 1.) ifac*' l*\ a-vilagnam, ind. so as not to
rant, Kaus. Bhag. 42.
; ii,
A-vibhrSnta, mfn. not distorted, firm (as the
cling or stick to, VarBrS.
wfmT* a-vipuka. See a-vipakva. eye-brows), Dal.
*if<7i a-vimatta, as,m. pi., N. of a family, ^iriw^-i a-vilanyhana, am, n. non-trans-
wfljTSa-pipufa, mfn. insignificant, small, gression, not trespassing.
slender. (gana kartakaujapAdi, q. v.)
A-vilanghaniya, mfn. not to be exceeded or

wfqHa-eipn/, mfn. not spiritually excited, wTqiHi^ a-vimanas, mfn. not absent in transgressed, prescribed, fixed.

not inspired, RV. vi, 45, 2 & viii, 61, mind, Ap. A-vilangliya, mfn. not to be surpassed, KatliSs.
9.
A-vtmana, as, m. non-disrespect, veneration, vsfqrtg a-vilamba, as, m. non-delay, fol-
"stlsHejig a-viprakjishta, mfn. not remote, Hariv. 12039.
&
near (as time), Pan. v, lowing immediately, Comm. on Ragh. x, 6 Kum.
4, 20 ; near (in rank), Pan.
^fflftin a-vimita, mfn. unmeasured, im- iii, 58 ; (mm.) not delaying, prompt, expeditious,
. 4> 5-
mense (as strength, vikrama), BhP. L. (am), ind. without delay, Hariv. 16160; Vikr.;
;

*if (H'SiTT!T a-viprakramana, am, n. not

t Sak. (v. \.lambitam); (end}, ind. id.

quitting or retiring, Ap. TT[qj*i d-vimukta,mfn. not loosened, not A- vilambana, am, n. non-delay, MBh. i, 5227;
unharnessed, SBr. ; (as), m., N. of a Tirtha near Be- (mm.) not delaying, prompt, L.
^rfmUi^r a-vipranasa, as, m. (said of the MBh. iii, 8057; Hariv. 1578 seqq.&c. Avi-
nares, A-vilambita, mfn. not delaying, expeditious,
actions) the not perishing, continuing through their mnktaplda, m., N. of a king, Rijat. Avimnk- Kathas. ; not pronounced slowly, KstySr. Laty. ; ;

fruits, MBh. xv, 923. sa, m. a particular form of Siva; (avimuktcsa')- TPrJt.; (am), ind. without delay, Sak. ; Kami's.
110 avild. a-vjiddhi-ka.

an ewe, L. j a-visva, am, n. not the universe, a-visransa, as, m. not falling
l am/5, f. (cf. a'pi.)
asunder, AitBr. PBr.
BhP. m-tox*(d-viivam-mva), mf(o)n. not all- ;

a-vilikha, mfn. unable to write RV. i, 164,

embracing, not pervading everything, ^rfaHT 31 a-nisravy a, mfn. (water) that can-
or paint, writing or painting badly, Pan. 157 &
ii, 40, 3. -vinna (d-visva-), mf(o)n. (v.
vi, 1,
10 1.
off, MBh. xii, 2634
not be caused to flow not to ;
seq., Sen. of d-viivam-inva) not perceived everywhere, AV. be bled, Susr.
wflcjH a-vilupta, mfn. undamaged, un- ix, 9, 10.
'flfaljH^ a-tnsraram, ind. without
disso-
hurt, BhP. ; Rijat. ; Kathls.
*lfW3\a-visvasat, mfn. not confiding, nance,MirkP.
A-vllopa, as, m. non-injury, not harming (with Kathas.
Rijat. ;

gen.), MBh. v, 3232 !

absence of break or inter-
A-visvaaniy, mfn. not to be trusted. tva, tlfa^rl a-vihata, mfn. not refused or sent
ruption (in the Samhiti), RPrit. n. the not deserving confidence, Milav. away, BhP. ; unobstructed, unimpeded, BhP. Megh. ;

mfn. not intending A-visvata, mfn. not trusted, suspected, doubted, wfT^'JTf'jjjj a-viharyata-kratu,
mfn. one
ttf^^l^a-vivakshat, iii, I, 25, &c.
to speak, Sarvad. L.;<*a-virvasat, R. whose will cannot be averted, RV. i, 63, 2 ['doer
A-vivakiha, f. not declaring especially, i.e. con- A-visvSsa, as, m. mistrust, suspicion, MBh. xii, of acts undesired (by his foes),' Sly.]
sidering to be unessential, Pat.
5160; R.&c.; (mfn.)not inspiring with confidence,
to be stated mistrusted, L. ; (a), f. a cow calving after long ^ifa^W a-vihasta, mfn. not unclever, ex-
A-vivakshlta, mfn. not intended
intervals, L, perienced in (loc.), R. v, 8 1, 31.
or expressed, Pin. Sch. &c. -tva, n. the not being
intended to be expressed, Pat A-viivasln, mfn. mistrustful, Megh. &c. =S a-vihiasaka, mfn. not injuring
A-vivakya, mfn. indisputable ; N. of the tenth ^ifatJ i.a-vishd, mf(o)n. not poisonous, anybody,MBh.(sometimeswiththegen.M/aa>).
Soma TS. AitBr.
day of a certain sacrifice, vii ; ;
RV.; AV.; VS.; Susr.; (a), (. the plant Curcuma A-vihinsana, am, n. not injuring, BhP.
AsvSr. ; KitySr. Zedoaria. A-vililnsa, f. id., MBh. xii, 9421.
A-vihinsra, mfn. not BhP.
J a-vivadishnu, mfn. not causing 'Wfim i.arisha, as, m. (vat>),the ocean, injurious,

dispute, AsvGr. Un. ; (cf. tavisha) ; (T), i. a river, Un. ;

the earth, L. V fl f^ A a-vihita, mfn. unprescribed, for-
A-vlvfida, as, m. non-dispute, agreement ; (mfn.) bidden, Ap. undone, uneffected, L.
vsfotns; a-vishakta, mfn. not clinging or
;

not disputed, agreed upon, Comm. on Nyayad.

sticking to unrestrained, unchecked, Kir. 'Hri^rl d-vihruta, mfn. unbent, unbroken,
A-viTadin, mfn. not quarrelling with (abhl), ; xiii, 24.
SBr. iii. RV. v, 66, t & x, 170, i ;
AV. vi, 26, I.
A-vlhvarat, mfn. undeviating, RV. iv, 36, 2.
interdicted as BhP. ind. not unfavourably, EhP.
^Puilf?^ a-vieahin, mfn. ; (am),
to marriage, not to be married, Mn. ix, 238. Tlfami a-vishaya, as, m. anything out of "Sfac^fi a-vihvala, mf(a)n. not disquieted,
A-vivahya, mfn. not to be married (as a girl), reach, anything impossible or improper, MBh. xiii,
merry, MBh. v, 7164; not hesitating, having courage,
PSarv. ; one to whom one ought not to ally one's self not a proper object for (gen.), Kathis.
1207; Sak.; Kathis. ;
MBh. 3376. woman in her
by marriage, Lity. ; i, Milatlm. ;
Venis. ; (mm.) not having an object, ^T^t a-vi, Is, f. (/*>), a
VfqOOi a-vicikta, mfn. unseparated, Ve- NrisUp. manas, mfn. one whose mind is not courses, L.
turned to the objects of sense, Malav. A-vihayi-
dJntas. undiscriminated, uninvestigated, L. ; indis-
;
ITTtTSnJT a-witsAana, am, n. not looking at,
criminate, confounded, L. ; not separated from the karana, n. the not making anything (gen.) an
not regarding, L.
public, not retired or secluded,
L. object, Vedintas.
A-vunMta, mfn. not seen before, Naish.
m. absence of judgment or discri-
wfaum
A-viveka, as, a-vishahya, mfn. not bearable, not A-vikshin, mfn. ifc. not seeing, Naish. i, 28.
mination, Pancat. ; Kathis.; non-separation,
non-
wearable, MBh.; BhP.; intolerable, insupportable,
distinction, Kap.; (am), ind., see a-vivecam. tl, rt d-vtngita, mfn. unmoved, TBr.
BhP. R. ; Ragh. Kum. iv, 30 irresistible, MBh.
; ; ;

f. want of judgment, inconsiderateness, Pancat.; Hit. m.

&c.; unfeasible, impracticable, MBh.; R.(ii, 20, 33, a-vici, mfn. waveless, L. ; (is),
A-vivekin, mfn. not separated, undistinguished, inaccessible (to the eyes, cakshu-
superl. -tamo) ; a particular 224; Buddh.&c.
hell, Yijfi. mat, iii,
uniform, SSnkhyak.&c.jundiscriminating, ignorant,
shdni), MBh. xiv, 61 1 ; indeterminable (as
a boun- m. (sc. naraka), id., BhP. samsoshana, m. a
Comm. on BfArUp.&c.; (said of a country) destitute Mn. 265. Kirand.
dary), viii,
particular Samidhi,
of men that can discriminate, Kathis.
A-vivecaka, mfn. undiscriminating, Sankhyak. ^ fa MUU a-vishand, mfn. not having horns, a-vtja, &c. See a-bija.
A-vivecan5, f. want of judgment, L SBr. v.
not enjoyed
d-vita, mf(a)n. (V/PI),
A-vlvecam, ind. so as not to part or separate, m. non-depression,
AsvSr. in the same sense) ApSr. wPjMM| a-vishdda, as, (as the sacrificial oblation), RV. iv, 48, I.
; (a~vivtkam MBh.
cheerfulness, courage, i, 7100. mfn. unmanly, weak, RV.
MBh. ^TTfc a-vtra,
^fflH 1
\d-mvenat mfn. not , disaffected, A-vishfidln, mfn. intrepid, iii, 14078.
vii, 61, 4 &
x, 95, 3 ; having no sons, RV. vii, 4,
favourable, RV. 24, 6. ^TrVff duishtha, mfn. (superl. of \/av),
iv,
6 ; without heroes, Bllar. ; (a), f. (a woman) who
A'-Tireoam, ind. favourably, RV. iv, 25, 3.
gladly accepting, RV. vii, 28, 5. has no husband, a widow, RV. x, 86, 9 BhP. ; one ;

n. having no doubts, AviBfcyat, mfti. helping readily, RV. x, 1 15, 6 ; who has neither husband nor son, Mn. iv, 213;
not hesitating, MBh. iii, 21 71 & xiii, 2747 ; (a), (. desirous of (ace. [RV. i, 58, 2] or loc. [RV. vii, 3, 2] Yljfi. i, 163 ; (dm), n. a country
destitute of heroes
'
no hesitation,' (ayd), instr.ind. undoubtingly,
with- or Inf. [RV. viii, 51, 3]). or men, SBr. Jnshta, mfn. not liked by men,
out hesitation, MBh. ; Hariv. Sic. Avimhya, desire, ardour, RV. ii, 38, 3.
f.
Mficch. iS (a-vtra-), f. want of sons, RV. iii, 16,
A-vlsankita, mfn. unapprehensive, not having Avlshyn, mm. desirous, vehement, RV. ; AV. 5 (dat. tdyaf) ; vii, I, II (instr. td) 19 (dat. &
doubts, not hesitating, MBh. v, 490; BhP. &c.; a-visai/ivdda, as, m. non-contra- te). purusha, m. a weak man, Kathis. nan,
(am), ind. without hesitation, R. v, 90, 1 3 ;
Susr.
mf(-ghnj)n. not killing men, not pernicious to men,
diction, Sarvad.; non-violation ofone*spromise,MBh.
m. an unskilful RV.i, 91, 19; VS.; AV.
^fa^ltrj a-visastr{, ta, xii, 9240. vat
mfn. not contradictory, coin- A-virya, Tnf(o)n. weak, ineffective, SBr.
cutter up or kilter (of animals), RV. i, 162, 20.
A-visamvadin,
A-vlsam- (d-virya-), mfn. weak, powerless, MaitrS.
ciding, agreeing, MSrkP. ; Rijat. Das. ;

ifa 914 a-visuddha, mfn. not clear or pure, vadi-tS, f. not violating (i. e. keeping) a promise, W^ S a-vrikd, mfn . not hurting,inoffensive,
BhP.; riot examined with regard to cleanness or Kim. RV. unendangered,
; safe, RV. (dm), n. safety, RV.
;

Kim. *l fa M Pn
purity,
^ a-vi$argin mfn. uriintennittent
,
5S^15f a-vriksha,
mfn. treeless, destitute of
wf^^l 1' a-visesha, as, m. non-distinction, (as a fever), Bhpr. trees, Lity. ; R. iv, 43, 28 (ed. Bomb.)

non-difference, uniformity, Kap.; (mfn.) without dif- A-vrikshaka, mfn. id., R. iv, 44, 35 ( = iv, 43,
^jR^fQ^ a-visarpin, i, m., N. of a hell,
ference, uniform, BhP.; Kap. &c.; (ani), n. pi. (in 28, ed. Bomb.)
TAr.
SInkhya N. of the (five) elementary sub-
phil.) mfn. not intriguing,
avi-soilha. See act. fl<j(Vti d-vrijina,
stanceS, (cf.tan-mdtra) (at), ind. or in comp. avi- ;
RV.
straightforward, ii, 27, 2 ;
Sbr. xiv.
lesha- avisesha-iruteh, aviieshSpadeiat,
[e. g.
or difference, a-vistirna, mfn. not extended, mfn. unchecked, RV.
KitySr.] without a special distinction of small extent or circuit, Kid.
1. d-vrita,
not differently, equally,
KitySr.; Jaim.; Gaut.; Sulb.; mfn. uninvited, Gaut.
Comm. on Nyiyad. ; (ena), ind. without a special A-vlstyita, mfn. not spread or expanded, BhP. 2. a-vrlta,

distinction or difference, Ap. Comm. on

; YSjfi. &c. [
a-cispandita, mfn. not quiver- a-vritta, mfn . not happened, Kathas .
;

Jna-tS, f. want of discrimination or judgment, Kum. iii, 47. not dead, still
living, R. vi, 8, IO.
ing,
Kathas. ta, ind. without difference, Mn. ix, 125; A-v?itti, is, (.
inadequate support, absence of
^ff^PTP a-vispash(a, mf(5)n. not clear or
R. ; Kathis. vat, mm. not making a difference subsistence or livelihood, Mn.; Ap. ; Gaut.,' (mfn.)
plain, indistinct, obscure, Nir. &c. ; (am) n.
indis-
between (loc.), Yajfi. iii, 154. -ama, m. a kind
MBh.
not happening or occurring.
tinct speech, Mn. iv, 99; anything indistinct,
of sophism, Nylyad.; Sarvad. A-vjritti-ka, mfn. not having to live upon, Ka-
iii, 16446. this. ; not yielding livelihood (as a country).
wf^WHf a-vlsrambha, as, m. want of con-
a-vismita, mfn. not proud, BhP.
diffidence, MBh. &c. -ta, (. id., Kid. ^C^t\a-vritha,\nd. not
fidence,
in vain, profitably,
A-vigrambhin, mfn. diffident, Bhatt. a-vismrita, mfn. not forgotten, L. A-vrithartlia-ta, f. successfulness in gaining

Mudr. one's object or 'correctness of meaning,' Sis. vi, 47.

^jfl'MI'H a-visranta, mfn. unwearied ;
in-
A-viimrltl, is, (. not forgetting, remembering, L. a-vriddhi-ka, mfn. not bearing
cessant, Sak. ^jHs"*
A-vlsramam, ind. so as not to rest. ^fqwrt^rl a-msyandita. See a-vispand. interest, Ysjfl. ii, 63.
 a-vridha. a-vyavahita. Ill
A-vridha, mfn. not rendering prosperous or re- d-vaibhidaka, mfn. not having Das.; painless, L.; (as), m. a snake, L.; (d-vyallid),

freshing (the gods with sacrifices), RV. vii, 6, 3. its on a Vibhidaka tree, MaitrS. (. absence of tremor, firmness, VS. ; TBr. ; the
plant
origin
Terminalia Citrina Roxb., L. the plant Hibiscus
tC^TS d-vrishti, is, f. want of rain, drought ;

VarBrS. -kama, mfn.

^nf^W a-vairahatyd, am, n. the non-de- Mutabilis, L. tva, n. painlessness, Bhpr.
(famine), SBr. xi ;_Kaus. ;
struction of men, AV. vi,
not wishing rain, ApSr.
29, 3 ; (a-virahatya) ApSr. A-vyathamana, mfn. not trembling, VS. ; TS.
W^IBJIU avokshana, am, n. besprinkling, A-vyatlii, mfn. not tremulous, not unsteady,
TI*!^ a-vriha, ds,
in. pi. a class of Buddhist sure-footed, safe, RV. ; unfailing (as help), RV.
bedewing with (in comp.), Say. on SBr.; bedewing i,

divinities, Lalit. one's Gaut.

1 1 2, 6 ; (is), (. sure-footedness, RV.
self,
1

^T^ avg ( \/i), A-vyathin, mfn., Pan. 2, 157.

-ay at; Pot.
-eti (impf. i. iii,
sg. ^T^t?[ avoda, mfn. (Pan.vi,4, 29), dripping, A-vyatliisha, as, m. the sun, Un. the ocean,
-iydm; RV. viii, 91, i) to go
pr. p. f.
avd-yati, wet, L.
;

Un. ; (f), (. the earth, Un. night, Un.

down, go down to (ace.), go to, RV. (Imper. 3. pi.
;
;

A. dvdyantdm) to rush down, AV. xi, 10, 8 (cf. avd-deva. See 2. avds. A-vyathishyai, Ved. Inf. (Pan. iii, 4, 10), for
not trembling, for rendering sure-footed, KapS. ; (a-
avf) (Imper. dvditu) to go away, Ry. v, 49, 5
; ;
avosha, as, m., N. of a king of ants.
AV. i, n, 4 to look upon, consider, Sak.; Vikr.
; ;
vydthishe!) MaitrS.
Bhatt. to
Avoshlya or avoshya, mfn. relating to avdsha, A-vyathya, mfn. (Pan. iii, I, 114), unshakable,
; perceive, conceive, understand, learn,
(gana apHpadi, q. v.) RV. ii; 35, 5 AitBr.
know, MBh. &c. ; (with Inf.) Kathas.: Intens.(i. ;

RV.
*Hl^ avoh (*/i.uh), (Pot. dvShet) to push
v
pi. -imahe) to beg pardon for, conciliate, i, 24, 'M e mfn. not breathing,
Mfi^<z-cyaa< (4),
14 & vii, 58, 5. down, TS. vi. RV. 2.
x, :2O,
Aveta, mfn. elapsed, passed, (dn-, neg.) TS. ;
one
who has gained, obtained (with ace.), Pap. v, 1, 1 34.
WSTdvya, mfn. (said of the woollen Soma ^WJT a-vyanta, mfn. not very distant,
aveksh (</iksh), avekshate, to look coming from sheep (dvi, q.v.), RV. (as,
strainer) ;
growing near (abl.), ApSr.
stqlfl^ am), m. n. the woollen Soma strainer, RV.
towards, look at, behold, TS.; SBr. &c. ; (i. sg. <4H<^I a-vyapadesa, as, m. no designa-
tkshe) to perceive, observe, experience, RV. viii, 79,
'W^i a-vyakta, mfn. undeveloped, not tion or pointing to, rupin, mfn. whose shape
Ap.
9; R.; Bhag. &c. A. (rarely P., e.g. 2. sg. ave-
: manifest, unapparent, indistinct, invisible, impercep- admits of no name or appellation, BhP.
kshasi, MBh. ii, 1 1 58) to have in view, have regard tible, Up. ; Pan. ; Mn. &c. ; (in alg.) unknown as
number speaking indistinctly (as), m. A-vyapadesya, mfn. nottobedefined,MandUp.;
to, take into consideration, Mn.; MBh. &c.: Caus. quantity or ; ;
RamatUp.
avlkshayati, to cause to look at, KatySr. ( param&tmati) the universal Spirit, Mn. ix, 50 ;

Avekshana, am,n. looking towards or at, Gaut.; N. of Vishnu, L. of Siva, L. ; of Kama, L.; a fool,
;
WM M it
a-vyapeta, mfn not separated, con- .

SSh.; (said of planets) the being in sight, VarBrS.; L. N. of an Upanishad (am), n. (in Sankhya phil.)
; ; tiguous, Kavyad.
'
the act of considering, attention, observation, Ragh. the unevolved (Evolver of all things),' the primary
xiv, 85, &c. germ of nature, primordial element or productive
<M <*l ifl^l a-vyapohya, mfn. undeniable, in-
principle whence all the phenomena of the material
to be respected, contestable, Rajat.
Avdkshaniya, mfn. Ragh. xiv,
67. world are developed, KathaUp. ; S3nkhyak. &c. ;
^r&lftr^Yt.a-vyabhicara,as,m. non-failure,
AvSksha, f. observation, care, attention to (loc.), (am), ind. indistinctly. kriya, f. algebraic calcula- absolute necessity, Kap. &c.
'
; non-deviation,' con-
Mn. vii, 101; R.; BhP. tion, L. ganita, n. id. gati, mfn. going im- Mn. 101 Mn.
jugal fidelity, ix, ; non-transgression,
Avkshitavya, mfn. to be observed attentively, perceptibly. pada, mm. inarticulate. rSga, m. viii,122; (mfn.) constant, Bhag. xiv, 26; (at, end],
Susr. dark-red (the colour of the dawn), L. rasi, m. ind. with absolute necessity, Pan. Kas. & Sch. vat,
AvSkshin, mm. looking towards or at, Pancat. ; (in alg.)an unknown number or indistinct quantity.
mfn. absolutely determined, inevitable, MBh. ii, 871.
attentive to (ace.), MBh.
v, 1423. lakahana, mfn. 'whose marks are imperceptible,' A-vyabhicSrln, mfn. not going astray, unfail-
Avekshya, mfn. to be attended to, MBh. ii, N.of Siva. vyakta, mfn. id. samya, n. equation
ing, Sak.; Rajat. &c. ; steady, permanent, MBh.
2591; Yajn.iii, 63; R. of unknown quantities. Avyaktanukarana, n.
xiv, 1 1 1 1 ; Bhag. xiii, I o, &c. ; faithful, Kathas. &c.
the imitating of inarticulated sound, Pan. v, 4, 57
^l<lf!I a-veni, mfn. having no braid of
& vi, I, 98.
^WT i. avydya or rarely dvyaya [only RV.
hair, L.; not commingled (as the waters of rivers),
A-vyanjana, mf(<z)n. without the marks of pu- viii,97, 2 &
ix, 86, 34], mfn. (dvi) made of sheep's
L.; single, being by itself, Buddh.; (cf.dvenika.) without consonants, Up. ; (as), m. an animal skin (as the woollen Soma strainer), RV. ; belonging
berty ;

to or consisting of sheep, RV. viii, 97, 2.

^T^iJ d-veda, ds, m. pi. not the Vedas, SBr. without horns (though of age to have them), L.
xiv. vid, mfn. not knowing the Vedas, GopBr. ;
^PT?I a-vyagra, mf(o)n. unconfused, ^Wl 2.a-vyaya, mf(5)n. not liable to
Mn. iv, 192. -vidvas, m(dat. -vidushe)fn. id., change, imperishable, undecayihg, Up. ; Mn. &c. ;
steady, cool, deliberate, MaitrUp. ; MBh. &c. ;
un-
MBh. xii, 8967. vihita, mfn. not prescribed in 'not spending,' parsimonious; (as), m., N. of Vishnu
occupied, Uttarar. ; not in danger, undisturbed, safe,
the Vedas, Mn. v, 43. A-vedokta, mfn. id., MBh. or Siva, L. ; of a son of Manu Raivata, Hariv. 433 ;
MBh. ; R. ; (am), ind. coolly, deliberately, Hariv.
4397. of a Niga demon, MBh. i, 2157 (ed. Bomb.); the
9034; R. &c.
xiii,
A-vedana, am, n. not knowing, Mn. v, 60.
I.
non-spending, parsimony ; (am), n. [or (as), m., L.]
A-vedayana, mfn. (pr. p. A.) not knowing, not WH jf j.a-vyanga, mf (a, AgP.)n. not mu- an indeclinable word, particle, Pan. ; APrat. &c. ; (in
ascertaining, Mn. viii, 32.
BhP. &c. adhy- VedSnta) a member or corporeal part of an organized
(.
tilated, perfect, KatySr. ; ; (a), (for
I. A-vedi, is, f. ignorance, BrArUp. andd, q.v.) the plant Carpopogon Pruriens Roxb., L. body, L. tva, n. imperishableness, Hit. (v. 1.);
A-vedin, mfn. having no knowledge, SBr. xiv ; t5,f. the not being mutilated,MBh.xiii,5599seqq. the state of an indeclinable word, Pat. vat, mfn.
BhP. MarkP. ; Avyanganga, mf(*}n. perfect, entire, Mn. iii, 10. consisting of an indeclinable word, Pat. Avya-
I. A-vedya, mfn. not to be known, unascertain- yfttman, mfn. imperishable, VP. Avyayi-bhava,
=*rg' 2.avyanga, as or am, m. n. the girdle
able, MBh. xii, 11765 m. unchangeable state,' an indeclinable compound,
'
(a), f. (in SSnkhya phil.) ;
BhavP.
non-admission of the Ahamkara.
of the Maga priests, (viyahga or viydh-
i ;

ga) VarBrS. [cf. Zend aiwyaonhana~\. Pan. (avyayibhdva)-samdsa, m. id., Pan. i, i,

;

41, Sch.
'

2. a-vedana, mfn. painless, Susr. AV.

^aj-M^ d-vyacas, mfn. not spacious,
2.a-vedi, mfn. without a Vedi or xix, 68, i.
^WU a-vyarna, mfn. (\/ard; cf. Pan. vii,

avy-andd = adhy-a, q.v.,

sacrificial altar, KatySr. L. 2, 24) unoppressed, Bhatt.

wqs a-vedya, mf(a)n. (V3-eid), not to be ^W*f a-vyartha, mfn. not useless, profit-
married, Mn. x, 24 (as), m. a calf, L. able, fruitful ; effectual, efficacious.
;
not longing for copulation, RV. x, 95, 5.
'ST^Ul a-vedhya, mfn. unpierceable, not to
'W^rfrT'Jt'T a-vyatikrama, as, m. non-trans-
WM^oR d-vyardhuka, mfn. not losing any-
be pierced, Kathas.
thing (instr.), TS.; TBr.
gression, Ap.
A'-vyriddha, mfn. undiminished, SBr. xii.
w^nt^a-fena/, mfn. not having any wish
or desire, RV. x, 27, 1 6.
*) inrrl<*ll5 a-vyatikirna, mfn. unmixed, A'-vyrlddM, is, f. no ill-success, AV. x, 2, IO.
unblended, distinct, separate, L.
^W?5fa8 a-vyaRka, mfn. having no un-
wi*<^ avemo (Vinv), (Imper. 2. du. -inva-
^f'srfrT^Tt a-vyaticdra, as, m. the absence easiness or unpleasantness well MBh.
tam) to send down (as rain), RV. vii, 64, 2.
; off, v, 698 ;

of mutual permutation, AsvSr. not false, true, veracious, BhP. ; Dasar. ; (am), ind.
^T^55 a-vela, as, m. (?), denial or conceal- BhP.
d-vyatimoha, as, m. the not
truly,
ment of knowledge, L. ; ^ttjfriHi^!
(d), f. wrong time, Laty. ;
TOST=lf33^ d-vyavacchinna, mfn. uninter-
chewed betel, L.; (am), confounding by error, SBr. xiii.
ind. untimely, Kathas.
m. non-exclu- rupted, SBr. & AitBr. (together with sdmtata) ; Hariv.
^PTfTTTI a-vyatireka, as,
^T^ftf dveshti, is, f. (Vyaj), appeasing or 3580; (am), ind. or in comp. avyavacchinna-
SBr. ; TBr. sion, non-exception, Jaim.
; Nyayad. ; (mfn.), (-=a-
expiation by sacrifices, [MBh. vii, 4746] uninterruptedly.
vyabhicdrin) unerring, L. A'-vyavaccheda, as, m. uninterruptedness, SBr. ;
WM(<;<* a-vaidika, mfn. non -Vedic. A-vyatirekin, mfn. unerring. AitBr.
A-vaidya, mfn. unlearned, Gaut. Jaim.
^rfinJ^i d-vyatishakta, mfn. not inter-
;
^f^raVT'T a-vyavadhdna, am, n. non-inter-
^ntV a-vaidha, mfn. not conformable to mingled, SBr. xii._ ruption, contiguity, Pan. Kas. &c. ; non-separation,
rule, unprescribed, Comm.on Mn.v, 50 & 55 ; vi, 31. A- vyatlshangam, ind. without exchanging one BhP. ; Comm. on Mn. xi, 201 ; (mfn.) uninter-
wli <
M a-vaidhavya, am, n. non-widow- for another, ApSr. rupted, BhP. without
;
a cover (as the ground), Kad.
hood, MBh. iii, 16725 & 16873; v, 362. ,min. untroubled ; intrepid, A-vyavahita, mm. not separated, adjoining,
112 ^ ffF^ a-vyavalambin
asani-hata.

contiguous, Pin. Sch. &c. ; uninterrupted (as

wor- ft *l\\fl*^a-vyaharin, mfn. not speaking, ng roots and fruit for food, Mn.&c.]; (a), l.^dla-
the letter a.VPrlt. ndya, q.v., SBr. xi; ChUp. krit, mfn. preparing
ship), BhP.; separated by gana grahy-ddi, q. v.)
bod, AV. ix, 6, 13. pati, m. (voc.) lord of food,
A-vy&hrita, am, n. not speaking, MBh. v, 1 371
^HpiftH^ a-vycmalambia, mfn. unsup- SBr. vi. vat, mfn. possessed of food, Nir. x, 12
ported, not sure-footed, KaushBr.
xii, 11029). & 13. Asananasana, n. eating and fasting, AV.
mfn. a-ryucchinna, mfn. uninter- xix, 6, 2 SBr. i.
WWWftl^ a-vyavasdyin, inactive, <N*Jjf'dA*J
MBh. Hariv. 3355, &c. AsanSya, Nom.
;

P. yati (Pin. vii, 4, 34) to de-

negligent, remiss,
Bhag. 41. ii, rupted, iii, 355 ;
ire food,be hungry, SBr. ; ChUp.
A-vyavasita, mfn. id., R. iv, 36, 13. A-vyncchettri, ta, m. one who does not injure
with gen.), MBh. Asanaya or iiayS, f. desire of eating or con-
xii, 3901.
^S|t4M a-ryavasta, mfn. (sta for sita ?,
aiming, hunger, SBr.; AitBr. &c. plpftse (asa-
V*)i not tied or listened, AivSr. a-vyutpanna,m{n.not ensuing or ndyd-), f. nom. du. hunger and thirst, SBr. xiv.
ollowing, Venis. underived (as a word), having no vat, mfn. hungry, Vedlntas.
fiojqtvj a-vyavastha, mfn. irregular, with- ;

itymology, Pin. vii, 2, 8, Pat. ; unaccomplished, in- AsanSyita, mfn. hungry, L.

out rule (a), f.
; irregularity.
xperienced, BhP. &c. Asanayuka, mfn. id., SBr. vii, xi, xii.
A-vyavastMta, mm. not conformable to law or
Asanlya, Nom. P. yati, to be greedy for food
not in due order, unmethodical. "^P? d-vyushta, mfn. not yet shining (as
practice
(without being hungry), Pin. vii, 4, 34, Sch.
;

V*H<JM a-cyavasrajtsa, as, m. not falling he dawn), RV. ii, 38, 9. Asita, mf(<i)n. e ten . AV *" 5. 37 38; SBr. - &
A-vyushti, the not becoming light, TS. i.
(am), n. the place where anybody has eaten,
is, f.
asunder, PBr.
WWff moved asunder Pan. ii, 3, 68, Kls. m-sjavlna, mfn. for diif,
d-vyudha, mfn. not
^mqtjjlli a-vyacaharya, mfn. not to be q. v., L. Asita- vat, mfn. (Padap. ta-vat) one
or separated, IsBr. v.
practised, MandUp. R JniatUp.
; ;
not to be discussed who AV. ix, 6, 38.
has eaten,
in law, unactionable, L. A-vyttha,0.r,m. indivisibility, Nyayad.;non-sepa- to be eaten, MaitrS.;
semivowels and compound Asitavya, mfn. (impers.)
ition, non-resolution (of
SBr. i.
a-vyavahita. See a-vyavadhdna. vowels), RPrit. Asita- vat. See asitd. .

ind. (Van), with- d-vyriddha, &c. See d-vyardhuka. Asitri, id, m. an eater, SBr. ii.
out breathing between, MaitrS. Asitra, am, n. food. Kith. ; (cf. pr&sitrd.)
mfn. (\/, fut. p.) not
,
Asisislra, mfn. (fr. Desid.), hungry, Kaus.
WajMN a-vyavdya, as, m. not entering be- disappearing, AV. xii, 4, 9. I. A'sishtha, mfn. (super).) 'eating most' (as an
-tween, non-separation, KltySr. ; Laty. ;
uninter-
a-vrand, mf(o)n. unhurt, unscarred, equivalent for asitama}, SBr.
rupted contiguity, Jaim. ; Nyiyam. Aiitama, mfn. (superl.) 'eating most,' VS. 20
sound, VS. xl, 8 BhP. ; (generally said of bows,
;
ii,

avy-avika-nydya,as, m. (only
n< 1 1|
swords, sticks &c.)withoutrentsor splinters ornotches, (voc.); (cf. aiita-tanu.)
insti. ena) after the fashion of avi and avika (i. e. Mn.; MBh. &c. an iri aus-
entire, KitySr.; 3(<J5T a-sakuna, am, n. (ifc. f. a)
though avi and avika both mean 'a goat,' a deri- picious omen,Si$.ix,83; Kathas. Asaknni- -v/bhu,
vation in the sense of
' '
can be formed ^ra"rTa-t)ro<a,mf(a)n. lawless, disobedient,
goat's flesh to turn into an inauspicious omen, Naish. iii, 9.
wicked, RV. ; AV. ; SV. ; not observing religious rites
only from avika [avikam\, not from avi [aver
Pit. or Gobh.; Mn.; MBh. &c.
obligations, vat, mfn.
3T$ft asa-kumbhl, f. the aquatic plant
mdysam}), MBh.
not observing religious rites, xii, 3305. Pistia Stratiotes, L.
WnnT a-vyasana, mfn. free from evil
A-vratika, mfn.=avrata-vat, q. v., MBh. xii,
MBh. 3T3i a-sakta, mfn. unable, incompetent
practices, xii, 3910; Yljfi. i, 309. 1336.
A-vyasanin, mfn. id., Mn. vii, 53; Susr. &c. A-vratin, mfn. id., MBh. xiii, 1601 R. ;
(with Inf. or loc. or dat.), Mn.; MBh. &c.
A-vratya, am, n. anything out of harmony with, A-sakti, (.
inability, incapability.
undecomposed, un-
is,
VIWrT a-vyasta, mfn.
or violating, a religious obligation, SBr.; AitBr.; A-saknuvat,mm.(p.P.)unableto(Inf.),Mricch.
dispersed, not separated, Laty.
AitAr. ; (mfn.) with karman, id., Gobh. Avra- A-saknnvana, mfn. (p. A.) id., Bhatt.
WHI^rt d-vynkrita, mfn. undeveloped, un- tyopacara, m. practising anything that offends one's A-iakya, mfn. impossible, impractible, KatySr. ;

expounded, SBr. xiv; BhP.; (am), n. elementary AsvSr. AivGr. MBh. &c. impossible to be composed (as a book,
religious obligations, ;
;

substance from which all things were created, con- A-vrStya, as, m. not a Vritya, AV. xv, 13, 6; Mn. xii, 94) or to be executed (as an order, Kathas. ),
sidered as one with the substance of Brahma, L.
(am),.n.
= a-vratyd, n., q. v., Vishnus. not to be overcome, invincible, R. vi, 1 7, 8 Pancat. ;

ta, f. or -tva, n. impossibility (with Inf.), Sarvad.

'

VmiB|M a-tyakshepa, as, m. the not being a-vrdjin, mfn. not wandering,'
confused or unsteady-minded, resolution, Ragh. x, 6.
Asakyartha, mfn. unavailing, L.
(gana grahy-adi, q. v.)
^n?T3? a-sanka, mfn. fearless, Hit. secure,
W<HW*f a-vyakhyeya, mfn. inexplicable, Uil ias (in classical Sanskrit only) A.
.
MBh.
;

(am), ind.
* certain, to be relied on, xii, 4169 ;

unintelligible; inexpressible,
Blum. alnute (aor. 3. pi. diishata, Bhatt. ; perf. Kathls.
without fear, Das. ; ; (ayd), instr. f. ind., id.,
anase, Pln.vii,4, 73. Vedic forms are asttoti. Sec.;
'
:

a-vyaja, as, m. absence of fraud, & R. ii, 49, 17.

Subj. asnavat, &c.;_aor. P. dnat^i. 3. sg., fre-
simplicity,* (only in comp.) without fraud or artifice, A-sankita, mfn. fearless, confident, MBh. R5-
quently in RV.) & A. ashta
;
or ashta, 3. pi. dsata
Sak. ; Malav. ; (mfn.) not pretended or artificial, undoubted, certain, Mn. xii, 108 ; (am), ind.
(frequently in RV.) or akshishur [RV. i, 163, 10],
jat. ;

Malatlm.; Rljat. Sec. without fear, Kid. ; Kathls. Rljat. ; unexpectedly, j

Subj.dkshat [RV.x, 1 1, 7], Pot. I. pi. asema, Prec.

suddenly, Kathas.
^TTPII a-vydpaka, mfn. not spread over aiyas (2. Sc 3. sg.) &c., Pot. A. I. sg. astya & pi.
or pervading the whole, not an invariable concomi- ailmaki, taper, ashtu [VS.] perf. dnansa (thrice ;
A-sankya, mfn. not to be mistrusted, secure,
tant, special, peculiar. -tS, f. or -tva, n. non-
in RV.) or dndsa [RV. vi, 16, 36] or dia [RV. viii, MBh.; not to be expected, Rljat.
47, 6], 3. pi. dnaid, 3. pi.
dnasiih (frequently in a-satha, mf(a)n. not false, sincere,
comprehensiveness or generalization, speciality. WSJi
A-vySpin, mfn. not pervading, not comprehen- RV.) or diuh [RV. iv, 33, 4], A. anasi, Subj. I. honest, Mn. iii, 246 ; MBh. xii, 12550,
&c.
pi. anaidmahai [RV. viii, 37, 32],
Pot. I. sg. d-
sive, Kap. &c.
nasydm, p. dnasdnd [AV.] Inf. ashtave, RV. iv, ^r^TrT d-sata, am, n. not a full hundred,
A-vyapta, mfn. not pervaded with, Mn. v, 138. ;

A-vySpti, is, (. 'non-comprehensiveness,' inade-
quate pervasion or extent (of a definition e.g. 'man
is a cooking animal,' which does not extend to savages
who eat raw food), Slh. ; Comm. on Kap.
30, 19) to reach, come to, arrive at, get, gain,
SBr. iv. daksMua (d-sata-), mfn. where the Dak-
RV. &c.; (said of an evil, aQhatl, dyhas, shin! is less than a hundred, ib.
;
obtain,
visit, RV. AV. vi, 1 13, I to master, be-
grdhf) to ; ;
^?5Rf a-satru, mfn. one who has no adver-
come master of, RV. to offer, RV. to enjoy, MBh.
;

Bhatt.
;

sary or whom no enemy defies (especially said ot

A-vySpya, ind. p. not pervading generally, not xii, 13136; to pervade, penetrate, fill.Naigh.;
Indra), RV. without opposition from enemies, RV.
;
ii, 30; to accumulate,
L.: Desid. asisishate, Pin.
extending to the whole circumstances, L. vritti,
v, 3, 1 3 ; (us), m. the moon, L. ; (ti), n. condition
mm. being of limited application, of partial inherence vii, 2, 74 : Intens. asdiyate, Pan. iii, I, 23, Pat.
of having no enemy, AV. vi, 40, 2.
(with reference to place and time, as pain, pleasure, I. *p^,
mfn. reaching, reaching across, Nir.
love, hatred, virtue, vice, &c.) Astya, Norn. A. (impf. aidyata) to reach, RV. ^f^T^ dsan, m. (connected with \/i- as)
better derived
93, i. [only dsnd (instr.) and dsnas, perhaps
a-vyapanna, mfn. not dead, Megh
x,
A sin, mfn. reaching far, lasting long, Nir.
from dsman, Whitney's Gr. 425 e], stone,
q. v., cf.

a-vydpdra, as, m. cessation from RV.x, 68, 8

rock, a stone for slinging, missile stone,
;

-uui
work, L. ;
not one's own business, PaBcat. (& Hit. ** ^ 2. as,

(see s.
asnati (Pot. asniydt; p. asndt
v. i. aina) ; aor. Subj. asit, RV
RV. ii, 30,
i, 164,
iv, 38, 5 ; (NBD.) the firmanent, RV.
4&
1 ; 173, 3 ; x, 27, 15 ; [in the first two of these
^WUMH a-vydydma, as, m. non-exertion x, 87, 17 ; fut. p. asiskydt, SBr., perf. dia, RV. i, three passages the form dsnas has before been taken
want of bodily exercise, Susr.; Kim. 163, 9 & iii, 36, 8 perf. p. dsivas, see dn-dsvas
; as nom. sg. m. fr. \.asna, q.v.]
t. v. dn-asaka ; Pass. p. asydmdna, AV. xii, 5, 38' Asani, Pin. Sch.) the m., R.
a-vydvartaniya, mfn. not to
I.
is, ; (rarely
to eat, consume (with ace. [this only in classical San- thunderbolt, a flash of lightning, RV. &c. ; the tip
be taken back, Comm. on Yljfi.
skrit] or gen.), RV. &c.; to enjoy, Bhag. ix, 30, &c. of a missile, RV. x, 87, 4 ; (in astronomy) a sub-
A-vy&vritta, mfn. undivided, Comm. on Nyl Caus. dsayati (Pan. i, 3, 87, Sch.; aor. asiiaf, ib division of the phenomena called Ulkls, VarBrS. ;
yad. simultaneous, TS. vi ; TBr.
;
to cause to eat, feed, Mn.; (with nine names of Rudra, PlrGr. ;
i, i, 59, Sch.) (is), m. one of the
A-vyavritti, is, f. not turning away from (abl.) double ace.; cf. Pan. 1,4,53, KSS.)BhP.; (cf.asita) N. of Siva, MBh. xiii (ayas), m. pi., N. of a war- ;

not neglecting, AivSr. ; Laty. Desid. dsiiishati (Pin. vi, I, 3, Sch.) to wish to eat, rior tribe,
(gana farsv-ddi, q.v.) prabha, m.,
WHI^rT a-vydhata, mfn.unresisted.unim SBr.; ChUp.: Intens. asaiyate, Pin. iii, I, 32, Pat N. of a Rikshasa, R. vi, 69, ii. -mat (asdni-),
MBh. R. &c. not disappointed, not contra 3. A'iana, am, n. eating, SBr. &c. food, SBr ;
mfn. possessing the thunderbolt, RV. iv, 17, 13.
peded, ; ;

dietary, L.
&c. [often ifc., e.g. mftla-phalaiana, mf(d)n. hav- -hata, mfn. struck by lightning, Kith.
 asaniku. asoka-kara. 113
Asanika, mfn. = asanau kusala, (gana akar mfn. not loose, tight
d-silhira, prohibited acts, &c.), Mn. xi, 183; uncleanness,
shadi, q. v.) Pancat. ; Vet.
firm, MaitrS.
Asanln.mfn. = aSAni-mat,<\.v .,MBh. xiii, 1157
A'-sithila, mf(<z)n. SBr. -m-bhava Mn.
Asani, f. = asdni, the thunderbolt, SBr.xi (voc.) ^T^J5 d-suddha, mfn. impure, SBr.
id., (dsi
; ;
thilam-bh),n\. the becoming tight or firm, TS. vii
said of mistakes of
TBr. inaccurate, wrong (especially
copyists and of errata in unknown, un-
I. & 2. asana. See \/i. & 2. as.
ascertained,^ v5saka, in. 'having impure abodes,"
printing) ;

asana for a vagrant, suspicious character.

*HI1 3. 2. asana, q.v. a-sipadd, mf(a)n. not causing, i.e
A-suddhl, is, f. impurity, Yogas.
asandya, &c. See v/2. as. averting the sickness called Sipada, RV. vii, 50, 4. A-sodhita, mfn. uncleansed, unclean ; uncor-
WfsrfTtf a-simidd, mf(a)n. not destructive rected, unrevised, inaccurate.
asanlya. See A/2. as.
like a Simida, RV. vii,
50, 4 VS. xxxviii, 7.
apa<, mfn. not cursing, AV. vi
;

W^T d-suna, am, n. (AV. xiv, 2, 16) for

mfn. (simi= suna (RV.
37, 3 & vii, 59, i.
karman, Comm.), not unfavourable to or counter
, iii, 33, 13), q.v.

^T$T5I a-sabda, mfn. soundless, SBr. xiv; acting the laboursof men (N. of the seven Parjanyas o W9JT a-subha, mfn. not beautiful or agree-

rain-clouds), TAr. (quoted by Say.on RV. ii, 1 2, 1 2).

able, disagreeable ; inauspicious, Vet. bad, vicious
Ap.; TPrSt.; not Vedic, Jaim. ;

' (as thought or speech), MBh. i, 3077 seq. &c. ; (as),

^T^P^a-sam, ind.' non-welfare,' harm, AV W^Tt astro, as, m.
\/2. as), consumer, ( m., N. of a lexicographer ; (A-subha), am, n. a
fire, L.; the sun, L.; N. of a Rskshasa and
ii, 25, I ; SBr. ii. (a), f shameful deed, sin, SBr. ii
Bhag. &c. ; misfortune, ;
of his wife, L. ;
(am), n. a diamond, L. harm, mischief, Susr. ; VarBrS. &c.
^TH a-sama, as, m. disquietude, uneasi- 'M ugly, R. iii, i, 21.
darsana, mfn.
ness, L. ;
'
not resting,' in comp. with -ratham- fy *-*!, a-siras, mfn. headless, Mn. ix
237. A-sirah-snana, n. bathing the whole body a-susrusha, f. non-desire of hear-
bli5vuka(ara/a-),mfn.beingchangedintoanever-
except the head, L.
'^J'^T
resting carriage, TBr. ing, disobedience, neglect of service or respect, MBh.
A-siraska, mfn. headless, MBh. iii, 15745.
^r^IW a-sarana, mf(a)n. destitute of re- _

fuge, defenceless, R.; Megh. Sak. &c. Asarani- ;

krlta, mfn. deprived of refuge, VarBrS.;
A-saranya, mfn.
'"Uicf d-siva, mf (a) n. unkind, envious A-susruslm, mfn. not desirous of hearing or
pernicious, dangerous, RV.; AV.; MBh. &c.; (as) learning, GopBr. ; Bhag. ; Hariv. ; disobedient to-
(Paficat.) wards (gen.), MBh. xii, 8405.
not yielding refuge, MBh.; R. m., N. of a demon causing disease, Hariv. 9560
;

destitute of
refuge, wanting refuge, R. iii, 55,65; Das. (<ZOT),n.ill-luck,RV. i, Ii6,24;x,23,5; MBh.&c asusha, mfn. (^2. as), consuming,
^>lp
w^Ki*! d-saramaya, mfa. not made of ^r^if^n; a-sisira, mf(o)n. not cool, hot, voracious, RV. [' not causing to dry up, not extin
Sak. -kara, m.
reeds, MaitrS. 'having hot rays,' the sun, Kid. guished," S5y., as if fr.
i/sttsK].
A-saravya, mf(o)n. not to be reached -kirana, m. id., ib. -tS, f. heat, Megh. -ra-
by ar-
smi, m. = -kara, a-sushka, mf(a)n. not dry, moist,
rows, SBr. v. q. v., Kir. v, 3 1 .

fresh, SankhSr. Gobh. Mn. xi, 64. A-snshka-

^STCfa
a-sarira, mf(a)n. bodiless, incor-
asisishu. See V 2. as.
gra,
;

mf(<z)n. not having a dry point, KatySr.

;

poreal, AitBr. ; SBr. xiv, &c.; not coming from a mf

(o'-sism, but according to
d-sisu, A-soshya, mfn. not to be dried up, not drying
visible
body (as a voice), R. iv, 63, 6 Kath5s. (as), P5n. up, permanent (as a pond), Bhag. 24 VarBrS.
; ;
62, also Ved.'a-sisu)n. childless, without
iv, i, ii, ;

m., N. of Kama, Sis. ix, 61 (am}, n. (in rhetoric) &

;
young ones, RV. i, 120, 8 iii, 55, 6. '-sudra, as, m. not a Sudra,VS. xxx,
absence of the verb in a sentence.
AsisvikS, f. a childless woman, L. 22 KatySr. A-sudrocchishtin, mfn. not coming
;
A-saririn,mfn.incorporeal,RamatUp.; notcom-
ing from a visible body (as a voice), R.; Uttarar. &c. ^T%? a-sishta, mfn. ( </sds), untrained,
i . into contact with Sudras or with
leavings, SBr. xiv.
badly trained, ill-behaved, rude, Ap. ; MBh. &c.
a-sarman, a, n. unhappiness, Kir. ^r3J-*Ta-sunya,mf(o)n. not empty, KatySr.
tS, f. or -tva, n. rudeness. &c. ; not vain or useless, Raj at. tB (asi/nyd-), f.
T m.'not a corpse- A-sishya, mfn. not to be taught (as a person),
d-savdgni, is,
not non-emptiness, Ragh. xix, 13 ; completion (as of
deserving to, or not capable of being instructed,
'
fire or fire kindled to burn a seasons), SBr. x. -sayana, n. the day on which
corpse, SBr. xii.
MBh. v, 1009; Pancat. ; (a thing) that need not Visvakarman rests, VamP. ; (aiunyasayana)-dvi-
mfn. (i/sans), not
^ a-sds, blessing or be
taught or which it is unnecessary to teach, Pin.
tiyd, I. and -vrata, n., N. of ceremonies on that
wishing well, cursing, hating, RV. ii, 34, 9 & iv, 4, 15. '. '. 53-
occasion, MatsyaP. ; BhavP. ii. Asunyopastlia,
A'-sasta, mfn. 'ineffable' or 'unwished,' AV. vi,
45. ' vSra (diasla-), mfn. having indescribable %F 2.d-sishta, mfn. (^sz'sA), not left, (a woman) whose womb is not empty, married,
f.

MantraBr. ; ParGr.
treasures, R V. x, 99, 5 [' who is not asked for wealth,
ii, 31; 3.
i. e. who the treeVitex Alata, L.
grants it of his own accord,' Say.] asishtha. See >/2. as. a-suld, f.

A'-sasti, is, (. not wishing well, curse, RV. vi, 68,

6 mfn. not cold, warm, hot.
i. a-sita, a-sringa, mf(I)n. without horns,
;
(generally personified) a curser, hater, RV. AV.
kara, m. = asiiira-kara, q. v. Rajat. ; having no top, L.
; ;
PBr.
VS. -haii, mfn.
averting curses orcursers, RV.
tana, mfn. ;

'
A-sstra, mf(a)n. having no invocation. (only voc.) having a hot body, TS. TBr. (v. 1. for & d-srinvat, mfn. not hearing or
aiTtama of VS.) -rue, m. = -iara, Sis. ix, 5. w^jxpi^
MirkP. iking to hear, TS. vii ;
Pancat.
A-sitala, mf(o)n. hot, Sis. ix, 86.
t 2. a-sastra, mfn. (s/i .sas), weapon- d-srita, mfn. uncooked, SBr.
w^fln z.aslta, mfn. ifc. 'the eightieth,'
less,unarmed, MBh.&c. -pSni.mfn. not having
a sword in one's see arvag-aiitd. d-srithita, mfn. (i/srath), not
hand, Venls.
Aiiti, is, f.
6; AV. &c.
eighty, RV. ii, 18, oosened, not becoming loose, RV. x, 94, I 1.
a-sdkhd, {., N. of a grass, L. tama, mfn. the eightieth, MBh. &c. (in the
numeration of the chapters), -bhaga, m. the 'a,mf(a)n. not causing pleasure,
nia.mfn. unappeased, indomit- pernicious, RV. vii, 34, 13; x, 53, 8.
MaitrS. eightieth part, Mn.
140. Autishtaka,
viii, mm.
able, violent, wild, ; SBr. ; BhP.; restless, un-
laving eighty IshtakJs, SBr. x. a-sesha, mf(o)n. without remainder,
resigned, L.; unconsecrated, not sacred, SBr. ta,
f. want of tranquillity, passionateness, KathJs. Asitika, mfn. measuring eighty, R. ; an octo- entire, perfect, all ; (as), m. non-remainder, KatySr. ;

A-sSnti, is, f. restlessness, anxiety, L.; non-ces- ;enarian, VarBrS. Asitikavara, mfn. being at am), ind. entirely, wholly, Kum. v, 82 ; (end), ind.
east eighty years of
age, Gaut. d., MBh. &c. -tas, ind. id., Mn.; MBh.&c.
sation, Susr. kara, mfn. causing mischief, BhP.
tB, f. Pan. I, 6, Sch. tva, n. id.,
A-samya, mfn. unappeasable, Hariv.
4207. ^T5IW a-slrna, mfn. unimpaired, L. totality, ii,

aim. samrajya, m. 'possessed of complete

A'-sirya, mfn. indestructible, SBr. xiv.
asaya, Nora. A. See \/i. as. sovereignty," N. of Siva, L.
mfn. headless, TS. Aseshaya, Nom. P. (ind. p. shayitva) to finish
a-sasvata, mf(I)n. not permanent ^T^ftt^i a-strshdka,
or eternal, transient, A-sirahan, mfn. id., RV. iv, I, 1 1 AV. ntirely, Kum.- vii, 29.
MaitrUp.; MBh. &c.
;

A-BirsUka, mfn. id., (gana vrihy-ddi, q. v.) A-s68has,mfn.withoutdescendants,RV.vii,I,iI.

^rrcn^a-sosai, mfn. not punishing, Mn. A-sirshin, mfn. id., Pan. v, 2, 1 1 6, Ksi. Aseshita, mfn. completely annihilated, Venis.
ix, 254.
A-sSsana,az,n.want ofgovernment, anarchy.L.
1^1 T<? a-slla, mf(a)n. ill-behaved, vulgar, W ^IBf a-saiksha, as,m.' no longer a pupil,'
VIBh. xii, 4619; R. &c. (am), n. bad manners, n Arhat, Buddh.
A-sSstra, mf(o)n. not prescribed in the SSstras, ;

unscriptural, Jaim. viMta or -aiddlxa, - mm. not lepravity, Katlias.

l.a-soia, mf(a)n. (/i.suc), not
enjoined or established by the SSstras. not white, SBr. vii. causing sorrow, N. Lalit. not feeling sorrow, Na-
^TSJgi d-sukla, mf(a)n. ; ;

A-sSstriya, mfn. = a-idstra, q. v. vat (d-iukla-), mfn. not containing the word od. (as), m. the tree Jonesia Asoka Roxb. (a tree
;

A-sSsya mfn. unblamable, RV.

(4), 1 f moderate size belonging to the leguminous class
viii, 33, 7 ;
ukla, SBr. vi.
not to be punished, MBh.
v, 3542. mh magnificent red flowers), MBh. &c. ; N. of a
^njf'^ a-suci, mfn. (Pan. vi, 2, 161) im- minister of king Dasaratha, R. of awell-known
asika, v.l. for asika, q.v.
i, 7, 3 ;

mre, Joul, Mn. &c.

kara, mfn. making dirty, soil- :ing (in Pataliputra), MBh. Buddh.&c. ; ; (d), (., N.
a-sikshita, mfn. not learnt ng, Ap. or -tva, n. impurity.
tS, f. biiava, fa medicinal plant, L. ; a female name, (gana iu-
(as
manners &c.), Ksm. m. id., MBh. i, 782. -llpta, mfn. soiled, Ap. hradi, q. v.1 ; N. of one of the female deities of the
;
untaught (with ace FSak
KathJs.] or loc. or Inf.) A-sanca, am, n. (^dsauca, q.v., Pan. vii, 3, ainas, L. ; (am), n. the blossom of the Asoka plant,
,o) impurity, contamination, defilement (contracted fikr., (cf. Pan. iv, 3, 166, Siddh.); quicksilver, L.
osi<a', asitavya, &c. See -^2. as. y the death of a relation, or by the commission of kara, m. 'rendering sorrowless,' N. of aVidya-
I
114 asoka-taru. asva-karna.

dhara, Kuliiis. (D, f. a female name, Kathls.

;
ta- la, n. a stone mortar, L. bhid, m. the plant I. AsrI, f. = dsri, ShadvBr.
rn, ra. the Aioka tree, N. -tirtha, n., N. of a Coleus Scutellarioides (supposed to dissolve stone in
- -bheda -bhedaka d-srita, mfn. ? RV. iv, 7, 6.
Tirtha, MBh. iii, 8338; SkandaP. trirStra, m., the bladder), Susr. [L.] or
N. of a feast which lasts three nights, BhavP. ii. m. id. maya, mf(/")n. (
= asman-maya, ill-luck (personified as a
[Susr.}, 2.a-sr, f.

datta, m., N. of a man, Kathas. dvadasl and q. v.) made of stone, SBr. KstySr. Mn. mnr-
goddess), Kathas. mat, mfn. ingtorious,unpleasant,
; ;

-purnima, N. of certain holidays, MatsyaP.

f., ; dhan, mfn. having a head of stone, AitBr. yoni, K. i, 6, 1 6 (ed. Bomb.)
BhavP. ii. manjari, f., N. of a metre. mala, m. -garbha, q. v., L. vat, mfn. ( = dsman-vat,
A-srika, mfn. unlucky, MBh. iii, 12261.
f. a female name, Kathas. rohinl, f., N. of a q.v.) stony, Susr. varman, n. a wall or shield A-srlra, mf(o)n. unpleasant, ugly, RV.
medicinal plant, Susr. vanika, f. a grove of Aioka of stone, AV. v, 10, 1-7. varsha, n. a shower of A-slika, mfn. unpropitious, Mn. iv, 206.
trees, R. vardhana, m., N. of a king, BhP. ; stones.MBh.- vrimhtl, id., iii, 38, 8.-vraja f. R.
A-mlila, m(n.=a-srird,<\. v., AV.; SBr.; AitBr,;
VP. =
vega, m. -datta, q.v., Kathas. vrata, (dsma-), mfn. whose stall or pen is a rock, RV. iv, (especially said of speech) coarse, vulgar, Kith.; PBr.;
n., N. of a certain ceremony, BhavP. ii. shashthi, I, 13; x, 139, 6. sara, m. n. iron, Susr. (as), ;
MBh.&c.; (am), n. rustic language, low abuse, Dai.;
f. the sixth day in the first half of the month Caitra, m. sapphire, L. (asmasdra)-maya, mfn. made of
;
Sah. &c. f. or -tva, n. rustic language, Sah.
tft,
BhavP. ii. Asokarl, m. 'enemy of the Asoka iron, MBh. ii, 1836; R.iv, 22, 15. sarin, m., N. &c. dridha-rnpS, f.
(a woman) of an unpleasant
tree,' the plant Nauclea Kadamba Roxb. Asoka- of a man. hanman (dima-), n. a stroke of the but strong figure, Pan. vi, 2, 42. parlvada, m.
shtami, f. the eighth day in the first half of the thunderbolt, RV. 104, 5. Asmadl, a gana of
vii,
ill-report, Yajn. i, 33.
month Asokesvara-tlrtha, N. of a Pan. 80). AsmapidhSna, mfn. covered by
Caitra.
Tirtha, SivaP. Rev.
n., (iv, 2,
a stone, PBr. Asmarma, n. a heap of ruins, stones = asrlvi, q.v., MaitrS.
A-soca, mfa.l = an-ahamkriti, L. of a ruin, Pan. vi, 2, 91. Asmasya (4), mfn. a'sru, n. (us, m. only once SBr. vi and
A-socanlya, mfn. not to be lamented, Kad. 'having a stone-mouth or a stone-source,' flowing once R.) a tear, RV. x, 95, 1 2 & 13; AV. &c. with
A-soeya, mfn. id., MBh. &c.; (am), n. impers. from a rock, RV. ii, 24, 4. Asmottha, n. ( = aima-
' f/mucot ^/kri [MBh. xii, 1 2491] or </vrit,Cius.
Hariv. 6062. tS, f. the state of being not to ja, q. v.) rock-produced,' bitumen, L.
[R.] to shed tears [supposed to stand for dasrn
id., fr.
be lamented, Ragh. viii, 27. tva, n. id., MBh. I . Asmanta, am, n. a fire-place, L.; a field, L. ;
VdagS: cf. Gk. Lxt./acrymafoidacryma;
Sa/tpv;
(as), m., N. of a Marutvat, Hariv. 11546; [?cf. Goth, tagrs ; Eng. tear; Mod. Germ. Zdhri\.
Gk. KO.HLVOS ; Lat. caminus\ (v. 1. asvanta.)
2.d-$oka, mfn. (>/%. sue), without karman, n. shedding tears, MBh. xii, 12491.
I . Asmantaka, am, n. a fire-place, L. ; a shade nail, f. Fistula Lacrymalis. nlp&ta, m. flow of
heat, SBr. xiv. for a lamp, Das.; (as), m. ( asmdntaka, q.v.) =
tears, MBh. iii, 327, &c. parlpluta, mfn. bathed
N. of a plant, PirGr. ; Susr. &c.
^T$ftatTITa-so6Aamana, as, m. (gana carv- in tears. pSta, m. = -nipdta, q.v., MBh. xiv, 1 638 ;
Asmari, So), (in comp. sometimes
f. (Pan. iv, 2,
ddi, q. v.) Sah.; N.of a particular part of a horse's head,VarBrS.
asmari, Susr.) strangury, stone or gravel (the dis- with tears. pravaha, m.
See a-sushka. pnrna, mfn. filled
a-soshya. ease), Susr. &c. ghna, m.the tree Cratzva Rox- = -nifdla, q. v., Pancat. plavita, n. a flood of
burghii (used as a lithontriptic), L. bhedana, n.
a-sauca. See a-suci. tears, Kad. mnkha, mf(t)n. having tears on the
a lithontriptic, Susr. hara, m. the tree Pentaptera
face, AV. xi, 9, 7; R. ; Vikr.; (as), m. pi. a collec-
want of Arjuna or another plant (used L. as a lithontriptic),
a-sautirya, am, n. self- tive name for father, grandfather, and great-grand-
confidence, unmanliness, MBh. xii, 3605, ed. Bomb,
Asmantaka, as, m., N. of a plant (from the father, BrahmaP. locana, mfn. having tears in
fibres of which a BrShman's girdle may be made),
A-saundirya, am, n. id., MBh. xii, 3605, ed. MBh. iv, 485. vllocana, mfn.id., Var-
the eyes,
Mn. ii, 43.
Calc.; Mricch. BfS. Asrupanata, mfn. affected by tears, Vikr.
^TfT'TT 2. a-smanta, mfn.
(? \/sam), in-
a-saurya, am, n. want of heroism. ^^Kd-sruta, mfn. unheard, SBr. xiv, &c.;
auspicious, L.; unbounded, L.; (dm), n. death, L. ;
not heard from the teacher.not taught, Jaim.; (hence)
i.dsna, mfn. (\/2. as), 'voracious' (v. 1. aivanta and this perhaps for asv-anta, ' end
contrary to the Vedas, L. ; untaught, not learned,
[RV. i, 164, I & 173, a], see tiian at end (as), ; of life'?)
MBh. v, 1000 &
m., N. of a demon, RV. ii, 14, 5; 20, 5; vi, 4, 3. 1369 ; (as), m., N. of a son of
& 'Wf i . asra ifc. for dsri (q. v.), e. g. catur- Krishna, Hariv. 6190 ; of a son of Dyutimat, VP. ;
Asnat, mfn. eating, consuming, RV. rii, 67, 7
asra, try-asra, qq. vv. (J), f., N. of the wife of Aiigiras, Kathas. vat,
viii, 5, ; 31, &c.
(cf. dn-ainat.)
ind. as if it were not heard, Rajat. vrana, m., N.
'
Asni, mfn. eating,' only in the comp. A'sny- 2. asra for asra (a tear, blood), q.v.
of a son of Dyutimat, VP.
nshni, mfn. 'burning him who eats' [Comm.] or -sraddadhana, mfn. (p. A. srad- A'-sruti, is, (. oblivion, SBr. xiii ; R. ;
not a Vedic
'consuming and burning' (N. of an Agni), TAr. tva, n. inaudibleness,' indistinct-
'
a) not trusting in (gen., Bhag. ix, 3), unbe- text, KstySr.
Asnita-pibatS, f. invitation to eat and to drink,
lieving, SBr. xii ; MBh. &c. ness, RPrat. dhara, mfn. not striking the hear-
(gana mayuravyattsak&di, q. v.)
A-sraddha, mfn. (fr. iraddha), id., RV. vii, 6, ing, VPrit. ; not knowing the Veda, L.
Asnitaplbatlya, Nom. P. yati, to have the in-
and drink, Bhatt. v, 92. 3 AV. xii, 2, 51 ; (d-lraddhd), (. want of trust,
;
mfn. (compar.) not the
tention of inviting to eat ^f>5i4*^ a-sreyas,
VS. AV. SBr. Mn.
unbelief, ; ; ;
1. Asman, a, m. an eater, AV. xviii, 4, 54. Mn.x, 64 MBh. (as), n. mischief,
better, inferior,
A-sraddhita, mfn. unbelieving, BhP. ; ;

m. (cf. asan), a RV. MBh. iii, 1 195 v, 7079 Kathas.

^T?J 2. asna, as, stone, A-sraddheya, mfn. incredible, R. &c. ; ;

2 a cloud, Naigh. A-sraddha, mfn. not performing funeral rites,

A-sreyaska, mfn. fatal, noxious, MBh. iii, 75.
viii, 2, ;
A-sreshtha, mfn. not the best, inferior, L.
I Asma, ifc. for t.diman, a stone, Pin. v, 4, 94.
. L.; (am), n. food which has no relation to funeral
Asmaka, as, m. (gana riiyadi, q. v.) N. of a rites, Ap. bhojln, mfn. one who has taken a *8'y&t*(a-sreshmdn, mfn. ( -v/2 . srisi),with-
son of Vasishtha and Madayanti, MBh. VP. (as), vow not to eat during the performance of the SrSd- out bands, AV.
; ; iii, 9, 2.
m. pi., N. of a warrior tribe, PSn.iv, 1,173; R-&C.; dha ceremonies, Pan. iii, 2, 80, Sch.
A-sraddhin, mfn. not performing funeral rites, mfn.one who does not hear,
(cf. avanty-asmatds) (f), f., N. of several women,; WI'STiJa-srofrt',
Hariv. &c. sumantn, m., N. of a Rishi, MBh. Mn. iv, 233. ChUp.; MaitrUp.
xii, 1592. A-sraddheya, mfn. not fit for funeral rites, A srotra, mfn. without ears, SBr. xiv.
2. Asman, a, m. (once asman, SBr.
a stone, iii),
MBh. xiii, 4363. A-srotriya, mfn. not versed in the Veda, Kath. ;

rock, RV. &c. ; a precious stone, RV. v, 47, 3 ; SBr. ^reTH a-sramd, mfn. indefatigable, RV. vii, SBr.&c.; performed by Brahmans who are not versed
vi any instrument made of stone (as a hammer &c.), in the Veda, Pancat.
69, 7; (d-irama), mfn. id., RV. vi, 21, 12; (ena),
;

RV. &c.; thunderbolt, RV. &c.; a cloud, Naigh.; w^i*IT a-slagha,

without fatigue, Ragh. ii, 67.
instr. ind. f.
modesty, Nir. iv, 10.
the firmament, RV. v, 30, 8; 56, 4; vii, 88, 2 [cf. A-sramana, mfn. indefatigable, RV. x, 94, 1 1 ; A-slaghya, mfn. not to be praised, base, Mricch.
ZA. asman; Vm.asmdn;\Aih.akmu;S\i.v.kamy].
(d-sramana), as, m. not an ascetic, SBr. xiv.
maya, mf(<)n. made of stone, RV. iv, 30, 20 ; A-sramishtha, mfn. (superl.) quite indefatiga-
i /)<$ a-sllka. See 2. o-sr.
x> 67, 3; ioi, 10; (cf. aima-mdya.) vat (di- RV. A-slIla. See ib.
ble, iv, 4, 1 2.
mm.
stony, RV. x, 53, 8 ; AV. xii, 2, [26
man-),
&] 27;asma-vat.)
(cf.
A-sranta, mm. unwearied, RV.
I Kathas. ; (am), n. unweariedly, Uttarar.
x, 62,11; AV. a-slesha, f. sg. or as, f . pi. ( o- =
xix, 25,
2. Asma (in comp. for 1. As man). sleshd, q. v.) N. of the seventh (in later times the
;

kadali,
f., N. of a plant, L. kntta, mfn. breaking or 'et'si'HU a-sravana, am, a. not hearing, ninth) lunar mansion (containing five stars), MBh.
VedSntas.; (at), abl. ind. on account of not hear- Jyot; VarBrS. bhava or -bhu, m.
bruising with a stone (as grain), Mn. vi, 17; R. xiii, 3262 ;

ing, i. e. not seeing anything declared in the sacred

the Ketu (or descending node), L.
-knttaka, mfn. id., Ysjn.iii, 49. ketn, m., N.
of a plant, L. gandhS (dsma-), (., N. of a plant, texts, Lsty.
d-slona, mf(d)n. not lame, AV.
Br. xiii ; KstySr. ; (cf. asva-gandhd.) garbha A-sravaniya, mm. inaudible, ChUp.
or -garbha-ja, n. an emerald, L. gb.ua, m., A-sravya, mfn. unfit to be heard, Sah. i.dsva (2. rarely 3, RV.), as, m. (vl
N. of a plant, L. cakra (dima-), mfn. furnished ai, Un.), ifc. f. d, a horse, stallion, RV. &c. ;
the
'
with a disk of stone, RV. x, ioi, 7. oita, mfn. horse (in the game of chess) ; the number ' seven
covered with stones, PBr.
'
Ja, n. rock-born," bitu- -sraddha, &c. See d-sraddadhana. (that being the number of the horses of the sun) ; the
men, L. ; iron, L.; (cf. Mn. ix, 321.) jatn, n.
a-sravya. See a-sracana. archer (in the Zodiac), VarBr. ; a particular kind of
bitumen, Car. tS, f. the state (hardness) of a stone, lover (horse-like in strength), L. ; N. of a teacher
Kathas. darana, m. an instrument for breaking dsri, is, f. the sharp side of anything, (with the patron. S5mudri), SBr. xiii of a son of ;

stones, L. dldyn (dsma-), mfn. whose missile corner,angle (of a room orhouse\edge (of asword), Citraka, Hariv. 1921 of a Danava, MBh. i, 2532 ;;

weapons are stones or thunderbolts, RV. v, 54, 3. SBr. ; KstySr. often ifc., e. g. asktasri, trir-dsri,
; (d), i. (gana ajadi, q. v.) a mare, RV. &c. [Zd. aspa;
nagara, n., N. of the town in which Kalakeya cdtur-asri, iatdiri, q. v. ; (cf. asra) ; [cf. Lat. acies, Lat. equus ; Gk. firtrot, &c.] kandika, f. =
resided, R. vii. pur a, f. a castle built on a rock, acer; Lith. assmti]. mat, mfn. cornered, Nir. -gandlia, q. v., L. karna, m.the ear of a horse,
'
SBr. iii. pnshpa, n. benzoin (styrax), L. bhS- vi, 23. KstySr.; (mfn.) resembling the ear of a horse,' said
 asva-karnaka. asvatthama. 115
of a particular fracture of the bones, Suir. ; (a.r),'m. RV. ii, 6, 2. mukha,
mf(i)n. having the head of horse,' a form of Vishnu, AgP. - icandra (diva-),
the tree Vatica Robusta (so called from the
shape of a horse, VarBrS. ;
(ds), m., N. of a mythical being, brilliant with horses, RV. vi, 35, 4. shadgava,
its leaves), R.; Susr.; N. of a
mountain, Buddh. Suparn.; a Kirnnara, Kad.; (i), [. a Kimnarl, R.; n. a set or team of six horses, Pan. v. 2,
29, Comm.
karnaka, mfn. ( = -karna, mfn.) said of a par- Kum. i, 1 1 ; (ds), m. pi., N. of a people, VarBrS. -shS, mfn. (Ved.) = -j<z, q.v., Pan. viii, 3, no,
ticular fracture of the bones, Susr.
(as), m. the tree ; (v.l. hia-mukhd). i.-medha,m.the horse-sacri- Pat. ani, mfn. gaining or procuring horses, VS.
Vatica Robusta, Susr. kasa, f. a whip for a horse, fice (acelebrated ceremony, the
antiquity of which viii, 12
(cf. gana savanadi, q.v.)
; si, mfn. id.,
Nir. ix, 19. -kutl, f. a stable for
horses, Pancat. reaches back to the Vedic period ; the
i, 162 hymns RV. -sada, m. a horseman, VS. xxx, sS-
13.
knnapa, n. the carcass of a horse, TS.vii. ke- & 163 of the RV. [ = VS. xxii seqq.], referring to dln, m. id., Ragh. vii, 44. sSrathya, a manage-
sa, as, m. pi., N. of a people, MarkP. -kovida, it, are however of comparatively late ment of horses and cars, horsemanship and
origin in later ;
driving,
mm. skilled in horses, N. kranda (diva-}, m., times its efficacy was so Mn. x, 47. _ snkta, n., N. of a SSman. - sfck-
exaggerated, that a hundred
N. of a mythical being, Suparn. ; MBh. i, 1488 ('N. such sacrifices entitled the sacrificer to displace Indra tin, m., N. of the author of the hymns RV. viii, 14
of Yaksha,' Comm.) krita, mf(f, Pan.iv, I, 50) from the dominion of Svarga
kings who engaged ; & 15- 5tra, n. a text-book on the management
n. bought (in
exchange) for a horse, Pin. vi, 2, 1 5 1, in it spent enormous sums in
gifts to the Brahmans ; of horses, MBh. ii, 255. -sunrlta, mf(a)n. pleased
Sch. kshabha, m^o)n.? AV.xix,49, i. -khu- it is said that the horse was sometimes not
immo- with horses, RV. v, 79, i-io (voc.) -srlgalikS,
ra, m. a horse's hoof, Susr. ; Pancat. ;
a perfume (ap- lated, but kept bound during the ceremony), VS. xviii, f. the natural enmity between the horse and the
parently a dried shell-fish), L. ; (f),
f. the
plant Cli- 22 TS.; Rzg,h.&c.,(cf.ar&dsvamedAd'); (asvame-
'
;
jackal, L. sena, m., N. of a N3ga, MBh. i, 803,
toria Ternatea, L. the pace of a horse,'
gratl, f.
dha)-kdnda, n.,N. of SBr. xiii (treating of the Asva- 8237 of a son of Krishna, BhP.; of the father of
;
N. of a metre (containing four verses of eighteen [or medha) v',m.,N.ofaking,BhP.;-/z/J,n. the state the twenty-third Arhat of the
present Avasarpini, L.
;

sixteen?] syllables each). -gandhS, f. the plant of an Asv., SBr. x -datta, m., N. of a king, MBh. '
; , .
Btomiya, n. relating to the praise of the sacri-
Physalis Flexuosa, Susr. Comm. on KatySr.
'
ffup-
jjSjS ; VP.; -yajln, m. engage'd in an Asv., SBr.
;
'< N. of the hymn RV. i, 162, SBr. xiii ;
ficial horse,'
ta, m., N. of a teacher, Buddh. goyuga, n. a xiii,xiv; (asvamedha)-vat, mfn. receiving an Asv.; (as), m. (sc. homo), N. of an oblation, ApSr.
pair of horses (cf. Pan. v, 2, 29, Comm.)
; gosh- ind.aswith the Asv., KatySr.;
oivamed/i?ivara,m., sthana.n. astableforhorses,Yajn.i, 278; (mfn.)
tha, n. a stable for horses, Pan. v, 2,
29, Comm. N. of a king, MBh. ii, 1066. born in a stable, Pan. iv, 3, 35, Sch. - hana, m. =
2.-mcdha('.rzr<7-),
trriva, m. 'horse-neck,' N. of an Asura, MBh.; m, N. a descendant of Bharata, RV. v, 27, 4-6.
of
-ghna, q. v., Car. hann, m., N. of a man, Hariv.
R.; of a son of Citraka, Hariv. 1920. ghama, =
medhaka, m. ( aivamedha-ja above) N. of a 1943. -liantri.m.^-^wa, q. v., Susr. -haya,
m., N. of a place, Rsjat. -ghasa, m. (Pan. ii, I,
king, BhP. medhlka, mfn. relating to the Asva- mfn. driving horses, RV. ix,
96, 2 ; x, 26, 5.
36, Comm.) fodder for horses, KathSs. ghosha, medha, MBh. i, 354 &
605 ; (cf. asvamedhika) ; ha vis, n., N. of a sacrificial ceremony, MaitrS.
m., N. of a Buddhist patriarch. ghna, m. 'horse- (as), m. a horse fit for the Asv., L. medhin, mfn. -hSraka, m. a horse-stealer, Mn. xi, 51. -hri-
bane,' a kind of Oleander (Nerium L. Odorum), engaged in an Asv., PBr. -medhiya, m. = -me- daya, n. horsemanship, L.; (a), f. a N. of the Ap-
cakra, m., N. of a man, MBh. iii, ca-
10272. dhika (q. v.), m., L. mohaka, m. = -ghna, q.v., saras Rambha, Kad. Asvakaha,
m., N. of a plant,
lana-sala, f. a riding-house, Pancat. - cikitsa, f. L. yajna, m. a sacrifice offered for the benefit of L. Asvajani, f. a whip, RV. v, 6~2,
a work of Jayadatta. 7 vi, 75, 13. ;
'veterinary art,' jaghana, one's horses, Gobh. yuj, mfn. harnessing horses, Asva'di, two ganas of Pan. (iv, i, no& v, i, 39).
mm. having the lower limbs like those of a horse, RV v> 54. 3 > having horses
-
put to (as a carriage), Asvadhika, mfn. superior in horses, strong in
VarBr. Jit, mfn. gaining horses by conquest, RV. R. v, 27, 14 born under the constellation
2 1, I ; ix, 59, I ; AV.
;
Asvayuj, cavalry. Agvadhyaksha, m. a guardian of horses,
ii, (/), m., N. of a Buddhist ; fin. iv, 3, 36 (cf. N. of a-
asvayuja) (k),
; f.
sg., N.; Pancat. Asvanlka, n. cavalry, Malav. As-
Bhikshu. tara, see below s.v. -tirtha, n., N. constellation (the head of Aries), Pan. iv,
of a place of pilgrimage near 3, 36 ; vantaka, m.<* aSva-ghna, q.v., L. Asvabhi-
Kanyalcubja on the VarBrS. &c. ; (-yujau), (. du. id., AV. xix,
dhani.f. a
7, 5 ; halter, AV.; SBr.; asvabhidhdnt-krita,
Gangs, MBh. iii, 11052 xiii, 216. -ttha,-ttha- ;
TBr.; m. the month Asyina (Sept.-Oct.), Var-
(k), mm. having the halter put on, SBr. vi. A'sva-ma-
ma, -tthaman, see ss. vv. below. triratra, m. BrS. ynja, m. the month Asvina, Kaus. VarBrS. ; gha, mfn. rich in horses, RV. vii, 71, I. Asvft-
(g,m*yuktdrohyddi,<i.v.) N. of a ceremony, SSnkh- yupa, m. the post to which the sacrificial horse yurveda, m. veterinary science. Asvayns, m.,
Sr.; Laty. tva, n. the state of a horse, SBr. xiii. is bound, RV.
162, 6. -yoga (diva-), mf(<z)n.
i, N. of a king, MatsyaP. Asvari, m. =
da, mfn. giving horses, Mn. iv, 231. ' aiva-ripu,
dansh- having horses put to," reaching quickly, V. i, 1 86, R q.v., L. AsvArndha, mfn. mounted, sitting on
fra, = sva-danshtrd, q.v.) the plant Tribulus 7. -raksha, m. a groom, L. -ratha, m. a car- horseback, Kathas. Asv&roha, m a horseman, Ka-
f.
(
.

Lanuginosus, L. &i, mfn. = -da, q. v., RV. ; (cf. riage drawn by horses, SBr. v; KatySr. ; (mm.) driv- thas. (a), (. =
;
asva-gandha, q. v., L. A'svK-vat,
dn-aiva-dd.) davan, mfn. id., R V. v, 1 8, 3 (voc.) ing in such a carriage, PBr. ; (a), f., N. of a river, mfn. (Pan. vi, 3, 131) furnished with horses,
toge-
dnta, m. a messenger on horseback, Lalit. MBh. iii, 11681. -raja, m. 'king of horses,' N. of ther with a horse or
horses,RV.; consisting of horses,
nadi, f., N. of a river, MBh. iii, 17132. naya, the horse UccaihSravas
(q.v.), MBh. i, 1097 ; N. of R V. ; (t), n. ( = dsva-vat, q.v.) possession of horses,
m. a horse-herd, one who has the charge of a drove of Sakyamuni, Lalit. - radhas (diva-), mfn. RV. ; (tf), {., N. of a river, SivaP. Rev. Asvava-
equip-
grazing horses, ChUp. nasaka, m. = -ghna, L. ping or furnishing horses, RV. v, 10, 4; x, 21, 2. tSna, m., N. of a man, (gana gopavanadi and m-
'
nibandhika, :n. 'a horse-fastener,' groom, Inscr. ripu, m. enemy of horses,' a buffalo, Bhpr. ro- dadi, q. v.) Asvavarohaka, m. or hlk5, f.
nlrnlj (diva-), mfn. decorated with horses, RV. dhaka, m. = -ghna, q. v., L.
- lalita, n. a species asva-gandha, q. v. Asvishlta. mfn. driven by
x 76. 3- -Pt m- a groom, VS. xxx, II. -pati of the Vikriti metre, -lala, f. a kind of
snake, L. RV. 46, 28. Asvoraaa, n. a principal
.
horses, viii,
(diva-), m. lord of horses, RV. viii, 21, 3 (voc.; Ionian, m. horse-hair, L. vaktra, m. ( = -mu- horse, Pan. v, 4, 93, Sch.
said of Indra) VS. xvi, 24 N. of a Kaikeya, SBr. kha, q.v.) a Kirnnara, L.
; ; vadava, am, n. sg. or i. Asva, Nom. P. asvati, to behave like a
horse,
x of a brother-in-law of Dasaratha, R. ii, I, 2 ; of
; au, m. du. a horse and a mare, Pan. ii, 4, 1 2 ; (ds), Pan. Sch.
iii, i, 1 1,
an Asura, MBh.
of a king of Madras and
; Hariv. ;
m. pi. horses and mares, PSn. ii,
4, 27, Kas. vat Asvaka, as, m. a small or bad horse, VS. xxiii,
father of Sivitri, MBh. ; (diva-), mfn. rich in horses, AV. vi, 68, 3
(aivapaty)-ddi, a gana of (f), n. ;
1 8 ; a sparrow, L.; (ds), m.
pi, N. of a people,
P5n. (iv, I, 84). -parna (diva-), mfn. of of MBh. vi, 351, &c. (cf. aimaka); (ttd), f. a
having 'consisting horses,' possession horses, RV. viii, little
horses for
wings, RV. i, 88, : ; vi, 47, 31 ; (f), [., N. 46, 5 ; ix, 105, 4 ; AV. xviii, 3,61; (cf. divd-vat); mare, Pan. vii, 3, 46.
of a river, SivaP. Rev. -pastya mfn. (mfn.) containing the word asva, PBr. ; (ti), {., N.
(diva-, 5), Asvaklnl, f. the Nakshatra AtvinI, L.
having horses in the stable, filling the stable of a river, MBh. xiii,
with 7651 ; of an Apsaras, VP. Aivatara, as,.m. (Pan. v, 3, 91) a mule, AV.
horses, RV. ix, 86, 41. -pgda, mm. horse-footed, -vadana, ds, m. pi., N. of a people, VarBrS. iv, 4, 8 ; SBr. &c. ; (compar. of aiva) a better horse.
(gana Hatty-Mi, q. v.) ; (as), m., N. of a Siddha, vaha, m. a horseman, L. i -v&ra, m. ( -vd- . = Pat.; a male calf, L. ; one of the chiefs of the
Nagas,
Rajat. -pala, m. (f. f, gana revaty-ddi, q.v.) a Id, q.v.) Saccharum Spontaneum, Pan. viii, 2, 1 8, MBh.; Hariv. &c.; N. of a Gandharva, L. ; (d), (.
groom, Ratnav. ; one who has to guard the sacrificial Comm. dsvavdra.)
; (cf. 2. -v5ra, m. a horse- a better mare, Pat. f. a she-mule, AV.
horse, SahkhSr. - pncchaka, m., N. of a plant, L. ;
; (/), viii, 8,
man, R.; Sis. iii, 66, &c.; a groom, L. -TrSraka, 22 MBh. &c. Asvatarasva, m., N. of a man,
;
(Hid), (. the plant Glycine Debilis, L. -prishtha m. a groom, L. vSrana, m. = -ripu, q.v, L. Comm. on ChUp. (cf.aivatardivi.) Asvatari-
;

(diva-), mfn. carried on horseback, RV. viii, 26, 24; -vala, m. hair from the tail of a horse, KatySr.; ratha, m. a car drawn by a she-mule, AitBr. :
(am), n. horseback. peja or -peya, m., N. of a the reed Saccharum
Spontaneum, SBr. iii. vaha, ChUp.; KatySr.
man, Pan. iv, 3, 106, Kas. -pesas (diva-), mfn. m. a horseman, L. vikrayin, m. a horse-dealer, Asvattha, as, m. (ttha = stha, 'under which
decorated with horses, RV. ii, i, 16. pranlta L. i. -via, m.
(<J\.vid), 'skilled in training horses stand') the holy fig tree, Ficus
Religiosa, AV. ;
(diva-), mfn. carried near by a horse, SBr. vii. horses,' a N. of Nala,L. - 2.-vfd, mfn. (^3. via), SBr. &c.; a vessel made of its wood, RV. i,
135, 8 ;
prapatana, n., Pan. v, 1, 1 1 1, Comm. ; tamya, procuring horses, RV. ix, 55, 3 ; 61, 3. - v'risha, x> 97> 5 : the upper (9r male) arani made 'of its
mfn. referring to it, ib. -bandha, m. = -niban- m. a stallion, SBr. xiv. - vaidya, m. a veterinary
wood, AV. vi, 1 1, I ; SBr. xi ; KatySr. ; the plant
dhika, q. v., MBh. iv, 62 R. baudhaka, m. id., surgeon, -vrata, n, N. of a Saman. -saka, n.
;
Thespesia Populneoides, L. ; N. of a Nakshatra (also
R. -bandhana, n. excrements of a horse, SBr. vi. -sakrit, n. id,
fastening of horses; (mf(z)n.) called
Sronl), Pan. iv, 2, 5 22 ; a N. of the sun, &
used for
fastening horses. bala, f. the vegetable KatySr.; f, N. of a river, Hariv. 6445. sankn, MBh. iii, 151 (ds), m. pi, N. of a people, VarBrS.;
;

Trigonella Fcenum Grsecum, Susr. bahn, m., N. m, N. of a Danava, MBh. satrn, m.=
i, 2531. (a), f. day of full moon in the month Asvina (in
1920 &
of a son of Citraka, Hariv. 2088. bndhna -ripu, q. v, L. iapha, m. a horse's hoof, SBr. xiii ; which month the fruit of the Ficus
on horses,' carried by Religiosa gene-
(diva-), mf(a)n. 'based horses, KatySr. (asvasaphd)-budhna, mfn. having ground becomes ripe) (/), f.the small Pippala tree, L.;
;
rally ;
RV. -bndhya (diva-), mfn. based on
x, 8, 3. shaped like a horse's hoof, ApSr. -matrd, hav- ; (mfn.)
'
relating to the Naksha'ra Asvattha,' (with
horses, consisting of horses (as wealth), RV.
i, 92, 7 ing the measure of a horse-hoof, Br. i. sSkhota, mztkurta) the moment in which the moon enters
& 8 121, 14.
; bhSra, m. the load of a horse, m, N. of a plant. salS, f. a stable for horses, that Nakshatra, Pan. iv, 2, Sch. m. the knna,
(gana vaniadi, q.v.) -mandurS, f. = -goshtha,
5, '
MBh. iSva, m. a foal. sSatra, n. a text-book fruit season of the holy fig tree,
(garla pllv-ddi,
q. v., Kad. -mahishlkS, f. the natural
enmity of of veterinary science ; N. of a work of Nakula.
q.v.) -bheda, m. the tree Ficus Benjamina.
a horse and a
buffalo, L. mSra or -mSraka, m. slras, n. a horse's head, MBh. (mfn.) having Asvatthaka, mfn. to be done (as paying debts)
= -ghna, q v, Susr. mSla m. a kind of serpent, the head of a horse (N. of Narayana), MBh.
;

.
j
xii, when the Afvattha tree bears, Pan. iv, 3,
L. 48 ; (ika) t
-mltra,
m., N. of a teacher of the Gobhila 13100 seqq. (as),
; m, N. of a Danava, MBh.; =
f. aivatthl, q.v., L.
family, VBr. -m-Uhtl (dsvam-ishtf), mfn. wish- Hariv. of a king (named in connection with Nara-
; AsvatthSma, mfn. (for aiva-slh)
having the
ing lor horses, RV. viii, 61, 7 ; procuring horses, yana), VarP.
- slrsha, m. 'having the head of a strength of a horse, Pat.
la
 asvalthaman. ashtu-stana.
116
consisting of eight verses
SBr. ix. loha, n.
reckoned either as th eighteenth and
nineteenth hymn
AsvatthSman, 85, Siddh.;
mfn. id., Pan. iv, I, = -dhatu, q.v., Hcat.-varga, mfn. being in rows
or as the twentieth and twenty-first [VP.
(a), m.,
N. of a son of Drona, MBh. ; of one of- the [TBr.] of eight each, KitySr. ; (as), m. a class of eight
AV. &c.
seven Rishisof the period of Manu Savarni,
Hariv. &c.]), xix, 7, 4,
principal medicaments(viz.
Rishabha, Jivaka, Medi,
Ashadhaka, as, m. the month Ashadha, L. Kshiraka-
43 Mahamedl, Riddhi, Vriddhi, Kakoli, and
Aivattnika, mf(i>., "ttfcila, tthaya,
mfn. Ashadhin, mfn. wearing the staff (of Palasa - vargha, m'f(.a)n. eight years old, Mn. ix,
Ashadha, Kad. koli), L.
(gartas/ar/Aft, kumudddi, kdiadi,
and utkaradi, wood) called
94. - vlkalpa,
mm. of eight kinds,Sankhyak. - vi-
qq, vv.) WS i. ashta, mfn. (Vaksh; cf. nir-\/aksh)
dha, mfn. eightfold, of eight kinds,
Mn. vii, 154,
Aivatha, as, m., N. of a man, RV. vi, 47, 24. 'marked, branded,' only in comp.
with I. -karna,
&c.-vjilia, mfn. having eight bulls(?), AV. v,
Aivaya, Norn. L.yate - asvataram dcashte,
L.
mfn. branded on the ear, Pan. vi, 3, 115; ()>
f-
16, 8. -
iata.-o.a hundred and eight,VarBfS.; Jain.;
Aivaya, f. desire to get horses, RV. viii, 46, 10; cow branded on the ear, RV. x, 62, 7. eight hundred, Yajfi. i, 302; (f),
f. id., Suryas.;

mfn. consisting of eight hun-

cr? fr. v/i as. See a'-samasA?a-*. (ashtasata)-sdhasra,
Asvayii, mfn. desiring horses, RV.
2. ashta,
dred 'thousand, MBh. iv, 288.-sataka, n. a hun-
Asvala, as, m., N. of the Hotri-priest of Janaka AV. &c.] or MBh. iii, 158. -iravana or
^TW^(ashtan), ashtau [RV. ; dred and eight,
king of Vaideha, SBr. xiv (cf. dsvaldyana?) -sravas, m. = -karna, q.v.) 'eight-eared,' N. of
;
ashta [RV. viii, 2, 41] or ashta [RV. 15;
x, 27, (
Asvasya, Norn. P. "syati, to wish for the stallion, AV! &c.], pi. eight (other forms are :
gen. ashta- Brahman, L. - sHas^a, mfn. the sixty-eighth.
sixty-eight, Kathas.
- shasHtita-
Pan. vii, I, 51. nam, Mn. &c. instr. ashtabhls, RV. ;
ii, 1 8, 4 SBr.
; -hashti, f.

Aivaya, Nom. P. (p. yat) to wish for horses, &c.; \oc.asAtdsii,SBr.&c.); [Lil.octo; Gk.werw; ma, m(n. = -shaskta, q. v.-saptati, f. seventy-
RV.; (cf. Pan. vii, 4, 37.) Goth.aAtau; Mod.Germ. acht ; Eng\.ei'gAt;
Lith.
eight.
- saptatitama, mfn. the seventy-eighth.
Asvika, parpadi and kumu-
mf(i>- (ganas asztitni; Slav, osm/.] sahasraka, mi(ikd)n. consisting of eight thou-
dadi, qq. vv.) Ashta (in comp. for ctthtan). kapala, sand (i.e. slokas, as one of the Buddhist PrajnapS-
3.
Asvin, mfn. possessed of horses, consisting^! ashta-kap' ', q. v.,
Pan. vi, 3, 46, Comm. - 2.
ramitas).
- tana[MaitrS.]orahtar stana[SBr.J,
mounted on horseback, MarkP.; (t), N. of Brahman teats asAta-
horses, RV. cow) whose udder has eight
is
; -karna, m. 'eight-eared,' (who f.
(a
; (cf.
m.
m a cavalier horse-tamer, RV. ; ((ad or inau),
;
supposed to have four heads),
L. -kritvas, ind. stand.)
du ' the two charioteers,' N. of two divinities (who eight times,
AV. xi, 2, 9; KatySr.; (cf. ashtau kri-
appear in the sky
before the in a golden car- dawn
tvas, id., SB.)
- kona, m. an octogon, L. - khanda, mfn. (an oblation) prepared or offered in eight pans,
RV.
riage
drawn by horses they bring treasures
or birds ;
m N. of a collection of different passages of the VS. ; AitBr. SBr. - gava, mm. (a car) drawn by
;

Pan. vi, 3, 46, Comm. - grihita, mfn.

,
are
to men and avert misfortune and sickness ; they - gava, n. a flock of eight cows, vi, 3, 46, Pan.
RV. &c. ; eight oxen,
considered as the physicians of heaven), Comm., (cf. ashtd-gava) (mfn.) drawn by eight ;
(said of ghee)
drawn eight times, SBr. vi.-cakra
aN of theNakshatra presided over by the Asvins, Var-
oxen, MBh. viii, '799.
- gnna, mfn. eightfold, Mn. (ashta.), mf((f)n. having eight
wheels, AV.- ca-
con-
BrS.; the number 'two,' ib.; Suryas.; (forasvi-sutau) tvarinia, mfn. the forty-eighth, VS. SBr. ;
n.' eight qualities,' comp., e.g. in
viii, 400; (am), ;

the two sons of the Asvins, viz. Nakula

and Saha- with the eight quali- of a' Stoma. catva- N -
ashtagunasraya, mfn. endowed sisting of forty-eight verses,
.

N.of the wife of the ties '(as a'king), L.-grinita, mfn.- ashtd-grih ,
PsrGr. ;
deva, MBh. v, 1816; (ini), (., rinsaka, mm. lasting forty-eight years,
two Asvins in later times was cons-dered as
(who -catvarinia, mfn. the forty-eighth. =~-catvarintin, q. v., Pan. v, I, 94, Comm. -ca-
q.v., KatySr.
their mother cf. asvini-putrau below), RV. v, 46,
;
-catvariniat, f. =ashta-catv, q.v., Pan. vi, 3,
tvariniat f. forty-eight, SBr. (ashtd-
Naksha- (ashta-), ;

8 the head of Aries or the first of the 28 later language for ashtd-taya, forty- of
49.-taya, n. (in catvdrinsad)-akshara, mf(o)n. consisting
VarBrS. ; (asvini, shortened for the sake
q v ) a collection of eight
different things. - trinsa,
tras, Jyot. ;
= = eight syllables, SBr. (ash(acatvdrinsad)-ishtaka, ;

of metre) Suryas.; (t), n. ( asva-vat, n., q.v.) mm. the thirty-eighth, M Bh. -triniat, f. ashtd- mfn. consisting of forty-eight Ishtakas, SBr.-ca-
richness in horses, RV. i, 53, 4. Aivi-devatSka, tr, q. v., MBh.-tva, n.
condition of eight, Fan. tvariniin, mm. performing a vow that lasts forty-
mfn. whose divinities are the Asvins, L.
Asvina- - danshtra, m. = ashtd-d q. v.) Comm.-taya, dni, n.
84, Sch. (
eight years, Pan. v, I, 94,
,
vii, 2,
the Asvins,
krita, mfn. (irreg. for ah>l-k) done by N ofa Danava, Hariv. 2935. -dala,
mfn. having 1
pi.
different
eight
AitBr. -trinsa, mfn. 'the
things,
of
VS. xx, 35. Airrini-kmmara, m. the son a flower of eight leaves, San. ; (am),
n. a lotus flower
thirty-eighth,'
with Sold, a hundred augmented by
Asvini (said to be the father of the
first physician),
with eight leaves. -dii, f. pi. the eight cardi- ^, thirty-eight, SBr. x. - triniat, f. thirty-eight,
BrahmavP. i. Aivini-pntrau or -sntau, m. du. nal points of the compass collectively, L.; (ashta- KatySr. - danslitra,
mfn. having eight tusks,
mfn. (any the cardi-
the twin sons of Asvini, L. Aiyi-mat, dik)-pdla, as, m. pi.
the eight regents of APrat. ; N. of a son of Virupa, author of the hymn
Pan. iv, 4, 1 26.
Mantra) containing the word Asvin, nal points, as Indra of the East, &c. ; (see dik-pati RV. x, III, RAnukr.; AsvSr.-daia, mfn. the
Asviya, Ved. n. pi. troops of horses, RV. iv,
a, and -pala.)-a*i, ind. (Pan. v, 3, 42 seq.) eight-
eighteenth, VS.; SBr.; connected^with
an eighteen-
VS. AV. mfn. eighteen,
fold, in eight parts
xiii, 3, 19;
or sections, fold Stoma, PBr.-daian (ashta-),
desire horses, Part, mfn. divided into eight
I. Asviya, Nom. P. yati, to &c (oshtadhd)-vihitd, SBr. &c.; (ashtddasa)-dhd, ind. in eighteen parts,
Desid. asviyiyishati or asisviyi- the eight metals col- ' a
vii, I, 51, Sch.: parts, SBr.
vi.-diatu, m. pi. Sankhyak. -thuja, f. having eighteen
;
arms,'

shati, Pan. vi, I, 3,

Comm. lectively (as gold, silver, copper,
tin, lead, brass, iron, N. of Durga, L. ; -rca, n. (ric), a hymn consisting
- na- of eighteen verses or lines, AV. xix, 23, 15. -da-
2 Asriy*. mfn. (gana apup&di, q. v.)
conducive and steel) - navata, mfn. the ninety-eighth.
.

to horses, L.; (Pin. iv, 2, 48)

a number of horses vati, f =asAta-n, q.v.-navatitama,
mfn.= =
iama, mfn. the eighteenth. dii, f. f\. ashta-
-
mfn. the fifty-eighth. Hcat.-navati (asAta-), f. ninety-eight,
or horsemen with horses, Kad. ;
Kathas. -navata, q. v.' -pancSia, dis, q.v.,
mfn. (gana apupadi, q.v.) - pancaiattama, SBr. x; Rajat.-paksna (ashta-), mf(o)n. havmg
I . A'svya (3, rarely 2),

belonging to or coming
from horses, RV. ; SBr. xiv ;
n. a number of
-,..
-pancaiat.f. =ashta-p',<\.v.
mfn = -fancdia,<i.v. - pati (ashtd-), mf(-j>atni)n
mn - pattra,mfn. T Ar.
,
eight side-pillars,
AV. ix,3,2 1 - pancaiat (ashta-), .

vi.-pad(oJ-Ato-), mfn., only

f.
of
consisting horses, RV.; (am), (-pat) having eight husbands, f. fifty-eight, SBr.
horses, possession
of horses, RV. and (am), n. -aala, =
q. v. -pad,
m. (nom. -pad)
-padi(* verse) having eight lines, eightfold (as speech
1
'
N. of Vasa, a spider, L.; the fabulous ani- or verses), RV. ; AV. (in ritual language) a pregnant
2 Aivya (3), as, m. son of Asva,' 'having eight legs, ;

RV. U2, 10 viii, 46, ai

i, ;
& 33; N. of another mal generally called Sarabha, L.-pada, mf(a)n.
- animal.VS.; SBr.; KatySr. (also neg.an-ashldpadT,
a metre), RPrat. padika, 'not a pregnant animal,' SBr.) ; a wild sort of jasmin,
man, RV. viii, 14, IA. having eight Padas (as
f. the plant Vallaris
Dichotomus Wall., MBh. xui, L.-pada, m. '.having eight legs,'
a spider, L.; a
asvanta, v. 1. for asmanta, q. v.
ed. Bomb.; v. 1. -pddikd, ed. Calc.-pada, the fabulous animal Sarabha, L. ; a wild
f

2831
m. worm, L. ;

,
mfn. having eight legs, MBh. iii, 10665; (as), sort of jasmin, L.; a pin or bolt, L.;
the mountain

to-morrow, PBr. a kind of spider, L.; the fabulous

animal Sarabha, m. n. (gana ardharcadi,
row, not provided
for ; Yajfi. i,
Kailasa, L.; (as or am),
BhP. L - padika, see -padika above. - putra (ashta-), cloth or board for drafts,
118 MBh. - vid, mfn. ignorant of the future, q.v.) a kind of chequered
;

- vidnatri, mfn. not providing forthe future, MBh. AV. viii, 9, 21 ; TAr. dice, &c., Hariv.; R. Sec.; ( -prush, q.v.) gold, =
mf(a)n. having eight sons,
xii, 8o20.-vldlian, n. non-provision for the fu- -purncHa (ashta-), mfn. consisting of eight per- MBh. xii, Kum. vii, IO ; (a), f. (i.e. ric)
10983 ;

ture, Mn. xi, 6 (-MBh. xii, 6050).

1 sons,
-
TAr. purtipika, f. a wreath made with eight a verse consisting of eight Padas. -parna, mfn. hav-
a
A-svastanika, mfn. a-Svastana, Mn. iv, 7. different kinds of flowers, Kad.-mangala, n. ing eight leaves,
APrat. -padya, mfn. eightfold,
to go, collection of eight lucky things (for
certain great
Mn. viii, 337 Gaut prush (ashtd-), mfn. (nom.
ash, cl. i. P. A. ashati, tf,
;

occasions, such as
a coronation &c.), e. g. a lion, n. -prut I) having (i.e. marked by a sign
similar to)
to take or receive,
move, L. ; to shine, L. ;
a bull, a
an elephant, water-jar, a fan, a flag, a trum- a golden coin, cf. ashtd-pada), TS.
eight drops (as
and a lamp ; (or, according to others, Brahman, -yoga, m. a carriage and eight, AV. vi, 91,
L.: V3-<"-) a I.
(cf. pet,
and a king) ; Hariv.
^TTC ^faB a-shadakshina, mfn. (fr. sliash, a cow, fire, gold, ghee, the sun, water, -ratha, m., N. of a son of Bhlmaratha,
six eyes, i.e. known by two (as^ m. a horse with a
white face, tail, mane, breast, 1 744.
- vakra, m.,N. of a Brahman (a son of Ka-
akshi), not seen by of another man >
Pan. v, 4, J. and hoofs, L.-mana, n. a measure (one kudava, hoda), MBh. iii, ""ll- &c 10599 - ;

persons only, secret, m. ' eight-formed, a N. ot

q v ), Sarng.-murtl, Kathas. -vandhura(ashtd-), mfn. having eight
Wimt dshatara, mfn. (compar. fr.SwAo' Siva identified with the five elements, mind,
(as seats (as a cart), RV. x, 53, 7.-vinsa,
mfn. the
fr. */l.as"t) more acceptable,
RV. i, 173, 4. or, according to the AV. xix, 8, 2 ; consisting of twenty-
egotism, and Prakriti [matter] ; twenty-eight,
with the five elements, of twenty-eight verses (as
9HTT d-shddka (or in RV. d-shdlha), mfn. opening of the Sakuntala, eight VarBrS.; consisting
MBh.
horn under the sun and moon and the sacrificing priest), .certain Stoma). -viniati (asAta-),
f. twenty-
not to be overcome, invincible, RV. VS.
&c ~ murti-dhara, m.
; ; '

the Nakshatra Ashadha, Pan. iv, J, 34 ; (as), m.

the iii 1939 ; Rgh - -

-
possess-
eight, VS. ;SBr.8c.c.;(asAidvissati)-a'Ad,m<i.tvienty-
a staff made ing eight forms,'
a N. of Siva. m6U, f. a collec- Kap.; -sata,'n. a hundred
and twenty-
month (generally called)
Ashadha, L. ;
VarBrb. eightfold,
the tion of eight roots from different plants, PBr. - sata (ashta-), n. a hundred and eight,
of Palasa wood (carried by the student during of eight,
-yoni (ashtd-), m((i)n. having eight places hoofs
N. of a teacher, SBr x -iapha (ashta-), mfn. having eight
performance of certain vows), L.; 2 1 TAr.
AV. viii, ratna, n. the eight -
N. of a brick origin, 9, ;
SBr. vi.-shashti, f. sixty-eight, RPrat.
or claws,
KMh. ; SBr. i ; (cf. dsAd^Ai) ; $d\ t.
. .
'
N. of a collection of eight Slokas on ethics. ,

sacrificial altar), SBr. ; (a or as),

f.
sg. jewels f. seventy-eight, SBr. xiii.
(used for the rasas uaptati (ashta-),
or pi., N. of two lunar mansions (distinguished
as -rasasraya, mfn. endowed with the eight TS
m. a -stana (ashta-), f.^ashla-stana, q.v.
sentiments of poetry) .- rca, m. (fr. ric),
the former' and the latter,' and
'
and
'
(or
pitrvd ultard,
 ashta. asakau.
Ashta or ashtSwith the finala blended in comp. Pan- vii, 3, 97] ; perf. I . & 3. sg, asa, 2.
sg. dsitha,
Ashtakshara, mf(o)n. containing eight syllables, 3. pi. dsuh
; p. m. sdt, f. sail) to be, live,
a-samvritti, is, f. non-completion.
VS. AitBr. SBr. exist, be
; N. of an author. Ash-
; ; (as), m., present to take place, happen ; to abide, dwell, 'M
tang-a, mf(a)n. consisting of eight parts or members
;
stay ; a-samvyavahdrya, mfn. with
.

to belong to
(gen. or dat.) ; to fall to the share of, whom intercourse is forbidden, Kim.
(as medical science [MBh. ii, 234
442] or a king- & happen to any one (gen.) to be equal to (dat.),
dom [MBh. xv, 177] &c.) ; (in comp.) the ;
*itl
M<t(i5ri*^ a-samvyavahitam, ind. with-
eight SBr. xiv Mn. xi, 85 ; to turn out, tend towards
;

parts (as of an army [MBh. ii, 197] or of a court, any out interval,
;
result,prove (with dat.) to immediately, BhP.
viz. the law, the become, BrArUp. &c., ;

and astro-
judge, assessors,
and water, L.);
loger, gold, fire,
scribe, (cf. Pan. v, 4, 51-55) ; to be (i.e. use'd as
copula, *Rnmr a-samvydtka, as, m. absence of
(ashtdnga)-naya or but not only with
adj., but also with adv. tiish- disarrangement or irregular order, PBr.
[e. g.
-fata [see s&shlah%a-pdtam\ or -frandma,m.fi<x- t}im dsit, MBh.
iii, 4041], and often with
tration of the eight parts of the part.,
body (in performing [e. g. perf. Pass. p. prasthitdh sma, N. ; fut.
p. p.
^"HMijjTfT^ a-samvydhdrin, mfn. (gana
very profound obeisance; the eight parts are the grdhy-ddi,
hantavyo 'smi, N. fut. p. especially with Pot., and
;
q. v.)
hands, breast, forehead, eyes, throat, and middle of
the back ; or the first four, with the knees and feet
only in SBr., as yddi ddsydn-t-syat, 'if he should TffH! a-samvlaya, as, m. the not sinking
intend to
give'] ; the pf. dsa helps to form the
;
or these six, with the speech and peri- down, TBr.
mind), L. ; -hri- phrastic perf., and asmi&c. the [cf.Gk ta-rt-
daya, n., N. of a medical work of Vsgbhata dsh- ; Lat. es-t; Goth, is-t; Lith.
fut.); vi 31 'Va-samsabdya,m(n.not worth men-
tdhgdrghya, n. an offering of eight articles (water, es-ti.}
tiom'ng, 'MBh. iii, 10695.
milk, Kusa grass, curds, ghee, rice, barley,and mus- aj|
IT P. dsyali(p. dsyat;
2. os, cl. 4.
impf. 'w fr
tard or honey, red oleander V asyat, AV. [cf. faros and vy-as\ fut. ^T( a-samsaya, as, m. absence of doubt,
;
flowers, and sandal are p. ;

substituted for the last asishydt; aor. asthat [Nir. ii, 2 Pan. vii, 4, J 7 cf certainty, R. v, 13, 25 ; (am), ind. without doubt,
three). Ashtadhyayi, f. ;
Mn. ; N. &c.
'a collection of vy-as-]; perf. P. asa \cf.faras], A. ase
eight books or chapters,' N. of SBr. xi ; [cf. vy-as\;
also of PSnini's Ved.
grammar. mfn. Asfct&ra, having
Inf. dstaae, VS.) to throw, cast, shoot at (loc Wff^ra a-samsrava, as, m. the being out
eight spokes, NrisUp. ; (ashtdra)-(akra-vat, mfn dat., or gen.), RV. &c. ; to drive or frighten away, of hearing,
(c), loc. out of the hearing pf (gen 1
'having a wheel with eight spokes,' a N. of Man- Nalod. iv, 36 ; see also I. astd s. v. Mn. ii, 203.
jusri.Buddh. Ashtfcsiti, f. eighty-eight ; (ashtaii-
I. Aaana, am, n. (f/2. as), throwing, sending A-samsravane, ind. = a-santsrave, AsvSr.
tt)-sata, dni, n. pi. a hundred and BhP.
a shot, RV. 1 1 2, 2 1 ; 1 30, 4 AV.; (mfh one who
eighty-eight,
throws or discharges,
i,
.)
;
A-samsravaia, ind. id. (with genAVPrat. (v. 1
Ashtasrl, mfn. having eight corners, SBr. Ashta- L.; (a), i. a missile, an
arrow, syatn).
srl, mfn. id., MBh. iii, 10665. Ashtaha, mfn. last-
R V,
ing eight days (as a certain Soma sacrifice), KatySr.
"^TiaB a-samslishta, mfn. not in close
A'shtaka, mf(d or ikd, Sulb. ; cf. Pan. vii, 3, 45,
3- "S, asati, te = -/ask, q. v. contact, PBr.; (as), m. a N. of Siva.
A-samslesha, as, m. non-contact, Comm. on
Comm.)n. consisting of eight parts, SBr.; RPrSt. &c.;
one who a-sa, as, (Pan. vi, i, 132) not he, Sis. BrArUp.
is
acquainted with the eight books of Pi-
mm's grammar, Pin. iv, 2, 65, Sch. ;
(as}, m., N. of
1,69; '"*'* a-samsdkta, mfn. unconnected, in-
a son of VisvSmitra (author of the
hymn RV,x, 104), ^WV1(d-saniyat, mfn. (v/t), 'not
coherent, Bhpr. ; (said of the
eyebrows) not joining,
AitBr. ; AsvSr. ; MBh. entering VarBrS. ; not attached to, indifferent to
&c.; (3), {. the eighth day i. e. not R.
after full moon
(into),' pleasing (to one's mind), AV. xviii, (loc.), yii,
(especially that in the months He- 1, 14. 3, 2; Hariv.; (am), ind. unconnectedly, separately
manta and Sisira, on which the ManSr. ; ManGr.
progenitors or manes
are worshipped, AsvGr.; Mn. &c.; ashtaka is there- , mfn. not kept
together,
fore also a N. of the
worship itself or the oblations I ^S?
8
!,
Shut (as * door
)' R "' ?' 34 unbri- "
!
..
offered on those
days, Kaus. &c.), AV. xv, 16, 3 dled, MBh. xiii, 2261 recited ing without chewing (as Rudra's dogs), AV.
;
inattentively, Up. xi, 2, 30.
SBr. &c.; (a), f. a N. of the AcchodS
river, Matsya- Asamyata'tman.mfh.havingthesoul uncontrolled! w q ma-samm'/i,!'*, f.not
P.; (am), n. a whole A-samyama, as, m. non-restraint (as of one's passing through
consisting of eight parts (as a new course of existence.
each of the eight Ashtakas of the senses), Hit.
RV., or as TS. i,
or as PSnini's
grammar &c.) ABhtakanga, n. a *W*JF a-samirish(a, mfn. having no con-
kind of dice-board d-samyatta, mfn. unopposed, RV. nection
having eight divisions, L. ' 8 3.
with, unacquainted, MBh. xii, 3841 not
Ashtakin, mfn. one who performs an Ashtaka, 3- mixed with AsvSr.
(instr.), KatySr. ; ; unadulter-
(gana vrlhy-ddi, q. v.) ^i <l \m a-samyajya, mfn. one with whom ated, undefiled (as food, Jain.; or as the mind by bad
Ashtakya, mfn. relating to ao Ashtaka feana nobody is allowed to Mn.
qualities, VP.)
sacrifice,
gav-ddi, q. v.)
ix, 248. A-sam Tishti, ,, f.
non-mixture, MaitrS.
Ahtama,mf(*)n.theeighth,RV. ii, 5, 2;x,H4,
Jaim.
^3* "-samyukta,
uncombined
mfn. unconnected, 1!l **'< a-samskdra, as, rn. non-consecra-
9 AV. &c. (as), m. (Pan. v, 3, 51 seq.) the eighth
; ;
;
(as vowels in hiatus), RPrat. tion, ParGr. ; want of embellishment or care, natural
part, Mn. x, 1 20 A-samyog-a, m. absence of union or connec-
as,
(mfn.) forming the eighth part of
;
state, Sak. ; Kid.
tion, Jaim. ; for
(gen.), Gaut.; Sulb.; (t), f. (i.e. rdtri) the a-samtydga, q. v., MBh. xii, 3707 A-samskrita, mfn. not prepared, SankhGr
eighth not a conjunct consonant, Pan.
day (night) in a half-month, AsvGr.; Mn. iv, i, 2, 5 ; iv, i, 54 ; not consecrated,
&c.
128,
(mfn.) one with whom intercourse is forbidden,'
Mn.; Yajn.; unadorned, Pancat
kalika, mtn. one who omitting seven meals Ap.' unpolished, rude (as speech).
partakes only of the eighth, Mn. vi, mfn. having unadorned
Asamskyitalakln,
19 ^i^^aa-samyuta, mfn. not combined, un- Kad. curls,
Ashtamaka,mfn.theeighth,Yajn.ii, 344; (ika),
a sukti or
mixed, BhP.; not put together (as the hands), PSarv ^ *!*<* a-samstava, mfn. unknown, unac-
f.
weight of four tolas. (as), m. a N. of Vishnu, L.
I. Ashti,
f., N. of a metre quainted, not on terms of friendship, Sak
consisting of sixty-four (v 1
)
syllables (like that in RV. ii, 2 2,
i.RPrSt.): the number a-samrodha, as, m. non-injury, A-samatuta, mfn. id., Vatsy.; Sak.; Kir. ;' Kad.
' '
sixteen, Suryas. (ena), instr. ind. withnut injury to (with gen.), MBh' ^**lPT a-samsthdna, mfn. disfigured, R.
Ashtln, mfn. consisting of eight members or syl- xiv, 1282.
A-samstiata, mfn. not being fixed, moving
lables, RPrat.
continually, AitBr. ; SBr. not arrayed in one place
d-samroha, as, m. non-junction (as not collected, scattered,
;

2. ashti, is, of roads), TS. KSm.;

f.
(Vi. as), reaching, AV. ii.
AV.
Hit.; unaccomplished!
V1 >
54. I vi, 50, 2; SBr.; AitBr.
!
(f-l.jardd-ashti, vyaskti, sdmashti.)
"ft
a-santlakshya, mfn. not perceDti- ^ s ^*\a-samsvadam, ind. without tast-
3. ashti, is, f. (= asthif q. v.) the ker- ble, SSh.
ing, -Gobh.
nel or stone of a BhP.
fruit,
A h wtfiw*. a-samvatsara, as, m. 'not one
"' f' id "
^' L -
**tM-v4t, -vaniau,
^^a-saMhata, mfn. not coagulated (as
.*
"' du P5n year, not a
whole year,' in comp. with -bhrita
blood), Susr.; not formed into a ball
< -
viii, 2, 12) 'bony,' the knees, (ds),
AV.; bBr.;
-
RV.; mm. not maintained a whole
year (as a sacred fire)'
(as faxes)
urv-asAtAivd) (ashthivad)-dagh- Bhpr.; unconnected, BhP.; having no
(cf.
na, mfn. reaching up to the knee, Br. xiii.
;
SBr. KstySr.
;
-
Militia, mfn. one who does not ances or relations, not in
acquaint-
maintain (a fire) a whole living MBh. common, xrii,
year, KitySr. -vSBln
AshthiU, f.
id., MBh. iii, 10629 > v, 2758 a mrK not staying a whole year (with the
5207; disagreeing,
form of array (loose or
disunited, PaBcat. ; (as), m
round pebble or stone, Susr. open order of troops),
;
a ball,
globe, MBh i
AitAr.
teacher) Kam.
4W4x<\.,(tf.arkashthtla);( = vdtds/it/iild,a v ) Xi * 1 *' a-samharya, mfn.
a globular irresistible, in-
swelling below the navel, produced by a-samvara, mfn. not to be con- superable,MBh.; Hariv.; R.; not to be diverted
wind, Susr. ; (ashthlla, m. or n.) Heat. cealed, Naish. i, 53. (from an opinion or purpose), not to be
misled, un-
ABhthiUM, f. a kind of
abscess, Snsr. A-samvSrya, mfn. not to be warded off, MBh. bribable, MBh.; R.
at. SccasAtAi. A-samvrlta, mfn. uncovered, unconcealed, SBr
xiv bare (as the
WgT dshtra, {. a prick or goad for ;
ground), R. ; (am), n., N. of a hell'
driving Mn. iv, 81. a-sakala, mfn. not
cattle
(regarded as the badge of the all, not entire
agriculturist, Kaus.; Megh. ; VarBrS.
Kaus.), RV. ; [Zd. astrd ; Lith. ntlNsiiri a-sanivijrtdta, mfn. not
akstinas^ -vin, agree-
nm. obeying the ing with, Gaut.
goad a RV. (as bull), x, 103, 8. TX<f1(a-sakrit, ind. not (only) once, often,
A-samvlJnSna, am, n.

smdsi or smds, sthd,

.,.. unintelligible, Mcar. repeatedly, ChUp.; Mn.; MBh.&c.; with
sarasya, oftener than once a year, ParGr.
samvat-
- samS-
pi.
sdnti; (rarely A 'mif^a-samvidd, mfn. unconscious, SBr.
as'*,
JW

^sg. edhi(h. as-dki,

,.,.;mper cf. Pan. vi, 4, ,
,9) ;
A'-samvid5na, mfn. not
x (ChUp.)
agreeing together, SBr.
dhi, m. repeated meditation, Buddh. 'Asakrid-
trarbhavSsa, m. repeated birth. Asakrid-b'ha-
va, m. 'produced more than once,' a
Pot. sjrat; VarBrS. tooth,
impf. asit, rarely as [only in RV. x ; cf. d-samvrita. See a-samvara.
asakau, m. f.=asau (see s. v.
adds),
118 a-sakta. a-samnaddha.

m. non-collision, SrJhman who reads heterodox works, L. Sgraha,

only used in connection with yakAH and yaka (for a-sanighatta, as,
ifn. = -graka, mfn., BhP. acara, mfn. following
ya)> and>vj),VS. xxiii, 2J& 23; (cf.Pln.vii.a.io;.) lagh. xiv, 86. acS-
vii practices, wicked (as), m. evil practice. ;

^TH^i a-sakta, mfn. not stopped or inter-

a-saca-dvish, mfn. hating or per- rin, mfn. = -acara, mfn. g-raha, mfn. performing
cepted by or at (loc. said of arrows and of mischievous or malignous tricks, BhP. (as), m. ca-
secutingthe non-worshippers[BR.; Gmn.]ornot per-
; ;

* sword), MBh. iii, 1602; xiv, 1189; (in the same or childish desire, BhP.
price, idle
VP. &c. - srrS-
secuting worshippers [NBD.], RV.viii, 20, 24(voc.)
;

sense a-sahga, Ragh. iii, 63) free from tics, inde- ; la, mfn. = -graha, mfn., Hariv. 1 5479 R. BhP. ;; ;

asac-chakhd and -chtistra. See

pendent, Sinkhyak. ; detached from worldly feelings as),m. -graha,m.,\b. grahln, mfn. -graha,
or passions, unattached or indifferent to (loc.), Mn. d-sat. mm., R. h
ii, i, 18 (v. 1. -gra in). drii, mfn. evil-
ii, 13; Ragh.
&c ; (am), ind. without obstacle or mfn. not relatedby blood, yed, L. dbarma, m. evil practice or custom,
sajata,
resistance, Hariv. 9741 ; R. iii, 75, 6 ; uninterrupt- klBh. xiii, 2215. buddhi, mfn. foolish, BhP.
VS. v, 23.
edly, Kir. iv, 31 Kim. immediately, at once, Das. bhava, m. non-existence, absence, Vedintas. &c.;
A-sajatya, mf(o)n. without consanguinity, RV.
; ;

A-iakti, it, f. the being detached from worldly an evil temperament or disposition, L. Tic, mfn.
x, 39, 6. whose speech is untrue, a liar, BhP. vada, m. he-
feelings or passions, Bhag. xiii, 9.
WTTO a-saktha or a-sakthi, mfn. without asaj-jana. See d-sat. erodoxy, BhP. Tflttl, f. low or degrading occu-
in.
>ation or profession ;
(mfn.) following evil practices,
thighs, Pin. v, 4, a-samcaya, mfn. having no provi- JhP. vyavahSra, mfn. and (as), m. = -acara,
*WHi d-sakra, mfn. (%/sasc), not ceasing ions, MBh. xiii, 2018. Tat, mfn. id., TAr. mfn. and m. vyavaharin, mfn. -acarin.
to flow or drying up, RV. vi,6j, 8; (Nir. vi, 29.) A-samcayika, mfn. id., Mn. vi, 43 (v. 1.) i . Asan (in comp. for asaf). matl, f. a wrong
A'-samcita, mm. not piled, not completely ar- opinion, BhP.; 'no intention,' acc./zwithv'l.^.'''.
^Wfa a-sakhi, a, m. an untrustworthy
ranged (as the sacrificial altar), SBr. ii.
not to care for (loc.), BhP. mantra, m. untrue
friend, Comm. on Un. AV.
.^a-samcara, as, m. not a passage speech, iv, 9, 6. mana, m. for a-sammana,
^TOTncJ a-sagotra, mf(a)n. not belonging q.v.
which is frequented or accessible, KatySr.
tothesame family with(gen.),Gobh.; Mn.iii,5 ;MBh. not moving about ^T*H d5l a-sadrisa, mf(z)n. (gana carv-adi,
A-samcarat, mfn. (pr. p.)
'V^Wf.a-samkara, as, at. non-mixture of (said of a PrSna), SBr. xiv. .v.) unlike, dissimilar ; improper, MBh. iii, 16061 ;

caste, Gaut. (mfn.) with dharma, id., MBh. xiv,

; A-samcara, as, m. no disarrangement (as of Mricch. ; (as), to., N. of a Prakrit poet. tva, n.
2777; (as), m. absence of confusion, Nylyad. verses), Laty. dissimilarity, VarBrS. vyaTaMrin,mfn.behaving
A-samcarya, mfn. inaccessible to (instr.), Hariv.
improperly. Asadrisopama, n. {in rhetoric) a
Wlf&la-saifikalpa, as, m. absence of de-
3637- dissimilar simile.
sire, BhP.; (am), R. i, 67, 15.
n. id.,
A-samkalpanlya, mfn. not tobe desired, ChUp. yas, ind. not on the same day,
A-samkalpayat, mfn. having no desire, Kaus. not
not immediately, KitySr.
A-oamkalpita, mfn. not determined, R. ii, 3 1, 24. a-samjna, mfn. senseless, Bhpr. ;

having full consciousness, R. ; (d-samjitd), f. dis- ^nj^(2.asan),n.Ved.thebaseof some cases

mfn. not undeter- asnds, gen. pi. asnam)
^TOcRTJoS a-samkasuka, union, discord, AV. xii, 5, 34 SBr. ; not a name, ; (viz. instr. asria, gen. abl.
mined, mm, steady, Mn. vi, 43. Pan. iv, 3, 149. tra, n. the not having full con- of asrij, q. v., AV. VS. ; MaitrS. &c. ;

W^fcli a-samkirna, mfn. unmixed; not sciousness, MBh. 1001 (ed. Bomb.)
xiv, 2. asana, as, m. the tree Terminalia
A'-sainJaapta, mfn. not suffocated (as a victim), Tomentosa, Jain.; Susr.; aiana.) parxu,
unclean, Susr. (cf. 3.
SBr. xiii.
f. the plant Marsilea Quadrifolia, L. (For i. asana
^JTT^f* a-samkula, mfn. not crowded; A'-samJiiana, am, n. discord with (instr.), TS. v.
see f/i. as.)
(AT), m. a broad road, L. Asamjni-sattva, as, m. p\.
= asangi-s., q. v.
ata, q.v.,KapS.
imifrlil a-samketita,mfn. one with whom a-samjvara, mfn. feeling no (heat
nothing has been concerted, Dai. tva, n. the not Mn. asani and asanika, mfn. ?
(gana rt-
of) anger or grief, iv, 185.
being settled by agreement, Sih. RV. seven Syadi, q.T.)
d-sat, mt(d-satt)n. [in
^WHiPrTa-samiran/a.as, m. an intercalary times dsat and five times dsai with lengthening of
^WWrT d-samtata, mfn. interrupted, SBr.
month, Heat. the accentuated vowel] not being, not existing, un-
m.
W^rllH a-samtapd, mf(o)n. not suffering
Asamkranti-masa, as, id.
RV. AV. Up. ; Kum. iv, 1 2 un-
real, vii, 1 34, 8 ; ; ;
pain or sorrow, AV. xvi, 3, 6 Comm. on Mn. iv, ;

UMJAIJ a-samkhya, mf()n. innumerable, true, wrong, RV. ; bad, SBr. (n), m. ;
Mn. &c. ;
not causing pain or sorrow, AV.
185 ; iv, 26, 3 ;

Indra, L. ; (ti), (., see s. v. below ; (/), n.

non-exist-
exceedingly numerous, Mn. ; Susr. &c. viii, 2, 14.
A-samkhyaka, mfn. id., AgP. ence, nonentity, RV.; AV. &c.; untruth, falsehood,
A-samkhyata, mfn. uncounted, innumerable, RV. vii, 1 04, 8 evil, ; Ragh. i,
I o ; (ntas), m. pi. bad
.
discontented, dis-
AV. xii, 3, 8; VS. ; SBr. ; Kaus. or contemptible men, MBh. &c. kara-tra,-n. in-
pleased, Hit.
A-samkhyeya, mfii. innumerable, MBh.; BhP. capability of effecting anything, Kap. kalpana, - f.
A-samtoslia, ,7.r. m. displeasure, Sak. ;
Malatim.
a wrong supposition, Sak.-kara, m. doing injury, mm.
&c. ; (as), m. a N. of Siva, L. ; (dm), n..n innu- Tat, discontented, Pancat.
merable multitude, AV. x, 8, 24 ; an exceedingly large offence, MBh. i, 6355. -kirya, n. bad or illicit oc-
Mn. (asatkarya)-vadin, m. one
wy iH\ >1 a-samtyaga, as, m. not giving up
number, Buddh. fftwa, mfn. innumerably multi- cupation, xii, 31 ;
or renouncing (intercourse with; gen.), MBh. v,
who holds that an effect is non-
plied, unnumbered. tS, f. innumerablcness, Susr. (like a Naiyiyika)
existent in its cause before production. krita, mfn. 1164.
^J? d-sartga or a-sangd, mfn. free from
badly treated, MBh.2755 & 2918 (am), n. of-
iii, ;
A-sarntyagln, mm. not giving up or abandon-
'

ties, independent, SBr. xiv (BrArUp.); NfisUp. not taking R.

fence, ib. 2981.-!. -krltya, ind. p. ing,
;

moving without obstacle (as a cart, a vessel, a flag, notice of (ace.), MBh. xiii, 2 766. 2 -kritya, mfn. . A-samtyajya, mm. not to be abandoned, MBh.
&c.), MBh. ii, 944 Hariv. &c. having no attach-
; ;
one who does evil actions, L. ta, f. non-ex istence, L. i, 8349 not to be avoided, MBh. xii, 9950 not to
; ;

ment or inclination for or interest in (see also s. v. ; be neglected or forgotten, MBh. iii, 1053.
i.-tva, n. id., NrisUp. ; non-presence, absence,
a-sakta); (as), m. non-attachment, non-inclina- Nyayam. patha, m. a bad road, L.; (mfn.) not *y ' W a-samdigdha, mfn. not
PC; indistinct,
tion, Mn. vi, 75 Bh. ; N. of a son of Yuyudhlna, mfn.
being on the right path, BhP.-parttrraJut,
;

Hariv. 9207 ; VP. ; a N. of Vasubandhu, Buddh. ;

MBh. undoubted, unsuspected, certain, Jain.
xii ;
or from improper persons,
receiving nnfit presents, without any
(Prakrit diddha) ; Pat. ; (am), ind.
Mn. xi, 194 ; xii, 32. - pntra, mfn. having no son,
4
non-impediment," generally (ena\ instr. ind. with-
doubt, certainly, Pancat. MSrkP.
out obstacle, Hariv. 10187; R.; (df), abl. ind. un- Mn. n. (in
;
ix, i54.-pranrodit, Sinkhya phil.]
obstractedly, at pleasure, Balar. carln, mfn. mov- one of the eight Asiddhis. amarga, m. evi ^nfffijK d-samdita, mfn. unbound, unre-
ing without obstacle, R. v, 42, 4. Tat, mm. 'not
company. canga, m. 'attached to evil,' N. of a strained, RV. iv, 4, 3 ; Mn. viii, 342.
attached to* (loc.), R. iii, 37, 23 [according to NBD.
doorkeeper (in the Prabodhacandrodaya). A-samdina, mfn. id., RV. viii, 104, 14.
a mistake for sanga-vaf]. Aoac (in comp. for asai). chakhi, f. an un-
A-saitrin, mfn. not attached to the world, BhP. real branch (?), AV. x, 7, 21. -chastra, n. heretical
Wti ij^ a-samdjisya, mfn. invisible to
free from worldly desire, MlrkP. Aiaxttrl-tva, n.
doctrine, Mn. xi, 65. (gen.), Uttarar.
non-attachment to the world, MBh. xii. -attva
Asaj (in comp. for asaf). jana, m. a bad or ^HVPTrl a-samdhana, am, n. want of aim or
as, m. pi., N." of certain deities, Buddh. wicked man, R. ; Ragh. xii, 46, &c. ; a malignous
A-majJ amana, mm. not hesitating, MBh. v, 1532 man. Kid. jati-misra, m., N. of a person (in the
object ; disjunction.
Asajjitatman, mm. having a soul free from at-
.
A-samdhi, is, m. want of union or connection.
Dhurtasarngraha) A-samdhita, mm. for a-samdita, q.v. [NBD.]
tachments, BhP. Asati, f. an unfaithful or unchaste wife, MBh.
A-samdheya, mfn. not to be made peace with,
^WTH a-samgata, mfn. (Pan. v, i, I2i)un- R. &c._ suta, m. the son of an unchaste wife, L.
MBh. xii, 6268 Hit. for which no amends can be
2. A-sattva, mfn. strengthless, without energy, R
; ;

united, un associated with,BhP. ; uneven, unequal, ta, f. the state

made, not to be redressed, AitBr.
Pancat. (Hit) ; unpreferred, disesteemed, L. ; unbe- A-satya, mfn. untrue, false, lying. RV. iv, 5, 5
of one with whom no peace is to be made, Venls.
coming, unpolished, rude, L.
MBh. &c. (am), n. untruth, falsehood, Mn. &c
;

A-Bamgati, f.
- ta, f. untruth, Sih. - vtda, m. a lie, Das. Ta- d-sanna, mfn. restless, SBr.
'incongruity, improbability,
is,

N. of a rhetorical figure, Sih. ; Kpr. Sec. ; non-asso- din, mfn. speaking falsely, a liar. ilia, mf(o)n
ciation with, MBh. xii. having an inclination to falsehood,
R. s a-samnaddha, mfn. not put on (as
mm. treacherous, base, R. iii, 57, 20 Hit a mail-coat), MBh. xii, 3541 ; not yet appertaining
A-samgama, as, m. not associating with ; (fo ;

* vairdgya, no attachment tc bha, mfn. improbable, unlikely, L. to (as a quality), KivyJd. ; pretending to knowledge,
a-sanga, m., q. v.)
(loc.), BhP. And (in comp. for asal}. adhyetrl, m. a conceited (as a Pandit or teacher), L.; proud, L.
 a-samnikarsha. a-sarana. 119
a-samnikarsha, as, m. want o , _ ^d-samavahitam, ind. so as not
nearness or proximity, remoteness of
a-sambddha, mf(a)n. unconfined,
objects (so a to touch each
other, SBr. ix. AV. xii, I, 2; ChUp.; MBh.
spacious, wide, large,
to render them imperceptible), L.
&c.; unobstructed, unimpeded, L.; 'not crowded,'
A-samnikrishta, mfn. not near, remote. "tfH^Tf*)^ a-samavdyin, mfn. not inhe-
rent, not inseparably connected with, scarcely frequented, Kad.; (a), f., N. of a metre;
accidental,
a-samnidhana, am, n. non Tarkas. (dm), n. non-confinement, open space, AV. xviii,
A-sama v6ta, mfn. id. 2, 20.
proximity, absence, KJvyad.; Kathas. &c. want ; ib.; (pi.) not all assembled,
ing, (at), abl. instr. through want of (gen.), Rsjat Gaut.
,as,m. non -knowledge,
A-samnldhl, is, m. (generally loc. d/iau) ab ignorance, MBh.
sence, Mn.; Gaut. &c.; wanting, Jaim.
xii, 11289.
I .
as), of unattainable wisdom, RV. ii, 21, 4 ix, 76, 4. ; w ^ >T^
d-sambhava, as, m. 'non-existence,'
gsan-mati & -mantra. Seed-sat fH*i*l a-samasta, mfn. uncompounded, destruction, VS. xl, 10; non-happening, cessation,
interruption, Mn. xi, 27; absence of, want,
f d-sapatna, as, m. not a
rival, A V. i KavySd. &c. ; uncollected, L.; incomplete, L. Mn.;
19,4; (a-sapalnd), mf(d)n. (chiefly Ved.) without ^WnfcT d-samdti. MBh.&c.; impropriety, inconsistence, impossibility,
See a-sama.
rival or adversary,
undisturbed, x, 159, 4 & 5 RV. A'-samana. See
KstySr.;Mn.&c.; (mfn.) 'non-happening,' incon-
ib.
'74. 4 & 5.=
AV - &c.; N. of a certain sacri
(a), f.,
sistent, impossible.

ficial brick, SBr. n. undisturbed con

'SwiiM a-samdpta, mfn. unfinished, unac- A-sambhavyam, ind. so as to prevent
any re-
;
KatySr. (dm), ;

dition, peace, AV. complished, incomplete. storation, AV. v, 1 8, 12 & 19, ii.
A-samapti, is, f.
non-completion, KatySr. A-sambhSvana, f. not regarding possible, Kad.
" Pmjs a-sapinda, mfn. related more dis impossibility of comprehending, L. ; want of respect,
;

tantly than a sa-pittda, q.v., Mn.; Yajfi. &c.

*tltijn a-samdyuta, mfn. unconnected, Balar.
TAr.
A-sambhavanlya, mfn. inconceivable, incom-
"WH^IMi d-saptasapha, mf (a)n. not hav-
WlKH^i a-samdvarlaka, as,ra. a reli- prehensible, impossible, Mricch.
ing seven hoofs (or claws), TS. vi SBr. A-sambhSvita, mfn. 'id., Kad.; unworthy of
;
gious student who has not yet completed the period
ifn. not related.VS of his residence with his teacher and who therefore (gen.), ib. AsambhSvitdpama, f. a simile that
has not yet returned implies an impossibility,
home, Mn. xi, 157. Kavyad.
A-samavrlttakaandttika,<w,m. id.,ib. (v.l.) A-sainbhSvya,mm. =bhavaniya, q.v., MBh.
a-sabhd, mfn. without company, TS xiii;272,&c.; (am), mA. = a-sambhavydnt,
viflTnifl a-samidhya, ind.
not having q.v.,
A-sabhya, mfn. unfit for an assembly, vulgar, low p. AitBr.
Nir.; BhP. &c. kindled, Mn. ii, 187. '
A'-sambhutl, it, (. non-existence,' destruction
VS. 9; SBr. xiv.
a-sama, mfn uneven, unequal (either . misAi<a,mfn.not perceived xl,

by birth or in surfaceor number ), Mn.x, 73; Kir. v, 7,

or ascertained, R .
v, 8 1, 8. l<t*fim a-sambhdshd, f. absence of con-
&c.; odd; (<f-.ra7a),mfl a)n.unequalled, without a fel-
l
A-samiksliya, ind. p. not having considered. versation with (instr.), ParGr.
low or equal, RV.; A V.&c.-t5,f. the karin, mfn. acting inconsiderately, Hit.
being unequal- A-sambhashya, mfn one with whom one ought .

led, Naish. tva, n. unfair or ungracious behaviour, not to converse,

MBh. BhP. unfit (as a place) for
a-samldna, mfn. incorrect. ; ;

Maitrllp. -bana, m. 'having an odd number oi conversation, Mn. viii, 55.

(i. e. five) arrows,' Kjma, Git. - ratha (dsama-), __ d-samriddha, mfn. not successful
mfn. possessed of an unequalled
chariot, VS. xv, 1 7.
or prosperous, A V. i, 2
7, 2 3 ; not fulfilled (as wishes & .
, . ', mfn. not
damag-
sara.m. = -bdna, q.v., Naish. sama, mfn. un- &c.), unaccomplished, failing, SBr. ; R. ii, 92, 16. ing, PBr. ;
not bringing into
contact, not mingling,
equalled, Lalit. -sayaka, m. =
-bana, q.v., Ka- A'-samriddM,ir,f.(oftenay<w,f.pl.) non-accom- TBr.
thas. Asamasug-a, m.
id., Naish. AsamSshu, plishment, ill-success, failure, AV. ; Mn. iv, 137, &c. A-sambhinna, mfn. not broken or passed
(as
m. id., L. Asamahjas, m, N. of a man, Hariv. barriers or bounds),
MBh.; not being in contact,
a-sameta, mfn. 'not arrived, ab-
2038 seq. separated, separate, SBr.
sent,' missing, Ragh. ix, 70.
A-samana, mf()n. not remaining united, going A- sambheda, as, m .
non-contact, the being sepa-
RV. 140, 4; vii, 5, 3; un-
in different directions,
i, a-sampatti, is, f. ill-luck, want of rate, SBr.
even (as a path), RV. vi, 46, success, failure, Mn. xii, 36; the not being sufficient, A-sambhedya, mfn. not to be brought into con-
13.
Heat. tact, Hariv. 4504.
A-samati,mfh.havingnoequal,unparalIeIed,RV.
x, 60, 2 & 5 (AV. vi, 79, i for d-samartit, A-sampanna, mfn. unaccomplished, KaushBr.
NBD.) ; ;
"tcTPTa-sawi/io^os.m. non-enjoyment,
(if), m., N. of a king (with the patron.
Rathapro- Hit.; absence of sexual union,MBh. v, 1524.
shtha), RAnukr. A'samaty-ojas (6), mfn. of un- "trw<* a-samparka, mfn. destitute of con-
equalled strength, RV. vi, 29, 6. A-sambhoJya, mfn. one with whom one ought
act, without connection or relation. not to eat, Mn. ix, 238; MBh.
A'-samana, mf(a)n. unequal (by birth or in quali-
xii, 4046.

ties), different, VS.

v, 23, &c. ; incomparable, Das. ; a-sampdthya, mfn. not to be tifraT a-sambhrama, mfn . free from flurry,
(am), n. not a similar or corresponding condition, studied with, one with whom it is forbidden to read composed, cool, MBh. &c.; (am), ind. coolly, ib.
Mricch. karana, mfn. not having the same cause, or study, Mn. ix, 238.
RPrSt. grama, mfn. not belonging to or being Mricch.
bom in the same village, Gaut. a-sampdta, mf(o)n. not present or
t hand, Kaul. ^WliT a-sammata, mfn. not respected,
wtfMKj^ a-samaksham, ind. not despised, Knm. 5
visibly,
a-sampurna, mfn. incomplete. unauthorized, with-
iii, ; Rajat. ;
behind one's back, BhP. out the consent of (in
comp.), Mn. viii, 197. A-
d-sampriacdna, mfn. sammatadayin, mfn. taking without the consent
a-samagra, mfn. incomplete, un- (pr. p. A.)
ot being in (of the owner), MBh. xii, 5969.
emire, partial, MBh. &c.
(am), [Ragh. iii, 64] or contact, SBr. iii ;
KatySr.
in
;
A-sammati, is, (. dishonour, Pan. iii, i, 128
comp. asamagra- [Malav.], ind. incompletely.
'-samprati, ind. (gana tishthadyv- A-sammSna, at, m. id., Pancat. (v. I.
a-sanm).
"fl*^ a-samaXja, as, or %jai, as, m., N. Sdi, q. T. ; Pan. ii, i, 6) not according to the mo-
of a descendant of IkshvSku nent or to present circumstances, SBr. ix. *Wtid-sammita, mfn. not measured, im-
(a son of Sagara by Ke-
sinl and father of
measurable, SBr.
Ansumat), MBh.; Hariv. &c. d-sampratta, mfn. not delivered
&c.
A-samanjasa, mfn. unfit, unbecoming, MBh. r handed over, TS. ii. ^Wg^ a-sammuicha, mf(t)n. having the
;
(as), m. a good-for-nothing fellow, BhP.; A-sampradatta, mfn. not willingly given (as a
face turned away from, Kathas.
(am), n. unconformity, into marriage), Hariv. 10106.
impropriety, unbecoming-
"tig "I a-sammagdha, mfn. one who has
irl

ness, BhP. Paficat. &c. ; (am), ind. unbecomingly,

Kathas. &c.
;
TWn? a-sampramdda, as, m. absence of lost his
way, KaushBr.
arelessness, BhP. A-sammudha, mfn. not confused, deliberate.
d-samad, t, f.
non-conflict, con-
MBh.
cord, SBr.
a-sampramosha, as, m. 'the not A-sammolia, as, m. calmness, composure, de-
lowing be carried off/ not
to from R. ; Susr.
letting drop (as liberateness,
-samand. See a-sama. memory), Yogas.
mmnslita, mfn.uncleansed, RV.
a-samaya, as, m. non-ohligation, '-samprapta, mfn. not arrived at, v, II, 3 ; Kavyad. ; (am), n.
absence of contract or ot incomplete cleansing
agreement, Ap. ; unseasonable- having reached the aim, MBh. xiv, 2188 ; not (of the sacrificial fire), SBr. ii ; KatySr.
ness ; unfit or unfavourable cached or attained (as an object or
Kathas. Venis. time, ;
MBh. ; Pan. ii, 3, 1 2, Comm.
anything desired),
a-sammosha, as, m. = ?
a-sampra-
^^^a-samartha,mf(a)o. unable to (Inf., A-samprapya, ind. p. without reaching. mosha, q. v., Buddh.
dat., loc., or in comp.) ; not having the intended
^re4c^a-samyat, ind. incorrectly, wrong-
'
>
meaning, Kpr. -tva, n. incapability of -ttl*3 a-sambaddha, mfn. unconnected,
(in comp.), MarkP. karin, mfn. acting improperly, Mn. ix,
parate, R. iii, 31, 20
not closely associated, distant,
;
ly,

ot related, Mn. viii,

163 Sak. incoherent (as words 259. krita-karin, mfn. not doing one's work or
^SWHJlff a-samarpana, am, n. not commit- ;

duty well, MBh. i, 5551 = xii, 5307. -prayotfa,

;

speech), unmeaning, absurd, Venis. &c. ; (also said

ting or not intrusting ; non-delivery, Heat.
f
an action) Kad. m. incorrect application, Car.
speaking unmeaningly, Mricch.
;

A-samarpita, mfn. unconsigned, not intrusted ; A-sambandha, mfn. not related, Mn. ii,
undelivered. 129; a-sarana, am, n. not proceeding,
ad. ; (as), m. non-connection, Jaim. not going, KatySr.
120 asartt. a-siddhi.

nnka, Kathas. pattra, n. the blade of a

\asaru,us, m .the medicinal plant Bhu- A-s&dhya, mfn. not to be effected or completed, f. id.,
m. '
ot proper or able to be accomplished, YSjh. ii, 196 ; word, L. having sword-shaped leavej,'
; (as),
mea Lacera, L. '
le sugar-cane (Scirpus Kysoor Roxb.), L. ; paved
Hariv. &c. ; incurable, irremediable, MBh. iv, 395 ;

^nfJ^TJa-sarupa,mfn. not having the same usr. &c. not to be overpowered or mastered, Pan-
;
ath swords,' N. of a hell, L. ; (asipatlra)-vana,
form, Pan. iii, I, 94. at. ,
Kam. ;
not susceptibleof proof, Comm. on Yajn .
.,
N. of a hell, Mn. ; Yajn. ; MBh. &c. ; -vriksha,
i. a kind of tree in the lower world [Comm.],
6. ta, f. incurableness, Susr. ; the state of one not
TOH% d-sana, mfn. not complete, SBr.; ,
n. *= asidhdra-vrata, q.v.
3 be mastered, Pafkat. tv,n. incurableness, Susr. ^.agh. xiv, 48; -vrata,
AitBr. kratn (d-sarva-), m. not a general sacri- patha, m.
pattraka, m. thesugar-cane, L.
fice, not an optional sacrifice, SBr. xi. Jna, mfn. flyiHUJU a-sddharana, mf(:)n. not com- he course of the sword or knife that kills, SBr. xiii.
not knowing everything. vibhakti, mfn. not Tarkas. ; quite uncommon,
mon, special, specifical, pani, mfn. having a sword in one's hand, MBh.
taking every case-termination, defective (e. g. ya- xtraordinary, Das. Kathas. &c. ; (am), n. special
;
xii, 3737- pncchaka, m. the Gangetic porpoise
tah, yatra, and yadd, considered as abl., loc., and >roperty, L. pntrtkK or -putri, f.
Delphinus Gangeticus).
instr. respectively ), Pan. i, 1,38. ilr* (d-sarva-), mat,
VMIHIU) a-sdndthya, n. want of help or daughter of a sword,' a (small) knife, Heat.
mfn. not surrounded by all (his) men, AV. ix, 2, 14. nfn. furnished with knives or daggers, VS. xvi, 21.
.ssistancc, Kathas.
sa, ind. not generally, not as a rule, RPrtt. meda, m. the fetid Mimosa (Vachellia Farnesi-
^T*t=5 a-savarna, mf(a)n. of a different ^nrnnf'I'S a-sdmtdpika, mfn., Pan. vi, 2,
ana), L. ; (c(.aAi-mdra,8t.c.) - yashti, = -fata,
f.

Sak. not homogeneous (as sounds), TPrat.

1
55, Sch. q. v.,VarBrS. ; (Prakrit asi-latthi) Jain. -latS, f.
caste, ;

he blade of a sword, Sis. vi, 51. -Ionian, m., N.

a-samnidhya, am, n. non-near-
'STirai a-snpyo.mfn. not left.VarBrS. ; (e),
ofaDanava, MBh. 7531 Hariv. -mimbi, f., N.
on the ness,' absence, MBh. iii, 610; R.; Sak. i, ;

ind. right, L. ; (cf. apa-savya.) of a vegetable, L. hatya, n. fighting with swords

times as -samafijasya, am, n. incorrect- or knives), (gana anuiatikadi, q. v.) hetl, m. a
VtHWi^a-sascdt, mf($cdt, eight Comm. on Vedantas. unbecom- swordsman or soldier armed with a sword, L. Aay-
not sticking; not ceas- ness, ; impropriety,
adj.; or d-saicantt, thrice) n.
ngness, Bad. ind. sword against sword, L. Ay-ndyata,
ing; not drying up, RV.; (a-sasfdtas),
i,
f. pi. (i.e.
mfn. udyat&si) having the sword raised, Pan.
dhards) inexhaustible streams, RV. ; (a-saicdtd), WHIH*^ i.a-sdman, a, n. (fr. l.saman), (for

instr. f. ind. in an inexhaustible manner, RV. x, 69, 8. ii, 2, 36, Comm.

want, deficiency, ChUp.
A'-sascivas, mf (ScusAi)n. not ceasing, RV. ix, a-sika, am, n. the part of the face
x a. a-sdmdn, (fr. saman), mfn. 2.
86, 1 8. Between the underlip and the chin, L.; (as), m. pi.,
without a^song or Saman, SBr. i ; not acquainted
^Ttitjf^d'-sasaf,
mfn. not sleeping, RV. i,
with the Sama-veda, MBh. xii, 2312.
N. of a people, VarBrS. (v. 1. asika).
'43, 3- dsikrii, Ved. f. of 2. dsita, q. v.
<Mt4IH*^ 3. a-sdman, a, n. only mnd,
instr.
'W Wif a-saha, mfn. incapable of bearing (or nd. (-= a-sddhtind s. v. a-sadhii, q.v.) in an un- 1. d-rita, mfn. unbound, TS. vii;
or en-
producing young ones), ParGr. not bearing ;
friendly way, unfavourably, ChUp. SBr. xiv.
not able
during (ifc. or with gen.), Mudr. Kathas. ; ;
A-samanya, mfn. unfavourable, AitBr.
to, not capable of (Inf. or in comp.), Kathas. ; in- 2. dsita, mf(a; Ved. (foiinl)n. (sita,
'S'JTWfn K a-sdmayika, mfn. unseasonable, have been formed from this word,
tolerant, impatient, ib. ; (am), n. the middle of
the 'white,' appears to
breast, L. tva, n. inability to endure, Sarvad.; Kir. ii, 40. which is probably original, and not a compound of
not tolerating, Sah. ; not being at hand, Bhpr. a-sdmarthya, am, n. weakness, a and sita ; cf. asura and sura), dark-coloured,
A-sahana, mf(a)n. not able to endure, unen- Sarvad. (as a tree),
black, RV.&c. ; (as), m. the planet Saturn, VarBrS. ;
Pancat. ; ; (mfn.) weak, decaying
a poisonous animal (said to be a kind of mouse), L. ;
during (ifc.), Kathas. envious, jealous, Megh.;Vikr.
;
MBh. xiii, 281.
&c. ; (as), m. an enemy, L. ; (am), n. not tolerating, N. of the lord of darkness and magic, AV.; SBr.;
a-.idiniinya, mfn. not common, of a descendant of Kasyapa (composer of
Sah.-tS, weakness, Kad.
f. AsvSr. ;

A-sahamana, mfn. not tolerating, Mudr. Sankhyak.

special, ; uncommon, peculiar, MBh. i, RV. ix, 5-24), named also Devala [RAnukr.] or
A-aahishnn, mfn. unable to endure (with ace., 5308; Kathas. &c.; special property, L. Asita Devala [MBh.; Hariv.]; N. of a man (with
loc. or ifc.), SuSr. ; Rajat. &c.; impatient, unenduring, '-sdmi, mfn. not half, entire, com- the patron. Varshagana), SBr. xiv; of a son of Bha-
envious, quarrelsome, Kathas. &c. 1&, f. or -tva, RV. ; RV. savas rata, R. ; of a Rishi, Buddh. ; of a mountain, MBh.
plete, (i), ind. completely, (dsd-
n. inability to endure, Susr. &c.; impatience, envy, RV. v, iii, 8364; KathSs. ; (ds),
m. a black snake, AV.; a
mi-), mfn. having complete strength, 52, 5
Kathas. &c. Mantra (saving from snakes), MBh. i, 2 1 88; (a),
A-sahya, m((d)n. unbearable, insufferable, insu- a-sdmprata, mfn. not becoming, f.a girl attending in the women's apartments (whose
improper, MBh. 1,6371, &c.; unseasonable, Das.;
MBh. not not whitened by age), L. ; the indigo plant,
perable, SV.; MBh.; impracticable, impossible, hair is

iii, 12255 seq. with drasAtum, 'impossible to t>e

; belonging to the present time (as Brahman), MarkP.: L.; Apsaras, MBh. 1,4819; Hariv. 12472;
N.ofan
seen,' i.e. invisible, Up. pida, mfn. causing in- (am), ind. unfitly, improperly, MBh. v, 32 55, &c. (dsiknf), f. 'the dark one,' the night, RV. iv, 17,
tolerable pain, A-s&mpratlka-ta, f. improper behaviour, Balar 1 5 ; x, 3, I ; a girl attending in the women's apart-
Ragh. i, 71.
ments, L.; N. of a wife of Daksha, Hariv.; N. of
W^TO a-sahdya, mfn. without compa-